Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

¨

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) or (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

¨

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 1-12874

 

 

TEEKAY CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Republic of The Marshall Islands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

4 th Floor, Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda

Telephone: (441) 298-2530

(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

Edith Robinson

4 th Floor, Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda

Telephone: (441) 298-2530

Fax: (441) 292-3931

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered, or to be registered, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value of $0.001 per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered, or to be registered, pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

72,711,371 shares of Common Stock, par value of $0.001 per share.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant (1) has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer   x                  Accelerated Filer   ¨                  Non-Accelerated Filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP   x

    

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board   ¨

   Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:    Item 17   ¨     Item 18   ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION

INDEX TO REPORT ON FORM 20-F

INDEX

 

                        PAGE  

PART I

    

Item 1.

 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

     4   

Item 2.

 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

     4   

Item 3.

 

Key Information

     5   
    

Selected Financial Data

     5   
    

Risk Factors

     9   
    

Tax Risks

     22   

Item 4.

 

Information on the Company

     22   
    

A.

  

Overview, History and Development

     22   
    

B.

  

Operations

     25   
       

Our Fleet

     29   
       

Safety, Management of Ship Operations and Administration

     30   
       

Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management

     30   
       

Operations Outside of the United States

     31   
       

Customers

     31   
       

Flag, Classification, Audits and Inspections

     31   
       

Regulations

     32   
    

C.

  

Organizational Structure

     37   
    

D.

  

Properties

     38   
    

E.

  

Taxation of the Company

     38   
       

1.

  

United States Taxation

     38   
       

2.

  

Marshall Islands Taxation

     39   
       

3.

  

Other Taxation

     39   

Item 4A.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     39   

Item 5.

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

     39   
    

Overview

     39   
    

Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts

     40   
    

Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Results

     41   
    

Recent Developments and Results of Operations

     43   
    

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     66   
    

Commitments and Contingencies

     71   
    

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

     73   
    

Critical Accounting Estimates

     73   

Item 6.

 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

     76   
    

Directors and Senior Management.

     76   
    

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

     78   
    

Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant or Subsidiaries

     79   
    

Board Practices

     79   
    

Crewing and Staff

     80   
    

Share Ownership

     81   

 

1


Table of Contents

Item 7.

 

Major Shareholders and Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     81   
    

Major Shareholders

     81   
    

Our Major Shareholder

     82   
    

Our Directors and Executive Officers

     82   
    

Relationships with Our Public Entity Subsidiaries

     82   

Item 8.

 

Financial Information

     84   

Item 9.

 

The Offer and Listing

     85   

Item 10.

 

Additional Information

     85   
    

Memorandum and Articles of Association

     85   
    

Material Contracts

     86   
    

Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders

     87   
    

Taxation

     87   
    

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     87   
    

Non-United States Tax Considerations

     91   
    

Documents on Display

     91   

Item 11.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     91   

Item 12.

 

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

     93   

PART II.

     93   

Item 13.

 

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies .

     93   

Item 14.

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

     93   

Item 15.

 

Controls and Procedures

     93   
    

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

     94   

Item 16A.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

     94   

Item 16B.

 

Code of Ethics .

     94   

Item 16C.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     94   

Item 16D.

 

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

     95   

Item 16E.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

     95   

Item 16F.

 

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant .

     95   

Item 16G.

 

Corporate Governance .

     95   

Item 16H.

 

Mine Safety Disclosure

     95   

PART III.

     95   

Item 17.

 

Financial Statements

     95   

Item 18.

 

Financial Statements .

     95   

Item 19.

 

Exhibits

     96   

Signature

     98   

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

This annual report of Teekay Corporation on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015 (or Annual Report) should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this report.

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Annual Report to “Teekay,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” and similar terms refer to Teekay Corporation and its subsidiaries. References in this Annual Report to “Teekay Offshore” refer to Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. (NYSE: TOO), references in this Annual Report to Teekay LNG refer to Teekay LNG Partners L.P. (NYSE: TGP) and references in this Annual Report to Teekay Tankers refer to Teekay Tankers Ltd. (NYSE: TNK).

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Such forward-looking statements relate to future events and our operations, objectives, expectations, performance, financial condition and intentions. When used in this Annual Report, the words “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report include, in particular, statements regarding:

 

   

our future financial condition or results of operations and future revenues and expenses;

 

   

our dividend policy and our ability to pay cash dividends on our shares of common stock or any increases in quarterly distributions, and the distribution and dividend policies of our publicly-listed subsidiaries, Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers (or the Daughter Companies ), including the temporary nature of current reduced distribution levels for Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG;

 

   

our future financial condition and results of operations and our future revenues, expenses and capital expenditures, and our expected financial flexibility to pursue capital expenditures, acquisitions and other expansion opportunities;

 

   

our liquidity needs, and the liquidity needs of our Daughter Companies, including estimated cash flow gaps of Teekay Offshore for 2016 and 2017, and the sufficiency of cash flows;

 

   

our expected sources of funds for liquidity and capital expenditure needs and our ability to enter into new bank financings and to refinance existing indebtedness;

 

   

our plans for Teekay Parent, which excludes our controlling interests in Daughter Companies and includes Teekay and its remaining subsidiaries, not to have a direct ownership in any conventional tankers and floating production, storage and offloading (or FPSO ) units and to monitor its free cash flow per share;

 

   

conditions and fundamentals of the markets in which we operate, including the balance of supply and demand in these markets and spot tanker charter rates and oil production;

 

   

the relative size of the newbuilding orderbook and the pace of future newbuilding orders generally;

 

   

offshore, liquefied natural gas (or LNG ) and liquefied petroleum gas (or LPG ) market conditions and fundamentals, including the balance of supply and demand in these markets and charter rates;

 

   

the expected lifespan of our vessels, including our expectations as to any impairment on our vessels;

 

   

our future growth prospects;

 

   

the impact of future changes in the demand for and price of oil, and the related effects on the demand for and price of natural gas;

 

   

expected costs, capabilities, delivery dates of and financing for newbuildings, acquisitions and conversions;

 

   

expected employment and trading of older shuttle tankers;

 

   

our expectation that the Petrojarl Banff FPSO unit will remain under contract until the end of 2020;

 

   

the ability of Tanker Investments Ltd. (or TIL ) to benefit from the cyclical tanker market;

 

   

our ability to obtain charter contracts for newbuildings;

 

   

expected financing for Teekay LNG’s joint venture with China LNG Shipping (Holdings) Limited (or the Yamal LNG Joint Venture );

 

   

expected financing for Teekay LNG’s joint venture with Exmar NV (or Exmar );

 

   

expected funding of Teekay LNG’s proportionate share of the remaining shipyard installment payments for Teekay LNG’s joint venture with China LNG, CETS Investment Management (HK) Co. Ltd. and BW LNG Investments Pte. Ltd. (or the BG Joint Venture );

 

   

the cost of supervision and crew training in relation to the BG Joint Venture, and our expected recovery of a portion of those costs;

 

   

the exercise of any counterparty’s rights to terminate a lease, or to obligate us to purchase a leased vessel, or failure to exercise such rights, including the rights under the leases and charters for two of Teekay LNG’s Suezmax tankers;

 

   

our ability to maximize the use of our vessels, including the redeployment or disposition of vessels no longer under long-term charter, including Teekay LNG’s 52% owned vessels, the Magellan Spirit and the Methane Spirit ;

 

   

the adequacy of our insurance coverage, including our expectation that insurance will cover the costs related to the grounding of the Magellan Spirit , less an applicable deductible;

 

   

the future resumption of a LNG plant in Yemen operated by Yemen LNG Ltd. and expected repayment of deferred hire amounts on Teekay LNG’s two 52% owned vessels, the Marib Spirit and Arwa Spirit , on charter to Yemen LNG Ltd;

 

3


Table of Contents
   

our expectations regarding the timing of redelivery of the Hamilton Spirit and the Bermuda Spirit to Centrofin Management Inc. (or Centrofin ) and losses resulting from such sales to Centrofin;

 

   

our expectations regarding the financing, schedule and performance of the receiving and regasification terminal in Bahrain, which will be owned and operated by a new joint venture, Bahrain LNG W.L.L., owned by Teekay LNG (30%), National Oil & Gas Authority (or Nogaholding ) (30%), Samsung C&T (or Samsung ) (20%) and Gulf Investment Corporation (or GIC ) (20%) (or the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture ), and our expectations regarding the supply, modification and charter of the FSU vessel for the project;

 

   

the future valuation or impairment of goodwill;

 

   

our expectations as to any impairment of our vessels;

 

   

our expectations and estimates regarding future charter business, with respect to minimum charter hire payments, revenues and our vessels’ ability to perform to specifications and maintain their hire rates in the future;

 

   

future debt refinancings and our ability to fulfill our debt obligations;

 

   

compliance with financing agreements and the expected effect of restrictive covenants in such agreements;

 

   

the ability of OOG-TK Libra GmbH & Co KG (or the Libra joint venture ) to drawdown on its $804 million long-term facility for the new FPSO unit conversion for the Libra field;

 

   

operating expenses, availability of crew and crewing costs, number of off-hire days, dry-docking requirements and durations and the adequacy and cost of insurance;

 

   

the effectiveness of our risk management policies and procedures and the ability of the counterparties to our derivative contracts to fulfill their contractual obligations;

 

   

the impact of recent and future regulatory changes or environmental liabilities;

 

   

the results of our charter contract negotiations related to the Piranema Spirit FPSO unit;

 

   

the impact of, and our ability to comply with, new and existing governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards applicable to our business, including the expected cost to install ballast water treatment systems on our vessels in compliance with IMO proposals;

 

   

the expected resolution of legal claims against us, including potential tax challenges to lease transactions, securities claims and the results of our discussions with Sevan Marine ASA (or Sevan ) regarding Teekay Offshore’s acquisition of Logitel Offshore Pte Ltd;

 

   

payment of additional consideration for our acquisitions of ALP Maritime Services B.V. (or ALP ) and Logitel Offshore Holding AS (or Logitel ) and the capabilities of the ALP vessels and Units for Maintenance and Safety (or UMS );

 

   

deferral of the delivery dates or cancellation of Teekay Offshore’s UMS newbuildings, and any resulting impairment charge;

 

   

the consequences of the damage to the gangway of the Arendal Spirit ;

 

   

the ability of Teekay Offshore to grow its long-distance ocean towage and offshore installation services business;

 

   

expected uses of proceeds from vessel or securities transactions;

 

   

the expectations as to the chartering of unchartered vessels, including UMS and towage newbuildings and the HiLoad DP unit;

 

   

the impact of our restructuring activities;

 

   

our expectations regarding whether the UK taxing authority can successfully challenge the tax benefits available under certain of our former and current leasing arrangements, and the potential financial exposure to us if such a challenge is successful;

 

   

our hedging activities relating to foreign exchange, interest rate and spot market risks, and the effects of fluctuations in foreign exchange, interest rate and spot market rates on our business and results of operations;

 

   

the potential impact of new accounting guidance; and

 

   

our business strategy and other plans and objectives for future operations.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, those factors discussed below in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors” and other factors detailed from time to time in other reports we file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (or SEC ).

We do not intend to revise any forward-looking statements in order to reflect any change in our expectations or events or circumstances that may subsequently arise. You should carefully review and consider the various disclosures included in this Annual Report and in our other filings made with the SEC that attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business, prospects and results of operations.

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

 

4


Table of Contents
Item 3. Key Information

Selected Financial Data

Set forth below is selected consolidated financial and other data of Teekay for fiscal years 2011 through 2015, which have been derived from our consolidated financial statements. The data below should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and the Reports of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon with respect to fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013 (which are included herein) and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (or GAAP ).

 

5


Table of Contents
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  
    (in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except share, per share, and fleet data)  

Income Statement Data:

         

Revenues

  $ 1,976,022     $ 1,980,771     $ 1,830,085     $ 1,993,920     $ 2,450,382  

Income (loss) from vessel operations (1)

    108,412       (150,393     62,746       427,159       625,132  

Interest expense

    (137,604     (167,615     (181,396     (208,529     (242,469

Interest income

    10,078       6,159       9,708       6,827       5,988  

Realized and unrealized (loss) gain on non-designated derivative instruments

    (342,722     (80,352     18,414       (231,675     (102,200

Equity (loss) income from joint ventures

    (35,309     79,211       136,538       128,114       102,871  

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    12,654       (12,898     (13,304     13,431       (2,195

Other income (loss)

    12,360       366       5,646       (1,152     1,566  

Income tax (expense) recovery

    (4,290     14,406       (2,872     (10,173     16,767  

Net (loss) income

    (376,421     (311,116     35,480       124,002       405,460  

Less: Net loss (income) attributable to non- controlling interests

    17,805       150,936       (150,218     (178,759     (323,309

Net (loss) income attributable to shareholders of Teekay Corporation

    (358,616     (160,180     (114,738     (54,757     82,151  

Per Common Share Data:

         

Basic (loss) income attributable to shareholders of Teekay Corporation

    (5.11     (2.31     (1.63     (0.76     1.13  

Diluted (loss) income attributable to shareholders of Teekay Corporation

    (5.11     (2.31     (1.63     (0.76     1.12  

Cash dividends declared

    1.2650       1.2650       1.2650       1.2650       1.7325  

Balance Sheet Data (at end of year):

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 692,127     $ 639,491     $ 614,660     $ 806,904     $ 678,392  

Restricted cash

    500,154       533,819       502,732       119,351       176,437  

Vessels and equipment

    7,890,761       7,321,058       7,351,144       8,106,247       9,366,593  

Net investments in direct financing leases

    459,908       436,601       727,262       704,953       684,129  

Total assets (2)

    11,091,230       10,959,125       11,506,393       11,779,690       13,061,248  

Total debt (including capital lease obligations) (2)

    6,044,973       6,154,388       6,658,491       6,715,526       7,443,213  

Capital stock and additional paid-in capital

    660,917       681,933       713,760       770,759       775,018  

Non-controlling interest

    1,863,798       1,876,085       2,071,262       2,290,305       2,782,049  

Total equity

    3,303,794       3,191,474       3,203,050       3,388,633       3,701,074  

Number of outstanding shares of common stock

    68,732,341       69,704,188       70,729,399       72,500,502       72,711,371  

Other Financial Data:

         

Net revenues (3)

  $ 1,799,408     $ 1,842,488     $ 1,717,867     $ 1,866,073     $ 2,334,595  

EBITDA (4)

    184,003       291,832       641,126       758,781       1,134,674  

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

    686,795       830,676       817,382       1,037,284       1,415,586  

Total debt to total capitalization (5)

    64.7     65.9     67.5     66.5     66.8

Net debt to total net capitalization (6)

    59.5     60.9     63.4     63.1     64.0

Capital expenditures:

         

Vessel and equipment purchases (7)

  $ 755,045     $ 523,597     $ 753,755     $ 994,931     $ 1,795,901  

(1)    Total operating expenses include, among other things, the following:

       

 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  
    (in thousands of U.S. Dollars)  

Asset impairments, loan loss provisions and net (loss) gain on sale of vessels and equipment

  ($ 151,059   ($ 441,057   ($ 166,358   $ 11,271     ($ 70,175

Unrealized losses on derivative instruments

    (791     (660     (130     —         —    

Restructuring charges

    (5,490     (7,565     (6,921     (9,826     (14,017

Goodwill impairment charge

    (36,652     —         —          —         —    

Bargain purchase gain

    68,535       —         —          —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ (125,457   $ (449,282   $ (173,409   $ 1,445     $ (84,192
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2)

Prior to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (or ASU 2015-03), all debt issuance costs were presented as other non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheets. With the adoption of ASU 2015-03, we present debt issuance costs related to a debt liability as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability in our consolidated balance sheets. As a result of adopting ASU 2015-03, total assets and total debt (including capital lease obligations) decreased by $46.4 million (December 31, 2011), $42.9 million (December 31, 2012), $49.3 million (December 31, 2013), $84.5 million (December 31, 2014) and $91.7 million (December 31, 2015).

 

6


Table of Contents
(3)

Consistent with general practice in the shipping industry, we use net revenues (defined as revenues less voyage expenses) as a measure of equating revenues generated from voyage charters to revenues generated from time charters, which assists us in making operating decisions about the deployment of our vessels and their performance. Under time charters, the charterer pays the voyage expenses, which are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions, whereas under voyage-charter contracts the ship-owner pays these expenses. Some voyage expenses are fixed, and the remainder can be estimated. If we, as the ship-owner, pay the voyage expenses, we typically pass the approximate amount of these expenses on to our customers by charging higher rates under the contract or billing the expenses to them. As a result, although revenues from different types of contracts may vary, the net revenues after subtracting voyage expenses, which we call “net revenues,” are comparable across the different types of contracts. We principally use net revenues, a non-GAAP financial measure, because it provides more meaningful information to us than revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Net revenues are also widely used by investors and analysts in the shipping industry for comparing financial performance between companies and to industry averages. The following table reconciles net revenues with revenues.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  
     (in thousands of U.S. Dollars)  

Revenues

   $ 1,976,022     $ 1,980,771     $ 1,830,085     $ 1,993,920     $ 2,450,382  

Voyage expenses

   ($ 176,614   ($ 138,283   ($ 112,218   ($ 127,847   ($ 115,787
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 1,799,408     $ 1,842,488     $ 1,717,867     $ 1,866,073     $ 2,334,595  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(4)

EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA before restructuring charges, unrealized foreign exchange (gain) loss, asset impairments, loan loss provisions, net loss (gain) on sale of vessels and equipment, goodwill impairment charge, bargain purchase gain, amortization of in-process revenue contracts, unrealized losses (gains) on derivative instruments, realized losses on interest rate swaps, realized losses on interest rate swap amendments and terminations, and our share of the above items in non-consolidated joint ventures. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used as supplemental financial measures by management and by external users of our financial statements, such as investors, as discussed below.

 

   

Financial and operating performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA assist our management and security holders by increasing the comparability of our fundamental performance from period to period and against the fundamental performance of other companies in our industry that provide EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA-based information. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods or companies of interest expense, taxes, depreciation or amortization (or other items in determining Adjusted EBITDA), which items are affected by various and possibly changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect net income between periods. We believe that including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as financial and operating measures benefits security holders in (a) selecting between investing in us and other investment alternatives and (b) monitoring our ongoing financial and operational strength and health in order to assess whether to continue to hold our equity, or debt securities, as applicable.

 

   

Liquidity. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA allow us to assess the ability of assets to generate cash sufficient to service debt, pay dividends and undertake capital expenditures. By eliminating the cash flow effect resulting from our existing capitalization and other items such as dry-docking expenditures, working capital changes and foreign currency exchange gains and losses (which may vary significantly from period to period), EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide a consistent measure of our ability to generate cash over the long term. Management uses this information as a significant factor in determining (a) our proper capitalization (including assessing how much debt to incur and whether changes to our capitalization should be made) and (b) whether to undertake material capital expenditures and how to finance them, all in light of our dividend policy. Use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as liquidity measures also permits security holders to assess the fundamental ability of our business to generate cash sufficient to meet our financial and operational needs, including dividends on shares of our common stock and repayments under debt instruments.

Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income and operating income, and these measures may vary among other companies. Therefore, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

7


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles our historical consolidated EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net (loss) income, and our historical consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to net operating cash flow.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  
    (in thousands of U.S. Dollars)  

Income Statement Data:

         

Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to Net (Loss) Income

         

Net (loss) income

  $ (376,421   $ (311,116   $ 35,480     $ 124,002     $ 405,460  

Income tax expense (recovery)

    4,290       (14,406     2,872       10,173       (16,767

Depreciation and amortization

    428,608       455,898       431,086       422,904       509,500  

Interest expense, net of interest income

    127,526       161,456       171,688       201,702       236,481  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

    184,003       291,832       641,126       758,781       1,134,674  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructuring charges

    5,490       7,565       6,921       9,826       14,017  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

    (12,654     12,898       13,304       (13,431     2,195  

Loss on notes repurchased

    —         —         —         7,699       —    

Asset impairments, loan loss provisions and net loss (gain) on sale of vessels and equipment

    151,059       441,057       166,358       (11,271     70,175  

Goodwill impairment charge

    36,652       —         —         —         —    

Bargain purchase gain

    (68,535     —         —         —         —    

Amortization of in-process revenue contracts

    (46,436     (72,933     (61,700     (40,939     (30,085

Unrealized losses (gains) on derivative instruments

    70,822       (29,658     (178,731     100,496       (38,319

Realized losses on interest rate swaps

    132,931       123,277       122,439       125,424       108,036  

Realized losses on interest rate swap amendments and terminations

    149,666       —         35,985       1,319       10,876  

Write-down of equity-accounted investments

    19,411       1,767       —         —         —    

Items related to non-consolidated joint ventures (a)

    64,386       54,871       71,680       99,380       144,017  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

    686,795       830,676       817,382       1,037,284       1,415,586  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net operating cash flow

         

Net operating cash flow

    107,193       288,936       292,584       446,317       770,309  

Expenditures for dry docking

    55,620       35,023       72,205       74,379       68,380  

Interest expense, net of interest income

    127,526       161,456       171,688       201,702       236,481  

Change in non-cash working capital items related to operating activities

    84,347       115,209       (64,184     (60,631     12,291  

Equity (loss) income, net of dividends received

    (31,376     65,639       121,144       94,726       (3,203

Other (loss) income

    (8,988     (21,300     (13,080     44,842       54,382  

Restructuring charges

    5,490       7,565       6,921       9,826       14,017  

Realized losses on interest rate swaps

    132,931       123,277       122,439       125,424       108,036  

Realized losses on interest rate swap resets and terminations

    149,666       —         35,985       1,319       10,876  

Items related to non-consolidated joint ventures (a)

    64,386       54,871       71,680       99,380       144,017  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

    686,795       830,676       817,382       1,037,284       1,415,586  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Equity income from non-consolidated joint ventures is adjusted for income tax expense (recovery), depreciation and amortization, interest expense, net of interest income, foreign exchange (gain) loss, amortization of in-process revenue contracts, and unrealized and realized losses (gains) on derivative instruments.

 

(5)

Total capitalization represents total debt and total equity.

(6)

Net debt represents total debt less cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. Total net capitalization represents net debt and total equity.

(7)

Excludes our acquisition of FPSO units and investment in Sevan in 2011, our acquisition of LNG carriers through our 52% interest in the joint venture between Teekay LNG and Marubeni Corporation in 2012 (or the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture ), us and Teekay Tankers taking ownership of three Very Large Crude Carriers (or VLCCs ) and Teekay LNG’s acquisition of an LPG carrier in 2014, and the non-cash portion of Teekay Tankers’ acquisition of 12 modern Suezmax tankers which was paid, in part with 7.2 million shares of Teekay Tankers’ Class A common stock in 2015. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” The expenditures for vessels and equipment exclude non-cash investing activities. Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 17 Supplemental Cash Flow Information.”

 

8


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and to our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and to ownership of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and ability to pay dividends on, and the trading price of our common stock.

Changes in the oil and natural gas markets could result in decreased demand for our vessels and services.

Demand for our vessels and services in transporting, production and storage of oil, petroleum products, LNG and LPG depend upon world and regional oil, petroleum and natural gas markets. Any decrease in shipments of oil, petroleum products, LNG or LPG in those markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Historically, those markets have been volatile as a result of the many conditions and events that affect the price, production and transport of oil, petroleum products, LNG or LPG, and competition from alternative energy sources. A slowdown of the U.S. and world economies may result in reduced consumption of oil, petroleum products and natural gas and decreased demand for our vessels and services, which would reduce vessel earnings.

A continuation of the recent significant declines in oil prices may adversely affect our growth prospects and results of operations.

Global crude oil prices have significantly declined since mid-2014. The significant decline in oil prices has also contributed to depressed natural gas prices. A continuation of lower oil prices or a further decline in oil prices may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to make cash distributions, as a result of, among other things:

 

   

a reduction in exploration for or development of new offshore oil fields, or the delay or cancelation of existing offshore projects as energy companies lower their capital expenditures budgets, which may reduce our growth opportunities;

 

   

a reduction in or termination of production of oil at certain fields we service, which may reduce our revenues under volume-based contracts of affreightment, production-based components of our FPSO unit contracts or life-of-field contracts;

 

   

a reduction in both the competitiveness of natural gas as a fuel for power generation and the market price of natural gas, to the extent that natural gas prices are benchmarked to the price of crude oil;

 

   

lower demand for vessels of the types we own and operate, which may reduce available charter rates and revenue to us upon redeployment of our vessels, in particular FPSO units, following expiration or termination of existing contracts or upon the initial chartering of vessels, or which may result in extended periods of our vessels being idle between contracts;

 

   

customers potentially seeking to renegotiate or terminate existing vessel contracts, failing to extend or renew contracts upon expiration, or seeking to negotiate cancelable contracts;

 

   

the inability or refusal of customers to make charter payments to us due to financial constraints or otherwise; or

 

   

declines in vessel values, which may result in losses to us upon vessel sales or impairment charges against our earnings.

Current market conditions limit our access to capital and our growth.

We have relied primarily upon bank financing and debt and equity offerings, primarily by our Daughter Companies, to fund our growth. Current depressed market conditions generally in the energy sector and for master limited partnerships have significantly reduced our and our Daughter Companies’ access to capital, particularly equity capital. Debt financing or refinancing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. Issuing additional common equity given current market conditions would be highly dilutive and costly. Lack of access to debt or equity capital at reasonable rates would adversely affect our growth prospects and our ability to refinance debt and make distributions to our equityholders.

The ability of us and our Daughter Companies to repay or refinance debt obligations and to fund capital expenditures and, for certain of the Daughter Companies, estimated cash flow gaps, will depend on certain financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. To the extent we and our Daughter Companies are able to finance these obligations and expenditures with cash from operations or by issuing debt or equity securities, our and their ability to make cash dividends and distributions may be diminished or our or their financial leverage may increase or our or their equityholders may be diluted. Our and their business may be adversely affected if we or our Daughter Companies need to access other sources of funding.

To fund existing and future debt obligations and capital expenditures of us and our Daughter Companies, we and they will or may be required to use cash from operations, incur borrowings, raise capital through the sale of assets or ownership interests in certain assets or joint ventures entities, debt or additional equity securities and/or seek to access other financing sources. Our and our Daughter Companies’ access to potential funding sources and our and their future financial and operating performance will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our and their control.

If we or our Daughter Companies are unable to access additional bank financing and generate sufficient cash flow to meet debt, capital expenditure and other business requirements, we may be forced to take actions such as:

 

   

seeking to restructure debt;

 

   

seeking additional debt or equity capital;

 

9


Table of Contents
   

selling additional assets or equity interests in certain assets or joint ventures;

 

   

further reducing cash distributions;

 

   

reducing, delaying or cancelling business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures; and

 

   

seeking bankruptcy protection.

Such measures might not be successful, and additional debt or equity capital may not be available on acceptable terms or enable us or our Daughter Companies to meet debt, capital expenditure and other obligations. Some of such measures may adversely affect our or their businesses and reputation. In addition, credit agreements may restrict our and our Daughter Companies’ ability to implement some of these measures.

Use of cash from operations for capital purposes will reduce cash available for dividends and distributions to equityholders. The ability of us and our Daughter Companies to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our and their financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions in general. Even if we or our Daughter Companies are successful in obtaining necessary funds, the terms of such financings could limit our or their ability to pay cash dividends or distributions to security holders or operate our or their businesses as currently conducted. In addition, incurring additional debt may significantly increase interest expense and financial leverage, and issuing additional equity securities may result in significant equityholder dilution and would increase the aggregate amount of cash required to maintain quarterly dividends and distributions.

On December 16, 2015, we announced temporary reductions to our quarterly dividends, commencing with the dividend relating to the fourth quarter of 2015. The dividend reduction was in response to announcements by Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG that they were temporarily reducing their quarterly cash distributions and retaining a significant portion of the internally generated cash flows as reserves to fund the equity capital requirements of their future growth projects and reduce debt levels, with the intention for the foreseeable future to reduce the need to raise equity capital at prohibitively dilutive and costly rates given current depressed market conditions generally in the energy and master limited partnership capital markets. Although the dividend and distribution reductions are expected to be temporary, there is no assurance that we or Teekay Offshore or Teekay LNG will increase, or not further reduce, our cash dividends or their cash distributions in the future.

The primary liquidity needs for us and the Daughter Companies in the next few years are to make payments for existing, committed capital expenditures and to make scheduled repayments of debt, in addition to paying debt service costs, quarterly dividends or distributions on equity, operating expenses and dry docking expenditures and funding general working capital requirements. We anticipate that our and our Daughter Companies’ primary sources of funds in the next few years will be cash flows from operations, bank debt and proceeds from the sale of certain assets. However, Teekay Offshore currently estimates cash flow gaps of approximately $250 million in 2016 and a further $90 million in 2017. These cash flow gaps represent the difference between (a) cash inflows from cash flow from vessel operations, dividends from equity accounted joint ventures and borrowings under committed and anticipated debt financings and refinancings and (b) cash outflows for expected capital expenditures, equity investments in joint ventures, secured and unsecured debt repayments, interest expense and anticipated distributions on its common and preferred units. In addition, Teekay Offshore is required to pay $172.3 million upon delivery of the second UMS newbuilding, which currently is scheduled for late-2016; however, Teekay Offshore may decide to cancel or further defer the delivery of this unit. The cash flow gaps do not take into account utilizing any portion of Teekay Offshore’s liquidity balance of $282.7 million at December 31, 2015, which is comprised of unrestricted cash and undrawn revolvers. For debt covenant purposes, Teekay Offshore is required to maintain a minimum free liquidity balance of 5% of its total consolidated debt, which was approximately $175 million as at December 31, 2015. The cash flow gaps also do not take into account the potential cash flow impact from the damage to the gangway of the Arendal Spirit UMS that occurred in April 2016. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Recent Developments and Results of Operations – Recent Developments in Teekay Offshore” for additional information. There can be no assurance that Teekay Offshore will be able to fill these cash flow gaps.

Our cash flow depends substantially on the ability of our subsidiaries, primarily our Daughter Companies, to make distributions to us. Our Daughter Companies Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG have significantly reduced their distribution levels.

The source of our cash flow includes cash distributions from our subsidiaries, primarily Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG. The amount of cash our subsidiaries can distribute to us principally depends upon the amount of distributions declared by their boards of directors and the amount of cash they generate from their operations.

We, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG believe there is currently a dislocation in the capital markets relative to the stability of our businesses. Based on upcoming equity capital requirements for committed growth project and debt refinancing and other obligations, coupled with the uncertainty regarding how long it will take for the energy and capital markets to normalize, we, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG believe that it is in the best interests of the securityholders of Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG to conserve more of their internally generated cash flows to fund future growth projects and to reduce debt levels. Consequently, effective for the quarterly distribution for the fourth quarter of 2015, Teekay Offshore temporarily reduced its quarterly cash distribution per common unit to $0.11 from $0.56, Teekay LNG temporarily reduced its quarterly cash distribution per common unit to $0.14 from $0.70 and, as a result, Teekay Parent temporarily reduced its quarterly cash dividend per share to $0.055 from $0.55. These distribution reductions by Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG will substantially reduce our cash flows from them, including by currently eliminating any distributions on our incentive distribution rights in such Daughter Companies.

The amount of cash our subsidiaries generate from their operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:

 

   

the rates they obtain from their charters, voyages and contracts;

 

   

the price and level of production of, and demand for, crude oil, LNG and LPG, including the level of production at the offshore oil fields our subsidiaries service under contracts of affreightment;

 

   

the operating performance of our FPSO units, whereby receipt of incentive-based revenue from our FPSO units is dependent upon the fulfillment of the applicable performance criteria;

 

   

the level of their operating costs, such as the cost of crews and repairs and maintenance;

 

   

the number of off-hire days for their vessels and the timing of, and number of days required for, dry docking of vessels;

 

10


Table of Contents
   

the rates, if any, at which our subsidiaries may be able to redeploy shuttle tankers in the spot market as conventional oil tankers during any periods of reduced or terminated oil production at fields serviced by contracts of affreightment;

 

   

the rates, if any, at which our subsidiaries may be able to redeploy vessels, particularly FPSO units, after they complete their charters or contracts and are redelivered to us;

 

   

the rates, if any, and ability, at which our subsidiaries may be able to contract our newbuilding vessels, including our newbuilding UMS and towage vessels;

 

   

delays in the delivery of any newbuildings or vessels undergoing conversion or upgrades and the beginning of payments under charters relating to those vessels;

 

   

prevailing global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

   

the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards on the conduct of business.

The actual amount of cash our subsidiaries have available for distribution also depends on other factors such as:

 

   

the level of their capital expenditures, including for maintaining vessels or converting existing vessels for other uses and complying with regulations;

 

   

their debt service requirements and restrictions on distributions contained in their debt agreements;

 

   

fluctuations in their working capital needs;

 

   

their ability to make working capital borrowings; and

 

   

the amount of any cash reserves, including reserves for future maintenance capital expenditures, working capital and other matters, established by the boards of directors of our Daughter Companies at their discretion.

The amount of cash our subsidiaries generate from operations may differ materially from their profit or loss for the period, which will be affected by non-cash items and the timing of debt service payments. As a result of this and the other factors mentioned above, our subsidiaries may make cash distributions during periods when they record losses and may not make cash distributions during periods when they record net income.

The price of our common stock and other securities have been, and are likely to continue to be, volatile. Periods of market volatility may increase the risk of a securities litigation claim, regardless of merit. We are the target of a pending securities class action suit relating to our common shares.

Following our December 2015 announcement that our Board of Directors had approved a plan to reduce our quarterly dividend from $0.55 per share in the third quarter of 2015 to $0.055 per share commencing with the fourth quarter of 2015 dividend payable in February 2016, a purported class action complaint was filed on March 1, 2016 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut naming us and certain of our officers as defendants. The complaint includes claims that we and certain of our officers violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. In general, the complaint alleges that we and certain of our officers made materially false and misleading statements regarding our dividend and the anticipated amount of our dividend to be paid in future periods, thereby artificially inflating the price of our common stock. The plaintiffs are seeking unspecified monetary damages, including reasonable costs and expenses incurred in this action. We plan to vigorously defend against the claims in the complaint. Based on the early stage of the action, the amount or range of reasonably possible losses to which we are exposed cannot be estimated and the ultimate resolution of this matter and the associated financial impact to us, if any, remains uncertain at this time. We maintain a Directors and Officers Insurance policy that provides coverage for claims such as those alleged in the complaint, subject to coverage defenses, policy limits and a self-insured retention. Regardless of the outcome of claims of this type, the defense of such claims may cause us to incur substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

The cyclical nature of the tanker industry may lead to volatile changes in charter rates and significant fluctuations in the utilization of our vessels, which may adversely affect our earnings and profitability.

Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability due to changes in the supply of and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for oil and oil products. The cyclical nature of the tanker industry may cause significant increases or decreases in the revenue we earn from our vessels and may also cause significant increases or decreases in the value of our vessels. If the tanker market is depressed, our earnings may decrease, particularly with respect to the conventional tanker vessels owned by Teekay Tankers, which accounted for approximately 21% and 12% of our net revenues during 2015 and 2014, respectively. These vessels are primarily employed on the spot-charter market, which is highly volatile and fluctuates based upon tanker and oil supply and demand. Declining spot rates in a given period generally will result in corresponding declines in operating results for that period. The successful operation of our vessels in the spot-charter market depends upon, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to pick up cargo. Future spot rates may not be sufficient to enable our vessels trading in the spot tanker market to operate profitably or to provide sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations. The factors affecting the supply of and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

Factors that influence demand for tanker capacity include:

 

   

demand for oil and oil products;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

supply of oil and oil products;

 

   

regional availability of refining capacity;

 

   

global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

   

the distance oil and oil products are to be moved by sea; and

 

   

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns.

Factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include:

 

   

the number of newbuilding deliveries;

 

   

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

   

conversion of tankers to other uses;

 

   

the number of vessels that are out of service; and

 

   

environmental concerns and regulations.

Changes in demand for transportation of oil over longer distances and in the supply of tankers to carry that oil may materially affect our revenues, profitability and cash flows.

Reduction in oil produced from offshore oil fields could harm our shuttle tanker and FPSO businesses.

As at December 31, 2015, we had 33 vessels operating in our shuttle tanker fleet, nine FPSO units operating in our FPSO fleet (of which one is operating in a joint venture), one FPSO unit undergoing an upgrade and one 50% owned FPSO unit undergoing a conversion. Certain of our shuttle tankers and our FPSO units earn revenue that depends upon the volume of oil we transport or the volume of oil produced from offshore oil fields. Oil production levels are affected by several factors, all of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

geologic factors, including general declines in production that occur naturally over time;

 

   

the rate of technical developments in extracting oil and related infrastructure and implementation costs; and

 

   

operator decisions based on revenue compared to costs from continued operations.

Factors that may affect an operator’s decision to initiate or continue production include: changes in oil prices; capital budget limitations; the availability of necessary drilling and other governmental permits; the availability of qualified personnel and equipment; the quality of drilling prospects in the area; and regulatory changes. In addition, the volume of oil we transport may be adversely affected by extended repairs to oil field installations or suspensions of field operations as a result of oil spills, operational difficulties, strikes, employee lockouts or other labor unrest. The rate of oil production at fields we service may decline from existing or future levels, and may be terminated, all of which could harm our business and operating results. In addition, if such a reduction or termination occurs, the spot tanker market rates, if any, in the conventional oil tanker trades at which we may be able to redeploy the affected shuttle tankers may be lower than the rates previously earned by the vessels under contracts of affreightment, which would also harm our business and operating results.

The redeployment risk of FPSO units is high given their lack of alternative uses and significant costs.

FPSO units are specialized vessels that have very limited alternative uses and high fixed costs. In addition, FPSO units typically require substantial capital investments prior to being redeployed to a new field and production service agreement. These factors increase the redeployment risk of FPSO units. Unless extended, seven of our FPSO production service agreements will expire during the next five years. Our clients may also terminate certain of our FPSO production service agreements prior to their expiration under specified circumstances. Any idle time prior to the commencement of a new contract or our inability to redeploy the vessels at acceptable rates may have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

The duration of many of our shuttle tanker and FSO contracts is the life of the relevant oil field or is subject to extension by the field operator or vessel charterer. If the oil field no longer produces oil or is abandoned or the contract term is not extended, we will no longer generate revenue under the related contract and will need to seek to redeploy affected vessels.

Some of our shuttle tanker contracts have a “life-of-field” duration, which means that the contract continues until oil production at the field ceases. If production at a field terminates or a field is abandoned for any reason, we no longer will generate revenue under the related contract. Other shuttle tanker and FSO contracts under which our vessels operate are subject to extensions beyond their initial term. The likelihood of these contracts being extended may be negatively affected by reductions in oil field reserves, low oil prices generally or other factors. If we are unable to promptly redeploy any affected vessels at rates at least equal to those under the contracts, if at all, our operating results will be harmed. Any potential redeployment may not be under long-term contracts, which may affect the stability of our business and operating results.

Charter rates for conventional oil and product tankers and towage vessels may fluctuate substantially over time and may be lower when we are attempting to re-charter these vessels, which could adversely affect our operating results. Any changes in charter rates for LNG or LPG carriers, shuttle tankers, FSO or FPSO units, or UMS could also adversely affect redeployment opportunities for those vessels.

Our ability to re-charter our conventional oil and product tankers following expiration of existing time-charter contracts and the rates payable upon any renewal or replacement charters will depend upon, among other things, the state of the conventional tanker market. Conventional oil and product tanker trades are highly competitive and have experienced significant fluctuations in charter rates based on, among other things, oil, refined petroleum product and vessel demand. For example, an oversupply of conventional oil tankers can significantly reduce their charter rates. Our ability to charter our towage vessels will depend, among other things, on the state of the towage market. Towage contracts are highly competitive and are based on the level of projects undertaken by the customer base. There also exists some volatility in charter rates for LNG and LPG carriers, shuttle tankers, FSO and FPSO units, and UMS, which could also adversely affect redeployment opportunities for those vessels.

 

12


Table of Contents

Over time, the value of our vessels may decline, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Vessel values for oil and product tankers, LNG and LPG carriers, UMS, and FPSO and FSO units can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors. Vessel values may decline from existing levels. If operation of a vessel is not profitable, or if we cannot redeploy a chartered vessel at attractive rates upon charter termination, rather than continue to incur costs to maintain and finance the vessel, we may seek to dispose of it. Our inability to dispose of the vessel at a fair market value or the disposition of the vessel at a fair market value that is lower than its book value could result in a loss on its sale and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Further, if we determine at any time that a vessel’s future useful life and earnings require us to impair its value on our financial statements, we may need to recognize a significant charge against our earnings. Vessel values, particularly of tankers, had declined in prior years, which contributed to vessel impairment charges against our earnings.

Our growth depends on continued growth in demand for LNG and LPG, and LNG and LPG shipping, as well as offshore oil transportation, production, processing and storage services.

A significant portion of our growth strategy focuses on continued expansion in the LNG and LPG shipping sectors and on expansion in the FPSO, shuttle tanker, and FSO sectors.

Expansion of the LNG and LPG shipping sectors depends on growth in world and regional demand for LNG and LPG and marine transportation of LNG and LPG, as well as the supply of LNG and LPG. Demand for LNG and LPG and for the marine transportation of LNG and LPG could be negatively affected by a number of factors, such as increases in the costs of natural gas derived from LNG relative to the cost of natural gas generally, increases in the production of natural gas in areas linked by pipelines to consuming areas, increases in the price of LNG and LPG relative to other energy sources, the availability of new energy sources, and negative global or regional economic or political conditions. Reduced demand for LNG or LPG and LNG or LPG shipping would have a material adverse effect on future growth of Teekay LNG, and could harm its results. Growth of the LNG and LPG markets may be limited by infrastructure constraints and community and environmental group resistance to new LNG and LPG infrastructure over concerns about the environment, safety and terrorism. If the LNG or LPG supply chain is disrupted or does not continue to grow, or if a significant LNG or LPG explosion, spill or similar incident occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on demand for LNG or LPG and could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Expansion of the FPSO, shuttle tanker, and FSO sectors depends on continued growth in world and regional demand for these offshore services, which could be negatively affected by a number of factors, such as:

 

   

decreases in the actual or projected price of oil, which could lead to a reduction in or termination of production of oil at certain fields we service, delays or cancellations of projects under development or a reduction in exploration for or development of new offshore oil fields;

 

   

increases in the production of oil in areas linked by pipelines to consuming areas, the extension of existing, or the development of new, pipeline systems in markets we may serve, or the conversion of existing non-oil pipelines to oil pipelines in those markets;

 

   

decreases in the consumption of oil due to increases in its price relative to other energy sources, other factors making consumption of oil less attractive or energy conservation measures;

 

   

availability of new, alternative energy sources; and

 

   

negative global or regional economic or political conditions, particularly in oil consuming regions, which could reduce energy consumption or its growth.

Reduced demand for offshore marine transportation, production, processing or storage services would have a material adverse effect on our future growth and could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The intense competition in our markets may lead to reduced profitability or reduced expansion opportunities.

Our vessels operate in highly competitive markets. Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, including major oil companies and independent companies. We also compete with owners of other size vessels. Our market share is insufficient to enforce any degree of pricing discipline in the markets in which we operate and our competitive position may erode in the future. Any new markets that we enter could include participants that have greater financial strength and capital resources than we have. We may not be successful in entering new markets.

One of our objectives is to enter into additional long-term, fixed-rate charters for our LNG and LPG carriers, shuttle tankers, and FPSO and FSO units. The process of obtaining new long-term time charters is highly competitive and generally involves an intensive screening process and competitive bids, and often extends for several months. We expect competition for providing services for potential gas and offshore projects from other experienced companies, including state-sponsored entities. Our competitors may have greater financial resources than us. This increased competition may cause greater price competition for charters. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The loss of any key customer or its inability to pay for our services could result in a significant loss of revenue in a given period.

We have derived, and believe that we will continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of customers. Three customers, international oil companies, accounted for an aggregate of 28%, or $677.1 million, of our consolidated revenues during 2015 (2014 – three customers for 33%, or $664.1 million, 2013 – three customers for 37% or $677.3 million). The loss of any significant customer or a substantial decline in the amount of services requested by a significant customer, or the inability of a significant customer to pay for our services, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

13


Table of Contents

Petroleo Brasileiro S.A. (or Petrobras ), the Brazil state-controlled oil company, is one of our largest customers. Petrobras is alleged to have participated in a widespread corruption scandal involving improper payments to Brazilian politicians and political parties. It is uncertain at this time how these factors may affect Petrobras, its performance of existing contracts with us or the development of new projects offshore of Brazil. Any adverse effect on Petrobras’ ability to develop new offshore projects or to perform under existing contracts with us could harm us.

In addition, in October 2015, Sevan issued a press release indicating that certain individuals who have left Sevan may have made improper payments to Petrobras between 2005 and 2008 in order to obtain vessel contracts from Petrobras, including the existing contract for the Sevan Piranema FPSO unit, which unit and contract Teekay Offshore acquired from Sevan in November 2011 and renamed Piranema Spirit . If it is determined that the Piranema Spirit FPSO contract was illegally obtained by Sevan, in addition to any penalties that could be assessed by the authorities, Petrobras may seek to terminate the contract or may seek damages relating to the arrangement, and any dispute with Petrobras may adversely affect our relationship with Petrobras. Although Teekay Offshore will seek indemnification from Sevan for losses and penalties imposed on Teekay Offshore by Petrobras and/or the regulatory authorities, there is no assurance that it will be successful in offsetting any losses through such claims against Sevan.

We could lose a customer or the benefits of a contract if:

 

   

the customer fails to make payments because of its financial inability, disagreements with us or otherwise;

 

   

we agree to reduce the payments due to us under a contract because of the customer’s inability to continue making the original payments;

 

   

the customer exercises certain rights to terminate the contract; or

 

   

the customer terminates the contract because we fail to deliver the vessel within a fixed period of time, the vessel is lost or damaged beyond repair, there are serious deficiencies in the vessel or prolonged periods of off-hire, or we default under the contract.

Future adverse economic conditions, including disruptions in the global credit markets, could adversely affect our results of operations.

Economic downturns and financial crises in the global markets could produce illiquidity in the capital markets, market volatility, increased exposure to interest rate and credit risks and reduced access to capital markets. If global financial markets and economic conditions significantly deteriorate in the future, we may face restricted access to the capital markets or bank lending, which may make it more difficult and costly to fund future growth. Decreased access to such resources could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Future adverse economic conditions or other developments may affect our customers’ ability to charter our vessels and pay for our services and may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Future adverse economic conditions or other developments relating directly to our customers may lead to a decline in our customers’ operations or ability to pay for our services, which could result in decreased demand for our vessels and services. Our customers’ inability to pay for any reason could also result in their default on our current contracts and charters. The decline in the amount of services requested by our customers or their default on our contracts with them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations are subject to substantial environmental and other regulations, which may significantly increase our expenses.

Our operations are affected by extensive and changing international, national and local environmental protection laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters, the jurisdictional waters of the countries in which our vessels operate, as well as the countries of our vessels’ registration, including those governing oil spills, discharges to air and water, and the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. Many of these requirements are designed to reduce the risk of oil spills and other pollution. In addition, we believe that the heightened environmental, quality and security concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will lead to additional regulatory requirements, including enhanced risk assessment and security requirements and greater inspection and safety requirements on vessels. We expect to incur substantial expenses in complying with these laws and regulations, including expenses for vessel modifications and changes in operating procedures.

These requirements can affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels, require a reduction in cargo capacity, ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or detention in, certain ports. Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations, in the event that there is a release of petroleum or other hazardous substances from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. We could also become subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of or exposure to hazardous materials associated with our operations. In addition, failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations, including, in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels. For further information about regulations affecting our business and related requirements on us, please read “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Operations—Regulations.”

We may be unable to make or realize expected benefits from acquisitions, and implementing our strategy of growth through acquisitions may harm our financial condition and performance.

A principal component of our strategy is to continue to grow by expanding our business both in the geographic areas and markets where we have historically focused as well as into new geographic areas, market segments and services. We may not be successful in expanding our operations and any expansion may not be profitable. Our strategy of growth through acquisitions involves business risks commonly encountered in acquisitions of companies, including:

 

   

interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of one or more of an acquired company’s businesses and our businesses;

 

   

additional demands on members of our senior management while integrating acquired businesses, which would decrease the time they have to manage our existing business, service existing customers and attract new customers;

 

   

difficulties integrating the operations, personnel and business culture of acquired companies;

 

14


Table of Contents
   

difficulties coordinating and managing geographically separate organizations;

 

   

adverse effects on relationships with our existing suppliers and customers, and those of the companies acquired;

 

   

difficulties entering geographic markets or new market segments in which we have no or limited experience; and

 

   

loss of key officers and employees of acquired companies.

Acquisitions may not be profitable to us at the time of their completion and may not generate revenues sufficient to justify our investment. In addition, our acquisition growth strategy exposes us to risks that may harm our results of operations and financial condition, including risks that we may: fail to realize anticipated benefits, such as cost-savings, revenue and cash flow enhancements and earnings accretion; decrease our liquidity by using a significant portion of our available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions; incur additional indebtedness, which may result in significantly increased interest expense or financial leverage, or issue additional equity securities to finance acquisitions, which may result in significant shareholder dilution; incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with the business acquired; or incur other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges.

Unlike newbuildings, existing vessels typically do not carry warranties as to their condition. While we generally inspect existing vessels prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a vessel’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance costs for existing vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they were built. These costs could decrease our cash flow and reduce our liquidity.

We may not be successful in our recent entry into new markets which may have competitive dynamics that differ from markets in which we already participate, and we may be unsuccessful in gaining acceptance in these markets from customers or competing against other companies with more experience or larger fleets or resources in these markets. We also may not be successful in employing the HiLoad DP unit on contracts sufficient to recover our investment in the unit.

The strain that growth places upon our systems and management resources may harm our business.

Our growth has placed, and we believe it will continue to place, significant demands on our management, operational and financial resources. As we expand our operations, we must effectively manage and monitor operations, control costs and maintain quality and control in geographically dispersed markets. In addition, our three publicly-traded subsidiaries and TIL have increased our complexity and placed additional demands on our management. Our future growth and financial performance will also depend on our ability to recruit, train, manage and motivate our employees to support our expanded operations and continue to improve our customer support, financial controls and information systems.

These efforts may not be successful and may not occur in a timely or efficient manner. Failure to effectively manage our growth and transitions in systems and procedures required by expansion in a cost-effective manner could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover losses that may occur to our property or as a result of our operations.

The operation of oil and product tankers, lightering vessels, LNG and LPG carriers, FPSO and FSO units, UMS, towage vessels, and the Hi-Load DP unit is inherently risky. Although we carry hull and machinery (marine and war risk) and protection and indemnity insurance, all risks may not be adequately insured against, and any particular claim may not be paid. In addition, with some limited exception, we do not generally carry insurance on our vessels covering the loss of revenues resulting from vessel off-hire time, based on its cost compared to our off-hire experience. Any significant off-hire time of our vessels could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Any claims relating to our operations covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. Certain of our insurance coverage is maintained through mutual protection and indemnity associations and as a member of such associations we may be required to make additional payments over and above budgeted premiums if member claims exceed association reserves.

We may be unable to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led in the past to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. A catastrophic oil spill, marine disaster or natural disaster could result in losses that exceed our insurance coverage, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business and financial condition. In addition, our insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain of our actions, such as our ships failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime regulatory organizations.

Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks, environmental catastrophes or political changes may also make certain types of insurance more difficult for us to obtain. In addition, the insurance that may be available may be significantly more expensive than our existing coverage.

 

15


Table of Contents

Past port calls by our vessels, or third-party vessels from which we derived pooling revenues, to countries that are subject to sanctions imposed by the United States and the European Union may impact investors’ decisions to invest in our securities.

The United States has imposed sanctions on Syria and Sudan. The United States and the European Union (or EU ) also had imposed sanctions on trade with Iran. The EU lifted these sanctions in January 2016. At that time, the U.S. lifted its secondary sanctions on Iran which applied to foreign persons, but has retained its primary sanctions which apply to U.S. entities and their foreign subsidiaries. In the past, conventional oil tankers owned or chartered-in by us, or third-party vessels participating in commercial pooling arrangements from which we derive revenue, made limited port calls to those countries for the loading and discharging of oil products. Those port calls did not violate U.S. or EU sanctions at the time and we intend to maintain our compliance with all U.S. and EU sanctions. In addition, we have no future contracted loadings or discharges in any of those countries and intend not to enter into voyage charter contracts for the transport of oil or gas to or from Iran, Syria or Sudan. We believe that our compliance with these sanctions and our lack of any future port calls to those countries does not and will not adversely impact our revenues, because port calls to these countries have never accounted for any material amount of our revenues. However, some investors might decide not to invest in us simply because we have previously called on, or through our participation in pooling arrangements have previously received revenue from calls on, ports in these sanctioned countries. Any such investor reaction could adversely affect the market for our common shares.

Marine transportation and oil production is inherently risky, and an incident involving significant loss of or environmental contamination by any of our vessels could harm our reputation and business.

Our vessels and their cargoes are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as:

 

   

marine disaster;

 

   

bad weather or natural disasters;

 

   

mechanical failures;

 

   

grounding, fire, explosions and collisions;

 

   

piracy;

 

   

human error; and

 

   

war and terrorism.

An accident involving any of our vessels could result in any of the following:

 

   

death or injury to persons, loss of property or environmental damage or pollution;

 

   

delays in the delivery of cargo;

 

   

loss of revenues from or termination of charter contracts;

 

   

governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business;

 

   

higher insurance rates; and

 

   

damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.

Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations.

We operate our conventional tankers in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, therefore, in charter rates. This seasonality may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our results of operations. Tanker markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the Northern Hemisphere. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling, which historically has increased oil price volatility and oil trading activities in the winter months. As a result, our revenues have historically been weaker during the fiscal quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and stronger in our fiscal quarters ended March 31 and December 31.

Due to harsh winter weather conditions, oil field operators in the North Sea typically schedule oil platform and other infrastructure repairs and maintenance during the summer months. Because the North Sea is our primary existing offshore oil market, this seasonal repair and maintenance activity contributes to quarter-to-quarter volatility in our results of operations, as oil production typically is lower in the fiscal quarters ended June 30 and September 30 in this region compared with production in the fiscal quarters ended March 31 and December 31. Because a number of our North Sea shuttle tankers operate under contracts of affreightment, under which revenue is based on the volume of oil transported, the results of our shuttle tanker operations in the North Sea under these contracts generally reflect this seasonal production pattern. When we redeploy affected shuttle tankers as conventional oil tankers while platform maintenance and repairs are conducted, the overall financial results for our North Sea shuttle tanker operations may be negatively affected if the rates in the conventional oil tanker markets are lower than the contract of affreightment rates. In addition, we seek to coordinate some of the general dry-docking schedule of our fleet with this seasonality, which may result in lower revenues and increased dry-docking expenses during the summer months.

We expend substantial sums during construction of newbuildings and the conversion of tankers to FPSO or FSO units without earning revenue and without assurance that they will be completed.

We are typically required to expend substantial sums as progress payments during construction of a newbuilding or vessel conversion, but we do not derive any revenue from the vessel until after its delivery. In addition, under some of our time charters if our delivery of a vessel to a customer is delayed, we may be required to pay liquidated damages in amounts equal to or, under some charters, almost double the hire rate during the delay. For prolonged delays, the customer may terminate the time charter and, in addition to the resulting loss of revenues, we may be responsible for additional substantial liquidated charges.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our newbuilding financing commitments typically have been pre-arranged. However, if we are unable to obtain financing required to complete payments on any of our newbuilding orders, we could effectively forfeit all or a portion of the progress payments previously made. As of December 31, 2015, we had on order 21 LNG carriers, seven LPG carriers, three shuttle tankers, one FSO conversion, one FPSO conversion, one FPSO upgrade, two UMS, four long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels and three infield support towing vessels. The 21 LNG carriers are scheduled for delivery between 2016 and 2020. Seven LPG carriers are scheduled for delivery between 2016 and 2018. One FSO conversion is scheduled for completion in early-2017. One FPSO conversion is scheduled for completion in early-2017. One FPSO upgrade is scheduled for completion in the fourth quarter of 2016. Two UMS are scheduled to deliver in late-2016 and subject to the exercise of a deferred delivery option, mid-2019. Four long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels are scheduled to deliver in 2016. Three infield support towing vessels are scheduled to deliver during the first half of 2016. Three shuttle tankers are scheduled from delivery between 2017 and 2018. As of December 31, 2015, progress payments made towards these newbuildings, excluding payments made by our joint venture partners, totaled $1.1 billion.

In addition, conversion of tankers to FPSO and FSO units exposes us to a numbers of risks, including lack of shipyard capacity and the difficulty of completing the conversions in a timely and cost effective manner. During conversion of a vessel, we do not earn revenue from it. In addition, conversion projects may not be successful.

We make substantial capital expenditures to expand the size of our fleet. Depending on whether we finance our expenditures through cash from operations or by incurring debt or issuing equity securities, our financial leverage could increase or our shareholders could be diluted.

We regularly evaluate and pursue opportunities to provide the marine transportation requirements for various projects, and we have recently submitted bids to provide transportation solutions for LNG and LPG, towage, UMS, FPSO and FSO projects. We may submit additional bids from time to time. The award process relating to LNG and LPG transportation, FPSO and FSO opportunities typically involves various stages and takes several months to complete. If we bid on and are awarded contracts relating to any LNG and LPG, FPSO and FSO projects, we will need to incur significant capital expenditures to build the related LNG and LPG carriers, FPSO and FSO units.

To fund the remaining portion of existing or future capital expenditures, we will be required to use cash from operations or incur borrowings or raise capital through the incurrence of debt or issuance of additional equity securities. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds for necessary future capital expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Even if we are successful in obtaining necessary funds, incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, which could limit our financial flexibility and ability to pursue other business opportunities. Issuing additional equity securities may result in significant shareholder dilution and would increase the aggregate amount of cash required to pay quarterly dividends.

Exposure to currency exchange rate and interest rate fluctuations results in fluctuations in our cash flows and operating results.

Substantially all of our revenues are earned in U.S. Dollars, although we are paid in Euros, Australian Dollars, Norwegian Kroner and British Pounds under some of our charters. A portion of our operating costs are incurred in currencies other than U.S. Dollars. This partial mismatch in operating revenues and expenses leads to fluctuations in net income due to changes in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to other currencies, in particular the Norwegian Kroner, the British Pound, the Euro, Singapore Dollar, Australian Dollar, and Canadian Dollar. We also make payments under two Euro-denominated term loans. If the amount of these and other Euro-denominated obligations exceeds our Euro-denominated revenues, we must convert other currencies, primarily the U.S. Dollar, into Euros. An increase in the strength of the Euro relative to the U.S. Dollar would require us to convert more U.S. Dollars to Euros to satisfy those obligations.

Because we report our operating results in U.S. Dollars, changes in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to other currencies also result in fluctuations of our reported revenues and earnings. Under U.S. accounting guidelines, all foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities, such as cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, restricted cash, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, advances from affiliates and long-term debt are revalued and reported based on the prevailing exchange rate at the end of the applicable period. This revaluation historically has caused us to report significant unrealized foreign currency exchange gains or losses each period. The primary source of these gains and losses is our Euro-denominated term loans and our Norwegian Kroner-denominated bonds. We have entered into foreign currency forward contracts to economically hedge portions of our forecasted expenditures denominated in Norwegian Kroner. We also incur interest expense on our Norwegian Kroner-denominated bonds. We have entered into cross-currency swaps to economically hedge the foreign exchange risk on the principal and interest payments of our Norwegian Kroner bonds.

Many of our seafaring employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and the failure to renew those agreements or any future labor agreements may disrupt operations and adversely affect our cash flows.

A significant portion of our seafarers are employed under collective bargaining agreements. We may become subject to additional labor agreements in the future. We may suffer labor disruptions if relationships deteriorate with the seafarers or the unions that represent them. Our collective bargaining agreements may not prevent labor disruptions, particularly when the agreements are being renegotiated. Salaries are typically renegotiated annually or bi-annually for seafarers and annually for onshore operational staff and may increase our cost of operation. Any labor disruptions could harm our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We and certain of our joint venture partners may be unable to attract and retain qualified, skilled employees or crew necessary to operate our business.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. In crewing our vessels, we require technically skilled employees with specialized training who can perform physically demanding work. Any inability we experience in the future to hire, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees could impair our ability to manage, maintain and grow our business.

 

17


Table of Contents

Terrorist attacks, piracy, increased hostilities, political change or war could lead to further economic instability, increased costs and disruption of business.

Terrorist attacks, piracy and the current or future conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and political change, may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and ability to raise capital and future growth. Continuing hostilities in the Middle East and elsewhere may lead to additional armed conflicts or to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbance in the United States or elsewhere, which may contribute to economic instability and disruption of oil production and distribution, which could result in reduced demand for our services and have an adverse impact on our operations and or our ability to conduct business.

In addition, oil facilities, shipyards, vessels, pipelines and oil fields could be targets of future terrorist attacks and warlike operations and our vessels could be targets of pirates, hijackers, terrorists or warlike operations. Any such attacks could lead to, among other things, bodily injury or loss of life, vessel or other property damage, increased vessel operational costs, including insurance costs, and the inability to transport oil to or from certain locations. Terrorist attacks, war, piracy, hijacking or other events beyond our control that adversely affect the distribution, production or transportation of oil to be shipped by us could entitle customers to terminate charters, which would harm our cash flow and business.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels continue to be a risk, which could adversely affect our business.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and the Indian Ocean off the coast of Somalia. While there continues to be a significant risk of piracy incidents in the Gulf of Aden and Indian Ocean, recently there have been increases in the frequency and severity of piracy incidents off the coast of West Africa and a resurgent piracy risk in the Straits of Malacca and surrounding waters. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being named on the Joint War Committee Listed Areas, war risk insurance premiums payable for such coverage can increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs which may be incurred to the extent we employ on-board security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our and many of our customers’ substantial operations outside the United States expose us to political, governmental and economic instability, which could harm our operations.

Because our operations, and the operations of certain of our customers, are primarily conducted outside of the United States, they may be affected by economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where we engage in business, including Brazil, or where our vessels are registered. Any disruption caused by these factors could harm our business, including by reducing the levels of oil exploration, development and production activities in these areas. We derive some of our revenues from shipping oil and gas from politically and economically unstable regions. Conflicts in these regions have included attacks on ships and other efforts to disrupt shipping. Hostilities, strikes, or other political or economic instability in regions where we operate or where we may operate could have a material adverse effect on the growth of our business, results of operations and financial condition and ability to make cash distributions. In addition, tariffs, trade embargoes and other economic sanctions by the United States or other countries against countries in which we operate or to which we trade could harm our business and ability to make cash distributions. Finally, a government could requisition one or more of our vessels, which is most likely during war or national emergency. Any such requisition would cause a loss of the vessel and could harm our cash flow and financial results.

Two vessels owned by the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture are chartered to Yemen LNG Company Limited (or YLNG ), an entity that operates in Yemen and has close ties to the Yemeni government. The hostilities in Yemen have adversely affected the LNG facilities in Yemen and could hinder Yemen LNG Company Limited’s ability to perform its obligations under its time charter contracts with Teekay LNG’s joint venture, which would adversely affect its operating results and liquidity. As a result, in December 2015, the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture agreed to a temporary deferral of a portion of the charter payments for the two LNG carriers for the period from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016. Upon future resumption of the LNG plant in Yemen, it is presumed that YLNG will repay the deferred amounts in full plus interest thereon over a period of time to be agreed upon. However, there is no assurance if or when the LNG plant will resume operations or if YLNG will repay deferred amounts.

The LNG carrier newbuildings for the Yamal LNG Project are customized vessels and Teekay LNG’s financial condition, results of operations and ability to make distributions to us could be substantially affected if the Yamal LNG Project is not completed.

The LNG carrier newbuildings ordered by the Yamal LNG Joint Venture will be specifically built for the Arctic requirements of the Yamal LNG Project and will have limited redeployment opportunities to operate as conventional trading LNG carriers if the project is abandoned or cancelled. If the project is abandoned or cancelled for any reason, either before or after commencement of operations, the Yamal LNG Joint Venture may be unable to reach an agreement with the shipyard allowing for the termination of the shipbuilding contracts (since no such optional termination right exists under these contracts), change the vessel specifications to reflect those applicable to more conventional LNG carriers and which do not incorporate ice-breaking capabilities, or find suitable alternative employment for the newbuilding vessels on a long-term basis with other LNG projects or otherwise.

 

18


Table of Contents

The Yamal LNG Project may be abandoned or not completed for various reasons, including, among others:

 

 

failure of the project to obtain debt financing;

 

 

failure to achieve expected operating results;

 

 

changes in demand for LNG;

 

 

adverse changes in Russian regulations or governmental policy relating to the project or the export of LNG;

 

 

technical challenges of completing and operating the complex project, particularly in extreme Arctic conditions;

 

 

labor disputes; and

 

 

environmental regulations or potential claims.

If the project is not completed or is abandoned, proceeds if any, received from limited Yamal LNG project sponsor guarantees and potential alternative employment, if any, of the vessels and from potential sales of components and scrapping of the vessels likely would fall substantially short of the cost of the vessels to the Yamal LNG Joint Venture. Any such shortfall could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and ability to make distributions to us.

Sanctions against key participants in the Yamal LNG Project could impede completion or performance of the Yamal LNG Project, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

The U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (or OFAC ) placed Russia-based Novatek OAO (or Novatek ), a 50.1% owner of the Yamal LNG Project, on the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List. OFAC also previously imposed sanctions on an investor in Novatek and these sanctions also remain in effect. The restrictions on Novatek prohibit U.S. persons (and their subsidiaries) from participating in debt financing transactions of greater than 90 days maturity by Novatek and, by virtue of Novatek’s 50.1% ownership interest, the Yamal LNG Project. The EU also imposed certain sanctions on Russia. These sanctions require an EU license or authorization before a party can provide certain technologies or technical assistance, financing, financial assistance, or brokering with regard to these technologies. However, the technologies being currently sanctioned by the EU appear to focus on oil exploration projects, not gas projects. In addition, OFAC and other governments or organizations may impose additional sanctions on Novatek, the Yamal LNG Project or other project participants, which may further hinder the ability of the Yamal LNG Project to receive necessary financing. Although we believe that we are in compliance with all applicable sanctions laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, these sanctions have recently been imposed and the scope of these laws may be subject to changing interpretation. Future sanctions may prohibit the Yamal LNG Joint Venture from performing under its contracts with the Yamal LNG Project, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and ability to make distributions on our common shares.

Failure of the Yamal LNG Project to achieve expected results could lead to a default under the time-charter contracts by the charter party.

The charter party under the Yamal LNG Joint Venture’s time-charter contracts for the Yamal LNG Project is Yamal Trade Pte. Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Yamal LNG, the project’s sponsor. If the Yamal LNG Project does not achieve expected results, the risk of charter party default may increase. If the charter party defaults on the time-charter contracts, Teekay LNG may be unable to redeploy the vessels under other time-charter contracts or may be forced to scrap the vessels. Any such default could adversely affect Teekay LNG’s results of operations and ability to make distributions to us.

Neither the Yamal LNG Joint Venture nor Teekay LNG’s joint venture partner may be able to obtain financing for the six LNG carrier newbuildings for the Yamal LNG Project.

The Yamal LNG Joint Venture does not yet have in place financing for the six LNG carrier newbuildings that will service the Yamal LNG Project. The estimated total fully built-up cost for the vessels is approximately $2.1 billion. If the Yamal LNG Joint Venture is unable to obtain debt financing for the vessels on acceptable terms, if at all, or if Teekay LNG’s joint venture partner fails to fund its portion of the newbuilding financing, Teekay LNG may be unable to purchase the vessels and participate in the Yamal LNG Project.

Maritime claimants could arrest, or port authorities could detain, our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lienholder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums of funds to have the arrest or attachment lifted. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our ships. In addition, port authorities may seek to detain our vessels in port, which could adversely affect our operating results or relationships with customers.

Declining market values of our vessels could adversely affect our liquidity and result in breaches of our financing agreements.

Market values of vessels fluctuate depending upon general economic and market conditions affecting relevant markets and industries and competition from other shipping companies and other modes of transportation. In addition, as vessels become older, they generally decline in value. Declining vessel values could adversely affect our liquidity by limiting our ability to raise cash by refinancing vessels. Declining vessel values could also result in a breach of loan covenants and events of default under certain of our credit facilities that require us to maintain certain loan-to-value ratios. If we are unable to pledge additional collateral in the event of a decline in vessel values, the lenders under these facilities could accelerate our debt and foreclose on our vessels pledged as collateral for the loans. As of December 31, 2015, the total outstanding debt under credit facilities with this type of loan-to-value covenant tied to conventional tanker, towage, UMS and shuttle tanker values was $1,170.9 million, tied to FPSO values was $710.1 million and tied to LNG carrier values was $83.4 million. We have eleven financing arrangements that require us to maintain vessel value to outstanding loan principal balance ratios ranging from 105% to 135%. At December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with these required ratios.

 

19


Table of Contents

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.

Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. These regulatory measures include, among others, adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards, and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Compliance with changes in laws, regulations and obligations relating to climate change could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our vessels and require us to install new emission controls, acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions, or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Revenue generation and strategic growth opportunities may also be adversely affected.

Adverse effects upon the oil and gas industry relating to climate change may also adversely affect demand for our services. Although we do not expect that demand for oil and gas will lessen dramatically over the short-term, in the long-term, climate change may reduce the demand for oil and gas or increased regulation of greenhouse gases may create greater incentives for use of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil and gas industry could have a significant financial and operational adverse impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

We have substantial debt levels and may incur additional debt.

As of December 31, 2015, our consolidated debt and capital lease obligations totaled $7.4 billion and we had the capacity to borrow an additional $0.2 billion under our revolving credit facilities. These credit facilities may be used by us for general corporate purposes. Our consolidated debt and capital lease obligations could increase substantially. We will continue to have the ability to incur additional debt, subject to limitations in our credit facilities. Our level of debt could have important consequences to us, including:

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes, and our ability to refinance our credit facilities may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all;

 

   

we will need to use a substantial portion of our cash flow to make principal and interest payments on our debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and dividends to shareholders;

 

   

our debt level may make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our industry or the economy generally; and

 

   

our debt level may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing, pursuing other business opportunities and responding to changing business and economic conditions.

Financing agreements containing operating and financial restrictions may restrict our business and financing activities.

The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our revolving credit facilities, term loans, indentures and in any of our future financing agreements could adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to pursue and expand our business activities. For example, these financing arrangements restrict our ability to:

 

   

pay dividends;

 

   

incur or guarantee indebtedness;

 

   

change ownership or structure, including mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;

 

   

grant liens on our assets;

 

   

sell, transfer, assign or convey assets;

 

   

make certain investments; and

 

   

enter into a new line of business.

Our ability to comply with covenants and restrictions contained in debt instruments may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, we may fail to comply with these covenants. If we breach any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in our financing agreements or indentures, our obligations may become immediately due and payable, and the lenders’ commitment under our credit facilities, if any, to make further loans may terminate. This could lead to cross-defaults under other financing agreements and result in obligations becoming due and commitments being terminated under such agreements. A default under financing agreements could also result in foreclosure on any of our vessels and other assets securing related loans.

Certain of Teekay LNG’s lease arrangements contain provisions whereby it has provided a tax indemnification to third parties, which may result in increased lease payments or termination of favorable lease arrangements.

Teekay LNG and certain of its joint ventures are party and were party to lease arrangements whereby the lessor could claim tax depreciation on the capital expenditures it incurred to acquire these vessels. As is typical in these leasing arrangements, tax and change of law risks are assumed by the lessee. The rentals payable under the lease arrangements are predicated on the basis of certain tax and financial assumptions at the commencement of the leases. If an assumption proves to be incorrect or there is a change in the applicable tax legislation or the interpretation thereof by the United Kingdom (U.K.) taxing authority, the lessor is entitled to increase the rentals so as to maintain its agreed after-tax margin. Under the capital lease arrangements, Teekay LNG does not have the ability to pass these increased rentals onto its charter party. However, the terms of the lease arrangements enable Teekay LNG and its joint venture partner to jointly terminate the lease arrangements on a voluntary basis at any time. In the event of an early termination of the lease arrangements, the lessee is obliged to pay termination sums to the lessor sufficient to repay its investment in the vessels and to compensate it for the tax effect of the terminations, including recapture of tax depreciation, if any.

 

20


Table of Contents

Teekay LNG and its joint venture partner were the lessee under three separate 30-year capital lease arrangements (or the RasGas II Leases ) with a third party for three LNG carriers (or the RasGas II LNG Carriers ). On December 22, 2014, Teekay LNG and its joint venture partner voluntarily terminated the leasing of the RasGas II LNG Carriers. However, Teekay Nakilat Corporation (or the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture ), of which Teekay LNG owns a 70% interest, remains obligated to the lessor under the RasGas II Leases to maintain the lessor’s agreed after-tax margin from the commencement of the lease to the lease termination date.

The UK taxing authority (or HMRC ) has been challenging the use of similar lease structures. One of those challenges was eventually decided in favor of HMRC (Lloyds Bank Equipment Leasing No. 1 or LEL1 ), with the lessor and lessee choosing not to appeal further. Initial indications are that HMRC will attempt to progress matters on other leases including the lease of Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture with the intent of asking the lessees to accept the LEL1 tax case verdict that capital allowances were not due. If the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture were to be challenged by HMRC, it is uncertain whether the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture would eventually prevail in court. If the former lessor of the RasGas II LNG Carriers were to lose on a similar claim from HMRC, Teekay LNG’s 70% share of the potential exposure in the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture is estimated to be approximately $60 million. Such estimate is primarily based on information received from the lessor.

In addition, Teekay LNG’s subsidiaries of another joint venture formed to service the Tangguh LNG project in Indonesia have lease arrangements with a third party for two LNG carriers. The terms of the lease arrangements provide similar tax and change of law risk assumption by this joint venture as Teekay LNG had with the three RasGas II LNG Carriers.

Our joint venture arrangements impose obligations upon us but limit our control of the joint ventures, which may affect our ability to achieve our joint venture objectives.

For financial or strategic reasons, we conduct a portion of our business through joint ventures. Generally, we are obligated to provide proportionate financial support for the joint ventures although our control of the business entity may be substantially limited. Due to this limited control, we generally have less flexibility to pursue our own objectives through joint ventures than we would with our own subsidiaries. There is no assurance that our joint venture partners will continue their relationships with us in the future or that we will be able to achieve our financial or strategic objectives relating to the joint ventures and the markets in which they operate. In addition, our joint venture partners may have business objectives that are inconsistent with ours, experience financial and other difficulties that may affect the success of the joint venture, or be unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations under the joint ventures, which may affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We depend on certain joint venture partners to assist us in operating our businesses and competing in our markets.

Our ability to compete for offshore oil marine transportation, processing, floating accommodation, towage and storage projects and to enter into new charters or contracts of affreightment and expand our customer relationships depends largely on our ability to leverage our relationship with our joint venture partners and their reputation and relationships in the shipping industry. If our joint venture partners suffer material damage to its financial condition, reputation or relationships, it may harm the ability of us or our subsidiaries to:

 

   

renew existing charters and contracts of affreightment upon their expiration;

 

   

obtain new charters and contracts of affreightment;

 

   

successfully interact with shipyards during periods of shipyard construction constraints;

 

   

obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms; or

 

   

maintain satisfactory relationships with suppliers and other third parties.

If our or our subsidiaries’ ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to make cash distributions.

In January 2015, Teekay Offshore, through the Libra joint venture, its 50/50 joint venture with Odebrecht Oil & Gas S.A. (or OOG ), finalized the contract with Petrobras to provide an FPSO unit for the Libra field located in the Santos Basin offshore Brazil. The contract will be serviced by a new FPSO unit being converted from Teekay Offshore’s 1995-built shuttle tanker, the Navion Norvegia , which was sold by Teekay Offshore to the joint venture. The converted unit is scheduled to commence operations in early-2017 under a 12-year firm period fixed-rate contract with Petrobras and its international partners. Senior Odebrecht S.A. personnel, including a former executive of OOG, have been implicated in corruption charges related to improper payments to Brazilian politicians and political parties. Any adverse effect of these charges against OOG may harm Teekay Offshore’s growth prospects and results of operations and inhibit the near-term ability of its joint venture with OOG to drawdown on its existing loan facility to fund the Libra FPSO conversion. The Libra joint venture is currently in discussions with lenders to ensure the continued drawdown under the $804 million loan facility as a result of the ongoing Federal Police investigation into OOG referred to as the “Lava Jato Operation” as well as OOG’s current financial difficulties.

Teekay Tankers’ U.S. Gulf lightering business competes with alternative methods of delivering crude oil to ports, which may limit its earnings in this area of its operations.

Teekay Tankers’ U.S. Gulf lightering business faces competition from alternative methods of delivering crude oil shipments to port, including offshore offloading facilities. While we believe that lightering offers advantages over alternative methods of delivering crude oil to U.S. Gulf ports, Teekay Tankers’ lightering revenues may be limited due to the availability of alternative methods.

Teekay Tankers’ full service lightering operations are subject to specific risks that could lead to accidents, oil spills or property damage.

Lightering is subject to specific risks arising from the process of safely bringing two large moving tankers next to each other and mooring them for lightering operations. These operations require a high degree of expertise and present a higher risk of collision compared to when docking a vessel at port. Lightering operations, similar to marine transportation in general, are also subject to risks due to events such as mechanical failures, human error, and weather conditions.

 

21


Table of Contents

Tax Risks

In addition to the following risk factors, you should read “Item 4. Information on the Company—Taxation of the Company” and “Item 10. Additional Information—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “—Non-United States Tax Consequences” for a more complete discussion of the expected material U.S. federal and non-U.S. income tax considerations relating to us and the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.

A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company” (or PFIC ) for such purposes in any taxable year for which either (a) at least 75% of its gross income consists of “passive income” or (b) at least 50% of the average value of the entity’s assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties (other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business). By contrast, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.”

There are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from our time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services, including the decision in Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), which held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a foreign sales corporation provision of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or the Code ). However, the Internal Revenue Service (or IRS ) stated in an Action on Decision (AOD 2010-01) that it disagrees with, and will not acquiesce to, the way that the rental versus services framework was applied to the facts in the Tidewater decision, and in its discussion stated that the time charters at issue in Tidewater would be treated as producing services income for PFIC purposes. The IRS’s statement with respect to Tidewater cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited as precedent by taxpayers. Consequently, in the absence of any binding legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court would not follow the Tidewater decision in interpreting the PFIC provisions of the Code. Nevertheless, based on the current composition of our assets and operations (and those of our subsidiaries), we intend to take the position that we are not now and have never been a PFIC. No assurance can be given, however, that this position would be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS or that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if there were to be changes in our assets, income or operations.

If the IRS were to determine that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined below under “Item 10-Additional Information – Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”) held our common stock, such U.S. Holder would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. For a more comprehensive discussion regarding the tax consequences to U.S. Holders, please read “Item 10. Additional Information–Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification.”

We may be subject to taxes, which could affect our operating results.

We or our subsidiaries are subject to tax in certain jurisdictions in which we or our subsidiaries are organized, own assets or have operations, which reduces our operating results. In computing our tax obligations in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. We cannot assure you that upon review of these positions, the applicable authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries, further reducing our operating results. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or on our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted. For example, changes in the ownership of our stock may cause us to be unable to claim an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code. If we were not exempt from tax under Section 883 of the Code, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on shipping income attributable to our subsidiaries’ transportation of cargoes to or from the U.S., the amount of which is not within our complete control. Also, jurisdictions in which we or our subsidiaries are organized, own assets or have operations may change their tax laws, or we may enter into new business transactions relating to such jurisdictions, which could result in increased tax liability and reduce our operating results. Please read “Item 4. Information on the Company—Taxation of the Company.”

Item 4. Information on the Company

A. Overview, History and Development

Overview

We are a leading provider of international crude oil and gas marine transportation services and we also offer offshore oil production, storage and offloading services, primarily under long-term, fixed-rate contracts. Over the past decade, we have undergone a major transformation from being primarily an owner of ships in the cyclical spot tanker business to being a growth-oriented asset manager in the “Marine Midstream” sector. This transformation has included our expansion into the liquefied natural gas (or LNG ) and liquefied petroleum gas (or LPG ) shipping sectors through our publicly-listed subsidiary Teekay LNG Partners L.P. (NYSE: TGP) (or Teekay LNG ), further growth of our operations in the offshore production, storage and transportation sector through our publicly-listed subsidiary Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. (NYSE: TOO) (or Teekay Offshore ) and through our 100% ownership interest in Teekay Petrojarl AS, and the continuation of our conventional tanker business through our publicly-listed subsidiary Teekay Tankers Ltd. (NYSE: TNK) (or Teekay Tankers ). We are responsible for managing and operating consolidated assets of approximately $13 billion, comprised of approximately 220 liquefied gas, offshore, and conventional tanker assets (excluding vessels managed for third parties). With offices in 15 countries and approximately 7,700 seagoing and shore-based employees, Teekay provides a comprehensive set of marine services to the world’s leading oil and gas companies. Our organizational structure can be divided into (a) our controlling interests in our publicly-listed subsidiaries, Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers (or the Daughter Companies ), and (b) Teekay and its remaining subsidiaries, which is referred to herein as Teekay Parent .

Teekay Offshore includes our shuttle tanker operations, floating storage and off-take (or FSO ) units, one HiLoad DP unit, a majority of our FPSO units, and offshore support which includes UMS, all of which primarily operate under long-term fixed-rate contracts, and long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels. As of December 31, 2015, our shuttle tanker fleet had a total cargo capacity of approximately 4.5 million deadweight tonnes (or dwt ), which represented approximately 36% of the total tonnage of the world shuttle tanker fleet. Please read “—B. Operations—Our Fleet.”

 

22


Table of Contents

Teekay LNG includes all of our LNG and LPG carriers. LNG carriers are usually chartered to carry LNG pursuant to time-charter contracts, where a vessel is hired for a fixed period of time. LPG carriers are mainly chartered to carry LPG on time charters, on contracts of affreightment or spot voyage charters. As of December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG’s fleet, including newbuildings on order, had a total cargo carrying capacity of approximately 9.2 million cubic meters. Please read “—B. Operations—Our Fleet.”

Teekay Tankers, including Teekay Tankers’ minority investment in TIL, includes a substantial majority of our conventional crude oil tankers and product carriers. Our conventional crude oil tankers and product tankers primarily operate in the spot-tanker market or are subject to time charters or contracts of affreightment that are priced on a spot-market basis or are short-term, fixed-rate contracts. We consider contracts that have an original term of less than one year in duration to be short-term. Certain of our conventional crude oil tankers and product tankers are on fixed-rate time-charter contracts with an initial duration of at least one year. Our conventional Aframax, Suezmax, and large and medium product tankers are among the vessels included in Teekay Tankers. Please read “—B. Operations—Our Fleet.”

Teekay Parent currently owns one conventional tanker, three FPSO units and a minority investment in TIL. Our long-term vision is for Teekay Parent not to have a direct ownership in any vessels.

The Teekay organization was founded in 1973. We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands as Teekay Corporation and maintain our principal executive office at 4 th floor, Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda. Our telephone number at such address is (441) 298-2530.

Recent Business Acquisitions

Bahrain Project

In December 2015, a consortium composed of Samsung, GIC and Teekay LNG entered into an agreement with the Government of the Kingdom of Bahrain (or Kingdom ) for the development of an LNG receiving and regasification terminal in Bahrain. The project, to be developed on a BOOT (build, own, operate, transfer) basis, will be located in Hidd Industrial area of Bahrain and will help the Kingdom meet its increasing demand for gas supplies to satisfy its industrial and urban development. The LNG receiving and regasification terminal will be owned and operated through the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture.

The project will include a floating storage unit (or FSU ), an offshore LNG receiving jetty and breakwater, an adjacent regasification platform, subsea gas pipelines from the platform to shore, an onshore gas receiving facility, and an onshore nitrogen production facility. The project will have a capacity of 800 million standard cubic feet per day and will be owned and operated under a 20-year agreement which is expected to commence in 2018. The terminal project, excluding the FSU but including project management and development, financing and other costs, is expected to cost approximately $872 million, which is expected to be funded by the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture through a combination of equity capital and project-level debt through a consortium of regional and international banks.

Teekay LNG will supply the FSU vessel by using one of its previously unchartered MEGI LNG carrier newbuildings, which will be modified specifically for this project, and Teekay LNG will charter this FSU to the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture for a period of 20 years commencing in 2018.

Acquisition of Ship-to-Ship Transfer Business

In July 2015, Teekay Tankers acquired the ship-to-ship transfer business (or SPT ) from a company jointly owned by Teekay and a Norway-based marine transportation company, I.M. Skaugen SE, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $47.3 million (including $1.8 million for working capital). SPT provides a full suite of ship-to-ship transfer services in the oil, gas and dry bulk industries. In addition to full service lightering and lightering support, SPT also provides consultancy, terminal management and project development services. SPT owns a fleet of six STS support vessels and has one in-chartered Aframax tanker. In connection with the SPT acquisition, on July 31, 2015, Teekay Tankers issued approximately 6.5 million shares of Class B common stock to Teekay, for net proceeds of $45.5 million. These shares of Class B common stock were priced at $6.99 per share.

Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments and Results of Operations” for more information.

Recent Equity Offerings and Transactions by Subsidiaries

Equity Offerings and Transactions by Teekay Tankers

During August 2014, Teekay Tankers purchased from Teekay a 50% interest in Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd. (or TTOL ), which owns conventional tanker commercial management and technical management operations, including the direct ownership in three commercially managed tanker pools, for an aggregate price of approximately $23.5 million, including net working capital. As consideration for this acquisition, Teekay Tankers issued to Teekay 4.2 million Class B common shares. The 4.2 million Class B common shares had an approximate value of $15.6 million, or $3.70 per share, when the purchase price was agreed to between the parties and a value of $17.0 million, or $4.03 per share, on the acquisition closing date. The purchase price, for accounting purposes, is based upon the value of the Class B common shares on the acquisition closing date.

During December 2014, Teekay Tankers issued 20.0 million shares of Class A common stock in a public offering and 4.2 million common shares of Class A common stock in a concurrent private placement with Teekay, in each case at a price of $4.80 per share for proceeds of $116.0 million (net proceeds of $111.2 million). In connection with this offering, Teekay Tankers granted its underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 3 million shares of Class A common stock. The underwriters exercised this option in late-December 2014 and on January 2, 2015, Teekay Tankers issued a further 3 million shares of Class A common stock for gross proceeds of $14.4 million (net proceeds of $13.7 million). The proceeds from the issuance were used to acquire modern second hand tankers and for general corporate purposes.

 

23


Table of Contents

During June 2015, Teekay Tankers implemented a continuous offering program (or COP ) under which Teekay Tankers may issue shares of its Class A common stock at market prices up to a maximum aggregate amount of $80.0 million. In September 2015, Teekay Tankers concluded this COP and sold approximately 11.3 million shares for net proceeds of $78.2 million. In November 2015, Teekay Tankers implemented a new COP in the aggregate amount of $80.0 million. As of December 31, 2015, Teekay Tankers had sold approximately 2.1 million shares under this COP for net proceeds of $14.2 million.

During July 2015, Teekay Tankers issued approximately 6.5 million shares of Class B common stock to Teekay, for net proceeds of $45.5 million. Teekay Tankers used the net proceeds from the sale to acquire SPT for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $47.3 million (including $1.8 million for working capital).

During August 2015, Teekay Tankers issued approximately 9.1 million shares of Class A common stock to the public and approximately 4.5 million shares to Teekay for net proceeds of $90.6 million. Teekay Tankers used the net proceeds from the sale of the common units to partially fund the acquisition of 12 modern Suezmax tankers from Principal Maritime Tankers Corporation (or Principal Maritime ) for an aggregate purchase price of $661.3 million. Teekay Tankers also issued approximately 7.2 million shares of Class A common stock to Principal Maritime as partial consideration for the vessels acquired.

Our ownership of Teekay Tankers was 25.9% as of March 1, 2016. We maintain voting control of Teekay Tankers through our ownership of shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock and continue to consolidate this subsidiary. Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 5—Financing Transactions.”

Equity Offerings, Unit Issuances and Transactions by Teekay Offshore

During April 2013, Teekay Offshore issued approximately 2.1 million common units in a private placement to an institutional investor for net proceeds of approximately $61.2 million (including Teekay Offshore’s general partner’s proportionate capital contribution). Teekay Offshore used the net proceeds from the sale of the common units to partially fund the acquisition of four Suezmax newbuilding shuttle tankers and for general partnership purposes.

During April 2013, Teekay Offshore issued 6.0 million 7.25% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Units in a public offering, for net proceeds of approximately $144.8 million. Teekay Offshore used a portion of the net proceeds from the public offering to prepay a portion of its outstanding debt under three of its revolving credit facilities and to partially finance the purchase from us of the Voyageur Spirit FPSO unit and its interest in the Cidade de Itajai FPSO unit, and used the remainder for general partnership purposes.

During May 2013, Teekay Offshore implemented a COP, under which Teekay Offshore may issue new common units from time to time at market prices up to a maximum aggregate amount of $100 million. Through December 31, 2013, Teekay Offshore sold an aggregate of 85,508 common units under the COP, generating net proceeds of approximately $2.4 million (including Teekay Offshore’s general partner’s 2% proportionate capital contribution. The net proceeds from the issuance of these common units were used for general partnership purposes.

During December 2013, Teekay Offshore issued approximately 1.75 million common units in a private placement to an institutional investor for net proceeds of $54.4 million (including Teekay Offshore’s general partner’s proportionate capital contribution). Teekay Offshore used the net proceeds from the issuance of these common units for general partnership purposes.

During May 2014, Teekay Offshore issued $300 million in new senior unsecured non-rated bonds in the United States which mature in January 2019. The bonds are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.0%. Teekay Offshore used the net proceeds of $293.5 million from the bond offering for general partnership purposes.

During November 2014, Teekay Offshore issued 6.7 million common units to a group of institutional investors, generating net proceeds of $178.5 million (including Teekay Offshore’s general partner’s 2% proportionate capital contribution). The net proceeds from the issuance of these common units were used for general partnership purposes, which include funding vessel conversion projects and financing newbuilding UMS and towage vessels.

During 2014, Teekay Offshore sold an aggregate of 0.2 million common units under the COP, generating net proceeds of approximately $7.6 million (including Teekay Offshore’s general partner’s 2% proportionate capital contribution). The net proceeds from the issuance of these common units were used for general partnership purposes.

During April 2015, Teekay Offshore issued 5.0 million of its 8.50% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Units (or Series B Preferred Units ) in a public offering for net proceeds of $120.8 million. Teekay Offshore used the net proceeds for general partnership purposes, including the funding of newbuilding installments, capital conversion projects and vessel acquisitions.

During July 2015, Teekay Offshore issued 10.4 million of its 8.60% Series C Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preferred Units (or Series C Preferred Units ) in a private placement for net proceeds of $249.8 million. Teekay Offshore used the net proceeds from the private placement to partially finance the acquisition of the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO unit from Teekay Corporation and the initial installments for the three shuttle tanker newbuildings for the East Coast of Canada contract.

In July 2015, Teekay Offshore issued 14.4 million common units to Teekay for net proceeds of approximately $300.0 million to partially finance the July 1, 2015 acquisition of the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO from Teekay.

During 2015, Teekay Offshore sold an aggregate of 0.2 million common units under the COP, generating net proceeds of approximately $3.5 million (including Teekay Offshore’s general partner’s 2% proportionate capital contribution). The net proceeds from the issuance of these common units were used for general partnership purposes.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our ownership of Teekay Offshore was 37.0% (including our 2% general partner interest) as of March 1, 2016. We maintain control of Teekay Offshore by virtue of our control of the general partner and will continue to consolidate this subsidiary. Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 5—Financing Transactions.”

Equity Offerings, Unit Issuances and Transactions by Teekay LNG .

During May 2013, Teekay LNG implemented a COP under which Teekay LNG may issue new common units from time to time at market prices up to a maximum aggregate amount of $100 million. Through December 31, 2013, Teekay LNG sold an aggregate of 124,071 common units under the COP, generating net proceeds of approximately $4.9 million (including Teekay LNG’s general partner’s 2% proportionate capital contribution of $0.1 million. Teekay LNG used the net proceeds from the issuance of these common units for general partnership purposes.

During July 2013, Teekay LNG issued approximately 0.9 million common units in a private placement to an institutional investor for net proceeds (including Teekay LNG’s general partner’s 2% proportionate capital contribution) of $40.8 million. Teekay LNG used the proceeds from the private placement to fund the first installment payments on two newbuilding LNG carriers ordered in July 2013 and for general partnership purposes.

During October 2013, Teekay LNG completed a public offering of 3.5 million common units (including 0.45 million common units issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) at a price of $42.62 per unit, for gross proceeds of approximately $150.0 million (including Teekay LNG’s general partner’s 2% proportionate capital contribution). Teekay LNG used the net proceeds from the offering of approximately $144.8 million to prepay a portion of its outstanding debt under two of its revolving credit facilities and to fund the acquisition of the second LNG carrier newbuilding from Awilco LNG ASA.

During July 2014, Teekay LNG completed a public offering of 3.1 million common units (including 0.3 million common units issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) at a price of $44.65 per unit, for gross proceeds of approximately $140.8 million (including Teekay LNG’s general partner’s 2% proportionate capital contribution). Teekay LNG used the net proceeds from the offering of approximately $140.5 million to prepay a portion of its outstanding debt under two of its revolving credit facilities, to fund its portion of the first installment payment of $95.3 million for six newbuilding LNG carriers ordered by its 50/50 joint venture with China LNG for the Yamal LNG Project and to fund a portion of its MEGI newbuildings’ shipyard installments.

During 2014, Teekay LNG sold an aggregate of approximately 1.2 million common units under its COP for net proceeds of $48.4 million (including Teekay LNG’s general partner’s 2% proportionate capital contribution). Teekay LNG received a portion of these proceeds ($6.8 million for 0.2 million common units) in January 2015.

During 2015, Teekay LNG sold an aggregate of approximately 1.2 million common units of which 0.2 million units were from 2014 transactions which settled in 2015, under its COP for net proceeds of $35.4 million (including its general partner’s 2% proportionate capital contribution).

Our ownership of Teekay LNG was 33.1% (including our 2% general partner interest) as of March 1, 2016. We maintain control of Teekay LNG by virtue of our control of the general partner and will continue to consolidate this subsidiary. Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 5— Financing Transactions.”

Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations— Recent Developments and Results of Operations” for more information on recent transactions.

B. Operations

We have four primary lines of business: offshore logistics (shuttle tankers, the HiLoad DP unit, FSO units, UMS and long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels), offshore production (FPSO units), liquefied gas carriers and conventional tankers. We manage these businesses for the benefit of all stakeholders. We allocate capital and assess performance from the separate perspectives of the Daughter Companies and Teekay Parent as well as from the perspective of the lines of business. Historically, our organizational structure and internal reporting has been primarily based on the lines of business (the Line of Business approach), resulting in our segment disclosure presentation on a lines-of-business basis, without reference to the legal entities. With the establishment of the Daughter Companies and subsequent dropdown of vessels from Teekay Parent to the Daughter Companies, our organizational structure and internal reporting has gradually evolved to focus less on lines of business and more on the Daughter Companies and Teekay Parent (the Legal Entity approach). The primary focus of our organizational structure, internal reporting and allocation of resources by the chief operating decision maker is now the Legal Entity approach. As such, a substantial majority of the information provided herein has been presented in accordance with the Legal Entity approach. However, we have continued to incorporate the Line of Business approach as in certain cases there is more than one line of business in each Daughter Company and we believe this information allows a better understanding of our performance and prospects for future net cash flows.

Teekay Offshore – Offshore Logistics

Shuttle Tankers

A shuttle tanker is a specialized ship designed to transport crude oil and condensates from offshore oil field installations to onshore terminals and refineries. Shuttle tankers are equipped with sophisticated loading systems and dynamic positioning systems that allow the vessels to load cargo safely and reliably from oil field installations, even in harsh weather conditions. Shuttle tankers were developed in the North Sea as an alternative to pipelines. The first cargo from an offshore field in the North Sea was shipped in 1977, and the first dynamically positioned shuttle tankers were introduced in the early 1980s. Shuttle tankers are often described as “floating pipelines” because these vessels typically shuttle oil from offshore installations to onshore facilities in much the same way a pipeline would transport oil along the ocean floor.

Teekay Offshore’s shuttle tankers are primarily subject to long-term, fixed-rate time-charter contracts or bareboat charter contracts for a specific offshore oil field, where a vessel is hired for a fixed period of time, or under contracts of affreightment for various fields, where Teekay Offshore commits to be available to transport the quantity of cargo requested by the customer from time to time over a specified trade route within a given period of time. The number of voyages performed under these contracts of affreightment normally depends upon the oil production of each field. Competition for charters is based primarily upon price, availability, the size, technical sophistication, age and condition of the vessel and the reputation of the vessel’s manager. Technical sophistication of the vessel is especially important in harsh operating environments such as the North Sea. Although the size of the world shuttle tanker fleet has been relatively unchanged in recent years, conventional tankers can be converted into shuttle tankers by adding specialized equipment to meet customer requirements. Shuttle tanker demand may also be affected by the possible substitution of sub-sea pipelines to transport oil from offshore production platforms.

 

25


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015, there were approximately 112 vessels in the world shuttle tanker fleet (including 24 newbuildings), the majority of which operate in the North Sea and Brazil. Shuttle tankers also operate off the East Coast of Canada and in the U.S. Gulf. As of December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore had owned 33 shuttle tankers (including the HiLoad DP unit), in which their ownership interests ranged from 50% to 100%, and chartered-in an additional three shuttle tankers. Other shuttle tanker owners include Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, SCF Group, Viken Shipping and AET, which, as of December 31, 2015, controlled fleets of 5 to 26 shuttle tankers each. We believe that we have competitive advantages in the shuttle tanker market as a result of the quality, type and dimensions of our vessels combined with our market share in the North Sea, Brazil and our recent entry into the East Coast of Canada.

FSO Units

FSO units provide on-site storage for oil field installations that have no storage facilities or that require supplemental storage. An FSO unit is generally used in combination with a jacked-up fixed production system, floating production systems that do not have sufficient storage facilities or as supplemental storage for fixed platform systems, which generally have some on-board storage capacity. An FSO unit is usually of similar design to a conventional tanker, but has specialized loading and off-take systems required by field operators or regulators. FSO units are moored to the seabed at a safe distance from a field installation and receive the cargo from the production facility via a dedicated loading system. An FSO unit is also equipped with an export system that transfers cargo to shuttle or conventional tankers. Depending on the selected mooring arrangement and where they are located, FSO units may or may not have any propulsion systems. Conversions, which include installation of a loading and off-take system and hull refurbishment, can generally extend the lifespan of a vessel as an FSO unit by up to 20 years over the normal conventional or shuttle tanker lifespan of 25 years.

Teekay Offshore’s FSO units are generally placed on long-term, fixed-rate time charters or bareboat charters as an integrated part of the field development plan, which provides more stable cash flow to Teekay Offshore. Under a bareboat charter, the customer pays a fixed daily rate for a fixed period of time for the full use of the vessel and is responsible for all crewing, management and navigation of the vessel and related expenses.

As of December 31, 2015, there were approximately 92 FSO units operating and seven FSO units on order in the world fleet. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore had ownership interests in seven FSO units, including one vessel currently undergoing conversion into an FSO unit. The major markets for FSO units are Asia, West Africa, Northern Europe, the Mediterranean and the Middle East. Our primary competitors in the FSO market are conventional tanker owners, who have access to tankers available for conversion, and oil field services companies and oil field engineering and construction companies who compete in the floating production system market. Competition in the FSO market is primarily based on price, expertise in FSO operations, management of FSO conversions and relationships with shipyards, as well as the ability to access vessels for conversion that meet customer specifications.

Towage Vessels

Long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels are used for the towing, station-keeping, installation and decommissioning of large floating objects, such as exploration, production and storage units, including FPSO units, floating liquefied natural gas (or FLNG ) units and floating drill rigs. Teekay Offshore operates with high-end vessels which can be defined as long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels with a bollard pull of greater than 180 tonnes and a fuel capacity of more than 2,000 metric tonnes. Teekay Offshore’s focus is on intercontinental towages requiring trans-ocean movements.

Teekay Offshore is the sole provider of long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels with DP2 capability. Teekay Offshore’s towage vessels operate on voyage-charter towage contracts. Voyage-charter contract revenue is less volatile than revenue from spot-market rates, as project budgets are prepared and maintained well in advance of the contract commencement.

As of December 31, 2015, there were approximately 33 long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels operating and four long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels on order in the world fleet. At December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore’s fleet includes ten long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels (including four ultra-long distance towing and offshore installation vessel newbuildings, which are all scheduled to deliver during 2016), in all of which Teekay Offshore has 100% ownership interests.

UMS

UMS are used primarily for offshore accommodation, storage and support for maintenance and modification projects on existing offshore installations, or during the installation and decommissioning of large floating exploration, production and storage units, including FPSO units, FLNG units and floating drill rigs. Teekay Offshore’s UMS fleet is available for world-wide operations, excluding operations within the Norwegian Continental Shelf, and include DP3 keeping systems that are capable of operating in deep water and harsh weather. As of December 31, 2015, there were approximately 38 DP UMS operating and 24 units on order in the world fleet.

The Arendal Spirit UMS delivered to Teekay Offshore in February 2015 and commenced its three-year time-charter contract in June 2015. Teekay Offshore are currently negotiating a three-year extension of the time charter contract with the charterer in exchange for a reduction in the current charter rate.

Teekay Offshore has an additional two newbuildings in which it has 100% ownership interests. The Stavanger Spirit is scheduled to deliver in late-2016. The Nantong Spirit is scheduled to deliver mid-2019, subject to the exercise of a deferred delivery option. Teekay Offshore may decide to cancel or further defer the delivery of the Stavanger Spirit as well as to defer the delivery of, or cancel, the Nantong Spirit .

 

26


Table of Contents

Teekay Offshore – Offshore Production

FPSO Units

FPSO units are offshore production facilities that are ship-shaped or cylindrical-shaped and store processed crude oil in tanks located in the hull of the vessel. FPSO units are typically used as production facilities to develop marginal oil fields or deepwater areas remote from existing pipeline infrastructure. Of four major types of floating production systems, FPSO units are the most common type. Typically, the other types of floating production systems do not have significant storage and need to be connected into a pipeline system or use an FSO unit for storage. FPSO units are less weight-sensitive than other types of floating production systems and their extensive deck area provides flexibility in process plant layouts. In addition, the ability to utilize surplus or aging tanker hulls for conversion to an FPSO unit provides a relatively inexpensive solution compared to the new construction of other floating production systems. A majority of the cost of an FPSO comes from its top-side production equipment and thus, FPSO units are expensive relative to conventional tankers. An FPSO unit carries on board all the necessary production and processing facilities normally associated with a fixed production platform. As the name suggests, FPSO units are not fixed permanently to the seabed but are designed to be moored at one location for long periods of time. In a typical FPSO unit installation, the untreated well-stream is brought to the surface via subsea equipment on the sea floor that is connected to the FPSO unit by flexible flow lines called risers. The risers carry oil, gas and water from the ocean floor to the vessel, which processes it on board. The resulting crude oil is stored in the hull of the vessel and subsequently transferred to tankers either via a buoy or tandem loading system for transport to shore.

Traditionally for large field developments, the major oil companies have owned and operated new, custom-built FPSO units. FPSO units for smaller fields have generally been provided by independent FPSO contractors under life-of-field production contracts, where the contract’s duration is for the useful life of the oil field. FPSO units have been used to develop offshore fields around the world since the late 1970s. Most independent FPSO contractors have backgrounds in marine energy transportation, oil field services or oil field engineering and construction. As of December 2015, there were approximately 181 FPSO units operating and 25 FPSO units on order in the world fleet. At December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore owned six FPSO units, in which it has 100% ownership interests, and two FPSO units, in which it has 50% ownership interests. One of these 50% owned FPSO units is undergoing a conversion and another of the FPSO units is undergoing upgrades. Other major independent FPSO contractors are SBM Offshore N.V., BW Offshore, MODEC, Bluewater and Bumi Armada.

Teekay LNG

Teekay LNG’s vessels primarily compete in the LNG and LPG markets. LNG carriers are usually chartered to carry LNG pursuant to time-charter contracts, where a vessel is hired for a fixed period of time and with charter rates payable to the owner on a monthly basis. LNG shipping historically has been transacted with these long-term, fixed-rate time-charter contracts. LNG projects require significant capital expenditures and typically involve an integrated chain of dedicated facilities and cooperative activities. Accordingly, the overall success of an LNG project depends heavily on long-range planning and coordination of project activities, including marine transportation. Most shipping requirements for new LNG projects continue to be provided on a long-term basis, though the level of spot voyages (typically consisting of a single voyage), short-term time charters and medium-term time charters have grown in the past few years.

In the LNG markets, Teekay LNG competes principally with private and state-controlled energy and utilities companies, which generally operate captive fleets, and independent ship owners and operators. Many major energy companies compete directly with independent owners by transporting LNG for third parties in addition to their own LNG. Given the complex, long-term nature of LNG projects, major energy companies historically have transported LNG through their captive fleets. However, independent fleet operators have been obtaining an increasing percentage of charters for new or expanded LNG projects as major energy companies have continued to divest non-core businesses. Other major operators of LNG carriers include Qatar Gas Transport (Nakilat), Maran Gas Maritime, GasLog, Mitsui O.S.K. Lines, Malaysian International Shipping Company, NYK Line, and Golar LNG.

LNG carriers transport LNG internationally between liquefaction facilities and import terminals. After natural gas is transported by pipeline from production fields to a liquefaction facility, it is super-cooled to a temperature of approximately negative 260 degrees Fahrenheit. This process reduces its volume to approximately 1 / 600 th of its volume in a gaseous state. The reduced volume facilitates economical storage and transportation by ship over long distances, enabling countries with limited natural gas reserves or limited access to long-distance transmission pipelines to meet their demand for natural gas. LNG carriers include a sophisticated containment system that holds and insulates the LNG so it maintains its liquid form. The LNG is transported overseas in specially built tanks on double-hulled ships to a receiving terminal, where it is offloaded and stored in heavily insulated tanks. In regasification facilities at the receiving terminal, the LNG is returned to its gaseous state (or regasified ) and then shipped by pipeline for distribution to natural gas customers.

LPG carriers are mainly chartered to carry LPG on time charters of three to five years, on contracts of affreightment or spot voyage charters. The two largest consumers of LPG are residential users and the petrochemical industry. Residential users, particularly in developing regions where electricity and gas pipelines are not developed, do not have fuel switching alternatives and generally are not LPG price sensitive. The petrochemical industry, however, has the ability to switch between LPG and other feedstock fuels depending on price and availability of alternatives.

Most new LNG carriers, including all of our vessels, are built with a membrane containment system. These systems consist of insulation between thin primary and secondary barriers and are designed to accommodate thermal expansion and contraction without overstressing the membrane. New LNG carriers are generally expected to have a lifespan of approximately 35 to 40 years. New LPG carriers are generally expected to have a lifespan of approximately 30 to 35 years. Unlike the oil tanker industry, there are currently no regulations that require the phase-out from trading of LNG and LPG carriers after they reach a certain age. As at December 31, 2015, there were approximately 413 vessels in the worldwide LNG fleet, with an average age of approximately 11 years, and an additional 157 LNG carriers under construction or on order for delivery through 2019. As of December 31, 2015, the worldwide LPG tanker fleet consisted of approximately 1,341 vessels with an average age of approximately 16 years and approximately 207 additional LPG vessels on order for delivery through 2018. LPG carriers range in size from approximately 100 to approximately 86,000 cubic meters (or cbm ). Approximately 50% (in terms of vessel numbers) of the worldwide fleet is less than 5,000 cbm.

Teekay LNG includes substantially all of our LNG and LPG carriers. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG had ownership interests in 29 LNG carriers, as well as 21 additional newbuilding LNG carriers on order. In addition, as at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG had full ownership of six LPG carriers and part ownership, through its joint venture agreement with Exmar in another 13 LPG carriers, seven newbuilding LPG carriers on order, and four chartered-in LPG carriers.

 

27


Table of Contents

Teekay Tankers

Teekay Tankers owns a substantial majority of our conventional crude oil tankers and product carriers. Our conventional crude oil tankers and product tankers primarily operate in the spot-tanker market or are subject to time charters or contracts of affreightment that are priced on a spot-market basis or are short-term, fixed-rate contracts. We consider contracts that have an original term of less than one year in duration to be short-term. Certain of our conventional crude oil tankers and product tankers are on fixed-rate time-charter contracts with an initial duration of at least one year. Teekay Tankers and we also have minority interests in TIL, which owns conventional and product tankers.

Teekay Tankers’ vessels compete primarily in the Aframax and Suezmax tanker markets. In these markets, international seaborne oil and other petroleum products transportation services are provided by two main types of operators: captive fleets of major oil companies (both private and state-owned) and independent ship-owner fleets. Many major oil companies and other oil trading companies, the primary charterers of our vessels, also operate their own vessels and transport their own oil and oil for third-party charterers in direct competition with independent owners and operators. Competition for charters in the Aframax and Suezmax spot charter market is intense and is based upon price, location, the size, age, condition and acceptability of the vessel, and the reputation of the vessel’s manager.

Teekay Tankers competes principally with other owners in the spot-charter market through the global tanker charter market. This market is comprised of tanker broker companies that represent both charterers and ship-owners in chartering transactions. Within this market, some transactions, referred to as “market cargoes,” are offered by charterers through two or more brokers simultaneously and shown to the widest possible range of owners; other transactions, referred to as “private cargoes,” are given by the charterer to only one broker and shown selectively to a limited number of owners whose tankers are most likely to be acceptable to the charterer and are in position to undertake the voyage.

Most of Teekay Tankers’ conventional tankers operate pursuant to pooling or revenue sharing commercial management arrangements. Under such arrangements, different vessel owners pool their vessels, which are managed by a pool manager, to improve utilization and reduce expenses. In general, revenues generated by the vessels operating in a pool or revenue sharing commercial management arrangement, less related voyage expenses (such as fuel and port charges) and administrative expenses, are pooled and allocated to the vessel owners according to a pre-determined formula. As of December 31, 2015, Teekay Tankers participated in three main pooling or revenue sharing commercial management arrangements. These include an Aframax tanker revenue sharing commercial management arrangement (or the Aframax RSA ), an LR2 tanker pool (or the Taurus Pool ), and a Suezmax tanker revenue sharing commercial management arrangement (or the Suezmax RSA ). As of December 31, 2015, 12 of Teekay Tankers’ Aframax tankers operated in the Aframax RSA, seven of Teekay Tankers’ LR2 tankers operated in the Taurus Pool, and 16 of Teekay Tankers’ Suezmax tankers operated in the Suezmax RSA. Each of these pools or revenue sharing commercial management arrangements is either solely or jointly managed by us.

Teekay Tankers’ competition in the Aframax (80,000 to 119,999 dwt) market is also affected by the availability of other size vessels that compete in that market. Suezmax (120,000 to 199,999 dwt) vessels and Panamax (55,000 to 79,999 dwt) vessels can compete for many of the same charters for which our Aframax tankers compete. Similarly, Aframax tankers and Very Large Crude Carriers (200,000 to 319,999 dwt) (or VLCCs ) can compete for many of the same charters for which our Suezmax vessels compete. Because VLCCs comprise a substantial portion of the total capacity of the market, movements by such vessels into Suezmax trades or of Suezmax vessels into Aframax trades would heighten the already intense competition.

We believe that we have competitive advantages in the Aframax and Suezmax tanker market as a result of the quality, type and dimensions of our vessels and our market share in the Indo-Pacific and Atlantic Basins. As of December 31, 2015, our Aframax tanker fleet (excluding Aframax-size shuttle tankers and newbuildings) had an average age of approximately 9.5 years and our Suezmax tanker fleet (excluding Suezmax-size shuttle tankers and newbuildings) had an average age of approximately 9 years. This compares to an average age for the world oil tanker fleet of approximately 9.6 years, for the world Aframax tanker fleet of approximately 9.8 years and for the world Suezmax tanker fleet of approximately 9.5 years.

As of December 31, 2015, other large operators of Aframax tonnage (including newbuildings on order) included Malaysian International Shipping Corporation (approximately 36 Aframax vessels), Sovcomflot (approximately 42 vessels), the Navig8 Pool (approximately 26 vessels), and the Sigma Pool (approximately 28 vessels). Other large operators of Suezmax tonnage (including newbuildings on order) as of such date included the Stena Sonangol Pool (approximately 21 vessels), Nordic American Tankers (approximately 26 vessels), the Blue Fin Pool (approximately 15 vessels), Euronav (approximately 22 vessels), Navig8 (approximately 22 vessels), and Sovcomflot (approximately 15 vessels).

We have chartering staff located in Singapore; London, England; and Houston, USA. Each office serves our clients headquartered in that office’s region. Fleet operations, vessel positions and charter market rates are monitored around the clock. We believe that monitoring such information is critical to making informed bids on competitive brokered business.

Teekay Parent

Teekay Parent continues to own three FPSO units and one conventional tanker and also in-charters a number of vessels. However, our long-term vision is for Teekay Parent to be primarily a general partner whose role is that of portfolio manager and project developer. Our primary financial objective for Teekay Parent is to increase its free cash flow per share. To support this objective, over the longer term we intend to de-lever the balance sheet of Teekay Parent by completing the sales of the remaining FPSOs to Teekay Offshore or third parties and to seek to grow the distributions of Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG following their recent temporary reductions. Consequently, we expect the Daughter Companies will ultimately hold all of the direct ownership interests in our operating assets and that each of these entities will directly pursue their own merger and acquisition and organic growth opportunities.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our Consolidated Fleet

As at December 31, 2015, our consolidated fleet (excluding vessels managed for third parties) consisted of 229 vessels, including chartered-in vessels and newbuildings/conversions on order. The following table summarizes our fleet as at December 31, 2015:

 

     Owned
Vessels 
    Chartered-in 
Vessels
     Newbuildings / 
Conversions
    Total  

Teekay Offshore

         

Shuttle Tankers

     29 (1)       3         3        35  

HiLoad Dynamic Positioning Unit

     1        —           —          1  

FSO Units

     6        —           1        7  

FPSO Units

     6 (2)       —           2 (2)       8  

Unit for Maintenance and Safety (UMS)

     1        —           2        3  

Towage Vessels

     6        —           4 (3)       10  

Conventional Tankers

         

Aframax Tankers

     2        —           —          2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     51        3         12        66  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay LNG

         

Gas

         

LNG

     29 (4)       —           21 (5)       50  

LPG/Multigas

     20 (6)       2         7 (7)       29  

Suezmax Tankers

     7        —           —          7  

Product Tanker

     1        —           —          1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     57        2         28        87  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay Tankers

         

Conventional Tankers

         

Aframax Tankers

     14        10         —          24  

Suezmax Tankers

     22        —           —          22  

VLCC

     1 (8)       —           —          1  

Product Tankers

     9        3         —          12  

STS Support Vessels

     6        —           —          6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     52        13         —          65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay Parent (9)

         

FPSO

     3        —           —          3  

Conventional Tankers

         

Aframax Tankers

     —          2         —          2  

VLCC

     1        —           —          1  

Bunker Barges

     —          2         —          2  

Infield Support Vessels

     —          —           3        3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4        4         3        11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     164        22         43        229   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes six shuttle tankers 50% owned and one shuttle tankers 67% owned by Teekay Offshore.

(2)

Owned vessels and Newbuildings / Conversions each include one FPSO unit 50% owned by Teekay Offshore.

(3)

Includes four vessels scheduled to deliver during 2016.

(4)

Includes a 70% interest in five LNG carriers, a 52% interest in six LNG carriers, a 50% interest in two LNG carriers, a 40% interest in four LNG carriers, and a 33% interest in four LNG carriers owned by Teekay LNG.

(5)

Includes a 50% interest in six LNG newbuildings, a 30% interest in two LNG newbuildings, and a 20% interest in two LNG newbuildings.

(6)

Includes 13 LPG carriers 50% owned by Teekay LNG.

(7)

Includes seven LPG newbuildings 50% owned by Teekay LNG.

(8)

Includes one VLCC 50% owned by Teekay Tankers.

(9)

Excludes two LNG carriers chartered from Teekay LNG, two shuttle tankers, three FSO units, one Aframax tanker chartered from Teekay Offshore and one Aframax tanker chartered from Teekay Tankers.

Our vessels are of Antigua & Barbuda, Bahamian, Belgian, Canadian, Cyprus, Danish, Greek, Hong Kong, Indian, Isle of Man, Italian, Liberian, Malta, Marshall Islands, Netherlands, Norwegian, Panama, Singapore, and Spanish registry.

Many of our Aframax and Suezmax vessels and some of our shuttle tankers have been designed and constructed as substantially identical sister ships. These vessels can, in many situations, be interchanged, providing scheduling flexibility and greater capacity utilization. In addition, spare parts and technical knowledge can be applied to all the vessels in the particular series, thereby generating operating efficiencies.

As of December 31, 2015, we had 11 LNG carriers, three shuttle tankers, two UMS and four long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels on order, one FSO under conversion and one FPSO undergoing an upgrade. In addition, we had a 50% interest in one FPSO under conversion, a 50% interest in six LNG newbuilding orders, a 50% interest in three infield support vessels on order, a 30% interest in two LNG newbuilding orders, a 20% interest in two LNG newbuilding orders, and a 50% interest in seven LPG newbuilding orders. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Item 18. Financial Statements: Notes 16(a) and 16(c)—Commitments and Contingencies—Vessels Under Construction and Joint Ventures.”

 

29


Table of Contents

Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 8—Long-Term Debt” for information with respect to major encumbrances against our vessels.

Safety, Management of Ship Operations and Administration

Safety and environmental compliance are our top operational priorities. We operate our vessels in a manner intended to protect the safety and health of our employees, the general public and the environment. We seek to manage the risks inherent in our business and are committed to eliminating incidents that threaten the safety and integrity of our vessels, such as groundings, fires, collisions and petroleum spills. In 2008, we introduced the Quality Assurance and Training Officers Program (or QATO ) to conduct rigorous internal audits of our processes and provide our seafarers with on-board training. In 2007, we introduced a behavior-based safety program called “Safety in Action” to improve the safety culture in our fleet. We are also committed to reducing our emissions and waste generation. In 2010, we introduced the “Operational Leadership” campaign to reinforce commitment to personal and operational safety.

Key performance indicators facilitate regular monitoring of our operational performance. Targets are set on an annual basis to drive continuous improvement, and indicators are reviewed quarterly to determine if remedial action is necessary to reach the targets.

We, through certain of our subsidiaries, assist our operating subsidiaries in managing their ship operations. All vessels are operated under our comprehensive and integrated Safety Management System that complies with the International Safety Management Code (or ISM Code ), the International Standards Organization’s (or ISO ) 9001 for Quality Assurance, ISO 14001 for Environment Management Systems, Occupational Health and Safety Advisory Services (or OHSAS ) 18001 and the Maritime Labour Convention 2006 (MLC 2006) that became effective in 2013. The management system is certified by Det Norske Veritas (or DNV ), the Norwegian classification society. It has also been separately approved by the Australian and Spanish Flag administrations. Although certification is valid for five years, compliance with the above mentioned standards is confirmed on a yearly basis by a rigorous auditing procedure that includes both internal audits as well as external verification audits by DNV and certain flag states.

We provide, through certain of our subsidiaries, expertise in various functions critical to the operations of our operating subsidiaries. We believe this arrangement affords a safe, efficient and cost-effective operation. Our subsidiaries also provide to us access to human resources, financial and other administrative functions pursuant to administrative services agreements.

Critical ship management functions undertaken by our subsidiaries are:

 

   

vessel maintenance (including repairs and dry docking) and certification;

 

   

crewing by competent seafarers;

 

   

procurement of stores, bunkers and spare parts;

 

   

management of emergencies and incidents;

 

   

supervision of shipyard and projects during new-building and conversions;

 

   

insurance; and

 

   

financial management services.

Integrated on-board and on-shore systems support the management of maintenance, inventory control and procurement, crew management and training and assist with budgetary controls.

Our day-to-day focus on cost efficiencies is applied to all aspects of our operations. We believe that the generally uniform design of some of our existing and new-building vessels and the adoption of common equipment standards provides operational efficiencies, including with respect to crew training and vessel management, equipment operation and repair, and spare parts ordering. In addition, we and two other shipping companies have a purchasing alliance, Teekay Bergesen Worldwide, which leverages the purchasing power of the combined fleets, mainly in such commodity areas as lube oils, paints and other chemicals.

R isk of Loss and Insurance

The operation of any ocean-going vessel carries an inherent risk of catastrophic marine disasters, death or injury of persons and property losses caused by adverse weather conditions, mechanical failures, human error, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, the transportation of crude oil, petroleum products, LNG and LPG is subject to the risk of spills and to business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes, sanctions and boycotts. The occurrence of any of these events may result in loss of revenues or increased costs.

We carry hull and machinery (marine and war risks) and protection and indemnity insurance coverage to protect against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business. Hull and machinery insurance covers loss of or damage to a vessel due to marine perils such as collision, grounding and weather. Protection and indemnity insurance indemnifies us against liabilities incurred while operating vessels, including injury to our crew or third parties, cargo loss and pollution. The current maximum amount of our coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. We also carry insurance policies covering war risks (including piracy and terrorism) and, for some of our LNG carriers and for one FPSO, loss of revenues resulting from vessel off-hire time due to a marine casualty. We believe that our current insurance coverage is adequate to protect against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business and that we maintain appropriate levels of environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage. However, we cannot guarantee that all covered risks are adequately insured against, that any particular claim will be paid or that we will be able to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. More stringent environmental regulations have resulted in increased costs for, and may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution.

 

30


Table of Contents

In our operations, we use a thorough risk management program that includes, among other things, risk analysis tools, maintenance and assessment programs, a seafarers competence training program, seafarers workshops and membership in emergency response organizations.

We have achieved certification under the standards reflected in ISO 9001 for quality assurance, ISO 14001 for environment management systems, OHSAS 18001, and the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention on a fully integrated basis.

Operations Outside of the United States

Because our operations are primarily conducted outside of the United States, we are affected by currency fluctuations, to the extent we do not contract in U.S. dollars, and by changing economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where we engage in business or where our vessels are registered. Past political conflicts in those regions, particularly in the Arabian Gulf, have included attacks on tankers, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt shipping in the area. Vessels trading in certain regions have also been subject to acts of piracy. In addition to tankers, targets of terrorist attacks could include oil pipelines, LNG facilities and offshore oil fields. The escalation of existing, or the outbreak of future, hostilities or other political instability in regions where we operate could affect our trade patterns, increase insurance costs, increase tanker operational costs and otherwise adversely affect our operations and performance. In addition, tariffs, trade embargoes, and other economic sanctions by the United States or other countries against countries in the Indo-Pacific Basin or elsewhere as a result of terrorist attacks or otherwise may limit trading activities with those countries, which could also adversely affect our operations and performance.

Customers

We have derived, and believe that we will continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of customers. Our customers include major energy and utility companies, major oil traders, large oil and LNG consumers and petroleum product producers, government agencies, and various other entities that depend upon marine transportation. Three customers, international oil companies, accounted for a total of 27%, or $673.1 million, of our consolidated revenues during 2015 (2014 - three customers for 33% or $664.1 million, 2013 - three customers for 37% or $677.3 million). No other customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues during 2015, 2014 or 2013. The loss of any significant customer or a substantial decline in the amount of services requested by a significant customer, or the inability of a significant customer to pay for our services, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Flag, Classification, Audits and Inspections

Our vessels are registered with reputable flag states, and the hull and machinery of all of our vessels have been “Classed” by one of the major classification societies and members of International Association of Classification Societies ltd (or IACS ): BV, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, the American Bureau of Shipping or DNV.

The applicable classification society certifies that the vessel’s design and build conforms to the applicable Class rules and meets the requirements of the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the international conventions to which that country is a signatory. The classification society also verifies throughout the vessel’s life that it continues to be maintained in accordance with those rules. In order to validate this, the vessels are surveyed by the classification society, in accordance to the classification society rules, which in the case of our vessels follows a comprehensive five-year special survey cycle, renewed every fifth year. During each five-year period, the vessel undergoes annual and intermediate surveys, the scrutiny and intensity of which is primarily dictated by the age of the vessel. As our vessels are modern and we have enhanced the resiliency of the underwater coatings of each vessel hull and marked the hull to facilitate underwater inspections by divers, their underwater areas are inspected in a dry dock at five-year intervals. In-water inspection is carried out during the second or third annual inspection (i.e. during an Intermediate Survey).

In addition to class surveys, the vessel’s flag state also verifies the condition of the vessel during annual flag state inspections, either independently or by additional authorization to class. Also, port state authorities of a vessel’s port of call are authorized under international conventions to undertake regular and spot checks of vessels visiting their jurisdiction.

Processes followed onboard are audited by either the flag state or the classification society acting on behalf of the flag state to ensure that they meet the requirements of the ISM Code. DNV typically carries out this task. We also follow an internal process of internal audits undertaken annually at each office and vessel.

We follow a comprehensive inspections scheme supported by our sea staff, shore-based operational and technical specialists and members of our QATO program. We carry out a minimum of two such inspections annually, which helps ensure us that:

 

   

our vessels and operations adhere to our operating standards;

 

   

the structural integrity of the vessel is being maintained;

 

   

machinery and equipment is being maintained to give reliable service;

 

   

we are optimizing performance in terms of speed and fuel consumption; and

 

   

our vessels’ appearance supports our brand and meets customer expectations.

Our customers also often carry out vetting inspections under the Ship Inspection Report Program, which is a significant safety initiative introduced by the Oil Companies International Marine Forum to specifically address concerns about sub-standard vessels. The inspection results permit charterers to screen a vessel to ensure that it meets their general and specific risk-based shipping requirements.

 

31


Table of Contents

We believe that the heightened environmental and quality concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will generally lead to greater scrutiny, inspection and safety requirements on all vessels in the oil tanker and LNG and LPG carrier markets and will accelerate the scrapping or phasing out of older vessels throughout these markets.

Overall, we believe that our well-maintained and high-quality vessels provide us with a competitive advantage in the current environment of increasing regulation and customer emphasis on quality of service.

Regulations

General

Our business and the operation of our vessels are significantly affected by international conventions and national, state and local laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration. Because these conventions, laws and regulations change frequently, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of compliance or their impact on the resale price or useful life of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws, and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and that may materially affect our operations. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our operations. Subject to the discussion below and to the fact that the kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required for the operations of the vessels we own will depend on a number of factors, we believe that we will be able to continue to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates material to the conduct of our operations.

International Maritime Organization (or IMO)

The IMO is the United Nations’ agency for maritime safety and prevention of pollution. IMO regulations relating to pollution prevention for oil tankers have been adopted by many of the jurisdictions in which our tanker fleet operates. Under IMO regulations and subject to limited exceptions, a tanker must be of double-hull construction in accordance with the requirements set out in these regulations, or be of another approved design ensuring the same level of protection against oil pollution. All of our tankers are double hulled.

Many countries, but not the United States, have ratified and follow the liability regime adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as amended (or CLC ). Under this convention, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil (e.g., crude oil, fuel oil, heavy diesel oil or lubricating oil), subject to certain defenses. The right to limit liability to specified amounts that are periodically revised is forfeited under the CLC when the spill is caused by the owner’s actual fault or when the spill is caused by the owner’s intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading to contracting states must provide evidence of insurance covering the limited liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative regimes or common law governs, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to the CLC.

IMO regulations also include the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (or SOLAS ), including amendments to SOLAS implementing the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code (or ISPS ), the ISM Code, the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966, and, specifically with respect to LNG and LPG carriers, the International Code for Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk (the IGC Code ). The IMO Marine Safety Committee has also published guidelines for vessels with dynamic positioning ( DP ) systems, which would apply to shuttle tankers and DP-assisted FSO units and FPSO units. SOLAS provides rules for the construction of and the equipment required for commercial vessels and includes regulations for their safe operation. Flag states which have ratified the convention and the treaty generally employ the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.

SOLAS and other IMO regulations concerning safety, including those relating to treaties on training of shipboard personnel, lifesaving appliances, radio equipment and the global maritime distress and safety system, are applicable to our operations. Non-compliance with IMO regulations, including SOLAS, the ISM Code, ISPS, the IGC Code for LNG and LPG carriers, and the specific requirements for shuttle tankers, FSO units and FPSO units under the NPD (Norway) and HSE (United Kingdom) regulations, may subject us to increased liability or penalties, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to or detention in some ports. For example, the U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports. The ISM Code requires vessel operators to obtain a safety management certification for each vessel they manage, evidencing the shipowner’s development and maintenance of an extensive safety management system. Each of the existing vessels in our fleet is currently ISM Code-certified, and we expect to obtain safety management certificates for each newbuilding vessel upon delivery.

With regard to offshore support vessels, such as UMS, SOLAS permits certain exemptions and equivalents to be allowed by the relevant vessel’s flag state. The International Code on Intact Stability, 2008 (adopted by IMO Resolution MSC. 267(85) of December 4, 2008), which became mandatory on July 1, 2010, also applies mandatorily to offshore support vessels (with the exception of certain provisions thereof). The IMO has also developed non-mandatory codes and guidelines which apply to various types or aspects of offshore support vessels. These include, amongst others, the Code of Safe Practice for the Carriage of Cargoes and Persons by Offshore Supply Vessels (the OSV Code) (IMO Resolution A.863(20) of November 27, 1997) as subsequently amended, the Guidelines for the Design and Construction of Offshore Supply Vessels, 2006 (the OSV Guidelines)(IMO Resolution MSC.235(82) of December 1, 2006) as subsequently amended, the Guidelines for the Transport and Handling of Limited Amounts of Hazardous and Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk on Offshore Support Vessels (the LHNS Guidelines)(IMO Resolution A.673(16)) of October 19, 1989, as subsequently amended, the Code of Safety for Special Purpose Ships, 2008 (Resolution MSC.266(84) of May 13, 2008 as subsequently amended, the Code of Safety for Dynamically Supported Craft (IMO Resolution A.373(X)) of November 17, 1977) as subsequently amended, the Guidelines for Vessels with Dynamic Positioning Systems (MSC/Circ.645 of June 6, 1994) and the Guidelines for Dynamic Positioning System (DP) Operator Training (MSC/Circ.738/Rev. 1 of July 7, 2006).

LNG and LPG carriers are also subject to regulation under the IGC Code. Each LNG and LPG carrier must obtain a certificate of compliance evidencing that it meets the requirements of the IGC Code, including requirements relating to its design and construction. Each of our LNG and LPG carriers is currently IGC Code certified, and each of the shipbuilding contracts for our LNG newbuildings, and for the LPG newbuildings requires ICG Code compliance prior to delivery. A revised and updated IGC Code, which takes account of advances in science and technology, was adopted by the IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee (or MSC) on May 22, 2014 and entered into force on January 1, 2016 with an implementation/application date of July 1, 2016.

 

32


Table of Contents

Annex VI to the IMO’s International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships ( MARPOL ) (or Annex VI ) sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits emissions of ozone depleting substances, emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks and the incineration of specific substances. Annex VI also includes a world-wide cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions.

The IMO has issued guidance regarding protecting against acts of piracy off the coast of Somalia. We comply with these guidelines.

In addition, the IMO has proposed (by the adoption in 2004 of the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments (or the Ballast Water Convention)) that all tankers of the size we operate that were built starting in 2012 contain ballast water treatment systems, and that all other similarly sized tankers install ballast water treatment systems, to comply with the ballast water performance standard specified in the Ballast Water Convention. This convention has not yet entered into force, but when it becomes effective, we estimate that the installation of ballast water treatment systems on our tankers may cost between $2 million and $3 million per vessel.

The IMO has also developed and adopted an International Code for Ships Operating in Polar Waters (or Polar Code) which deals with matters regarding design, construction, equipment, operation, search and rescue and environmental protection in relation to ships operating in waters surrounding the two poles. The Polar Code includes both safety and environmental provisions and will be mandatory, with the safety provisions becoming part of SOLAS and the environmental provisions becoming part of MARPOL. In November 2014 the IMO’s MSC adopted the Polar Code and the related amendments to SOLAS in relation to safety, while in May 2015 the IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee (or MEPC) adopted the environmental provisions of the Polar Code and associated amendments to MARPOL. The Polar Code is to enter into force on January 1, 2017.

European Union (or EU)

Like the IMO, the EU has adopted regulations phasing out single-hull tankers. All of our tankers are double-hulled. On May 17, 2011 the European commission carried out a number of unannounced inspections, at the offices of some of the world’s largest container line operators starting an antitrust investigation. We are not directly affected by this investigation and believe that we are compliant with antitrust rules. Nevertheless, it is possible that the investigation could be widened and new companies and practices come under scrutiny within the EU.

The EU has also adopted legislation (Directive 2009/16/EC on Port State Control as subsequently amended) that: bans from European waters manifestly sub-standard vessels (defined as vessels that have been detained twice by EU port authorities, in the preceding two years); creates obligations on the part of EU member port states to inspect minimum percentages of vessels using these ports annually; provides for increased surveillance of vessels posing a high risk to maritime safety or the marine environment; and provides the EU with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of negligent societies (Directive 2009/15/EC as amended by Directive 2014/111/EU of December 17, 2014).

Two new regulations were introduced by the European Commission in September 2010, as part of the implementation of the Port State Control Directive. These came into force on January 1, 2011 and introduce a ranking system (published on a public website and updated daily) displaying shipping companies operating in the EU with the worst safety records. The ranking is judged upon the results of the technical inspections carried out on the vessels owned be a particular shipping company. Those shipping companies that have the most positive safety records are rewarded by subjecting them to fewer inspections, while those with the most safety shortcomings or technical failings recorded upon inspection will in turn be subject to a greater frequency of official inspections to their vessels.

The EU has, by way of Directive 2005/35/EC, which has been amended by Directive 2009/123/EC created a legal framework for imposing criminal penalties in the event of discharges of oil and other noxious substances from ships sailing in its waters, irrespective of their flag. This relates to discharges of oil or other noxious substances from vessels. Minor discharges shall not automatically be considered as offences, except where repetition leads to deterioration in the quality of the water. The persons responsible may be subject to criminal penalties if they have acted with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the act of inciting, aiding and abetting a person to discharge a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties.

The EU has adopted a Directive requiring the use of low sulfur fuel. Since January 1, 2015, vessels have been required to burn fuel with sulfur content not exceeding 0.1% while within EU member states’ territorial seas, exclusive economic zones and pollution control zones that are included in SOX Emission Control Areas. Other jurisdictions have also adopted regulations requiring the use of low sulfur fuel. Since January 1, 2014, the California Air Resources Board has required vessels to burn fuel with 0.1% sulfur content or less within 24 nautical miles of California. China also established emission control areas in the Pearl River Delta, the Yangtze River Delta and the Bohai Bay rim area with restrictions, commencing on January 1, 2016, in the maximum sulfur content of the fuel to be used by vessels within those areas, which limits become progressively stricter over time.

IMO regulations require that as of January 1, 2015, all vessels operating within Emissions Control Areas (or ECAs ) worldwide recognized under MARPOL Annex VI must comply with 0.1% sulfur requirements. Currently, the only grade of fuel meeting 0.1% sulfur content requirement is low sulfur marine gas oil (or LSMGO ). Since January 1, 2015, the applicable sulfur content limits in the North Sea, the Baltic Sea and the English Channel sulfur control areas have been 0.1%. Other established ECAs under Annex VI to MARPOL are the North American ECA and the United States Caribbean Sea ECA. Certain modifications were completed on our Suezmax tankers in order to optimize operation on LSMGO of equipment originally designed to operate on Heavy Fuel Oil (or HFO ), and to ensure our compliance with the EU Directive. In addition, LSMGO is more expensive than HFO and this impacts the costs of operations. However, for vessels employed on fixed term business, all fuel costs, including any increases, are borne by the charterer. Our exposure to increased cost is in our spot trading vessels, although our competitors bear a similar cost increase as this is a regulatory item applicable to all vessels. All required vessels in our fleet trading to and within regulated low sulfur areas are able to comply with fuel requirements.

The EU has recently adopted Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 which imposes rules regarding ship recycling and management of hazardous materials on vessels. The Regulation sets out requirements for the recycling of vessels in an environmentally sound manner at approved recycling facilities, so as to minimize the adverse effects of recycling on human health and the environment. The Regulation also contains rules to control and properly manage hazardous materials on vessels and prohibits or restricts the installation or use of certain hazardous materials on vessels. The Regulation aims at facilitating the ratification of the Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships adopted by the IMO in 2009 (which has not entered into force). It applies to vessels flying the flag of a Member State. In addition, certain of its provisions also apply to vessels flying the flag of a third country calling at a port or anchorage of a Member State. For example, when calling at a port or anchorage of a Member State, the vessels flying the flag of a third country will be required, among other things, to have on board an inventory of hazardous materials which complies with the requirements of the Regulation and to be able to submit to the relevant authorities of that Member State a copy of a statement of compliance issued by the relevant authorities of the country of their flag and verifying the inventory. The Regulation is to apply not earlier than December 31, 2015 and not later than December 31, 2018, although certain of its provisions are applicable from December 31, 2014 and certain others are to apply from December 31, 2020.

 

33


Table of Contents

North Sea and Brazil

Our shuttle tankers and FPSO units primarily operate in the North Sea and Brazil.

There is no international regime in force which deals with compensation for oil pollution from offshore craft, such as FPSOs. The issue whether the CLC and the International Convention on the Establishment of an International Fund for Compensation for Oil Pollution Damage 1971, as amended by the 1992 Protocol (or the Fund Convention), which deal with liability and compensation for oil pollution and the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims 1976, as amended by the 1996 Protocol to it (or the 1976 Limitation of Liability Convention), which deals with limitation of liability for maritime claims, apply to FPSOs is neither straightforward nor certain. The CLC and the Fund Convention were not drafted with FPSOs and offshore craft in mind and it is doubtful whether FPSOs and any claims for oil pollution caused by them fall within the ambit of the CLC and the Fund Convention. This is due to the definition of “ship” under these conventions and the requirement that oil is “carried” on board the relevant vessel. Nevertheless, the wording of the 1992 Protocol to the CLC leaves room for arguing that FPSOs and oil pollution caused by them can come under the ambit of these conventions for the purposes of liability and compensation. However, the application of these conventions also depends on their implementation by the relevant domestic laws of the countries which are parties to them.

UK’s Merchant Shipping Act 1995, as amended (or the MSA), implements the CLC but uses a wider definition of a “ship” than the one used in the CLC and in its 1992 Protocol but still refers to the criteria used by the CLC. It is therefore doubtful that FPSOs fall within its wording. However, the MSA also includes separate provisions for liability for oil pollution otherwise than under the CLC (section 154 of Chapter III of Part VI of the MSA). These apply to vessels which fall within a much wider definition and include non-seagoing vessels. It is arguable that the wording of these MSA provisions is wide enough to cover oil pollution caused by offshore crafts such as FPSOs. The liability regime under these MSA provisions is similar to that imposed under the CLC but limitation of liability is subject to the 1976 Limitation of Liability Convention regime (as implemented in the MSA),

With regard to the 1976 Limitation of Liability Convention, it is, again, doubtful whether it applies to FPSOs, as it contains certain exceptions in relation to vessels constructed for or adapted to and engaged in drilling and in relation to floating platforms constructed for the purpose of exploring or exploiting natural resources of the seabed or its subsoil. However, these exceptions are not included in the legislation implementing the 1976 Limitation of Liability Convention in the UK, which is also to be found in the MSA. In addition, the MSA sets out a very wide definition of “ship” in relation to which the 1976 Limitation of Liability Convention is to apply and there is room for argument that if FPSOs fall within that definition of “ship”, they are subject in the UK to the limitation provisions of the 1976 Limitation of Liability Convention.

In the absence of an international regime regulating liability and compensation for oil pollution caused by offshore oil and gas facilities, the Offshore Pollution Liability Agreement 1974 (or OPOL) was entered into by a number of oil companies and became effective in 1975. This is a voluntary industry oil pollution compensation scheme which is funded by the parties to it. These are operators or intending operators of offshore facilities used in the exploration for and production of oil and gas located within the jurisdictions of a number of “Designated States” which include the UK, Denmark, Norway, Germany, France, Greenland, Ireland, the Netherlands, the Isle of Man and the Faroe Islands. The scheme provides for strict liability of the relevant operator for pollution damage and remedial costs, subject to a limit, and the operators must provide evidence of financial responsibility in the form of insurance or other security to meet the liability under the scheme.

With regard to FPSOs, Chapter 7 of Annex I of MARPOL (which contains regulations for the prevention of oil pollution) sets out special requirements for fixed and floating platforms, including, amongst others, FPSOs and FSUs. The IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee has issued guidelines for the application of MARPOL Annex I requirements (as revised from time to time) to FPSOs and FSUs.

The EU’s Directive 2004/35/CE on environmental liability with regard to the prevention and remedying of environmental damage (or the Environmental Liability Directive) deals with liability for environmental damage on the basis of the “polluter pays” principle. Environmental damage includes damage to protected species and natural habitats and damage to water and land. Under this Directive, operators whose activities caused the environmental damage or the imminent threat of such damage are to be held liable for the damage (subject to certain exceptions). With regard to environmental damage caused by specific activities listed in the Directive, operators are strictly liable, regardless of fault or negligence. This is without prejudice to their right to limit their liability in accordance with national legislation implementing the 1976 Limitation of Liability Convention. The Directive applies both to damage which has already occurred and where there is an imminent threat of damage. It also requires the relevant operator to take preventive action, to report an imminent threat and any environmental damage to the regulators and to perform remedial measures, such as clean-up. The Environmental Liability Directive has been implemented in the UK by the Environmental Damage (Prevention and Remediation) Regulations 2009.

In June 2013 the EU adopted Directive 2013/30/EU on safety of offshore oil and gas operations and amending Directive 2004/35/EC (or the Offshore Safety Directive). This new Directive lays down minimum requirements for member states and the European Maritime Safety Agency for the purposes of reducing the occurrence of major accidents related to offshore oil and gas operations, thus increasing protection of the marine environment and coastal economies against pollution, establishing minimum conditions for safe offshore exploration and exploitation of oil and gas, and limiting disruptions to the EU’s energy production and improving responses to accidents. The Offshore Safety Directive sets out extensive requirements, such as preparation of a major hazard report with risk assessment, emergency response plan and safety and environmental management system applicable to the relevant oil and gas installation before the planned commencement of the operations, independent verification of safety and environmental critical elements identified in the risk assessment for the relevant oil and gas installation, and ensuring that factors such as the applicant’s safety and environmental performance and its financial capabilities or security to meet potential liabilities arising from the oil and gas operations are taken into account when considering granting a license. Under the Offshore Safety Directive, Member States are to ensure that the relevant licensee is financially liable for the prevention and remediation of environmental damage (as defined in the Environmental Liability Directive) caused by offshore oil and gas operations carried out by or on behalf of the licensee or the operator. Member States must lay down rules on penalties applicable to infringements of the legislation adopted pursuant to this Directive. Member States were required to bring into force laws, regulations and administrative provisions necessary to comply with this Directive by 19 July 2015. The UK Offshore Safety Directive has been implemented in the UK by a number of different UK Regulations, including the Environmental Damage (Prevention and Remediation) (England) Regulations 2015, as amended, (which revoked and replaced the Environmental Damage (Prevention and Remediation) Regulations 2009)) and the Offshore Installations (Offshore Safety Directive)(Safety Case etc.) Regulations 2015, both of which entered into force on July 19, 2015.

 

34


Table of Contents

In addition to the regulations imposed by the IMO and EU, countries having jurisdiction over North Sea areas impose regulatory requirements in connection with operations in those areas, including HSE in the United Kingdom and NPD in Norway. These regulatory requirements, together with additional requirements imposed by operators in North Sea oil fields, require that we make further expenditures for sophisticated equipment, reporting and redundancy systems on the shuttle tankers and for the training of seagoing staff. Additional regulations and requirements may be adopted or imposed that could limit our ability to do business or further increase the cost of doing business in the North Sea.

In Norway, the Norwegian Pollution Control Authority requires the installation of volatile organic compound emissions (or VOC ) reduction units on most shuttle tankers serving the Norwegian continental shelf. Customers bear the cost to install and operate the VOC equipment on board the shuttle tankers.

In addition to the regulations imposed by the IMO, Brazil imposes regulatory requirements in connection with operations in its territory, including specific requirements for the operations of vessels flagged in countries other than Brazil. Under Brazil’s environmental laws, owners and operators of vessels are strictly liable for damages to the environment. Other penalties for non-compliance with environmental laws include fines, loss of tax incentives and suspension of activities. Operators such as Petrobras may impose additional requirements, such as compliance with specific health, safety and environmental standards or the use of local labor. Additional regulations and requirements may be adopted or imposed that could limit our ability to do business or further increase the cost of doing business in Brazil.

United States

The United States has enacted an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills, including discharges of oil cargoes, bunker fuels or lubricants, primarily through the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (or OPA 90 ) and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (or CERCLA ). OPA 90 affects all owners, bareboat charterers, and operators whose vessels trade to the United States or its territories or possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which include the U.S. territorial sea and 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. CERCLA applies to the discharge of “hazardous substances” rather than “oil” and imposes strict joint and several liability upon the owners, operators or bareboat charterers of vessels for cleanup costs and damages arising from discharges of hazardous substances. We believe that petroleum products and LNG and LPG should not be considered hazardous substances under CERCLA, but additives to oil or lubricants used on LNG or LPG carriers and other vessels might fall within its scope.

Under OPA 90, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the oil spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war and the responsible party reports the incident and reasonably cooperates with the appropriate authorities) for all containment and cleanup costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. These other damages are defined broadly to include:

 

   

natural resources damages and the related assessment costs;

 

   

real and personal property damages;

 

   

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and other lost revenues;

 

   

lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage;

 

   

net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards; and

 

   

loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

OPA 90 limits the liability of responsible parties in an amount it periodically updates. The liability limits do not apply if the incident was proximately caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations, including IMO conventions to which the United States is a signatory, or by the responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with the oil removal activities. Liability under CERCLA is also subject to limits unless the incident is caused by gross negligence, willful misconduct or a violation of certain regulations. We currently maintain for each of our vessel’s pollution liability coverage in the maximum coverage amount of $1 billion per incident. A catastrophic spill could exceed the coverage available, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under OPA 90, with limited exceptions, all newly built or converted tankers delivered after January 1, 1994 and operating in U.S. waters must be double-hulled. All of our tankers are double-hulled.

OPA 90 also requires owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the United States Coast Guard (or Coast Guard ) evidence of financial responsibility in an amount at least equal to the relevant limitation amount for such vessels under the statute. The Coast Guard has implemented regulations requiring that an owner or operator of a fleet of vessels must demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient to cover the vessel in the fleet having the greatest maximum limited liability under OPA 90 and CERCLA. Evidence of financial responsibility may be demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance, guaranty or an alternate method subject to approval by the Coast Guard. Under the self-insurance provisions, the shipowner or operator must have a net worth and working capital, measured in assets located in the United States against liabilities located anywhere in the world, that exceeds the applicable amount of financial responsibility. We have complied with the Coast Guard regulations by using self-insurance for certain vessels and obtaining financial guaranties from a third party for the remaining vessels. If other vessels in our fleet trade into the United States in the future, we expect to obtain guaranties from third-party insurers.

OPA 90 and CERCLA permit individual U.S. states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil or hazardous substance pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited strict liability for spills. Several coastal states, such as California, Washington and Alaska require state-specific evidence of financial responsibility and vessel response plans. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

 

35


Table of Contents

Owners or operators of vessels, including tankers operating in U.S. waters, are required to file vessel response plans with the Coast Guard, and their tankers are required to operate in compliance with their Coast Guard approved plans. Such response plans must, among other things:

 

   

address a “worst case” scenario and identify and ensure, through contract or other approved means, the availability of necessary private response resources to respond to a “worst case discharge”;

 

   

describe crew training and drills; and

 

   

identify a qualified individual with full authority to implement removal actions.

We have filed vessel response plans with the Coast Guard and have received its approval of such plans. In addition, we conduct regular oil spill response drills in accordance with the guidelines set out in OPA 90. The Coast Guard has announced it intends to propose similar regulations requiring certain vessels to prepare response plans for the release of hazardous substances.

OPA 90 and CERCLA do not preclude claimants from seeking damages resulting from the discharge of oil and hazardous substances under other applicable law, including maritime tort law. Such claims could include attempts to characterize the transportation of LNG or LPG aboard a vessel as an ultra-hazardous activity under a doctrine that would impose strict liability for damages resulting from that activity. The application of this doctrine varies by jurisdiction.

The U.S. Clean Water Act (or the Clean Water Act ) also prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in U.S. navigable waters and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for unauthorized discharges. The Clean Water Act imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA 90 and CERCLA discussed above.

Our vessels that discharge certain effluents, including ballast water, in U.S. waters must obtain a Clean Water Act permit from the Environmental Protection Agency (or EPA ) titled the “Vessel General Permit” and comply with a range of effluent limitations, best management practices, reporting, inspections and other requirements. The current Vessel General Permit incorporates Coast Guard requirements for ballast water exchange and includes specific technology-based requirements for vessels, and includes an implementation schedule to require vessels to meet the ballast water effluent limitations by the first dry docking after January 1, 2014 or January 1, 2016, depending on the vessel size. Vessels that are constructed after December 1, 2013 are subject to the ballast water numeric effluent limitations. Several U.S. states have added specific requirements to the Vessel General Permit and, in some cases, may require vessels to install ballast water treatment technology to meet biological performance standards.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (or the Kyoto Protocol) entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the United States, entered into the Copenhagen Accord. The Copenhagen Accord is non-binding, but is intended to pave the way for a comprehensive, international treaty on climate change. In December 2015 the Paris Agreement (or the Paris Agreement) was adopted by 195 countries at the 21st Session of the Conference of Parties (commonly known as COP 21, a conference of the countries which are parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change; the COP is the highest decision-making authority of this organization). The Paris Agreement deals with greenhouse gas emission reduction measures and targets from 2020 in order to limit the global temperature increases above pre-industrial levels to not more than 1.5°Celsius. Although shipping was ultimately not included in the Paris Agreement, it is expected that the adoption of the Paris Agreement may lead to regulatory changes in relation to curbing greenhouse gas emissions from shipping.

In July 2011, the IMO adopted regulations imposing technical and operational measures for the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions. These new regulations formed a new chapter in Annex VI and became effective on January 1, 2013. The new technical and operational measures include the “Energy Efficiency Design Index,” which is mandatory for newbuilding vessels, and the “Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan,” which is mandatory for all vessels. In addition, the IMO is evaluating various mandatory measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping, which may include market-based instruments or a carbon tax. In October 2014, the IMO’s MEPC agreed in principle to develop a system of data collection regarding fuel consumption of ships. Works on the development of such a system continued during 2015. The EU also has indicated that it intends to propose an expansion of an existing EU emissions trading regime to include emissions of greenhouse gases from vessels, and individual countries in the EU may impose additional requirements. The EU recently adopted Regulation (EU) 2015/757 on the monitoring, reporting and verification of CO2 emissions from vessels (or the MRV Regulation), which entered into force on July 1, 2015. The MRV Regulation is to generally apply to all vessels over 5,000 gross tonnage, irrespective of flag, in respect of CO2 emissions released during intra-EU voyages and EU incoming and outgoing voyages. The first reporting period will commence on January 1, 2018. The monitoring, reporting and verification system adopted by the MRV Regulation may be the precursor to a market-based mechanism to be adopted in the future. In the United States, the EPA issued an “endangerment finding” regarding greenhouse gases under the Clean Air Act. While this finding in itself does not impose any requirements on our industry, it authorizes the EPA to regulate directly greenhouse gas emissions through a rule-making process. In addition, climate change initiatives are being considered in the United States Congress and by individual states. Any passage of new climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, EU, the United States or other countries or states where we operate that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could have a significant financial and operational impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Vessel Security

The ISPS was adopted by the IMO in December 2002 in the wake of heightened concern over worldwide terrorism and became effective on July 1, 2004. The objective of ISPS is to enhance maritime security by detecting security threats to ships and ports and by requiring the development of security plans and other measures designed to prevent such threats. Each of the existing vessels in our fleet currently complies with the requirements of ISPS and Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 (U.S. specific requirements) and regularly exercise these plans to ensure efficient use and familiarity by all involved.

 

36


Table of Contents

C. Organizational Structure

Our organizational structure includes, among others, our interests in Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers, which are our publicly listed subsidiaries. We created Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG primarily to hold our assets that generate long-term fixed-rate cash flows. The strategic rationale for establishing these two limited partnerships was to:

 

   

illuminate higher value of fixed-rate cash flows to Teekay investors;

 

   

realize advantages of a lower cost of equity when investing in new offshore or LNG projects; and

 

   

enhance returns to Teekay through fee-based revenue and ownership of the limited partnership’s incentive distribution rights, which entitle the holder to disproportionate distributions of available cash as cash distribution levels to unitholders increase.

We also established Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers to increase our access to capital to grow each of our businesses in the offshore, LNG, and conventional tanker markets.

The following chart provides an overview of our organizational structure as at March 1, 2016. Please read Exhibit 8.1 to this Annual Report for a list of our significant subsidiaries as at March 1, 2016.

 

LOGO

 

(1)

The partnership is controlled by its general partner. Teekay Corporation has a 100% beneficial ownership in the general partner. However in certain limited cases, approval of a majority or supermajority of the common unitholders is required to approve certain actions.

(2)

Proportion of voting power held is 53.6%.

(3)

Including our 100% interest in Teekay Petrojarl.

Teekay LNG is a Marshall Islands limited partnership formed by us in 2005 as part of our strategy to expand our operations in the LNG and LPG shipping sectors. Teekay LNG provides LNG, LPG and crude oil marine transportation service under long-term, fixed-rate contracts with major energy and utility companies. As of December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG’s fleet included 50 LNG carriers (including 21 newbuildings), 29 LPG/multigas carriers (including seven newbuildings), seven conventional tankers and one product tanker. Teekay LNG’s ownership interests in these vessels range from 20% to 100%.

 

37


Table of Contents

Teekay Offshore is a Marshall Islands limited partnership formed by us in 2006 as part of our strategy to expand our operations in the offshore oil marine transportation, processing and storage sectors. As of December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore’s fleet included 35 shuttle tankers (including three chartered-in vessels and three newbuildings), one HiLoad DP unit, seven FSO units (including one unit under conversion), eight FPSO units (including one unit under conversion and one unit undergoing an upgrade), three UMS (including two newbuildings), ten towage vessels (including four newbuilding), two conventional Aframax tankers. Teekay Offshore’s ownership interests in its owned vessels range from 50% to 100%. Most of Teekay Offshore’s vessels operate under long-term, fixed-rate contracts. Pursuant to an omnibus agreement we entered into in connection with Teekay Offshore’s initial public offering in 2006, we have agreed to offer to Teekay Offshore FPSO units that are servicing contracts in excess of three years in length.

In December 2007, we added Teekay Tankers to our structure. Teekay Tankers is a Marshall Islands corporation formed by us to own our conventional tanker business. As of December 31, 2015, Teekay Tankers’ fleet included 14 double-hull Aframax tankers, 22 double-hull Suezmax tankers, nine product tankers, one VLCC, ten in-chartered Aframax and three in-chartered product tankers, all of which trade either in the spot tanker market or under short- or medium-term, fixed-rate time-charter contracts. Teekay Tankers owns 100% of its fleet, other than a 50% interest in the VLCC and the in-chartered vessels. Teekay Tankers’ primary objective is to grow through the acquisition of conventional tanker assets from third parties and from us. Through a wholly-owned subsidiary, we provide Teekay Tankers with commercial, technical, administrative, and strategic services under a long-term management agreement.

We entered into an omnibus agreement with Teekay LNG, Teekay Offshore and related parties governing, among other things, when we, Teekay LNG, and Teekay Offshore may compete with each other and certain rights of first offer on LNG carriers, oil tankers, shuttle tankers, FSO units and FPSO units.

D. Properties

Other than our vessels, we do not have any material property. Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 8—Long-Term Debt” for information about major encumbrances against our vessels.

E. Taxation of the Company

United States Taxation

The following is a discussion of the expected material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us. This discussion is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or the Code ), legislative history, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations (or Treasury Regulations ), judicial authority and administrative interpretations, all as in effect on the date of this Annual Report, and which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or are subject to different interpretations. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below.

Taxation of Operating Income. A significant portion of our gross income will be attributable to the transportation of crude oil and related products. For this purpose, gross income attributable to transportation (or Transportation Income ) includes income derived from, or in connection with, the use or hiring or leasing for use of a vessel to transport cargo, or the performance of services directly related to the use of any vessel to transport cargo, and thus includes income from time charters, contracts of affreightment, bareboat charters, and voyage charters.

Fifty percent (50%) of Transportation Income attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States (or U.S. Source International Transportation Income ) is considered to be derived from sources within the United States. Transportation Income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States (or U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income ) is considered to be 100% derived from sources within the United States. Transportation Income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. destinations is considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Transportation Income derived from sources outside the United States generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Based on our current operations, a substantial portion of our Transportation Income is from sources outside the United States and not subject to U.S. federal income tax. In addition, we believe that we have not earned any U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income, and we expect that we will not earn any such income in future years. However, certain of our subsidiaries which have made special U.S. tax elections to be treated as partnerships or disregarded as entities separate from us for U.S. federal income tax purposes are potentially engaged in activities which could give rise to U.S. Source International Transportation Income. Unless the exemption from U.S. taxation under Section 883 of the Code (or the Section 883 Exemption ) applies, our U.S. Source International Transportation Income generally is subject to U.S. federal income taxation under either the net basis and branch profits taxes or the 4% gross basis tax, each of which is discussed below. Certain of our other subsidiaries also are engaged in activities which could give rise to U.S. Source International Transportation Income and rely on our ability to claim exemption under the Section 883 Exemption.

The Section 883 Exemption. In general, the Section 883 Exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (or the Section 883 Regulations ), it will not be subject to the net basis and branch profits taxes or the 4% gross basis tax described below on its U.S. Source International Transportation Income. As discussed below, we believe the Section 883 Exemption will apply and we will not be taxed on our U.S. Source International Transportation Income. The Section 883 Exemption does not apply to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income.

A non-U.S. corporation will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if, among other things, it (i) is organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an exemption from tax to U.S. corporations on international Transportation Income (or an Equivalent Exemption ), (ii) meets one of three ownership tests (or Ownership Tests ) described in the Section 883 Regulations, and (iii) meets certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements (or the Substantiation Requirements ).

We are organized under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands. The U.S. Treasury Department has recognized the Republic of The Marshall Islands as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption. We also believe that we will be able to satisfy the Substantiation Requirements necessary to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption. Consequently, our U.S. Source International Transportation Income (including for this purpose, our share of any such income earned by our subsidiaries that have properly elected to be treated as partnerships or disregarded as entities separate from us for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation provided we satisfy one of the Ownership Tests. We believe that we should satisfy one of the Ownership Tests because our stock is primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States within the meaning of Section 883 of the Code and the Section 883 Regulations. We can give no assurance, however, that changes in the ownership of our stock subsequent to the date of this report will permit us to continue to qualify for the Section 883 exemption.

 

38


Table of Contents

The Net Basis and Branch Profits Taxes. If the Section 883 Exemption does not apply, our U.S. Source International Transportation Income may be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States (or Effectively Connected Income ) if we have a fixed place of business in the United States and substantially all of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or, in the case of income derived from bareboat charters, is attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. Based on our current operations, none of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or is derived from bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. As a result, we do not anticipate that any of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, there is no assurance that we will not earn income pursuant to regularly scheduled transportation or bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States in the future, which would result in such income being treated as Effectively Connected Income.

U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income generally will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, we do not anticipate that any of our income has been or will be U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income.

Any income we earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax (the highest statutory rate currently is 35%) and a 30% branch profits tax imposed under Section 884 of the Code. In addition, a branch interest tax could be imposed on certain interest paid or deemed paid by us.

On the sale of a vessel that has produced Effectively Connected Income, we generally would be subject to the net basis and branch profits taxes with respect to our gain not in excess of certain prior deductions for depreciation that reduced Effectively Connected Income. Otherwise, we would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles.

The 4% Gross Basis Tax. If the Section 883 Exemption does not apply and we are not subject to the net basis and branch profits taxes described above, we would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on our subsidiaries’ gross U.S. Source International Transportation Income, without benefit of deductions. For 2015, we estimate that, if the Section 883 Exemption and the net basis tax did not apply, the U.S. federal income tax on such U.S. Source International Transportation Income would be approximately $2.6 million. In addition, we estimate that certain of our subsidiaries that are unable to claim the Section 883 Exemption were subject to approximately $200,000 in the aggregate of U.S. federal income tax on the U.S. source portion of their U.S. Source International Transportation Income for 2015 and we estimate that these subsidiaries will be subject to approximately $200,000 in the aggregate of U.S. federal income tax on the U.S. source portion of their U.S. Source International Transportation Income in subsequent years. The amount of such tax for which we or our subsidiaries may be liable in any year will depend upon the amount of income we earn from voyages into or out of the United States in such year, however, which is not within our complete control.

Marshall Islands Taxation

We believe that neither we nor our subsidiaries will be subject to taxation under the laws of the Marshall Islands, or that distributions by our subsidiaries to us will be subject to any taxes under the laws of the Marshall Islands.

Other Taxation

We and our subsidiaries are subject to taxation in certain non- U.S. jurisdictions because we or our subsidiaries are either organized, or conduct business or operations, in such jurisdictions, but we do not expect any such tax to be material. However, we cannot assure this result as tax laws in these or other jurisdictions may change or we may enter into new business transactions relating to such jurisdictions, which could affect our tax liability. Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 21 —Income Taxes.”

 

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this report.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

Teekay Corporation is an operational leader and project developer in the marine midstream space. We have general partnership interests in two publicly-listed master limited partnerships, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG. In addition, we have a controlling ownership of publicly-listed Teekay Tankers and we have a fleet of directly-owned vessels. Teekay provides a comprehensive set of marine services to the world’s leading oil and gas companies.

Structure

To understand our financial condition and results of operations, a general understanding of our organizational structure is required. Our organizational structure can be divided into (a) our controlling interests in the Daughter Companies, and (b) Teekay and its remaining subsidiaries, which is referred to herein as Teekay Parent . As of December 31, 2015, we had economic interests in Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers of 37.0%, 33.1% and 25.9%, respectively. Since we control the voting interests of the Daughter Companies through our ownership of the sole general partner interests of Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG and of Class A and Class B common shares of Teekay Tankers, we consolidate the results of these subsidiaries. Please read “Item 4C. Information on the Company – Organizational Structure.”

 

39


Table of Contents

Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG primarily hold our assets that generate long-term fixed-rate cash flows. The strategic rationale for establishing these two master limited partnerships was to illuminate the higher value of fixed-rate cash flows to Teekay investors, realize advantages of a lower cost of equity when investing in new offshore or LNG projects, enhance returns to Teekay through fee-based revenue and ownership of the partnerships’ incentive distribution rights and increase our access to capital for growth. Teekay Tankers holds a substantial majority of our conventional tanker assets. Teekay Parent continues to own three FPSO units and one conventional tanker and to in-charter a number of vessels. However, our long-term vision is for Teekay Parent to be a pure play general partner whose role is that of portfolio manager and project developer. Our primary financial objective for Teekay Parent is to increase its free cash flow per share. To support this objective, we intend to de-lever the balance sheet of Teekay Parent by completing the sales of the remaining FPSO units to Teekay Offshore or third parties over the next several years and to seek to grow the distributions of Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG over the long term. However, lower oil and gas prices and the resulting impact on the capital markets has resulted in the cost of equity increasing to the point where it is currently not an economically attractive source of capital for us, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG. Consequently, in the near term we do not expect to sell any of the remaining FPSO units to Teekay Offshore. In addition, in December 2015 we announced a plan to temporarily reduce our quarterly dividend, in response to announcements by the general partners of Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG of their plan to temporarily reduce their respective quarterly cash distribution amounts. As discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report, we expect Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG to retain most of their internally generated cash flow to partially finance committed capital expenditures and repay debt. We expect the Daughter Companies will ultimately hold all of the interests in our operating assets and that each of these entities will directly pursue its own merger and acquisition and organic growth opportunities.

Teekay entered into an omnibus agreement with Teekay LNG, Teekay Offshore and related parties governing, among other things, when Teekay, Teekay LNG, and Teekay Offshore may compete with each other and certain rights of first offer on LNG carriers, oil tankers, shuttle tankers, FSO units and FPSO units.

We have four primary lines of business: offshore logistics (shuttle tankers, the HiLoad DP unit, FSO units, UMS and long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels), offshore production (FPSO units), liquefied gas carriers and conventional tankers. We manage these businesses for the benefit of all stakeholders. We allocate capital and assess performance from the separate perspectives of the Daughter Companies and Teekay Parent as well as from the perspective of the lines of business. Historically, our organizational structure and internal reporting has been primarily based on the lines of business (the Line of Business approach), resulting in our segment disclosure presentation on a lines-of-business basis, without reference to the legal entities. With the establishment of the Daughter Companies and subsequent dropdown of vessels from Teekay Parent to the Daughter Companies, our organizational structure and internal reporting has gradually evolved to focus less on lines of business and more on the Daughter Companies and Teekay Parent (the Legal Entity approach). The primary focus of our organizational structure, internal reporting and allocation of resources by the chief operating decision maker is now the Legal Entity approach. As such, a substantial majority of the information provided herein has been presented in accordance with the Legal Entity approach. However, we have continued to incorporate the Line of Business approach as in certain cases there is more than one line of business in each Daughter Company and we believe this information allows a better understanding of our performance and prospects for future net cash flows.

Global crude oil prices have significantly declined since mid-2014. This decline, combined with other factors beyond our control, has adversely affected energy and master limited partnership capital markets and available sources of financing. We believe there is currently a dislocation in these markets relative to the stability of our and our Daughter Companies’ businesses. On December 16, 2015, we announced temporary reductions to our quarterly dividends to $0.055 from $0.55 per share, commencing with the dividend relating to the fourth quarter of 2015. The dividend reduction was in response to announcements by Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG that they were (a) temporarily reducing their quarterly cash distributions to $0.11 from $0.56 per common unit and to $0.14 from $0.70 per common unit, respectively, and (b) retaining a significant portion of the internally generated cash flows as reserves to fund the equity capital requirements of their future growth projects and reduce debt levels. The intention of Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG for the foreseeable future is to reduce the need to raise equity capital at prohibitively dilutive and costly rates given current depressed market conditions generally in the energy and master limited partnership capital markets. These distribution reductions by Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG will substantially reduce Teekay Parent’s cash flows from them, including by currently eliminating any distributions on the incentive distribution rights in such Daughter Companies. Despite significant weakness in the global energy and capital markets, our and our Daughter Companies’ operating cash flows remain largely stable and growing, supported by a large and well-diversified portfolio of fee-based contracts with high-quality counterparties.

The primary liquidity needs for us and the Daughter Companies in the next few years are to make payments for existing, committed capital expenditures and to make scheduled repayments of debt, in addition to paying debt service costs, quarterly dividends or distributions on equity, operating expenses and dry docking expenditures and funding general working capital requirements. We anticipate that our and our Daughter Companies’ primary sources of funds in the next few years will be cash flows from operations, bank debt and proceeds from the sale of certain assets. However, Teekay Offshore currently estimates cash flow gaps of approximately $250 million in 2016 and a further $90 million in 2017. These cash flow gaps represent the difference between (a) cash inflows from cash flow from vessel operations, dividends from equity accounted joint ventures and borrowings under committed and anticipated debt financings and refinancings and (b) cash outflows for expected capital expenditures, equity investments in joint ventures, secured and unsecured debt repayments, interest expense and anticipated distributions on its common and preferred units. In addition, Teekay Offshore is required to pay $172.3 million upon delivery of the second UMS newbuilding, which currently is scheduled for late-2016; however, Teekay Offshore may decide to cancel or further defer the delivery of this unit. The cash flow gaps do not take into account utilizing any portion of Teekay Offshore’s liquidity balance of $282.7 million at December 31, 2015, which includes unrestricted cash and undrawn revolvers at December 2015. Teekay Parent may also evaluate a number of other alternatives to increase its liquidity, including refinancing its equity margin revolving credit facility, divesting of assets, issuing hybrid or other equity securities, and accessing the unsecured bond market. (Please read “Liquidity and Capital Resources” further below.)

IMPORTANT FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL TERMS AND CONCEPTS

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts when analyzing our performance. These include the following:

Revenues. Revenues primarily include revenues from voyage charters, pool arrangements, time charters accounted for under operating and direct financing leases, contracts of affreightment and FPSO contracts. Revenues are affected by hire rates and the number of days a vessel operates, the daily production volume on FPSO units, and the oil price for certain FPSO units. Revenues are also affected by the mix of business between time charters, voyage charters, contracts of affreightment and vessels operating in pool arrangements. Hire rates for voyage charters are more volatile, as they are typically tied to prevailing market rates at the time of a voyage.

 

40


Table of Contents

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions. Voyage expenses are typically paid by the customer under time charters and FPSO contracts and by us under voyage charters and contracts of affreightment.

Net Revenues. Net revenues represent revenues less voyage expenses. The amount of voyage expenses we incur for a particular charter depends upon the form of the charter. For example, under time-charter contracts and FPSO contracts the customer usually pays the voyage expenses and for contracts of affreightment the ship-owner usually pays the voyage expenses, which typically are added to the hire rate at an approximate cost. Consequently, we use net revenues to improve the comparability between periods of reported revenues that are generated by the different forms of charters and contracts. We principally use net revenues, a non-GAAP financial measure, because it provides more meaningful information to us about the deployment of our vessels and their performance than revenues, the most directly comparable financial measure under United States generally accepted accounting principles (or GAAP ).

Vessel Operating Expenses. Under all types of charters and contracts for our vessels, except for bareboat charters, we are responsible for vessel operating expenses, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. The two largest components of our vessel operating expenses are crew costs and repairs and maintenance. We expect these expenses to increase as our fleet matures and to the extent that it expands.

Income from Vessel Operations. To assist us in evaluating our operations by segment, we analyze our income from vessel operations for each segment, which represents the income we receive from the segment after deducting operating expenses, but prior to the deduction of interest expense, realized and unrealized gains (losses) on non-designated derivative instruments, income taxes, foreign currency and other income and losses.

Dry docking. We must periodically dry dock each of our vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. Generally, we dry dock each of our vessels every two and a half to five years, depending upon the type of vessel and its age. In addition, a shipping society classification intermediate survey is performed on our LNG carriers between the second and third year of the five-year dry-docking period. We capitalize a substantial portion of the costs incurred during dry docking and for the survey, and amortize those costs on a straight-line basis from the completion of a dry docking or intermediate survey over the estimated useful life of the dry dock. We expense as incurred costs for routine repairs and maintenance performed during dry dockings that do not improve or extend the useful lives of the assets and annual class survey costs for our FPSO units. The number of dry dockings undertaken in a given period and the nature of the work performed determine the level of dry-docking expenditures.

Depreciation and Amortization. Our depreciation and amortization expense typically consists of:

 

   

charges related to the depreciation and amortization of the historical cost of our fleet (less an estimated residual value) over the estimated useful lives of our vessels;

 

   

charges related to the amortization of dry-docking expenditures over the useful life of the dry dock; and

 

   

charges related to the amortization of intangible assets, including the fair value of time charters, contracts of affreightment and customer relationships where amounts have been attributed to those items in acquisitions; these amounts are amortized over the period in which the asset is expected to contribute to our future cash flows.

Time-Charter Equivalent (TCE) Rates. Bulk shipping industry freight rates are commonly measured in the shipping industry at the net revenues level in terms of “time-charter equivalent” (or TCE ) rates, which represent net revenues divided by revenue days.

Revenue Days. Revenue days are the total number of calendar days our vessels were in our possession during a period, less the total number of off-hire days during the period associated with major repairs, dry dockings or special or intermediate surveys. Consequently, revenue days represent the total number of days available for the vessel to earn revenue. Idle days, which are days when the vessel is available for the vessel to earn revenue, yet is not employed, are included in revenue days. We use revenue days to explain changes in our net revenues between periods.

Calendar-Ship-Days. Calendar-ship-days are equal to the total number of calendar days that our vessels were in our possession during a period. As a result, we use calendar-ship-days primarily in explaining changes in vessel operating expenses, time-charter hire expense and depreciation and amortization.

ITEMS YOU SHOULD CONSIDER WHEN EVALUATING OUR RESULTS

You should consider the following factors when evaluating our historical financial performance and assessing our future prospects:

 

   

Our revenues are affected by cyclicality in the tanker markets.  The cyclical nature of the tanker industry causes significant increases or decreases in the revenue we earn from our vessels, particularly those we trade in the spot conventional tanker market.

 

   

Tanker rates also fluctuate based on seasonal variations in demand.  Tanker markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the Northern Hemisphere but weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the Northern Hemisphere and increased refinery maintenance. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns during the winter months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling, which historically has increased oil price volatility and oil trading activities in the winter months. As a result, revenues generated by our vessels have historically been weaker during the quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and stronger in the quarters ended December 31 and March 31.

 

41


Table of Contents
   

The size of and types of vessels in our fleet continues to change. Our results of operations reflect changes in the size and composition of our fleet due to certain vessel deliveries, vessel dispositions and changes to the number of vessels we charter in, as well as our entry into new markets, such as our recent entries into the UMS and towage markets. Please read “—Results of Operations” below for further details about vessel dispositions, deliveries and vessels chartered in. Due to the nature of our business, we expect our fleet to continue to fluctuate in size and composition.

 

   

Vessel operating and other costs are facing industry-wide cost pressures . The shipping industry continues to experience a global manpower shortage of qualified seafarers in certain sectors due to growth in the world fleet and competition for qualified personnel. Going forward, there may be significant increases in crew compensation as vessel and officer supply dynamics continue to change. In addition, factors such as pressure on commodity and raw material prices, as well as changes in regulatory requirements could also contribute to operating expenditure increases. We continue to take action aimed at improving operational efficiencies and to temper the effect of inflationary and other price escalations; however increases to operational costs are still likely to occur in the future.

 

   

Our net income is affected by fluctuations in the fair value of our derivative instruments . Most of our existing cross currency and interest rate swap agreements and foreign currency forward contracts are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. Although we believe the non-designated derivative instruments are economic hedges, the changes in their fair value are included in our statements of loss as unrealized gains or losses on non-designated derivatives. The changes in fair value do not affect our cash flows or liquidity.

 

   

The amount and timing of dry dockings of our vessels can affect our revenues between periods.  Our vessels are off hire at various times due to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance. During 2015 and 2014, on a consolidated basis we incurred 1,591 and 857 off-hire days relating to dry docking, respectively. The financial impact from these periods of off-hire, if material, is explained in further detail below in “—Results of Operations”. Fourteen of our vessels are scheduled for dry docking during 2016.

 

   

The division of our results of operations between the Daughter Companies and Teekay Parent is impacted by the sale of vessels from Teekay Parent to the Daughter Companies. During 2015 and 2013, Teekay Parent sold certain of its vessels to Teekay Offshore. Teekay Offshore and the other Daughter Companies account for the acquisition of the vessels from Teekay as a transfer of a business between entities under common control. The method of accounting for such transfers is similar to the pooling of interests method of accounting. Under this method, the carrying amount of net assets recognized in the balance sheets of each combining entity are carried forward to the balance sheet of the combined entity, and no other assets or liabilities are recognized as a result of the combination. In addition, such transfers are accounted for as if the transfer occurred from the date that the acquiring subsidiary and the acquired vessels were both under the common control of Teekay and had begun operations. As a result, the historical financial information of Teekay Offshore included herein reflects the financial results of the vessels acquired from Teekay Parent from the date the vessels were both under the common control of Teekay and had begun operations but prior to the date they were owned by Teekay Offshore.

 

   

Three of Teekay LNG’s Suezmax tankers and one of its LPG carriers earned revenues based partly on spot market rates. The time-charter contract for one of Teekay LNG’s Suezmax tankers, the Teide Spirit, and one of its LPG carriers, the Norgas Napa, contain a component providing for additional revenue to us beyond the fixed-hire rate when spot market rates exceed certain threshold amounts. The time-charter contracts for the Bermuda Spirit and Hamilton Spirit were amended in the fourth quarter of 2012 for a period of 24 months, which ended on September 30, 2014, and during this period these charters contained a component providing for additional revenues to Teekay LNG beyond the fixed-hire rate when spot market rates exceeded certain threshold amounts. Accordingly, even though declining spot market rates did not result in our receiving less than the fixed-hire rate, Teekay LNG’s results of operations and cash flow from operations were influenced by the variable component of the charters in periods where the spot market rates exceeded the threshold amounts.

 

   

Decline of global crude oil prices. Global crude oil prices have significantly declined since mid-2014. The significant decline in oil prices has also contributed to depressed natural gas prices. A continuation of lower oil prices or a further decline in oil prices may adversely affect investment in the exploration for or development of new or existing offshore projects and limit our growth opportunities, as well as reduce our revenues under volume- or production-based contracts or upon entering into replacement or new charter contracts. Likewise, lower oil prices may negatively affect both the competitiveness of natural gas as a fuel for power generation and the market price of natural gas, to the extent that natural gas prices are benchmarked to the price of crude oil. These factors may adversely affect investment in the exploration for or developments of new or existing LNG projects and limit our growth opportunities in the LNG sector, as well as reduce our revenues upon entering into replacement or new LNG charter contracts. However, the significant decline in oil prices and increased oil production has resulted in a growing demand for worldwide transportation of crude oil resulting in a strong increase in spot tanker rates.

 

   

The duration of many of our shuttle tanker, FSO and FPSO contracts is the life of the relevant oil field or is subject to extension by the field operator or vessel charterer. If the oil field no longer produces oil or is abandoned or the contract term is not extended, we will no longer generate revenue under the related contract and will need to seek to redeploy affected vessels. Many of our shuttle tanker contracts have a “life-of-field” duration, which means that the contract continues until oil production at the field ceases. If production terminates for any reason, we no longer will generate revenue under the related contract. Other shuttle tanker, FSO and FPSO contracts under which our vessels operate are subject to extensions beyond their initial term. The likelihood of these contracts being extended may be negatively affected by reductions in oil field reserves, low oil prices generally or other factors. If we are unable to promptly redeploy any affected vessels at rates at least equal to those under the contracts, if at all, our operating results will be harmed. Any potential redeployment may not be under long-term contracts, which may affect the stability of our cash flow and our ability to make cash distributions. FPSO units, in particular, are specialized vessels that have very limited alternative uses and high fixed costs. In addition, FPSO units typically require substantial capital investments prior to being redeployed to a new field and production service agreement. Any idle time prior to the commencement of a new contract or our inability to redeploy the vessels at acceptable rates may have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

42


Table of Contents

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The results of operations that follow has first been divided into (a) our controlling interests in our subsidiaries Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers and (b) Teekay Parent. Within each of these four groups, we have further subdivided the results into their respective lines of business. The following table presents revenue and income from vessel operations for each of these three subsidiaries and Teekay Parent and how they reconcile to our consolidated financial statements.

 

     Revenues     Income from Vessel Operations  

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   2015     2014     2013     2015     2014     2013  

Teekay Offshore (1)

     1,229,413       1,019,539       950,977       283,399       256,218       98,891  

Teekay LNG

     397,991       402,928       399,276       181,372       183,823       176,356  

Teekay Tankers (2)

     504,347       235,593       170,087       184,083       58,271       3,411  

Teekay Parent

     419,166       450,112       440,008       (30,228     (73,723     (213,212

Elimination of intercompany (3)(4)

     (100,535     (114,252     (130,263     6,506       2,570       (2,700
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay Corporation Consolidated

     2,450,382       1,993,920       1,830,085       625,132       427,159       62,746  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Operating results of conventional tankers sold by Teekay Offshore during 2013 are presented herein, as they are considered part of income from continuing operations from the perspective of Teekay consolidated as we continue to operate and re-invest in this line of business, although re-investment in conventional tankers is not expected to occur within Teekay Offshore. Teekay Offshore has accounted for these vessels as discontinued operations.

(2)

In December 2015, Teekay Offshore sold two Aframax Tankers to Teekay Tankers and the results of the two vessels are included in Teekay Offshore up to the date of sale and in Teekay Tankers from the date of acquisition.

(3)

During 2015, Teekay Parent chartered in three FSO units, two shuttle tankers and four Aframax tankers from Teekay Offshore, two LNG carriers from Teekay LNG and Teekay Parent chartered one Aframax tanker to Teekay Tankers. During 2014, Teekay Parent chartered in three FSO units, two shuttle tankers and four Aframax tankers from Teekay Offshore, two LNG carriers from Teekay LNG and two Aframax tankers from Teekay Tankers. During 2013, Teekay Parent chartered in two FSO units, two shuttle tankers and five Aframax tankers from Teekay Offshore, two LNG carriers from Teekay LNG and two Aframax tankers from Teekay Tankers. Internal charter hire between Teekay Parent and its subsidiaries Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers are eliminated upon consolidation.

(4)

During 2014, Teekay Parent sold to Teekay Tankers a 50% interest in Teekay Tankers Operations Ltd (or TTOL ), which owns the conventional tanker commercial management and technical management operations, including direct ownership in three commercially managed tanker pools, of the Teekay group. Teekay Tankers and Teekay Parent each account for their 50% interest in TTOL as an equity-accounted investment and, as such, TTOL’s results are reflected in equity income of Teekay Tankers and Teekay Parent. Upon consolidation of Teekay Tankers into Teekay, the results of TTOL are accounted for on a consolidated basis by Teekay. The impact on income from vessel operations of consolidating TTOL in 2015 was $6.5 million (2014 - $2.6 million). During 2013, Teekay LNG paid Teekay Parent business development fees of $2.7 million relating to its acquisition of certain equity-accounted interests. Such amounts were capitalized in Teekay LNG and eliminated upon consolidation.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 versus Year Ended December 31, 2014

Teekay Offshore

Recent Developments in Teekay Offshore

Teekay Offshore completed the sale of two conventional tankers and entered into an agreement to sell its remaining two conventional tankers. The first two conventional tankers, the SPT Explorer and Navigator Spirit , were sold to Teekay Tankers in mid-December 2015 and the two remaining conventional tankers, the Kilimanjaro Spirit and Fuji Spirit , were sold to a third party in March 2016.

In November 2015, Teekay Offshore received a termination notice for the Petrojarl Varg FPSO charter contract from Repsol S.A. ( Repsol ), formerly Talisman Energy, based on a termination right that is specific to the Petrojarl Varg FPSO contract. Following discussions with Repsol, Teekay Offshore expects the Petrojarl Varg FPSO to be redelivered to Teekay Offshore in August 2016. Teekay Offshore is currently pursuing various redeployment opportunities for the Petrojarl Varg FPSO, a unit which meets the strict Norwegian petroleum industry ( NORSOK ) standards.

In July 2015, Teekay Offshore acquired from us our 100% interest in Teekay Knarr AS and Knarr L.L.C. ( the Knarr Companies ), which own the Petrojarl Knarr floating production, storage and offloading (or FPSO ) unit, which operates on the Knarr Field in the North Sea under a six-year contract plus up to 14 one-year extension options with BG Norge Limited (or BG ), for an aggregate purchase price of $529.4 million, consisting of a fully built-up cost of $1.26 billion and a working capital adjustment of $14.5 million, less assumed debt of $745.1 million. The purchase price was primarily financed with a $492.0 million convertible promissory note issued to us, of which $300.0 million was converted into common units of Teekay Offshore on July 31, 2015 and $92.0 million was repaid during the third quarter of 2015. The balance of the convertible promissory note is due in full on July 1, 2016 and is interest bearing at an annual rate of 6.5% on the outstanding principal balance. Of the remaining $37.4 million for the purchase price, $35.0 million was paid in cash by Teekay Offshore to us upon the acquisition of the Knarr Companies. Concurrently with the conversion of the promissory note, we contributed $6.1 million to Teekay Offshore to maintain our 2% general partner interest. The Teekay Offshore results for the year ended December 31, 2015 have been retrospectively adjusted to include the results of the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO as from March 2015 when the unit commenced operations, and the results for Teekay Parent have been retrospectively adjusted to exclude the results of the Petrojarl Knarr from March 2015.

In June 2015, Teekay Offshore commenced 15-year contracts, plus extension options, with a group of oil companies to provide shuttle tanker services on the East Coast of Canada. These contracts were initially serviced by three third-party owned shuttle tankers already operating on the east coast of Canada, which were in-chartered by Teekay Offshore. Teekay Offshore subsequently replaced one of these vessels with one of Teekay Offshore’s existing shuttle tankers, the Navion Hispania , during the third quarter of 2015. In connection with these contracts, Teekay Offshore has entered into shipbuilding contracts to construct three Suezmax-size, DP2 shuttle tanker newbuildings with a South Korean shipyard for a fully built-up cost of approximately $368 million. The three ordered vessels are scheduled to be delivered in the fourth quarter of 2017 through the first half of 2018.

 

43


Table of Contents

In late-October 2014, Teekay Offshore, through its wholly-owned subsidiary ALP Maritime Services B.V. (or ALP ), agreed to acquire six modern on-the-water long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels for approximately $222 million. The vessels were built between 2006 and 2010 and are all equipped with dynamic positioning (or DP ) capabilities. Teekay Offshore took delivery of all six vessels during 2015.

In August 2014, Teekay Offshore acquired Logitel Offshore Holding AS (or Logitel ), a Norway-based company focused on the high-end floating accommodation market and providing UMS. At the time of acquisition, Logitel was constructing three UMS newbuildings, based on the Sevan Marine ASA (or Sevan) cylindrical hull design, at the COSCO (Nantong) Shipyard (or COSCO ) in China for a fully built-up cost of approximately $596 million, including $30.0 million from Teekay Offshore’s assumption of Logitel’s obligations under a bond agreement from Sevan. Teekay Offshore currently holds options to order up to an additional two units. Prior to acquisition, Logitel secured a three-year fixed-rate charter contract with Petrobras in Brazil for the first UMS, the Arendal Spirit , which commenced its three-year time-charter contract during the second quarter of 2015. Teekay Offshore is currently negotiating a three-year contract extension with Petrobras in exchange for a reduction in the current charter rate. Teekay Offshore financed the Arendal Spirit through long-term debt financing and its existing liquidity. The two newbuildings are currently scheduled to deliver in late-2016 and, subject to Teekay Offshore’s exercise of a deferred delivery option, mid-2019, respectively. Teekay Offshore may decide to cancel or further defer the delivery of the second UMS as well as to defer the delivery of, or cancel the third UMS. If Teekay Offshore decides to cancel the two UMS newbuildings, it expects to recognize an impairment charge of approximately $40.0 million.

On April 21, 2016, during the process to lift off the gangway connecting the Arendal Spirit to the P48 FPSO, the gangway of the Arendal Spirit suffered damage. We are currently assessing options to have the gangway repaired or replaced. The financial impact is uncertain at this early stage; however, it is possible this event may result in the Arendal Spirit being off-hire for an extended period of time and may result in the charterer’s contract termination option becoming exercisable sometime in mid-2016, should the Arendal Spirit remain off-hire until that time.

Operating Results – Teekay Offshore

The following table compares Teekay Offshore’s operating results and number of calendar-ship-days for its vessels for 2015 and 2014, and compares its net revenues (which is a non-GAAP financial measure) for 2015 and 2014, to revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for the same periods.

 

     Offshore Logistics     Offshore Production     Conventional
Tankers
    Teekay Offshore
Total
 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except

calendar-ship-days)

   2015     2014     2015     2014     2015     2014     2015     2014  

Revenues

     667,629       631,455       531,554       354,518       30,230       33,566        1,229,413       1,019,539   

Voyage expenses

     (95,680     (107,167     —         —         (2,326     (5,373     (98,006     (112,540
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

     571,949       524,288       531,554       354,518       27,904       28,193        1,131,407       906,999   

Vessel operating expenses

     (182,346     (188,087     (189,900     (158,216     (6,234     (5,906     (378,480     (352,209

Time-charter hire expense

     (51,750     (31,090     —         —         —         —          (51,750     (31,090

Depreciation and amortization

     (130,102     (118,968     (137,914     (72,905     (6,583     (6,680     (274,599     (198,553

General and administrative expenses (1)

     (32,963     (37,974     (38,588     (27,406     (1,062     (2,136     (72,613     (67,516

Asset impairments and gain on sale of vessels

     (66,101     (1,638     —         —         (3,897     —          (69,998     (1,638

Restructuring (charges) recovery

     (568     225       —         —         —         —          (568     225   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from vessel operations

     108,119       146,756       165,152       95,991       10,128       13,471        283,399       256,218   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity income

     —         —         7,672       10,341       —         —          7,672       10,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Calendar-Ship-Days (2)

                

Shuttle Tankers

     12,319       12,672       —         —         —         —          12,319       12,672   

FSO Units

     2,395       2,190       —         —         —         —          2,395       2,190   

FPSO Units

     —         —         2,122       1,476       —         —          2,122       1,476   

Conventional Tankers

     —         —         —         —         1,432       1,460        1,432       1,460   

UMS

     318       —         —         —         —         —          318       —     

Towage

     1,606       —         —         —         —         —          1,606       —     

 

(1)

Includes direct general and administrative expenses and indirect general and administrative expenses allocated to offshore logistics, offshore production and conventional tankers based on estimated use of corporate resources.

(2)

Calendar-ship-days presented relate to owned and in-chartered consolidated vessels.

Teekay Offshore – Offshore Logistics

Offshore Logistics consists of Teekay Offshore’s shuttle tankers, FSO units, its HiLoad DP unit, towage vessels and one UMS. As at December 31, 2015, the shuttle tanker fleet consisted of 31 vessels that operate under fixed-rate contracts of affreightment, time charters and bareboat charters, three shuttle tanker newbuildings, and one shuttle tanker and one HiLoad DP unit in lay-up. Of these 36 shuttle tankers, six were owned through 50% owned subsidiaries, one through a 67%-owned subsidiary and three were chartered-in. The remaining vessels are owned 100% by Teekay Offshore. In January 2016, Teekay Offshore sold a 1992-built shuttle tanker, the Navion Torinita , which was in lay-up and classified as held for sale on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015. All of Teekay Offshore’s operating shuttle tankers, with the exception of the HiLoad DP unit, provide transportation services to energy companies, primarily in the North Sea, Brazil and the East Coast of Canada. These shuttle tankers occasionally service the conventional spot tanker market. Teekay Offshore sold the Navion Norvegia to its 50/50 joint venture with OOG in the fourth quarter of 2014 and the vessel is currently undergoing conversion into an FPSO unit for operation in the Libra oil field in Brazil. During the first quarter of 2015, Teekay Offshore sold the Navion Svenita . The strengthening or weakening of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Norwegian Kroner, Euro and Brazilian Real may result in significant decreases or increases, respectively, in our vessel operating expenses.

 

44


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore’s FSO fleet consisted of six units that operate under fixed-rate time charters or fixed-rate bareboat charters in which Teekay Offshore’s ownership interest ranged from 89% to 100%, and one shuttle tanker, the Randgrid, currently undergoing conversion into an FSO unit, in which Teekay Offshore’s ownership interest increased from 67% to 100% during the third quarter of 2015. Teekay Offshore commenced the FSO conversion of the Randgrid shuttle tanker during the second quarter of 2015. FSO units provide an on-site storage solution to oil field installations that have no oil storage facilities or that require supplemental storage. Teekay Offshore’s revenues and vessel operating expenses for the FSO segment are affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates, as a significant component of revenues are earned and vessel operating expenses are incurred in Norwegian Kroner and Australian Dollars for certain vessels. The strengthening or weakening of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Norwegian Kroner or Australian Dollar may result in significant decreases or increases, respectively, in our revenues and vessel operating expenses.

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore’s towage vessel fleet consisted of six long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels and four ultra-long distance towing and offshore installation vessel newbuildings, which are scheduled to deliver during 2016. Teekay Offshore owns a 100% interest in each of the vessels in its towage fleet. Long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels are used for the towage, station-keeping, installation and decommissioning of large floating objects such as exploration, production and storage units, including FPSO units, floating liquefied natural gas (or FLNG ) units and floating drill rigs.

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore’s UMS fleet consisted of one operational unit, the Arendal Spirit, and two newbuildings. During the second quarter of 2015, Teekay Offshore exercised its options to defer the delivery of the second UMS newbuilding by up to one year, and the delivery and all related construction work of the third UMS by 120 days, and may decide to defer the delivery of the third UMS by an additional two years. These two newbuildings are currently scheduled to deliver in late-2016 and, subject to Teekay Offshore’s exercise of a deferred delivery option, mid-2019, respectively, unless Teekay Offshore may decide to cancel or further defer the delivery of the second UMS, as well as to defer the delivery of, or cancel the third UMS. Teekay Offshore owns a 100% interest in all three units. The UMS fleet is used primarily for offshore accommodation, storage and support for maintenance and modification projects on existing offshore installations, or during the installation and decommissioning of large floating exploration, production and storage units, including FPSO units, FLNG units and floating drill rigs. Teekay Offshore’s UMS fleet is available for world-wide operations, excluding operations within the Norwegian Continental Shelf, and includes DP3 keeping systems that are capable of operating in deep water and harsh weather.

The average size of Teekay Offshore’s owned shuttle tanker fleet decreased in 2015 compared to 2014, primarily due to the sales of the Navion Norvegia and the Navion Svenita in October 2014 and March 2015, respectively, and the commencement of the FSO conversion of the Randgrid in June 2015, partially offset by the delivery of the HiLoad DP unit in April 2014.

The average size of Teekay Offshore’s chartered-in shuttle tanker fleet increased in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to the in-chartering of three shuttle tankers, the Karen Knutsen , the Heather Knutsen , and the Mattea for the East Coast of Canada contract, which commenced in June 2015, partially offset by redeliveries to their owners of the Grena Knutsen in June 2015 and the Karen Knutsen in January 2014, decreased spot in-chartering of shuttle tankers, and the replacement of the Mattea by one of Teekay Offshore’s owned shuttle tankers in September 2015.

The average number of Teekay Offshore’s FSO units increased in 2015 compared to 2014, due to the commencement of the FSO conversion of the Randgrid on June 9, 2015. No earnings are expected from the Randgrid until its conversion is completed in early-2017, when the unit is scheduled to commence operations under a three-year time-charter contract with Statoil ASA (or Statoil ), which includes 12 additional one-year extension options.

The Arendal Spirit UMS delivered to Teekay Offshore in February, 2015 and began its three-year charter contract in June, 2015. Teekay Offshore is currently negotiating a three-year contract extension with the charterer in exchange for a reduction in the current charter rate.

The average number of Teekay Offshore’s towing and offshore installation vessels increased in 2015 compared to 2014, due to the delivery of six towing and offshore installation vessels during 2015.

Income from vessel operations for Teekay Offshore’s Offshore Logistics business decreased to $108.1 million in 2015 compared to $146.8 million in 2014, primarily as a result of:

 

   

a decrease of $61.9 million due to vessel write-downs of $66.7 million on seven 1990s-built shuttle tankers, whose carrying values were written down to their estimated fair values using appraised values for the year ended December 31, 2015. During the first quarter of 2015, two of the vessels were written down as a result of the expected sale of a vessel and a change in the operating plan of a vessel. In the fourth quarter of 2015, five shuttle tankers, which have an average age of 17.5 years, were written down as a result of changes in Teekay Offshore’s expectations regarding their future opportunities, primarily due to their advanced age. While we expect four of the five vessels that were written down due to their advanced age to continue to actively trade as shuttle tankers over the near-term and the fifth vessel to actively trade in the conventional tanker market, Teekay Offshore anticipates the vessels will have fewer opportunities for alternative usage and encounter increased age discrimination over time. The decrease due to vessel write-downs was partially offset by a vessel write-down of $4.8 million in 2014 on the carrying value of one of Teekay Offshore’s 1990s-built shuttle tanker which was written down to its estimated fair value using an appraised value, as a result of the vessel charter contract expiring in early-2015 and the expected sale of the vessel;

 

   

a decrease of $31.3 million relating to the expiration of a long-term contract at the Heidrun field serviced by Teekay Offshore’s contracts of affreightment fleet;

 

   

a decrease of $18.4 million due to the redeliveries of two vessels to Teekay Offshore in February 2014 and April 2015 as they completed their time-charter-out agreements;

 

   

a decrease of $6.9 million due to the sale of a 1997-built shuttle tanker, the Navion Svenita in March 2015, partially offset by the gain on the sale of the vessel to a third party; and

 

   

a decrease of $3.0 million due to an increase in depreciation expense resulting from the dry docking of eight shuttle tankers from mid-2014 to late-2015;

 

45


Table of Contents

partially offset by

 

   

an increase of $14.3 million from lower vessel operating expense in Teekay Offshore’s shuttle fleet due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Norwegian Kroner, Euro and Brazilian Real;

 

   

an increase of $8.7 million from lower vessel operating expenses and depreciation expense, due to the commencement of an FSO conversion of the Randgrid in June 2015;

 

   

an increase of $8.6 million due to lower time-charter hire expense due to the redelivery by Teekay Offshore to its owners of the in-chartered Karen Knutsen in January 2014 and the Grena Knutsen in June 2015, decreased spot in-chartering of shuttle tankers, lower time-charter hire rates on the Aberdeen and an increase in off-hire during the third quarter of 2015, partially offset by the dry docking and off-hire of the Sallie Knutsen during the first and second quarters of 2014, and the dry docking of the Aberdeen during the second quarter of 2014;

 

   

an increase of $8.0 million in revenues from Teekay Offshore’s contract of affreightment fleet due to higher average rates, an increase in rates as provided in certain contracts in Teekay Offshore’s time-chartered-out fleet, and an increase in revenues from the commencement of new contracts in mid-2015;

 

   

an increase of $6.5 million due to an increase in revenues from the commencement of the East Coast of Canada contract which commenced in June 2015, partially offset by additional in-chartering costs;

 

   

an increase of $6.2 million due to the commencement of the charter contract of the Arendal Spirit UMS in June 2015 partially offset by write-downs relating to the expiration during 2015 of two options to purchase two additional units;

 

   

an increase of $4.4 million due to the delivery of six towing and offshore installation vessels during 2015;

 

   

an increase of $3.9 million primarily due to the dry docking of the Dampier Spirit during the second quarter of 2014 and the Navion Saga during the third quarter of 2014, partially offset by lower crew costs in 2014 due to a pension adjustment recorded in the first quarter of 2014 and increased depreciation of dry-dock and upgrade costs.

 

   

an increase of $3.7 million due to higher average rates earned during 2015 when trading excess shuttle tanker capacity in the conventional tanker spot market, offset by fewer conventional spot days;

 

   

an increase of $2.9 million due to fewer repair off-hire days in Teekay Offshore’s time-chartered-out fleet for 2015 compared to 2014;

 

   

an increase of $2.2 million relating to the HiLoad DP unit mainly due to mobilization expenses in 2014 partially offset by the commencement of depreciation expense of the HiLoad DP unit from January 2015;

 

   

an increase of $2.1 million due to the commencement of operations of the Suksan Salamander FSO in the third quarter of 2014;

 

   

an increase of $2.1 million from lower depreciation expense due to the Navion Europa being fully amortized during the second quarter of 2015; and

 

   

an increase of $2.1 million due to a decrease in repairs and maintenance expenses for 2015 compared to 2014 and a decrease in crew costs for 2015 compared to 2014 due to a change in crew composition, partially offset by an increase in crew training expenses for 2015 compared to 2014.

Teekay Offshore – Offshore Production

Offshore Production consists of Teekay Offshore’s FPSO units. As of December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore’s FPSO fleet consisted of the Petrojarl Varg, the Cidade de Rio das Ostras (or Rio das Ostras ) , the Piranema Spirit , the Voyageur Spirit, the Petrojarl I , and the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO units , all of which Teekay Offshore owns 100%, and the Itajai FPSO unit and the Libra FPSO unit (currently under conversion), of which Teekay Offshore owns 50%. In October 2014, Teekay Offshore sold a 1995-built shuttle tanker, the Navion Norvegia , to a 50/50 joint venture with OOG and the vessel is undergoing conversion into an FPSO unit for the Libra field located in the Santos Basin offshore Brazil and is scheduled to commence operations in early-2017. Teekay Offshore acquired the Petrojarl I FPSO unit from us in December 2014. The unit is currently undergoing upgrades at the Damen Shipyard Group’s DSR Schiedam Shipyard in the Netherlands. Teekay Offshore acquired the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO unit from us in July 2015. The strengthening or weakening of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Norwegian Kroner, Brazilian Real, and British Pound may result in significant decreases or increases, respectively, in Teekay Offshore’s revenues and vessel operating expenses.

Teekay Offshore uses the FPSO units to provide production, processing and storage services to oil companies operating offshore oil field installations. These services are typically provided under long-term, fixed-rate FPSO contracts, some of which also include certain incentive compensation or penalties based on the level of oil production and other operational measures. Historically, the utilization of FPSO units and other vessels in the North Sea, where the Petrojarl Varg , Voyageur Spirit and Petrojarl Knarr operate, is higher in the winter months, as favorable weather conditions in the summer months provide opportunities for repairs and maintenance to vessels and the offshore oil platforms, which generally reduces oil production.

The average number of Teekay Offshore’s FPSO units increased in 2015 compared to 2014, due to the acquisitions of the Petrojarl Knarr on July 1, 2015 and the Petrojarl I on December 15, 2014. No earnings are expected from the Petrojarl I until its upgrades are completed, which is scheduled for mid-2016. The unit is scheduled to commence operations in second half of 2016 under a five-year fixed-rate charter contract with Queiroz Galvão Exploração e Produção SA (or QGEP ).

 

46


Table of Contents

Income from vessel operations for Teekay Offshore’s Offshore Production business increased to $165.2 million in 2015 compared to $96.0 million in 2014, primarily as a result of:

 

   

an increase of $67.0 million, excluding general and administrative expenses, due to the acquisition of the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO unit;

 

   

an increase of $17.2 million, excluding general and administrative expenses, for the Voyageur Spirit FPSO unit during 2015, primarily due to the charterer’s final acceptance of the charter contract in February 2014, a production bonus earned in 2015, a production penalty in 2014 and external consulting fees incurred during the first quarter of 2014 to achieve final acceptance for the unit;

 

   

an increase of $3.7 million, excluding general and administrative expenses, for the Rio das Ostras FPSO unit, primarily due to a decrease in operating expenses for the unit due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Brazilian Real and Norwegian Kroner and lower repairs and maintenance expenses;

 

   

an increase of $2.2 million due to lower ship management costs in 2015 related to operating the FPSO units; and

 

   

an increase of $2.1 million, excluding general and administrative expenses, due to an increase in crew hours reimbursed by the charterer of the Petrojarl Varg for 2015 , and due to the timing of costs related to repair and maintenance , partially offset by decreases in incentive-related compensation during 2015;

partially offset by

 

   

a decrease of $6.4 million, excluding general and administrative expenses, relating to the Piranema Spirit FPSO unit mainly due to unscheduled off-hire for repairs during the third and fourth quarter of 2015 and higher repairs and maintenance costs, partially offset by a reversal of an agency fee accrual during 2015 which Teekay Offshore no longer considers payable and the commencement of operations of a produced water treatment plan on the Piranema Spirit in the second quarter of 2014;

 

   

a decrease of $6.2 million from increased depreciation expense for the Petrojarl I FPSO unit, which Teekay Offshore acquired from us in December 2014; and

 

   

a decrease of $11.2 million due to increases in general and administrative expenses primarily related to the acquisition of the Petrojarl Knarr , partially offset by additional focus required for obtaining final charter contract acceptance for the Voyageur Spirit in the first quarter of 2014.

Equity income decreased to $7.7 million for 2015 compared to $10.3 million for 2014 primarily due to an increase in unrealized losses on derivative instruments relating to Teekay Offshore’s investment in the Libra FPSO unit, partially offset by a decrease in unrealized losses on derivative instruments relating to an investment in the Itajai FPSO unit and a decrease in vessel operating expenses in the Itajai FPSO joint venture mainly due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Brazilian Real compared to last year, and a credit received during 2015 relating to unused maintenance days in the Itajai FPSO joint venture.

Teekay Offshore – Conventional Tankers

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore owned 100% interests in two Aframax conventional crude oil tankers, the Kilimanjaro Spirit, which operates under a fixed-rate time charter with Teekay Parent, and the Fuji Spirit , which operates in the spot conventional tanker market. Both of these vessels were classified as held for sale as at December 31, 2015. As part of the sales of Fuji Spirit and Kilimanjaro Spirit in March 2016, Teekay Offshore is in-chartering these vessels for three years each, both with an additional one-year extension option. One vessel is fixed on a two-year time-charter-out contract and the other vessel is trading in the spot conventional tanker market.

In December 2015, Teekay Offshore terminated the time-charter contract of the Fuji Spirit with a subsidiary of Teekay Parent and received an early termination fee of $4.7 million from Teekay Parent.

In December 2015, Teekay Offshore terminated the long-term bareboat contracts for the SPT Explorer and the Navigator Spirit conventional tankers with Teekay Parent and paid early termination fees of $6.5 million to Teekay Parent. Immediately following the contract terminations, Teekay Offshore sold its 100% interest in SPT Explorer L.L.C. and Navigator Spirit L.L.C., which own the SPT Explorer and the Navigator Spirit conventional tankers, respectively, to Teekay Tankers.

Income from vessel operations decreased to $10.1 million in 2015 compared to $13.5 million in 2014, primarily as a result of the write-downs of the Kilimanjaro Spirit and Fuji Spirit to their estimated fair values using appraised values, the net termination fees paid to Teekay Parent in relation to the early terminations of the bareboat and time-charter contracts and the sales of the SPT Explorer and Navigator Spirit, partially offset by a higher amount of reimbursed bunkers in 2015 compared to 2014 and the dry docking of the Kilimanjaro Spirit during the third quarter of 2014.

Teekay LNG

Recent Developments in Teekay LNG

In February 2016, Teekay LNG’s Exmar LPG joint venture took delivery of the sixth of its 12 LPG carrier newbuildings, which will commence a five-year charter with Statoil.

During February and March 2016, Centrofin, the charterer for both the Bermuda Spirit and Hamilton Spirit Suezmax tankers, exercised its option to purchase both the Bermuda Spirit and Hamilton Spirit as permitted under the charter agreement. As a result of Centrofin’s acquisition of the Bermuda Spirit and Hamilton Spirit , Teekay LNG expects to record a loss from the sale of these vessels and the expected termination of the charter agreements in 2016 of approximately $14 million per vessel.

 

47


Table of Contents

In February 2016, Teekay LNG’s first MEGI LNG carrier newbuilding delivered and commenced its five-year fee-based charter contract with Cheniere Energy, and the second vessel commenced its sea trials in March 2016. The second vessel is scheduled to commence its five-year, fee-based charter contract with Cheniere Energy the third quarter of 2016. In early-February 2016, Teekay LNG secured a 10-year, $358 million long-term lease facility to finance these two LNG carriers.

In December 2015, a consortium composed of Samsung C&T (or Samsung ), Gulf Investment Corporation (or GIC ) and Teekay LNG agreed with the Government of the Kingdom of Bahrain (or Kingdom ) for the development of an LNG receiving and regasification terminal in Bahrain. The project, to be developed on a BOOT (build, own, operate, transfer) basis, will be located in Hidd Industrial area of Bahrain and will help the Kingdom meet its increasing demand for gas supplies to satisfy its industrial and urban development. The LNG receiving and regasification terminal will be owned and operated through the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture. Please read “Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 3a – Investments – Teekay LNG – Bahrain Joint Venture.”

The project will include a Floating Storage Unit (or FSU ), an offshore LNG receiving jetty and breakwater, an adjacent regasification platform, subsea gas pipelines from the platform to shore, an onshore gas receiving facility, and an onshore nitrogen production facility. The project is expected to have a capacity of 800 million standard cubic feet per day and will be owned and operated under a twenty-year agreement which is expected to commence in 2018. The terminal project, excluding the FSU but including project management and development, financing and other costs, is expected to cost approximately $872 million, which is expected to be funded by the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture through a combination of equity capital and project-level debt through a consortium of regional and international banks. Teekay LNG will supply the FSU vessel by using one of its existing LNG carrier newbuildings, which will be modified specifically for this project, and Teekay LNG will charter this FSU to the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture for a period of 20 years commencing in 2018.

In June 2015, Teekay LNG ordered two LNG carrier newbuildings from Hyundai Samho Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. (or HHI ), of which one of the LNG carrier newbuildings will be chartered out to BP Shipping Limited (or BP ) at fixed rates for a period of 13 years. As discussed above, the Bahrain project will include a FSU, which will be modified from one of Teekay LNG’s existing MEGI LNG carrier newbuildings. In total, Teekay LNG has 11 wholly-owned LNG carrier newbuildings on order as of December 31, 2015. In February 2016, Teekay LNG took delivery of the first of 11 MEGI LNG carrier newbuildings on order, which will commence its five-year charter contract with a subsidiary of Cheniere Energy, Inc. The remaining 10 wholly-owned LNG carrier newbuildings on order are scheduled for delivery between mid-2016 and early-2019. Teekay LNG has entered into time-charter contracts for all but two of the remaining 10 ordered newbuildings. In addition to Teekay LNG’s wholly-owned LNG carrier newbuildings, Teekay LNG has a 20% interest in two LNG carrier newbuildings and a 30% interest in another two LNG carrier newbuildings (or the BG Joint Venture ) scheduled for delivery between 2017 and 2019, and six LNG carrier newbuildings relating to Teekay LNG’s 50% owned joint venture with China LNG Shipping (Holdings) Limited (or the Yamal LNG Joint Venture ) scheduled for delivery between 2018 and 2020.

In January 2015, the Magellan Spirit , one of the six MALT LNG Carriers in Teekay LNG’s joint venture with Marubeni Corporation (or the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture ) in which Teekay LNG has a 52% ownership interest, had a grounding incident. The vessel was subsequently refloated and returned to service. Teekay LNG expects the cost of such refloating and related costs associated with the grounding to be covered by insurance, less an applicable deductible. The charterer has claimed that the vessel was off hire for more than 30 consecutive days during the first quarter of 2015, which in the view of the charterer, permitted the charterer to terminate the charter contract, which it did in late-March 2015. The Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture has disputed both the charterer’s aggregate off-hire claims as well as the charterer’s ability to terminate the charter contract, which originally would have expired in September 2016. The Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture has obtained legal assistance in seeking to resolve this dispute. The impact in future periods from this incident will depend upon Teekay LNG’s ability to re-charter the vessel and the resolution of this dispute. The charter contract of another MALT LNG Carrier, the Methane Spirit , expired in March 2015 as scheduled. The Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture secured short-term employment for the Magellan Spirit and Methane Spirit during the second and third quarters of 2015. In October 2015, both the Magellan Spirit and the Methane Spirit commenced charter contracts for a period of six months plus two extension options ranging from two to three months at significantly lower charter rates than their previous contracts. The Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture continues to seek medium-term to long-term employment for both vessels.

The Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture is a party to a loan facility for four of its LNG carriers, including the Magellan Spirit that had the grounding incident in January 2015. Teekay LNG has guaranteed its 52% share of the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture’s obligations under this facility. The loan facility contains mandatory prepayment provisions upon early termination of a charter and requires the borrower to maintain a specific debt service coverage ratio. In June 2015, the lenders waived the mandatory prepayment provision in relation to the Magellan Spirit and the debt service coverage ratio covenant for the loan facility. Both waivers are for the remaining term of the facility. In return, the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture funded an earnings account, which is collateral for the loan facility, with $7.5 million and prepaid $30.0 million of the loan facility, both in September 2015. These amounts were funded by Teekay LNG and Marubeni Corporation based on their respective ownership percentages.

Two of the MALT LNG Carriers, the Marib Spirit and Arwa Spirit , are currently under long-term contracts expiring in 2029 with Yemen LNG Ltd. (or YLNG ), a consortium led by Total SA. Due to the political situation in Yemen, YLNG decided to temporarily close down its operations of its LNG plant in Yemen in 2015. As a result, in December 2015, the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture agreed to a temporary deferral of a portion of the charter payments for the two LNG carriers for the period from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016. Upon future resumption of the LNG plant in Yemen, it is presumed that YLNG will repay the deferred amounts in full plus interest thereon over a period of time to be agreed upon. Teekay LNG’s proportionate share of the estimated impact in 2016 would be a reduction to equity income of approximately $18 million.

 

48


Table of Contents

Operating Results – Teekay LNG

The following table compares Teekay LNG’s operating results and number of calendar-ship-days for its vessels for 2015 and 2014, and compares its net revenues (which is a non-GAAP financial measure) for 2015 and 2014, to revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for the same periods.

 

     Liquefied Gas
Carriers
    Conventional
Tankers
    Teekay LNG
Total
 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except calendar-ship-days)

   2015     2014     2015     2014     2015     2014  

Revenues

     305,056       307,426       92,935       95,502       397,991       402,928  

Voyage expenses

     203       (1,768     (1,349     (1,553     (1,146     (3,321
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

     305,259       305,658       91,586       93,949       396,845       399,607  

Vessel operating expenses

     (63,344     (59,087     (30,757     (36,721     (94,101     (95,808

Depreciation and amortization

     (71,323     (71,711     (20,930     (22,416     (92,253     (94,127

General and administrative expenses (1)

     (19,392     (17,992     (5,726     (5,868     (25,118     (23,860

Restructuring recovery (charges)

     —         —         (4,001     (1,989     (4,001     (1,989
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from vessel operations

     151,200       156,868       30,172       26,955       181,372       183,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity income

     84,171       115,478       —         —         84,171       115,478  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Calendar-Ship-Days (2)

            

Liquefied Gas Carriers

     6,935       6,619       —         —         6,935       6,619  

Conventional Tankers

     —         —         2,920       3,202       2,920       3,202  

 

(1)

Includes direct general and administrative expenses and indirect general and administrative expenses allocated to the liquefied gas carriers and conventional tankers based on estimated use of corporate resources.

(2)

Calendar-ship-days presented relate to consolidated vessels.

Teekay LNG – Liquefied Gas Carriers

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG’s liquefied gas fleet, including newbuildings, included 50 LNG carriers and 29 LPG/Multigas carriers, in which its interests ranged from 20% to 100%. The number of calendar-ship-days for Teekay LNG’s liquefied gas carriers consolidated in its financial results increased to 6,935 days in 2015 from 6,619 days in 2014, as a result of the acquisition and delivery of the Norgas Napa on November 13, 2014. During 2015, the Polar Spirit was off hire for 47 days for a scheduled dry docking, compared to the Galicia Spirit, Madrid Spirit and Polar Spirit being off hire for 28, 24 and 6 days, respectively, for scheduled dry dockings and an in-water survey in 2014.

Income from vessel operations decreased to $151.2 million in 2015 compared to $156.9 million in 2014, primarily as a result of:

 

   

a decrease of $9.3 million due to the effect on Teekay LNG’s Euro-denominated revenues from the depreciation of the Euro against the U.S. Dollar compared to 2014, partially offset by lower crew wages due to favorable foreign exchange impacts during 2015 on crew wages denominated in foreign currencies relating to certain of its LNG carriers;

 

   

a decrease of $1.6 million from an increase in ship management fees for Teekay LNG carriers compared to 2014; and

 

   

a decrease of $1.4 million from higher general and administrative expenses primarily due to a greater amount of business development, commercial activities, and legal and tax services provided to Teekay LNG by Teekay to support its growth, and higher advisory fees incurred to support its business development and commercial activities;

partially offset by

 

   

a net increase of $4.5 million due to less scheduled and unscheduled off-hire days in 2015 compared to the prior year; and

 

   

an increase of $2.0 million as a result of the acquisition and delivery of the Norgas Napa in November 2014.

Equity income related to Teekay LNG’s liquefied gas carriers decreased to $84.2 million in 2015 compared to $115.5 million in 2014, as set forth in the table below:

 

     Angola
LNG
Carriers
     Exmar
LNG
Carriers
    Exmar
LPG
Carriers
    MALT
LNG
Carriers
    RasGas 3
LNG
Carriers
     Other     Total
Equity
Income
 

Year ended December 31, 2015

     16,144        9,332       32,733       4,620       21,527        (185     84,171  

Year ended December 31, 2014

     3,472        10,651       44,114       36,805       20,806        (370     115,478  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change

     12,672        (1,319     (11,381     (32,185     721        185       (31,307
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The $12.7 million increase for 2015 in Teekay LNG’s 33% investment in the four Angola LNG Carriers was primarily due to unrealized gains on derivative instruments in 2015 as a result of long-term LIBOR benchmark interest rates increasing for interest rate swaps compared to unrealized losses on derivative instruments last year, and an increase in voyage revenues upon amending the charter contract in the second quarter of 2015 to allow for dry docking and operating costs to pass-through to the charterer, retroactive to the beginning of the charter contract.

The $1.3 million decrease for 2015 in equity income from the two Exmar LNG Carriers, in which Teekay LNG has ownership interests ranging from 49% to 50%, was primarily due to higher interest expense as a result of the completion of the joint venture’s debt refinancing in 2015.

The $11.4 million decrease for 2015 in equity income from Teekay LNG’s 50% ownership interest in Exmar LPG BVBA were primarily due to the gains on the sales of the Flanders Tenacity , Eeklo and Flanders Harmony , which were sold during the second and third quarters of 2014, a loss on sale of the Temse (formerly Kemira Gas ) in 2015, redelivery of the in-charted vessel Odin back to its owner in November 2015, and hedge ineffectiveness of interest rate swaps in 2015. These decreases were partially offset by higher contracted charter rates from five LPG carrier newbuildings which delivered from September 2014 to September 2015, net of four disposed of LPG carriers during 2014, and a loss on the sale of the Temse in the first quarter of 2014.

 

49


Table of Contents

The $32.2 million decrease for 2015 in Teekay LNG’s 52% investment in the MALT LNG Carriers were primarily due to fewer revenue days compared to 2014 as a result of the disputed termination of the charter contract and unscheduled off-hire days relating to a grounding incident for the Magellan Spirit in the first quarter of 2015, the scheduled expiration of the charter contract for the Methane Spirit in March 2015 and the unscheduled off-hire days relating to the Woodside Donaldson to repair a damaged propulsion motor in January 2015.

Teekay LNG – Conventional Tankers

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG’s conventional tanker fleet included seven Suezmax-class double-hulled conventional crude oil tankers and one Handymax product tanker, six of which it owns and two of which it leases under capital leases. All of Teekay LNG’s conventional tankers operate under fixed-rate charters. The number of calendar-ship-days for Teekay LNG’s conventional tankers decreased to 2,920 days in 2015 from 3,202 days in 2014, as a result of the sales of the Algeciras Spirit and Huelva Spirit in February 2014 and August 2014, respectively. During 2015, the Toledo Spirit was off hire for 22 days for a scheduled dry docking, compared to the Bermuda Spirit , Hamilton Spirit and Teide Spirit being off hire for 27, 24 and 31 days, respectively, for scheduled dry dockings in 2014.

Income from vessel operations increased to $30.2 million during 2015 compared to $27.0 million in 2014, primarily as a result of:

 

   

an increase of $6.6 million due to higher revenues earned by the Teide Spirit and Toledo Spirit in 2015 relating to the agreement between Teekay LNG and CEPSA which resulted in additional revenue when spot tanker rates exceeded certain thresholds, and the Teide Spirit being off hire for 31 days for a scheduled dry docking in 2014, partially offset by the Toledo Spirit being off hire for 22 days for a scheduled dry docking in 2015;

partially offset by

 

   

a decrease of $2.3 million due to higher revenues recognized last year by the Bermuda Spirit and Hamilton Spirit relating to an agreement between Teekay LNG and the charterer that ended in October 2014, which resulted in Teekay LNG recognizing additional revenues in 2014 when Suezmax tanker spot rates exceeded a certain amount, partially offset by the Bermuda Spirit being off hire for 27 days in the first quarter of 2014 and the Hamilton Spirit being off hire for 24 days in the second quarter of 2014 for scheduled dry dockings; and

 

   

a decrease of $1.1 million due to CEPSA’s sales of Teekay LNG’s vessels under capital lease, the Algeciras Spirit and Huelva Spirit, in February 2014 and August 2014, respectively, including the seafarer severance payments in August 2014.

Teekay Tankers

Recent Developments in Teekay Tankers

In December 2015, Teekay Tankers acquired from Teekay Offshore, two conventional oil tankers and related time-charter contracts and debt facilities for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $80.0 million and working capital of approximately $8.6 million, including the assumption of outstanding debt of approximately $49.6 million (or the 2015 Acquired Business). The operating results of the 2015 Acquired Business are reflected in the results of Teekay Tankers from the date of acquisition.

In November 2015, Teekay Tankers completed the sale of one Medium Range (or MR ) tanker, the Mahanadi Spirit , for aggregate proceeds of approximately $11.2 million, which resulted in a gain on sale of $0.8 million.

During the fourth quarter of 2015, Teekay Tankers built on its recent ship-to-ship transfer acquisition of SPT Inc. and expanded its U.S. Gulf presence through the acquisition and chartering-in of three purpose-built Lightering Aframax tankers. On December 18, 2015, Teekay Tankers acquired two Lightering Aframax tankers, the SPT Explorer and Navigator Spirit , from Teekay Offshore for an aggregate purchase price of $80 million and chartered-in the third Lightering Aframax tanker for a firm contract period of five years, which is scheduled to deliver between February and March 2016.

In August 2015, Teekay Tankers agreed to acquire 12 modern Suezmax tankers from Principal Maritime Tankers Corporation (or Principal Maritime ) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $661.3 million, consisting of $612.0 million in cash and approximately 7.2 million shares of Teekay Tankers’ Class A common stock. As of December 31, 2015, all of the vessels had been delivered, nine of the vessels were trading in the spot tanker market, two of the vessels were trading under short-term fixed rate contracts and one vessel was off hire. To finance the acquisition, in August 2015, Teekay Tankers secured a $397.2 million loan facility which matured on January 29, 2016, issued approximately 13.6 million shares of Class A common stock for net proceeds of approximately $90.6 million, of which approximately 4.5 million shares were issued to us, and Teekay Tankers financed the remainder of the purchase price with existing liquidity. The loan facility was refinanced in January 2016.

In July 2015, Teekay Tankers acquired the ship-to-ship transfer business (or SPT ) from a company jointly owned by us and a Norway-based marine transportation company, I.M. Skaugen SE, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $47.3 million (including approximately $1.8 million for working capital). SPT provides a full suite of ship-to-ship transfer services in the oil, gas and dry bulk industries. In addition to full service lightering and lightering support, it also provides consultancy, terminal management and project development services. SPT owns a fleet of six STS support vessels and has one in-chartered Aframax tanker. In connection with the SPT acquisition, on July 31, 2015, Teekay Tankers issued approximately 6.5 million shares of Class B common stock to Teekay Holdings Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, for net proceeds of approximately $45.5 million. These shares of Class B common stock were priced at $6.99 per share.

In December 2014, Teekay Tankers signed an agreement to acquire one 2008-built Aframax tanker for the purchase price of $37.0 million and placed $3.7 million in an escrow account in connection with this purchase. The vessel delivered in the first quarter of 2015. In December 2014, Teekay Tankers also signed agreements to acquire four modern LR2 vessels for a total purchase price of approximately $193.3 million, which all were delivered during the first quarter of 2015. These acquisitions were financed in part by a public offering in December 2014 of Teekay Tankers’ Class A common stock.

 

50


Table of Contents

In January 2014, Teekay and Teekay Tankers formed TIL, which seeks to opportunistically acquire, operate and sell modern secondhand tankers to benefit from an expected recovery from the then cyclical low of the tanker market. TIL completed a $250 million equity private placement in which we and Teekay Tankers co-invested $25 million each for a combined 20% initial ownership in the new company. In addition, each of Teekay and Teekay Tankers received (a) a preferred share entitling it to appoint one TIL director and (b) a stock purchase warrant to acquire up to an additional 750,000 shares of TIL’s common stock, linked to TIL’s future share price performance. In March 2014, TIL completed a $175 million initial public offering and listed its shares on the Oslo Stock Exchange. In October 2014, Teekay Tankers acquired an additional 0.9 million common shares in TIL, representing 2.43% of the then outstanding share capital of TIL. Following completion of the purchase, Teekay Tankers held approximately 3.4 million common shares in TIL, representing 8.94% of the then outstanding share capital of TIL. In October 2014, TIL initiated a share repurchase program for up to $30 million and in September 2015, TIL increased the size of the share repurchase program to $60 million. As of December 31, 2015, TIL has repurchased $55.8 million of its common shares at an average price of NOK 93.97 per share. Taking the interests of Teekay and Teekay Tankers together, we owned 17.62% of TIL’s outstanding share capital as at December 31, 2015. In January 2014, TIL entered into a long-term management agreement with an affiliate of Teekay, pursuant to which the manager provides to TIL commercial, technical, administrative and corporate services and personnel, including TIL’s executive officers, in exchange for management services fees and reimbursement of expenses.

In August 2014, Teekay Tankers acquired from Teekay a 50% interest in TTOL, which owns the conventional tanker commercial management and technical management operations, including the direct ownership in three commercially managed tanker pools, for an aggregate price of approximately $23.5 million, including net working capital. As partial consideration for this acquisition, Teekay Tankers issued to Teekay 4.2 million Class B common shares, which had an approximate value of $17 million, or $4.03 per share, on the acquisition closing date. In addition, Teekay Tankers reimbursed Teekay for approximately $6.5 million of working capital it assumed from Teekay in connection with the purchase.

In March 2014, Teekay Tankers exercised its rights under security documentation to realize the amounts owed under its investment in term loans and assumed full ownership of two VLCC vessels, which previously secured its investment in term loans. At the time of Teekay Tankers’ assumption of ownership, these vessels had a fair value of approximately $144 million, which exceeded the carrying value of the loans. As a result, in the first quarter of 2014 Teekay Tankers recognized $9.1 million of interest income owing under the loans. In May 2014, Teekay Tankers sold the two wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owned one of the VLCCs, to TIL for aggregate proceeds of approximately $154 million, plus related working capital on closing.

Operating Results – Teekay Tankers

The following table compares Teekay Tankers’ operating results and number of calendar-ship-days for its vessels for 2015 and 2014, and compares its net revenues (which is a non-GAAP financial measure) for 2015 and 2014, to revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for the same periods.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except calendar-ship-days)

   2015      2014  

Revenues

     504,347        235,593  

Voyage expenses

     (19,566      (9,984
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

     484,781        225,609  

Vessel operating expenses

     (130,775      (93,022

Time-charter hire expense

     (77,799      (22,160

Depreciation and amortization

     (71,429      (50,152

General and administrative expenses

     (16,694      (11,959

Net gain on sale of vessels and equipment

     771        9,955  

Restructuring charge

     (4,772      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from vessel operations

     184,083        58,271  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity income

     14,411        5,228  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Calendar-Ship-Days (1)

     

Conventional Tankers

     16,636        11,418  

 

(1)

Calendar-ship-days presented relate to owned and in-chartered consolidated vessels.

Tanker Market and TCE Rates

The tanker market in 2015 yielded the strongest returns since 2008. The main catalyst for the record high freight market was continued high levels of global oil production, including an extra 1.2 million barrels per day (mb/d) of crude oil supply from OPEC. Global oil demand was also strong in 2015 with growth of 1.6 mb/d, the highest level of growth since the post-financial crisis rebound in 2010. Oil prices also fell to the lowest average price in the last 11 years of $52 per barrel for 2015, which was positive for the tanker market as it led to higher refinery throughput to take advantage of strong refining margins, commercial and strategic stockpiling and lower bunker fuel costs, resulting in lower operating costs for ship owners. Finally, tanker fleet growth remained low with just 2.4 percent growth in the crude tanker fleet.

We anticipate that many of the positive fundamentals which existed in 2015 will persist during 2016. Global oil demand is forecast to grow by 1.2 mb/d in 2016 (average of IEA, EIA, and OPEC forecasts). While this is a decrease from 2015 oil demand growth of 1.6 mb/d, it is above the average growth rate of 1.0 mb/d seen over the last decade. Global oil production is anticipated to remain high with no change to OPEC policy expected in 2016. In addition, the return of Iranian production is projected to add up to 0.5 mb/d of additional supply in 2016, further adding to global crude oil exports and keeping oil prices relatively low. Finally, while tanker fleet growth is set to accelerate in 2016, fleet growth is expected to be relatively modest for the mid-size sectors with anticipated tanker fleet growth of 4.6% and 4.0% in the Suezmax and Aframax fleets, respectively, which compares favorably to the average overall tanker fleet growth in the last decade of approximately 4.7%.

 

51


Table of Contents

The following table contains the average TCE rates earned by Teekay Tankers’ vessels for 2015 and 2014. As defined and discussed above, we calculate TCE rates as net revenue per revenue day before related-party pool management fees and pool commissions, and off-hire bunker expenses.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2015      Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Net Revenues
(1)(2)

(in thousands)
     Revenue
Days
     Average TCE
per Revenue
Day
     Net Revenues
(2)(3)

(in thousands)
     Revenue
Days
     Average TCE
per Revenue
Day
 
                 
                 

Voyage-charter contracts - Suezmax

   $ 157,713         4,021      $ 39,217       $ 67,221         2,926      $ 22,976   

Voyage-charter contracts - Aframax

   $ 140,095         4,786      $ 29,270       $ 37,777         1,692      $ 22,321   

Voyage-charter contracts - LR2

   $ 81,858         2,845      $ 28,777       $ 30,294         1,698      $ 17,842   

Voyage-charter contracts - MR

   $ 20,373         960      $ 21,205       $ 9,828         697      $ 14,108   

Voyage-charter contracts - VLCC

   $ 0         —        $ 0       $ 1,323         96      $ 13,805   

Time-charter contracts - Suezmax

   $ 14,274         483      $ 29,577       $ 13,727         676      $ 20,292   

Time-charter contracts - Aframax

   $ 44,167         2,300      $ 19,203       $ 51,761         2,928      $ 17,676   

Time-charter contracts - LR2

   $ 4,480         175      $ 25,623       $ 0         —        $ 0   

Time-charter contracts - MR

   $ 1,970         50      $ 39,036       $ 13,170         365      $ 36,081   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 464,930         15,620      $ 29,763       $ 225,101         11,078      $ 20,319   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes a total of $12.2 million in pool management fees and commissions payable for commercial management of Teekay Tankers’ vessels and $3.7 million in off-hire bunker and other expenses.

(2)

Excludes $26.6 million of full lightering and lightering support services for 2015, $4.8 million of in-process revenue for 2015, $4.4 million of crew redundancy costs recovery from one of Teekay Tankers’ customers for 2015 and interest income from investment in term loans of $9.1 million for 2014.

(3)

Excludes a total of $6.9 million in pool management fees and commissions payable for commercial management of our vessels and $1.8 million in off-hire bunker and other expenses.

Teekay Tankers – Conventional Tankers

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Tankers owned 45 double-hulled conventional oil tankers, seven ship-to-ship lightering support vessels, time-chartered in ten Aframax tankers and three LR2 product tankers from third parties and owned a 50% interest in one VLCC.

Income from vessel operations increased to $184.1 million in 2015 compared to $58.3 million in 2014, primarily as a result of:

 

   

an increase of $83.0 million of revenue resulting from higher average realized TCE rates earned by Teekay Tankers’ Suezmax, Aframax, LR2 and MR tankers in 2015 compared to 2014;

 

   

a net increase of $68.1 million resulting from the addition of 11 Suezmax tankers, three Aframax tanker and four LR2 product tankers acquired in 2015, the addition of two in-chartered Aframax tankers and one LR2 product tanker in 2015 and the addition of seven in-chartered Aframax tankers and four in-chartered LR2 product tankers in 2014 and from the recognition of in-process revenue contracts in 2015, partially offset by the addition of two VLCCs in March 2014 that were subsequently sold to TIL in May 2014 and the sale of a MR product tanker in 2015;

 

   

a net increase of $13.4 million for 2015 resulting from certain vessels changing employment between fixed-rate charters and voyage charters; and

 

   

an increase of $2.4 million from lower crewing costs during 2015 resulting from a change in the nationality of crew on a MR product tanker, favorable current year foreign currency exchange rates impacting crew wage expenditures, the timing and extent of planned vessel maintenance and repairs, and repairs on a Suezmax tanker which were incurred during 2014; and

partially offset by

 

   

a decrease of $10.0 million resulting from the gain on sale of vessels recorded in 2014 related to the sale of two wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owned one VLCC, to TIL;

 

   

a decrease of $9.1 million resulting from the interest income recognized on Teekay Tankers’ investments in term loans in 2014;

 

   

a net decrease of $6.6 million resulting from higher management fees, commissions, off-hire bunker expense and other expenses in 2015 compared to 2014;

 

   

a decrease of $6.5 million resulting from higher time-charter rates due to profit sharing components and options Teekay Tankers exercised to extend the in-chartered contracts in 2015;

 

52


Table of Contents
   

a net decrease of $4.9 million resulting from more off-hire days in 2015 compared to 2014, primarily as a result of higher dry-docking activity;

 

   

a decrease of $2.8 million as a resulting from higher corporate expenses incurred during 2015 primarily as a result of legal expenses related to vessel acquisitions and to the STX arbitration (Please read “Note 16c – Commitments and Contingencies – Legal Proceedings and Claims – STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.”); and

 

   

a decrease of $2.1 million resulting from higher amortization of dry-docking expenditures in 2015 compared to 2014.

Equity income increased to $14.4 million in 2015 from $5.2 million for 2014 primarily due to:

 

   

an increase of $5.4 million due to higher equity earnings from TIL resulting from overall higher realized average spot rates earned in 2015 compared to 2014, the acquisition of six Suezmax vessels delivered during 2015 and one Aframax vessel delivered during 2014, partially offset by a decrease relating to a dilution gain recorded in 2014 resulting from Teekay Tankers’ reduced ownership interest in TIL from TIL’s share issuance completed as part of its initial public offering (or IPO ) in 2014;

 

   

an increase of $3.3 million due to a full year of earnings from Teekay Tankers’ 50% interest in TTOL, which it acquired in 2014; and

 

   

an increase of $0.5 million due to higher equity earnings from the High-Q joint venture resulting from higher unrealized gain on derivatives recognized in 2015 compared to 2014.

Teekay Parent

Recent Developments in Teekay Parent

On December 7, 2011, the Petrojarl Banff FPSO unit (or Banff ), which operates on the Banff field in the U.K. sector of the North Sea, suffered a severe storm event and sustained damage to its moorings, turret and subsea equipment, which necessitated the shutdown of production on the unit. Due to the damage, Teekay declared force majeure under the customer contract on December 8, 2011 and the Banff FPSO unit commenced a period of off-hire while the necessary repairs and upgrades were completed and the weather permitted re-installation of the unit on the Banff field. We do not have off-hire insurance covering the Banff FPSO. The repairs and upgrades were completed in 2014, and the Banff FPSO unit resumed production on the Banff field in July 2014. In May 2015, we entered into a commercial settlement agreement with the charterer whereby the charterer agreed to contribute approximately $55 million towards the upgrade costs. No claims remain outstanding on this matter and we have collected $55 million from the charterer based on our claims.

In December 2014, the board of directors of Teekay Offshore’s general partner approved the acquisition of the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO from us, subject to the unit completing certain operational tests and commencing its charter contract at full rate. The Petrojarl Knarr FPSO achieved first oil and commenced its charter contract with BG in March 2015 on a partial charter rate. In June 2015, the Petrojarl Knarr completed its operational testing and commenced its full charter rate and on July 1, 2015 we completed the sale of the Petrojarl Knarr to Teekay Offshore. The equity purchase price of the Petrojarl Knarr was $529.4 million, consisting of a fully built-up cost of $1.26 billion and a working capital adjustment of $14.5 million, less assumed debt of $745.1 million. The purchase price was primarily financed with a $492.0 million convertible promissory note issued to us, of which $300.0 million was converted into common units of Teekay Offshore on July 31, 2015 and $92.0 million was repaid during the third quarter of 2015. The balance of the convertible promissory note is due in full on July 1, 2016 and is interest bearing at an annual rate of 6.5% on the outstanding principal balance. Of the remaining $37.4 million for the purchase price, $35.0 million was paid in cash by Teekay Offshore to us upon the acquisition of the Knarr Companies. Concurrently with the conversion of promissory note, we contributed $6.1 million to Teekay Offshore to maintain our 2% general partner interest.

During the fourth quarter of 2015, Teekay Parent secured a 12-month, charter-out contract for the Shoshone Spirit VLCC at $49,000 per day, which expires in December 2016.

Operating Results – Teekay Parent

The following table compares Teekay Parent’s operating results and number of calendar-ship-days for its vessels for 2015 and 2014, and compares its net revenues (which is a non-GAAP financial measure) for 2015 and 2014, to revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for the same periods.

 

     Offshore
Production
    Conventional
Tankers
    Other and
Corporate G&A
    Teekay Parent
Total
 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except calendar-ship-days)

   2015     2014     2015     2014     2015     2014     2015     2014  

Revenues

     277,842       259,945       65,777       94,376       75,547       95,791       419,166       450,112  

Voyage expenses

     (36     (15     (763     (8,855     (808     263       (1,607     (8, 607
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

     277,806       259,930       65,014       85,521       74,739       96,054       417,559       441,505  

Vessel operating expenses

     (200,338     (212,159     (16,051     (29,633     (24,294     (26,488     (240,683     (268,280

Time-charter hire expense

     (29,978     (29,623     (38,991     (54,720     (44,448     (42,426     (113,417     (126,769

Depreciation and amortization

     (69,508     (78,630     (2,852     (2,216     451       774       (71,909     (80,072

General and administrative expenses (1)

     (17,261     (21,778     (2,136     (3,992     1,221       (9,321     (18,176     (35,091

Loan loss provision reversal

     —         2,521       —         —         —         —         —         2,521  

Net (loss) gain on sale of vessels and equipment

     (948     935       —         (502     —         —         (948     433  

Restructuring charges

     —         —         —         (6,865     (2,654     (1,105     (2,654     (7,970
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from vessel operations

     (40,227     (78,804     4,984       (12,407     5,015       17,488       (30,228     (73,723
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity (loss) income

     (12,196     (1,357     16,712       3,052       (1,101     (2,546     3,415       (851
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Calendar-Ship-Days (2)

                

FPSO Units

     1,095       1,444       —         —         —         —         1,095       1,444  

Conventional Tankers

     —         —         2,516       3,667       —         —         2,516       3,667  

Gas carriers

     —         —         —         —         730       730       730       730  

FSO Units

     365       365       —         —         730       503       1,095       868  

Shuttle Tankers

     730       730       —         —         —         —         730       730  

Bunker Barges

     —         —         —         —         200       —         200       —    

 

(1)

Includes direct general and administrative expenses and indirect general and administrative expenses allocated to offshore production, conventional tankers and other and corporate G&A based on estimated use of corporate resources.

 

53


Table of Contents
(2)

Apart from three FPSO units and one conventional tanker, all remaining calendar-ship-days presented relate to in-chartered days.

Teekay Parent – Offshore Production

Offshore Production consists primarily of our FPSO units. As at December 31, 2015, we had a direct interest in three 100% owned FPSO units.

The charter contract for the Petrojarl I FPSO unit ended in April 2013 and was off hire until we sold the unit to Teekay Offshore in December 2014. The Hummingbird Spirit FPSO unit’s current charter contract expires on March 31, 2017 unless terminated by the charterer upon 90 days’ notice. The Hummingbird Spirit FPSO charter contract includes an incentive compensation component based on the oil price. In addition, the Foinaven FPSO unit’s charter contract includes incentives based on total oil production for the year, certain operational measures, and the average annual oil price. The declines in the price of oil has negatively impacted our incentive compensation under these contracts and may negatively impact our revenues in future periods if the oil price remains at or falls below current levels. The Banff FPSO unit completed its repairs and upgrades following storm damage in December 2011 and resumed production on the Banff field in July 2014.

In mid-March 2015, the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO unit achieved first oil and commenced its charter contract with BG Norge, and during June 2015 the unit completed operational testing and commenced at the contract’s full charter rate. On July 1, 2015 we completed the sale of the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO unit to Teekay Offshore. The Teekay Parent results for the year ended December 31, 2015 have been retrospectively adjusted to exclude the results of the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO from March 2015 when the unit commenced operations, and the results for Teekay Offshore have been retrospectively adjusted to include the results of the Petrojarl Knarr from March 2015.

The number of Teekay Parent’s FPSO calendar-ship days for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased compared to the same period last year due to the sale of the Petrojarl I FPSO unit to Teekay Offshore in December 2014.

Loss from vessel operations improved to $40.2 million during 2015 compared to $78.8 million in 2014, primarily as a result of:

 

   

an increase of $31.4 million related to the Petrojarl Banff FPSO unit, excluding general and administrative expenses, due to the unit’s recommencement of operations under its time-charter contract in July 2014, partially offset by in-process contract revenue being fully amortized in 2014;

 

   

an increase of $21.3 million, excluding general and administrative expenses, related to lower vessel operating costs and depreciation as a result of the sale of Petrojarl I FPSO to Teekay Offshore in December 2014 subsequent to its contract expiration and lay-up in April 2013; and

 

   

an increase of $10.0 million, excluding general and administrative expenses, from the Knarr FPSO unit incurring pre-operating costs in 2014 prior to its mobilization to the North Sea;

partially offset by

 

   

a decrease of $1.5 million primarily related to Petrojarl Foinaven , excluding general and administrative expenses, due to a settlement amount received in the first quarter of 2014 and lower oil price-linked revenue in 2015, partially offset by higher production in 2015 compared to the prior year due to compressor and sub-sea issues incurred in 2014;

 

   

a decrease of $20.2 million related to Hummingbird Spirit FPSO unit, excluding general and administrative expenses, primarily due to lower incentive revenue earned in 2015 as a result of lower oil prices, loss on disposal of mooring chains in 2015 and loan loss recovery in 2014 related to a front-end engineering and design (or FEED ) study; and

 

   

a decrease of $3.5 million as a result of higher general and administrative expenses primarily due to legal costs associated with the Petrojarl Banff FPSO unit and increase in external consulting fees related to the FPSO fleet.

 

54


Table of Contents

Teekay Parent – Conventional Tankers

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Parent had a direct interest in one conventional tanker, two chartered-in conventional tankers from third parties, one chartered-in conventional tanker from Teekay Offshore and one chartered-in conventional tanker from Teekay Tankers. The average fleet size (including vessels chartered-in), as measured by calendar-ship-days, decreased in 2015 compared with 2014 due to the termination of the time-charter-in contract of one Aframax tanker, the redeliveries to their owners of two chartered-in Suezmax tankers, one chartered-in Aframax tanker and one chartered-in MR product tanker during 2014, and the sale of four Suezmax tankers during 2014, partially offset by a new time-charter arrangement for two Aframax tankers during 2014 and the addition of one VLCC during 2014. The collective impact from the noted fleet changes are referred to below as the Net Fleet Reductions.

Income from vessel operations increased to $5.0 million during 2015 compared to a loss from vessel operations of $12.4 million in 2014, primarily as a result of:

 

   

a net increase of $9.7 million due to higher average spot tanker TCE rates earned in 2015;

 

   

a net increase of $5.3 million due to lower vessel operating expenses from the sale of the four Suezmax tankers during 2014 and lower time-charter hire expense from redeliveries of various tankers to their owners during 2014, partially offset by the loss of revenue due to the sale and redeliveries of tankers; and

 

   

a net increase of $1.8 million due to net cancellation fees paid by Teekay Offshore to Teekay Parent related to the termination of time-charter contracts in 2015.

Teekay Parent – Other and Corporate G&A

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Parent had two chartered-in LNG carriers owned by Teekay LNG, two chartered-in FSO units owned by Teekay Offshore and two chartered-in bunker barges. The charterer of the Polar Spirit LNG carrier, which Teekay Parent has chartered-in from Teekay LNG under a time-charter contract, has not paid hire for the vessel in December 2015 or January 2016. Teekay Parent has commenced arbitration proceedings and is assessing other options. The Arctic Spirit and Polar Spirit are currently unchartered and are expected to be laid-up commencing in the second quarter of 2016.

Income from vessel operations decreased to $5.0 million during 2015 compared to $17.5 million in 2014, primarily as a result of:

 

   

a decrease of $15.7 million due to the Arctic Spirit and Polar Spirit LNG carriers earning lower charter rates commencing in 2015 from new contracts with existing charterers and a provision for doubtful accounts in relation to the Polar Spirit LNG carrier;

 

   

a decrease of $6.1 million due to the interest income recognized in 2014 related to Teekay Parent’s investment in a term loan which was entered into during 2011; and

 

   

a decrease of $1.5 million due to restructuring charges in 2015 for the reorganization of Teekay’s marine operations and corporate services;

partially offset by

 

   

an increase of $10.5 million due to lower general and administrative expenses in 2015, primarily as a result of business development fees received from Teekay Offshore in respect of the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO unit, the Arendal Spirit UMS and the six on-the-water, long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels.

Equity income (loss) increased to $3.4 million in 2015 compared to ($0.9) million in 2014, primarily due to higher equity earnings from Petrotrans Holdings resulting from a gain on the sale of SPT from the joint venture to Teekay Tankers and higher equity earnings from TIL resulting from overall higher realized average spot rates in 2015 and its acquisition of six Suezmax vessels delivered during 2015, partially offset by a deferred tax asset write down and unrealized foreign exchange losses relating to Teekay Parent’s 43% investment in Sevan for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Other Consolidated Operating Results

The following table compares our other consolidated operating results for 2015 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)

   2015      2014      % Change  

Interest expense

     (242,469      (208,529      16.3  

Interest income

     5,988        6,827        (12.3

Realized and unrealized loss on non-designated derivative instruments

     (102,200      (231,675      (55.9

Foreign exchange (loss) gain

     (2,195      13,431        (116.3

Other income (loss)

     1,566        (1,152      (235.9

Income tax recovery (expense)

     16,767        (10,173      (264.8

Interest expense. Interest expense increased to $242.5 million in 2015, compared to $208.5 million in 2015, primarily due to:

 

   

an increase of $37.6 million as a result of the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO unit commencing operations in March 2015;

 

55


Table of Contents
   

an increase of $17.0 million due to Teekay Offshore’s borrowings relating to the Suksan Salamander FSO unit (which commenced operations during the third quarter of 2014), the six towing vessels (which delivered throughout 2015), the Arendal Spirit UMS (which commenced operations during the second quarter of 2015) and the $300 million senior unsecured bonds Teekay Offshore issued in May 2014; and

 

   

an increase of $15.0 million as a result of further borrowing under a revolving credit facility Teekay Parent entered into in December 2012 partially offset by repayments made near the end of 2015, and additional interest incurred from two term loans which were drawn in 2015 to finance the acquisition of 12 modern Suezmax tankers, one Aframax tanker and four LR2 product tankers acquired by Teekay Tankers during 2015;

partially offset by

 

   

a decrease of $10.3 million relating to lower interest expense on our Norwegian Kroner (or NOK ) bonds as a result of the depreciation of the NOK against the U.S. Dollar and a decrease in Norwegian InterBank Offered Rate (or NIBOR ), maturity of our NOK bond during 2015, partially offset by the issuance of Teekay LNG’s NOK 1,000 million senior unsecured bonds during 2015;

 

   

a decrease of $5.1 million due to an increase in capitalized interest as a result of Teekay LNG exercising three newbuilding options with DSME in December 2014 and entering into an additional newbuilding agreement with Daewoo Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co. (or DSME ) in February 2015 and two additional newbuilding agreements with HHI in June 2015;

 

   

a decrease of $3.6 million due to lower interest rates on debt facilities and elimination of interest on capital lease obligations relating to Teekay LNG’s LNG carriers in the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture upon debt refinancing and termination of capital lease obligations in December 2014;

 

   

a decrease of $3.1 million relating to accelerated amortization of Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture’s deferred debt issuance cost upon completion of its debt refinancing in December 2014;

 

   

a decrease of $2.6 million relating to capitalized interest on the advances Teekay LNG made to the Yamal LNG Joint Venture in July 2014 to fund its proportionate share of the joint venture’s newbuilding installments;

 

   

a decrease of $2.6 million due to lower interest expense on Teekay LNG’s capital lease obligations associated with the sales of the Algeciras Spirit and Huelva Spirit conventional tankers in February 2014 and August 2014, respectively;

 

   

a decrease of $2.4 million due to lower interest expense on Teekay Parent’s 8.5% bonds as a result of bond repurchases during 2014, partially offset by the issuance of an additional $200 million of Teekay Parent’s 8.5% bonds in November 2015;

 

   

a decrease of $2.0 million due to an increase in capitalized interest on Teekay Offshore’s newbuildings;

 

   

a decrease of $1.7 million due to the impact of a decrease in EURIBOR and depreciation of the Euro against the U.S. Dollar on Teekay LNG’s Euro-denominated debt facilities; and

 

   

a decrease of $1.5 million mainly due to the sale of four Suezmax crude oil tankers along with their related debt facilities from Teekay Parent to TIL during February 2014.

Realized and unrealized (losses) gains on non-designated derivative instruments . Realized and unrealized (losses) gains related to derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes are included as a separate line item in the consolidated statements of income. Net realized and unrealized losses on non-designated derivatives were $102.2 million for 2015, compared to $231.7 million for 2014, as detailed in the table below:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

   2015      2014  

Realized losses relating to:

     

Interest rate swap agreements

     (108,036      (125,424

Interest rate swap agreement terminations

     (10,876      (1,319

Foreign currency forward contracts

     (21,607      (4,436
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (140,519      (131,179
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) relating to:

     

Interest rate swap agreements

     37,723        (86,045

Foreign currency forward contracts

     (418      (16,926

Stock purchase warrants

     1,014        2,475  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     38,319        (100,496
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments

     (102,200      (231,675
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The realized losses relate to amounts we actually realized or paid to settle such derivative instruments and interest rate swap agreement terminations. The unrealized (losses) gains on interest rate swaps for 2015 and 2014 were primarily due to changes in the forward interest rates.

 

56


Table of Contents

During 2015 and 2014, we had interest rate swap agreements with aggregate average net outstanding notional amounts of approximately $3.5 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively, with average fixed rates of approximately 3.4% and 3.6%, respectively. Short-term variable benchmark interest rates during these periods were generally less than 1.0% and, as such, we incurred realized losses of $108.0 million and $125.4 million during 2015 and 2014, respectively, under the interest rate swap agreements. We also incurred realized losses of $10.9 million during 2015 from the early termination of one interest rate swap, compared to losses of $1.3 million during 2014 from the termination of interest rate swaps relating to three capital leases, partially offset by a gain on an early termination of one interest rate swap.

Primarily as a result of significant changes in long-term benchmark interest rates during 2015 and 2014, we recognized unrealized gains of $37.7 million for 2015 compared to unrealized losses of ($86.0) million for 2014 under the interest rate swap agreements. Primarily as a result of changes in NOK during 2015 from 2014, we recognized unrealized losses of $0.4 million for 2015 compared to $16.9 million for 2014 under the foreign currency forward contracts.

In 2014, we and Teekay Tankers formed TIL. In connection with the investment by Teekay Tankers and us in a $250 million private placement of common stock by TIL, we and Teekay Tankers received stock purchase warrants entitling us and Teekay Tankers to purchase an aggregate of up to 1.5 million shares of common stock of TIL at a fixed price of $10 per share. Alternatively, if the shares of TIL’s common stock trade on a National Stock Exchange or over-the-counter market denominated in NOK, we and Teekay Tankers may also exercise their stock purchase warrants at 61.67 NOK per share using a cashless exercise procedure. During 2015, we recognized a $1.0 million unrealized gain on the stock purchase warrants compared to an unrealized gain of $2.5 million for 2014, which are included in our total unrealized derivative (losses) gains. Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 15—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

Foreign Exchange (Loss) Gain. Foreign currency exchange (losses) gains were ($2.2) million in 2015 compared to $13.4 million in 2014. Our foreign currency exchange (losses) gains, substantially all of which are unrealized, were due primarily to the relevant period-end revaluation of our NOK-denominated debt and our Euro-denominated term loans, capital leases and restricted cash for financial reporting purposes and the realized and unrealized losses on our cross currency swaps. Gains on NOK-denominated and Euro-denominated monetary liabilities reflect a stronger U.S. Dollar against the NOK and Euro on the date of revaluation or settlement compared to the rate in effect at the beginning of the period. Losses on NOK-denominated and Euro-denominated monetary liabilities reflect a weaker U.S. Dollar against the NOK and Euro on the date of revaluation or settlement compared to the rate in effect at the beginning of the period. For 2015, foreign currency exchange loss includes realized losses of $19.0 million (2014—4.0 million) and unrealized losses of $89.2 million (2014—$167.3 million) on our cross currency swaps, unrealized gains of $123.2 million (2014—$156.2 million) on the revaluation of our NOK-denominated debt and realized losses on maturity of cross currency swaps of $36.2 million offset by the realized gain on maturity of the NOK bond of $36.2 million. For 2015, foreign currency exchange (losses) gains include the gain on revaluation of our Euro-denominated restricted cash, debt and capital leases of $25.6 million as compared to $34.3 million for 2014.

Income Tax Recovery (Expense). Income tax recovery (expense) was $16.8 million in 2015 compared to ($10.2) million in 2014. The increase in income tax recovery for 2015 was primarily due to the acquisition of the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO unit by Teekay Offshore and the commencement of the East Coast of Canada contract during 2015, and the expected commencement of the Gina Krog FSO unit contract in early-2017, from which Teekay Offshore expects to utilize more of its Norwegian tax losses from the earnings anticipated from their contracts, as well as an expected increase in earnings from its existing fleet, which resulted in a decrease in Teekay Offshore’s deferred tax asset valuation allowance and an increase in deferred income tax recovery, and higher income tax expense in 2014 from the termination of capital lease obligations and refinancing in the Teekay LNG’s Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture.

Year Ended December 31, 2014 versus Year Ended December 31, 2013

Teekay Offshore

Operating Results – Teekay Offshore

The following table compares Teekay Offshore’s operating results and number of calendar-ship-days for its vessels for 2014 and 2013, and compares its net revenues (which is a non-GAAP financial measure) for 2014 and 2013, to revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for the same periods.

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars,

except calendar-ship-days)

  Offshore Logistics     Offshore Production     Conventional
Tankers
    Teekay Offshore
Total (2)
 
  2014     2013     2014     2013     2014     2013 (3)     2014     2013 (3)  

Revenues

    630,932        611,035        354,518        284,932        33,566        55,010        1,019,539        950,977   

Voyage expenses

    (107,062     (99,111     —         —         (5,373     (5,214     (112,540     (104,325
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

    523,870        511,924        354,518        284,932        28,193        49,796        906,999        846,652   

Vessel operating expenses

    (188,087     (185,699     (158,216     (152,616     (5,906     (9,664     (352,209     (347,979

Time-charter hire expense

    (31,090     (56,682     —         —         —          —          (31,090     (56,682

Depreciation and amortization

    (118,968     (126,091     (72,905     (66,404     (6,680     (7,747     (198,553     (200,242

General and administrative expenses (1) 

    (33,024     (24,374     (27,406     (17,742     (2,136     (3,134     (67,516     (45,250

Asset impairments

    (1,638     (76,782     —         —         —          (18,164     (1,638     (94,946

Net loss on sale of vessels and equipment

    —         —          —         —         —          (301     —          (301

Restructuring recovery (charges)

    225        (2,169     —         —         —          (192     225        (2,361
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from vessel operations

    151,288        40,127        95,991        48,170        13,471        10,594        256,218        98,891   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity income

    —         —         10,341        6,731        —          —          10,341        6,731   

Calendar-Ship-Days (4)

               

Shuttle Tankers

    12,672       12,370       —         —         —          —          12,672        12,370   

FSO Units

    2,190       2,100       —         —         —          —          2,190        2,100   

FPSO Units

    —         —         1,476       1,339        —          —          1,476        1,339   

Conventional Tankers

    —         —         —         —         1,460        1,888        1,460        1,888   

 

(1)

Includes direct general and administrative expenses and indirect general and administrative expenses allocated to offshore logistics, offshore production and conventional tankers based on estimated use of corporate resources.

 

57


Table of Contents
(2)

Teekay Offshore’s 2014 revenues and income from operations include $0.5 million and $(4.5) million, respectively, from its towage and floating accommodation businesses, which are not separately identified or discussed below as these two businesses did not have any vessels in operation in 2014.

(3)

Operating results of conventional tankers sold by Teekay Offshore during 2013 are presented herein as they are considered part of income from continuing operations from the perspective of Teekay consolidated as we continue to operate and re-invest in this line of business, although re-investment is not expected to occur within Teekay Offshore. In Teekay Offshore’s financial statements these vessels have been accounted for as discontinued operations.

(4)

Calendar-ship-days presented relate to owned and in-chartered consolidated vessels.

Teekay Offshore – Offshore Logistics

Offshore Logistics consists of Teekay Offshore’s shuttle tankers, FSO units and the HiLoad DP unit. As at December 31, 2014, the shuttle tanker fleet consisted of 32 vessels that operate under fixed-rate contracts of affreightment, time charters and bareboat charters, one shuttle tanker in lay-up as a conversion candidate, and the HiLoad DP unit. Of these 34 shuttle tankers, six were owned through 50% owned subsidiaries, two through a 67%-owned subsidiary and two were chartered-in. The remaining vessels are owned 100% by Teekay Offshore. These shuttle tankers also service the conventional spot tanker market from time to time. One of these shuttle tankers, the Randgrid , is now undergoing conversion into an FSO unit following the expiry of its shuttle tanker charter contract in the second quarter of 2015. In October 2014, the Navion Norvegia was sold to one of Teekay Offshore’s 50/50 joint ventures with OOG and is now undergoing conversion to an FSPO for operation in the Libra oil field in Brazil.

As of December 31, 2014, Teekay Offshore’s FSO fleet consisted of six units that operate under fixed-rate time charters or fixed-rate bareboat charters, in which its ownership interests range from 89% to 100%. Teekay Offshore‘s shuttle tanker, the Randgrid , is now undergoing conversion into an FSO unit following the expiry of its shuttle tanker charter contract in the second quarter of 2015. The strengthening or weakening of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Norwegian Kroner or Australian Dollar may result in significant decreases or increases, respectively, in our revenues and vessel operating expenses.

The average size of Teekay Offshore’s owned shuttle tanker fleet increased in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to the delivery of four newbuilding shuttle tankers (or the BG Shuttle Tankers) and the delivery of the HiLoad DP unit in April 2014, partially offset by the sale of the Navion Norvegia in October 2014, the commencement of the conversion of the Navion Clipper to the Suksan Salamander FSO unit in April 2013, and the sale of the Basker Spirit in January 2013. While the HiLoad DP unit was delivered in April 2014, it did not commence operations in 2014 nor generate revenue as it was undergoing pre-operational testing. Included in calendar-ship-days for 2014 and 2013 is one owned shuttle tanker that has been in lay-up since May 2012 following its redelivery to Teekay Offshore upon expiration of its time-charter-out contract in April 2012.

The average number of Teekay Offshore’s FSO units increased in 2014 compared to 2013, due to the conversion of the Navion Clipper shuttle tanker to the Suksan Salamander FSO unit, which conversion commenced in April 2013 and was completed in July 2014. The Suksan Salamander commenced its charter contract in August 2014.

Income from vessel operations increased to $151.3 million in 2014 compared to $40.1 million in 2013, primarily as a result of:

 

 

asset impairments of $76.8 million during 2013 and a $16.7 million decrease in depreciation in 2014 after reducing the carrying value of the six shuttle tankers to which the asset impairments related (with the write-downs to the vessels’ estimated fair values resulting from the re-contracting of one of the vessels at lower rates than expected, the cancellation of a short-term contract and a change in expectations for the contract renewal for two of the vessels, and a cancellation of a contract renewal and expected sale of an aging vessel);

 

 

an increase of $39.9 million from the delivery of the BG Shuttle Tankers and $1.2 million from the delivery of the Suksan Salamander ;

 

 

an increase of $12.9 million from lower time-charter hire expense due to redelivery of an in-chartered shuttle tanker by us to its owner and more off-hire days in the in-chartered fleet;

 

 

an increase of $7.6 million of revenue due to a higher level of trading of our excess shuttle tanker capacity in the conventional tanker spot market;

 

 

an increase of $4.4 million due to lower operating expenses due to the lay-up of the Navion Norvegia since June 2014 and its subsequent sale to one of Teekay Offshore’s 50/50 joint ventures with OOG in October 2014; and

 

 

an increase of $3.8 million due to an increase in reimbursable bunker expenses by charterers;

partially offset by

 

 

a net decrease of $19.6 million in our contract of affreightment fleet due to lower fleet utilization and a decrease in rates as provided in certain contracts and less opportunity to trade excess shuttle capacity in short-term offshore projects;

 

58


Table of Contents
 

a decrease of $16.1 million due to fewer revenue days resulting from the redelivery of four vessels to us in July 2013, December 2013, January 2014 and February 2014, as they completed their time-charter-out contracts;

 

 

a decrease of $8.7 million due to higher general and administrative expenses due to the delivery of the HiLoad DP unit in 2014 and the commencement of operations for the four BG Shuttle Tankers during 2013 and early-2014, partially offset by cost savings due to the reorganization of marine operations within our shuttle tanker business unit completed in 2013;

 

 

a decrease of $6.0 million from the delivery of the HiLoad DP unit;

 

 

a decrease of $5.1 million from the dry docking of the Navion Saga and Dampier Spirit during 2014; and

 

 

a decrease of $3.2 million due to a decrease in rates on the recontracting of the Pattani Spirit at a lower charter rate in April 2014 for a further five years.

Teekay Offshore – Offshore Production

Offshore Production consists of Teekay Offshore’s FPSO units. As of December 31, 2014, the FPSO fleet consisted of the Petrojarl Varg , the Cidade de Rio das Ostras (or Rio das Ostras ), the Piranema Spirit , the Voyageur Spirit and the Petrojarl I FPSO units, all of which Teekay Offshore owns 100%, and the Itajai FPSO unit and the Libra FPSO unit (currently under conversion), of which Teekay Offshore owns 50%. Teekay Offshore acquired the Voyageur Spirit FPSO unit and its interest in the Itajai FPSO unit from us in May 2013 and June 2013, respectively. In October 2014, Teekay Offshore sold a 1995-built shuttle tanker, the Navion Norvegia , to a 50/50 joint venture with OOG and the vessel is undergoing conversion into an FPSO unit for the Libra field located in the Santos Basin offshore Brazil. Teekay Offshore acquired the Petrojarl I FPSO unit from us in December 2014 which unit is now undergoing upgrades at the Damen Shipyard Group’s DSR Schiedam Shipyard in the Netherlands. The strengthening or weakening of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Norwegian Kroner may result in significant decreases or increases, respectively, in Teekay Offshore’s revenues and vessel operating expenses.

Teekay Offshore uses the FPSO units to provide production, processing and storage services to oil companies operating offshore oil field installations. These services are typically provided under long-term, fixed-rate FPSO contracts, some of which also include certain incentive compensation or penalties based on the level of oil production and other operational measures. Historically, the utilization of FPSO units and other vessels in the North Sea, where the Petrojarl Varg and Voyageur Spirit operate, is higher in the winter months, as favorable weather conditions in the summer months provide opportunities for repairs and maintenance to our vessels and the offshore oil platforms, which generally reduces oil production.

On April 13, 2013, the Voyageur Spirit FPSO unit began production and on May 2, 2013, Teekay Offshore acquired the unit from us. Upon commencing production, Teekay Offshore had a specified time period to receive final acceptance from the charterer; however due to a defect encountered in one of its two gas compressors, the FPSO unit was unable to achieve final acceptance within the allowable timeframe, resulting in the FPSO unit being declared off hire by the charterer retroactive to April 13, 2013. On August 27, 2013, repairs to the defective gas compressor on the Voyageur Spirit FPSO unit were completed and the unit achieved full production capacity. Teekay Offshore entered into an interim agreement with E.ON Ruhrgas UK GP Limited (or E.ON), the charterer, whereby Teekay Offshore was compensated for production beginning August 27, 2013 until final acceptance on February 22, 2014. Until the Voyageur Spirit FPSO unit was declared on hire, we indemnified Teekay Offshore for certain production shortfalls and unreimbursed vessel operating expenses. For the period from April 13, 2013 to December 31, 2013, we indemnified Teekay Offshore for a total of $34.9 million for production shortfalls and unreimbursed repair costs. For 2014, we indemnified Teekay Offshore $3.5 million for production shortfalls and unrecovered repair costs to address the compressor issues and paid a further $2.7 million in late-2014 relating to a final settlement of pre-acquisition capital expenditures for the Voyageur Spirit FPSO unit. Amounts paid as indemnification from us to Teekay Offshore were treated as a reduction in the purchase price Teekay Offshore paid for the FPSO unit.

The average number of Teekay Offshore’s FPSO units increased in 2014 compared to 2013, due to the acquisition of the Voyageur Spirit on May 2, 2013, the 50% interest in the Itajai on June 10, 2013, and the Petrojarl I on December 15, 2014. No earnings are expected from the Petrojarl I until its upgrades are completed, which is scheduled for mid-2016.

Income from vessel operations increased to $96.0 million in 2014 compared to $48.2 million in 2013, primarily as a result of:

 

 

an increase of $40.1 million, excluding general and administrative expenses, for the Voyageur Spirit FPSO unit mainly relating to the commencement of its charter agreement in August 2013, settlement payments relating to reimbursable expenses during the third and fourth quarters of 2014, a decrease in external consulting fees, and an increase in daily hire rates, partially offset by a decrease in incentive compensation of the unit, and a full year of vessel operating costs in 2014 including higher repairs and maintenance costs;

 

 

an increase of $11.3 million for the Piranema Spirit FPSO unit mainly relating to a produced water treatment plant startup commencing during the second quarter of 2014, a credit earned in 2014 from the charterer for unused maintenance days in accordance with the service contract, lower repairs and maintenance costs, and a decrease in external agency fees; and

 

 

an increase of $8.0 million for the Rio das Ostras FPSO unit mainly relating to an increase in rates in 2014 in accordance with the annual contractual escalation adjustment, a credit earned from the charterer of the unit for unused maintenance days under the service contract, and lower repairs and maintenance costs;

partially offset by

 

 

a decrease of $9.7 million from increased general and administrative expenses due the acquisition of the Voyageur Spirit FPSO unit in May 2013 and the Petrojarl I FPSO during 2014, and an increase in business development costs relating to FPSO tenders including the Libra FPSO project.

 

59


Table of Contents

Equity income increased to $10.3 million for 2014 compared to $6.7 million for 2013, primarily due to a full year of earnings on Teekay Offshore’s 50% interest in the Itajai FPSO unit, which interest Teekay Offshore acquired from us in June 2013.

Teekay Offshore – Conventional Tankers

As at December 31, 2014, Teekay Offshore owned 100% interests in two Aframax conventional crude oil tankers (which operate under fixed-rate time charters with Teekay Corporation) and two vessels (that have additional equipment for lightering) which operate under fixed-rate bareboat charters with a 100% owned subsidiary of Teekay.

Income from vessel operations increased to $13.5 million in 2014 compared to $10.6 million in 2013, primarily as a result of asset impairments during 2013 and the related sale of three vessels during 2013, partially offset by termination fees received by Teekay Offshore from us in 2013 as a result of our early cancellation of in-charter contracts from Teekay Offshore.

Teekay LNG

Operating Results – Teekay LNG

The following table compares Teekay LNG’s operating results and number of calendar-ship-days for its vessels for 2014 and 2013, and compares its net revenues (which is a non-GAAP financial measure) for 2014 and 2013, to revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for the same periods.

 

     Liquefied Gas
Carriers
    Conventional
Tankers
    Teekay LNG
Total
 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except calendar-ship-days)

   2014     2013     2014     2013     2014     2013  

Revenues

     307,426       285,694        95,502       113,582        402,928       399,276   

Voyage expenses

     (1,768     (407     (1,553     (2,450     (3,321     (2,857
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

     305,658       285,287        93,949       111,132        399,607        396,419  

Vessel operating expenses

     (59,087     (55,459     (36,721     (44,490     (95,808     (99,949

Depreciation and amortization

     (71,711     (71,485     (22,416     (26,399     (94,127     (97,884

General and administrative expenses (1)

     (17,992     (13,913     (5,868     (6,531     (23,860     (20,444

Restructuring charges

     —         —         (1,989     (1,786     (1,989     (1,786 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from vessel operations

     156,868       144,430        26,955       31,926       183,823       176,356   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity income

     115,478       123,282       —         —         115,478       123,282  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Calendar-Ship-Days (2)

            

Liquefied Gas Carriers

     6,619       5,981       —         —         6,619       5,981  

Conventional Tankers

     —         —         3,202       3,994       3,202       3,994  

 

(1)

Includes direct general and administrative expenses and indirect general and administrative expenses allocated to the liquefied gas carriers and conventional tankers based on estimated use of corporate resources.

(2)

Calendar-ship-days presented relate to consolidated vessels.

Teekay LNG – Liquefied Gas Carriers

As at December 31, 2014, Teekay LNG’s liquefied gas fleet, including newbuildings, included 47 LNG carriers and 30 LPG/Multigas carriers, in which its interests ranged from 20% to 100%. The number of calendar-ship-days for Teekay LNG’s liquefied gas carriers consolidated in its financial results increased to 6,619 days in 2014 from 5,981 days in 2013, as a result of the acquisition and delivery of two LNG carriers from Awilco (or the Awilco LNG Carriers ), the Wilforce and Wilpride , in September 2013 and November 2013, respectively, and the acquisition and delivery of the Norgas Napa in November 2014.

Income from vessel operations increased to $156.9 million in 2014 compared to $144.4 million in 2013, primarily as a result of:

 

 

an increase of $20.7 million of revenue as a result of the acquisition and delivery of the Awilco LNG Carriers in September 2013 and November 2013;

partially offset by:

 

 

an increase of $4.1 million in general and administrative expenses primarily due to a greater amount of legal and tax activities to support Teekay LNG’s growth, higher advisory fees incurred to support its business development activities, and legal and tax fees associated with the termination of the capital lease obligations in the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture;

 

 

an increase of $3.6 million of vessel operating expenses relating to costs to train Teekay LNG’s crew for two LNG carrier newbuildings that are expected to deliver in the first half of 2016, wage increases relating to certain LNG carriers and shipbuilding and site supervision costs associated with the services Teekay LNG is providing to the BG Joint Venture; and

 

60


Table of Contents
 

a decrease of $2.4 million of revenue relating to 18 days of unscheduled off-hire in the first quarter of 2014 due to repairs required for one LNG carrier.

Equity income related to Teekay LNG’s liquefied gas carriers decreased to $115.5 million in 2014 compared to $123.3 million in 2013, as set forth in the table below:

 

     Angola
LNG
Carriers
    Exmar
LNG
Carriers
     Exmar
LPG
Carriers
     MALT
LNG
Carriers
    RasGas 3
LNG
Carriers
    Other     Total
Equity
Income
 

Year ended December 31, 2014

     3,472       10,651        44,114        36,805       20,806       (370     115,478   

Year ended December 31, 2013

     29,178       10,650        17,415         43,428       22,611         123,282  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change

     (25,706     1         26,699         (6,623     (1,805     (370     (7,804
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity income decreased in 2014 by $7.8 million from the prior year, primarily as a result of:

 

 

a $25.7 million decrease in equity income from Teekay LNG’s 33% ownership interest in the four LNG carriers serving the Angola LNG Project (or the Angola LNG Carriers ), which was primarily due to $23.6 million of unrealized losses on derivative instruments in 2014 as a result of long-term LIBOR benchmark interest rates decreasing for interest rate swaps maturing in 2023 and 2024, compared to unrealized gains on derivative instruments in 2013, and an increase in vessel operating expenses relating to vessel main engine overhauls in 2014; and

 

 

a $6.6 million decrease in equity income for 2014 in Teekay LNG’s 52% ownership interest in the MALT LNG Carriers acquired by the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture in February 2012, which was primarily due to the off-hire of Woodside Donaldson and Magellan Spirit for 34 days and 23 days, respectively, during 2014 for scheduled dry dockings, the off-hire of Woodside Donaldson for seven days in 2014 for motor repairs, an increase in vessel operating expenses due to higher overall repair expenditures in 2014, an increase in interest expenses due to higher interest margins upon completion of debt refinancing within the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture in June and July 2013, and an increase in depreciation expenses due to dry-dock additions in 2014, partially offset by the Methane Spirit being off hire for 28 days for a scheduled dry docking in 2013;

partially offset by:

 

 

a $26.7 million increase in equity income from Teekay LNG’s 50% ownership interest in Exmar LPG BVBA (a joint venture with Belgium-based Exmar), which was primarily due to Teekay LNG’s 50% acquisition of this joint venture interest in February 2013, $16.9 million of gains on the sales of the Flanders Tenacity, Eeklo and Flanders Harmony , which were sold during 2014, the delivery of three newbuildings, the Waasmunster, Warinsart and Waregem during the second and third quarters of 2014 and higher revenues as a result of higher Very Large Gas Carrier spot rates earned in 2014; partially offset by the redelivery of the Berlian Ekuator to its owner in January 2014, a loss on the sale of the Temse in the first quarter of 2014, and lower income generated as a result of the disposals of the Donau (March 2013), Temse, Eeklo , Flanders Tenacity and Flanders Harmony .

Teekay LNG – Conventional Tankers

As at December 31, 2014, Teekay LNG’s conventional tanker fleet included seven Suezmax-class double-hulled conventional crude oil tankers and one Handymax product tanker, six of which it owned and two of which it leased under capital leases. All of Teekay LNG’s conventional tankers operated under fixed-rate charters. The number of calendar-ship-days for Teekay LNG’s conventional tankers decreased to 3,202 days in 2014 from 3,994 days in 2013, as the charterer and owner of five of Teekay LNG’s conventional vessels under capital leases sold the Tenerife Spirit in December 2013, the Algeciras Spirit in February 2014 and the Huelva Spirit in August 2014, and on redelivery of the vessels to the charterer, the charter contracts with Teekay LNG were terminated.

Income from vessel operations decreased to $27.0 million during 2014 compared to $31.9 million in 2013, primarily as a result of:

 

 

a decrease of $12.1 million due to the sales of the Tenerife Spirit , Algeciras Spirit and Huelva Spirit in December 2013, February 2014 and August 2014, respectively;

partially offset by:

 

 

an increase of $2.7 million due to off-hire of the European Spirit, Asian Spirit and African Spirit for 25, 22 and 27 days, respectively, in 2013 for scheduled dry dockings;

 

 

an increase of $2.6 million due to higher revenues earned by the Bermuda Spirit and Hamilton Spirit relating to the agreement between us and the charterer as Suezmax tanker spot rates exceeded the renegotiated charter rate and were greater during 2014 as compared to 2013; and

 

 

an increase of $2.4 million due to higher revenues earned by the Toledo Spirit in 2014 relating to the agreement between us and the charterer.

 

61


Table of Contents

Teekay Tankers

Operating Results – Teekay Tankers

The following table compares Teekay Tankers’ operating results and number of calendar-ship-days for its vessels for 2014 and 2013, and compares its net revenues (which is a non-GAAP financial measure) for 2014 and 2013, to revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for the same periods.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except calendar-ship-days)

   2014      2013  

Revenues

     235,593        170,087   

Voyage expenses

     (9,984      (8,337
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

     225,609        161,750  

Vessel operating expenses

     (93,022      (91,667

Time-charter hire expense

     (22,160      (6,174

Depreciation and amortization

     (50,152      (47,833

General and administrative expenses

     (11,959      (12,594

Net gain (loss) on sale of vessels and equipment

     9,955         (71
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from vessel operations

     58,271         3,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity income

     5,228         854   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Calendar-Ship-Days (1)

     

Conventional Tankers

     11,418        10,427   

 

(1)

Calendar-ship-days presented relate to owned and in-chartered consolidated vessels.

Teekay Tankers – Conventional Tankers

As at December 31, 2014, Teekay Tankers owned 27 double-hulled conventional oil tankers, time-chartered in eight Aframax tankers and four LR2 product tankers from third parties and owned a 50% interest in one VLCC.

Income from vessel operations increased to $58.3 million in 2014 compared to $3.4 million in 2013, primarily as a result of:

 

 

an increase of $44.2 million of revenue resulting from higher average realized TCE rates earned by Teekay Tankers’ Suezmax, Aframax and LR2 tankers in 2014 compared to 2013; and

 

 

an increase of $7.2 million due to the addition of seven in-chartered Aframax tankers and four in-chartered LR2 product tankers during 2014 and the full year impact of an Aframax tanker in-chartered in 2013, partially offset by the redelivery of an in-chartered Aframax tanker to its owner in 2013; and

 

 

a gain on sale of vessels of $10.0 million for 2014 related to the sale to TIL of two wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owned one VLCC;

partially offset by

 

 

a decrease of $4.6 million resulting from certain vessels changing employment between fixed-rate charters and voyage charters; and

 

 

a decrease of $2.4 million due to more off-hire days in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily related to scheduled dry dockings.

Equity income increased to $5.2 million in 2014 compared to $0.9 million in 2013, primarily due to an increase of $2.5 million due to new investments in TIL and TTOL during 2014 and an increase of $1.8 million from the High-Q joint venture primarily due to the full year of operations in 2014 of a VLCC which delivered to the joint venture during 2013.

 

62


Table of Contents

Teekay Parent

Operating Results – Teekay Parent

The following table compares Teekay Parent’s operating results and number of calendar-ship-days for its vessels for 2014 and 2013, and compares its net revenues (which is a non-GAAP financial measure) for 2014 and 2013, to revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for the same periods.

 

    Offshore
Production
    Conventional
Tankers
    Other and
Corporate G&A
    Teekay Parent
Total
 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except calendar-ship-days)

  2014     2013     2014     2013     2014     2013     2014     2013  

Revenues

    259,945       282,687       94,376       83,520       95,791        73,801        450,112        440,008   

Voyage expenses

    (15 )     —         (8,855     (2,609     263        (195     (8,607     (2,804
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

    259,930       282,687       85,521        80,911        96,054        73,606        441,505        437,204   

Vessel operating expenses

    (212,159     (212,328     (29,633     (35,752     (26,488     (18,477     (268,280     (266,557

Time-charter hire expense

    (29,623     (32,276     (54,720     (93,576     (42,426     (40,064     (126,769     (165,916

Depreciation and amortization

    (78,630     (77,551     (2,216     (9,882     774        2,306       (80,072     (85,127

General and administrative expenses (1)

    (21,778     (26,721     (3,992     (7,093     (9,321     (25,188     (35,091     (59,002

Asset (impairments) recoveries

    —         —         —          (92,699     —         20,040        —          (72,659

Loan loss reversal (provision)

    2,521        (2,634     —         —          —         1,886        2,521        (748

Net gain (loss) on sale of vessels and equipment

    935        1,337        (502     —          —         1,030        433        2,367   

Restructuring charges

    —         —         (6,865     —         (1,105     (2,774     (7,970     (2,774
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from vessel operations

    (78,804     (67,486     (12,407     (158,091     17,488        12,365        (73,723     (213,212
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity (loss) income

    (1,357     4,649        3,052        1,291        (2,546     (269     (851 )     5,671  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Calendar-Ship-Days (2)

               

FPSO Units

    1,444       1,460       —         —         —         —         1,444       1,460  

Conventional Tankers

    —         —         3,667       5,413       —         —         3,667       5,413  

Gas Carriers

    —         —         —         —         730       730       730       730  

FSO Units

    —         —         —         —         503       365       503       365  

 

(1)

Includes direct general and administrative expenses and indirect general and administrative expenses allocated to offshore production, conventional tankers and other and corporate G&A based on estimated use of corporate resources.

(2)

Apart from three FPSO units and one conventional tanker, all remaining calendar-ship-days presented relate to in-chartered days.

Teekay Parent – Offshore Production

Offshore Production consists of our FPSO units. As at December 31, 2014, we had a direct interest in three 100% owned FPSO units and one FPSO which delivered in 2014, but was not fully in service during 2014.

The charter contract for the Petrojarl I FPSO unit ended in April 2013. The unit was off hire until we sold it to Teekay Offshore in December 2014.

From the fourth quarter of 2012 through the fourth quarter of 2014, the Foinaven FPSO unit experienced lower than planned production levels due to equipment-related operational issues. In July 2013, we and the charterer agreed to halt production temporarily in order to repair the FPSO unit’s two gas compression trains and repair the charterer’s subsea system. The first compressor train was repaired in August 2013, allowing the unit to recommence partial operations. In March 2014, the Foinaven FPSO unit temporarily halted production as a result of issues with its one operating gas compressor train, and as its second compressor train had not yet completed its repair after sustaining damage in July 2013. In April 2014, one of the Foinaven FPSO’s compressor trains was repaired allowing the unit to recommence partial operations. Repairs to the second compressor train were completed in July 2014, after which the unit was available to produce at its maximum capacity. However, due to issues with the subsea flow lines, which are the responsibility of the charterer, the field has been unable to produce at maximum capacity. In addition, the Foinaven FPSO charter contract includes incentives based on total oil production in the year, certain operational measures, and the average annual oil price. The decline in the price of oil in the fourth quarter of 2014 negatively impacted our incentive compensation for 2014.

In May 2014, the customer extended the Hummingbird Spirit FPSO unit’s charter contract by a firm period of one year until December 31, 2015, with charterer’s options to extend the contract up to March 2017. The Hummingbird Spirit FPSO charter contract also includes an incentive based on the oil price in which our compensation will be negatively impacted by the recent decline in oil prices and any continuation or deterioration of current prices.

As discussed above, the Banff FPSO unit completed its repairs and upgrades following storm damage in December 2011, and resumed production on the Banff field in July 2014.

We accounted for the Voyageur Spirit as a VIE from November 2011 to May 2013 when we acquired the unit and immediately sold the unit to Teekay Offshore.

The number of Teekay Parent’s FPSO units for 2014 decreased compared to the same periods of 2013 due to the sale of the Petrojarl I FPSO unit to Teekay Offshore in December 2014.

Loss from vessel operations increased to $78.8 million during 2014 compared to $67.5 million in 2013, primarily as a result of:

 

 

an increase of $9.7 million related to the Petrojarl Foinaven due to lower tariff revenue resulting from lower production and higher repairs and maintenance caused by the compressor and sub-sea issues discussed above;

 

 

an increase of $9.6 million due to the Petrojarl I FPSO unit’s contract expiration and subsequent lay-up;

 

 

an increase of $4.9 million incurred for pre-operating costs on the Knarr FPSO unit prior to its mobilization to the North Sea; and

 

 

an increase of $3.2 million relating to the Hummingbird Spirit FPSO unit, primarily due to higher repairs and maintenance costs associated with mooring line repairs and lower amortization of an in-process revenue contract as the amortization period was completed;

 

63


Table of Contents

partially offset by:

 

 

a decrease of $9.2 million due to the Petrojarl Banff FPSO unit recommencing operations under its time-charter contract in July 2014, partially offset by lower amortization of the in-process revenue contract as a result of the extension of the amortization period compared to 2013;

 

 

a decrease of $5.2 million related to the reversal in 2014 of a $2.5 million provision for a FPSO front-end engineering and design (or FEED) study completed in 2013 which was provided for in 2013; and

 

 

a decrease of $2.6 million related to FEED studies completed during the third quarter of 2013 for which we received compensation.

Teekay Parent – Conventional Tankers

As at December 31, 2014, Teekay Parent had a direct interest in one conventional tanker, two chartered-in conventional tankers from third parties, and four chartered-in conventional tankers from Teekay Offshore. The average fleet size (including vessels chartered-in), as measured by calendar-ship-days, decreased in 2014 compared with 2013 due to the redeliveries to their owners of two chartered-in Suezmax tankers, six chartered-in Aframax tankers and one chartered-in MR product tanker during 2014, and the sale of four Suezmax tankers during 2014, partially offset by a new time-charter arrangement for two Aframax tankers during 2014 and the addition of one VLCC during 2014. The collective impact from the above noted fleet changes are referred to below as the Net Fleet Reductions.

Loss from vessel operations decreased to $12.4 million during 2014 compared to $158.1 million in 2013, primarily as a result of:

 

 

a decrease of $92.7 million from the write down in 2013 of four Suezmax tankers to their estimated fair value of $163.2 million, which consisted of their sale price;

 

 

a net decrease of $45.6 million due to the Net Fleet Reductions; and

 

 

a net decrease of $8.0 million due to higher average spot tanker TCE rates;

partially offset by

 

 

a $6.9 million restructuring charge in 2014 for the termination of the employment of certain seafarers upon the redelivery of an in-chartered MR product tanker to its owner in 2014. Please read Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 20—Restructuring Charges.

Teekay Parent – Other and Corporate G&A

As at December 31, 2014, Teekay Parent had two chartered-in LNG carriers owned by Teekay LNG, two chartered-in FSO units owned by Teekay Offshore, and interest income received from, and reversal of previously recognized loss provision on, an investment in a term loan.

Income from vessel operations increased to $17.5 million during 2014 compared to $12.4 million in 2013, primarily as a result of:

 

 

an increase of $15.9 million due to lower general and administrative expenses in 2014, primarily as a result of business development fees received from subsidiaries and various cost-saving initiatives that we had undertaken;

 

 

an increase of $6.1 million due to the Arctic Spirit being off hire for 41 days in 2013 for a scheduled dry docking;

 

 

an increase of $6.1 million mainly due to the interest income recognized in 2014 related to Teekay Parent’s investment in a term loan which was entered into during 2011; and

 

 

an increase of $4.0 million from transaction fees received from TIL for our arrangement of the purchasing and selling of their vessels;

partially offset by

 

 

a decrease of $20.4 million due to the reversal in 2013 of impairment charges initially recognized in 2012 (Teekay Offshore recognized impairment charges of $18.1 million relating to two conventional tankers during 2013; Teekay Parent had already recognized these impairment charges during the three months ended December 31, 2012 and, therefore, reversed the impairment charge on consolidation. Teekay Parent further reversed $1.9 million in 2013 of a previously recognized loss provision relating to an investment in a term loan; and

 

 

a decrease of $2.1 million due to a crew pension adjustment from our Australian operations in 2013.

Equity (loss) income decreased to $(0.9) million in 2014 compared to $5.7 million in 2013, primarily due to lower license fee revenues, higher consulting costs, a one-time office lease settlement payment during 2014 in Teekay Parent’s 43% investment in Sevan, and the sale of Teekay Parent’s 50% interest in the Itajai FPSO unit to Teekay Offshore in June 2013.

 

64


Table of Contents

Other Consolidated Operating Results

The following table compares our other consolidated operating results for 2014 and 2013:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)

   2014      2013      % Change  

Interest expense

     (208,529      (181,396      15.0  

Interest income

     6,827        9,708        (29.7 )

Realized and unrealized (losses) gains on non-designated derivative instruments

     (231,675 )      18,414         (1,358.1

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

     13,431         (13,304      (201.0 )

Other (loss) income

     (1,152 )      5,646         (120.4 )

Income tax expense

     (10,173      (2,872      254.2   

Interest expense . Interest expense increased to $208.5 million in 2014, compared to $181.4 million in 2013, primarily due to:

 

 

an increase of $22.1 million due to the $300 million senior unsecured bonds issued by Teekay Offshore during the second quarter of 2014 and the borrowings by Teekay Offshore relating to the Voyageur Spirit FPSO, the four BG Shuttle Tankers that commenced operations during 2013 and early-2014, and the Suksan Salamander which commenced operations in the second quarter of 2014;

 

 

an increase of $7.0 million relating to two new debt facilities of Teekay LNG used to fund the deliveries of the two Awilco LNG Carriers in late-2013; and

 

 

an increase of $5.2 million primarily from Teekay Offshore’s issuance of NOK 1,000 million senior unsecured bonds in January 2014, partially offset by the repurchase by Teekay Offshore of NOK 388.5 million of the existing NOK 600 million senior unsecured bond issue during the first quarter of 2013 and of the remaining NOK 211.5 million that matured in November 2013;

 

 

an increase of $4.7 million as a result of the Teekay LNG NOK 900 million bond issuance in September 2013; and

 

 

an increase of $3.0 million relating to accelerated amortization of Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture’s deferred debt issuance cost upon the termination of the leasing of the RasGas II LNG Carriers and related debt refinancing in 2014;

partially offset by

 

 

a decrease of $7.8 million due to a decrease in LIBOR and due to debt repayments during 2013 and in 2014; and

 

 

a decrease of $5.8 million due to lower interest on capital lease obligations due to the sales of the Tenerife Spirit , Algeciras Spirit and Huelva Spirit in December 2013, February 2014 and August 2014, respectively, and related cancelations of the capital leases.

Realized and unrealized (losses) gains on non-designated derivative instruments . Realized and unrealized (losses) gains related to derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes are included as a separate line item in the consolidated statements of income (loss). Net realized and unrealized (losses) gains on non-designated derivatives were $(231.7) million for 2014, compared to $18.4 million for 2013, as detailed in the table below:

 

     Year Ended  
     December 31,  

(in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

   2014      2013  

Realized losses relating to:

     

Interest rate swap agreements

     (125,424      (122,439

Interest rate swap agreement amendments and terminations

     (1,319      (35,985

Foreign currency forward contracts

     (4,436      (2,027 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (131,179      (160,451
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized (losses) gains relating to:

     

Interest rate swap agreements

     (86,045 )      182,800  

Foreign currency forward contracts

     (16,926      (3,935 )

Stock purchase warrants

     2,475        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (100,496 )      178,865  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total realized and unrealized (losses) gains on derivative instruments

     (231,675 )      18,414   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The realized losses relate to amounts we actually realized or paid to settle such derivative instruments and interest rate swap agreement amendments. The unrealized (losses) gains on interest rate swaps for 2014 and 2013 were primarily due to changes in the forward interest rates.

During 2014 and 2013, we had interest rate swap agreements with aggregate average net outstanding notional amounts of approximately $3.6 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively, with average fixed rates of approximately 3.6% and 3.6%, respectively. Short-term variable benchmark interest rates during these periods were generally less than 1.0% and, as such, we incurred realized losses of $125.4 million and $122.4 million during 2014 and 2013, respectively, under the interest rate swap agreements. We also incurred realized losses of $1.3 million during 2014 from the termination of interest rate swaps relating to three capital leases, partially offset by a gain on an early termination of one interest rate swap, compared to losses of $36.0 million during 2013 from the termination of two interest rate swaps, one of which was terminated prior to our acquisition of the Voyageur Spirit FPSO unit and while we accounted for the unit as a VIE.

Primarily as a result of significant changes in long-term benchmark interest rates during 2014 and 2013, we recognized unrealized losses of $86.0 million for 2014 compared with unrealized gains of $182.8 million for 2013 under the interest rate swap agreements. Primarily as a result of the weakening NOK during 2014 from 2013, we recognized unrealized losses of $16.9 million for 2014 compared with $3.9 million for 2013 under the foreign currency forward contracts.

 

65


Table of Contents

In connection with the investment by Teekay Tankers and us in a $250.0 million private placement of common stock by TIL in 2014, we and Teekay Tankers received stock purchase warrants entitling us and Teekay Tankers to purchase an aggregate of up to 1.5 million shares of common stock of TIL at a fixed price of $10 per share. Alternatively, if the shares of TIL’s common stock trade on a National Stock Exchange or over-the-counter market denominated in NOK, we and Teekay Tankers may also exercise their stock purchase warrants at 61.67 NOK per share using a cashless exercise procedure. During the 2014, we recognized a $2.5 million unrealized gain on the stock purchase warrants which are included in the total unrealized derivative (losses) gains. Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 15 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

Foreign Exchange Gain (Loss). Foreign currency exchange gains (losses) were $13.4 million in 2014 compared to $(13.3) million in 2013. Our foreign currency exchange gains (losses), substantially all of which were unrealized, were due primarily to the relevant period-end revaluation of our NOK-denominated debt and our Euro-denominated term loans, capital leases and restricted cash for financial reporting purposes and the realized and unrealized (losses) gains on our cross currency swaps. Gains on NOK-denominated and Euro-denominated monetary liabilities reflected a stronger U.S. Dollar against the NOK and Euro on the date of revaluation or settlement compared to the rate in effect at the beginning of the period. Losses on NOK-denominated and Euro-denominated monetary liabilities reflected a weaker U.S. Dollar against the NOK and Euro on the date of revaluation or settlement compared to the rate in effect at the beginning of the period. During 2013, Teekay Offshore repurchased NOK 388.5 million of its existing NOK 600 million senior unsecured bond issue that matured in November 2013. Associated with this repurchase, we recorded $6.6 million of realized losses on the repurchased bonds, and recorded $6.8 million of realized gains on the settlements of the associated cross currency swap. For 2014, foreign currency exchange gains include realized losses of $4.0 million (2013 - gains of $2.1 million) and unrealized losses of $167.3 million (2013 - $65.4 million) on our cross currency swaps and unrealized gains of $156.2 million (2013 - $53.8 million) on the revaluation of our NOK-denominated debt. For 2014, foreign currency exchange gains (losses) include the revaluation of our Euro-denominated restricted cash, debt and capital leases of $34.3 million as compared to $(12.5) million for 2013.

Income Tax (Expense) Recovery. Income tax expense was $10.2 million in 2014 compared to $2.9 million in 2013. The increase in income tax expense for 2014 was primarily due to higher income in 2014 from the termination of capital lease obligations and refinancing in the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture, lower net reversals of uncertain tax position accruals during 2014, recognition of valuation allowances against deferred tax assets during 2014, utilization of tax losses relating to certain entities in Norway, United Kingdom and Australia, partially offset by an increase in loss carry-forwards relating to certain entities in Norway.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity and Cash Needs

Teekay Corporation Consolidated

Our consolidated operations are capital intensive. We finance the purchase of our vessels primarily through a combination of borrowings from commercial banks or our joint venture partners, the issuance of equity and debt securities (primarily by our publicly-traded subsidiaries) and cash generated from operations. In addition, we may use sale and lease-back arrangements as a source of long-term liquidity. Occasionally, we use our revolving credit facilities to temporarily finance capital expenditures until longer-term financing is obtained, at which time we typically use all or a portion of the proceeds from the longer term financings to prepay outstanding amounts under revolving credit facilities. We have pre-arranged financing of approximately $1.2 billion, which mostly relates to our 2016 capital expenditure commitments, and of which $358 million was arranged during February 2016. We are currently in the process of pursuing additional debt financing and capital resources from other sources for our remaining capital commitments relating to our portion of newbuildings on order as at December 31, 2015. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Corporation’s total consolidated cash and cash equivalents was $678.4 million, compared to $806.9 million at December 31, 2014. Teekay Corporation’s total consolidated liquidity, including cash, cash equivalents and undrawn credit facilities, was $860.7 million as at December 31, 2015, compared to $1.4 billion as at December 31, 2014.

We believe there is currently a dislocation in the capital markets relative to the stability of our businesses. Based on the upcoming equity capital requirements for our committed growth projects, coupled with the uncertainty regarding how long it will take for the energy and capital markets to normalize, we believe that it is in the best interests of our shareholders to conserve more of our internally generated cash flows for future growth projects and to reduce debt levels. Consequently, effective for the quarterly distribution for the fourth quarter of 2015, Teekay Parent temporarily reduced its quarterly cash dividend per share to $0.055 from $0.55, Teekay Offshore temporarily reduced its quarterly cash distribution per common unit to $0.11 from $0.56 and Teekay LNG temporarily reduced its quarterly cash distribution per common unit to $0.14 from $0.70. Despite significant weakness in the global energy and capital markets, our cash flows remain largely stable and growing, supported by a large and well-diversified portfolio of fee-based contracts with high quality counterparties. In addition to using more of our internally generated cash flows for future growth projects and to reduce our debt levels, we may seek alternative sources of financing such as sale and leaseback transactions, new bank borrowings, the issuance of new debt and equity securities.

Our revolving credit facilities and term loans are described in Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 8 – Long-Term Debt. They contain covenants and other restrictions typical of debt financing secured by vessels that restrict the ship-owning subsidiaries from: incurring or guaranteeing indebtedness; changing ownership or structure, including mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions; making dividends or distributions if we are in default; making capital expenditures in excess of specified levels; making certain negative pledges and granting certain liens; selling, transferring, assigning or conveying assets; making certain loans and investments; or entering into a new line of business. Among other matters, our long-term debt agreements generally provide for maintenance of minimum consolidated financial covenants and 11 loan agreements require the maintenance of vessel market value to loan ratios. As at December 31, 2015, these vessel market value to loan ratios ranged from 126.5% to 1,076.8% compared to their minimum required ratios of 105% to 135%, respectively. Changes in the conventional tanker market, FPSO market and a weakening of the LNG/LPG carrier market could negatively affect our compliance with these ratios. Certain loan agreements require that a minimum level of free cash be maintained and as at December 31, 2015 this amount was $100.0 million. Most of the loan agreements also require that we maintain an aggregate minimum level of free liquidity and undrawn revolving credit lines with at least six months to maturity from 5% to 7.5% of total debt. As at December 31, 2015, this aggregate amount was $410.5 million. At December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants required by its credit facilities and other long-term debt.

 

66


Table of Contents

Teekay Parent’s equity margin revolving credit facility is secured by common units of Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG, and shares of Class A common stock of Teekay Tankers owned by us. On October 5, 2015, Teekay Parent finalized with its lenders an amendment to the equity margin revolving credit facility to pledge additional common units of Teekay Offshore owned by Teekay Parent and shares of Class A common stock of Teekay Tankers owned by Teekay Parent and to modify the required loan to value ratio. If, as a result of a decline in the aggregate market value of the pledged securities, the outstanding balance of the loan exceeds the loan-to-value ratio, Teekay Parent must prepay amounts under the facility. In December 2015, Teekay Parent finalized with its lenders another amendment to decrease the maximum amount available under the existing equity margin revolving credit facility by $200 million to a $300 million credit facility and to include loan-to-value thresholds. As of December 31, 2015, based on the loan-to-value thresholds, there was $41.7 million credit available under this facility, of which $28.2 million was drawn and $13.5 million was available but undrawn. We are currently in negotiations with banks to increase the amount that can be drawn under this facility.

The aggregate annual long-term debt principal repayments required to be made by Teekay Corporation subsequent to December 31, 2015, including the impact of Teekay Tankers’ debt refinancing completed in January 2016, are $1.1 billion (2016), $1.1 billion (2017), $1.6 billion (2018), $0.9 billion (2019), $1.1 billion (2020) and $1.7 billion (thereafter).

We conduct our funding and treasury activities based on corporate policies designed to minimize borrowing costs and maximize investment returns while maintaining the safety of the funds and appropriate levels of liquidity for our purposes. We hold cash and cash equivalents primarily in U.S. Dollars, with some balances held in Australian Dollars, British Pounds, Canadian Dollars, Euros, Japanese Yen, Norwegian Kroner and Singapore Dollars.

We are exposed to market risk from foreign currency fluctuations and changes in interest rates, spot tanker market rates for vessels and bunker fuel prices. We use forward foreign currency contracts, cross currency and interest rate swaps, forward freight agreements and bunker fuel swap contracts to manage currency, interest rate, spot tanker rates and bunker fuel price risks. Please read “Item 11 – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. “

As described under “Item 4 — Information on the Company: C. Regulations — Other Environmental Initiatives,” passage of any climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could have a significant financial and operational impact on our business, which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Such regulatory measures could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our vessels and require us to install new emission controls, acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions, or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. In addition, increased regulation of greenhouse gases may, in the long term, lead to reduced demand for oil and reduced demand for our services.

Teekay Parent

In September 2015, Teekay Parent entered into a Framework Cooperation Agreement with The Export-Import Bank of China for up to $1 billion in new loan facilities. The agreement provides the basis for further negotiations between the parties about the potential loan facilities. If completed, such loan facilities would be made available to Teekay Parent and its subsidiaries, including Teekay LNG, Teekay Offshore and Teekay Tankers, to finance the construction or conversion of vessels from shipyards in China over the next three years.

Teekay Parent continues to own three FPSO units and one conventional tanker and to in-charter a number of vessels. Teekay Parent’s primary short-term liquidity needs are the payment of operating expenses, dry-docking expenditures, debt servicing costs, dividends on its shares of common stock and scheduled repayments of long-term debt, as well as funding its other working capital requirements. Teekay Parent’s primary sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, cash flows provided by operations, dividends/distributions and management fees received from Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers, its undrawn credit facilities and proceeds from the sale of vessels to external parties or Teekay Offshore (and in the past, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers). As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Parent’s total cash and cash equivalents was $221.0 million, compared to $232.3 million at December 31, 2014. Teekay Parent’s total liquidity, including cash, cash equivalents and undrawn credit facilities, was $234.5 million as at December 31, 2015, compared to $466.8 million as at December 31, 2014. The decrease in liquidity is mainly attributable to a $431.8 million decrease in the maximum amount available under our equity margin revolving credit facility during the year ended December 31, 2015 and the repayment of senior unsecured bonds in an aggregate principal amount of NOK 700 million in October 2015, partially offset by the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $200 million of Teekay Parent’s 8.5% senior unsecured notes in November 2015.

We believe that Teekay Parent’s existing cash and cash equivalents and undrawn long-term borrowings, in addition to all other sources of cash including cash from operations, will be sufficient to meet its existing liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months; however, this is dependent upon our ability to refinance our credit facility for Teekay Parent’s VLCC conventional tanker, which matures in May 2016 with a maturity amount owing of $68.0 million, and its facility for three FPSO units, which matures in September 2016 with a maturity amount owing of $149.8 million. Teekay Parent may also evaluate a number of other alternatives to increase its liquidity, including refinancing its equity margin revolving credit facility, divesting of assets, issuing hybrid or other equity securities, and accessing the unsecured bond market. During the year ended December 31, 2015, Teekay Parent issued an aggregate principal amount of $200 million of our 8.5% senior unsecured notes due 2020 (or the Notes) at 99.01% of face value plus accrued interest from July 15, 2015. Please read “Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 8 – Long-Term Debt.”

Teekay Offshore

Teekay Offshore’s business model is to employ its vessels on fixed-rate contracts with major oil companies, typically with original terms between three to ten years. The operating cash flow generated by Teekay Offshore’s vessels each quarter, excluding reserves for, among other things, maintenance capital expenditures, debt repayments, and distributions on Teekay Offshore’s preferred units, is paid out to its common unitholders and general partner within approximately 45 days after the end of each quarter. As discussed in the Teekay Corporation section above, Teekay Offshore announced a temporary reduction to its quarterly cash distributions with effect from the fourth quarter of 2015 to $0.11 from $0.56 per unit, as a result of increased cash reserves for, among other things, capital expenditures and anticipated future credit needs. Teekay Offshore’s near-term business strategy is primarily to focus on funding and implementing existing growth projects and repaying or refinancing scheduled debt obligations rather than pursuing additional growth projects,

 

67


Table of Contents

Teekay Offshore’s primary liquidity needs for 2016 and 2017 are to pay existing, committed capital expenditures and to make scheduled repayments of debt, in addition to paying debt service costs, quarterly distributions on its outstanding common and preferred units, operating expenses and dry-docking expenditures and funding general working capital requirements. We anticipate that Teekay Offshore’s primary sources of funds for 2016 and 2017 will be cash flows from operations, bank debt and proceeds from the sale of certain assets. However, Teekay Offshore currently has estimated cash flow gaps of approximately $250 million in 2016 and a further $90 million in 2017. These cash flow gaps represent the difference between (a) cash inflows from cash flow from vessel operations, dividends from Teekay Offshore’s equity accounted joint ventures and borrowings under committed and anticipated debt financings and refinancings and (b) cash outflows for expected capital expenditures, equity investments in joint ventures, secured and unsecured debt repayments, interest expense and Teekay Offshore’s anticipated distributions on common and preferred units. In addition, Teekay Offshore is required to pay $172.3 million upon delivery of its second UMS newbuilding which currently is scheduled for late-2016; however, Teekay Offshore may decide to cancel or further defer the delivery of this unit. The cash flow gaps do not take into account utilizing any portion of Teekay Offshore’s the liquidity balance of $282.7 million at December 31, 2015, which comprises of unrestricted cash and undrawn revolvers. For debt covenant purposes, Teekay Offshore is required to maintain a minimum free liquidity balance of 5% of its total consolidated debt, which was approximately $175 million as at December 31, 2015. Teekay Offshore is evaluating a number of potential sources to finance these cash flow gaps, including securing debt financing amounts on its under-levered and unmortgaged assets, seeking agreement to defer certain debt obligations, entering into sale-leasebacks transactions, divesting of assets, issuing hybrid or other equity securities, reducing its capital expenditures relating to existing projects, accessing the unsecured bond market, utilizing existing liquidity, and seeking loans from Teekay Corporation, its sponsor. Teekay Offshore also expects to seek deferrals of certain shipyard deliveries and associated payments of its contractual obligations. There can be no assurance that any such financing will be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

Teekay Offshore’s liquidity needs beyond 2017 decline as a majority of its commitments for capital expenditures are in 2016 and 2017; however, this is partially offset by an increase in maturities of unsecured debt after 2017. Teekay Offshore’s ability to continue to expand the size of its fleet over the long-term is in part dependent upon its ability to continue to generate operating cash flow, particularly from its shuttle tanker and FPSO fleets, obtain long-term bank borrowings and other debt, as well as its ability to raise debt or equity financing through either public or private offerings.

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore’s total cash and cash equivalents were $258.5 million, compared to $252.1 million at December 31, 2014. Teekay Offshore’s total liquidity, including cash, cash equivalents and undrawn long-term borrowings, was $282.7 million as at December 31, 2015, compared to $351.7 million as at December 31, 2014. The decrease in liquidity was primarily due to: liquidity used to fund a portion of the Knarr FPSO acquisition from Teekay in July 2015, a portion of the final installment payment on the Arendal Spirit UMS in February 2015, payments for the delivery of six towing and offshore installation vessels in 2015 and payments for committed newbuildings and conversions, a reduction in the amount available for borrowing under Teekay Offshore’s revolving credit facilities, and the scheduled repayments or the prepayments of outstanding term loans or revolving credit facilities; partially offset by net proceeds of $249.8 million due to the issuance of Series C Preferred Units in July 2015, net proceeds of $120.8 million due to the issuance of Series B preferred units in April 2015 and the drawdown of six new debt facilities and one existing revolving credit facility in 2015.

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore had a working capital deficit of $504.5 million, compared to a working capital deficit of $123.5 million at December 31, 2014. The current portion of long-term debt increased mainly due to the reclassification of NOK 500 million unsecured bonds that matured in January 2016 and two revolving credit facilities maturing in the second quarter of 2016 to current debt as at December 31, 2015, the assumption of one debt facility related to the acquisition of the Knarr FPSO unit from Teekay in July 2015 and the drawdown of four new debt facilities, the proceeds of which we used primarily to fund the final installment payment on the Arendal Spirit UMS, the delivery of six towing and offshore installation vessels during 2015 and installment payments on the four towing and offshore installation newbuildings. Net amounts due to affiliates increased mainly due to the acquisition of the Knarr FPSO unit from Teekay in July 2015. Teekay Offshore expects to manage its working capital deficit primarily with net operating cash flow and other funding initiatives including securing debt financing on its under-levered and unmortgaged assets, seeking agreement to defer certain debt obligations, entering into sale-leaseback transactions, divesting assets, issuing hybrid or other equity securities, accessing the unsecured bond markets, utilizing existing liquidity, and seeking loans from Teekay Corporation, its sponsor.

Teekay LNG

Teekay LNG’s business model is to employ its vessels on fixed-rate contracts primarily with large energy companies and their transportation subsidiaries. The operating cash flow generated by Teekay LNG’s vessels each quarter, excluding reserves for, among other things, capital expenditures and debt repayments, is paid out to its unitholders and general partner within approximately 45 days after the end of each quarter. As discussed in the Teekay Corporation section above, Teekay LNG announced a temporary reduction to its quarterly cash distributions with effect from the fourth quarter of 2015 to $0.14 from $0.70 per unit, as a result of increased cash reserves for, among other things, capital expenditures and debt repayments. Teekay LNG’s near-term business strategy is primarily to focus on funding and implementing existing growth projects and repaying or refinancing scheduled debt obligations rather than pursuing additional growth projects.

Teekay LNG’s primary liquidity needs for 2016 to 2018 include payment of our quarterly distributions, operating expenses, dry-docking expenditures, debt service costs, scheduled repayments of long-term, bank debt maturities, maintenance capital expenditures Teekay LNG is committed to and the funding of general working capital requirements. We anticipate that Teekay LNG’s primary source of funds for its short-term liquidity needs will be cash flows from operations, proceeds from debt financings and dividends from its equity-accounted joint ventures. For 2016 to 2018, we expect that Teekay LNG’s existing liquidity, combined with the cash flow we expect it to generate from its operations and receive as dividends from its equity-accounted joint ventures will be sufficient to finance its liquidity needs, specifically the equity portion of its committed capital expenditures. This assumes that Teekay LNG is able to secure debt financing for an adequate portion of its committed capital expenditures and is able to refinance its loan facilities maturing in 2016 to 2018 and Norwegian Kroner-denominated Bonds due in 2018. In terms of debt financing for committed capital expenditures, in February 2016, Teekay LNG secured financing for two of its MEGI LNG carrier newbuildings delivering in 2016 through a sale-leaseback transaction of approximately $179 million per vessel. In addition, Teekay LNG also has committed debt financing in place for the vessels under construction for the BG Joint Venture. Teekay LNG is actively working on obtaining debt financings for the six LNG carriers under construction for the Yamal LNG Joint Venture, the five LNG carriers under construction, which have been chartered to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Royal Dutch Shell PLC, and the assets of the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture and associated FSU. Teekay LNG’s liquidity needs beyond 2018 decline significantly compared to 2016 to 2018 as a majority of its commitments for capital expenditures relate to 2016 to 2018. Teekay LNG’s ability to continue to expand the size of its fleet over the long-term is dependent upon its ability to generate operating cash flow, obtain long-term bank borrowings and other debt, as well as its ability to raise debt or equity financing through either public or private offerings.

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG’s cash and cash equivalents were $102.5 million, compared to $159.6 million at December 31, 2014. Teekay LNG’s total liquidity, which consists of cash, cash equivalents and undrawn credit facilities, was $232.5 million as at December 31, 2015, compared to $295.2 million as at December 31, 2014. The decrease in total consolidated liquidity is primarily due to installment payments relating to Teekay LNG’s LNG carrier newbuildings.

As of December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG had a working capital deficit of $179.6 million. The working capital deficit includes a $70.4 million outstanding on two of Teekay LNG’s debt facilities which mature in 2016. Teekay LNG expects to manage its working capital deficit primarily with net operating cash flow, debt refinancing and, to a lesser extent, existing undrawn revolving credit facilities. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG had undrawn revolving credit facilities of $130.0 million through a new $150.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility.

 

68


Table of Contents

Teekay Tankers

Teekay Tankers’ business model is to own and charter out oil and product tankers and it employs a chartering strategy that seeks to capture upside opportunities in the tanker spot market while using fixed-rate time charters to reduce downside risks. Teekay Tankers’ primary sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, cash flows provided by its operations, its undrawn credit facilities, proceeds from sales of vessels, and capital raised through financing transactions.

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Tankers’ total cash and cash equivalents were $96.4 million, compared to $162.8 million at December 31, 2014. Teekay Tankers’ cash balance at December 31, 2015 had decreased primarily as a result of Teekay Tankers’ acquisition of 17 vessels in 2015 for a total purchase price of $891.6 million (consisting of $842.3 million of cash consideration and 7.2 million of its Class A common stock valued at $49.3 million), its acquisition of SPT for a total purchase price of $47.3 million and the 2015 Acquired Business for a total purchase price of $80.0 million. This was partially offset by proceeds from two new loan facilities in an aggregate amount of $523.8 million, net proceeds of $90.6 million related to the issuance of its Class A common stock to partially fund the acquisition of 12 modern Suezmax tankers, net proceeds of $92.4 million related to the issuance of its Class A common stock under its COP, net proceeds of $45.5 million related to the issuance of its Class B common stock to Teekay to fund the acquisition of the SPT business, net proceeds of $13.7 million from the issuance of shares of its Class A common stock in January 2015 upon the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares in connection with our December 2014 public offering, net proceeds of $11.1 million received from the sale of one MR tanker, and borrowings under loan facilities of $49.6 million assumed from Teekay Offshore.

Teekay Tankers’ total liquidity, including cash, cash equivalents and undrawn credit facilities, was $111.0 million as at December 31, 2015, compared to $289.0 million as at December 31, 2014. Teekay Tankers believes that its working capital is sufficient for its present requirements.

Teekay Tankers’ short-term liquidity requirements include the payment of operating expenses, dry-docking expenditures, debt servicing costs, dividends on its shares of common stock, scheduled repayments of long-term debt and funding its other working capital requirements. Teekay Tankers’ short-term charters and spot market tanker operations contribute to the volatility of its net operating cash flow, and thus to the volatility in its ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet its short-term liquidity needs. Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability and asset values resulting from changes in the supply of, and demand for, vessel capacity. In addition, tanker spot markets historically have exhibited seasonal variations in charter rates. Tanker spot markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and unpredictable weather patterns that tend to disrupt vessel scheduling. Prior to the fourth quarter of 2015, Teekay Tankers distributed a portion of its cash flow to shareholders through a fixed quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share on its common shares. Commencing in the fourth quarter of 2015, Teekay Tankers have adopted a new dividend policy under which quarterly dividends range from 30% to 50% of Teekay Tankers’ quarterly adjusted net income, subject to the discretion of its Board of Directors, with a minimum quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share. Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP measure which excludes specific items affecting net income items of income that are typically excluded by securities analysts in their published estimates of our financial results. Unlike prior quarters, where Teekay Tankers announced the declaration of the quarterly dividend in the first month following the end of the quarter, the dividend for the fourth quarter of 2015, which was $0.12 per share, was declared during December 2015 and, consequently, 2015 dividends declared per share includes five quarterly dividends. Teekay Tankers expects to return to its normal dividend schedule for the first quarter of 2016.

Teekay Tankers’ long-term capital needs are primarily for capital expenditures and debt repayment. Generally, we expect that Teekay Tankers’ long-term sources of funds will be cash balances, long-term bank borrowings and other debt or equity financings from its COP. We expect that Teekay Tankers will rely upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund acquisitions and expansion of capital expenditures, including opportunities Teekay Tankers may pursue to purchase additional vessels from Teekay or third parties.

Teekay Tankers’ primary revolving credit facility was scheduled to mature in November 2017. As of December 31, 2015, the facility had an outstanding balance of $447.0 million. In addition, Teekay Tankers had two loan facilities that matured in late January 2016, which as at December 31, 2015, had a total outstanding balance of $504.8 million. These facilities were entered into to partially finance Teekay Tankers’ 2015 vessel acquisitions. In January 2016, Teekay Tankers entered into a new $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021, of which $845.8 million was used to repay its two bridge loan facilities, which matured in late January 2016, and its main revolving credit facility, which was scheduled to mature in 2017.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our consolidated cash and cash equivalents provided by (used for) operating, financing and investing activities for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Net operating cash flows

     770,309        446,317        292,584  

Net financing cash flows

     924,457        726,761        866,577  

Net investing cash flows

     (1,823,278      (980,834      (1,183,992

 

69


Table of Contents

Operating Cash Flows

Our consolidated net cash flow from operating activities fluctuates primarily as a result of changes in vessel utilization and TCE rates, changes in interest rates, fluctuations in working capital balances, the timing and amount of dry-docking expenditures, repairs and maintenance activities, vessel additions and dispositions, and foreign currency rates. Our exposure to the spot tanker market has contributed significantly to fluctuations in operating cash flows historically as a result of highly cyclical spot tanker rates, which have increased recently after a number of years of historically low rates. In addition, the production performance of certain of our FPSO units that operate under contracts with a production-based compensation component has contributed to fluctuations in operating cash flows. As the charter contracts of two of our FPSO units include incentives based on average annual oil prices, the recent reduction in global oil prices has negatively impacted our operating cash flows.

Net consolidated cash flow from operating activities increased to $770.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, from $446.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily due to a $376.9 million increase in income from vessel operations before depreciation, amortization, asset impairments and loan loss recoveries, net gain on sale of vessels, equipment and other assets and the amortization of in-process revenue contracts of our businesses, primarily as a result of increased operating cash flows from our businesses due to higher average TCE rates earned by our conventional tanker fleet, increases in conventional tanker fleet size and increased operating cash flows from our FPSO fleet. We received dividends from our joint ventures of $106.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $33.4 million in 2014. The increases in cash flow was partially offset by a decrease in changes to non-cash working capital items of $72.9 million, primarily due to the timing of deferred revenue and receivables, and a $26.9 million increase in interest expense (net of interest income and including realized losses on interest rate swaps and interest rate swaps terminations) for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 2014.

Net consolidated cash flow from operating activities increased to $446.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $292.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to a $199.4 million net increase in income from vessel operations before depreciation, amortization, asset impairments, loan loss recoveries (provisions), net gain (loss) on sale of vessels and equipment and the amortization of in-process revenue contracts of our businesses, primarily as a result of increased operating cash flows from our businesses. There was also a $1.7 million decrease in interest expense (net of interest income and including realized losses on interest rate swaps and interest rate swap terminations) in 2014 compared to 2013. The increases in cash flow were partially offset by an increase of $2.2 million on expenditures for dry docking in 2014 compared to 2013, due to more vessels dry docked in 2014 compared to 2013. In addition, there was a decrease in changes to non-cash working capital items of $3.6 million, primarily due to the timing of accrued liabilities and capital additions which are not yet paid on our FPSO unit which is not yet in service.

For further discussion of changes in income from vessel operations before depreciation, amortization, asset impairments, net loss (gain) on sale of vessels and equipment and the amortization of in-process revenue contracts of our businesses, please read “Results of Operations.”

Financing Cash Flows

Teekay’s Daughter Companies hold most of our liquefied gas carriers (Teekay LNG), offshore assets, including shuttle tankers, FPSO units and FSO and offshore support units (Teekay Offshore) and our conventional tanker assets (Teekay Tankers). From and including the respective initial public offerings of these subsidiaries, Teekay has been selling assets that are a part of these businesses to the Daughter Companies. Historically, the Daughter Companies have distributed operating cash flows to their owners in the form of distributions or dividends. The Daughter Companies raised net proceeds from issuances of new equity to the public and to third-party investors of $575.4 million in 2015, compared to $452.1 million in 2014 and $446.9 million in 2013. As the sizes of the Daughter Companies have grown through acquisitions, whether from Teekay or otherwise, the amount of their operating cash flows generally increased, which resulted in larger aggregate distributions, primarily from Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG. Distributions to non-controlling interests increased to $360.4 million in 2015 and $360.8 million in 2014 from $270.0 million in 2013. In addition, distributions from the Daughter Companies to Teekay Parent increased to $193.2 million in 2015 from $176.0 million in 2014 and $162.2 million in 2013. As described above, distributions from Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG have been temporarily reduced commencing with the distributions relating to the fourth quarter of 2015.

We use our credit facilities to partially finance capital expenditures. Occasionally, we will use revolving credit facilities to finance these expenditures until longer-term financing is obtained, at which time we typically use all or a portion of the proceeds from the longer-term financings to prepay outstanding amounts under the revolving credit facilities. We actively manage the maturity profile of our outstanding financing arrangements. Our proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs and prepayments of long-term debt, was $1.9 billion in 2015, $2.0 billion in 2014 and $1.4 billion in 2013. We used these net proceeds primarily to finance capital expenditures. Changes in net proceeds from long-term debt from 2013 to 2015 were the result of variation is the level of capital expenditures during these periods.

In October 2008, Teekay announced a $200 million share repurchase program. During 2013, we repurchased 0.3 million shares of our common stock for $12.0 million at an average cost of $40.00 per share, pursuant to a separate authorization. During 2014 and 2015, we repurchased no shares of our common stock. As at December 31, 2015, the total remaining amount under the 2008 share repurchase authorization was $37.7 million.

Dividends paid during 2015 were $125.9 million, compared to $91.0 million in 2014 and $90.3 million in 2013, or $1.7325 per share for 2015 and $1.265 per share for 2014 and 2013. During the third and fourth quarter of 2015, after the completion of the sale of the Knarr FPSO to Teekay Offshore, Teekay’s quarterly dividend payment increased primarily based on the cash flow contributions from our general partner and limited partner interests in Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG, together with other dividends received, after deductions for parent company level corporate general and administrative expenses and any reserves determined to be required by our Board of Directors. Commencing with our dividend relating to the fourth quarter of 2015, we announced a temporary reduction to our quarterly dividend to $0.055 from $0.55 per share.

Investing Cash Flows

During 2015, we incurred capital expenditures for vessels and equipment of $1.8 billion, primarily for capitalized vessel modifications and shipyard construction installment payments. Teekay Parent incurred $91.0 million of capital expenditures mainly for the installment payments and conversion costs of the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO unit. Teekay Offshore incurred capitalized expenditures of $664.7 million, including $215.1 million on the six towing and offshore installation vessels delivered during 2015, $167.0 million on the final installment on the Arendal Spirit UMS, $89.6 million for FSO conversion costs, $88.7 million of upgrade costs on the Petrojarl I FPSO unit, $34.3 million of costs on the three newbuilding shuttle tankers, $34.1 million on the four newbuilding towing and offshore installation vessels and $35.9 million on various other vessel additions and installments. Teekay LNG incurred capital expenditures of $192.0 million primarily relating to newbuilding installments for six of its 11 LNG carrier newbuildings. Teekay Tankers incurred capital expenditures of $847.4 million relating to the acquisition of 12 Suezmax tankers from Principal Maritime Tankers, the acquisition of four LR2 product tankers and one Aframax tanker and other capital expenditures. In addition, we invested $40.6 million in our equity-accounted investees, primarily related to Teekay Offshore’s Libra FPSO joint venture and provided capital to Teekay LNG’s equity accounted investment primarily to prepay debt within the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture and we were repaid $53.2 million from our loans to equity-accounted investees. During 2015, Teekay Offshore received proceeds of $8.9 million from the sale of a 1997-built shuttle tanker and Teekay Tankers received proceeds of $11.1 million from the sale of one MR tanker. In addition, Teekay Tankers invested $47.3 million related to the acquisition of SPT during 2015.

 

70


Table of Contents

During 2014, we incurred capital expenditures for vessels and equipment of $994.9 million, primarily for capitalized vessel modifications and shipyard construction installment payments. This amount primarily consisted of Teekay Parent incurring $626.8 million of capital expenditures primarily for the installment payments and conversion costs of the Knarr FPSO unit, which is not yet fully in service, and Teekay Offshore incurring capitalized expenditures of $59.7 million on the four newbuilding ALP towage vessels, $53.4 million on FSO conversion costs, $11.5 million on installment payments on the UMS and $47.8 million on various other vessel additions. In addition, Teekay LNG incurred capital expenditures of $140.4 million relating to newbuilding installments for its eight LNG newbuildings equipped with the MEGI twin engines, $23.1 million relating to the early termination fee on the termination of the leasing of the RasGas II LNG Carriers (which was capitalized as part of the vessels’ costs), $21.6 million, which is net of $5.4 million owing to Skaugen, to fund Teekay LNG’s acquisition of the Norgas Napa in November 2014, and $3.8 million relating to certain vessel upgrades. In addition, we invested $79.6 million in our equity-accounted investees, primarily related to Teekay Tankers and Teekay Parents’ $60.0 million investment in TIL and Teekay Parents’ $25.0 million in a cost accounted investment. We also advanced $87.1 million to our equity-accounted investees. During 2014, Teekay Parent received proceeds of $11.1 million from the sale of four 2009-built Suezmax tankers and $2.2 million from the sale of an office building, Teekay Offshore received proceeds of $13.4 million from the sale of one 1995-built shutter tanker, and Teekay Tankers received proceeds of $154.0 million from the sale of two VLCCs.

During 2013, we incurred capital expenditures for vessels and equipment of $753.8 million, primarily for capitalized vessel modifications and shipyard construction installment payments. This amount primarily consisted of Teekay Offshore incurring capitalized expenditures of $336.8 million for the construction of four shuttle tankers, $54.3 million for the HiLoad DP Unit and $64.5 million of other vessels additions. In addition, Teekay LNG incurred $58.6 million of capital expenditures for three LNG carriers ordered in July and November 2013 and Teekay Parent incurred $236.1 million of capital expenditures primarily for the installment payments and conversion costs of two FPSO units under construction or upgrade. Teekay LNG invested an aggregate of $308.0 million in a direct financing lease to fund the acquisition of the Awilco LNG Carriers in September and November 2013. Teekay Offshore received aggregate net proceeds of $28.0 million from the sales of a 1992-built shuttle tanker, a 1992-built conventional tanker and two 1995-built conventional tankers. Teekay Tankers received net proceeds of $9.1 million from the sale of a 1998-built conventional tanker and Teekay Parent received net proceeds of $10.3 million from the sale of sub-sea equipment from the Petrojarl I FPSO unit. In addition, we invested $157.8 million in our equity-accounted investees, of which $135.8 million was invested by Teekay LNG to acquire its interest in the Exmar LPG BVBA joint venture (including working capital contribution and acquisition costs).

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The following table summarizes our long-term contractual obligations as at December 31, 2015:

 

                                        Beyond  
    Total     2016     2017     2018     2019     2020     2020  
    In millions of U.S. Dollars  

Teekay Offshore

             

Bond repayments (1) (2)

    647.9       56.5       77.8       90.5       423.1       —         —    

Scheduled repayments of long-term debt (1)

    2,050.0       316.1       374.4       345.8       280.3       181.9       551.5  

Repayments on maturity of long-term debt (1)

    728.7       113.6       184.7       144.1       25.0       40.0       221.3  

Chartered-in vessels (operating leases)

    125.5       63.3       41.4       16.7       4.1       —         —    

Newbuildings installments/conversion costs (3)

    1,492.2       974.4       259.5       84.2       174.1       —         —    

Share repurchase option (4)

    40.2       40.2       —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    5,084.5       1,564.1       937.8       681.3       906.6       221.9       772.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay LNG

             

Bond repayments (2) (5)

    294.0       —         79.2       101.8       —         113.0       —    

Scheduled repayments of long-term debt (2) (6)

    725.5       127.9       131.5       116.3       70.1       73.3       206.4  

Repayments on maturity of long-term debt (2) (6)

    996.0       70.4       —         578.4       —         —         347.2  

Commitments under capital leases (7)

    65.9       7.7       30.9       27.3       —         —         —    

Commitments under operating leases (8)

    319.6       24.1       24.1       24.1       24.1       24.1       199.1  

Newbuildings installments/shipbuilding supervision (9)

    3,209.0        555.7        960.6        1,023.4        471.0       198.3       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    5,610.0        785.8        1,226.3        1,871.3        565.2       408.7       752.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay Tankers

             

Scheduled repayments of long-term debt (10) (11)

    655.7       174.7       137.3       119.8       111.3       110.0       2.6  

Repayments on maturity of long-term debt (10) (11)

    510.6       —         77.6       71.1       11.3       —         350.6  

Chartered-in vessels (operating leases) (12)

    91.5       47.0       18.3       8.3       8.3       8.3       1.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,257.8       221.7       233.2       199.2       130.9       118.3       354.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay Parent

             

Bond repayments (13)

    592.7       —         —         —         —         592.7       —    

Scheduled repayments of long-term debt (13)

    33.4       33.4       —         —         —         —         —    

Repayments on maturity of long-term debt (13)

    246.0       217.8       —         28.2       —         —         —    

Chartered-in vessels (operating leases)

    18.6       9.1       9.1       0.4       —         —         —    

Newbuildings installments (14)

    19.9        19.9        —          —          —          —          —     

Asset retirement obligation

    25.5       —         —         —         —         25.5       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    936.1        280.2        9.1        28.6        —         618.2       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    12,888.4       2,851.8       2,406.4       2,780.4       1,602.7       1,367.1       1,880.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes expected interest of $101.8 million (2016), $84.3 million (2017), $65.3 million (2018), $41.2 million (2019), $23.2 million (2020) and $44.3 million (beyond 2020). Expected interest payments for debts are based on existing interest rates (fixed-rate loans) and LIBOR or NIBOR, plus margins which ranged between 0.30% and 5.75% (variable-rate loans) as at December 31, 2015. The expected interest payments do not reflect the effect of related interest rate swaps that Teekay Offshore has used as an economic hedge of certain of its variable rate debt.

 

71


Table of Contents
(2)

Euro-denominated and NOK-denominated obligations are presented in US. Dollars and have been converted using the prevailing exchange rate as of December 31, 2015.

(3)

Consists of Teekay Offshore’s four towing and offshore installation newbuildings, three shuttle tanker newbuildings and two UMS newbuildings, Teekay Offshore’s 50% interest in an FPSO conversion for the Libra field, upgrades of the Petrojarl I FPSO unit and the FSO conversion for the Randgrid shuttle tanker. Please read “Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 16a and b – Commitments and Contingencies – Vessels Under Construction and Joint Ventures.” Teekay Offshore has pre-arranged financing of approximately $592.7 million relating to its capital expenditure commitments for 2016. Teekay Offshore is pursuing additional debt financing for its remaining capital commitments relating to newbuildings on order and conversions and upgrades as at December 31, 2015.

(4)

Relates to a put and call option agreement Teekay Offshore entered into in December 2015 with its 50/50 joint venture partner, OOG, relating to the FPSO conversion for the Libra field. The agreement provides OOG, with a put option to sell 15%, 20% or 25% of the shares in the joint venture to Teekay Offshore for consideration of $24.1 million, $32.1 million and $40.2 million, respectively. The exercise date for the put option was April 25, 2016 with a settlement date on May 25, 2016. The put option was not exercised on April 25, 2016. Please read “Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 16b – Commitments and Contingencies – Joint Ventures”.

(5)

Excludes expected interest payments of $16.1 million (2016), $12.8 million (2017), $9.2 million (2018), $5.5 million (2019), and $2.7 million (2020). Expected interest payments are based on NIBOR at December 31, 2015, plus margins of up to 5.25% (variable-rate loans). The expected interest payments do not reflect the effect of the related cross-currency swap that Teekay LNG has used as an economic hedge of its foreign exchange and interest rate exposure associated with its NOK-denominated long-term debt.

(6)

Excludes expected interest payments of $29.4 million (2016), $26.9 million (2017), $19.0 million (2018), $11.7 million (2019), $11.0 million (2020), and $34.8 million (beyond 2020). Expected interest payments are based on the existing interest rates (fixed-rate loans) and LIBOR or EURIBOR at December 31, 2015, plus margins on debt that has been drawn of up to 2.80% (variable-rate loans). The expected interest payments do not reflect the effect of related interest rate swaps that Teekay LNG has used as an economic hedge of certain of its variable-rate debt.

(7)

Includes, in addition to lease payments, amounts Teekay LNG may be required to pay to purchase leased vessels at the end of lease terms. The lessor has the option to sell these vessels to Teekay LNG at any time during the remaining lease term; however, in this table, we have assumed that the lessor will not exercise its right to sell the vessels to Teekay LNG until after the lease term expires, which is during 2017 to 2018. The purchase price for any vessel Teekay LNG is required to purchase would be based on the unamortized portion of the vessel construction financing costs for the vessels, which are included in the table above. Teekay LNG expects to satisfy any such purchase price by assuming the existing vessel financing, although Teekay LNG may be required to obtain separate debt or equity financing to complete any purchases if the lenders do not consent to the assumption of the financing obligations. Please read “Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 10 – Capital Lease Obligations”.

(8)

Teekay LNG has corresponding leases whereby Teekay LNG is the lessor and expects to receive an aggregate of approximately $281.5 million under these leases from 2016 to 2029. Please read “Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 9 – Operating and Direct Finance Leases.”

(9)

Between December 2012 and June 2015, Teekay LNG entered into agreements for the construction of 11 LNG newbuildings. The remaining cost for these newbuildings totaled $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2015, including estimated interest and construction supervision fees. In February 2016, Teekay LNG secured financing on its two MEGI LNG carrier newbuildings delivering in 2016 through a sale-leaseback transaction of approximately $179 million per vessel.

As part of the acquisition of an ownership interest in the BG Joint Venture, Teekay LNG agreed to assume BG’s obligation to provide shipbuilding supervision and crew training services for the four LNG carrier newbuildings and to fund Teekay LNG’s proportionate share of the remaining newbuilding installments. The estimated remaining costs for the shipbuilding supervision and crew training services and Teekay LNG’s proportionate share of newbuilding installments, net of the secured financing, within the joint venture for the LNG carrier newbuildings, totaled $79.0 million. However, as part of this agreement with BG, Teekay LNG expects to recover approximately $18.2 million of the shipbuilding supervision and crew training costs from BG between 2016 and 2019. Teekay LNG’s secured financing of its share of the capital expenditure commitment consists of approximately $166.5 million, relating to its remaining capital expenditure commitments for 2016 - $25.2 million, 2017 - $49.2 million, 2018 - $65.6 million and 2019 - $26.5 million.

In July 2014, the Yamal LNG Joint Venture, in which Teekay LNG has a 50% ownership interest, entered into agreements for the construction of six LNG newbuildings. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG’s 50% share of the remaining cost for these six newbuildings totaled $941.3 million. The Yamal LNG Joint Venture intends to secure debt financing for 70% to 80% of the fully built-up cost of the six newbuildings.

In December 2015, Teekay LNG entered into an agreement with Nogaholding, Samsung and GIC to form a joint venture, Bahrain LNG Joint Venture, in which Teekay LNG has a 30% ownership interest for the development of an LNG receiving and regasification terminal in Bahrain and the supply of a FSU vessel. The terminal will have a capacity of 800 million standard cubic feet per day and will be owned and operated under a twenty-year agreement commencing July 2018. The receiving and regasification terminal is expected to have a fully-built up cost of approximately $872 million. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG’s proportionate share of the costs to be incurred is $261.2 million.

The table above includes our proportionate share of the newbuilding costs, net of secured financing, for the seven newbuilding LPG carriers scheduled for delivery between 2016 and 2018 in the joint venture between Exmar and Teekay LNG. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG’s 50% share of the remaining cost for these seven newbuildings, net of the secured financing within the joint venture, totaled $86.9 million, including estimated interest and construction supervision fees. The joint venture’s secured financing of Teekay LNG’s share of the capital expenditure commitments consists of $56.7 million relating to capital expenditure commitments for 2016. Please read “Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 16b – Commitments and Contingencies – Joint Ventures.”

Teekay LNG is currently in the process of pursuing additional debt financing for its remaining capital commitments relating to its portion of newbuildings on order as at December 31, 2015.

 

(10)

Excludes all expected interest payments of $21.0 million (2016), $17.4 million (2017), $13.9 million (2018), $11.0 million (2019), $8.6 million (2020) and $3.4 million (beyond 2020). Expected interest payments under the new loan facility are based on the existing interest rates for fixed-rate loans that range from 4.06% to 4.9% and existing interest rates for variable-rate loans at LIBOR plus margins that range from 0.3% to 2.8% at December 31, 2015. The expected interest payments do not reflect the effect of related interest rate swaps that Teekay Tankers has used to hedge certain of its floating-rate debt.

 

72


Table of Contents
(11)

In January 2016, Teekay Tankers entered into a new $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021, of which $845.8 million was used to repay Teekay Tankers’ two bridge loan facilities which matured in late January 2016 and Teekay Tankers’ main corporate revolving credit facility, which was scheduled to mature in 2017. The amounts in the table above include the impact of this debt refinancing.

(12)

Excludes payments required if Teekay Tankers executes all options to extend the terms of in-chartered leases. If Teekay Tankers exercise all options to extend the terms of in-chartered leases, Teekay Tankers would expect total payments of $60.2 million (2016), $30.4 million (2017), $16.7 million (2018) and $8.3 million (2019), $8.3 million (2020) and $1.3 million (beyond 2020).

(13)

Excludes expected interest payments of $55.5 million (2016), $51.6 million (2017), $51.0 million (2018), $50.4 million (2019) and $25.2 million (2020). Expected interest payments are based on the existing interest rate for a fixed-rate loan at 8.5% and existing interest rates for variable-rate loans that are based on LIBOR, plus margins which ranged between 1.6% and 3.95% as at December 31, 2015. The expected interest payments do not reflect the effect or related interest rate swaps that Teekay Parent uses as an economic hedge of certain of its variable rate debt.

(14)

Consists of Teekay Parent’s 50% interest in three infield support vessels type ART 100-42 towage newbuildings. Please read “Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 16b – Commitments and Contingencies – Joint Ventures.”

(15)

As of December 31, 2015, Teekay Parent guaranteed $351.8 million, $88.3 million and $214.5 million of secured debt of Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers, respectively.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. Our equity-accounted investments are described in “Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 23 – Equity-Accounted Investments.”

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, which requires us to make estimates in the application of our accounting policies based on our best assumptions, judgments and opinions. On a regular basis, management reviews our accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material. Accounting estimates and assumptions discussed in this section are those that we consider to be the most critical to an understanding of our financial statements because they inherently involve significant judgments and uncertainties. For a further description of our material accounting policies, please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

Revenue Recognition

Description . We recognize voyage revenue using the proportionate performance method. Under such method, voyages may be calculated on either a load-to-load or discharge-to-discharge basis. This means voyage revenues are recognized ratably either from the beginning of when product is loaded for one voyage to when it is loaded for the next voyage, or from when product is discharged (unloaded) at the end of one voyage to when it is discharged after the next voyage.

Judgments and Uncertainties. In applying the proportionate performance method, we believe that in most cases the discharge-to-discharge basis of calculating voyages more accurately reflects voyage results than the load-to-load basis. At the time of cargo discharge, we generally have information about the next load port and expected discharge port, whereas at the time of loading we are normally less certain what the next load port will be. We use this method of revenue recognition for all spot voyages and voyages servicing contracts of affreightment, with an exception for our shuttle tankers servicing contracts of affreightment with offshore oil fields. In this case a voyage commences with tendering of notice of readiness at a field, within the agreed lifting range, and ends with tendering of notice of readiness at a field for the next lifting. However, we do not begin recognizing revenue for any of our vessels until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and us, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. Our revenues could be overstated or understated for any given period to the extent actual results are not consistent with our estimates in applying the proportionate performance method.

Vessel Lives and Impairment

Description. The carrying value of each of our vessels represents its original cost at the time of delivery or purchase less depreciation and impairment charges. We depreciate the original cost, less an estimated residual value, of our vessels on a straight-line basis over each vessel’s estimated useful life. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their market value at any point in time because the market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of newbuildings. Both charter rates and newbuilding costs tend to be cyclical in nature.

We review vessels and equipment for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset, including the carrying value of the charter contract, if any, under which the vessel is employed, may not be recoverable. This occurs when the asset’s carrying value is greater than the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining useful life. If the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset exceed the asset’s carrying value, no impairment is recognized even though the fair value of the asset may be lower than its carrying value. If the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset are less than the asset’s carrying value and the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value, the asset is written down to its fair value. Fair value is calculated as the net present value of estimated future cash flows, which, in certain circumstances, will approximate the estimated market value of the vessel. For a vessel under charter, the discounted cash flows from that vessel may exceed its market value, as market values may assume the vessel is not employed on an existing charter.

 

73


Table of Contents

The following table presents, by type of vessel, the aggregate market values and carrying values of certain of our vessels that we have determined have a market value that is less than their carrying value as of December 31, 2015. Specifically, the table below reflects all such vessels, except those operating on contracts where the remaining term is significant and the estimated future undiscounted cash flows relating to such contracts are sufficiently greater than the carrying value of the vessels such that we consider it unlikely that an impairment would be recognized in 2016. While the market values of these vessels are below their carrying values, no impairment has been recognized on any of these vessels as the estimated future undiscounted cash flows relating to such vessels are greater than their carrying values.

The vessels included in the following table generally include those vessels employed on single-voyage, or “spot” charters, as well as those vessels near the end of existing charters. In addition, the following table also includes vessels on operational contracts with impairment indicators that are unique to those vessels. Such vessels include the Banff FPSO, Hummingbird FPSO and the HiLoad DP unit.

In estimating the future undiscounted cash flows for the above-mentioned FPSO units, we made assumptions and used estimates regarding the following factors: operating costs of the units, level of oil production, average annual oil price, oil field reserves, redeployment of vessels and redeployment rates, amount of capital investments required before deployment to a new field, any idle time before redeployment. Should actual results differ significantly from our estimates and assumptions, we may be required to recognize impairments of the carrying values of the units.

In late-December 2014, Petrobras notified Teekay Offshore that the HiLoad DP unit that Teekay Offshore had anticipated Petrobras would charter had not met certain test criteria required by Petrobras to commence Brazilian offshore operations. Teekay Offshore disputes the repudiation of the contract by Petrobras and is pursuing a claim for damages against Petrobras. Teekay Offshore continues to believe in the application of HiLoad DP technology for safe and economical offshore loading operations and is currently pursuing various employment alternatives for the unit. Should this assessment change, we may be required to recognize an impairment of both the carrying value of the HiLoad DP unit, which carrying value as of December 31, 2015 was $51.6 million, and the carrying value of our investment in Remora AS, which carrying value as of December 31, 2015 was $3.7 million.

We would consider the vessels reflected in the following table to be at a higher risk of future impairment than our vessels not reflected in the table. The table is disaggregated for vessels which have estimated future undiscounted cash flows that are marginally or significantly greater than their respective carrying values. Vessels with estimated future cash flows significantly greater than their respective carrying values would not necessarily represent vessels that would likely be impaired in the next 12 months. In deciding whether to dispose of a vessel, we determine whether it is economically preferable to sell the vessel or continue to operate it. This assessment includes an estimate of the net proceeds expected to be received if the vessel is sold in its existing condition compared to the present value of the vessel’s estimated future revenue, net of operating costs. Such estimates are based on the terms of the existing charter, charter market outlook and estimated operating costs, given a vessel’s type, condition and age. In addition, we typically do not dispose of a vessel that is servicing an existing customer contract. The recognition of an impairment in the future may be more likely for those vessels that have estimated future undiscounted cash only marginally greater than their respective carrying value.

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except number of vessels)

Type of Vessel

   Number of
Vessels
     Market
Values (1)
$
     Carrying
Values
$
 

Shuttle Tankers and HiLoad Unit (2)

     2         76,441         78,019   

FPSO Unit (2)

     1         212,000         274,657   

FPSO Unit (3)

     1         217,000         220,553   

Liquefied Natural Gas Carriers (3)

     2         107,743         164,784   

Conventional Tankers (2)

     2         33,500         43,367   

Conventional Tankers (3)

     37         1,442,890         1,623,629   

 

(1)

Market values are based on second-hand market comparable values or using a depreciated replacement cost approach as at December 31, 2015. Since vessel values can be volatile, our estimates of market value may not be indicative of either the current or future prices we could obtain if we sold any of the vessels. In addition, the determination of estimated market values for our shuttle tankers, FSO units and FPSO units may involve considerable judgment, given the illiquidity of the second-hand market for these types of vessels. The estimated market values for the HiLoad DP unit in the table above was based on the present value of expected future cash flows given that there are no market comparable values for this unit. The estimated market values for the FSO units in the table above were based on second-hand market comparable values for similar vessels. Given the advanced age of these vessels, the estimated market values substantially reflect the price of steel and amount of steel in the vessel. The estimated market values for the shuttle tankers were based on second-hand market comparable values for conventional tankers of similar age and size, adjusted for shuttle tanker specific functionality.

(2)

Undiscounted cash flows for these vessels are marginally greater than their carrying values.

(3)

Undiscounted cash flows for these vessels are significantly greater than their carrying values.

Judgments and Uncertainties. Depreciation is calculated using an estimated useful life of 20 to 25 years for conventional tankers and shuttle tankers, 20 to 25 years for FPSO units, and 30 years for LPG carriers and 35 years for LNG carriers, commencing at the date the vessel was originally delivered from the shipyard. FSO units are depreciated over the term of the contract. UMS are depreciated over an estimated useful life of 35 years commencing the date the unit is delivered from the shipyard. Towage vessels are depreciated over an estimated useful life of 25 years commencing the date the vessel is delivered from the shipyard. However, the actual life of a vessel may be different than the estimated useful life, with a shorter actual useful life resulting in an increase in quarterly depreciation and potentially resulting in an impairment loss. The estimated useful life of our vessels takes into account design life, commercial considerations and regulatory restrictions. Our estimates of future cash flows involve assumptions about future charter rates, vessel utilization, operating expenses, dry-docking expenditures, vessel residual values, redeployment assumptions for vessels on long-term charter and the remaining estimated life of our vessels. Our estimated charter rates are based on rates under existing vessel contracts and market rates at which we expect we can re-charter our vessels. Our estimates of vessel utilization, including estimated off-hire time and the estimated amount of time our shuttle tankers may spend operating in the spot tanker market when not being used in their capacity as shuttle tankers, are based on historical experience and our projections of the number of future shuttle tanker voyages. Our estimates of operating expenses and dry-docking expenditures are based on historical operating and dry-docking costs and our expectations of future inflation and operating requirements. Vessel residual values are a product of a vessel’s lightweight tonnage and an estimated scrap rate. The remaining estimated lives of our vessels used in our estimates of future cash flows are consistent with those used in the calculations of depreciation.

 

74


Table of Contents

In our experience, certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows are more predictable by their nature, including estimated revenue under existing contract terms, on-going operating costs and remaining vessel life. Certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows require more discretion and are inherently less predictable, such as future charter rates beyond the firm period of existing contracts and vessel residual values, due to factors such as the volatility in vessel charter rates and vessel values. We believe that the assumptions used to estimate future cash flows of our vessels are reasonable at the time they are made. We can make no assurances, however, as to whether our estimates of future cash flows, particularly future vessel charter rates or vessel values, will be accurate.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. If we conclude that a vessel or equipment is impaired, we recognize a loss in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value at the date of impairment. The written-down amount becomes the new lower cost basis and will result in a lower annual depreciation expense than for periods before the vessel impairment.

Dry docking

Description . We capitalize a substantial portion of the costs we incur during dry docking and amortize those costs on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the dry dock. We expense costs related to routine repairs and maintenance incurred during dry docking that do not improve operating efficiency or extend the useful lives of the assets and for annual class survey costs on our FPSO units. When significant dry-docking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of the original amortization period, the remaining unamortized balance of the original dry-docking cost and any unamortized intermediate survey costs are expensed in the period of the subsequent dry dockings.

Judgments and Uncertainties. Amortization of capitalized dry-dock expenditures requires us to estimate the period of the next dry-docking and useful life of dry-dock expenditures. While we typically dry dock each vessel every two and a half to five years and have a shipping society classification intermediate survey performed on our LNG and LPG carriers between the second and third year of the five-year dry-docking period, we may dry dock the vessels at an earlier date, with a shorter life resulting in an increase in the depreciation.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. If we change our estimate of the next dry-dock date for a vessel, we will adjust our annual amortization of dry-docking expenditures.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Description . We allocate the cost of acquired companies to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired, with the remaining amount being classified as goodwill. Certain intangible assets, such as time-charter contracts, are being amortized over time. Our future operating performance will be affected by the amortization of intangible assets and potential impairment charges related to goodwill or intangible assets. Accordingly, the allocation of the purchase price to intangible assets and goodwill may significantly affect our future operating results. Goodwill and indefinite-lived assets are not amortized, but reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets is highly subjective and requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis.

Goodwill is not amortized, but reviewed for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit to below its carrying value. When goodwill is reviewed for impairment, we may elect to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. Alternatively, we may bypass this step and use a fair value approach to identify potential goodwill impairment and, when necessary, measure the amount of impairment. We use a discounted cash flow model to determine the fair value of reporting units, unless there is a readily determinable fair market value. Intangible assets are assessed for impairment when and if impairment indicators exist. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an intangible asset is not recoverable and its carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

Judgments and Uncertainties . The allocation of the purchase price of acquired companies requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows expected to be generated by the acquired assets and the appropriate discount rate to value these cash flows. In addition, the process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets is highly subjective and requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. The fair value of our reporting units was estimated based on discounted expected future cash flows using a weighted-average cost of capital rate. The estimates and assumptions regarding expected cash flows and the appropriate discount rates require considerable judgment and are based upon existing contracts, historical experience, financial forecasts and industry trends and conditions.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. As of December 31, 2015, we had three reporting units with goodwill attributable to them. As of the date of this Annual Report, we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that the goodwill attributable to our three reporting units with goodwill attributable to them might be impaired within the next year. However, certain factors that impact our goodwill impairment tests are inherently difficult to forecast and as such we cannot provide any assurances that an impairment will or will not occur in the future. An assessment for impairment involves a number of assumptions and estimates that are based on factors that are beyond our control. Please read “Part I—Forward-Looking Statements.”

Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments

Description. Our risk management policies permit the use of derivative financial instruments to manage foreign currency fluctuation, interest rate, bunker fuel price and spot tanker market rate risk. In addition, we have stock purchase warrants, a type of option agreement, to acquire up to an additional 1.5 million shares of TIL’s common stock at a fixed price. See “Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 15 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments that are not designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes are recognized in earnings in the consolidated statement of income. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes are recorded in other comprehensive income and are reclassified to earnings in the consolidated statement of income when the hedged transaction is reflected in earnings. Ineffective portions of the hedges are recognized in earnings as they occur. During the life of the hedge, we formally assess whether each derivative designated as a hedging instrument continues to be highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of hedged items. If we determine that a hedge has ceased to be highly effective, we will discontinue hedge accounting prospectively.

 

75


Table of Contents

Judgments and Uncertainties. A substantial majority of the fair value of our derivative instruments and the change in fair value of our derivative instruments from period to period result from our use of interest rate swap agreements and our holding of stock purchase warrants. The fair value of our derivative instruments is the estimated amount that we would receive or pay to terminate the agreements in an arm’s length transaction under normal business conditions at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates, foreign exchange rates and the current credit worthiness of us and the swap counterparties. The estimated amount for interest rate swaps is the present value of estimated future cash flows, being equal to the difference between the benchmark interest rate and the fixed rate in the interest rate swap agreement, multiplied by the notional principal amount of the interest rate swap agreement at each interest reset date. For the stock purchase warrants, we take into account the stock price of TIL, the expected volatility of the TIL stock price and an estimate of the risk-free rate over the term of the warrants.

The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements at the end of each period is most significantly impacted by the interest rate implied by the benchmark interest rate yield curve, including its relative steepness. Interest rates have experienced significant volatility in recent years in both the short and long term. While the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is typically more sensitive to changes in short-term rates, significant changes in the long-term benchmark interest rate also materially impact our interest rate swap agreements.

The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is also impacted by changes in our specific credit risk included in the discount factor. We discount our interest rate swap agreements with reference to the credit default swap spreads of similarly rated global industrial companies and by considering any underlying collateral. The process of determining credit worthiness requires significant judgment in determining which source of credit risk information most closely matches our risk profile.

The benchmark interest rate yield curve and our specific credit risk are expected to vary over the life of the interest rate swap agreements. The larger the notional amount of the interest rate swap agreements outstanding and the longer the remaining duration of the interest rate swap agreements, the larger the impact of any variability in these factors will be on the fair value of our interest rate swaps. We economically hedge the interest rate exposure on a significant amount of our long-term debt and for long durations. As such, we have historically experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, material variations in the period-to-period fair value of our derivative instruments.

The fair value of our TIL stock purchase warrants at the end of each period is most significantly impacted by the stock price of TIL and the expected future volatility of the TIL stock price. TIL seeks to opportunistically acquire, operate and sell modern second hand tankers to benefit from an expected recovery in the current cyclical low of the tanker market. Pending such transactions, TIL is employing its oil tankers on the spot market. Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability due to changes in the supply of and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for oil and oil products. The cyclical nature of the tanker industry may cause significant increases or decreases in the value of TIL’s vessels, TIL’s stock price and the value of the stock purchase warrants we hold.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. Although we measure the fair value of our derivative instruments utilizing the inputs and assumptions described above, if we were to terminate the agreements or sell the stock purchase warrants at the reporting date, the amount we would pay or receive to terminate the derivative instruments and the amount we would receive upon sale of the stock purchase warrants may differ from our estimate of fair value. If the estimated fair value differs from the actual termination amount, an adjustment to the carrying amount of the applicable derivative asset or liability would be recognized in earnings for the current period. Such adjustments could be material. See “Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 15 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for the effects on the change in fair value of our derivative instruments on our consolidated statements of income.

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Directors and Senior Management

Our directors and executive officers as of the date of this Annual Report and their ages as of December 31, 2015 are listed below:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

C. Sean Day

   66   

Director and Chair of the Board

Peter Evensen

   57   

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Axel Karlshoej

   75   

Director and Chair Emeritus

Peter S. Janson

   68   

Director

Thomas Kuo-Yuen Hsu

   69   

Director

Eileen A. Mercier

   68   

Director

Bjorn Moller

   58   

Director

Tore I. Sandvold

   68   

Director

Alan Semple

   56   

Director (1)

Bill Utt

   58   

Director (1)

Arthur Bensler

   58   

Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

William Hung

   44   

Executive Vice President, Strategic Development (2)

Kenneth Hvid

   47   

President and Chief Executive Officer, Teekay Offshore Group Ltd

Mark Kremin

   45   

President, Teekay Gas Services, a division of Teekay (3)

Vincent Lok

   47   

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Peter Lytzen

   58   

Executive Committee Member, Teekay Offshore Group Ltd

Kevin Mackay

   47   

President and Chief Executive Officer, Teekay Tanker Services, a division of Teekay

Ingvild Saether

   47   

Executive Committee Member, President of TOL, Teekay Offshore Group Ltd.

 

(1)

Appointed to this position effective December 9, 2015.

 

76


Table of Contents
(2)

Appointed to this position effective February 22, 2016.

(3)

Appointed to this position effective December 17, 2015.

Certain biographical information about each of these individuals is set forth below:

C. Sean Day has served as a Teekay director since 1998 and as our Chairman of the Board since 1999. Mr. Day also serves as Chairman of Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C., the general partner of Teekay Offshore Partners L.P and was Chairman of Teekay GP L.L.C., the general partner of Teekay LNG Partners L.P., from 2004 until 2015, where he continues to serve as a director. He has served as Chairman of Teekay Tankers Ltd from 2007 until 2013. From 1989 to 1999, Mr. Day was President and Chief Executive Officer of Navios Corporation, a large bulk shipping company based in Stamford, Connecticut. Prior to Navios, Mr. Day held a number of senior management positions in the shipping and finance industries. He currently serves as a director of Kirby Corporation and is Chairman of Compass Diversified Holdings. Mr. Day is engaged as a consultant to Kattegat Limited, the parent company of Resolute Investments, Ltd., our largest shareholder, to oversee its investments, including that in the Teekay group of companies.

Peter Evensen joined Teekay in 2003 as Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer. He was appointed Executive Vice President in 2004 and was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer in 2006. In April 2011, he became a Teekay director and assumed the position of President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Evensen also serves as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of Teekay GP L.L.C. and as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C. He served as a director of Teekay Tankers Ltd. from October 2007 until June 2013 and again from June 2015 to present. Mr. Evensen has over 30 years of experience in banking and shipping finance. Prior to joining Teekay, Mr. Evensen was Managing Director and Head of Global Shipping at J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and worked in other senior positions for its predecessor firms. His international industry experience includes positions in New York, London and Oslo.

Axel Karlshoej has served as a Teekay director since 1993, was Chairman of the Teekay Board from 1993 to 1999, and has been Chairman Emeritus since stepping down as Chairman. Mr. Karlshoej is Chairman and serves on the compensation committee of Nordic Industries, a California general construction firm with which he has served for the past 30 years. He is the older brother of Teekay’s founder, the late J. Torben Karlshoej.

Peter S. Janson has served as a Teekay director since 2005. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Janson was the Chief Executive Officer of Amec Inc. (formerly Agra Inc.), a publicly traded engineering and construction company. From 1986 to 1994, he served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Canadian operations for Asea Brown Boveri Inc., a company for which he also served as Chief Executive Officer for U.S. operations from 1996 to 1999. Mr. Janson has also served as a member of the Business Round Table in the United States, and as a member of the National Advisory Board on Sciences and Technology in Canada.

Thomas Kuo-Yuen Hsu has served as a Teekay director since 1993. He is presently a director of CNC Industries, an affiliate of the Expedo Group of Companies that manages a fleet of six vessels of 70,000 dwt. He has been a Committee Director of the Britannia Steam Ship Insurance Association Limited since 1988.

Eileen A. Mercier has served as a Teekay director since 2000. She has over 40 years of experience in a wide variety of financial and strategic planning positions, including Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Abitibi-Price Inc. from 1990 to 1995. She formed her own management consulting company, Finvoy Management Inc., and acted as President from 1995 to 2003. She currently serves as Chair of The Canadian Payments Association, trustee of The University Health Network, director and Chair of the Audit Committee for Intact Financial Corporation and director of the Royal Conservatory of Music. Ms. Mercier is the former Chair of the Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan.

Bjorn Moller has served as a Teekay director since 1998. Mr. Moller also served as Teekay’s President and Chief Executive Officer from 1998 until March, 2011. Also until March, 2011, Mr. Moller served as Vice Chairman of Teekay GP L.L.C., Vice Chairman of Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C., and as the Chief Executive Officer of Teekay Tankers Ltd. Mr. Moller remains a director of Teekay Tankers Ltd. Mr. Moller has over 35 years of experience in the shipping industry, and served as Chairman of the International Tanker Owners Pollution Federation from 2006 to 2013. He served in senior management positions with Teekay for more than 20 years and headed our overall operations beginning in January 1997, following his promotion to the position of Chief Operating Officer. Prior to this, Mr. Moller headed our global chartering operations and business development activities. Mr. Moller is a director of Kattegat Limited, the parent company of Resolute Investments, Ltd., our largest shareholder.

Tore I. Sandvold has served as a Teekay director since 2003. He has over 30 years of experience in the oil and energy industry. From 1973 to 1987, he served in the Norwegian Ministry of Industry, Oil & Energy in a variety of positions in the areas of domestic and international energy policy. From 1987 to 1990, he served as the Counselor for Energy in the Norwegian Embassy in Washington, D.C. From 1990 to 2001, Mr. Sandvold served as Director General of the Norwegian Ministry of Oil & Energy, with overall responsibility for Norway’s national and international oil and gas policy. From 2001 to 2002, he served as Chairman of the Board of Petoro, the Norwegian state-owned oil company that is the largest oil asset manager on the Norwegian continental shelf. From 2002 to the present, Mr. Sandvold, through his company, Sandvold Energy AS, has acted as advisor to companies and advisory bodies in the energy industry. Mr. Sandvold serves on other boards, including those of Schlumberger Limited, Lambert Energy Advisory Ltd., Energy Policy Foundation of Norway, Rowan Companies plc and Njord Gas Infrastructure.

Alan Semple joined the Teekay board on December 9, 2015. Mr. Semple brings over 29 years of finance experience primarily in the energy industry, to the Teekay Board. He was formerly Director and Chief Financial Officer at John Wood Group PLC (Wood Group), a provider of engineering, production support and maintenance management services to the oil and gas and power generation industries, a role he held from 2000 until his retirement in May 2015. Prior to this, he held a number of senior finance roles in the Wood Group from 1996. Mr. Semple currently serves on the Board of Cobham PLC, where he is the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

77


Table of Contents

Bill Utt joined the Teekay board on December 9, 2015. Mr. Utt brings over 31 years of engineering and energy industry experience to the Teekay Board. From 2006 until his retirement in 2014, he served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of KBR Inc., a global engineering, construction and services company. From 1995 to 2006, Mr. Utt served as the President and CEO of SUEZ Energy North America and President and CEO of Tractebel’s North American energy businesses. Prior to 1995, he held senior management positions with CRSS, Inc., which was a developer and operator of independent power and industrial energy facilities prior to its merger with Tractebel in 1995. Mr. Utt also currently serves as Lead Director on the Board of Directors at Cobalt International Energy and is a member of the Board of Directors for Brand Energy & Infrastructure Services, a Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC portfolio company.

Arthur Bensler joined Teekay in 1998 as General Counsel. He was promoted to the position of Vice President in 2002 and became Corporate Secretary in 2003. He was appointed Senior Vice President in 2004 and Executive Vice President in 2006. In June 2013, Mr. Bensler was appointed Director and Chairman of Teekay Tankers Ltd., having served as Secretary from 2007 to September, 2014. Prior to joining Teekay, Mr. Bensler was a partner in a large Vancouver, Canada law firm, where he practiced corporate, commercial and maritime law from 1987 until joining Teekay.

William Hung joined Teekay in 1995 and since February 22, 2016 has served as Executive Vice President, Strategic Development. Prior to this position, Mr. Hung had worked in a variety of roles at Teekay including Chartering, Business Development, Finance and Accounting, Commercial and Strategic Development. Additionally, Mr. Hung has served as Chief Executive Officer of Tanker Investments Ltd. since January 2014.

Kenneth Hvid was appointed President and CEO of Teekay Offshore Group Ltd, a company that provides services to Teekay Offshore Holdings L.L.C., in May 2015 and has served as a director of Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C. since 2011. He joined Teekay in 2000 and was responsible for leading our global procurement activities until he was promoted in 2004 to Senior Vice President, Teekay Gas Services. During this time, Mr. Hvid was involved in leading Teekay through its entry and growth in the LNG business. He held this position until the beginning of 2006, when he was appointed President of our Teekay Navion Shuttle Tankers and Offshore division. In that role he was responsible for our global shuttle tanker business as well as initiatives in the floating storage and off-take business and related offshore activities. Mr. Hvid served as Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer from 2011 to December 2015 and as director of Teekay GP L.L.C. from 2011 to June 2015. Mr. Hvid has 27 years of global shipping experience, 12 of which were spent with A.P. Moller in Copenhagen, San Francisco and Hong Kong. In 2007, Mr. Hvid joined the board of Gard P.&.I. (Bermuda) Ltd.

Mark Kremin was appointed President of Teekay Gas Services on December 17, 2015. Mark Kremin has 20 years of experience in the shipping industry. In 2000, he joined Teekay as in-house counsel. In 2006, he was promoted to Vice President, Teekay Gas. He represents Teekay Gas on the boards of joint ventures with partners in Bahrain, Belgium, China, Indonesia, Japan and Qatar. Prior to joining Teekay, Mr. Kremin was an attorney in an admiralty law firm in Manhattan. Prior to attending law school in New York City, he worked for a leading owner and operator of containerships.

Vincent Lok has served as Teekay’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2007. He has held a number of finance and accounting positions with Teekay, including Controller from 1997 until his promotions to the positions of Vice President, Finance in 2002, Senior Vice President and Treasurer in 2004, and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 2006. Mr. Lok has also served as the Chief Financial Officer of Teekay Tankers Ltd. since 2007. Prior to joining Teekay, Mr. Lok worked as a Chartered Accountant with Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Lok is also a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Peter Lytzen was appointed Executive Committee Member of Teekay Offshore Group Ltd. in March 2016. He joined Teekay Petrojarl ASA as President and Chief Executive Officer in 2007. Mr. Lytzen’s experience includes over 30 years in the offshore oil and gas industry and he joined Teekay Petrojarl from Maersk Contractors, where he most recently served as Vice President of Production. In that role, he held overall responsibility for Maersk Contractors’ technical tendering, construction and operation of FPSO units and other offshore production solutions. He first joined Maersk in 1987 and held progressively responsible positions throughout the organization.

Kevin Mackay was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer of Teekay Tankers Ltd., a company controlled by Teekay, on June 20, 2014. Mr. Mackay joined Teekay Tankers from Phillips 66, where he headed the global marine business unit and held a similar role as the General Manager, Commercial Marine at ConocoPhillips from 2009 to 2012 before the formation of Phillips 66. Mr. Mackay started his career working for Neptune Orient Lines in Singapore from 1991 to 1995. He then joined AET Inc. Limited (AET) (formerly American Eagle Tankers Inc.) in Houston, becoming the Regional Director—Americas, Senior Vice President. Mr. Mackay holds a B.Sc. (Econ) Honours from the London School of Economics & Political Science and has extensive international experience.

Ingvild Sæther was appointed Executive Committee Member and President, Teekay Offshore Logistics of Teekay Offshore Group Ltd. in March 2016. She joined Teekay in 2002 as a result of Teekay’s acquisition of Navion AS from Statoil ASA. Ms. Sæther held various management positions in Teekay’s conventional tanker business until 2007, when she assumed the commercial responsibility for Teekay’s shuttle tanker activities in the North Sea. Effective April 1, 2011, Ms. Sæther assumed the position of President, Teekay Offshore Logistics and is responsible for our global shuttle tanker business as well as initiatives in the floating storage and off take business and related offshore activities. Ingvild Sæther has more than 25 years of experience from the shipping and offshore sector, and has been engaged in various boards and associations related to the industry.

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

Director Compensation

During 2015, the eleven non-employee directors received, in the aggregate, approximately $1.265 million in cash fees for their service as directors, plus reimbursement of their out-of-pocket expenses. Each non-employee director, other than the Chair of the Board, receives an annual cash retainer of $90,000. The Chair of the Board receives an annual cash retainer of $375,000. Members of the Audit Committee, Compensation and Human Resources Committee, and Nominating and Governance Committee each receive an annual cash fee of $10,000. The Chairs of the Audit Committee, Compensation and Human Resources Committee, and Nominating and Governance Committee each receive an annual cash fee of $20,000, $17,500 and $15,000, respectively.

 

78


Table of Contents

Each non-employee director, other than the Chair of the Board, also received a $110,000 annual retainer to be paid by way of a grant of, at the director’s election, restricted stock or stock options under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Pursuant to this annual retainer, during 2015 we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 48,662 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $43.99 per share and 11,250 shares of restricted stock. During 2015, the Chair of the Board received a $495,000 annual retainer in the form of 11,252 shares of restricted stock under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The stock options described in this section expire March 9, 2025, ten years after the date of their grant. The stock options and restricted stock vest as to one-third of the shares on each of the first three anniversaries of their respective grant dates.

Annual Executive Compensation

The aggregate compensation earned by Teekay’s nine executive officers listed above (or the Executive Officers ) for 2015, and excluding equity-based compensation described below, was $7.4 million. This is comprised of base salary ($3.3 million), annual bonus ($3.5 million) and pension and other benefits ($0.6 million). These amounts were paid primarily in Canadian Dollars, but are reported here in U.S. Dollars using an average exchange rate of 1.28 Canadian Dollars for each U.S. Dollar for 2015. Teekay’s annual bonus plan considers company performance, team performance, and individual performance (through comparison to established targets).

Long-Term Incentive Program

Teekay’s long-term incentive program focuses on the returns realized by our shareholders and is intended to acknowledge and retain those executives who can influence our long-term performance. The long-term incentive plan provides a balance against short-term decisions and encourages a longer time horizon for decisions. This program consists of stock option grants, restricted stock units and performance share units. All grants in 2015 were made under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

During March 2015, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 216,513 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $43.99, 64,476 shares of restricted stock units and 61,774 performance shares to the Executive Officers under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The stock options expire March 9, 2025, ten years after the date of grant. The stock options and restricted stock units vest as to one-third of the shares on each of the first three anniversaries of their grant dates. Performance shares have a bullet vesting at the end of the two or three year performance cycle if the performance conditions are met.

During March 2016, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 184,725 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $9.44, 58,427 shares of restricted stock units and 311,691 performance shares to the Executive Officers under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The stock options expire March 7, 2026, ten years after the date of grant. The stock options and restricted stock units vest as to one-third of the shares on each of the first three anniversaries of their grant dates. Performance shares have a bullet vesting at the end of the three year performance cycle if the performance conditions are met.

Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant or Subsidiaries

In March 2013, we adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (or the 2013 Plan ) and suspended the 1995 Stock Option Plan and the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (collectively referred to as the Plans ). As at December 31, 2015, we had reserved pursuant to our 2013 Plan 4,527,282 shares (December 2014 – 4,009,878) of common stock.

During 2015, 2014 and 2013, we granted options under the 2013 Plan to acquire up to 265,135, 15,243 and 72,810 shares of Common Stock, respectively, to eligible officers, employees and directors. Each option under the Plans has a 10-year term and vests equally over three years from the grant date. The outstanding options under the Plans as at December 31, 2015 are exercisable at prices ranging from $11.84 to $56.76 per share, with a weighted-average exercise price of $36.84 per share, and expire between March 10, 2016 and March 11, 2025.

Starting in 2013, employees who provide services to our publicly listed subsidiaries (Teekay LNG, Teekay Offshore and Teekay Tankers) received a proportion of their annual equity compensation award under the equity compensation plan of the applicable subsidiary (the Teekay Tanker Ltd. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan or the Teekay LNG Partners L.P. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan), depending on their level of contribution towards the applicable subsidiary. These awards took the form of Restricted Stock Units (or RSUs ), which are described as Phantom Units under the Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan and the Teekay LNG Partners L.P. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, but we refer to all of these awards as RSUs for purposes of this disclosure. The RSUs vest and become payable with respect to one-third of the shares on each of the first three years following the grant date and accrue distributions or dividends from the date of the grant to the date of vesting.

Board Practices

As at December 31, 2015, the Board of Directors consisted of 10 members. The Board of Directors is divided into three classes, with members of each class elected to hold office for a term of three years in accordance with the classification indicated below or until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

Directors Peter S. Janson, Eileen A. Mercier and Tore I. Sandvold have terms expiring in 2016. Directors Thomas Kuo-Yuen Hsu, Axel Karlshoej, Bjorn Moller, and Peter Evensen have terms expiring in 2017. Directors Alan Semple, Bill Utt, and C. Sean Day have terms expiring in 2018.

There are no service contracts between us and any of our directors providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service.

The Board of Directors has determined that each of the current members of the Board, other than Peter Evensen, our President and Chief Executive Officer, has no material relationship with Teekay (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with Teekay), and is independent within the meaning of our director independence standards, which reflect the New York Stock Exchange (or NYSE ) director independence standards as currently in effect and as they may be changed from time to time. In making this determination, the Board considered the relationships of Thomas Kuo-Yuen Hsu, Axel Karlshoej, C. Sean Day and Bjorn Moller with our largest shareholder and concluded these relationships do not materially affect their independence as directors. Please read “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

79


Table of Contents

The Board of Directors has three committees: Audit Committee, Compensation and Human Resources Committee, and Nominating and Governance Committee. The membership of these committees during 2015 and the function of each of the committees are described below. Each of the committees is currently comprised of independent members and operates under a written charter adopted by the Board. All of the committee charters are available under “Corporate Governance” in the Investor Centre of our website at www.teekay.com. During 2015, the Board held five meetings. Each director attended all Board meetings, except for two directors who did not attend one meeting each. Each Audit Committee member, Compensation and Human Resources Committee member, and Nominations and Governance Committee member attended all applicable committee meetings.

Our Audit Committee is composed entirely of directors who satisfy applicable NYSE and SEC audit committee independence standards. Our Audit Committee is currently comprised of Eileen A. Mercier (Chairman), Peter S. Janson, and Alan Semple. All members of the committee are financially literate and the Board has determined that Ms. Mercier qualifies as an audit committee financial expert.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities for general oversight of:

 

   

the integrity of our consolidated financial statements;

 

   

our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

 

   

the independent auditors’ qualifications and independence; and

 

   

the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors.

Our Compensation and Human Resources Committee is composed entirely of directors who satisfy applicable NYSE compensation committee independence standards. This committee is currently comprised of Peter S. Janson (Chairman), C. Sean Day, Axel Karlshoej and William Utt.

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee:

 

   

reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluates the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of these goals and objectives, and determines the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation;

 

   

reviews and approves the evaluation process and compensation structure for executive officers, other than the Chief Executive Officer, evaluates their performance and sets their compensation based on this evaluation;

 

   

reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding compensation for directors;

 

   

establishes and administers long-term incentive compensation and equity-based plans; and

 

   

oversees our other compensation plans, policies and programs.

Our Nominating and Governance Committee is currently comprised of Bjorn Moller (Chairman), Tore I. Sandvold, Eileen A. Mercier and Thomas Kuo-Yuen Hsu.

The Nominating and Governance Committee:

 

   

identifies individuals qualified to become Board members;

 

   

selects and recommends to the Board director and committee member candidates;

 

   

develops and recommends to the Board corporate governance principles and policies applicable to us, monitors compliance with these principles and policies and recommends to the Board appropriate changes; and

 

   

oversees the evaluation of the Board and management.

Crewing and Staff

As at December 31, 2015, we employed approximately 6,500 seagoing and 1,100 shore-based personnel, compared to approximately 5,900 seagoing and 900 shore-based personnel as at December 31, 2014, and approximately 5,700 seagoing and 900 shore-based personnel as at December 31, 2013.

We regard attracting and retaining motivated seagoing personnel as a top priority. Through our global manning organization comprised of offices in Glasgow, Scotland; Manila, Philippines; Mumbai, India; Sydney, Australia; and Madrid, Spain, we offer seafarers what we believe are competitive employment packages and comprehensive benefits. We also intend to provide opportunities for personal and career development, which relate to our philosophy of promoting internally.

During fiscal 1996, we entered into a collective bargaining agreement with the Philippine Seafarers’ Union, an affiliate of the International Transport Workers’ Federation (or ITF ), and an agreement with ITF London that cover substantially all of our junior officers and seamen. We are also party to collective bargaining agreements with various Australian maritime unions that cover officers and seamen employed through our Australian operations. Our officers and seamen for our Spanish-flagged vessels are covered by a collective bargaining agreement with Spain’s Union General de Trabajadores and Comisiones Obreras. We believe our relationships with these labor unions are good.

 

80


Table of Contents

We see our commitment to training as fundamental to the development of the highest caliber seafarers for our marine operations. Our cadet training program is designed to balance academic learning with hands-on training at sea. We have relationships with training institutions in Canada, Croatia, India, Norway, Philippines, Turkey and the United Kingdom. After receiving formal instruction at one of these institutions, the cadets’ training continues on board a Teekay vessel. We also have an accredited Teekay-specific competence management system that is designed to ensure a continuous flow of qualified officers who are trained on our vessels and are familiar with our operational standards, systems and policies. We believe that high-quality manning and training policies will play an increasingly important role in distinguishing larger independent tanker companies that have in-house, or affiliate, capabilities from smaller companies that must rely on outside ship managers and crewing agents.

Share Ownership

The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership, as of December 31, 2015, of our common stock by the directors and Executive Officers as a group. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under SEC rules a person or entity beneficially owns any shares that the person or entity (a) has or shares voting or investment power over or (b) has the right to acquire as of February 29, 2016 (60 days after December 31, 2015) through the exercise of any stock option or other right. Unless otherwise indicated, each person or entity has sole voting and investment power (or shares such powers with his or her spouse) with respect to the shares set forth in the following table. Information for certain holders is based on information delivered to us.

 

Identity of Person or Group

   Shares Owned   Percent of Class

All directors and executive officers as a group (18 persons) (1)

   2,729,591 (3)   3.8% (2)

 

(1)

Includes 1,809,209 shares of common stock subject to stock options exercisable as of March 1, 2016 under our equity incentive plans with a weighted-average exercise price of $36.54 that expire between March 7, 2016 and March 11, 2024. Excludes 222,606 shares of common stock subject to stock options that may become exercisable after March 1, 2016 under the plans with a weighted average exercise price of $43.91, that expire between March 12, 2023 and March 9, 2025. Excludes shares held by our largest shareholder, Resolute Investments, Ltd. (or Resolute ), whose ultimate parent is Path Spirit Limited (or Path ), which is the trust protector for the trust that indirectly owns all of Resolute’s outstanding equity. One of our directors, Thomas Kuo-Yuen Hsu, is the President and a director of Resolute. Another of our directors, Axel Karlshoej, is among the directors of Path. Our Chairman, C. Sean Day, is engaged as a consultant to Kattegat Limited, the parent company of Resolute, to oversee its investments, including those in the Teekay group of companies. Another of our directors, Bjorn Moller, is a director of Kattegat Limited.

(2)

Based on a total of 72.7 million outstanding shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2015. Each director and Executive Officer beneficially owns less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock.

(3)

Each director is expected to have acquired shares having a value of at least four times the value of the annual cash retainer paid to them for their Board service (excluding fees for Chair or Committee service) no later than March 1, 2016 or the fifth anniversary of the date on which the director joined the Board, whichever is later. In addition, each Executive Officer is expected to acquire shares of Teekay’s common stock equivalent in value to one to three times their annual base salary by 2017 or, for executive officers subsequently joining Teekay or achieving a position covered by the guidelines, within five years after the guidelines become applicable to them.

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership, as of March 1, 2016, of Teekay’s common stock by each person we know to beneficially own more than 5% of the common stock. Information for certain holders is based on their latest filings with the SEC or information delivered to us. The number of shares beneficially owned by each person or entity is determined under SEC rules and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under SEC rules, a person or entity beneficially owns any shares as to which the person or entity has or shares voting or investment power. In addition, a person or entity beneficially owns any shares that the person or entity has the right to acquire as of April 30, 2016 (60 days after March 1, 2016) through the exercise of any stock option or other right. Unless otherwise indicated, each person or entity has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth in the following table.

 

Identity of Person or Group

   Shares Owned    Percent of Class (4)

Resolute Investments, Ltd. (1)

   28,430,242    39.1%

Neuberger Berman Group LLC (2)

   5,599,871    7.7%

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co (3)

   4,738,874    6.5%

 

(1)

Includes shared voting and shared dispositive power. The ultimate controlling person of Resolute Investments, Ltd. (or Resolute ) is Path Spirit Limited (or Path ), which is the trust protector for the trust that indirectly owns all of Resolute’s outstanding equity. This information is based in part on the Schedule 13D/A (Amendment No. 8) filed by Resolute and Path with the SEC on December 30, 2015. Resolute’s beneficial ownership was 39.1% on March 1, 2016, and 34.8% on March 1, 2015. One of our directors, Thomas Kuo-Yuen Hsu, is the President and a director of Resolute. Another of our directors, Axel Karlshoej, is among the directors of Path. Our Chairman, C. Sean Day, is engaged as a consultant to Kattegat Limited, the parent company of Resolute, to oversee its investments, including those in the Teekay group of companies. Another of our directors, Bjorn Moller, is a director of Kattegat Limited.

(2)

Includes shared voting power and shared dispositive power. This information is based on the Schedule 13G/A (Amendment No. 6) filed by this investor with the SEC on February 09, 2016.

(3)

Includes shared voting power and shared dispositive power. This information is based on the Schedule 13G filed by this investor with the SEC on February 1, 2016.

(4)

Based on a total of 72.7 million outstanding shares of our common stock as of March 1, 2016.

Our major shareholders have the same voting rights as our other shareholders. No corporation or foreign government or other natural or legal person owns more than 50% of our outstanding common stock. We are not aware of any arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Teekay.

 

81


Table of Contents

Teekay and certain of its subsidiaries have relationships or are parties to transactions with other Teekay subsidiaries, including Teekay’s publicly traded subsidiaries Teekay LNG, Teekay Offshore and Teekay Tankers. Certain of these relationships and transactions are described below.

Our Major Shareholder

As of March 1, 2016, Resolute owned approximately 39.1% of our outstanding common stock. The ultimate controlling person of Resolute is Path, which is the trust protector for the trust that indirectly owns all of Resolute’s outstanding equity. One of our directors, Thomas Kuo-Yuen Hsu, is the President and a director of Resolute. Another of our directors, Axel Karlshoej, is among the directors of Path. Our Chairman, C. Sean Day, is engaged as a consultant to Kattegat Limited, the parent company of Resolute, to oversee its investments, including that in the Teekay group of companies. Another of our directors, Bjorn Moller, is a director of Kattegat Limited. Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 13—Related Party Transactions.”

Our Directors and Executive Officers

C. Sean Day, the Chairman of Teekay’s board of directors, is also the Chairman of Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C. (the general partner of Teekay Offshore) and a director of Teekay GP L.L.C. (the general partner of Teekay LNG). He also served as Chairman of Teekay GP L.L.C from 2004 until 2015. He was also the Chairman of Teekay Tankers Ltd. from 2007 until 2013. Bjorn Moller is one of Teekay’s current directors and is also a director of Teekay Tankers Ltd. Mr. Moller is also a director of Kattegat Limited, the parent company of Resolute, our largest shareholder. Peter Evensen, a Teekay director and President and Chief Executive Officer of Teekay, is a director of Teekay Tankers and the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of each of Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C. and Teekay GP L.L.C. In June 2013, Arthur Bensler, Teekay’s Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, has served as the Chairman of Teekay Tankers Ltd. since June 2013.

Vincent Lok, Teekay’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, is also the Chief Financial Officer of Teekay Tankers Ltd. He is also a director of Teekay GP L.L.C. Kenneth Hvid is a director of Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C. and was Teekay’s Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer until December 2015. Mr Hvid was also a director of Teekay GP L.L.C until June 2015. Kevin Mackay is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Chief Executive Officer of Teekay Tanker Services, a division of Teekay. Because the executive officers of Teekay Tankers and of the general partners of Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG are employees of Teekay or other of its subsidiaries, their compensation (other than any awards under the respective long-term incentive plans of Teekay Tankers, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG) is set and paid by Teekay or such other applicable subsidiaries.

Pursuant to agreements with Teekay, each of Teekay Tankers, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG have agreed to reimburse Teekay or its applicable subsidiaries for time spent by the Executive Officers on management matters of such public company subsidiaries. For 2015, these reimbursement obligations totaled approximately $1.4 million, $2.2 million, and $1.7 million, respectively, for Teekay Tankers, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG, and are included in amounts paid as strategic fees under the management agreement for Teekay Tankers and the services agreements for Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG described below. For 2014 and 2013, these reimbursement obligations for Teekay Tankers, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG totaled $1.2 million, $3.7 million, and $2.5 million, and $3.0 million, $3.8 million, and $3.2 million, respectively.

Relationships with Our Public Entity Subsidiaries

Teekay Tankers

Teekay Tankers is a NYSE-listed, Marshall Islands corporation, which we formed to acquire from us a fleet of double-hull oil tankers in connection with Teekay Tankers’ initial public offering in December 2007. Teekay Tankers’ business is to own oil tankers and employ a chartering strategy that seeks to capture upside opportunities in the spot market while using fixed-rate time charters to reduce downside risks. Its operations are managed by our subsidiary Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd.

As of March 1, 2016, we owned shares of Teekay Tankers’ Class A and Class B common stock that represented an ownership interest of 25.9% and voting power of 53.6% of Teekay Tankers’ outstanding common stock.

Until December 31, 2012, Teekay Tankers distributed to its shareholders on a quarterly basis all of its Cash Available for Distribution, subject to any reserves the board of directors may from time to time determine are required for the prudent conduct of the business. Cash Available for Distribution represented Teekay Tankers’ net income (loss) plus depreciation and amortization, unrealized losses from derivatives, non-cash items and any write-offs or other non-recurring items less unrealized gains from derivatives and net income attributable to the historical results of vessels acquired by Teekay Tankers from us, prior to their acquisition by Teekay Tankers, for the period when these vessels were owned and operated by us. Effective January 1, 2013, Teekay Tankers changed to a fixed dividend policy of $0.12 per share per annum. Effective December 14, 2015, Teekay Tankers changed its dividend policy, under which Teekay Tankers intends to pay out 30 to 50 percent of its quarterly adjusted net income, with a minimum quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share, subject to any reserves determined to be required by its Board of Directors. Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP measure which excludes specific items affecting net income that are typically excluded by securities analysts in their published estimates of our financial results. We received distributions from Teekay Tankers of $3.9 million, $2.6 million and $2.5 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments and Results of Operations - Recent Developments in Teekay Tankers” for additional information.

Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG

Teekay Offshore is a NYSE-listed, Marshall Islands limited partnership, which we formed to further develop our operations in the offshore market. Teekay Offshore is an international provider of marine transportation and storage services to the offshore oil industry. We own and control Teekay Offshore’s general partner, and as of March 1, 2016, we owned a 35% limited partner and a 2% general partner interest in Teekay Offshore.

 

82


Table of Contents

Teekay LNG is a NYSE-listed, Marshall Islands limited partnership, which we formed to expand our operations in the LNG shipping sector. Teekay LNG is an international provider of marine transportation services for LNG, LPG and crude oil. We own and control Teekay LNG’s general partner, and as of March 1, 2016, we owned a 31.1% limited partner interest and a 2% general partner interest in Teekay LNG.

Quarterly Cash Distributions

We are entitled to distributions on our general and limited partner interests in each of Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG. The general partner of each of Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG is also entitled to distributions payable with respect to incentive distribution rights. Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. In general, if for any quarter Teekay Offshore or Teekay LNG, as applicable, has distributed available cash from operating surplus to its common unitholders in an amount equal to the applicable minimum quarterly distribution for the common units, then Teekay Offshore or Teekay LNG will distribute any additional available cash from operating surplus for that quarter among the common unitholders and its general partner in the following manner:

 

   

first, 98% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until each unitholder has received a total of $0.4025 (Teekay Offshore) or $0.4625 (Teekay LNG) per unit for that quarter;

 

   

second, 85% to all unitholders, and 15% to the general partner, until each unitholder has received a total of $0.4375 (Teekay Offshore) or $0.5375 (Teekay LNG) per unit for that quarter;

 

   

third, 75% to all unitholders, and 25% to the general partner, until each unitholder has received a total of $0.525 (Teekay Offshore) or $0.65 (Teekay LNG) per unit for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter, 50% to all unitholders and 50% to the general partner.

Teekay received total distributions, including incentive distributions, from Teekay Offshore of $84.1 million, $70.8 million, and $62.3 million, respectively, with respect to 2015, 2014, and 2013.

Teekay received total distributions, including incentive distributions, from Teekay LNG of $105.3 million, $100.7 million, and $92.2 million, respectively, with respect to 2015, 2014, and 2013.

Competition with Teekay Tankers, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG

We have entered into an omnibus agreement with Teekay LNG, Teekay Offshore and related parties governing, among other things, when Teekay, Teekay LNG, and Teekay Offshore may compete with each other and providing for rights of first offer on the transfer or rechartering of certain LNG carriers, oil tankers, shuttle tankers, FSO units and FPSO units. Subject to applicable exceptions, the omnibus agreement generally provides that (a) neither Teekay nor Teekay LNG will own or operate offshore vessels (i.e. dynamically positioned shuttle tankers, FSO units and FPSO units) that are subject to contracts with a duration of three years or more, excluding extension options, (b) neither Teekay nor Teekay Offshore will own or operate LNG carriers and (c) neither Teekay LNG nor Teekay Offshore will own or operate crude oil tankers.

In addition, Teekay Tankers’ organization documents provide that Teekay may pursue business opportunities attractive to both parties and of which either party becomes aware. These business opportunities may include, among other things, opportunities to charter out, charter in or acquire oil tankers or to acquire tanker businesses.

Sales of Vessels and Project Interests by Teekay to Teekay Tankers, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG

From time to time Teekay has sold to Teekay Tankers, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG vessels or interests in vessel owning subsidiaries or joint ventures. These transactions include those described under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Teekay currently has committed to the following vessel transactions with its public company subsidiaries:

 

   

We are obligated to offer to sell the Petrojarl Foinaven FPSO unit to Teekay Offshore, subject to approvals required from the charterer. The purchase price for the Foinaven FPSO unit would be its fair market value plus any additional tax or other similar costs to Teekay Petrojarl that would be required to transfer the FPSO unit to Teekay Offshore.

 

   

We own two additional FPSO units, the Hummingbird Spirit FPSO unit, which we will be obligated to offer to Teekay Offshore in the future under the omnibus agreement following the commencement of a charter contract with a firm period of greater than three years duration (which is not currently the case), and the Petrojarl Banff, which in January 2015 had a charter rate reset which makes the unit subject to be offered to Teekay Offshore under the omnibus agreement.

Time Chartering and Bareboat Chartering Arrangements

Teekay charters in from or out to its public company subsidiaries certain vessels, including the following charter arrangements:

 

   

During 2015, four of Teekay Offshore’s conventional tankers were chartered out to Teekay subsidiaries under long-term time charters. Two of Teekay Offshore’s shuttle tankers are chartered out to Teekay subsidiaries under long-term bareboat charters. One and two of Teekay Offshore’s shuttle tankers were chartered out to Teekay subsidiaries under short-term projects during 2015 and 2013, respectively. Pursuant to these charter contracts, Teekay Offshore earned voyage revenues of $55.6 million, $56.5 million, and $70.2 million, respectively, for 2015, 2014, and 2013.

 

83


Table of Contents
   

During 2015, three (three in 2014, two in 2013) of Teekay Offshore’s FSO units were chartered out to Teekay subsidiaries under long-term bareboat charters. Pursuant to these charter contracts, Teekay Offshore earned voyage revenues of $12.9 million, $10.5 million, and $11.2 million, respectively, for 2015, 2014, and 2013.

 

   

Since April 2008, Teekay has chartered in from Teekay LNG the LNG carriers Arctic Spirit and Polar Spirit under a fixed-rate time charter for a period of ten years, plus options exercisable by Teekay to extend up to an additional 15 years. During 2015, 2014, and 2013, Teekay LNG earned revenues of $35.9 million, $37.6 million, and $34.6 million, respectively, under these time-charter contracts.

Services, Management and Pooling Arrangements

Services Agreements. In connection with their initial public offerings in May 2005 and December 2006, respectively, and subsequent thereto, Teekay LNG and Teekay Offshore and certain of their subsidiaries have entered into services agreements with certain other subsidiaries of Teekay, pursuant to which the other Teekay subsidiaries provide to Teekay LNG, Teekay Offshore and their subsidiaries administrative, advisory and technical and ship management services. These services are provided in a commercially reasonable manner and upon the reasonable request of the general partner or subsidiaries of Teekay LNG or Teekay Offshore, as applicable. The other Teekay subsidiaries that are parties to the services agreements provide these services directly or subcontract for certain of these services with other entities, including other Teekay subsidiaries. Teekay LNG and Teekay Offshore pay arm’s-length fees for the services that include reimbursement of the reasonable cost of any direct and indirect expenses the other Teekay subsidiaries incur in providing these services. During 2015, 2014, and 2013, Teekay LNG and Teekay Offshore incurred expenses of $34.4 million, $26.4 million, and $22.8 million; and $84.9 million, $75.7 million, and $64.4 million, respectively, for these services.

Management Agreement. In connection with its initial public offering, Teekay Tankers entered into the long-term management agreement with Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd., a subsidiary of Teekay (the Manager ). Subject to certain limited termination rights, the initial term of the management agreement will expire on December 31, 2022. If not terminated, the agreement will automatically renew for five-year periods. Termination fees are required for early termination by Teekay Tankers under certain circumstances. Pursuant to the management agreement, the Manager provides to Teekay Tankers the following types of services: commercial (primarily vessel chartering), technical (primarily vessel maintenance and crewing), administrative (primarily accounting, legal and financial) and strategic (primarily advising on acquisitions, strategic planning and general management of the business). The Manager has agreed to use its best efforts to provide these services upon Teekay Tankers’ request in a commercially reasonable manner and may provide these services directly to Teekay Tankers or subcontract for certain of these services with other entities, primarily other Teekay subsidiaries.

In return for services under the management agreement, Teekay Tankers pays the Manager an agreed-upon fee for commercial services (other than for Teekay Tankers vessels participating in pooling arrangements), a technical services fee equal to the average rate Teekay charges third parties to technically manage their vessels of a similar size, and fees for administrative and strategic services that reimburse the Manager for its related direct and indirect expenses in providing such services and which includes a profit margin. During 2015, 2014, and 2013, Teekay Tankers incurred $15.4 million, $14.3 million, and $16.4 million, respectively, for these services.

The management agreement also provides for the payment of a performance fee in order to provide the Manager an incentive to increase cash available for distribution to Teekay Tankers’ shareholders. Teekay Tankers did not incur any performance fees for 2015, 2014 or 2013.

Pooling Arrangements. Certain Aframax tankers, Suezmax tankers and LR2 product tankers of Teekay Tankers participate in vessel pooling arrangements managed by other Teekay subsidiaries. The pool managers provide commercial services to the pool participants and administer the pools in exchange for a fee currently equal to 1.25% of the gross revenues attributable to each pool participant’s vessels and a fixed amount per vessel per day which ranges from to $275 (for the LR2 product tanker pool), $325 (for the Suezmax tanker pool) to $350 (for the Aframax tanker pool). Voyage revenues and voyage expenses of Teekay Tankers’ vessels operating in these pool arrangements are pooled with the voyage revenues and voyage expenses of other pool participants. The resulting net pool revenues, calculated on a time-charter equivalent basis, are allocated to the pool participants according to an agreed formula. Teekay Tankers incurred pool management fees during 2015, 2014, and 2013 of $10.4 million, $5.3 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

Relationship with Tanker Investments Ltd. ( TIL )

In January 2014, Teekay and Teekay Tankers formed TIL. For information about our relationship with TIL, please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 3(e)–Investments.”

 

Item 8. Financial Information

Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes

Please see Item 18 below for additional information required to be disclosed under this Item.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we have been, and we expect to continue to be, subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. Such claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We believe that any adverse outcome of existing claims, other than with respect to the items noted in “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 16 (c)—Legal Proceedings and Claims”, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, when taking into account our insurance coverage and rights to see indemnification from charterers. For information about recent legal proceedings, please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 16 (c)—Legal Proceedings and Claims.”

 

84


Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

Commencing with the quarter ended September 30, 1995, we declared and paid quarterly cash dividends in the amount of $0.1075 per share on our common stock. We increased our quarterly dividend from $0.1375 to $0.2075 per share in the fourth quarter of 2005, from $0.2075 to $0.2375 in the fourth quarter of 2006, from $0.2375 to $0.275 in the fourth quarter of 2007, and from $0.275 to $0.31625 in the fourth quarter of 2008. Effective for the quarterly distribution for the second quarter of 2015, we increased our quarterly dividend from $0.31625 to $0.55 per common share. Effective for the quarterly distribution for the fourth quarter of 2015, we decreased our quarterly cash distribution from $0.55 per common share to $0.055 per common share.

Our quarterly dividend payment is primarily based on the cash flow contributions from our general partner and limited partner interests in Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG, together with other dividends received, after deductions for parent company level corporate general and administrative expenses and any reserves determined to be required by our Board of Directors. Based on the upcoming equity capital requirements for our committed growth projects, coupled with the uncertainty regarding how long it will take for the energy and capital markets to normalize, we believe that it is in the best interests of our shareholders to conserve more of our internally generated cash flows to fund future growth projects and to reduce debt levels. Consequently, effective for the quarterly distribution for the fourth quarter of 2015, Teekay Offshore temporarily reduced its quarterly cash distribution per common unit to $0.11 from $0.56. Teekay LNG temporarily reduced its quarterly cash distribution per common unit to $0.14 from $0.70, and we temporarily reduced our quarterly cash distribution per common share to $0.055 from $0.55.

Pursuant to our dividend reinvestment program, holders of common stock are permitted to choose, in lieu of receiving cash dividends, to reinvest any dividends in additional shares of common stock at then-prevailing market prices, but without brokerage commissions or service charges.

The timing and amount of dividends, if any, will depend, among other things, on our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, restrictions in financing agreements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Because we are a holding company with no material assets other than the stock of our subsidiaries and investments in joint ventures, our ability to pay dividends on the common stock depends on the earnings and cash flow of our subsidiaries and distributions from the joint ventures.

Significant Changes

Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 24—Subsequent Events.”

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “TK”. The following table sets forth the high and low prices for our common stock on the NYSE for each of the periods indicated.

 

Years Ended    Dec. 31,
2015
     Dec. 31,
2014
     Dec. 31,
2013
     Dec. 31,
2012
     Dec. 31,
2011
                             

High

   $ 51.39       $ 67.98       $ 48.13       $ 36.60       $ 37.93               

Low

   $ 6.65       $ 44.01       $ 32.49       $ 24.89       $ 20.67               
Quarters Ended    Mar. 31,
2016
     Dec. 31,
2015
     Sept. 30,
2015
     Jun. 30,
2015
     Mar. 31,
2015
     Dec. 31,
2014
     Sept. 30,
2014
     Jun. 30,
2014
     Mar. 31,
2014
 

High

   $ 10.23       $ 35.93       $ 44.58       $ 51.39       $ 51.20       $ 67.97       $ 67.98       $ 62.67       $ 60.42   

Low

   $ 4.37       $ 6.65       $ 28.36       $ 42.22       $ 41.12       $ 44.01       $ 49.63       $ 54.82       $ 46.59   
Months Ended    Mar. 31,
2016
     Feb. 29,
2016
     Jan. 31,
2016
     Dec. 31,
2015
     Nov. 30,
2015
     Oct. 31,
2015
                      

High

   $ 10.20       $ 8.58       $ 10.23       $ 28.19       $ 32.95       $ 35.93            

Low

   $ 7.59       $ 5.34       $ 4.37       $ 6.65       $ 27.07       $ 29.26            

 

Item 10. Additional Information

Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended, have been filed as exhibits 1.1 and 1.2 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on April 7, 2009, and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report. Our Bylaws have previously been filed as exhibit 1.3 to our Report on Form 6-K (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on August 31, 2011, and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

The rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of our capital stock are described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock” of our Rule 424(b) prospectus (Registration No. 333-52513), filed with the SEC on June 10, 1998, and hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report, provided that since the date of such prospectus (1) the par value of our capital stock has been changed to $0.001 per share, (2) our authorized capital stock has been increased to 725,000,000 shares of common stock and 25,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, (3) we have been domesticated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands and (4) we have adopted a staggered Board of Directors, with directors serving three-year terms.

 

85


Table of Contents

The necessary actions required to change the rights of holders of our capital stock and the conditions governing the manner in which annual and special meetings of shareholders are convened are described in our Bylaws filed as exhibit 1.3 to our Report on Form 6-K (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on August 31, 2011, and hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

We have in place a rights agreement that would have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Teekay. The amended and restated rights agreement has been filed as part of our Form 8-A/A (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on July 2, 2010, and hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

There are no limitations on the rights to own securities, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the securities imposed by the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or by our Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws.

Material Contracts

The following is a summary of each material contract, other than material contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, for the two years immediately preceding the date of this Annual Report:

 

(a)

Agreement, dated June 26, 2003, for a U.S. $550,000,000 Secured Reducing Revolving Loan Facility among Norsk Teekay Holdings Ltd., Den Norske Bank ASA and various other banks.

 

(b)

Agreement, dated September 1, 2004 for a U.S. $500,000,000 Credit Facility Agreement to be made available to Teekay Nordic Holdings Incorporated by Nordea Bank Finland PLC, New York Branch.

 

(c)

Supplemental Agreement dated September 30, 2004 to Agreement, dated June 26, 2003, for a U.S. $550,000,000 Secured Reducing Revolving Loan Facility among Norsk Teekay Holdings Ltd., Den Norske Bank ASA and various other banks.

 

(d)

Agreement, dated May 26, 2005 for a U.S. $550,000,000 Credit Facility Agreement to be made available to Avalon Spirit LLC et al by Nordea Bank Finland PLC and others.

 

(e)

Agreement, dated October 2, 2006 for a U.S. $940,000,000 Secured Reducing Revolving Loan Facility among Teekay Offshore Operating L.P., Den Norske Bank ASA and various other banks. Please read Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Teekay Corporation included herein for a summary of certain contract terms relating to our loan facilities.

 

(f)

Agreement, dated August 23, 2006 for a U.S. $330,000,000 Secured Reducing Revolving Loan Facility among Teekay LNG Partners L.P., ING Bank N.V. and various other banks. Please read Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Teekay Corporation included herein for a summary of certain contract terms relating to our loan facilities.

 

(g)

Agreement, dated November 28, 2007 for a U.S. $845,000,000 Secured Reducing Revolving Loan Facility among Teekay Corporation, Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland PLC and various other banks.

 

(h)

Agreement dated May 16, 2007 for a U.S. $700,000,000 Credit Facility Agreement to be made available to Teekay Acquisition Holdings LLC et al by HSH NordBank AG and others.

 

(i)

Annual Executive Bonus Plan.

 

(j)

2003 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(k)

Amended 1995 Stock Option Plan.

 

(l)

Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2010, between Teekay Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Rights Agent.

 

(m)

Amended and Restated Omnibus Agreement dated as of December 19, 2006, among Teekay Corporation, Teekay GP L.L.C., Teekay LNG Partners L.P., Teekay LNG Operating L.L.C., Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C., Teekay Offshore Partners L.P., Teekay Offshore Operating GP. L.L.C. and Teekay Offshore Operating L.P. govern, among other things, when Teekay Corporation, Teekay LNG L.P. and Teekay Offshore L.P. may compete with each other and to provide the applicable parties certain rights of first offer on LNG carriers, oil tankers, shuttle tankers, FSO units and FPSO units.

 

(n)

Indenture dated January 27, 2010 among Teekay Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. for U.S. $450,000,000 8.5% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2020.

 

(o)

Agreement, dated October 5, 2012, for NOK 700,000,000 Senior Unsecured Bonds due October 2015, among us and Norsk Tillitsmann ASA. All payments are at NIBOR plus 4.75% per annum.

 

(p)

2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(q)

Agreement, dated December 21, 2012 for a U.S. $200,000,000 Margin Loan Agreement among Teekay Finance Limited, Citibank, N.A. and others.

 

(r)

Amendment Agreement, dated December 18, 2013 for a U.S. $300,000,000 Margin Loan Agreement among Teekay Finance Limited, Citibank, N.A. and others.

 

(s)

Agreement, dated February 24, 2014 for a U.S. $815,000,000 Secure Term Loan Facility Agreement among Knarr L.L.C., Citibank, N.A. and others.

 

(t)

Agreement dated July 7, 2014; between Teekay LNG Operating L.L.C. and China LNG Shipping (Holdings) Limited to form TC LNG Shipping L.L.C. in connection with the Yamal LNG Project.

 

(u)

Agreement dated December 17, 2014, for a U.S. $450,000,000 secured loan facility between Nakilat Holdco L.L.C. and Qatar National Bank SAQ. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.85%. The facility requires quarterly repayments, with a bullet payment in 2026.

 

86


Table of Contents
(v)

Amendment Agreement No. 2, dated December 19, 2014 for a U.S. $200,000,000 Margin Loan Agreement among Teekay Finance Limited, Citibank, N.A. and others.

 

(w)

Amendment Agreement No. 3, dated October 5, 2015 for a U.S. $500,000,000 Margin Loan Agreement among Teekay Finance Limited, Citibank, N.A. and others.

 

(x)

Amendment Agreement No. 4, dated December 17, 2015 for a U.S. $500,000,000 Margin Loan Agreement among Teekay Finance Limited, Citibank, N.A. and others.

 

(y)

First Supplemental Indenture dated November 16, 2015 among Teekay Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. for U.S. $200,000,000 8.5% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2021.

 

(z)

Agreement, dated July 31, 2015, among OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG, ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and various other banks for a U.S. $803,711,786.92 term loan due 2027.

 

(aa)

Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2015, between Teekay Corporation and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, for itself and on behalf of the several initial purchasers listed in Schedule 1 thereto.

 

(ab)

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 16, 2015 by and among Teekay Corporation and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, for itself and as representative of the several initial purchasers listed in Schedule 1 thereto.

 

(ac)

Secured Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated January 8, 2016 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland PLC and various other banks, for a $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021.

Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders

We are not aware of any governmental laws, decrees or regulations, including foreign exchange controls, in the Republic of The Marshall Islands that restrict the export or import of capital or that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to holders of our securities that are non-resident and not citizens.

We are not aware of any limitations on the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote our securities imposed by the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.

Taxation

Teekay Corporation was incorporated in the Republic of Liberia on February 9, 1979 and was domesticated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands on December 20, 1999. Its principal executive offices located in Bermuda. The following provides information regarding taxes to which a U.S. Holder of our common stock may be subject.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to shareholders. This discussion is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or the Code), legislative history, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations (or Treasury Regulations), judicial authority and administrative interpretations, all as in effect on the date of this Annual Report and which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or are subject to different interpretations. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to Teekay Corporation.

This discussion is limited to shareholders who hold their common stock as a capital asset for tax purposes. This discussion does not address all tax considerations that may be important to a particular shareholder in light of the shareholder’s circumstances, or to certain categories of shareholders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as:

 

   

dealers in securities or currencies,

 

   

traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities,

 

   

persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar,

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion or other “synthetic security” or integrated transaction,

 

   

certain U.S. expatriates,

 

   

financial institutions,

 

   

insurance companies,

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax,

 

   

persons that actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules own 10% or more of our common stock; and

 

   

entities that are tax-exempt for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of that partnership’s partner generally will depend upon the status of such partner and the activities of such partnership. Partners in partnerships holding our common stock should consult their own tax advisors to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the partnership’s ownership of our common stock.

 

87


Table of Contents

This discussion does not address any U.S. estate tax considerations or tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction. Each shareholder is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S. and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

As used herein, the term U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (i) a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien (or a U.S. Individual Holder), (ii) a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation, that was created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust that either is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and has one or more U.S. persons with authority to control all of its substantial decisions or has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies (or PFICs) below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common stock to a U.S. Holder generally will constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or “qualified dividend income” as described in more detail below, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common stock and thereafter as capital gain, which will be either long term or short term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. Holder has held the shares for more than one year. U.S. Holders that are corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. For purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dividends received with respect to our common stock will be treated as foreign source income and generally will be treated as “passive category income”.

Subject to holding period requirements and certain other limitations, dividends received with respect to our common stock by a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate (or a Non-Corporate U.S. Holder ) will be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such Non-Corporate U.S. Holder at preferential capital gain tax rates provided that we are not classified as a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (we intend to take the position that we are not now and have never been classified as a PFIC, as discussed below). Any dividends received with respect to our common stock not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a Non-Corporate U.S. Holder.

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend” paid by us. Generally, an extraordinary dividend is, a dividend with respect to a share of common stock if the amount of the dividend is equal to or in excess of 10% of a common shareholder’s adjusted basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) in such common stock. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances). If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common stock that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss recognized by a Non-Corporate U.S. Holder from the sale or exchange of such common stock will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

Certain Non-Corporate U.S. Holders are subject to a 3.8% tax on certain investment income, including dividends. Non-Corporate U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership of our common stock.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of PFICs below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such stock. Subject to the discussion of extraordinary dividends above, such gain or loss generally will be treated as (a) long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition, or short -term capital gain or loss otherwise and (b) U.S.-source gain or loss, as applicable, for foreign tax credit purposes. Non-Corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Certain Non-Corporate U.S. Holders are subject to a 3.8% tax on certain investment income, including capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stock. Non-Corporate U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their disposition of our common stock.

Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification

A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain subsidiaries pursuant to a “look through” rule, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive” income; or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties, other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. By contrast, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.”

There are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from our time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services, including legal uncertainties arising from the decision in Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), which held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a foreign sales corporation provision of the Code. However, the Internal Revenue Service (or IRS) stated in an Action on Decision (AOD 2010-01) that it disagrees with, and will not acquiesce to, the way that the rental versus services framework was applied to the facts in the Tidewater decision, and in its discussion stated that the time charters at issue in Tidewater would be treated as producing services income for PFIC purposes. The IRS’s statement with respect to Tidewater cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited as precedent by taxpayers. Consequently, in the absence of any binding legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court would not follow the Tidewater decision in interpreting the PFIC provisions of the Code. Moreover, the market value of our common stock and our publicly traded securities may be treated as reflecting the value of our assets, and our publicly traded subsidiaries’ assets, respectively, at any given time. Therefore, a decline in the market value of our common stock, or our publicly traded subsidiaries, which is not within our control, may impact the determination of whether we are a PFIC. Nevertheless, based on our and our subsidiaries’ current assets and operations, we intend to take the position that we are not now and have never been a PFIC. No assurance can be given, however, that the IRS, or a court of law, will accept our position or that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if there were to be changes in our or our subsidiaries assets, income or operations.

 

88


Table of Contents

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes a timely and effective election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund” (a QEF election). As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, as discussed below.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election. If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election (an Electing Holder), the Electing Holder must report each taxable year for U.S. federal income tax purposes the Electing Holder’s pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for each taxable year for which we are a PFIC that ends with or within the Electing Holder’s taxable year, regardless of whether or not the Electing Holder received distributions from us in that year. Such income inclusions would not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that were previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. A U.S. Holder makes a QEF election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with the U.S. Holder’s timely filed U.S. federal income tax return (including extensions).

If a U.S. Holder has not made a timely QEF election with respect to the first year in the U.S. Holder’s holding period of our common stock during which we qualified as a PFIC, the U.S. Holder may be treated as having made a timely QEF election by filing a QEF election with the U.S. Holder’s timely filed U.S. federal income tax return (including extensions) and, under the rules of Section 1291 of the Code, a “deemed sale election” to include in income as an “excess distribution” (described below) the amount of any gain that the U.S. Holder would otherwise recognize if the U.S. Holder sold the U.S. Holder’s common stock on the “qualification date.” The qualification date is the first day of our taxable year in which we qualified as a “qualified electing fund” with respect to such U.S. Holder. In addition to the above rules, under very limited circumstances, a U.S. Holder may make a retroactive QEF election if the U.S. Holder failed to file the QEF election documents in a timely manner. If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election for one of our taxable years, but did not make such election with respect to the first year in the U.S. Holder’s holding period of our common stock during which we qualified as a PFIC and the U.S. Holder did not make the deemed sale election described above, the U.S. Holder also will be subject to the more adverse rules described below.

A U.S. Holder’s QEF election will not be effective unless we annually provide the U.S. Holder with certain information concerning our income and gain, calculated in accordance with the Code, to be included with the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return. We have not provided our U.S. Holders with such information in prior taxable years and do not intend to provide such information in the current taxable year. Accordingly, U.S. Holders will not be able to make an effective QEF election at this time. If, contrary to our expectations, we determine that we are or will be a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide U.S. Holders with the information necessary to make an effective QEF election with respect to our common stock.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election. If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate, our stock were treated as “marketable stock,” then, as an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made for the first year a U.S. Holder holds or is deemed to hold our common stock and for which we are a PFIC, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s common stock at the end of the taxable year over the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year that we are a PFIC, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our common stock would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock in taxable years that we are a PFIC would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock in taxable years that we are a PFIC would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. Because the mark-to-market election only applies to marketable stock, however, it would not apply to a U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any of our subsidiaries that were also determined to be PFICs.

If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election for one of our taxable years and we were a PFIC for a prior taxable year during which such U.S. Holder held our common stock and for which (i) we were not a QEF with respect to such U.S. Holder and (ii) such U.S. Holder did not make a timely mark-to-market election, such U.S. Holder would also be subject to the more adverse rules described below in the first taxable year for which the mark-to-market election is in effect and also to the extent the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s common stock exceeds the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock at the end of the first taxable year for which the mark-to-market election is in effect.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election. If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year (a Non-Electing Holder) would be subject to special rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to (i) any “excess distribution” (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common stock in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for our common stock), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. Under these special rules:

 

   

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for our common stock;

 

   

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the taxable year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income in the current taxable year;

 

89


Table of Contents
   

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayers for that year; and

 

   

an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

Additionally, for each year during which a U.S. Holder owns shares, we are a PFIC, and the total value of all PFIC stock that such U.S. Holder directly or indirectly owns exceeds certain thresholds, such U.S. Holder will be required to file IRS Form 8621 with its annual U.S. federal income tax return to report its ownership of our common stock. In addition, if a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our common stock, such Non-Electing Holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such common stock.

U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the PFIC rules, including the PFIC annual reporting requirements, as well as the applicability, availability and advisability of, and procedure for, making QEF Elections, Mark-to-Market Elections and other available elections with respect to us and our subsidiaries, and the U.S. federal income tax consequences of making such elections.

Consequences of Possible Controlled Foreign Corporation Classification

If CFC Shareholders (generally, U.S. Holders who each own, directly, indirectly or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of our outstanding shares entitled to vote) own directly, indirectly or constructively more than 50% of either the total combined voting power of our outstanding shares entitled to vote or the total value of all of our outstanding shares, we generally would be treated as a controlled foreign corporation (or a CFC).

CFC Shareholders are treated as receiving current distributions of their respective share of certain income of the CFC without regard to any actual distributions and are subject to other burdensome U.S. federal income tax and administrative requirements but generally are not also subject to the requirements generally applicable to shareholders of a PFIC. In addition, a person who is or has been a CFC Shareholder may recognize ordinary income on the disposition of shares of the CFC. Although we do not believe we are or will become a CFC, U.S. persons owning a substantial interest in us should consider the potential implications of being treated as a CFC Shareholder in the event we become a CFC in the future.

The U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders who are not CFC Shareholders would not change in the event we become a CFC in the future.

U.S. Return Disclosure Requirements for U.S. Individual Holders

U.S. Individual Holders who hold certain specified foreign financial assets, including stock in a foreign corporation that is not held in an account maintained by a financial institution, with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 on the last day of a taxable year, or $75,000 at any time during that taxable year, may be required to report such assets on IRS Form 8938 with their U.S. federal income tax return for that taxable year. This reporting requirement does not apply to U.S. Individual Holders who report their ownership of our shares under the PFIC annual reporting rules described above. Penalties apply for failure to properly complete and file IRS Form 8938. U.S. Individual Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisor regarding the possible application of this disclosure requirement.

United States Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

A beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is a Non-U.S. Holder.

Distributions

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us with respect to our common stock unless the distributions are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that the Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States). If a Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business and the distributions are deemed to be effectively connected to that trade or business, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on those distributions in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our common stock unless (a) such gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that the Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States) or (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which such disposition occurs and meets certain other requirements. If a Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business and the disposition of our common stock is deemed to be effectively connected to that trade or business, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the resulting gain in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, payments of distributions with respect to, or the proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock to a Non-Corporate U.S. Holder will be subject to information reporting requirements. These payments to a Non-Corporate U.S. Holder also may be subject to backup withholding if the Non-Corporate U.S. Holder:

 

   

fails to timely provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

   

is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or distributions required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns; or

 

90


Table of Contents
   

in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding on payments made to them within the United States, or through a U.S. payor by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8EXP, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a shareholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against its liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by accurately completing and timely filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

Non-United States Tax Considerations

Marshall Islands Tax Considerations. Because Teekay and our subsidiaries do not, and do not expect that we or they will, conduct business or operations in the Republic of The Marshall Islands, and because all documentation related to issuances of shares of our common stock was executed outside of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law, no taxes or withholdings will be imposed by the Republic of The Marshall Islands on distributions made to holders of shares of our common stock, so long as such persons are not citizens of and do not reside in, maintain offices in, or engage in business in the Republic of The Marshall Islands. Furthermore, no stamp, capital gains or other taxes will be imposed by the Republic of The Marshall Islands on the purchase, ownership or disposition by such persons of shares of our common stock.

Documents on Display

Documents concerning us that are referred to herein may be inspected at our principal executive offices at 4 th Floor, Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda. Those documents electronically filed via the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (or EDGAR ) system may also be obtained from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov , free of charge, or from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. Further information on the operation of the SEC public reference rooms may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We, as in Teekay Corporation and its subsidiaries, are exposed to market risk from foreign currency fluctuations and changes in interest rates, bunker fuel prices and spot tanker market rates for vessels. We use foreign currency forward contracts, cross currency and interest rate swaps, bunker fuel swap contracts and forward freight agreements to manage currency, interest rate, bunker fuel price and spot tanker market rate risks but we do not use these financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 15—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

Foreign Currency Fluctuation Risk

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. Transactions in this market generally utilize the U.S. Dollar. Consequently, a substantial majority of our revenues and most of our operating costs are in U.S. Dollars. We incur certain voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, dry docking and overhead costs in foreign currencies, the most significant of which are the Australian Dollar, Brazilian Real, British Pound, Canadian Dollar, Euro, Norwegian Kroner and Singapore Dollar. There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on the value of cash flows.

We reduce our exposure by entering into foreign currency forward contracts. In most cases, we hedge our net foreign currency exposure for the following nine to 12 months. We generally do not hedge our net foreign currency exposure beyond three years forward.

As at December 31, 2015, we had the following foreign currency forward contracts:

 

     Contract Amount
in Foreign
Currency
(1)
     Average
Forward Rate 
(2)
     Fair Value /
Carrying Amount
of Asset (Liability)  (3)
$
    Expected Maturity  
          
           2016 (3)      2017 (3)  
           $      $  

Euro

     11,103        0.91         (45     12,153         —     

Norwegian Kroner

     1,105,000        7.72         (18,005     100,812         42,274   

Singapore Dollar

     22,442        1.36         (776     16,537         —     
        

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
           (18,826     129,502         42,274   
        

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Foreign currency contract amounts in thousands.

(2)

Average contractual exchange rate represents the contractual amount of foreign currency one U.S. Dollar will buy.

(3)

Contract amounts and fair value amounts in thousands of U.S. Dollars.

Although the majority of our transactions, assets and liabilities are denominated in U.S. Dollars, certain of our subsidiaries have foreign currency-denominated liabilities. There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on the value of our cash flows. We have not entered into any forward contracts to protect against the translation risk of our foreign currency-denominated liabilities. As at December 31, 2015, we had Euro-denominated term loans of 222.7 million Euros ($241.8 million). We receive Euro-denominated revenue from certain of our time charters. These Euro cash receipts generally are sufficient to pay the principal and interest payments on our Euro-denominated term loans. Consequently, we have not entered into any foreign currency forward contracts with respect to our Euro-denominated term loans, although there is no assurance that our net exposure to fluctuations in the Euro will not increase in the future.

 

91


Table of Contents

We enter into cross currency swaps in connection with our NOK bond issuances, and pursuant to these swaps we receive the principal amount in NOK on the maturity date of the swap, in exchange for payment of a fixed U.S. Dollar amount. In addition, the cross currency swaps exchange a receipt of floating interest in NOK based on NIBOR plus a margin for a payment of U.S. Dollar fixed interest. The purpose of the cross currency swaps is to economically hedge the foreign currency exposure on the payment of interest and principal of our NOK bonds due in 2016 through 2020. In addition, the cross currency swaps economically hedge the interest rate exposure on the NOK bonds. We have not designated, for accounting purposes, these cross currency swaps as cash flow hedges of our NOK-denominated bonds. As at December 31, 2015, we were committed to the following cross currency swaps:

 

Notional

Amount

NOK (1)

   Notional
Amount
USD
(1)
     Floating Rate Receivable     Fixed
Rate
Payable
           
      Reference
Rate
   Margin       Fair Value  (1)     Remaining
Term (years)

500,000

     89,710       NIBOR      4.00     4.94     (33,714   0.1

600,000

     101,351       NIBOR      5.75     7.49     (36,505   1.1

700,000

     125,000       NIBOR      5.25     6.88     (49,703   1.3

800,000

     143,536       NIBOR      4.75     6.07     (56,985   2.1

900,000

     150,000       NIBOR      4.35     6.43     (54,027   2.7

1,000,000

     162,200       NIBOR      4.25     6.42     (56,124   3.1

1,000,000

     134,000       NIBOR      3.70     5.92     (25,052   4.4
            

 

 

   
               (312,110  
            

 

 

   

 

(1)

In thousands of Norwegian Kroner and U.S. Dollars.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our borrowings that require us to make interest payments based on LIBOR, NIBOR or EURIBOR. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our operating margins, results of operations and our ability to service our debt. We use interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. Generally our approach is to economically hedge a substantial majority of floating-rate debt associated with our vessels that are operating on long-term fixed-rate contracts. We manage the rest of our debt based on our outlook for interest rates and other factors.

We are exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swap agreements. In order to minimize counterparty risk, we only enter into derivative transactions with counterparties that are rated A- or better by Standard & Poor’s or A3 or better by Moody’s at the time of the transaction. In addition, to the extent possible and practical, interest rate swaps are entered into with different counterparties to reduce concentration risk.

The table below provides information about our financial instruments at December 31, 2015, that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including our debt and capital lease obligations and interest rate swaps. For long-term debt and capital lease obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For interest rate swaps, the table presents notional amounts and weighted-average interest rates by expected contractual maturity dates.

 

                 Expected Maturity Date                 Fair Value
Asset /
       
     2016     2017     2018     2019     2020     Thereafter     Total     (Liability)     Rate (1)  
     (in millions of U.S. dollars)  

Long-Term Debt:

                  

Variable Rate ($U.S.) (2)

     1,010.4       864.3       1,246.9       466.4       375.8       1,509.1       5,472.9       (5,398.0     1.9

Variable Rate (Euro) (3)(4)

     15.0       16.1       128.8       9.2       9.9       62.8       241.8       (232.9     1.3

Variable Rate (NOK) (4)(5)

     56.6       147.0       192.2       113.1       113.1       —         622.0       (570.7     5.6

Fixed-Rate Debt ($U.S.)

     28.4       35.1       28.0       332.3       612.2       107.7       1,143.7       (841.6     6.9

Average Interest Rate

     4.6     2.3     4.7     5.9     8.4     4.6     6.9    

Capital Lease Obligations

                  

Variable-Rate ($U.S.) (6)

     4.5       28.3       26.3       —         —         —         59.1       (59.1     5.5

Average Interest Rate (7)

     5.4     4.6     6.4     —         —         —         5.5    

Interest Rate Swaps:

                  

Contract Amount ($U.S.) (8)

     1,015.7       502.5       311.3       265.4       493.1       916.8       3,504.8       (328.3     3.4

Average Fixed Pay Rate (2)

     2.8     3.6     2.4     2.8     3.0     4.5     3.4    

Contract Amount (Euro) (4)(9)

     15.0       16.1       128.8       9.2       9.9       62.8       241.8       (35.7     3.1

Average Fixed Pay Rate (3)

     3.1     3.1     2.6     3.7     3.7     3.9     3.1    

 

(1)

Rate refers to the weighted-average effective interest rate for our long-term debt and capital lease obligations, including the margin we pay on our floating-rate, which, as of December 31, 2015, ranged from 0.3% to 3.95% for U.S. Dollar denominated debt. The average interest rate for our capital lease obligations is the weighted-average interest rate implicit in our lease obligations at the inception of the leases.

 

92


Table of Contents
(2)

Interest payments on U.S. Dollar-denominated debt and interest rate swaps are based on LIBOR. The average fixed pay rate for our interest rate swaps excludes the margin we pay on our floating-rate debt. In January 2016, Teekay Tankers entered into a new $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021, of which $845.8 million was used to repay the Teekay Tankers’ two bridge loan facilities, which matured in late January 2016, and the Teekay Tankers’ main corporate revolving credit facility, which was scheduled to mature in 2017. The amounts in the table above include the impact of this debt refinancing.

(3)

Interest payments on Euro-denominated debt and interest rate swaps are based on EURIBOR.

(4)

Euro-denominated and NOK-denominated amounts have been converted to U.S. Dollars using the prevailing exchange rate as of December 31, 2015.

(5)

Interest payments on our NOK-denominated debt and on our cross currency swaps are based on NIBOR. Our NOK-denominated debt has been economically hedged with cross currency swaps, to swap all interest and principal payments at maturity into U.S. Dollars, with the interest payments fixed at rates between 4.94% to 7.49% and interest rate payments swapped from NIBOR plus margins between 3.70% to 5.75% and the transfer of principal fixed between $89.7 million to $162.2 million upon maturity in exchange for NOK 500 million to NOK 1 billion.

(6)

The amount of capital lease obligations represents the present value of minimum lease payments together with our purchase obligation, as applicable.

(7)

The average interest rate is the weighted-average interest rate implicit in the capital lease obligations at the inception of the leases. Interest rate adjustments on these leases have corresponding adjustments in charter receipts under the terms of the charter contracts to which these leases relate.

(8)

The average variable receive rate for our interest rate swaps is set quarterly at the 3-month LIBOR or semi-annually at the 6-month LIBOR.

(9)

The average variable receive rate for our Euro-denominated interest rate swaps is set at 1-month EURIBOR.

Equity Price Risk

We and Teekay Tankers are exposed to the changes in the stock price of TIL. We and Teekay Tankers have stock purchase warrants entitling us and Teekay Tankers to purchase an aggregate of up to 1.5 million shares of common stock of TIL at a fixed price of $10 per share. The stock purchase warrants vest in four equally sized tranches. Each tranche will vest and become exercisable when and if the fair market value of a share of the Common Stock equals or exceeds 77.08 NOK, 92.50 NOK, 107.91 NOK and 123.33 NOK, respectively, for such tranche for any ten consecutive trading days. As at December 31, 2015, the first two tranches had vested. The stock purchase warrants expire on January 23, 2019.

Commodity Price Risk

From time to time we may use bunker fuel swap contracts relating to a portion of our bunker fuel expenditures. As at December 31, 2015, we were not committed to any bunker fuel swap contracts.

Spot Tanker Market Rate Risk

In order to reduce variability in revenues from fluctuations in certain spot tanker market rates, from time to time we have entered into forward freight agreements (or FFAs ). FFAs involve contracts to move a theoretical volume of freight at fixed-rates, thus attempting to reduce our exposure to spot tanker market rates. As at December 31, 2015, we had no FFA commitments.

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Not applicable.

PART II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None.

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or the Exchange Act)) that are designed to ensure that (i) information required to be disclosed in our reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act, are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and (ii) information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

We conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based on the evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2015.

 

93


Table of Contents

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer do not expect that our disclosure controls or internal controls will prevent all error and all fraud. Although our disclosure controls and procedures were designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, a control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within us have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based partly on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining for us adequate internal controls over financial reporting.

Our internal controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our internal controls over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. This evaluation included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements even when determined to be effective and can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate. However, based on the evaluation, management believes that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.

Our independent auditors, KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm has audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements and our internal control over financial reporting. Their attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting can be found on page F-2 of this Annual Report.

There were no changes in our internal controls that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a – 15 (f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Board has determined that director and Chair of the Audit Committee, Eileen A. Mercier, qualifies as an audit committee financial expert and is independent under applicable NYSE and SEC standards.

 

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Standards of Business Conduct that applies to all employees and directors. This document is available under “Investors – Teekay Corporation – Governance” from the home page of our website (www.teekay.com ). We also intend to disclose under “Investors – Teekay Corporation – Governance” in the Investors section of our web site any waivers to or amendments of our Standards of Business Conduct for the benefit of our directors and executive officers.

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Our principal accountant for 2015 and 2014 was KPMG LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants. The following table shows the fees Teekay and our subsidiaries paid or accrued for audit and other services provided by KPMG LLP for 2015 and 2014.

 

Fees (in thousands of U.S. dollars)    2015      2014  

Audit Fees (1)

   $ 3,654      $ 3,348  

Audit-Related Fees (2)

     24        61  

Tax Fees (3)

     43        69  

All Other Fees (4)

     —          14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,721      $ 3,492  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Audit fees represent fees for professional services provided in connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements, reviews of our quarterly consolidated financial statements and audit services provided in connection with other statutory or regulatory filings for Teekay or our subsidiaries including professional services in connection with the review of our regulatory filings for public offerings of our subsidiaries. Audit fees for 2015 and 2014 include approximately $736,000 and $729,000, respectively, of fees paid to KPMG LLP by Teekay LNG that were approved by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the general partner of Teekay LNG. Audit fees for 2015 and 2014 include approximately $1,033,000 and $841,000, respectively, of fees paid to KPMG LLP by our subsidiary Teekay Offshore that were approved by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the general partner of Teekay Offshore. Audit fees for 2015 and 2014 include approximately $294,000 and $275,000, respectively, of fees paid to KPMG LLP by our subsidiary Teekay Tankers that were approved by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Teekay Tankers.

 

94


Table of Contents
(2)

Audit-related fees consisted primarily of accounting consultations, employee benefit plan audits, services related to business acquisitions, divestitures and other attestation services.

(3)

For 2015 and 2014, tax fees principally included corporate tax compliance fees.

(4)

All other fees principally relate to due diligence services provided in the year.

The Audit Committee has the authority to pre-approve audit-related and non-audit services not prohibited by law to be performed by our independent auditors and associated fees. Engagements for proposed services either may be separately pre-approved by the Audit Committee or entered into pursuant to detailed pre-approval policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee, as long as the Audit Committee is informed on a timely basis of any engagement entered into on that basis. The Audit Committee separately pre-approved all engagements and fees paid to our principal accountants in 2015 and 2014.

 

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

In October 2008, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $200 million of shares of our common stock. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay had repurchased 5.2 million shares of Common Stock for $162.3 million pursuant to such authorizations. The total remaining share repurchase authorization at December 31, 2015, was $37.7 million. During 2013 and under a separate authorization, Teekay repurchased 0.3 million shares of Common Stock for $12.0 million from Resolute. Teekay did not repurchase any shares of common stock during 2015.

 

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

 

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

The following are the significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies:

 

 

In lieu of obtaining shareholder approval prior to the adoption of equity compensation plans, the board of directors approves such adoption, as permitted by New York Stock Exchange rules for foreign private issuers.

There are no other significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by U.S. domestic companies under the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable

PART III

 

Item 17. Financial Statements

Not applicable.

 

Item 18. Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements and schedule, together with the related reports of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon, are filed as part of this Annual Report:

 

     Page  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-1 to F-2   

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Statements of Income

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-4   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

     F-7   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required, are inapplicable or have been disclosed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and therefore have been omitted.

 

95


Table of Contents
Item 19. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

 

    1.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Teekay Corporation. (13)
    1.2    Articles of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of Teekay Corporation. (13)
    1.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Teekay Corporation. (1)
    2.1    Registration Rights Agreement among Teekay Corporation, Tradewinds Trust Co. Ltd., as Trustee for the Cirrus Trust, and Worldwide Trust Services Ltd., as Trustee for the JTK Trust. (2)
    2.2    Specimen of Teekay Corporation Common Stock Certificate. (2)
    2.8    Indenture dated as of January 27, 2010 among Teekay Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. for US $450,000,000 8.5% Senior Notes due 2020. (14)
    2.9    Agreement, dated October 5, 2012, for NOK 700,000,000 Senior Unsecured Bonds due October 2015, among us and Norsk Tillitsmann ASA. (18)
    2.10    First Supplemental Indenture dated November 16, 2015 among Teekay Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. for U.S. $200,000,000 8.5% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2021.
    4.1    1995 Stock Option Plan. (2)
    4.2    Amendment to 1995 Stock Option Plan. (3)
    4.3    Amended 1995 Stock Option Plan. (4)
    4.4    Amended 2003 Equity Incentive Plan. (16)
    4.5    Annual Executive Bonus Plan. (5)
    4.7    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Teekay and each of its officers and directors. (2)
    4.8    Amended Rights Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2010 between Teekay Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Rights Agent. (7)
    4.9    Agreement dated June 26, 2003 for a U.S. $550,000,000 Secured Reducing Revolving Loan Facility among Norsk Teekay Holdings Ltd., Den Norske Bank ASA and various other banks. (8)
    4.10    Agreement dated September 1, 2004 for a U.S. $500,000,000 Credit Facility Agreement to be made available to Teekay Nordic Holdings Incorporated by Nordea Bank Finland PLC. (5)
    4.11    Supplemental Agreement dated September 30, 2004 to Agreement dated June 26, 2003, for a U.S. $550,000,000 Secured Reducing Revolving Loan Facility among Norsk Teekay Holdings Ltd., Den Norske Bank ASA and various other banks. (5)
    4.12    Agreement dated May 26, 2005 for a U.S. $550,000,000 Credit Facility Agreement to be made available to Avalon Spirit LLC et al by Nordea Bank Finland PLC and others. (6)
    4.13    Agreement dated October 2, 2006, for a U.S. $940,000,000 Secured Reducing Revolving Loan Facility among Teekay Offshore Operating L.P., Den Norske Bank ASA and various other banks. (9)
    4.14    Agreement dated August 23, 2006, for a U.S. $330,000,000 Secured Reducing Revolving Loan Facility among Teekay LNG Partners L.P., ING Bank N.V. and various other banks. (9)
    4.15    Agreement, dated November 28, 2007 for a U.S. $845,000,000 Secured Reducing Revolving Loan Facility among Teekay Corporation, Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland PLC and various other banks. (10)
    4.16    Agreement dated May 16, 2007 for a U.S. $700,000,000 Credit Facility Agreement to be made available to Teekay Acquisition Holdings L.L.C. et al by HSH NordBank AG and others. (11)
    4.17    Amended and Restated Omnibus Agreement dated as of December 19, 2006, among Teekay Corporation, Teekay GP L.L.C., Teekay LNG Partners L.P., Teekay LNG Operating L.L.C., Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C., Teekay Offshore Partners L.P., Teekay Offshore Operating GP. L.L.C. and Teekay Offshore Operating L.P. (12)
    4.18    2013 Equity Incentive Plan. (15)
    4.19    Agreement, dated December 21, 2012 for a U.S. $200,000,000 Margin Loan Agreement among Teekay Finance Limited, Citibank, N.A. and others. (17)
    4.20    Amendment Agreement, dated December 18, 2013 for a U.S. $300,000,000 Margin Loan Agreement among Teekay Finance Limited, Citibank, N.A. and others. (19)
    4.21    Agreement, dated February 24, 2014 for a U.S. $815,000,000 Secure Term Loan Facility Agreement among Knarr L.L.C., Citibank, N.A. and others. (20)
    4.22    Agreement dated July 7, 2014; Teekay LNG Operating L.L.C. entered into a shareholder agreement with China LNG Shipping (Holdings) Limited to form TC LNG Shipping L.L.C in connection with the Yamal LNG Project. (21)
    4.23    Agreement dated December 17, 2014, for a U.S. $450,000,000 secured loan facility between Nakilat Holdco L.L.C. and Qatar National Bank SAQ. (21)
    4.24    Amendment Agreement No. 2, dated December 19, 2014 for a U.S. $200,000,000 Margin Loan Agreement among Teekay Finance Limited, Citibank, N.A. and others. (21)
    4.25    Amendment Agreement No. 3, dated October 5, 2015 for a U.S. $500,000,000 Margin Loan Agreement among Teekay Finance Limited, Citibank, N.A. and others.
    4.26    Amendment Agreement No. 4, dated December 17, 2015 for a U.S. $500,000,000 Margin Loan Agreement among Teekay Finance Limited, Citibank, N.A. and others.
    4.27    Agreement, dated July 31, 2015, among OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG, ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and various other banks for a U.S. $803,711,786.92 term loan due 2027.
    4.28    Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2015, between Teekay Corporation and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, for itself and on behalf of the several initial purchasers listed in Schedule 1 thereto.
    4.29    Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 16, 2015 by and among Teekay Corporation and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, for itself and as representative of the several initial purchasers listed in Schedule 1 thereto.

 

96


Table of Contents
    4.30    Secured Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated January 8, 2016 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland PLC and various other banks, for a $894.4 million long-term debt facility.
    8.1    List of Significant Subsidiaries.
  12.1    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Teekay’s Chief Executive Officer.
  12.2    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Teekay’s Chief Financial Officer.
  13.1    Teekay Corporation Certification of Peter Evensen, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  13.2    Teekay Corporation Certification of Vincent Lok, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, as independent registered public accounting firm.
  23.2    Consolidated Financial Statements of Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V.
  23.3    Consolidated Financial Statements of Exmar LPG BVBA.
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

(1)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K (File No.1-12874), filed with the SEC on August 31, 2011, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(2)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 33-7573-4), filed with the SEC on July 14, 1995, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Registration Statement.

(3)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 6-K (File No.1-12874), filed with the SEC on May 2, 2000, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(4)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No.1-12874), filed with the SEC on April 2, 2001, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(5)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on April 8, 2005, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(6)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2006, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(7)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-A/A (File No.1-12874), filed with the SEC on July 2, 2010, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(8)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on August 14, 2003, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(9)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on December 21, 2006, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(10)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on April 11, 2008, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(11)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Schedule TO – T/A, filed with the SEC on May 18, 2007, and hereby incorporated by reference to such schedule.

(12)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on April 19, 2007, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(13)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on April 7, 2009, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(14)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on January 27, 2010, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(15)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-187142), filed with the SEC on March 8, 2013, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Registration Statement.

(16)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on April 25, 2012, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(17)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on April 29, 2013, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(18)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on April 28, 2014, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(19)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on April 28, 2014, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(20)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on September 2, 2014, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(21)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-12874), filed with the SEC on April 29, 2015, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

 

97


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

TEEKAY CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Vincent Lok

Vincent Lok

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Dated: April 26, 2016

 

98


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

TEEKAY CORPORATION

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Teekay Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated April 26, 2016, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has retrospectively changed its method of accounting for debt issuance costs effective December 31, 2015 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs .

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

Vancouver, Canada

April 26, 2016

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

TEEKAY CORPORATION

We have audited Teekay Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting in the accompanying Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, and our report dated April 26, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

Vancouver, Canada

April 26, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES (NOTE 1)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2015

$
    Year Ended
December 31,
2014

$
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013

$
 

Revenues

     2,450,382       1,993,920       1,830,085  

Voyage expenses

     (115,787     (127,847     (112,218

Vessel operating expenses

     (844,039     (809,319     (806,152

Time-charter hire expense

     (138,548     (67,219     (103,646

Depreciation and amortization

     (509,500     (422,904     (431,086

General and administrative expenses

     (133,184     (140,917     (140,958

Asset impairments (note 18b)

     (71,641     (4,759     (167,605

Loan loss recoveries (provisions) (note 18b)

     —         2,521       (748

Net gain on sale of vessels, equipment and other assets (note 18a)

     1,466       13,509       1,995  

Restructuring charges (note 20)

     (14,017     (9,826     (6,921
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from vessel operations

     625,132       427,159       62,746  

Interest expense

     (242,469     (208,529     (181,396

Interest income

     5,988       6,827       9,708  

Realized and unrealized (loss) gain on non-designated derivative instruments (note 15)

     (102,200     (231,675     18,414  

Equity income (note 23)

     102,871       128,114       136,538  

Foreign exchange (loss) gain (notes 8 and 15)

     (2,195     13,431       (13,304

Other income (loss) (note 14)

     1,566       (1,152     5,646  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before income taxes

     388,693       134,175       38,352  

Income tax recovery (expense) (note 21)

     16,767       (10,173     (2,872
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     405,460       124,002       35,480  

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests (note 1)

     (323,309     (178,759     (150,218
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to shareholders of Teekay Corporation

     82,151       (54,757     (114,738
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per common share of Teekay Corporation (note 19)

      

•       Basic income (loss) attributable to shareholders of Teekay Corporation

     1.13       (0.76     (1.63

•       Diluted income (loss) attributable to shareholders of Teekay Corporation

     1.12       (0.76     (1.63

•       Cash dividends declared

     1.7325       1.2650       1.2650  

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (note 19)

      

•       Basic

     72,665,783       72,066,008       70,457,968  

•       Diluted

     73,190,564       72,066,008       70,457,968  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended  
     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  
     $     $     $  

Net income

     405,460       124,002       35,480  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

      

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

     (463     (1,151     (2,233

Unrealized loss on qualifying cash flow hedging instruments

     (2,564     (3,082     (836

Pension adjustments, net of taxes

     14,178       (7,637     (3,640

Foreign exchange (loss) gain on currency translation

     (217     174       740  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

      

To other income:

      

Impairment of marketable securities

     —         1,322       2,062  

To general and administrative expenses:

      

Realized loss on qualifying cash flow hedging instruments

     —         —         257  

Settlement of defined benefit pension plan

     (140     (3,332     974  

To equity income:

      

Realized loss on qualifying cash flow hedging instruments

     2,613       1,551       405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     13,407       (12,155     (2,271
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     418,867       111,847       33,209  

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

     (323,309     (177,713     (150,368
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to shareholders of Teekay Corporation

     95,558       (65,866     (117,159
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES (NOTE 1)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     As at     As at  
     December 31,     December 31,  
     2015     2014  
     $     $  

ASSETS

    

Current

    

Cash and cash equivalents (note 8)

     678,392       806,904  

Restricted cash

     61,818       33,653  

Accounts receivable, including non-trade of $12,305 (2014 - $49,707) and related party balances of $65,936 (2014 - $38,616)

     395,013       378,193  

Assets held for sale (notes 11 and 18)

     55,450       —    

Net investment in direct financing leases (note 9)

     26,542       20,823  

Prepaid expenses and other (note 15)

     95,302       69,470  

Current portion of loans to equity-accounted investees (note 23)

     7,127       26,209  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,319,644       1,335,252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted cash - non-current

     114,619       85,698  

Vessels and equipment (note 8)

    

At cost, less accumulated depreciation of $2,894,097 (2014 - $2,627,499)

     8,460,500       6,307,971  

Vessels under capital leases, at cost, less accumulated amortization of $56,316 (2014 – $50,898) (note 10)

     88,215       91,776  

Advances on newbuilding contracts and conversion costs (note 16a)

     817,878       1,706,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total vessels and equipment

     9,366,593       8,106,247  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment in direct financing leases - non-current (note 9)

     657,587       684,130  

Loans to equity-accounted investees and joint venture partners, bearing interest between nil to LIBOR plus margins up to 3% (note 23)

     184,390       227,217  

Derivative assets (note 15)

     17,844       14,415  

Equity-accounted investments (notes 16b and 23)

     905,159       873,421  

Other non-current assets

     214,932       190,073  

Intangible assets – net (note 6)

     111,909       94,666  

Goodwill (note 6)

     168,571       168,571  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     13,061,248       11,779,690  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Current

    

Accounts payable

     64,212       85,290  

Accrued liabilities (notes 7 and 15)

     412,278       394,759  

Current portion of derivative liabilities (note 15)

     267,539       203,957  

Current portion of long-term debt (note 8)

     1,106,104       652,645  

Current obligation under capital leases (note 10)

     4,546       4,422  

Current portion of in-process revenue contracts (note 6)

     32,109       23,414  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,886,788       1,364,487  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt (note 8)

     6,277,982       5,999,331  

Long-term obligation under capital leases (note 10)

     54,581       59,128  

Derivative liabilities (note 15)

     414,084       422,182  

In-process revenue contracts (note 6)

     118,690       149,998  

Other long-term liabilities (note 7)

     352,378       383,089  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     9,104,503       8,378,215  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (notes 3, 8, 9, 10, 15 and 16)

    

Redeemable non-controlling interest (note 16d)

     255,671       12,842  

Equity

    

Common stock and additional paid-in capital ($0.001 par value; 725,000,000 shares authorized; 72,711,371 shares outstanding (2014 - 72,500,502); 72,711,371 shares issued (2014 - 73,299,702) (note 12)

     775,018       770,759  

Retained earnings

     158,898       355,867  

Non-controlling interest

     2,782,049       2,290,305  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (note 1)

     (14,891     (28,298
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     3,701,074       3,388,633  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

     13,061,248       11,779,690  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended  
     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  
     $     $     $  

Cash and cash equivalents provided by (used for)

      

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income

     405,460       124,002       35,480  

Non-cash items:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     509,500       422,904       431,086  

Amortization of in-process revenue contracts (note 6)

     (30,085     (40,939     (61,700

Unrealized loss (gain) on derivative instruments

     51,910       267,830       (113,344

Gain on sale of vessels and equipment

     (1,466     (13,509     (1,995

Asset impairments and loan loss provisions (note 18b)

     71,641       2,238       168,353  

Equity income, net of dividends received

     3,203       (94,726     (121,144

Income tax (recovery) expense

     (16,767     10,173       2,872  

Unrealized foreign exchange gain and other

     (142,416     (217,908     (39,003

Change in operating assets and liabilities (note 17a)

     (12,291     60,631       64,184  

Expenditures for dry docking

     (68,380     (74,379     (72,205
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating cash flow

     770,309       446,317       292,584  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs (note 8)

     2,452,878       3,365,045       2,451,828  

Prepayments of long-term debt

     (554,831     (1,331,469     (1,017,818

Scheduled repayments of long-term debt

     (1,040,292     (1,291,322     (695,688

Repayments of capital lease obligations

     (4,423     (479,115     (10,315

(Increase) decrease in restricted cash

     (21,005     380,953       31,776  

Net proceeds from equity issuances of subsidiaries (note 5)

     575,368       452,061       446,893  

Equity contribution by joint venture partner

     5,500       27,267       4,934  

Issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options (note 12)

     1,217       55,165       27,219  

Distribution from subsidiaries to non-controlling interests

     (360,392     (360,820     (269,987

Cash dividends paid

     (125,881     (91,004     (90,265

Other financing activities

     (3,682     —         (12,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net financing cash flow

     924,457       726,761       866,577  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Expenditures for vessels and equipment

     (1,795,901     (994,931     (753,755

Proceeds from sale of vessels and equipment

     20,472       180,638       47,704  

Purchase of SPT (net of cash acquired of $377) (note 3c)

     (46,961     —         —    

Purchase of ALP (net of cash acquired of $294) (note 3g)

     —         (2,322     —    

Purchase of Logitel (net of cash acquired of $8,089) (note 3d)

     —         4,090       —    

Increase in restricted cash

     (34,290     —         —    

Recovery (investment) in term loans (note 4)

     —         4,814       (12,552

Investment in equity-accounted investees (note 23)

     (40,595     (79,602     (157,762

Loan repayments from (advances to) equity-accounted investees

     53,173       (87,130     (14,466

Investment in direct financing lease assets (note 9)

     —         —         (307,950

Direct financing lease payments received

     20,824       22,856       17,289  

Investment in cost accounted investment

     —         (25,000     —    

Other investing activities

     —         (4,247     (2,500
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investing cash flow

     (1,823,278     (980,834     (1,183,992
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (128,512     192,244       (24,831

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year

     806,904       614,660       639,491  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year

     678,392       806,904       614,660  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Supplemental cash flow information (note 17)       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

(in thousands of U.S. dollars and shares)

 

    TOTAL EQUITY        
                      Accumul-                    
    Thousands     Common           ated Other                    
    of Shares     Stock and           Compre-                 Redeemable  
    of Common     Additional           hensive     Non-           Non-  
    Stock     Paid-in     Retained     Income     controlling           controlling  
    Outstanding     Capital     Earnings     (Loss)     Interest     Total     Interest  
    #     $     $     $     $     $     $  

Balance as at December 31, 2012

    69,704       681,933       648,224        (14,768     1,876,085       3,191,474       28,815  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

        (114,738       150,218       35,480    

Reclassification of redeemable non-controlling interest in net income

            6,391       6,391       (6,391

Other comprehensive loss

          (2,421     150       (2,271  

Dividends declared

        (90,273       (263,141     (353,414     (5,860

Reinvested dividends

    1       8             8    

Exercise of stock options and other (note 12)

    1,324       27,219             27,219    

Repurchase of Common Stock (note 12)

    (300     (2,722     (9,278         (12,000  

Employee stock compensation (note 12)

      7,322             7,322    

Dilution gains on public offerings of Teekay Offshore, Teekay Tankers, Teekay LNG and share issuances of Teekay Offshore (note 5)

        36,703           36,703    

Excess of purchase price over the carrying value upon acquisition of Variable Interest Entity (note 3f)

        (35,421         (35,421  

Additions to non-controlling interest from share and unit issuances of subsidiaries and other

            301,559       301,559    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2013

    70,729       713,760       435,217        (17,189     2,071,262       3,203,050       16,564  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

        (54,757       178,759       124,002    

Reclassification of redeemable non-controlling interest in net income

            (7,777     (7,777     7,777  

Other comprehensive loss

          (11,109     (1,046     (12,155  

Dividends declared

        (93,021       (363,685     (456,706     (11,499

Reinvested dividends

    1       6             6    

Exercise of stock options and other (note 12)

    1,771       55,165             55,165    

Employee stock compensation (note 12)

      1,828             1,828    

Dilution gains on public offerings of Teekay LNG, Teekay Offshore and Teekay Tankers (note 5)

        68,428           68,428    

Additions to non-controlling interest from share and unit issuances of subsidiaries and other

            412,792       412,792    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2014

    72,501       770,759       355,867        (28,298     2,290,305       3,388,633       12,842  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

        82,151         323,309       405,460    

Reclassification of redeemable non-controlling interest in net income

            (13,280     (13,280     13,280  

Other comprehensive income

          13,407       —         13,407    

Dividends declared

        (126,391       (354,069     (480,460     (20,201

Reinvested dividends

    1       10             10    

Exercise of stock options (note 12)

    209       1,217             1,217    

Employee stock compensation (note 12)

      3,032             3,032    

Dilution losses on public offerings of Teekay LNG, Teekay Offshore and Teekay Tankers (note 5)

        (152,729         (152,729  

Additions to non-controlling interest from share and unit issuances of subsidiaries and other

            535,784       535,784       249,750  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2015

    72,711       775,018       158,898        (14,891     2,782,049       3,701,074       255,671  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

1.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of presentation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (or GAAP ). They include the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of Teekay Corporation (or Teekay ), which is incorporated under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and those non-wholly owned subsidiaries in which Teekay has a controlling financial interest (collectively, the Company ). Certain of Teekay’s significant non-wholly owned subsidiaries are consolidated in these financial statements even though Teekay owns less than a 50% ownership interest in the subsidiaries. These significant subsidiaries include the following publicly traded subsidiaries (collectively, the Public Subsidiaries ): Teekay LNG Partners L.P. (or Teekay LNG ); Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. (or Teekay Offshore ); and Teekay Tankers Ltd. (or Teekay Tankers ). As of December 31, 2015, Teekay owned a 33.1% interest in Teekay LNG (33.5% - December 31, 2014), including common units and its 2% general partner interest, a 37.0% interest in Teekay Offshore (27.3% - December 31, 2014), including common units and its 2% general partner interest, and 25.9% of the capital stock of Teekay Tankers (26.2% - December 31, 2014), including Teekay Tankers’ outstanding shares of Class B common stock, which entitle the holders to five votes per share, subject to a 49% aggregate Class B Common Stock voting power maximum. While Teekay owns less than 50% of each of the Public Subsidiaries, Teekay maintains control of Teekay LNG and Teekay Offshore by virtue of its 100% ownership interest in the general partners of Teekay LNG and Teekay Offshore, which are both master limited partnerships, and maintains control of Teekay Tankers through its ownership of a sufficient number of Class A common shares and Class B common shares, which provide increased voting rights, to maintain a majority voting interest in Teekay Tankers and thus consolidates these subsidiaries. Significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. Teekay has entered into an omnibus agreement with Teekay LNG and Teekay Offshore to govern, among other things, when the Company, Teekay LNG and Teekay Offshore may compete with each other and to provide the applicable parties certain rights of first offer on LNG carriers, oil tankers, shuttle tankers, FSO units and FPSO units.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Given the current challenging credit markets, it is possible that the amounts recorded as derivative assets and liabilities could vary by material amounts.

In the current period, the Company has presented debt issuance costs associated with a specific debt instrument as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as part of the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (or ASU 2015-03 ). Prior to the adoption of ASU 2015-03, all debt issuance costs were presented as other non-current assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company early adopted ASU 2015-03 effective December 31, 2015 and in accordance with ASU 2015-03, previously reported amounts recorded in comparative periods have been reclassified from non-current assets to current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As a result of adopting ASU 2015-03, non-current assets and total assets have decreased by $91.7 million (December 31, 2015) and $84.5 million (December 31, 2014), current portion of long-term debt and current liabilities have decreased by $3.5 million (December 31, 2015) and $1.5 million (December 31, 2014), long-term debt decreased by $88.2 million (December 31, 2015) and $83.0 million (December 31, 2014) and total liabilities decreased by $91.7 million (December 31, 2015) and $84.5 million (December 31, 2014). Such changes have also impacted the Company’s reconciliation of segment assets to total assets (see Note 2) and the carrying value of long-term debt (see Notes 8 and 11).

Non-Controlling Interests

Where Teekay’s ownership interest in a consolidated subsidiary is less than 100%, the non-controlling interests’ share of these non-wholly owned subsidiaries are reported in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as a separate component of equity. The non-controlling interests’ share of the net income of these non-wholly owned subsidiaries is reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of income as a deduction from the Company’s net income to arrive at net income (loss) attributable to shareholders of Teekay.

The basis for attributing net income of each non-wholly owned subsidiary to the controlling interest and the non-controlling interests, with the exception of Teekay LNG and Teekay Offshore, is based on the relative ownership interests of the non-controlling interests compared to the controlling interest, which is consistent with how dividends and distributions are paid or are payable for these non-wholly owned subsidiaries.

Teekay LNG and Teekay Offshore each have limited partners and one general partner. Both general partners are owned by Teekay. For Teekay LNG, the limited partners hold common units. For Teekay Offshore, the limited partners hold common units and preferred units. For each quarterly period, the method of attributing Teekay LNG’s and Teekay Offshore’s net income (loss) of that period to the non-controlling interests of Teekay LNG and Teekay Offshore begins by attributing net income (loss) of Teekay Offshore to the non-controlling interests which hold 100% of the preferred units of Teekay Offshore in an amount equal to the amount of preferred unit distributions declared for the quarterly period. The remaining net income (loss) to be attributed to the controlling interest and the non-controlling interests of Teekay LNG and Teekay Offshore is divided into two components. The first component consists of the cash distribution that Teekay LNG or Teekay Offshore will declare and pay to limited and general partners for that quarterly period (the Distributed Earnings ). The second component consists of the difference between the net income (loss) of Teekay LNG or Teekay Offshore that is available to be allocated to the common unitholders and the general partner of such entity and the amount of the first component cash distribution (the Undistributed Earnings ). The portion of the Distributed Earnings that is allocated to the non-controlling interests is the amount of the cash distribution that Teekay LNG or Teekay Offshore will declare and pay to the non-controlling interests for that quarterly period. The portion of the Undistributed Earnings that is allocated to the non-controlling interests is based on the relative ownership percentages of the non-controlling interests of Teekay LNG and Teekay Offshore compared to the controlling interest. The controlling interests include both limited partner common units and the general partner interests.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The total net income of Teekay’s consolidated partially-owned entities and the attribution of that net income to controlling and non-controlling interests is as follows:

 

    Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests     Controlling Interest     Net
income

(loss) of
partially-
owned
consol-
idated
entities (1)
 
    Non-public
partially-
owned
sub-
sidiaries
    Preferred
unit
holders
    Distri
buted
Earnings
    Undistri
buted
Earnings
    Total     Distri
buted
Earnings
    Undistri
buted
Earnings
    Total    

Teekay Offshore

    13,911       28,609       119,971       (103,949     58,542       70,414       (38,913     31,501       90,043   

Teekay LNG

    16,627       —         120,482       (1,510     135,599       82,791       (880     81,911       217,510   

Teekay Tankers

    —         —         —         129,725       129,725       —         47,202       47,202       176,927   

Other entities and eliminations

    —         —         —         —         (557        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

For the Year Ended December 31, 2015

    30,538       28,609       240,453       24,266       323,309          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Teekay Offshore

    10,503       10,875       136,743       (150,724     7,397       71,166       (60,907     10,259       17,656   

Teekay LNG

    13,489       —         143,292       (26,116     130,665       101,946       (13,684     88,262       218,927   

Teekay Tankers

    —         —         —         41,048       41,048       —         16,094       16,094       57,142   

Other entities and eliminations

    —         —         —         —         (351        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

    23,992       10,875       280,035       (135,792     178,759          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Teekay Offshore

    (19,089     7,250       127,523       (86,148     29,536       65,393       (20,789     44,604       74,140   

Teekay LNG

    12,073       —         127,087       (13,101     126,059       94,253       (6,997     87,256       213,315   

Teekay Tankers

    —         —         —         (6,096     (6,096     —         (2,042     (2,042     (8,138

Other entities and eliminations

    —         —         —         —         719          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

    (7,016     7,250       254,610       (105,345     150,218          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

(1)

Excludes the results of the acquisition of interests in vessels between Teekay Corporation, Teekay Offshore and Teekay Tankers during the periods the vessels were under common control and had begun operations.

When Teekay’s non-wholly owned subsidiaries declare dividends or distributions to their owners, or require all of their owners to contribute capital to the non-wholly owned subsidiaries, such amounts are paid to, or received from, each of the owners of the non-wholly owned subsidiaries based on the relative ownership interests in the non-wholly owned subsidiary. As such, any dividends or distributions paid to, or capital contributions received from, the non-controlling interests are reflected as a reduction (dividends or distributions) or an increase (capital contributions) in non-controlling interest in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

When Teekay’s non-wholly owned subsidiaries issue additional equity interests to non-controlling interests, Teekay is effectively selling a portion of the non-wholly owned subsidiaries. Consequently, the proceeds received by the subsidiaries from their issuance of additional equity interests are allocated between non-controlling interest and retained earnings in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The portion allocated to non-controlling interest on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets consists of the carrying value of the portion of the non-wholly owned subsidiary that is effectively disposed of, with the remaining amount attributable to the controlling interest, which consists of the Company’s dilution gain or loss that is allocated to retained earnings.

Reporting currency

The consolidated financial statements are stated in U.S. Dollars. The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar because the Company operates in the international shipping market, which typically utilizes the U.S. Dollar as the functional currency. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar are translated to reflect the year-end exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are reflected separately in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Operating revenues and expenses

Contracts of Affreightment and Voyage Charters

Revenues from contracts of affreightment and voyage charters are recognized on a proportionate performance method. The Company uses a discharge-to-discharge basis in determining proportionate performance for all voyage charters, whereby it recognizes revenue ratably from when product is discharged (unloaded) at the end of one voyage to when it is discharged after the next voyage. Shuttle tanker voyages servicing contracts of affreightment with offshore oil fields commence with tendering of notice of readiness at a field, within the agreed lifting range, and ends with tendering of notice of readiness at a field for the next lifting. The Company does not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and the Company, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage.

Time Charters, Bareboat Charters and FPSO Contracts

Operating Leases - The Company recognizes revenues from time charters, bareboat charters and floating, production, storage and offloading (or FPSO ) contracts accounted for as operating leases on a straight-line basis daily over the term of the charter as the applicable vessel operates under the charter. Receipt of incentive-based revenue from the Company’s FPSO units is dependent upon its operating performance and such revenue is recognized when earned by fulfillment of the applicable performance criteria. The Company does not recognize revenue during days that the vessel is off hire unless the contract provides for compensation while off hire.

Direct Financing Leases - Charter contracts that are accounted for as direct financing leases are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets as net investments in direct financing leases. The lease revenue is recognized on an effective interest rate method over the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of return over the lease terms and is included in revenues. Revenue from rendering of services is recognized as the service is performed. Revenues are not recognized during days that the vessel is off hire unless the contract provides for compensation while off hire.

The Company employs four liquefied natural gas (or LNG ) carriers and a floating storage and off-take (or FSO ) unit on long-term time charters which are accounted for as direct financing leases. The lease payments received by the Company under these lease arrangements are allocated between the net investments in the leases and revenues or other income using the effective interest method so as to produce a constant periodic rate of return over the lease terms.

Pooling Arrangements

Revenues and voyage expenses of the vessels operating in pool arrangements are pooled and the resulting net pool revenues, calculated on a time-charter equivalent basis, are allocated to the pool participants according to an agreed formula. The agreed formula used to allocate net pool revenues varies between pools; however, the formula generally allocates revenues to pool participants on the basis of the number of days a vessel operates in the pool with weighting adjustments made to reflect vessels’ differing capacities and performance capabilities. The same revenue and expense recognition principles stated above for voyage charters are applied in determining the net pool revenues of the pool. The pools are responsible for paying voyage expenses and distribute net pool revenues to the participants. The Company accounts for the net allocation from the pool as revenues and amounts due from the pool are included in accounts receivable.

Other Revenue

Revenues and expenses relating to engineering studies are recognized when the service is completed, unless the expenses are not recoverable in which case the expenses are recognized as incurred. Revenue from lightering operations are recognized when services have been completed. Revenues are accrued when operations are carried over into the following month. Revenues from management services are recognized on a proportionate performance method over the term of the management contract.

Operating Expenses

Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions. Vessel operating expenses include crewing, ship management services, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. Voyage expenses and vessel operating expenses are recognized when incurred.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company classifies all highly liquid investments with a maturity date of three months or less at their inception as cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

The Company maintains restricted cash deposits relating to certain term loans, collateral for derivatives, project tenders, leasing arrangements, amounts received from charterers to be used only for dry-docking expenditures and emergency repairs and other obligations.

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience and customer economic data. The Company reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts regularly and past due balances are reviewed for collectability. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company believes that the receivable will not be recovered. There was no significant amounts recorded as allowance for doubtful accounts as at December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Marketable securities

The Company’s investments in marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale securities and are carried at fair value. Net unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are computed based upon the historical cost of these securities applied using the weighted-average historical cost method.

The Company analyzes its available-for-sale securities for impairment during each reporting period to evaluate whether an event or change in circumstances has occurred in that period that may have a significantly adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. The Company records an impairment charge through current-period earnings and adjusts the cost basis for such other-than-temporary declines in fair value when the fair value is not anticipated to recover above cost within a three-month period after the measurement date, unless there are mitigating factors that indicate an impairment charge through earnings may not be required. If an impairment charge is recorded, subsequent recoveries in fair value are not reflected in earnings until sale of the security.

Vessels and equipment

All pre-delivery costs incurred during the construction of newbuildings, including interest, supervision and technical costs, are capitalized. The acquisition cost and all costs incurred to restore used vessels purchased by the Company to the standard required to properly service the Company’s customers are capitalized.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over a vessel’s estimated useful life, less an estimated residual value. Depreciation is calculated using an estimated useful life of 25 years for tankers carrying crude oil and refined product, 20 to 25 years for FPSO units, 35 years for LNG carriers and 30 years for liquefied petroleum gas (or LPG ) carriers, commencing the date the vessel is delivered from the shipyard, or a shorter period if regulations prevent the Company from operating the vessels for those periods of time. FSO units are depreciated over the term of the contract. Units for maintenance and safety (or UMS ) are depreciated over an estimated useful life of 35 years commencing the date the unit arrives at the oil field and is in a condition that is ready to operate. Long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels are depreciated over an estimated useful life of 25 years commencing the date the vessel is delivered from the shipyard. Depreciation includes depreciation on all owned vessels and amortization of vessels accounted for as capital leases. Depreciation of vessels and equipment, excluding amortization of dry-docking expenditures, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 aggregated $445.2 million, $341.5 million and $346.5 million, respectively. Amortization of vessels accounted for as capital leases was $5.4 million, $21.6 million and $22.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

Vessel capital modifications include the addition of new equipment or can encompass various modifications to the vessel that are aimed at improving or increasing the operational efficiency and functionality of the asset. This type of expenditure is amortized over the estimated useful life of the modification. Expenditures covering recurring routine repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Interest costs capitalized to vessels and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, aggregated $22.0 million, $51.3 million and $14.6 million, respectively.

Generally, the Company dry docks each shuttle tanker, conventional oil tanker, long-distance towing and offshore installation vessel and gas carrier every two and a half to five years. UMS, FSO and FPSO units are generally not dry docked. The Company capitalizes a substantial portion of the costs incurred during dry docking and amortizes those costs on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life, which typically is from the completion of a dry docking or intermediate survey to the estimated completion of the next dry docking. The Company includes in capitalized dry-docking costs those costs incurred as part of the dry docking to meet classification and regulatory requirements. The Company expenses costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during dry docking, and for annual class survey costs on the Company’s FPSO units.

The continuity of capitalized dry-docking costs for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, is summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     $      $      $  

Balance at the beginning of the year

     135,331        118,194        100,928  

Costs incurred for dry dockings

     69,927        74,018        72,545  

Dry-dock amortization

     (47,271      (50,926      (50,325

Write down / sales of vessels

     (7,285      (5,955      (4,954
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

     150,702        135,331        118,194  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vessels and equipment that are “held and used” are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If the asset’s net carrying value exceeds the net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated over its remaining useful life, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. The estimated fair value for the Company’s impaired vessels is determined using discounted cash flows or appraised values. In cases where an active second hand sale and purchase market does not exist, the Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of an impaired vessel. In cases where an active second hand sale and purchase market exists an appraised value is used to estimate the fair value of an impaired vessel. An appraised value is generally the amount the Company would expect to receive if it were to sell the vessel. Such appraisal is normally completed by the Company and based on second-hand sale and purchase data.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Vessels and equipment that are “held for sale” are measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell and are not depreciated while classified as held for sale. Interest and other expenses attributable to vessels and equipment classified as held for sale, or to their related liabilities, continue to be recognized as incurred.

Gains on vessels sold and leased back under capital leases are deferred and amortized over the remaining term of the capital lease. Losses on vessels sold and leased back under capital leases are recognized immediately when the fair value of the vessel at the time of sale and lease-back is less than its book value. In such case, the Company would recognize a loss in the amount by which book value exceeds fair value.

Other loan receivables

The Company’s investments in loan receivables are recorded at cost. The premium paid over the outstanding principal amount was amortized to interest income over the term of the loan using the effective interest rate method. The Company analyzes its loans for collectability during each reporting period. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors the Company considers in determining that a loan is impaired include, among other things, an assessment of the financial condition of the debtor, payment history of the debtor, general economic conditions, the credit rating of the debtor (when available) any information provided by the debtor regarding their ability to repay the loan and the fair value of the underlying collateral. When a loan is impaired, the Company measures the amount of the impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate and recognizes the resulting impairment in the consolidated statements of income. The carrying value of the loans will be adjusted each subsequent reporting period to reflect any changes in the present value of estimated future cash flows.

The following table contains a summary of the Company’s financing receivables by type of borrower, the method by which the Company monitors the credit quality of its financing receivables on a quarterly basis, and the grade as of December 31, 2015.

 

                 December 31,  

Class of Financing Receivable

   Credit Quality
Indicator
   Grade      2015
$
     2014
$
 

Direct financing leases

   Payment activity      Performing         684,129        704,953  

Other loan receivables

           

Loans to equity-accounted investees and joint venture partners

   Other internal metrics      Performing         191,517        253,426  

Long-term receivable included in other assets

   Payment activity      Performing         37,032        43,843  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 
           912,678        1,002,222  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Joint ventures

The Company’s investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, investments are stated at initial cost and are adjusted for subsequent additional investments and the Company’s proportionate share of earnings or losses and distributions. The Company evaluates its investments in joint ventures for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such investments may have experienced an other than temporary decline in value below their carrying value. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying value and is considered an other than temporary decline, the carrying value is written down to its estimated fair value and the resulting impairment is recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

Debt issuance costs

Debt issuance costs, including fees, commissions and legal expenses, are deferred and presented as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability. Debt issuance costs related to loan facilities without a recognized debt liability will continue to be presented as non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Debt issuance costs of revolving credit facilities are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant facility. Debt issuance costs of term loans are amortized using the effective interest rate method over the term of the relevant loan. Amortization of debt issuance costs is included in interest expense.

Derivative instruments

All derivative instruments are initially recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and subsequently remeasured to fair value, regardless of the purpose or intent for holding the derivative. The method of recognizing the resulting gain or loss is dependent on whether the derivative contract is designed to hedge a specific risk and whether the contract qualifies for hedge accounting. The Company does not apply hedge accounting to its derivative instruments, except for certain foreign exchange currency contracts and certain types of interest rate swaps (See Note 15).

 

F-12


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

When a derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the Company formally documents the relationship between the derivative and the hedged item. This documentation includes the strategy and risk management objective for undertaking the hedge and the method that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedge. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recognized immediately in earnings, as are any gains and losses on the derivative that are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The Company does not apply hedge accounting if it is determined that the hedge was not effective or will no longer be effective, the derivative was sold or exercised, or the hedged item was sold, or repaid.

For derivative financial instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges, changes in the fair value of the effective portion of the derivative financial instruments are initially recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in total equity. In the periods when the hedged items affect earnings, the associated fair value changes on the hedging derivatives are transferred from total equity to the corresponding earnings line item in the consolidated statements of income. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative financial instruments is immediately recognized in earnings in the consolidated statements of income. If a cash flow hedge is terminated and the originally hedged item is still considered possible of occurring, the gains and losses initially recognized in total equity remain there until the hedged item impacts earnings, at which point they are transferred to the corresponding earnings line item (e.g. general and administrative expense) item in the consolidated statements of income. If the hedged items are no longer possible of occurring, amounts recognized in total equity are immediately transferred to the earnings item in the consolidated statements of income.

For derivative financial instruments that are not designated or that do not qualify as hedges under Financial Accounting Standards Board (or FASB ) Accounting Standards Codification (or ASC ) 815, Derivatives and Hedging , the changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments are recognized in earnings. Gains and losses from the Company’s non-designated interest rate swaps related to long-term debt, capital lease obligations, restricted cash deposits, non-designated bunker fuel swap contracts and forward freight agreements, and non-designated foreign exchange currency forward contracts are recorded in realized and unrealized (loss) gain on non-designated derivative instruments. Gains and losses from the Company’s hedge accounted foreign currency forward contracts are recorded primarily in vessel operating expenses and general and administrative expense. Gains and losses from the Company’s non-designated cross currency swap are recorded in foreign currency exchange (loss) gain in the consolidated statements of income.

Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill is not amortized, but reviewed for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. When goodwill is reviewed for impairment, the Company may elect to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. Alternatively, the Company may bypass this step and use a fair value approach to identify potential goodwill impairment and, when necessary, measure the amount of impairment. The Company uses a discounted cash flow model to determine the fair value of reporting units, unless there is a readily determinable fair market value. Intangible assets are assessed for impairment when and if impairment indicators exist. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an intangible asset is not recoverable and its carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

The Company’s intangible assets consist primarily of acquired time-charter contracts, contracts of affreightment, and customer relationships. The value ascribed to the acquired time-charter contracts and contracts of affreightment are being amortized over the life of the associated contract, with the amount amortized each year being weighted based on the projected revenue to be earned under the contracts. The value ascribed to customer relationships intangible assets are amortized over the expected life of a customer contract or the expected duration that the customer relationships are estimated to contribute to the cash flows of the Company. The amount amortized each year is weighted based on the projected revenue to be earned under the contracts or projected revenue to be earned as a result of the customer relationships.

Asset retirement obligation

The Company has an asset retirement obligation (or ARO ) relating to the sub-sea production facility associated with the Petrojarl Banff FPSO unit operating in the North Sea. This obligation generally involves the costs associated with the restoration of the environment surrounding the facility and removal and disposal of all production equipment. This obligation is expected to be settled at the end of the contract under which the FPSO unit currently operates, which is anticipated no later than 2020. The ARO will be covered in part by contractual payments to be received from FPSO contract counterparties.

The Company records the fair value of an ARO as a liability in the period when the obligation arises. The fair value of the ARO is measured using expected future cash outflows discounted at the Company’s credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. When the liability is recorded, the Company capitalizes the cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related equipment. Each period, the liability is increased for the change in its present value, and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset. Changes in the amount or timing of the estimated ARO are recorded as an adjustment to the related asset and liability. As at December 31, 2015, the ARO and associated receivable, which is recorded in other non-current assets, were $25.5 million and $6.9 million, respectively (2014 - $25.0 million and $6.8 million, respectively).

Repurchase of common stock

The Company accounts for repurchases of common stock by decreasing common stock by the par value of the stock repurchased. In addition, the excess of the repurchase price over the par value is allocated between additional paid in capital and retained earnings. The amount allocated to additional paid in capital is the pro-rata share of the capital paid in and the balance is allocated to retained earnings.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Share-based compensation

The Company grants stock options, restricted stock units, performance share units and restricted stock awards as incentive-based compensation to certain employees and directors. The Company measures the cost of such awards using the grant date fair value of the award and recognizes that cost, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which generally equals the vesting period. For stock-based compensation awards subject to graded vesting, the Company calculates the value for the award as if it was one single award with one expected life and amortizes the calculated expense for the entire award on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award.

Compensation cost for awards with performance conditions is recognized when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The compensation cost of the Company’s stock-based compensation awards are substantially reflected in general and administrative expense.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the anticipated future tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities using the applicable jurisdictional tax rates. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Recognition of uncertain tax positions is dependent upon whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

The Company believes that it and its subsidiaries are not subject to taxation under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or Bermuda, or that distributions by its subsidiaries to the Company will be subject to any taxes under the laws of such countries, and that it qualifies for the Section 883 exemption under U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

The following table contains the changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to shareholders of Teekay for the periods presented.

 

    

Qualifying Cash

Flow Hedging

Instruments

   

Pension

Adjustments

   

Unrealized

(Loss) Gain on

Available for

Sale Marketable

Securities

   

Foreign

Exchange Gain

(Loss) on

Currency

Translation

    Total  
     $     $     $     $     $  

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     341       (16,253     —         1,144       (14,768

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (324     (2,666     (171     740       (2,421
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

     17       (18,919     (171     1,884       (17,189

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (485     (10,969     171       174       (11,109
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

     (468     (29,888     —         2,058       (28,298

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     49       14,038       (463     (217     13,407  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

     (419     (15,850     (463     1,841       (14,891
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Employee pension plans

The Company has defined contribution pension plans covering the majority of its employees. Pension costs associated with the Company’s required contributions under its defined contribution pension plans are based on a percentage of employees’ salaries and are charged to earnings in the year incurred. The Company also has defined benefit pension plans covering certain of its employees. The Company accrues the costs and related obligations associated with its defined benefit pension plans based on actuarial computations using the projected benefits obligation method and management’s best estimates of expected plan investment performance, salary escalation, and other relevant factors. For the purpose of calculating the expected return on plan assets, those assets are valued at fair value. The overfunded or underfunded status of the defined benefit pension plans are recognized as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The Company recognizes as a component of other comprehensive loss, the gains or losses that arise during a period but that are not recognized as part of net periodic benefit costs.

Earnings (loss) per common share

The computation of basic earnings (loss) per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The computation of diluted earnings per share assumes the exercise of all dilutive stock options and restricted stock awards using the treasury stock method. The computation of diluted loss per share does not assume such exercises.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Adoption of new accounting pronouncements

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity , which raises the threshold for disposals to qualify as discontinued operations. A discontinued operation is now defined as: (i) a component of an entity or group of components that has been disposed of or classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results; or (ii) an acquired business that is classified as held for sale on the acquisition date. ASU 2014-08 also requires additional disclosures regarding discontinued operations, as well as material disposals that do not meet the definition of discontinued operations. ASU 2014-08 was adopted on January 1, 2015. The impact, if any, of adopting ASU 2014-08 on the Company’s financial statements will depend on the occurrence and nature of disposals that occur.

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (or ASU 2015-03 ). The Company early adopted ASU 2015-03 effective December 31, 2015. Prior period information has been retrospectively adjusted. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2015-03, all debt issuance costs were presented as other non-current assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. With the adoption of ASU 2015-03 the Company presents those debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Debt issuance costs related to loan facilities without a recognized debt liability will continue to be presented as non-current assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes , amending the accounting for income taxes and requiring all deferred tax assets and liabilities to be classified as non-current on the consolidated balance sheet. The ASU is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The ASU may be adopted either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company early adopted ASU 2015-17 effective December 31, 2015 and this ASU was prospectively adopted in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . ASU 2014-09 will require companies to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This update creates a five-step model that requires companies to exercise judgment when considering the terms of the contract(s) which include (i) identifying the contract(s) with the customer, (ii) identifying the separate performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determining the transaction price, (iv) allocating the transaction price to the separate performance obligations, and (v) recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied. ASU 2014-09 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and shall, at the Company’s option, be applied retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance.

In February 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-02, Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (or ASU 2015-02 ) which eliminates the deferral of certain consolidation standards for entities considered to be investment companies, modifies the consolidation analysis performed on limited partnerships and modifies the impact of fee arrangements and related parties on the determination of the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. ASU 2015-02 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. ASU 2015-02 may be applied using a modified retrospective approach by recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. A reporting entity also may apply ASU 2015-02 retrospectively. The Company adopted ASU 2015-02 on January 1, 2016 and the adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (or ASU 2016-02) . ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record a right of use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance.

 

2.

Segment Reporting

The Company has four primary lines of business: offshore logistics (shuttle tankers, the HiLoad DP unit, FSO units, UMS and long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels), offshore production (FPSO units), liquefied gas carriers (LNG and LPG carriers) and conventional tankers. The Company manages these businesses for the benefit of all stakeholders. The Company allocates capital and assesses performance both from the separate perspectives of our publicly-traded subsidiaries Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG, Teekay Tankers (together, the Daughter Companies ) and Teekay and its remaining subsidiaries (or Teekay Parent ) as well as from the perspective of the lines of business. Historically, the Company’s organizational structure and internal reporting has been primarily based on the lines of business (the Line of Business approach), resulting in the Company’s segment disclosure presentation on a lines-of-business basis, without reference to the legal entities. With the establishment of the Daughter Companies and subsequent dropdown of vessels from Teekay Parent to the Daughter Companies, the Company’s organizational structure and internal reporting has gradually evolved to focus less on lines of business and more on the Daughter Companies and Teekay Parent (the Legal Entity approach). As a result of an internal re-organization that was completed in the third quarter of 2015, the primary focus of the Company’s organizational structure, internal reporting and allocation of resources by the chief operating decision maker is now the Legal Entity approach. As such, the Company has modified the presentation of its segments to incorporate the Legal Entity approach. However, the Company has continued to incorporate the Line of Business approach within its segments, as in certain cases there is more than one line of business in each Daughter Company and the Company believes this information allows a better understanding of the Company’s performance and prospects for future net cash flows. All segment information for prior periods has been retroactively adjusted to be consistent with the change in segment presentation beginning with the third quarter of 2015.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The following table includes results for the Company’s revenue and income from vessel operations by segment for the periods presented in these financial statements.

 

     Revenues (1)     Income (Loss) from Vessel
Operations (2)
 
     Year Ended     Year Ended  
     December 31,     December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013     2015     2014     2013  

Teekay Offshore

            

Offshore Logistics

     667,629       631,455       611,035        108,119       146,756       40,127   

Offshore Production

     531,554       354,518       284,932        165,152       95,991       48,170   

Conventional Tankers

     30,230       33,566       55,010        10,128       13,471       10,594   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,229,413       1,019,539       950,977        283,399       256,218       98,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay LNG

            

Liquefied Gas Carriers

     305,056       307,426       285,694        151,200       156,868       144,430   

Conventional Tankers

     92,935       95,502       113,582        30,172       26,955       31,926   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     397,991       402,928       399,276        181,372       183,823       176,356   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay Tankers (3)

            

Conventional Tankers

     504,347       235,593       170,087        184,083       58,271       3,411   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay Parent

            

Offshore Production

     277,842       259,945       282,687        (40,227     (78,804     (67,486

Conventional Tankers

     65,777       94,376       83,520        4,984       (12,407     (158,091

Other

     75,547       95,791       73,801        5,015       17,488       12,365   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     419,166       450,112       440,008        (30,228     (73,723     (213,212
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Eliminations and other

     (100,535     (114,252     (130,263     6,506       2,570       (2,700
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,450,382       1,993,920       1,830,085        625,132       427,159       62,746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Certain vessels are chartered between the Daughter Companies and Teekay Parent. The amounts in the table below represent revenue earned by each segment from other segments within the group. Such intersegment revenue for the year ended 2015, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended  
     December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Teekay Offshore - Offshore Logistics

     38,734        34,603        37,876  

Teekay Offshore - Conventional Tankers

     29,259        32,411        44,269  

Teekay LNG - Liquefied Gas Carriers

     35,887        37,596        34,573  

Teekay Tankers - Conventional Tankers

     1,380        13,707        13,545  

Teekay Parent - Conventional Tankers

     3,080        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     108,340        118,317        130,263  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Includes direct general and administrative expenses and indirect general and administrative expenses (allocated to each segment based on estimated use of corporate resources).

(3)

Financial information for Teekay Tankers includes operations of the SPT Explorer and Navigator Spirit from December 18, 2015, the date Teekay Tankers acquired the vessels from Teekay Offshore.

The following table presents revenues and percentage of consolidated revenues for customers that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during the periods presented. All of these customers are international oil companies.

 

     Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended
     December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
(U.S. dollars in millions)    2015    2014    2013

BG Group (1)

   $263.4 or 11%   (5)   (5)

Petroleo Brasileiro SA (2)

   $231.8 or 10%   $248.2 or 12%   $244.3 or 13%

Statoil ASA (3)

   (5)   $239.8 or 12%   $250.5 or 14%

BP PLC (4)

   (5)   (5)   $182.5 or 10%

 

(1)

Teekay Offshore - Offshore Logistics and Offshore Production. In February 2016, Royal Dutch Shell Plc acquired BG Group Plc.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

(2)

Teekay Offshore - Offshore Logistics and Offshore Production, Teekay Tankers - Conventional Tankers and Teekay Parent – Conventional Tankers

(3)

Teekay Offshore - Offshore Logistics, Teekay Tankers—Conventional Tankers, Teekay Parent – Offshore Production and Teekay Parent – Conventional Tankers

(4)

Teekay Offshore - Offshore Logistics, Teekay LNG - Liquefied Gas, Teekay Parent – Offshore Production and Teekay Parent - Conventional Tankers

(5)

Less than 10%

The following table includes other income statement items by segment for the periods presented in these financial statements.

 

     Depreciation and Amortization     Asset Impairment and Loan
Loss (Provisions) Recoveries
    Equity Income (Loss)  
    

Year Ended

December 31,

   

Year Ended

December 31,

   

Year Ended

December 31,

 
     2015     2014     2013     2015     2014     2013     2015     2014     2013  

Teekay Offshore

                  

Offshore Logistics

     (130,102     (118,968     (126,091     (67,744     (4,759     (76,782     —         —         —     

Offshore Production

     (137,914     (72,905     (66,404     —         —         —         7,672       10,341       6,731   

Conventional Tankers

     (6,583     (6,680     (7,747     (3,897     —         (18,164     —         —         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (274,599     (198,553     (200,242     (71,641     (4,759     (94,946     7,672       10,341       6,731   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay LNG

                  

Liquefied Gas Carriers

     (71,323     (71,711     (71,485     —         —         —         84,171       115,478       123,282   

Conventional Tankers

     (20,930     (22,416     (26,399     —         —         —         —         —         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (92,253     (94,127     (97,884     —         —         —         84,171       115,478       123,282   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay Tankers (1)

                  

Conventional Tankers

     (71,429     (50,152     (47,833     —         —         —         14,411       5,228       854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Teekay Parent

                  

Offshore Production

     (69,508     (78,630     (77,551     —         2,521       (2,634     (12,196     (1,357     4,649   

Conventional Tankers

     (2,852     (2,216     (9,882     —         —         (92,699     16,712       3,052       1,291   

Other

     451       774       2,306       —         —         21,926       (1,101     (2,546     (269
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (71,909     (80,072     (85,127     —         2,521       (73,407     3,415       (851     5,671   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other

     690       —         —         —         —         —         (6,798     (2,082     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (509,500     (422,904     (431,086     (71,641     (2,238     (168,353     102,871       128,114       136,538   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Financial information for Teekay Tankers includes operations of the SPT Explorer and Navigator Spirit from December 18, 2015, the date Teekay Tankers acquired the vessels from Teekay Offshore.

A reconciliation of total segment assets to total assets presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2015
$
     December 31, 2014
$
 

Teekay Offshore - Offshore Logistics

     2,591,489        2,186,789  

Teekay Offshore - Offshore Production

     2,717,193        1,261,569  

Teekay Offshore - Conventional Tankers

     63,900        150,044  

Teekay LNG - Liquefied Gas Carriers

     3,550,396        3,379,279  

Teekay LNG - Conventional Tankers

     360,527        381,175  

Teekay Tankers - Conventional Tankers

     2,073,059        1,000,864  

Teekay Parent - Offshore Production

     710,533        2,138,445  

Teekay Parent - Conventional Tankers

     142,236        138,504  

Teekay Parent - Other

     17,256        31,328  

Cash and cash equivalents

     678,392        806,904  

Other assets not allocated

     301,586        394,341  

Eliminations

     (145,319      (89,552
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated total assets

     13,061,248        11,779,690  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The following table includes capital expenditures by segment for the periods presented in these financial statements.

 

     December 31, 2015
$
     December 31, 2014
$
 

Teekay Offshore - Offshore Logistics

     552,219        154,896  

Teekay Offshore - Offshore Production

     120,160        17,022  

Teekay Offshore - Conventional Tankers

     97        251  

Teekay LNG - Liquefied Gas Carriers

     191,642        193,669  

Teekay LNG - Conventional Tankers

     327        586  

Teekay Tankers - Conventional Tankers

     848,250        2,063  

Teekay Parent - Offshore Production

     57,778        671,277  

Teekay Parent - Conventional Tankers

     92        (44

Teekay Parent - Other

     199        13  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,770,764        1,039,733  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

3.

Investments

 

a)

Teekay LNG – Bahrain LNG Joint Venture

In December 2015, Teekay LNG entered into an agreement with National Oil & Gas Authority (or Nogaholding ), Samsung C&T (or Samsung ) and Gulf Investment Corporation (or GIC ) to form a joint venture, Bahrain LNG W.L.L. (or the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture) , for the development of an LNG receiving and regasification terminal in Bahrain. The Bahrain LNG Joint Venture is a joint venture between Nogaholding (30%), Teekay LNG (30%), Samsung (20%) and GIC (20%). The project will include an offshore LNG receiving jetty and breakwater, an adjacent regasification platform, subsea gas pipelines from the platform to shore, an onshore gas receiving facility, and an onshore nitrogen production facility with a total LNG terminal capacity of 800 million standard cubic feet per day and will be owned and operated under a 20-year agreement commencing in mid-2018 with a fully-built up cost of approximately $872.0 million, which will be funded by the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture through a combination of equity capital and project-level debt through a consortium of regional and international banks. Teekay LNG will supply a floating storage unit (or FSU ) in connection with this project, which will be modified specifically from one of the Teekay LNG’s nine MEGI LNG carrier newbuildings ordered from Daewoo Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co. (or DSME ), through a twenty year time-charter contract with the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture.

 

b)

Teekay Tankers – Principal Maritime

In August 2015, Teekay Tankers agreed to acquire 12 modern Suezmax tankers from Principal Maritime Tankers Corporation (or Principal Maritime ). As of December 31, 2015, all 12 of the vessels had been delivered for a total purchase price of $661.3 million, consisting of $612.0 million in cash and approximately 7.2 million shares of Teekay Tankers’ Class A common stock with a value of $49.3 million. To finance the cash portion of the acquisition price, Teekay Tankers secured a $397.2 million loan facility maturing January 29, 2016. The loan was fully drawn as of December 31, 2015. In addition, Teekay Tankers has issued approximately 13.6 million shares of its Class A common stock for net proceeds of $90.6 million, including approximately 4.5 million shares which were issued to Teekay Parent. Teekay Tankers financed the remainder of the cash purchase price with existing liquidity.

 

c)

Teekay Tankers – Ship-to-Ship Transfer Business

In July 2015, Teekay Tankers acquired a ship-to-ship transfer business (or SPT ) from a company jointly-owned by Teekay and a Norway-based marine transportation company, I.M. Skaugen SE, for a cash purchase price of $47.3 million (including $1.8 million for working capital). To finance this acquisition, Teekay subscribed for approximately 6.5 million shares of Teekay Tankers’ Class B common stock at a subscription price of approximately $6.99 per share. SPT provides a full suite of ship-to-ship transfer services in the oil, gas and dry bulk industries. In addition to full service lightering and lightering support, it also provides consultancy, terminal management and project development services. This acquisition establishes Teekay Tankers in the ship-to-ship (or STS ) transfer business, which is expected to increase Teekay Tankers’ fee-based revenue and its overall fleet utilization. SPT owns and operates a fleet of six STS support vessels.

The acquisition of SPT was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, based upon preliminary estimates of fair value.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The following table summarizes the preliminary estimates of fair values of the SPT assets acquired and liabilities assumed by Teekay Tankers on the acquisition date of July 31, 2015. Teekay Tankers is continuing to obtain information to finalize estimated fair value of the SPT assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date of July 31, 2015 and expects to complete this process as soon as practicable, but no later than one year from the acquisition date.

 

    As at
July 31, 2015
$
 

ASSETS

 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term restricted cash

    1,292  

Accounts receivable

    10,332  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    3,763  

Vessels and equipment

    6,475  

Other assets

    143  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

 

    Customer relationships (Note 6)

    30,879  
 

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

    52,884  
 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

Accounts payable

    (3,650

Accrued liabilities

    (3,276
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

    (6,926
 

 

 

 

Net assets acquired (1)

    45,958  
 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Prior to the SPT acquisition date, SPT had in-chartered the SPT Explorer from the Company. $1.4 million of the SPT acquisition purchase price was allocated to the settlement of this pre-existing relationship. Such amount has been accounted for as a reduction to revenue on the SPT acquisition date.

Operating results of SPT are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements commencing July 31, 2015, the effective date of acquisition. Pro forma revenues and net income if the acquisition of SPT had occurred at the beginning of 2013 would not be materially different than actual operating results reported. Teekay Tankers has ascribed value to the customer relationships assumed as part of the acquisition of the STS transfer business. Aggregate amortization expense of intangible assets relating to this acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $1.3 million, which is included in depreciation and amortization. The Company’s prior 50% interest in SPT was remeasured to its estimated fair value on the acquisition date and the resulting gain of $8.7 million was recognized in equity income in July 2015.

 

d)

Teekay Offshore – Logitel Offshore Holding AS

In August 2014, Teekay Offshore acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Logitel Offshore Holding AS (or Logitel ). The purchase price for the shares of Logitel consisted of $4.0 million in cash paid at closing and a potential additional cash amount of $27.6 million, subject to reductions of some or all of this potential additional amount if certain performance criteria are not met, primarily relating to the construction of the three UMS ordered from the COSCO (Nantong) Shipyard (or COSCO ) in China (see Note 11).

Teekay Offshore committed to acquire three UMS ordered from COSCO for a total cost of approximately $596 million, including estimated site supervision costs and license fees to be paid to Sevan Marine ASA (or Sevan ) to allow for use of its cylindrical hull design in these UMS, and $30.0 million from Teekay Offshore’s assumption of Logitel’s obligations under a bond agreement from Sevan. Prior to the acquisition, Logitel secured a three-year fixed-rate charter contract, with Petroleo Brasileiro S.A. (or Petrobras ) in Brazil for the first UMS, the Arendal Spirit , which delivered in February 2015 and commenced its contract with Petrobras in June 2015. The second UMS is currently in lay-up. During the second quarter of 2015, Teekay Offshore exercised its option to defer the delivery of its second UMS newbuilding by up to one year. During this period, COSCO will maintain and preserve this unit for the account of Teekay Offshore, including Teekay Offshore incurring interest at 5.0% per annum on the unpaid balance of the final yard installment. In August 2014, Teekay Offshore exercised one of its existing six options with COSCO to construct a third UMS. During the second quarter of 2015, Teekay Offshore exercised its option to defer the delivery and all related construction work of its third UMS by 120 days. Teekay Offshore may decide to exercise an option to further defer the delivery of the unit by an additional two years. While Teekay Offshore is pursuing charter contracts for the remaining two UMS newbuildings prior to their respective deferred deliveries in late-2016 and subject to the exercise of a deferred delivery option, mid-2019, it may decide to cancel or further defer the delivery of the second UMS, as well as to defer the delivery of, or cancel the third UMS.

Teekay Offshore has assumed Logitel’s obligations under a bond agreement from Sevan as part of this acquisition. The bond is non-interest bearing and is repayable in amounts of $10.0 million within six months of delivery of each of the three UMS ordered from COSCO, for a total of $30.0 million, of which $10.0 million has been repaid as of December 31, 2015. If Logitel orders additional UMS with the Sevan cylindrical design, Logitel will be required to pay Sevan up to $11.9 million for each of the next three UMS ordered. If the fourth of six options with COSCO is not exercised by its option expiry date on November 30, 2016, Sevan has a one-time option to receive the remaining two options with COSCO.

The acquisition of Logitel was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, based upon finalized estimates of fair value.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The following table summarizes the preliminary and final valuations of the Logitel assets and liabilities on the acquisition date. The estimates of fair values of the Logitel assets acquired and liabilities assumed by Teekay Offshore were finalized during the second quarter of 2015.

 

(in thousands of U.S. Dollars)    Preliminary
Valuation
August 11, 2014
$
     Adjustments
$
     Final Valuation
August 11, 2014

$
 

ASSETS

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     8,089        —          8,089  

Prepaid expenses

     640        —          640  

Advances on newbuilding contracts

     46,809        (2,239      44,570  

Intangible assets

     —          1,000        1,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     55,538        (1,239      54,299  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

        

Accrued liabilities

     4,098        —          4,098  

Long-term debt

     26,270        1,330        27,600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     30,368        1,330        31,698  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     25,170        (2,569      22,601  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash consideration

     4,000        —          4,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contingent consideration

     21,170        (2,569      18,601  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating results of Logitel are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements commencing August 11, 2014, the effective date of acquisition. Pro forma revenues and net income if the acquisition of Logitel had occurred at the beginning of 2014 would not be materially different than actual operating results reported.

 

e)

Teekay LNG – Yamal LNG Joint Venture

In July 2014, Teekay LNG, through a new 50/50 joint venture with China LNG Shipping (Holdings) Limited (or China LNG ) (or the Yamal LNG Joint Venture ), ordered six internationally-flagged icebreaker LNG carriers for a project located on the Yamal Peninsula in Northern Russia (or the Yamal LNG Project ). The Yamal LNG Project is a joint venture between Russia-based Novatek OAO (60%), France-based Total S.A. (20%) and China-based China National Petroleum Corporation (or CNPC) (20%), and will consist of three LNG trains with a total expected capacity of 16.5 million metric tons of LNG per annum and is currently scheduled to start-up in early-2018. The six 172,000-cubic meter ARC7 LNG carrier newbuildings will be constructed by DSME, of South Korea, for a total fully built-up cost of approximately $2.1 billion. The vessels, which will be constructed with maximum 2.1 meter icebreaking capabilities in both the forward and reverse directions, are scheduled to deliver at various times between the first quarter of 2018 and first quarter of 2020. Upon their deliveries, the six LNG carriers will each operate under fixed-rate time-charter contracts with Yamal Trade Pte. Ltd. until December 31, 2045, plus extension options.

As of December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG had advanced $96.9 million to the Yamal LNG Joint Venture to fund newbuilding installments (December 31, 2014 - $95.3 million), representing Teekay LNG’s proportionate share.

 

f)

Teekay LNG – BG International Limited Joint Venture

In June 2014, Teekay LNG acquired from BG International Limited (or BG ) its ownership interests in four 174,000-cubic meter Tri-Fuel Diesel Electric LNG carrier newbuildings, which will be constructed by Hudong-Zhonghua Shipbuilding (Group) Co., Ltd. in China for an estimated total fully built-up cost to the joint venture of approximately $1.0 billion. The vessels upon delivery, which are scheduled between September 2017 and January 2019, will each operate under 20-year fixed-rate time-charter contracts, plus extension options with Methane Services Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of BG. As compensation for BG’s ownership interest in these four LNG carrier newbuildings, Teekay LNG assumed BG’s obligation to provide the shipbuilding supervision and crew training services for the four LNG carrier newbuildings up to their delivery date pursuant to a ship construction support agreement. Teekay LNG estimates it will incur approximately $38.7 million of costs to provide these services, of which BG has agreed to pay a fixed amount of $20.3 million. Teekay LNG estimated that the fair value of the service obligation was $33.3 million and the fair value of the amount due from BG was $16.5 million. As at December 31, 2015, the carrying value of the service obligation of $29.7 million (December 31, 2014 – $33.7 million) is included in both the current portion of in-process revenue contracts and in-process revenue contracts and the carrying value of the receivable from BG of $16.5 million (December 31, 2014 – $17.1 million) is included in both accounts receivable and other non-current assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Through this transaction, Teekay LNG has a 30% ownership interest in two LNG carrier newbuildings and a 20% ownership interest in the remaining two LNG carrier newbuildings (collectively, the BG Joint Venture ).

 

g)

Teekay Offshore – ALP Maritime Services B.V.

In March 2014, Teekay Offshore acquired 100% of the shares of ALP Maritime Services B.V. (or ALP ), a Netherlands-based provider of long-distance ocean towage and offshore installation services to the global offshore oil and gas industry. Concurrently with this transaction, Teekay Offshore and ALP entered into an agreement with Niigata Shipbuilding & Repair of Japan for the construction of four state-of-the-art SX-157 Ulstein Design ultra-long-distance towing and offshore installation vessel newbuildings. These vessels will be equipped with dynamic positioning capability and are scheduled for delivery in 2016. Teekay Offshore is committed to acquire these newbuildings for a total cost of approximately $232 million.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Teekay Offshore acquired ALP for a purchase price of $2.6 million, which was paid in cash, and also entered into an arrangement to pay additional compensation to three former shareholders of ALP if certain requirements are satisfied. This contingent compensation consists of $2.4 million, which is payable upon the delivery and employment of ALP’s four newbuildings, which are scheduled throughout 2016, and a further amount of up to $2.6 million, which is payable if ALP’s annual operating results from 2017 to 2021 meet certain targets. Teekay Offshore has the option to pay up to 50% of this compensation through the issuance of common units of Teekay Offshore. Each of the contingent compensation amounts are payable only if the three former shareholders are employed by ALP at the time the performance conditions are met. For the year ended December 31, 2015, compensation cost was $0.7 million and was recorded in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (December 31, 2014 - $0.5 million). Teekay Offshore also incurred a $1.0 million fee to a third party associated with the acquisition of ALP, which has been recognized in general and administrative expenses during 2014.

The acquisition of ALP was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, based upon finalized estimates of fair value.

The following table summarizes the finalized estimates of fair values of the ALP assets acquired and liabilities assumed by Teekay Offshore on the acquisition date.

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)    As at
March 14, 2014
$
 

ASSETS

  

Cash and cash equivalents

     294  

Other current assets

     404  

Advances on newbuilding contracts

     164  

Other assets - long-term

     395  

Goodwill

     2,032  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     3,289  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

  

Current liabilities

     387  

Other long-term liabilities

     286  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     673  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     2,616  
  

 

 

 

Consideration

     2,616  
  

 

 

 

The goodwill recognized in connection with the ALP acquisition is attributable primarily to the assembled workforce of ALP, including their experience, skills and abilities. Operating results of ALP are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements commencing March 14, 2014, the effective date of the acquisition. On a pro forma basis for the Company for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, there would be no material changes to revenues and net income giving effect to Teekay Offshore’s acquisition of ALP as if it had taken place on January 1, 2014.

 

h)

Tanker Investments Ltd.

In January 2014, Teekay and Teekay Tankers formed Tanker Investments Ltd. (or TIL ), which seeks to opportunistically acquire, operate and sell modern second-hand tankers to benefit from an expected recovery in the tanker market. In connection with TIL’s formation, Teekay and Teekay Tankers received stock purchase warrants entitling them to purchase in the aggregate up to 1.5 million shares of common stock of TIL (see Note 15). The stock purchase warrants are derivative assets for accounting purposes which had an aggregate value of $10.3 million as at December 31, 2015. Teekay also received one Series A-1 preferred share and Teekay Tankers received one Series A-2 preferred share, each of which entitles the holder to elect one board member of TIL. The preferred shares do not give the holder a right to any dividends or distributions of TIL. The Company accounts for its investment in TIL using the equity method. As of December 31, 2015, Teekay and Teekay Tankers ownership interest in TIL totaled 17.62%

 

4.

Investment in Term Loans

In February 2011, Teekay made a $70 million term loan (or the TKC Loan ) to a ship-owner of a 2011-built VLCC, based in Asia. The TKC Loan’s interest rate was 9% per annum, which was payable quarterly. The TKC Loan was repayable in full in February 2014. The TKC Loan was collateralized by a first-priority mortgage on the VLCC, together with other related collateral.

In July 2010, Teekay Tankers acquired two term loans, whose borrowers had the same ultimate parent company as the borrower under the TKC Loan, with a total principal amount outstanding of $115.0 million for a total cost of $115.6 million (or the TNK Loans ). The TNK Loans had an annual interest rate of 9% per annum, and included a repayment premium feature which provided a total investment yield of approximately 10% per annum. The TNK Loans matured in July 2013. The TNK Loans were collateralized by first-priority mortgages on two 2010-built VLCCs, together with other related security. The principal amount of the TNK Loans and repayment premium were payable in full at maturity in July 2013. The TKC Loan and TNK Loans are collectively referred to as the Loans .

 

F-21


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The borrowers of the Loans had been in default on their interest payment obligations since the first quarter of 2013, and of their loan principal and repayment premium obligations on the TNK Loans from their maturity date in July 2013. In March 2014, the Company exercised its rights under security documentation to realize the amounts owed under its investment in term loans and assumed full ownership of the three VLCC vessels, which previously secured the investment in term loans. At the time of assumption of ownership, these vessels had an aggregate fair value of approximately $222 million, which exceeded the carrying value of the Loans. As a result of the exercise of remedies and the increase in VLCC vessel values during early 2014, in the first quarter of 2014 the Company recognized $15.2 million of interest income, of which $11.2 million related to prior periods and was previously unrecognized, owing under the Loans. In May 2014, Teekay Tankers sold two single-ship wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owned one VLCC, to TIL for aggregate proceeds of $154 million, plus related working capital on closing. Teekay Tankers recognized a $10 million gain on the sale of the VLCCs in 2014.

 

5.

Equity Financing Transactions

During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, the Company’s publicly traded subsidiaries, Teekay Tankers, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG, completed the following public offerings and private placements of equity securities:

 

     Total Proceeds
Received

$
     Less:
Teekay
Corporation
Portion
$ (1)
     Offering
Expenses
$
     Net Proceeds
Received
$
 

2015

           

Teekay Offshore Preferred B Units Offering

     125,000        —           (4,210      120,790  

Teekay Offshore Preferred C Units Offering

     250,000        —           (250      249,750  

Teekay Offshore Continuing Offering Program

     3,551        (71      (66      3,414  

Teekay LNG Continuous Offering Program

     36,274        (725      (900      34,649  

Teekay Tankers Public Offering

     13,716        —           (31      13,685  

Teekay Tankers Continuous Offering Program

     94,595        —           (2,155      92,440  

Teekay Tankers Private Placement

     109,907        —           —          109,907  

2014

           

Teekay Offshore Continuous Offering Program

     7,784        (156      (153      7,475  

Teekay Offshore Direct Equity Placement

     178,569        (3,571      (75      174,923  

Teekay LNG Public Offering

     140,784        (2,816      (299      137,669  

Teekay LNG Continuous Offering Program

     42,556        (851      (901      40,804  

Teekay Tankers Public Offering

     116,000        (20,000      (4,810      91,190  

2013

           

Teekay Offshore Direct Equity Placements

     115,688        (2,314      (188      113,186  

Teekay Offshore Preferred Units Offering

     150,000        —           (5,200      144,800  

Teekay Offshore Continuous Offering Program

     2,819        (59      (449      2,311  

Teekay LNG Continuous Offering Program

     5,383        (107      (457      4,819  

Teekay LNG Direct Equity Placement

     40,816        (816      (40      39,960  

Teekay LNG Public Offering

     150,040        (3,001      (5,222      141,817  

In 2015, in addition to the issuances of equity to third parties noted in the table above, Teekay purchased $30.0 million or 4.5 million shares of Class A common stock of Teekay Tankers for Teekay Tankers to partially finance the acquisition of 12 modern Suezmax tankers from Principal Maritime (see Note 3b), $300.0 million or 14.4 million common units of Teekay Offshore for Teekay Offshore to partially finance the July 1, 2015 acquisition of the Petrojarl Knarr FPSO from Teekay, and $45.5 million or 6.5 million shares of Class B common stock of Teekay Tankers to finance the acquisition of SPT (see Note 3c). These increases in Teekay’s ownership interest of Teekay Tankers and Teekay Offshore have been accounted for as equity transactions. Therefore, no gains or losses were recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income as a result of these purchases. However, the carrying amount of the non-controlling interests’ share of Teekay Offshore and Teekay Tankers increased by an aggregate of $168.1 million and retained earnings decreased by $168.1 million to reflect the increase in Teekay’s ownership interest in Teekay Offshore and Teekay Tankers and the increase in the carrying value of Teekay Offshore’s and Teekay Tankers’ total equity. This adjustment to non-controlling interest and retained earnings was primarily the result of Teekay Offshore’s 14.4 million common units being issued to Teekay at fair value, which was significantly greater than the carrying value.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

In August 2014, Teekay Tankers purchased from Teekay a 50% interest in Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd. ( TTOL ), which owns conventional tanker commercial management and technical management operations, including the direct ownership in three commercially managed tanker pools, for an aggregate price of approximately $23.5 million, including net working capital. As consideration for this acquisition, Teekay Tankers issued to Teekay 4.2 million Class B common shares. The 4.2 million Class B common shares had an approximate aggregate value of $15.6 million, or $3.70 per share, when the purchase price was agreed to between the parties and an aggregate value of $17.0 million, or $4.03 per share, on the acquisition closing date. The purchase price, for accounting purposes, is based upon the value of the Class B common shares on the acquisition closing date. In addition, Teekay Tankers reimbursed Teekay for $6.5 million of working capital it assumed from Teekay in connection with the purchase. The book value of the assets acquired, including working capital, was $16.9 million on the date of acquisition.

In April 2013, the Voyageur Spirit FPSO unit began production and on May 2, 2013, Teekay completed the acquisition of the Voyageur Spirit FPSO unit and, immediately thereafter, Teekay Offshore acquired the unit from Teekay for an original purchase price of $540.0 million. Teekay Offshore financed the acquisition with the assumption of the $230.0 million debt facility secured by the unit, $253.0 million in cash and a $44.3 million equity private placement of common units to Teekay (including the general partner’s 2% proportionate capital contribution), which had a value of $40.0 million at the time Teekay offered to sell the FPSO unit to Teekay Offshore.

As a result of the public offerings and equity placements of Teekay Tankers, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG, the Company recorded (decreases) increases to retained earnings of ($152.7) million (2015), $68.4 million (2014) and $36.7 million (2013). These amounts represent Teekay’s dilution (losses) gains from the issuance of units and shares by these consolidated subsidiaries.

 

6.

Goodwill, Intangible Assets and In-Process Revenue Contracts

Goodwill

The carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, for the Company’s reportable segments are as follows:

 

     Teekay Offshore
Segment -

Offshore Logistics
$
     Teekay LNG
Segment -
Liquefied Gas
$
     Total
$
 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

     130,908        35,631        166,539  

Goodwill acquired

     2,032        —          2,032  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014 and 2015

     132,940        35,631        168,571  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In March 2014, Teekay Offshore acquired 100% of the shares of ALP, a Netherlands-based provider of long-distance ocean towage and offshore installation services to the global offshore oil and gas industry. The goodwill recognized in connection with the ALP acquisition is attributable primarily to the assembled workforce of ALP, including their experience, skills and abilities (see Note 3g).

Intangible Assets

As at December 31, 2015, the Company’s intangible assets consisted of:

 

     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying Amount  
     $      $      $  

Customer contracts

     316,684        (234,894      81,790  

Customer relationships

     30,879        (1,260      29,619  

Other intangible assets

     1,000        (500      500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     348,563        (236,654      111,909  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2014 the Company’s intangible assets consisted of:

 

     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying Amount  
     $      $      $  

Customer contracts

     316,684        (223,018      93,666  

Other intangible assets

     1,000        —          1,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     317,684        (223,018      94,666  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In July 2015, as part of Teekay Tankers’ acquisition of SPT (see Note 3c), Teekay Tankers ascribed a value of $30.9 million to the customer relationships assumed as part of the acquisition of the STS transfer business. The Company is amortizing the customer relationships over a period of 10 years. Amortization expense relating to this acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $1.3 million, which is included in depreciation and amortization.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Aggregate amortization expense of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2015, was $13.6 million (2014 - $13.2 million, 2013 - $18.2 million), which is included in depreciation and amortization. Amortization of intangible assets following 2015 is expected to be $15.1 million (2016), $12.8 million (2017), $11.8 million (2018), $11.8 million (2019), $11.8 million (2020) and $48.6 million (thereafter).

In-Process Revenue Contracts

As part of the Company’s acquisition of FPSO units from Sevan and its previous acquisition of Petrojarl ASA (subsequently renamed Teekay Petrojarl AS, or Teekay Petrojarl ), and Teekay LNG’s acquisition of BG’s ownership interests in four LNG carrier newbuildings, the Company assumed certain FPSO contracts, time-charter-out contracts with terms that were less favorable than the then prevailing market terms, and a service obligation for shipbuilding supervision and crew training services for the four LNG carrier newbuildings. At the time of the acquisitions, the Company recognized liabilities based on the estimated fair value of these contracts and service obligations. The Company is amortizing these liabilities over the estimated remaining terms of their associated contracts on a weighted basis, based on the projected revenue to be earned under the contracts.

Amortization of in-process revenue contracts for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $30.1 million (2014 - $40.9 million, 2013 - $61.7 million), which is included in revenues on the consolidated statements of income. Amortization following 2015 is expected to be $32.1 million (2016), $30.7 million (2017), $22.5 million (2018), $14.3 million (2019), $13.8 million (2020) and $37.4 million (thereafter).

 

7.

Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities

Accrued Liabilities

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
     $      $  

Voyage and vessel expenses

     168,120        163,155  

Interest

     66,110        60,064  

Payroll and benefits and other

     88,239        100,606  

Deferred revenue - current

     76,883        66,027  

Loan from affiliates

     12,426        4,907  

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale

     500        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     412,278        394,759  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Long-Term Liabilities

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
     $      $  

Deferred revenues and gains

     248,984        253,639  

Guarantee liability

     26,467        24,880  

Asset retirement obligation

     25,484        25,006  

Pension liabilities

     14,953        31,365  

Contingent consideration liability

     6,225        18,969  

Unrecognized tax benefits and deferred income tax

     21,967        21,779  

Other

     8,298        7,451  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     352,378        383,089  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8.

Long-Term Debt

 

    December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
    $     $  

Revolving Credit Facilities

    1,500,848       1,766,824  

Senior Notes (8.5%) due January 15, 2020

    592,657       392,657  

Norwegian Kroner-denominated Bonds due through May 2020

    621,957       697,798  

U.S. Dollar-denominated Term Loans due through 2028

    4,020,665       3,103,255  

U.S. Dollar Bonds due through 2024

    502,449       496,098  

Euro-denominated Term Loans due through 2023

    241,798       284,993  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total principal

    7,480,374       6,741,625  

Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs

    (96,288     (89,649
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

    7,384,086       6,651,976  

Less current portion

    (1,106,104 )     (652,645 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

    6,277,982       5,999,331  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had 12 revolving credit facilities (or the Revolvers ) available, which, as at such date, provided for aggregate borrowings of up to $1.7 billion, of which $0.2 billion was undrawn. Interest payments are based on LIBOR plus margins; at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the margins ranged between 0.45% and 3.95%. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the three-month LIBOR was 0.61% and 0.26%, respectively. The aggregate amount available under the Revolvers is scheduled to decrease by $662.7 million (2016), $512.6 million (2017), $460.5 million (2018) and $47.4 million (2019). The Revolvers are collateralized by first-priority mortgages granted on 44 of the Company’s vessels, together with other related security, and include a guarantee from Teekay or its subsidiaries for all outstanding amounts. Included in other security are 38.2 million common units in Teekay Offshore, 25.2 million common units in Teekay LNG and 16.8 million Class A common shares in Teekay Tankers, which secure a $300 million credit facility.

Teekay’s $300 million revolving credit facility is secured by common units of Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG that are owned by Teekay. On October 5, 2015, Teekay amended the existing equity margin revolving credit facility to pledge additional common units of Teekay Offshore owned by Teekay and shares of Class A common stock of Teekay Tankers owned by Teekay and modify the required loan to value ratio. If, as a result of a decline in the aggregate market value of the pledged securities, the outstanding balance of the loans exceeds the loan-to-value ratio, the Company must prepay amounts under the facility. In December 2015, Teekay finalized with its lenders another amendment to decrease the maximum amount available under the existing equity margin revolving credit facility by $200 million to a $300 million credit facility and to include loan-to-value thresholds. As of December 31, 2015, based on the loan-to-value thresholds, there was $41.7 million credit available under this facility, of which $28.2 million was drawn and $13.5 million was undrawn.

The Company’s 8.5% senior unsecured notes are due January 15, 2020 with an original principal amount of $450 million (or the Original Notes ). The Original Notes issued on January 27, 2010 were sold at a price equal to 99.181% of par. In November 2015, the Company issued an aggregate principal amount of $200 million of the Company’s 8.5% senior unsecured notes due on January 15, 2020 (or the Notes ) at 99.01% of face value, plus accrued interest from July 15, 2015. The Notes are an additional issuance of the Company’s Original Notes (cumulatively referred to as the 8.5% Notes) . The Notes will be issued under the same indenture governing the Original Notes, but will not be fungible with the Original Notes unless and until such time as the Notes are exchanged for additional Original Notes pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement. The discount on the 8.5% Notes is accreted through the maturity date of the notes using the effective interest rate of 8.67% per year.

The Company capitalized issuance costs of $13.3 million which will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the 8.5% Notes. As of December 31, 2015, the unamortized balance of the capitalized issuance cost was $7.4 million which is recorded in long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet. The 8.5% Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of Teekay’s existing and future senior unsecured debt and senior to any future subordinated debt of Teekay. The 8.5% Notes are not guaranteed by any of Teekay’s subsidiaries and effectively rank behind all existing and future secured debt of Teekay and other liabilities of its subsidiaries.

The Company may redeem the 8.5% Notes in whole or in part at any time before their maturity date at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 8.5% Notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 8.5% Notes to be redeemed (excluding accrued interest), discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis, at the treasury yield plus 50 basis points, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. During 2014, the Company repurchased the principal amount of $57.3 million of the 8.5% Notes at a premium of $7.7 million and such amount is reflected in other income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

Prior to 2015, Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay issued in the Norwegian bond market a total of NOK 5.2 billion of senior unsecured bonds that mature through January 2019. Senior unsecured bonds in an aggregate principal amount of NOK 700 million matured in October 2015. As at December 31, 2015, the total carrying amount of the remaining NOK 4.5 billion senior unsecured bonds was $508.9 million. The bonds are listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange. The interest payments on the bonds are based on NIBOR plus a margin, which ranges from 4.00% to 5.75%. The Company entered into cross currency rate swaps to swap all interest and principal payments of the bonds into U.S. Dollars, with the interest payments fixed at rates ranging from 4.94% to 7.49%, and the transfer of principal fixed at $771.8 million upon maturity in exchange for NOK 4.5 billion (see Note 15).

In May 2015, Teekay LNG issued in the Norwegian bond market NOK 1,000 million in senior unsecured bonds that mature in May 2020. As of December 31, 2015, the carrying amount of the bonds was $113.1 million. The interest payments on the bonds are based on NIBOR plus a margin of 3.70%. Teekay LNG entered into a cross currency swap to swap all interest and principal payments into U.S. Dollars, with the interest payments fixed at a rate of 5.92%, and the transfer of the principal amount fixed at $134.0 million upon maturity in exchange for NOK 1,000 million (see Note 15). The net proceeds from the bond offering were used for general partnership purposes. The bonds are listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had 26 U.S. Dollar-denominated term loans outstanding, which totaled $4.0 billion in aggregate principal amount (December 31, 2014 – $3.1 billion). Certain of the term loans with a total outstanding principal balance of $48.6 million as at December 31, 2015 (December 31, 2014 – $37.8 million) bear interest at a weighted-average fixed rate of 4.0% (December 31, 2014 – 4.8%). Interest payments on the remaining term loans are based on LIBOR plus a margin. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the margins ranged between 0.3% and 3.25%. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the three-month LIBOR was 0.61% and 0.26%, respectively. The term loan payments are made in quarterly or semi-annual payments commencing three or six months after delivery of each newbuilding vessel financed thereby, and 23 of the term loans have balloon or bullet repayments due at maturity. The term loans are collateralized by first-priority mortgages on 67 (December 31, 2014 – 34) of the Company’s vessels, together with certain other security. In addition, at December 31, 2015, all but $64.6 million (December 31, 2014 – $79.3 million) of the outstanding term loans were guaranteed by Teekay or its subsidiaries.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

During May 2014, Teekay Offshore issued $300 million in five-year senior unsecured bonds that mature in July 2019 in the U.S. bond market. As of December 31, 2015, the carrying amount of the bonds was $300.0 million. The bonds are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The interest payments on the bonds are fixed at a rate of 6.0%.

In September 2013 and November 2013, Teekay Offshore issued $174.2 million of ten-year senior bonds that mature in December 2023 and that were issued in a U.S. private placement to finance the Bossa Nova Spirit and the Sertanejo Spirit shuttle tankers. The bonds accrue interest at a fixed combined rate of 4.96%. The bonds are collateralized by first-priority mortgages on the two vessels to which the bonds relate, together with other related security. Teekay Offshore makes semi-annual repayments on the bonds and as of December 31, 2015, the carrying amount of the bonds was $155.3 million.

In February 2015, Teekay Offshore issued $30.0 million in senior bonds that mature in June 2024 in a U.S. private placement. As of December 31, 2015, the carrying amount of the bonds was $27.1 million. The interest payments on the bonds are fixed at a rate of 4.27%. The bonds are collateralized by a first-priority mortgage on the Dampier Spirit FSO unit to which the bonds relate, together with other related security and are guaranteed by two subsidiaries of Teekay Offshore.

In August 2014, Teekay Offshore assumed Logitel’s obligations under a bond agreement from Sevan as part of the acquisition (see note 3d). The bonds are retractable at par at any time by Teekay Offshore. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding amount of the bonds was $20.0 million with a carrying value of $18.8 million and the bonds are guaranteed by Teekay Offshore.

Teekay LNG has two Euro-denominated term loans outstanding, which, as at December 31, 2015, totaled 222.7 million Euros ($241.8 million) (December 31, 2014 – 235.6 million Euros ($285.0 million)). Teekay LNG is repaying the loans with funds generated by two Euro-denominated, long-term time-charter contracts. Interest payments on the loans are based on EURIBOR plus a margin. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the margins ranged between 0.6% and 2.25% and the one-month EURIBOR at December 31, 2015 was (0.21%) (December 31, 2014 – 0.02%). The Euro-denominated term loans reduce in monthly payments with varying maturities through 2023, are collateralized by first-priority mortgages on two of Teekay LNG’s vessels, together with certain other security, and are guaranteed by Teekay LNG and one of its subsidiaries.

Both Euro-denominated term loans and NOK-denominated bonds are revalued at the end of each period using the then-prevailing U.S. Dollar exchange rate. Due primarily to the revaluation of the Company’s NOK-denominated bonds, the Company’s Euro-denominated term loans, capital leases and restricted cash, and the change in the valuation of the Company’s cross currency swaps, the Company recognized foreign exchange loss of $2.2 million (2014 – $13.4 million gain, 2013 – $13.3 million loss).

The weighted-average effective interest rate on the Company’s aggregate long-term debt as at December 31, 2015 was 3.4% (December 31, 2014 – 3.2%). This rate does not include the effect of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements (see Note 15).

In January 2016, Teekay Tankers entered into a new $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021, of which $845.8 million was used to repay Teekay Tankers’ two bridge loan facilities which matured in late January 2016 and Teekay Tankers’ main corporate revolving credit facility which was scheduled to mature in 2017.

The aggregate annual long-term debt principal repayments required to be made by the Company subsequent to December 31, 2015, including the impact of Teekay Tankers’ debt refinancing completed in January 2016, are $1.1 billion (2016), $1.1 billion (2017), $1.6 billion (2018), $0.9 billion (2019), $1.1 billion (2020) and $1.7 billion (thereafter).

Among other matters, the Company’s long-term debt agreements generally provide for maintenance of minimum consolidated financial covenants and 11 loan agreements require the maintenance of vessel market value to loan ratios. As at December 31, 2015, these ratios ranged from 126.5% to 1,076.8% compared to their minimum required ratios of 105% to 135%. The vessel values used in these ratios are the appraised values prepared by the Company based on second hand sale and purchase market data. Changes in the conventional tanker, FPSO, shuttle tanker, towage and UMS market and a weakening of the LNG/LPG carrier market could negatively affect the Company’s compliance with these ratios. Certain loan agreements require that a minimum level of free cash be maintained and as at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, this amount was $100.0 million. Most of the loan agreements also require that the Company maintain an aggregate minimum level of free liquidity and undrawn revolving credit lines with at least six months to maturity, in amounts ranging from 5% to 7.5% of total debt. As at December 31, 2015, this aggregate amount was $410.5 million (December 31, 2014- $368.1 million). As at December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under its credit facilities and other long-term debt.

 

9.

Operating and Direct Financing Leases

Charters-in

As at December 31, 2015, minimum commitments to be incurred by the Company under vessel operating leases by which the Company charters-in vessels were approximately $185.5 million, comprised of $106.8 million (2016), $52.1 million (2017), $8.7 million (2018), $8.3 million (2019), $8.3 million (2020) and $1.3 million (thereafter). The Company recognizes the expense from these charters, which is included in time-charter hire expense, on a straight-line basis over the firm period of the charters.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Charters-out

Time charters and bareboat charters of the Company’s vessels to third parties (except as noted below) are accounted for as operating leases. Certain of these charters provide the charterer with the option to acquire the vessel or the option to extend the charter. As at December 31, 2015, minimum scheduled future revenues to be received by the Company on time charters and bareboat charters then in place were approximately $9.2 billion, comprised of $1.5 billion (2016), $1.4 billion (2017), $1.3 billion (2018), $1.2 billion (2019), $1.1 billion (2020) and $2.7 billion (thereafter). The minimum scheduled future revenues should not be construed to reflect total charter hire revenues for any of the years. Minimum scheduled future revenues do not include revenue generated from new contracts entered into after December 31, 2015, revenue from unexercised option periods of contracts that existed on December 31, 2015, revenue from vessels in the Company’s equity accounted investments, or variable or contingent revenues. In addition, minimum scheduled future revenues presented in this paragraph have been reduced by estimated off-hire time for scheduled periodic maintenance. The amounts may vary given future events such as unscheduled vessel maintenance.

The carrying amount of the vessels accounted for as operating leases at December 31, 2015, was $7.1 billion (2014 - $6.8 billion). The cost and accumulated depreciation of the vessels employed on operating leases as at December 31, 2015 were $9.6 billion (2014 - $8.9 billion) and $2.5 billion (2014 - $2.1 billion), respectively.

Operating Lease Obligations

Teekay Tangguh Joint Venture

As at December 31, 2015, the Teekay Tangguh Joint Venture was a party to operating leases (or Head Leases ) whereby it is leasing its two LNG carriers (or the Tangguh LNG Carriers ) to a third party company. The Teekay Tangguh Joint Venture is then leasing back the LNG carriers from the same third party company (or the Subleases ). Under the terms of these leases, the third party company claims tax depreciation on the capital expenditures it incurred to lease the vessels. As is typical in these leasing arrangements, tax and change of law risks are assumed by the Teekay Tangguh Joint Venture. Lease payments under the Subleases are based on certain tax and financial assumptions at the commencement of the leases. If an assumption proves to be incorrect, the lease payments are increased or decreased under the Sublease to maintain the agreed after-tax margin. The Teekay Tangguh Joint Venture’s carrying amounts of this tax indemnification guarantee as at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were $8.0 million and $8.4 million, respectively, and are included as part of other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets of the Company. The tax indemnification is for the duration of the lease contract with the third party plus the years it would take for the lease payments to be statute barred, and ends in 2033. Although there is no maximum potential amount of future payments, the Teekay Tangguh Joint Venture may terminate the lease arrangements on a voluntary basis at any time. If the lease arrangements terminate, the Teekay Tangguh Joint Venture will be required to make termination payments to the third party company sufficient to repay the third party company’s investment in the vessels and to compensate it for the tax effect of the terminations, including recapture of any tax depreciation. The Head Leases and the Subleases have 20 year terms and are classified as operating leases. The Head Lease and the Sublease for the two Tangguh LNG Carriers commenced in November 2008 and March 2009, respectively.

As at December 31, 2015, the total estimated future minimum rental payments to be received and paid under the lease contracts are as follows:

 

Year

   Head Lease
Receipts
(1)
     Sublease
Payments
(1)(2)
 

2016

     21,242         24,113   

2017

     21,242         24,113   

2018

     21,242         24,113   

2019

     21,242         24,113   

2020

     21,242         24,113   

Thereafter

     175,337         199,072   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 281,547       $ 319,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Head Leases are fixed-rate operating leases while the Subleases have a small variable-rate component. As at December 31, 2015, the Teekay Tangguh Subsidiary had received $228.8 million of aggregate Head Lease receipts and had paid $163.7 million of aggregate Sublease payments. The portion of the Head Lease receipts that have not been recognized into earnings, is deferred and amortized on a straight line basis over the lease terms and, as at December 31, 2015, $3.8 million and $40.4 million of Head Lease receipts had been deferred and included in accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

(2)

The amount of payments under the Subleases is updated annually to reflect any changes in the lease payments due to changes in tax law.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Net Investment in Direct Financing Leases

The time charters for the two Tangguh LNG carriers and one FSO unit of Teekay Offshore are accounted for as direct financing leases. In addition, in September and November 2013, Teekay LNG acquired two 155,900-cubic meter LNG carriers (or Awilco LNG Carriers ) from Norway-based Awilco LNG ASA (or Awilco ) and chartered them back to Awilco on a five- and four-year fixed-rate bareboat charter contract (plus a one year extension option), respectively, with Awilco holding a fixed-price purchase obligation at the end of the charter. The bareboat charters with Awilco are accounted for as direct financing leases. The purchase price of each vessel was $205 million less a $51.0 million upfront prepayment of charter hire by Awilco (inclusive of a $1.0 million upfront fee), which is in addition to the daily bareboat charter rate. The following table lists the components of the net investments in direct financing leases:

 

     December 31,      December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     $      $  

Total minimum lease payments to be received

     855,655        936,164  

Estimated unguaranteed residual value of leased properties

     203,465        203,465  

Initial direct costs and other

     428        461  

Less unearned revenue

     (375,419      (435,137
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     684,129        704,953  

Less current portion

     (26,542      (20,823
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term portion

     657,587        684,130  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2015, minimum lease payments to be received by the Company in each of the next five years following 2015 were $83.9 million (2016), $207.9 million (2017), $173.7 million (2018), $39.1 million (2019) and $39.2 million (2020). The FSO contract is scheduled to expire in 2017, the LNG time charters are both scheduled to expire in 2029 and the two LNG carriers under the Awilco LNG carrier leases expire in 2017 and 2018.

 

10.

Capital Lease Obligations

Capital Lease Obligations

 

     December 31,      December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     $      $  

Suezmax Tankers

     59,127        63,550  

Less current portion

     (4,546      (4,422
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term portion

     54,581        59,128  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG was a party to capital leases on two Suezmax tankers. Under these capital leases, the owner has the option to require Teekay LNG to purchase the two vessels. The charterer, who is also the owner, also has the option to cancel the charter contracts and the cancellation options are first exercisable in October 2017 and July 2018, respectively.

The amounts in the table below assume the owner will not exercise its options to require Teekay LNG to purchase either of the two remaining vessels, but rather it assumes the owner will cancel the charter contracts when the cancellation right is first exercisable (in October 2017 and July 2018, respectively), and sell the vessels to a third party, upon which the lease obligation will be extinguished. At the inception of these leases, the weighted-average interest rate implicit in these leases was 5.5%. These capital leases are variable-rate capital leases. However, any change in the lease payments resulting from changes in interest rates is offset by a corresponding change in the charter hire payments received by Teekay LNG.

As at December 31, 2015, the remaining commitments under the two capital leases, including the purchase obligations for the two Suezmax tankers, approximated $65.9 million, including imputed interest of $6.8 million, repayable from 2016 through 2018, as indicated below:

 

Year

   Commitment  

2016

   $ 7,673  

2017

   $ 30,953  

2018

   $ 27,296  

The Company’s capital leases do not contain financial or restrictive covenants other than those relating to operation and maintenance of the vessels.

 

11.

Fair Value Measurements

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments and other non-financial assets.

Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and marketable securities - The fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents restricted cash, and marketable securities approximates their carrying amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Vessels and equipment and assets held for sale – The estimated fair value of the Company’s vessels and equipment and assets held for sale was determined based on discounted cash flows or appraised values. In cases where an active second hand sale and purchase market does not exist, the Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of an impaired vessel. In cases where an active second hand sale and purchase market exists, an appraised value is generally the amount the Company would expect to receive if it were to sell the vessel. Such appraisal is normally completed by the Company. Other assets held for sale include working capital balances and the fair value of such amounts generally approximate their carrying value.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Loans to equity-accounted investees and joint venture partners – The fair value of the Company’s loans to joint ventures and joint venture partners approximates their carrying amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Long-term receivable included in accounts receivable and other assets – The fair values of the Company’s long-term loan receivable is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities and the current credit worthiness of the counterparty.

Long-term debt and liabilities associated with assets held for sale – The fair value of the Company’s fixed-rate and variable-rate long-term debt is either based on quoted market prices or estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities and the current credit worthiness of the Company. Alternatively, if the fixed-rate and variable-rate long-term debt is held for sale the fair value is based on the estimated sales price. Other liabilities held for sale include working capital balances and the fair value of such amounts generally approximate their carrying value.

Derivative instruments – The fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments is the estimated amount that the Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreements at the reporting date, taking into account, as applicable, fixed interest rates on interest rate swaps, current interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and the current credit worthiness of both the Company and the derivative counterparties. The estimated amount is the present value of future cash flows. The Company transacts all of its derivative instruments through investment-grade rated financial institutions at the time of the transaction and requires no collateral from these institutions. Given the current volatility in the credit markets, it is reasonably possible that the amounts recorded as derivative assets and liabilities could vary by material amounts in the near term.

The Company categorizes its fair value estimates using a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value as follows:

Level 1. Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2. Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3. Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

The following table includes the estimated fair value and carrying value of those assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, as well as the estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments that are not accounted for at a fair value on a recurring basis.

 

          December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
    Fair
Value
Hierarchy
Level
    Carrying
Amount
Asset
(Liability)
$
    Fair
Value
Asset
(Liability)

$
    Carrying
Amount
Asset
(Liability)
$
    Fair
Value
Asset
(Liability)

$
 

Recurring

         

Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and marketable securities

    Level 1        855,107       855,107       927,679       927,679  

Derivative instruments (note 15)

         

Interest rate swap agreements - assets (1)

    Level 2        6,136       6,136       1,051       1,051  

Interest rate swap agreements - liabilities (1)

    Level 2        (370,952     (370,952     (406,783     (406,783

Cross currency interest swap agreement (1)

    Level 2        (312,110     (312,110     (221,391     (221,391

Foreign currency contracts

    Level 2        (18,826     (18,826     (18,407     (18,407

Stock purchase warrants (note 3h and 15)

    Level 3        10,328       10,328       9,314       9,314  

Logitel contingent consideration (see below)

    Level 3        (14,830     (14,830     (21,448     (21,448

Non-recurring

         

Vessels and equipment (note 18b)

    Level 2        100,600       100,600       —         —    

Assets held for sale (note 18b)

    Level 2        55,450       55,450       —         —    

Other

         

Loans to equity-accounted investees and joint venture partners - Current

      (2)       7,127         (2)       26,209         (2)  

Loans to equity-accounted investees and joint venture partners - Long-term

      (2)       184,390         (2)       227,217         (2)  

Long-term receivable (3)

    Level 2        16,453       16,427       17,137       17,164  

Long-term debt - public (note 8)

    Level 1        (1,493,915     (1,161,729     (1,371,174     (1,405,711

Long-term debt - non-public (note 8)

    Level 2        (5,890,171     (5,881,483     (5,280,802     (5,263,586

 

(1)

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements at December 31, 2015 includes $21.7 million (December 31, 2014 - $24.5 million) accrued interest expense which is recorded in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

(2)

In the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s loans to and equity investments in equity-accounted investees form the aggregate carrying value of the Company’s interests in entities accounted for by the equity method. In addition, the loans to joint venture partners together with the joint venture partner’s equity investment in joint ventures form the net aggregate carrying value of the Company’s interest in the joint ventures. The fair value of the individual components of such aggregate interests is not determinable.

(3)

As at December 31, 2015, the estimated fair value of the non-interest bearing receivable was based on the remaining future fixed payments of $18.2 million to be received from BG, as part of the ship construction support agreement, as well as an estimated discount rate of 8.0%. As there is no market rate for the equivalent of an unsecured non-interest bearing receivable from BG, the discount rate was based on unsecured debt instruments of similar maturity held, adjusted for a liquidity premium. A higher or lower discount rate would result in a lower or higher fair value asset.

Stock purchase warrants – During January 2014, the Company received stock purchase warrants entitling it to purchase up to 1.5 million shares of the common stock of TIL (see Note 15). The estimated fair value of the stock purchase warrants was determined using a Monte-Carlo simulation and is based, in part, on the historical price of common shares of TIL, the risk-free rate, vesting conditions and the historical volatility of comparable companies. The estimated fair value of these stock purchase warrants as of December 31, 2015 was based on the historical volatility of the comparable companies of 54.6%. A higher or lower volatility would result in a higher or lower fair value of this derivative asset.

Changes in fair value during the year ended December 31, 2015 for one of the Company’s derivative instruments, the TIL stock purchase warrants, which are described below and are measured at fair value on the recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015
$
     2014
$
 

Fair value at the beginning of the year

     9,314        —    

Fair value on issuance

     —          6,840  

Unrealized gain included in earnings

     1,014        2,474  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value at the end of the year

     10,328        9,314  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Logitel contingent consideration liability – In August 2014, Teekay Offshore acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Logitel, a Norway-based company focused on high-end UMS from CeFront Technology AS (or CeFront ) for $4 million, which was paid in cash at closing, plus a potential additional amount of up to $27.6 million, depending upon certain performance criteria, which is payable from the present through mid-2020 (see Note 3d).

Teekay Offshore will owe the additional amount of up to $27.6 million if there are no yard cost overruns and no charterer late delivery penalties; the two unchartered UMS under construction are chartered above specified rates and no material defects from construction are identified up until one year after the delivery of each UMS. To the extent such events occur, the potential additional amount of $27.6 million will be reduced in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement. The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability of $14.8 million at December 31, 2015 is the amount Teekay Offshore expects to pay to CeFront discounted to its present value using a weighted average cost of capital rate of 11.5%. As of December 31, 2015, the amount of the expected payments for each UMS was based upon the status of the construction project for the remaining two UMS newbuildings, the state of the charter market for the remaining two UMS newbuildings, the expectation of potential material defects for each UMS and, to a lesser extent, the timing of delivery of the remaining two UMS newbuildings. An increase (decrease) in Teekay Offshore’s estimates of yard cost overruns, charterer late delivery penalties, material defects and the discount rate, as well as a decrease (increase) in Teekay Offshore’s estimates of day rates at which it expects to charter the two unchartered UMS, will decrease (increase) the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability.

Changes in the estimated fair value of Teekay Offshore’s contingent consideration liability relating to the acquisition of Logitel, which is measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), during the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015
$
     2014
$
 

Balance at beginning of year

     (21,448      —    

Acquisition of Logitel

     2,569        (21,170

Settlement of liability

     3,540        —    

Unrealized gain (loss) included in Other income

     509        (278
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     (14,830      (21,448
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

12.

Capital Stock

The authorized capital stock of Teekay at December 31, 2015 and 2014, was 25,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, with a par value of $1 per share, and 725,000,000 shares of Common Stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share. During 2015, the Company issued 0.2 million common shares upon the exercise of stock options and restricted stock units and awards, and had no share repurchases of common shares. During 2014, the Company issued 1.8 million common shares upon the exercise of stock options and restricted stock units and awards, and had no share repurchases of common shares. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay had issued 72,711,371 shares of Common Stock (2014 – 73,399,702) and no shares of Preferred Stock issued. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay had 72,711,371 shares of Common Stock outstanding (2014 – 72,500,502).

Dividends may be declared and paid out of surplus, but if there is no surplus, dividends may be declared or paid out of the net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. Surplus is the excess of the net assets of the Company over the aggregated par value of the issued shares of the Teekay. Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of common stock are entitled to share equally in any dividends that the board of directors may declare from time to time out of funds legally available for dividends.

During 2008, Teekay announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $200 million of shares of its Common Stock in the open market, subject to cancellation upon approval by the Board of Directors. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay had repurchased approximately 5.2 million shares of Common Stock for $162.3 million pursuant to such authorization. The total remaining share repurchase authorization at December 31, 2015, was $37.7 million. The shares of Common Stock repurchased during 2013 were under a separate authorization.

On July 2, 2010, the Company amended and restated its Shareholder Rights Agreement (the Rights Agreement ), which was originally adopted by the Board of Directors in September 2000. In September 2000, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of one common share purchase right (a Right ) for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock. These Rights continue to remain outstanding and will not be exercisable and will trade with the shares of the Company’s common stock until after such time, if any, as a person or group becomes an “acquiring person” as set forth in the amended Rights Agreement. A person or group will be deemed to be an “acquiring person,” and the Rights generally will become exercisable, if a person or group acquires 20% or more of the Company’s common stock, or if a person or group commences a tender offer that could result in that person or group owning more than 20% of the Company’s common stock, subject to certain higher thresholds for existing shareholders that owned in excess of 15% of the Company’s common stock when the Rights Agreement was amended. Once exercisable, each Right held by a person other than the “acquiring person” would entitle the holder to purchase, at the then-current exercise price, a number of shares of common stock of the Company having a value of twice the exercise price of the Right. In addition, if the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction after any such event, each holder of a Right would then be entitled to purchase, at the then-current exercise price, shares of the acquiring company’s common stock having a value of twice the exercise price of the Right. The amended Rights Agreement will expire on July 1, 2020, unless the expiry date is extended or the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company.

Stock-based compensation

In March 2013, the Company adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (or the 2013 Plan ) and suspended the 1995 Stock Option Plan and the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (collectively referred to as the Plans ). As at December 31, 2015, the Company had reserved 4,527,282 (2014 - 4,009,878) shares of Common Stock pursuant to the 2013 Plan, for issuance upon the exercise of options or equity awards granted or to be granted.

During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company granted options under the 2013 Plan to acquire up to 265,135, 15,243 and 72,810 shares of Common Stock, respectively, to certain eligible officers, employees and directors of the Company. The options under the Plans have ten-year terms and vest equally over three years from the grant date. All options outstanding as of December 31, 2015, expire between March 7, 2016 and March 9, 2025, ten years after the date of each respective grant.

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  
    

Options

(000’s)

    Weighted-
Average
    

Options

(000’s)

    Weighted-
Average
    

Options

(000’s)

    Weighted-
Average
 
       Exercise
Price
       Exercise
Price
       Exercise
Price
 
     #     $      #     $      #     $  

Outstanding- beginning of year

     2,710       36.61        4,237       36.33        5,285       34.40  

Granted

     265       43.99        15       56.76        73       34.07  

Exercised

     (36     33.79        (1,528     36.10        (1,039     26.21  

Forfeited / expired

     (139     46.80        (14     28.51        (82     38.46  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Outstanding - end of year

     2,800       36.84        2,710       36.61        4,237       36.33  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Exercisable - end of year

     2,500       36.03        2,508       37.03        3,848       37.03  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

A summary of the Company’s non-vested stock option activity and related information for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  
     Options
(000’s)
#
    Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value $
     Options
(000’s)
#
    Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value $
     Options
(000’s)
#
    Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value $
 

Outstanding non-vested stock options - beginning of year

     202       9.37        389       9.24        723       8.74  

Granted

     265       7.74        15       11.50        73       10.54  

Vested

     (167     9.07        (188     9.30        (401     8.57  

Forfeited

     —         —          (14     9.01        (6     9.46  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Outstanding non-vested stock options - end of year

     300       8.09        202       9.37        389       9.24  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

The weighted average grant date fair value for non-vested options forfeited in 2015 was $0 (2014 - $0.1 million, 2013 - $0.1 million).

As of December 31, 2015, there was $0.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted under the Plans. Recognition of this compensation is expected to be $0.2 million (2016), and $0.2 million (2017). During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, the Company recognized $1.7 million, $1.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of compensation cost relating to stock options granted under the Plans. The intrinsic value of options exercised during 2015 was $0.5 million (2014 - $22.6 million; 2013 - $22.6 million).

As at December 31, 2015, there was no intrinsic value in the outstanding and exercisable stock options. As at December 31, 2014, the intrinsic value in the outstanding in-the-money stock options was $39.0 million and the intrinsic value in the exercisable in-the-money stock options $35.0 million. As at December 31, 2015, the weighted-average remaining life of options vested and expected to vest was 3.4 years (2014 – 3.6 years).

Further details regarding the Company’s outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

     Outstanding Options      Exercisable Options  
Range of Exercise Prices #    Options
(000’s)

#
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life
(Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$
     Options
(000’s)

#
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life
(Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$
 

$10.00 – $ 19.99

     188         3.2         11.84         188         3.2         11.84   

$20.00 – $ 24.99

     293         4.2         24.42         293         4.2         24.42   

$25.00 – $ 29.99

     365         6.2         27.69         365         6.2         27.69   

$30.00 – $ 34.99

     117         6.3         34.44         93         6.1         34.53   

$35.00 – $ 39.99

     364         0.4         39.01         364         0.4         39.01   

$40.00 – $ 44.99

     1,029         4.0         41.33         764         2.2         40.41   

$50.00 – $ 54.99

     429         1.2         51.40         429         1.2         51.40   

$55.00 – $ 59.99

     15         8.2         56.76         5         8.2         56.76   
  

 

 

          

 

 

       
     2,800         3.5         36.84         2,500         2.8         36.03   
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

 

F-32


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2015 was $7.74 per option (2014 - $11.50, 2013 - $10.54). The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used in computing the fair value of the options granted: expected volatility of 31.1% in 2015, 34.7% in 2014 and 53.7% in 2013; expected life of five years in 2015 and 2014 and four years in 2013; dividend yield of 4.4% in 2015 and 2014 and 4.8% in 2013; risk-free interest rate of 1.4% in 2015, 1.6% in 2014, and 0.8% in 2013; and estimated forfeiture rate of 8% in 2015 and 12% in 2014 and 2013. The expected life of the options granted was estimated using the historical exercise behavior of employees. The expected volatility was generally based on historical volatility as calculated using historical data during the five years prior to the grant date.

The Company grants restricted stock units and performance share units to certain eligible officers and employees of the Company. Each restricted stock unit and performance share unit is equivalent in value to one share of the Company’s common stock plus reinvested dividends from the grant date to the vesting date. The restricted stock units vest equally over three years from the grant date and the performance share units vest two or three years from the grant date. Upon vesting, the value of the restricted stock units, restricted stock awards and performance shares are paid to each grantee in the form of shares or cash. The number of performance share units that vest will range from zero to a multiple of the original number granted, based on certain performance and market conditions.

During 2015, the Company granted 63,912 restricted stock units with a fair value of $2.8 million and 61,774 performance share units with a fair value of $3.4 million, based on the quoted market price and a Monte Carlo valuation model, to certain of the Company’s employees. During 2015, a total of 101,419 restricted stock units with a market value of $4.3 million vested and that amount, net of withholding taxes, was paid to grantees by issuing 98,381 shares of common stock. During 2014, the Company granted 81,388 restricted stock units with a fair value of $4.6 million and 50,689 performance share units with a fair value of $3.4 million, based on the quoted market price and a Monte Carlo valuation model, to certain of the Company’s employees. During 2014, a total of 261,911 restricted stock units with a market value of $8.5 million vested and that amount, net of withholding taxes, was paid to grantees by issuing 149,082 shares of common stock. During 2013, the Company granted 158,957 restricted stock units with a fair value of $5.4 million and 54,773 performance share units with a fair value of $2.3 million, based on the quoted market price and a Monte Carlo valuation model, to certain of the Company’s employees. During 2013, a total of 296,798 restricted stock units with a market value of $8.8 million vested and that amount, net of withholding taxes, was paid to grantees by issuing 175,206 shares of common stock. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded an expense of $4.5 million (2014 - $7.5 million, 2013 - $9.9 million) related to the restricted stock units and performance share units.

During 2015, the Company also granted 22,502 (2014 – 18,230 and 2013 – 26,412) shares as restricted stock awards with a fair value of $1.0 million (2014 – $1.0 million and 2013 – $0.9 million), based on the quoted market price, to certain of the Company’s directors. The shares of restricted stock are issued when granted.

Share-based Compensation of Subsidiaries

During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, 14,603, 9,482 and 8,307 common units of Teekay Offshore, 10,447, 9,521 and 7,362 common units of Teekay LNG and 51,948, 17,073 and 142,157 shares of Class A common stock of Teekay Tankers, with aggregate values of $1.0 million, $0.8 million, and $1.0 million, respectively, were granted and issued to the non-management directors of the general partners of Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG and the non-management directors of Teekay Tankers as part of their annual compensation for 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers grant equity-based compensation awards as incentive-based compensation to certain employees of Teekay’s subsidiaries that provide services to Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers. During March 2015, 2014 and 2013, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG granted phantom unit awards and Teekay Tankers granted restricted stock-based compensation awards with respect to 102,843, 67,569 and 63,309 units of Teekay Offshore, 32,054, 31,961 and 36,878 units of Teekay LNG and 192,387, 586,014 and 411,629 Class A common shares of Teekay Tankers, respectively, with aggregate grant date fair values of $4.2 million, $5.7 million and $4.3 million, respectively, based on Teekay Offshore, Teekay LNG and Teekay Tankers’ closing unit or stock prices on the grant dates. Each phantom unit or restricted stock unit is equal in value to one of Teekay Offshore’s, Teekay LNG’s or Teekay Tankers’ common units or common shares plus reinvested distributions or dividends from the grant date to the vesting date. The awards vest equally over three years from the grant date. Any portion of an award that is not vested on the date of a recipient’s termination of service is cancelled, unless their termination arises as a result of the recipient’s retirement, in which case the award will continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule. Upon vesting, the awards are paid to a substantial majority of the grantees in the form of common units or common shares, net of withholding tax. During March 2015, Teekay Tankers granted 58,434 stock options with an exercise price of $5.39 per share that have a ten-year term and vest equally over three years from the grant date to an officer of Teekay Tankers. During June 2014, Teekay Tankers granted 110,829 stock options with an exercise price of $4.25 per share that have a ten-year term and vest equally over three years from the grant date to an officer of Teekay Tankers. During March 2014, Teekay Tankers granted 152,346 stock options with an exercise price of $4.10 per share that have a ten-year term and vest immediately to non-management directors of Teekay Tankers.

 

13.

Related Party Transactions

As at December 31, 2015, Resolute Investments, Ltd. (or Resolute ) owned 39.1% (2014 – 34.8%, 2013 – 35.7%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock. One of the Company’s directors, Thomas Kuo-Yuen Hsu, is the President and a director of Resolute. Another of the Company’s directors, Axel Karlshoej, is among the directors of Path Spirit Limited, which is the trust protector for the trust that indirectly owns all of Resolute’s outstanding equity. The Company’s Chairman, C. Sean Day, is engaged as a consultant to Kattegat Limited, the parent company of Resolute, to oversee its investments, including that in the Teekay group of companies. Another of the Company’s directors, Bjorn Moller, is a director of Kattegat Limited.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

14.

Other Income (Loss)

 

     Year Ended      Year Ended      Year Ended  
     December 31,      December 31,      December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     $      $      $  

TIL stock purchase warrants received (note 15)

     —          6,839        —    

Volatile organic compound emission plant lease (loss) income

     (417      24        238  

Impairment of marketable securities

     (683      (1,322      (2,062

Miscellaneous income

     2,666        1,006        9,229  

Loss on bond repurchases

     —          (7,699      (1,759
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income (loss)

     1,566        (1,152      5,646  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

15.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company uses derivatives to manage certain risks in accordance with its overall risk management policies.

Foreign Exchange Risk

The Company economically hedges portions of its forecasted expenditures denominated in foreign currencies with foreign currency forward contracts.

As at December 31, 2015, the Company was committed to the following foreign currency forward contracts:

 

     Contract Amount
in Foreign
Currency
     Average Forward
Rate (1)
     Fair Value /
Carrying Amount
of Asset (Liability)
$
              
             Expected Maturity  
             2016      2017  
             $      $  

Euro

     11,103        0.91         (45     12,153        —    

Norwegian Kroner

     1,105,000        7.72         (18,005     100,812        42,274  

Singapore Dollar

     22,442        1.36         (776     16,537        —    
        

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
           (18,826     129,502        42,274  
        

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Average contractual exchange rate represents the contracted amount of foreign currency one U.S. Dollar will buy.

The Company enters into cross currency swaps and pursuant to these swaps the Company receives the principal amount in NOK on the maturity date of the swap, in exchange for payment of a fixed U.S. Dollar amount. In addition, the cross currency swaps exchange a receipt of floating interest in NOK based on NIBOR plus a margin for a payment of U.S. Dollar fixed interest. The purpose of the cross currency swaps is to economically hedge the foreign currency exposure on the payment of interest and principal at maturity of the Company’s NOK-denominated bonds due in 2016 through 2020. In addition, the cross currency swaps economically hedge the interest rate exposure on the NOK bonds due in 2016 through 2020. The Company has not designated, for accounting purposes, these cross currency swaps as cash flow hedges of its NOK-denominated bonds due in 2016 through 2020. As at December 31, 2015, the Company was committed to the following cross currency swaps:

 

Notional

Amount

NOK

   Notional
Amount
USD
                      Fair Value /
Carrying
Amount of
Asset /
(Liability)
    Remaining
Term (years)
      Floating Rate Receivable            
      Reference
Rate
   Margin     Fixed Rate
Payable
     

500,000

     89,710      NIBOR      4.00     4.94     (33,714   0.1

600,000

     101,351      NIBOR      5.75     7.49     (36,505   1.1

700,000

     125,000      NIBOR      5.25     6.88     (49,703   1.3

800,000

     143,536      NIBOR      4.75     6.07     (56,985   2.1

900,000

     150,000      NIBOR      4.35     6.43     (54,027   2.7

1,000,000

     162,200      NIBOR      4.25     6.42     (56,124   3.1

1,000,000

     134,000      NIBOR      3.70     5.92     (25,052   4.4
            

 

 

   
               (312,110  
            

 

 

   

Interest Rate Risk

The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements, which exchange a receipt of floating interest for a payment of fixed interest, to reduce the Company’s exposure to interest rate variability on its outstanding floating-rate debt. The Company designates certain of its interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

As at December 31, 2015, the Company was committed to the following interest rate swap agreements related to its LIBOR-based debt and EURIBOR-based debt, whereby certain of the Company’s floating-rate debt were swapped with fixed-rate obligations:

 

     Interest
Rate

Index
   Principal
Amount

$
     Fair Value /
Carrying
Amount of
Asset /
(Liability)

$
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Term

(years)
   Fixed
Interest
Rate
(%) (1)

LIBOR-Based Debt:

             

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaps (2)

   LIBOR      3,092,442        (312,131   5.4    3.4

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaps (3)

   LIBOR      412,392        (16,227   3.0    2.8

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaption (4)

   LIBOR      155,000        (2,626   1.3    2.2

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaption (4)

   LIBOR      155,000        685     1.3    3.3

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaption (5)

   LIBOR      160,000        (2,041   2.1    2.0

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaption (5)

   LIBOR      160,000        1,956     2.1    3.1

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaption (6)

   LIBOR      160,000        (1,739   2.5    1.8

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaption (6)

   LIBOR      160,000        2,981     2.5    2.9

EURIBOR-Based Debt:

             

Euro-denominated interest rate swaps (7) (8)

   EURIBOR      241,798        (35,674   5.0    3.1
        

 

 

      
           (364,816     
        

 

 

      

 

(1)

Excludes the margins the Company pays on its variable-rate debt, which, as of December 31, 2015, ranged from 0.3% to 3.95%.

(2)

Principal amount of $200 million is fixed at 2.14%, unless LIBOR exceeds 6%, in which case the Company pays a floating rate of interest.

(3)

Interest rate swaps with an aggregate principal amount of $320 million are being used to economically hedge expected interest payments on new debt that is planned to be outstanding from 2016 to 2021. These interest rate swaps are subject to mandatory early termination in 2016 whereby the swaps will be settled based on their fair value at that time.

(4)

During June 2015, as part of its hedging program, Teekay LNG entered into interest rate swaption agreements whereby it has a one-time option in April 2017 to enter into an interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 3.34% with a third party, and the third party has a one-time option in April 2017 to require Teekay LNG to enter into an interest swap at a fixed rate of 2.15%. If Teekay LNG or the third party exercises its option, there will be a cash settlement in April 2017 for the fair value of the interest rate swap, in lieu of taking delivery of the actual interest rate swap.

(5)

During August 2015, as part of its hedging program, Teekay LNG entered into interest rate swaption agreements whereby it has a one-time option in January 2018 to enter into an interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 3.10% with a third party, and the third party has a one-time option in January 2018 to require Teekay LNG to enter into an interest swap at a fixed rate of 1.97%. If Teekay LNG or the third party exercises its option, there will be a cash settlement in January 2018 for the fair value of the interest rate swap, in lieu of taking delivery of the actual interest rate swap.

(6)

During October 2015, as part of its hedging program, Teekay LNG entered into interest rate swaption agreements whereby it has a one-time option in July 2018 to enter into an interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 2.935% with a third party, and the third party has a one-time option in July 2018 to require Teekay LNG to enter into an interest swap at a fixed rate of 1.83%. If Teekay LNG or the third party exercises its option, there will be a cash settlement in July 2018 for the fair value of the interest rate swap, in lieu of taking delivery of the actual interest rate swap.

(7)

Principal amount reduces monthly to 70.1 million Euros ($76.1 million) by the maturity dates of the swap agreements.

(8)

Principal amount is the U.S. Dollar equivalent of 222.7 million Euros.

Stock Purchase Warrants

In January 2014, Teekay and Teekay Tankers formed TIL. Teekay and Teekay Tankers purchased an aggregate of 5.0 million shares of TIL’s common stock, representing an initial 20% interest in TIL, as part of a $250 million private placement by TIL, which represents a total investment by Teekay and Teekay Tankers of $50.0 million. In addition, Teekay and Teekay Tankers received stock purchase warrants entitling them to purchase an aggregate of up to 1.5 million shares of common stock of TIL at a fixed price of $10 per share. Alternatively, if the shares of TIL’s common stock trade on a National Stock Exchange or over-the-counter market denominated in NOK, Teekay and Teekay Tankers may also exercise their stock purchase warrants at 61.67 NOK per share using a cashless exercise procedure. The estimated fair value of the warrants on issuance was $6.8 million and is included in other income in the consolidated statements of income. The stock purchase warrants vest in four equally sized tranches and as at December 31, 2015, two tranches have vested. If the shares of TIL’s common stock trade on a National Stock Exchange or over-the-counter market denominated in NOK, each tranche will vest and become exercisable when and if the fair market value of a share of TIL’s common stock equals or exceeds 77.08 NOK, 92.50 NOK, 107.91 NOK and 123.33 NOK, respectively, for such tranche for any ten consecutive trading days. The stock purchase warrants expire on January 23, 2019. The fair value of the stock purchase warrants at December 31, 2015 was $10.3 million. The Company reports the unrealized gains from the stock purchase warrants in realized and unrealized (losses) gains on non-designated derivatives in the consolidated statements of income.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Tabular Disclosure

The following table presents the location and fair value amounts of derivative instruments, segregated by type of contract, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

 

     Prepaid
Expenses
and Other
     Derivative
Assets
     Accrued
Liabilities
    Current
Portion of
Derivative
Liabilities
    Derivative
Liabilities
 

As at December 31, 2015

            

Derivatives designated as a cash flow hedge:

            

Interest rate swap agreements

     —          —          —         (338     (777

Derivatives not designated as a cash flow hedge:

            

Foreign currency contracts

     80        —          —         (16,372     (2,534

Interest rate swap agreements

     —          7,516        (18,348     (198,196     (154,673

Cross currency swap agreements

     —          —          (3,377     (52,633     (256,100

Stock purchase warrants

     —          10,328        —         —         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     80        17,844        (21,725     (267,539     (414,084
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2014

            

Derivatives not designated as a cash flow hedge:

            

Foreign currency contracts

     —          —          —         (14,218     (4,189

Interest rate swap agreements

     —          5,101        (22,656     (148,006     (240,171

Cross currency swap agreements

     —          —          (1,835     (41,733     (177,822

Stock purchase warrants

     —          9,314        —         —         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     —          14,415        (24,491     (203,957     (422,182
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the periods indicated, the following table presents the effective portion of gains (losses) on interest rate swap agreements designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges that were (1) recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income, (2) recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (or AOCI) during the term of the hedging relationship and reclassified to earnings, and (3) recognized in the ineffective portion of gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

Balance

Sheet

(AOCI)

     Statement of Income (Loss)

Effective

Portion

     Effective
Portion
     Ineffective
Portion
      
  (65      —           (1,050    Interest expense
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
  (65      —           (1,050   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

As at December 31, 2015, the Company had multiple interest rate swaps, cross currency swaps and foreign currency forward contracts with the same counterparty that are subject to the same master agreements. Each of these master agreements provides for the net settlement of all derivatives subject to that master agreement through a single payment in the event of default or termination of any one derivative. The fair value of these derivatives is presented on a gross basis in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As at December 31, 2015, these derivatives had an aggregate fair value asset amount of nil and an aggregate fair value liability amount of $588.1 million. As at December 31, 2015, the Company had $105.3 million on deposit with the relevant counterparties as security for swap liabilities under certain master agreements. The deposit is presented in restricted cash on the consolidated balance sheets.

Realized and unrealized gains and (losses) from derivative instruments that are not designated for accounting purposes as cash flow hedges, are recognized in earnings and reported in realized and unrealized losses on non-designated derivatives in the consolidated statements of income. The effect of the gains and losses on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments in the consolidated statements of income are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2015

$
     Year Ended
December 31,
2014

$
     Year Ended
December 31,
2013

$
 

Realized losses relating to:

        

Interest rate swap agreements

     (108,036      (125,424      (122,439

Interest rate swap agreement terminations

     (10,876      (1,319      (35,985

Foreign currency forward contracts

     (21,607      (4,436      (2,027
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (140,519      (131,179      (160,451
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) relating to:

        

Interest rate swap agreements

     37,723        (86,045      182,800  

Foreign currency forward contracts

     (418      (16,926      (3,935

Stock purchase warrants

     1,014        2,475        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     38,319        (100,496      178,865  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total realized and unrealized (losses) gains on derivative instruments

     (102,200      (231,675      18,414  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Realized and unrealized (losses) gains of the cross currency swaps are recognized in earnings and reported in foreign currency exchange (loss) gain in the consolidated statements of income. The effect of the loss on cross currency swaps on the consolidated statements of income is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015
$
     2014
$
     2013
$
 

Realized (loss) gain on maturity and partial termination of cross currency swaps

     (36,155      —          6,800  

Realized (losses) gains

     (18,973      (3,955      2,089  

Unrealized losses

     (89,178      (167,334      (65,387
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total realized and unrealized (losses) gains on cross currency swaps

     (144,306      (171,289      (56,498
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company is exposed to credit loss to the extent the fair value represents an asset in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to the foreign currency forward contracts, and cross currency and interest rate swap agreements; however, the Company does not anticipate non-performance by any of the counterparties. In order to minimize counterparty risk, the Company only enters into derivative transactions with counterparties that are rated A- or better by Standard & Poor’s or A3 or better by Moody’s at the time of the transaction. In addition, to the extent possible and practical, interest rate swaps are entered into with different counterparties to reduce concentration risk.

 

16.

Commitments and Contingencies

 

  a)

Vessels under Construction

As at December 31, 2015, the Company was committed to the construction of 11 LNG carriers, four long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels, two UMS, three shuttle tankers, one FSO conversion and one FPSO upgrade for a total cost of approximately $3.6 billion, excluding capitalized interest and other miscellaneous construction costs. Vessels in which the Company holds an interest through non-consolidated joint ventures are excluded from the above amounts and are described on Note 16b. Two LNG carriers are scheduled for delivery in 2016, three LNG carriers are scheduled for delivery in 2017, four LNG carriers are scheduled for delivery in 2018 and two LNG carriers are scheduled for delivery in 2019, four long-distance towing and offshore installation vessels are scheduled for delivery in 2016, two UMS are scheduled for delivery in the third quarter of 2016 and the second quarter of 2019, three shuttle tankers are expected to be delivered in the fourth quarter of 2017 through the first half of 2018, the one FSO conversion is scheduled for completion in early-2017 and the one FPSO upgrade is scheduled for completion in the fourth quarter of 2016. As at December 31, 2015, payments made towards these commitments totaled $800.6 million (excluding $29.4 million of capitalized interest and other miscellaneous construction costs). As at December 31, 2015, the remaining payments required to be made under these newbuilding and conversion capital commitments were $864.6 million (2016), $887.0 million (2017), $616.3 million (2018), $426.1 million (2019) and $3.5 million (2020).

 

  b)

Joint Ventures

As described in Note 3a, the Teekay LNG has a 30% ownership interest in the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture for the development of an LNG receiving and regasification terminal in Bahrain. The project will include a FSU, which will be modified from one of Teekay LNG’s existing MEGI LNG newbuilding carriers, an offshore gas receiving facility, and an onshore nitrogen production facility. The terminal will have a capacity of 800 million standard cubic feet per day and will be owned and operated under a 20-year agreement commencing July 2018. The receiving and regasification terminal is expected to have a fully-built up cost of approximately $872 million. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG’s proportionate share of the costs to be incurred are $115.2 million (2016), $84.0 million (2017) and $62.4 million (2018).

As described in Note 3f, Teekay LNG has an ownership interest in the BG Joint Venture and, as part of the acquisition, agreed to assume BG’s obligation to provide shipbuilding supervision and crew training services for the four LNG carrier newbuildings up to their delivery dates pursuant to a ship construction support agreement. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG had incurred $4.2 million, net of reimbursement from BG, relating to shipbuilding and crew training services. The remaining estimated amounts to be incurred for the shipbuilding and crew training obligation, net of the reimbursement from BG, are $6.0 million (2016), $3.8 million (2017), $4.1 million (2018) and $0.4 million (2019).

 

F-37


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

In addition, the BG Joint Venture secured a $787.0 million debt facility to finance a portion of the estimated fully built-up cost of $1.0 billion for its four newbuilding carriers, with the remaining portion to be financed pro-rata based on ownership interests by Teekay LNG and the other partners. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG’s proportionate share of the remaining newbuilding installments, net of debt financing, totaled $7.9 million (2016), $15.0 million (2017), $17.3 million (2018) and $6.3 million (2019).

As described in Note 23 – Equity Method Investments, Teekay LNG, has a 50% ownership interest in the Exmar LPG Joint Venture which has seven LPG newbuilding vessels scheduled for delivery between 2016 and 2018 and has obtained financing for three of these newbuilding vessels. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG’s proportionate share of the remaining costs for these seven newbuilding carriers, net of the financing, totaled $4.9 million (2016), $62.7 million (2017) and $19.3 million (2018).

As described in Note 3e, Teekay LNG has a 50% ownership interest in the Yamal LNG Joint Venture which will build six 172,000-cubic meter ARC7 LNG carrier newbuildings for an estimated total fully built-up cost of approximately $2.1 billion. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay LNG’s proportionate costs incurred under these newbuilding contracts totaled $100.5 million and Teekay LNG’s proportionate share of the estimated remaining costs to be incurred were $74.4 million (2016), $97.6 million in (2017), $356.6 million in (2018), $214.4 million in (2019) and $198.3 million (2020). The Yamal LNG Joint Venture intends to secure debt financing for 70% to 80% of the fully built-up cost of the six LNG carrier newbuildings.

In October 2014, Teekay Offshore sold a 1995-built shuttle tanker, the Navion Norvegia, to a 50/50 joint venture with Brazilian-based Odebrecht Oil & Gas S.A. (or OOG ). The vessel is committed to a new FPSO conversion for the Libra field located in the Santos Basin offshore Brazil. The conversion project will be completed at Sembcorp Marine’s Jurong Shipyard in Singapore and the FPSO unit is scheduled to commence operations in early-2017 under a 12-year fixed-rate contract with Petroleo Brasileiro SA ( Petrobras ). The FPSO conversion is expected to cost approximately $1.0 billion. As at December 31, 2015, payments made by the joint venture towards these commitments totaled $251.6 million and the remaining payments required to be made are $739.4 million (2016) and $13.6 million (2017). Teekay Offshore intends to finance its share of the conversion through existing long-term debt financing within the joint venture, and to a lesser extent, through existing liquidity. The joint venture secured a $248 million short-term loan in late-2014, which was refinanced in 2015 with a long-term debt facility providing total borrowings of up to $804 million for the FPSO unit.

In December 2015, Teekay Offshore entered into a put and call option agreement with its 50/50 joint venture partner, OOG, relating to the FPSO conversion for the Libra field. The agreement provides OOG, with a put option to sell 15%, 20% or 25% of its shares in the joint venture to Teekay Offshore for consideration of $24.1 million, $32.1 million or $40.2 million, respectively. The exercise date for the put option was April 25, 2016 with a settlement date on May 25, 2016. Upon exercise of the put option, the agreement further provides OOG with a call option to repurchase the shares sold pursuant to the put option, for the same consideration from the put option plus 20% per annum from the put option date until the call option date as well as an additional $7.5 million. The exercise date for the call option is August 31, 2017 with settlement on January 5, 2018. Teekay Offshore expected to finance the put option, if exercised, with its existing liquidity. OOG did not exercise the put option on April 25, 2016 and the put and call option agreement was discontinued.

Teekay, through a 50/50 joint venture (or the KT Maritime Joint Venture ) with Kotug International B.V., has a 50% ownership interest in three infield support vessels type ART100-42 towage newbuildings that have an estimated total cost of approximately $55.5 million and are expected to deliver during the first half of 2016. Teekay’s proportionate costs to be incurred under these newbuilding contracts total $27.8 million. As at December 31, 2015, payments made by Teekay towards these commitments totaled $7.9 million, with remaining payments of $19.9 million required to be made by Teekay in 2016.

 

  c)

Legal Proceedings and Claims

The Company may, from time to time, be involved in legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes that any adverse outcome of existing claims, other than with respect to the items noted below, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows, when taking into account its insurance coverage and indemnifications from charterers.

Claims by Minority Shareholders of Sevan

The Company has a 43% ownership interest in Sevan. In February 2016, a special committee of the Board of Directors of Sevan (or Special Committee ), responding to allegations made by certain minority shareholders of Sevan , advised that they had initiated a review of the legality of the agreements between Sevan and CeFront Technology AS (or CeFront ) relating to the transfer to Logitel Offshore Pte. Ltd. or its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively Logitel Offshore ) in 2013 of two hulls to be converted into UMS, including the $60 million bond loan (of which $41 million was a vendor credit and $19 million was a cash loan) granted by Sevan Holding V AS to Logitel Offshore Pte. Ltd. (or the 2013 Transaction ). This review also included a review of the legality of the agreements between Sevan and Teekay Offshore entered into in connection with the 2014 transaction whereby Teekay Offshore acquired Logitel Offshore from CeFront (or the 2014 Transaction ). The Special Committee advised Teekay Offshore by letter dated February 16, 2016, that it had obtained legal advice indicating that Sevan had failed to obtain the necessary shareholder approvals in connection with both the 2013 Transaction and the 2014 Transaction. The Special Committee also advised that, in its view, the $60 million bond loan to Logitel Offshore represents lending to a related party of a Sevan shareholder, which is in breach of mandatory limitations on such financing under Norwegian corporate law. The Special Committee has advised Teekay Offshore that the failure to obtain the necessary approval of Sevan’s shareholders would render certain of the agreements in the 2013 Transaction and 2014 Transaction either void or voidable, exposing Teekay Offshore to potential claims for restitution as mandated by Norwegian corporate law. As a result, Sevan claims that Teekay Offshore and/or Logitel owes Sevan approximately $50 million, representing the unpaid amount of the original $60 million bond loan. As at December 31, 2015, Teekay Offshore had accrued a bond loan payable amount of $18.8 million, based upon the terms of the agreements as entered into by Sevan, Logitel and Teekay Offshore. Teekay Offshore is in discussions with Sevan regarding the potential financial impact on Teekay Offshore of the failure of Sevan to obtain the necessary shareholder approvals of the 2013 Transaction and 2014 Transaction.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Piranema Spirit FPSO contract

In March 2016, Petrobras claimed that Teekay Offshore’s November 2011 cessation of paying certain agency fees with respect to the Piranema Spirit FPSO unit’s charter contract should have resulted in a corresponding 2% rate reduction on the FPSO charter contract with Petrobras. Teekay Offshore disagrees with this claim. Teekay Offshore has estimated the total claim to be approximately $7.5 million, consisting of $4.4 million relating to 2% of the charter hire previously paid by Petrobras to Teekay Offshore for the period from November 2011 up to the end of 2015, and $3.1 million relating to 2% of estimated future charter hire from 2016 to the end of the term of the FPSO contract with Petrobras.

STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co.

In April 2013, four special purpose subsidiary companies of Teekay Tankers entered into agreements with STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd (or STX ) of South Korea to construct four, fuel-efficient 113,000 dead-weight tonne Long Range 2 (or LR2 ) product tanker newbuildings. At the same time, Teekay Tankers entered an Option Agreement with STX allowing Teekay Tankers to order up to 12 additional vessels. The payment of Teekay Tankers’ first shipyard installment was contingent on Teekay Tankers receiving acceptable refund guarantees for the shipyard installment payments. At around the same time, however, STX commenced a voluntary financial restructuring with its lenders, and as a result, STX’s ability to obtain the necessary refund guarantees in respect of the four firm shipbuilding contracts was severely affected. In October and November 2013, Teekay Tankers went on to exercise its rights under the Option Agreement to order eight additional newbuildings. The further required shipbuilding contracts were not entered into by STX within the timeframe specified in the Option Agreement. By December 2013, Teekay Tankers had determined that there was no prospect of the refund guarantees being provided under any of the firm shipbuilding contracts and then by February 2014 that there was no prospect of the same in respect of the further contracts to be entered pursuant to the Option Agreement or of that agreement being otherwise performed by STX. In December 2013, therefore, the subsidiaries of Teekay Tankers gave STX notice that it was treating STX as having repudiated the four firm shipbuilding contracts. Then in February 2014, Teekay Tankers gave STX notice that it was treating STX as having repudiated the Option Agreements. Having asserted that this was the position, in February and March 2014, Teekay Tankers and its subsidiaries commenced legal proceedings against STX for damages. This involved arbitration proceedings in London in respect of the four firm shipbuilding contracts and English High Court proceedings in respect of the Option Agreement. In November 2014, Teekay Tankers, on behalf of the subsidiaries, placed $0.6 million in an escrow account as cash security in respect of STX’s legal costs relating to the arbitration proceedings. These funds are classified as cash and cash equivalents in Teekay Tankers’ consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

In February 2016, Teekay Tankers’ subsidiaries had successfully obtained an English Court Order requiring STX to pay a total of $32.4 million in respect of the four firm shipbuilding contracts. As a result, Teekay Tankers’ subsidiaries have exercised their rights under English law to seek the assistance of the English court in the enforcement of the arbitration awards. Teekay Tankers and its subsidiaries are pursuing other routes to enforce the awards against STX. Additionally, the $0.6 million cash deposit was refunded subsequent to December 31, 2015. No amounts have been recorded as receivable in respect of these awards due to uncertainty of their collection.

The trial in the English High Court in respect of the Option Agreement will commence in April 2016.

Class Action Complaint

Following the Company’s announcement in December 2015 that its Board of Directors had approved a plan to reduce the Company’s quarterly dividend to $0.055 per share, down from $0.55 per share in the third quarter of 2015, commencing with the fourth quarter of 2015 dividend payable in February 2016 and the subsequent decline of the price of the Company’s common stock, a class action complaint was filed on March 1, 2016 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut against the Company and certain of its officers. The complaint includes claims that the Company and certain of its officers violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. In general, the complaint alleges the Company and certain of its officers violated federal securities laws by making materially false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s ability and intention to maintain a quarterly dividend of at least $0.55 per share, thereby artificially inflating the price of its common stock. The plaintiffs are seeking unspecified monetary damages, including reasonable costs and expenses incurred in this action. The Company plans to vigorously defend against the claim. Based on the early stage of the claim and evaluation of the facts available at this time, the amount or range of reasonably possible losses to which the Company is exposed cannot be estimated and the ultimate resolution of this matter and the associated financial impact to the Company, if any, remains uncertain at this time. The Company maintains a Directors and Officers Insurance policy that provides coverage for such claims, subject to a maximum amount and a deductible.

Teekay Nakilat Capital Lease

Teekay LNG owned a 70% interest in Teekay Nakilat Corporation (or Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture ) that was the lessee under three separate 30-year capital lease arrangements with a third party for three LNG carriers (or the RasGas II LNG Carriers ) until December 2014. Under the terms of the leasing arrangements for the RasGas II LNG Carriers, the lessor claimed tax depreciation on the capital expenditures it incurred to acquire these vessels. As is typical in these leasing arrangements, tax and change of law risks were assumed by the lessee, in this case the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture. Lease payments under the lease arrangements were based on certain tax and financial assumptions at the commencement of the leases and subsequently adjusted to maintain the lessor’s agreed after-tax margin. On December 22, 2014, the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture terminated the leasing of the RasGas II LNG Carriers. However, the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture remains obligated to the lessor to maintain the lessor’s agreed after-tax margin from the commencement of the lease to the lease termination date and placed $6.8 million on deposit with the lessor as security against any future claims.

The UK taxing authority (or HMRC ) has been challenging the use of similar lease structures. One of those challenges was eventually decided in favor of HMRC (Lloyds Bank Equipment Leasing No. 1 or LEL1 ), with the lessor and lessee choosing not to appeal further. Recent indications are that HMRC will attempt to progress matters on other leases including the lease of Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture with the intent of asking the lessees to accept the LEL1 tax case verdict that capital allowances were not due. If the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture was to be challenged by HMRC, it is uncertain whether the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture would eventually prevail in court. If the former lessor of the RasGas II LNG Carriers were to lose on a similar claim from HMRC, Teekay LNG’s 70% share of the potential exposure in the Teekay Nakilat Joint Venture is estimated to be approximately $60 million. Such estimate is primarily based on information received from the lessor.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Petrojarl Banff Storm Damage

On December 7, 2011, the Petrojarl Banff FPSO unit (or Banff ), which operates on the Banff field in the U.K. sector of the North Sea, suffered a severe storm event and sustained damage to its moorings, turret and subsea equipment, which necessitated the shutdown of production on the unit. Due to the damage, Teekay declared force majeure under the customer contract on December 8, 2011 and the Banff FPSO unit commenced a period of off-hire while the necessary repairs and upgrades were completed and the weather permitted re-installation of the unit on the Banff field. The Company does not have off-hire insurance covering the Banff FPSO. The repairs and upgrades were completed in 2014, and the Banff FPSO unit resumed production on the Banff field in July 2014. In May 2015, the Company entered into a commercial settlement agreement with the charterer whereby the charterer agreed to contribute approximately $55 million towards the upgrade costs. No claims remain outstanding on this matter and the Company has collected $55 million from the charterer in this regard.

 

  d)

Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest

During 2010, an unrelated party contributed a shuttle tanker with a value of $35.0 million to a subsidiary of Teekay Offshore for a 33% equity interest in the subsidiary. The non-controlling interest owner of Teekay Offshore’s 67%-owned subsidiary holds a put option which, if exercised, would obligate Teekay Offshore to purchase the non-controlling interest owner’s 33% share in the entity for cash in accordance with a defined formula. The redeemable non-controlling interest is subject to remeasurement if the formulaic redemption amount exceeds the carrying value. No remeasurement was required as at December 31, 2015.

In July 2015, Teekay Offshore issued 10.4 million 8.60% Series C Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preferred Units (or Series C Preferred Units ) in a private placement for net proceeds of $249.8 million. At any time after the 18 month anniversary of the closing date, at the election of each holder, the Series C Preferred Units may be converted on a one-for-one basis into common units of Teekay Offshore. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, distributions on the Series C Preferred Units to preferred unitholders are cumulative from the date of original issue and are payable quarterly in arrears, when, as and if declared by the board of directors of the general partner. The Series C Preferred Units may be redeemed in cash if a change of control occurs in Teekay Offshore. As a result, the Series C Preferred Units are included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as part of temporary equity which is above the equity section but below the liabilities section.

 

  e)

Other

The Company enters into indemnification agreements with certain officers and directors. In addition, the Company enters into other indemnification agreements in the ordinary course of business. The maximum potential amount of future payments required under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. However, the Company maintains what it believes is appropriate liability insurance that reduces its exposure and enables the Company to recover future amounts paid up to the maximum amount of the insurance coverage, less any deductible amounts pursuant to the terms of the respective policies, the amounts of which are not considered material.

 

17.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

  a)

The changes in operating assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Accounts receivable

     (6,488      136,660        (77,837

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (10,607      (1,618      (2,386

Accounts payable

     (24,727      (17,643      (10,877

Accrued and other liabilities

     29,531        (56,768      155,284  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (12,291      60,631        64,184  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  b)

Cash interest paid, including realized interest rate swap settlements, during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, totaled $318.1 million, $328.2 million and $282.4 million, respectively. In addition, during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, cash interest paid relating to interest rate swap amendments and terminations totaled $10.9 million, $1.3 million and $36.0 million, respectively.

 

  c)

As described in Note 3b, in August 2015, Teekay Tankers agreed to acquire 12 modern Suezmax tankers from Principal Maritime. As of December 31, 2015, all 12 of the vessels had been delivered for a total purchase price of $661.3 million, consisting of $612.0 million in cash and approximately 7.2 million shares of Teekay Tankers’ Class A common stock or $49.3 million, which was treated as a non-cash transaction in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

  d)

During 2014, the Company took ownership of three VLCCs, which were collateral for all amounts owing under the investment in term loans, and the investment in term loans was concurrently discharged. The VLCCs had an estimated aggregate fair value of $222.0 million on this date, which approximated all the amounts owing under the investment in term loans. During the first quarter of 2014, second-hand vessel values for VLCCs increased and, as a result, the Company recognized $15.2 million of interest income owing under the investment in term loans in the first quarter of 2014. The assumption of ownership of the VLCCs and concurrent discharge of the loans has been treated as a non-cash transaction in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

  e)

As described in Note 3f, during 2014, Teekay LNG acquired BG’s ownership interest in the BG Joint Venture. As compensation, Teekay LNG assumed BG’s obligation (net of an agreement by BG to pay Teekay LNG approximately $20.3 million) to provide shipbuilding supervision and crew training services for the four LNG carrier newbuildings up to their delivery dates pursuant to a ship construction support agreement. The estimated fair value of the assumed obligation of approximately $33.3 million was used to offset the purchase price and Teekay LNG’s receivable from BG and was treated as a non-cash transaction in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

  f)

During 2014, Teekay LNG acquired an LPG carrier, the Norgas Napa , from Skaugen for $27.0 million, of which $21.6 million was paid in cash upon delivery and the remaining $5.4 million is an interest-bearing loan to Skaugen.

 

  g)

During 2014 and 2013, the sales of the Tenerife Spirit, Huelva Spirit, and Algeciras Spirit conventional tankers resulted in the vessels under capital leases being returned to the owner and the capital lease obligations being concurrently extinguished. Therefore, the sales of the Algeciras Spirit and Huelva Spirit under capital lease of $56.2 million in 2014 and the sale of the Tenerife Spirit under capital lease of $29.7 million in 2013 and the concurrent extinguishment of the corresponding capital lease obligations of $56.2 million in 2014 and $29.7 million in 2013 were treated as non-cash transactions in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

  h)

During 2014, the portion of dividends declared by the Teekay Tangguh Joint Venture that was used to settle the advances made to BLT LNG Tangguh Corporation and P.T. Berlian Laju Tanker of $14.4 million was treated as a non-cash transaction in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

  i)

During 2013, Teekay LNG acquired two LNG carriers from Awilco for a purchase price of $205.0 million per vessel. The upfront prepayment of charter hire of $51.0 million (inclusive of a $1.0 million upfront fee) per vessel was used to offset the purchase price and was treated as a non-cash transaction in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

18.

Vessel Sales, Asset Impairments and Provisions

a) Sale of Vessels, Equipment and Other Assets

During 2015, Teekay Offshore sold a 1997-built shuttle tanker, the Navion Svenita , for net proceeds of $8.6 million. The Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes a $1.6 million gain related to the sale of this vessel. The gain on sale of vessel is included in the Company’s Teekay Offshore Segment - Offshore Logistics.

During 2015, Teekay Tankers sold one Conventional tanker for a sales price of $11.2 million. The Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31 2015 includes a gain on sale of the vessel of $0.8 million related to the sale of this vessel. The gain on sale of vessel is included in the Company’s Teekay Tankers Segment - Conventional Tanker.

During 2015, the Company disposed of equipment from the Hummingbird Spirit . The Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes a $0.9 million loss related to the disposal of this equipment. The loss on disposal of this equipment is included in the Company’s Teekay Parent Segment – Offshore Production.

During 2014, Teekay Offshore sold a 1995-built shuttle tanker, the Navion Norvegia , to a joint venture held between Teekay Offshore and a joint venture partner. The Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes a $3.1 million gain related to the sale of this vessel. The gain on sale of vessel is included in the Company’s Teekay Offshore Segment - Offshore Logistics.

During 2014, the Company sold an office building. The Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014, includes a $0.9 million gain on sale related to this office, which is included in the Company’s Teekay Parent Segment - Offshore Production.

During 2014, Teekay Tankers sold two wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owned one VLCC, to TIL for aggregate proceeds of $154.0 million plus related working capital on closing of $1.7 million. The Company received the purchase price in cash. The Company used a portion of the proceeds from this transaction to prepay $152 million on one of the Company’s revolving credit facilities and the remainder of the proceeds was used for general corporate purposes. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company realized a net gain of $10.0 million from the sale of the two subsidiaries to TIL (See Note 18b).

During 2014, the Company sold to TIL four 2009-built Suezmax tankers that were part of the Company’s conventional tanker segment. These vessels were classified as held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2013, with their net book values written down to their estimated sale proceeds. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company realized a net loss of $0.5 million from the sale of these vessels.

During 2013, Teekay Offshore sold a 1992-built shuttle tanker, a 1992-built conventional tanker, two 1995-built conventional tankers and a 1998-built conventional tanker that were part of the Company’s Teekay Offshore - Offshore Logistics and Conventional Tanker segments. The Company realized a net gain of $0.7 million from the sale of these vessels. All of the vessels were older vessels that the Company disposed of in the ordinary course of business. During 2013, the Company also sold sub-sea equipment from the Petrojarl I FPSO unit that is part of the Company’s Teekay Parent Segment – Offshore Production. The Company realized a gain of $1.3 million from the sale of the equipment.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

b) Asset Impairments and Provisions

During 2015, the carrying values of two of Teekay Offshore’s 2000s-built conventional tankers and seven of Teekay Offshore’s 1990s-built shuttle tankers were written down to their estimated fair value, using appraised values. The write-down of the two conventional tankers was the result of the expected sale of the vessels and the vessels were classified as held for sale on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2015. The Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2015, includes a $3.9 million write-down related to these two conventional tankers. The write-down is included in the Company’s Teekay Offshore Segment - Conventional Tankers. Of the seven shuttle tankers, during the first quarter of 2015, one shuttle tanker was written down as a result of the expected sale of the vessel and the vessel was classified as held for sale on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2015. The vessel was subsequently sold in January 2016 for gross proceeds of $5.1 million (see Note 24). An additional shuttle tanker was written down during the first quarter of 2015 as a result of a change in the operating plan of the vessel. In the fourth quarter of 2015, the write-down of five shuttle tankers, which had an average age of 17.5 years, was the result of changes in Teekay Offshore’s expectations of their future opportunities, primarily due to their advanced age. While Teekay Offshore expects four of the five vessels to continue to actively trade as shuttle tankers over the near-term and the fifth vessel to actively trade in the conventional tanker market, Teekay Offshore anticipates fewer opportunities for alternative usage and increased age discrimination over time for these shuttle tankers. The Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2015, includes total write-downs of $66.7 million related to these seven shuttle tankers. The write-downs are included in the Company’s Teekay Offshore Segment - Offshore Logistics.

During 2014, the carrying value of one of Teekay Offshore’s 1990s-built shuttle tanker was written down to its estimated fair value, using an appraised value. The write-down was the result of the tanker coming off charter and the expectation that it would be re-chartered at a lower rate. The Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014, includes a $4.8 million write-down related to this vessel, which is included in the Company’s Teekay Offshore Segment - Offshore Logistics.

During 2014, the Company reversed a $2.5 million loss provision for an amount receivable related to an FPSO front-end engineering and design study completed in 2013, as this receivable was recovered in 2014. During 2013, the Company recorded a $2.6 million of loss provision relating to this receivable.

During December 2013, the Company commenced a process to dispose of four vessel owning companies (or LLCs ), each of which owns one 2009-built Suezmax tanker, through the sale to a new entity, TIL, which was ultimately incorporated on January 10, 2014. On January 23, 2014, TIL completed a $250 million equity private placement in which Teekay Tankers and Teekay co-invested $25 million each for a combined 20% ownership interest in the new company. Concurrently with this equity private placement, Teekay entered into an agreement to sell the four Suezmax tankers to TIL for $163.2 million plus working capital less outstanding debt of the LLCs on closing, which occurred on February 28, 2014.

During 2013, the Company wrote down the four Suezmax tankers to their estimated fair value of $163.2 million, which consists of their sale price, resulting in the recognition of an asset impairment of $90.8 million in the Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2013. The vessels were part of the Company’s Teekay Parent Segment - Conventional Tankers.

In 2013, the carrying value of six of Teekay Offshore’s 1990s-built shuttle tankers were written down to their estimated fair values, using an appraised value. The Company’s consolidated statement of income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2013, includes a $76.8 million write-down related to these six vessels, of which $56.5 million relates to four shuttle tankers which Teekay Offshore owns through subsidiaries with ownership interests ranging from 50% to 67%. During the third quarter of 2013, four of these six shuttle tankers were written down as the result of the re-contracting of one of the vessels at lower rates than expected during the third quarter of 2013, the cancellation of a short-term contract which occurred in September 2013 and a change in expectations for the contract renewal for two of the shuttle tankers. In the fourth quarter of 2013, the remaining two of the six shuttle tankers were written down due to a cancellation in their contract renewal. The $76.8 million write-down is included within the Company’s Teekay Offshore Segment – Offshore Logistics.

During 2013, the Company increased the net carrying amount of the investments in term loans, which includes accrued interest income, by $1.9 million as the estimated future cash flows, which primarily reflected the estimated value of the underlying collateral, increased during 2013. The investments in term loans are part of the Company’s Teekay Parent Segment - Conventional Tankers. The net carrying amount of the loans consists of the present value of estimated future cash flows at December 31, 2013 (see Note 4). However, as at December 31, 2013, $11.2 million of interest receivable under the term loans, including default interest, was not recorded in respect of its investments in the three term loans based on the Company’s estimates of amounts receivable from its collateral. During March 2014, the Company assumed ownership of the three VLCCs that collateralized the investment in term loans (see Note 18a). At the time of assumption of ownership, these vessels had an aggregate fair value of approximately $222 million, which exceeded the carrying value of the loans. As a result, in the first quarter of 2014, the Company recognized $15.2 million of interest income, of which $11.2 million related to prior periods and was previously unrecognized owing under the loans.

See Note 2 – Segment Reporting for the total write down of vessels by segment for 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

19.

Income (Loss) Per Share

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     $      $      $  

Net income (loss) attributable to shareholders of Teekay Corporation

     82,151        (54,757      (114,738

Reduction in net earnings due to dilutive impact of stock-based compensation in Teekay LNG, Teekay Offshore and Teekay Tankers and Series C Preferred Units in Teekay Offshore

     (227      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to shareholders of Teekay Corporation for diluted income (loss) per share

     81,924        (54,757      (114,738
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares

     72,665,783        72,066,008        70,457,958  

Dilutive effect of stock-based compensation

     524,781        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common stock and common stock equivalents

     73,190,564        72,066,008        70,457,958  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) per common share:

        

- Basic

     1.13        (0.76      (1.63

- Diluted

     1.12        (0.76      (1.63

Stock-based awards, which have an anti-dilutive effect on the calculation of diluted loss per common share, are excluded from this calculation. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2013, options and equity awards to acquire 1.4 million and 1.0 million shares of Common Stock, respectively, had an anti-dilutive effect on the calculation of diluted income per common share.

 

20.

Restructuring Charges

During 2015, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $14.0 million ($9.8 million – 2014, $6.9 million - 2013).

The restructuring charges in 2015 relate to the termination of the employment of certain seafarers upon the expiration of a time-charter-out contract, the reorganization of the Company’s marine operations and corporate services, and the change in crew on a vessel as requested by a charterer. The actual restructuring charges relating to the termination of the employment of certain seafarers upon the expiration of a time-charter-out contract and the change in crew on a vessel as requested by a charterer in the amount of $8.4 million were fully reimbursed to the Company by the charterers and the net reimbursement is included in voyage revenues.

The restructuring charges in 2014 relate to the termination of the employment of certain seafarers upon the re-delivery of an in-chartered conventional tanker in December 2014 and upon the sale of a vessel under capital lease to a third party in August 2014, and the reflagging of one shuttle tanker which commenced in January 2014 and was completed in March 2014, partially offset by an adjustment to the accrual for costs related to the reorganization of the Company’s marine operations.

The restructuring charges in 2013 relates to the termination of the employment of certain seafarers from the sale of two vessels and the reflagging of one shuttle tanker and to the reorganization of the Company’s marine operations and certain of its commercial and administrative functions. The purpose of this restructuring was to create better alignment between certain of the Company’s business units and its three publicly-listed subsidiaries, as well as a lower cost organization. The Company does not expect to incur further restructuring charges associated with this reorganization.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014 $3.2 million and $9.0 million, respectively, of restructuring liabilities were recorded in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

21.

Income Taxes

Teekay and a majority of its subsidiaries are not subject to income tax in the jurisdictions in which they are incorporated because they do not conduct business or operate in those jurisdictions. However, among others, the Company’s U.K. and Norwegian subsidiaries are subject to income taxes.

The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     December 31,      December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     $      $  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Vessels and equipment

     43,289        43,268  

Tax losses carried forward (1)

     310,019        360,547  

Other

     22,141        28,973  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     375,449        432,788  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Vessels and equipment

     10,577        12,514  

Long-term debt

     3,218        2,295  

Other

     15,090        19,954  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     28,885        34,763  

Net deferred tax assets

     346,564        398,025  

Valuation allowance

     (310,862      (385,431
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     35,702        12,594  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Net deferred tax assets are presented in other non-current assets and other long term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

(1)

Substantially all of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards of $1.28 billion relate primarily to its Norwegian, U.K., and Spanish subsidiaries and, to a lesser extent, to its Australian ship-owning subsidiaries. These net operating loss carryforwards are available to offset future taxable income in the respective jurisdictions, and can be carried forward indefinitely. The Company also has $37.2 million in disallowed finance costs that relate to its Spanish subsidiaries and are available to offset future taxable income in Spain and can also be carried forward indefinitely.

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

     Year Ended      Year Ended      Year Ended  
     December 31,      December 31,      December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     $      $      $  

Current

     (10,440      (6,460      2,742  

Deferred

     27,207        (3,713      (5,614
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax recovery (expense)

     16,767        (10,173      (2,872
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company operates in countries that have differing tax laws and rates. Consequently, a consolidated weighted average tax rate will vary from year to year according to the source of earnings or losses by country and the change in applicable tax rates. Reconciliations of the tax charge related to the relevant year at the applicable statutory income tax rates and the actual tax charge related to the relevant year are as follows:

 

     Year Ended      Year Ended      Year Ended  
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 
     $      $      $  

Net income before taxes

     388,693        134,175        38,352  

Net income (loss) not subject to taxes

     252,604        (80,454      (267,665
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income subject to taxes

     136,089        214,629        306,017  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At applicable statutory tax rates

     32,750        39,382        12,719  

Permanent and currency differences, adjustments to valuation allowances and uncertain tax positions

     (49,789      (28,027      (8,173

Other

     272        (1,182      (1,674
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax (recovery) expense related to the current year

     (16,767      10,173        2,872  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a roll-forward of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits, recorded in other long-term liabilities, from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2015:

 

     Year ended      Year ended      Year ended  
     December 31,      December 31,      December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     $      $      $  

Balance of unrecognized tax benefits as at January 1

     20,335        20,304        29,364  

Increases for positions related to the current year

     4,578        3,643        1,141  

Changes for positions taken in prior years

     (2,965      1,015        (1,284

Decreases related to statute of limitations

     (3,558      (4,627      (8,917
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance of unrecognized tax benefits as at December 31

     18,390        20,335        20,304  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The majority of the net decrease for positions for the year ended December 31, 2015 relates to a potential tax on freight income becoming statute barred.

The Company does not presently anticipate such uncertain tax positions will significantly increase or decrease in the next 12 months; however, actual developments could differ from those currently expected. The tax years 2010 through 2015 remain open to examination by some of the major jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to tax.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits are included in the roll-forward schedule above and are approximately a reduction of $0.3 million in 2015, net of statute barred liabilities, and $1.6 million in 2014 and $7.2 million in 2013.

 

22.

Pension Benefits

 

a)

Defined Contribution Pension Plans

With the exception of certain of the Company’s employees in Australia and Norway, the Company’s employees are generally eligible to participate in defined contribution plans. These plans allow for the employees to contribute a certain percentage of their base salaries into the plans. The Company matches all or a portion of the employees’ contributions, depending on how much each employee contributes. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, the amount of cost recognized for the Company’s defined contribution pension plans was $15.2 million, $13.9 million and $14.8 million, respectively.

 

b)

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

The Company has a number of defined benefit pension plans (or the Benefit Plans ) which primarily cover its employees in Norway and certain employees in Australia. As at December 31, 2015, approximately 71% of the defined benefit pension assets were held by the Norwegian plans and approximately 29% were held by the Australian plan. The pension assets in the Norwegian plans have been guaranteed a minimum rate of return by the provider, thus reducing potential exposure to the Company to the extent the counterparty honors its obligations. Potential exposure to the Company has also been reduced, particularly for the Australian plans, as a result of certain of its time-charter and management contracts that allow the Company, under certain conditions, to recover pension plan costs from its customers.

The following table provides information about changes in the benefit obligation and the fair value of the Benefit Plans assets, a statement of the funded status, and amounts recognized on the Company’s balance sheets:

 

     Year Ended      Year Ended  
     December 31, 2015
$
     December 31, 2014
$
 

Change in benefit obligation:

     

Beginning balance

     121,604        150,996  

Service cost

     7,726        8,800  

Interest cost

     2,532        4,975  

Contributions by plan participants

     365        292  

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (9,165      15,982  

Benefits paid

     (9,651      (5,476

Plan settlements and amendments

     (14,891      (21,235

Benefit obligations assumed on acquisition

     —          1,083  

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

     (16,001      (33,680

Other

     (104      (133
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

     82,415        121,604  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

     

Beginning balance

     97,158        138,876  

Actual return on plan assets

     2,221        2,849  

Contributions by the employer

     7,858        12,283  

Contributions by plan participants

     365        292  

Benefits paid

     (9,646      (5,456

Plan settlements and amendments

     (11,420      (22,405

Plan assets assumed on acquisition

     203        998  

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

     (13,096      (29,721

Other

     (568      (558
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

     73,075        97,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status deficiency

     (9,340      (24,446
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheets:

     

Other long-term liabilities

     9,340        24,446  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

     

Net actuarial losses

     (17,374      (32,060
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

As at December 31, 2015, the estimated amount that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income into net periodic benefit cost in 2016 is $(0.6) million.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the accumulated benefit obligations for the Benefit Plans were $67.1 million and $95.7 million, respectively. The following table provides information for those pension plans with a benefit obligation in excess of plan assets and those pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
     $      $  

Benefit obligation

     61,124        90,042  

Fair value of plan assets

     50,517        64,631  

Accumulated benefit obligation

     1,821        60,828  

Fair value of plan assets

     925        55,095  

The components of net periodic pension cost relating to the Benefit Plans for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended      Year Ended      Year Ended  
     December 31,      December 31,      December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     $      $      $  

Net periodic pension cost:

        

Service cost

     7,726        8,800        9,768  

Interest cost

     2,532        4,975        4,974  

Expected return on plan assets

     (2,895      (5,333      (5,688

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     1,538        7,148        1,484  

Plan settlement

     (140      (3,332      973  

Other

     568        557        425  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cost

     9,329        12,815        11,936  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The components of other comprehensive income (loss) relating to the Plans for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2015

$
     Year Ended
December 31,
2014

$
     Year Ended
December 31,
2013

$
 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

        

Net gain (loss) arising during the period

     13,288        (14,954      (3,930

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     1,538        7,148        1,484  

Plan settlement

     (140      (3,332      973  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income (loss)

     14,686        (11,138      (1,473
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company estimates that it will make contributions into the Benefit Plans of $4.9 million during 2016. The following table provides the estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, to be paid by the Benefit Plans:

 

Year

   Pension
Benefit
Payments
$
 

2016

     3,567  

2017

     3,111  

2018

     2,791  

2019

     2,834  

2020

     2,748  

2021 – 2025

     17,706  
  

 

 

 

Total

     32,757  
  

 

 

 

The fair value of the plan assets, by category, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Pooled Funds (1)

     52,150        66,563  

Mutual Funds (2)

     

Equity investments

     11,089        7,343  

Debt securities

     2,512        6,119  

Real estate

     2,929        1,530  

Cash and money market

     1,674        12,238  

Other

     2,720        3,365  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     73,075        97,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Company does not control the investment mix or strategy of the pooled funds. The pooled funds guarantee a minimum rate of return. If actual investment returns are less than the guarantee minimum rate, then the provider’s statutory reserves are used to top up the shortfall. The pooled funds primarily invest in hold to maturity bonds, real estate and other fixed income investments, which are expected to provide a stable rate of return.

(2)

The mutual funds primary aim is to provide investors with an exposure to a diversified mix of predominantly growth oriented assets (70%) with moderate to high volatility and some defensive assets (30%).

The investment strategy for all plan assets is generally to actively manage a portfolio that is diversified among asset classes, markets and regions. Certain of the investment funds do not invest in companies that do not meet certain socially responsible investment criteria. In addition to diversification, other risk management strategies employed by the investment funds include gradual implementation of portfolio adjustments and hedging currency risks.

The Company’s plan assets are primarily invested in commingled funds holding equity and debt securities, which are valued using the net asset value (or NAV) provided by the administrator of the fund. The NAV is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, minus its liabilities, and then divided by the number of shares or units outstanding. Commingled funds are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as the NAVs are not publicly available.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The Company has a pension committee that is comprised of various members of senior management. Among other things, the Company’s pension committee oversees the investment and management of the plan assets, with a view to ensuring the prudent and effective management of such plans. In addition, the pension committee reviews investment manager performance results annually and approves changes to the investment managers.

The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014

Discount rates

   3.0%   2.9%

Rate of compensation increase

   3.4%   4.2%

The weighted average assumptions used to determine net pension expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2015
$
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
$
  Year Ended
December 31,
2013
$

Discount rates

   3.0%   2.9%   3.9%

Rate of compensation increase

   3.4%   4.2%   4.7%

Expected long-term rates of return (1)

   4.0%   4.0%   4.8%

 

(1)

To the extent the expected return on plan assets varies from the actual return, an actuarial gain or loss results. The expected long-term rates of return on plan assets are based on the estimated weighted-average long-term returns of major asset classes. In determining asset class returns, the Company takes into account long-term returns of major asset classes, historical performance of plan assets, as well as the current interest rate environment. The asset class returns are weighted based on the target asset allocations.

 

23.

Equity-accounted Investments

In December 2015, Teekay LNG entered into an agreement with National Oil & Gas Holding Authority (or Nogaholding ), Samsung C&T (or Samsung ) and Gulf Investment Corporation (or GIC) to form a joint venture, Bahrain LNG W.L.L. (or the Bahrain LNG Joint Venture ), for the development of an LNG receiving and regasification terminal in Bahrain and the supply of a FSU vessel. The Bahrain LNG Joint Venture is a joint venture between Nogaholding (30%), Teekay LNG (30%), Samsung (20%) and GIC (20%), and will comprise of an offshore LNG receiving jetty and breakwater, an adjacent regasification platform, subsea gas pipelines from the platform to shore, an onshore gas receiving facility, and an onshore nitrogen production facility with a total LNG terminal capacity of 800 million standard cubic feet per day and will be owned and operated under a twenty-year agreement commencing in mid-2018 with a fully-built up cost of approximately $872 million. Teekay LNG will supply the FSU vessel, which will be modified specifically from one of the nine MEGI LNG newbuildings through a twenty year time-charter contract (see Note 3a).

In October 2014, Teekay Offshore sold a 1995-built shuttle tanker, the Navion Norvegia, to the OOG-TK Libra GmbH & Co KG (or Libra Joint Venture ), a 50/50 joint venture with OOG. The vessel is committed to a new FPSO unit conversion for the Libra field located in the Santos Basin offshore Brazil. The conversion project will be completed at Sembcorp Marine’s Jurong Shipyard in Singapore and the FPSO unit is scheduled to commence operations in early-2017 under a 12-year fixed-rate contract with Petrobras (see Note 16b).

In July 2014, Teekay LNG, through a new 50/50 joint venture, the Yamal LNG Joint Venture, ordered six internationally-flagged icebreaker LNG carriers for the Yamal LNG Project. The Yamal LNG Project is a joint venture between Russia-based Novatek OAO (60%), France-based Total S.A. (20%) and China-based CNPC (20%), and will consist of three LNG trains with a total expected capacity of 16.5 million metric tons of LNG per annum and is currently scheduled to start-up in early-2018 (see Note 3e).

In June 2014, Teekay LNG acquired from BG its ownership interests in four 174,000-cubic meter Tri-Fuel Diesel Electric LNG carrier newbuildings, which will be constructed by Hudong-Zhonghua Shipbuilding (Group) Co., Ltd. in China for an estimated total fully built-up cost to the joint venture of approximately $1.0 billion. The vessels, upon delivery, which are scheduled between September 2017 and January 2019, will each operate under 20-year fixed-rate time-charter contracts, plus extension options, with Methane Services Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of BG (see Note 3f).

In January 2014, Teekay and Teekay Tankers formed TIL, which seeks to opportunistically acquire, operate and sell modern second-hand tankers to benefit from an expected recovery in the current cyclical low of the tanker market. Teekay and Teekay Tankers in the aggregate purchased 5.0 million shares of common stock, representing an initial 20% interest in TIL, as part of a $250 million private placement by TIL, which represents a total investment by Teekay and Teekay Tankers of $50.0 million. In October 2014, Teekay Tankers acquired an additional 0.9 million common shares in TIL, representing 2.43% of the then outstanding share capital of TIL. In October 2014, TIL authorized a share repurchase program for up to $30 million and in September 2015, TIL authorized an increase in its share repurchase program to $60 million. As of December 31, 2015, TIL has repurchased $55.8 million at an average price of NOK 93.97 per share. The Company’s combined interests of Teekay and Teekay Tankers in TIL were 17.62% as at December 31, 2015. (see Note 3h).

 

F-48


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

In June 2013, Teekay Offshore completed the acquisition from Teekay of its 50% interest in a FPSO unit, the Cidade de Itajai (or Itajai ). The Itajai FPSO has been operating on the Baúna and Piracaba (previously named Tiro and Sidon) fields in the Santos Basin offshore Brazil since February 2013 under a nine-year fixed-rate time-charter contract, plus extension options, with Petrobras. The remaining 50% interest in the Itajai FPSO unit is owned by OOG.

In February 2013, Teekay LNG entered into a joint venture agreement with Exmar to own and charter-in LPG carriers with a primary focus on the mid-size gas carrier segment. Exmar LPG BVBA (or the Exmar LPG Joint Venture) , took economic effect as of November 1, 2012 and, as of December 31, 2015, its fleet included 20 owned LPG carriers (including seven newbuilding carriers scheduled for delivery between 2015 and 2018) and two chartered-in LPG carriers. For Teekay LNG’s 50% ownership interest in the joint venture, including newbuilding payments made prior to the November 1, 2012 economic effective date of the joint venture, Teekay LNG invested $133.1 million in exchange for equity and a shareholder loan and assumed approximately $108 million of its pro rata share of existing debt and lease obligations as of the economic effective date. These debt and lease obligations are secured by certain vessels in the Exmar LPG Joint Venture fleet. The excess of the book value of net assets acquired over Teekay LNG’s investment in the Exmar LPG Joint Venture, which amounted to approximately $6.0 million, has been accounted for as an adjustment to the value of the vessels, charter agreements and lease obligations of the Exmar LPG Joint Venture and recognition of goodwill, in accordance with the final purchase price allocation. Control of the Exmar LPG Joint Venture is shared equally between Exmar and Teekay LNG. Teekay LNG accounts for its investment in the Exmar LPG Joint Venture using the equity method.

Teekay LNG has a 52% ownership interest in the joint venture between Marubeni Corporation and Teekay LNG (or the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture ), which owns six LNG carriers. Since control of the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture is shared jointly between Marubeni and Teekay LNG, Teekay LNG accounts for its investment in the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture using the equity method.

Teekay LNG has a 33% ownership interest in four newbuilding 160,400-cubic meter LNG carriers (or the Angola LNG Carriers ). The Angola LNG Carriers are chartered at fixed rates to the Angola LNG Project. The High-Q Joint Venture is a joint venture arrangement between Teekay Tankers and Wah Kwong Maritime Transport Holdings Limited (or Wah Kwong ) whereby Teekay Tankers holds a 50% interest. SkaugenPetrotrans Joint Venture is a joint venture arrangement between Teekay and I.M. Skaugen Marine Services Pte Ltd. whereby Teekay holds a 50% interest. Teekay has a joint venture interest of 49% in Remora AS, a Norway-based offshore marine technology company from which Teekay Offshore acquired a 2010-built HiLoad DP unit. The RasGas 3 Joint Venture is a joint venture arrangement between Teekay LNG and QGTC Nakilat (1643-6) Holdings Corporation whereby Teekay LNG holds a 40% interest. The RasGas 3 Joint Venture owns four LNG carriers and related long-term fixed-rate time charters to service the expansion of a LNG project in Qatar. Teekay LNG has ownership interests ranging from 49% to 50% in its joint ventures with Exmar (or the Exmar LNG Joint Venture ) which owns two LNG carriers that are chartered out under long term contracts.

In November 2011, Teekay acquired a 40% interest in a recapitalized Sevan for approximately $25 million. Sevan owns (i) two partially-completed hulls available for upgrade to FPSOs or other offshore projects; (ii) a licensing agreement with ENI SpA; (iii) an engineering and offshore project development business; and (iv) intellectual property rights, including offshore unit design patents. As of December 31, 2015, the aggregate value of the Company’s 43% interest (43% interest —December 31, 2014) in Sevan, based on the quoted market price of Sevan’s common stock on the Oslo Stock Exchange, was $44.9 million ($61.4 million – December 31, 2014).

A condensed summary of the Company’s investments in equity-accounted investees by segment are as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages):

 

         As at December 31,  

Investments in Equity-accounted Investees (1)

   Ownership
Percentage
  2015
$
     2014
$
 

Teekay Offshore - Offshore Production

       

Libra Joint Venture

   50%     17,952         413   

Itajai

   50%     59,692         59,764   

Teekay LNG - iquefied Gas

       

Angola LNG Carriers

   33%     56,203         47,863   

BG (note 3f)

   20% - 30%     25,574         20,704   

Exmar LNG Joint Venture

   50%     77,844         99,541   

Exmar LPG Joint Venture

   50%     163,730         209,367   

RasGas3 Joint Venture

   40%     160,684         145,764   

Teekay LNG - Marubeni Joint Venture

   52%     283,589         274,431   

Yamal LNG Joint Venture (note 3e)

   50%     100,084         96,791   

Teekay Tanker - Conventional Tankers

  

TIL (note 3h)

   10%     44,195         36,907   

High-Q Joint Venture

   50%     21,166         18,948   

Teekay Parent - Offshore Production

       

Sevan

   43%     22,581         34,985   

Itajai

       —           12,781   

Teekay Parent - Conventional Tankers

       

TIL (note 3h)

   7%     34,224         29,043   

Other

   50%     16,072         32,791   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       1,083,590         1,120,093   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Investments in equity-accounted investees is presented under current portion of loans to equity-accounted investees, loans to equity-accounted investees, equity-accounted investments and accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

TEEKAY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

A condensed summary of the Company’s financial information for equity-accounted investments (16% to 52% owned) shown on a 100% basis are as follows:

 

     As at December 31,  
     2015      2014 (1)  

Cash and restricted cash

     386,727         434,833   

Other assets - current

     162,414         249,882   

Vessels and equipment

     3,936,718         3,329,796   

Net investment in direct financing leases

     1,813,991         1,850,279   

Other assets - non-current

     80,987         132,849   

Current portion of long-term debt and obligations under capital lease

     345,336         521,148   

Other liabilities - current and obligations under capital lease

     162,076         217,180   

Long-term debt and obligations under capital lease

     3,459,187         2,906,560   

Other liabilities - non-current

     447,947         459,907   

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2015      2014 (1)      2013 (2)  

Revenues

     985,318         998,655         940,156   

Income from vessel operations

     433,023         454,135         328,430   

Realized and unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments

     (38,955      (58,884      16,334   

Net income

     275,259         300,837         288,550   

Certain of the comparative figures have been adjusted to conform to the presentation adopted in the current year.

 

(1)

The results included for TIL are from the date of incorporation in January 2014.

(2)

The results included for the Exmar LPG BVBA are from the date of acquisition in February 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded equity income of $102.9 million (2014 – $128.1 million and 2013 - $136.5 million). The income was primarily comprised of the Company’s share of net income (loss) from the Teekay LNG-Marubeni Joint Venture, Angola LNG Project, the RasGas 3 Joint Venture, Sevan, Exmar LNG Joint Venture, Exmar LPG BVBA, and from the interest in the Itajai. For the year ended December 31, 2015, $5.9 million of the equity gain related to the Company’s share of unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps associated with these projects (2014 – $1.1 million and 2013 - $31.2 million).

 

24.

Subsequent Events

 

  a)

In January 2016, Teekay Tankers entered into a new $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021, of which $845.8 million was used to repay Teekay Tankers’ two bridge loan facilities, which matured in late January 2016, and Teekay Tankers’ main corporate revolving credit facility, which was scheduled to mature in 2017.

 

  b)

In February 2016, a special committee of the Board of Directors of Sevan advised that they had initiated a review of the legality of agreements between Sevan, CeFront and Teekay Offshore. Please read “Note 16c – Commitments and Contingencies – Legal Proceedings and Claims – Claims by Minority Shareholders of Sevan”.

 

  c)

In March 2016, Petrobras claimed that Teekay Offshore should have reduced the rate of the FPSO charter contract relating to the Piranema Spirit by 2%. Please read “Note 16c – Commitments and Contingencies – Legal Proceedings and Claims – Piranema Spirit FPSO Contract”.

 

  d)

In March 2016, a class action complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut against the Company and certain of its officers. Please read “Note 16c – Commitments and Contingencies – Legal Proceedings and Claims – Class Action Complaint”.

 

  e)

On April 21, 2016, during the process to lift off the gangway connecting the Arenda l Spirit UMS to the P48 FPSO, the gangway of the Arenda l Spirit suffered damage. The Company is currently assessing options to have the gangway repaired or replaced. The financial impact is uncertain at this early stage; however, it is possible this event may result in the Arendal Spirit being off-hire for an extended period of time and may result in the charterer’s contract termination option becoming exercisable in mid-2016, should the Arendal Spirit remain off-hire until that time.

 

F-50

EXHIBIT 2.10

Execution Version

 

 

 

TEEKAY CORPORATION

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of November 16, 2015

 

 

to the

INDENTURE

Dated as of January 15, 2010

 

 

between

TEEKAY CORPORATION

and

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

$200,000,000 8.5% Senior Notes due 2020

 

 

 


FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of November 16, 2015 (this “First Supplemental Indenture”), to the indenture dated as of January 27, 2010 (the “Original Indenture”) between Teekay Corporation, a corporation duly domesticated and existing under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands (the “Company”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered the Original Indenture, and the Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of its 8.5% Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 (the “Securities”) pursuant to the Original Indenture;

WHEREAS, on January 27, 2010 the Company issued Securities aggregating $450,000,000 in aggregate principal amount (the “Initial Securities”);

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Original Indenture permits the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, without the consent of any Holders of the Securities, to enter into a supplemental indenture for several purposes, including to issue Additional Securities as provided in Section 3.01 of the Original Indenture; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue Additional Securities in an aggregate principal amount of $200,000,000 on the date hereof, and to that end has requested the Trustee to enter into this First Supplemental Indenture;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Additional Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Additional Securities, as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Definitions .

(a) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Original Indenture.

(b) For all purposes of this First Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings (such meanings shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the respective terms):

144A Global Security ” means a Global Security substantially in the form set forth in Article II of the Original Indenture, bearing the Global Security Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the United States Depositary or its nominee, that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Additional Securities initially sold in reliance on Rule 144A, as specified in the Company Order delivered upon issuance thereof.


Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Security, the rules and procedures of the United States Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Definitive Security ” means a certificated Security registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Article III hereof, substantially in the form set forth in Article II of the Original Indenture except that such Security shall not bear the Global Security Legend.

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Securities ” means the Securities issued in an Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 3.01(f) hereof.

Global Security Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.02 of the Original Indenture, which is required to be placed on all Global Securities issued under the Indenture.

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Security through a Participant.

Initial Purchasers ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and the other entities listed in Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement.

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Additional Securities for use by such Holders in connection with an Exchange Offer.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Participant ” means, with respect to the United States Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the United States Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to the United States Depositary, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

Participating Broker-Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 3.01(g)(2), which is required to be placed on all Restricted Securities.

Purchase Agreement ” means that certain purchase agreement, dated November 10, 2015, among the Company and the Initial Purchasers, relating to the issuance and sale by the Company, and the purchase by the Initial Purchasers, of the Additional Securities.

 

2


QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2015, among the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, for itself and as representative of the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Security ” means each of the Regulation S Permanent Global Security and the Regulation S Temporary Global Security.

Regulation S Permanent Global Security ” means a permanent Global Security substantially in the form set forth in Article II of the Original Indenture, bearing the Global Security Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the United States Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Security upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

Regulation S Temporary Global Security ” means a temporary Global Security substantially in the form set forth in Article II of the Original Indenture, bearing the Global Security Legend, the Regulation S Temporary Global Security Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the United States Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Additional Securities sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S, as specified in the Company Order delivered upon issuance thereof.

Regulation S Temporary Global Security Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 3.01(g)(3) hereof, which is required to be placed on the Regulation S Temporary Global Security.

Resale Restriction Termination Date ” means, (i) in the case of any Additional Securities initially sold pursuant to Rule 144A, the date which is one year (or such other date when resales of securities by non-affiliates are first permitted under Rule 144(d) without condition) after the later of the date of the original issue of the Additional Securities or the date of any subsequent reopening of the Additional Securities and the last date on which the Company or any of its affiliates was the owner of such Additional Securities (or any predecessor Additional Securities) or (ii), in the case of any Additional Securities initially sold pursuant to Regulation S, 40 days or (iii) in any case such later date, if any, as may be required by applicable law. Unless otherwise notified in writing by the Company specifying a different date, the Trustee may conclusively presume that the Resale Restriction Termination Date in relation to any Additional Securities initially sold pursuant to Rule 144A will end with the close of the day on Wednesday, November 16, 2016; and unless otherwise notified in writing by the Company specifying a different date, the Trustee may conclusively presume that the Resale Restriction Termination Date in relation to any Additional Securities initially sold pursuant to Regulation S will end with the close of the day on Sunday, December 27, 2015.

 

3


Restricted Definitive Security ” means a Definitive Security bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Security ” means each 144A Global Security and Regulation S Global Security.

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. Unless otherwise notified in writing by the Company specifying a different date, the Trustee may conclusively presume that the Restricted Period will end with the close of the day on Sunday, December 27, 2015.

Restricted Securities ” means the Restricted Definitive Securities and the Restricted Global Securities.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Unrestricted Definitive Security ” means a Definitive Security that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Security ” means a Global Security that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

ARTICLE II

Form and Terms of the Additional Securities

SECTION 2.01 Form and Terms .

(a) The Additional Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be in substantially the respective forms set forth in Article II of the Original Indenture, with only such variations therefrom as such Article II permits.

(b) The terms of the Additional Securities shall be identical to the terms of the Initial Securities except as expressly set forth in this Article II and in Article III of this First Supplemental Indenture. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Additional Securities shall be: (i) subject to repurchase by the Company pursuant to an Offer to Purchase as provided in Section 10.09 of the Original Indenture; (ii) redeemable by the Company as provided

 

4


in Article XI of the Original Indenture; (iii) subject to the Registration Rights Agreement; and (iv) subject to defeasance at the option of the Company as provided in Article XII of the Original Indenture. So long as they constitute Restricted Securities, the Additional Securities shall bear CUSIP and ISIN numbers different from those of the Initial Securities; and any Exchange Securities and Additional Securities that may be sold pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement shall bear the same CUSIP and ISIN numbers as the Initial Securities.

SECTION 2.02 Aggregate Principal Amount; Execution and Authentication; Global Securities .

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Additional Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this First Supplemental Indenture upon original issuance is limited to $200,000,000.

(b) The Company may forthwith execute, and upon a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Additional Securities for original issue in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.03 of the Original Indenture.

(c) 144A Global Security . Additional Securities offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A will be issued initially in the form of the 144A Global Security, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of such Additional Securities represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the United States Depositary, and registered in the name of the United States Depositary or the nominee of the United States Depositary for the accounts of its Participants, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided herein and in Section 3.03 of the Original Indenture. The aggregate principal amount of the 144A Global Security may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the United States Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interests as hereinafter provided.

(d) Regulation S Temporary Global Security . Additional Securities offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Security, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of such Additional Securities represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the United States Depositary, and registered in the name of the United States Depositary or the nominee of the United States Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided herein and in Section 3.03 of the Original Indenture. Through and including the last day of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Security may be held only through Euroclear and Clearstream (as Indirect Participants in The Depository Trust Company), unless transferred in accordance with the requirements set forth in Article III hereof. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Indenture or the Additional Securities, in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Security be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Securities prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period. Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Security will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Security, pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Security, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Security, and

 

5


following which the beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Security shall automatically become beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Security. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Security and the Regulation S Permanent Global Security may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the United States Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interests as hereinafter provided.

(e) In connection with an Exchange Offer, the Company may execute, and upon a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, Exchange Securities for original issuance solely in exchange for Additional Securities of a like aggregate principal amount as hereinafter provided.

(f) The Initial Securities, the Additional Securities and any Exchange Securities shall be considered collectively as a single series for all purposes of the Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and any Offer to Purchase. Holders of the Initial Securities, the Additional Securities and any Exchange Securities will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one series, and none of the Holders of the Initial Securities, the Additional Securities or any Exchange Securities shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate series or class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent.

SECTION 2.03 Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(b) hereof, interest on the Additional Securities shall accrue at the same annual rate as on the Initial Securities, and it shall accrue from and including July 15, 2015. The initial Interest Payment Date for the Additional Securities shall be January 15, 2016.

(b) Additional interest shall accrue on the Additional Securities as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, and all references to “interest” in this First Supplemental Indenture or in the Additional Securities shall be deemed to include any such additional interest. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amounts and payment dates of any additional interest that may become payable under the Registration Rights Agreement. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Additional Securities or any other Person to determine whether or not any additional interest is payable, the amount of any such additional interest, or with respect to the nature, extent or calculation of the amount of any such additional interest that may be owed, or with respect to the method employed in any such calculation of additional interest.

ARTICLE III

Transfer and Exchange of Additional Securities

SECTION 3.01 Transfer and Exchange of Additional Securities .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities . A Global Security may not be transferred or exchanged for another Security other than as provided in Section 3.05(d) of the Original Indenture; however, beneficial interests in a Global Security may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 3.01(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

 

6


(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Securities . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Securities will be effected through the United States Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Securities also will require compliance with either Section 3.01(b)(1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Security . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Security may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Security in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Security may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Security may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Security Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 3.01(b)(1).

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 3.01(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Security Registrar either:

(A) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the United States Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the United States Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Security in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

(B) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the United States Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the United States Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Security in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given by the United States Depositary to the Security Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Security shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above;

 

7


provided that in no event shall Definitive Securities be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Security prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period.

Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 3.01(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 3.01(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Security Registrar (or the exchange agent appointed by the Company for such purpose) of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Securities. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Securities contained in this First Supplemental Indenture and the Securities or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Securities pursuant to Section 3.01(h) hereof.

(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Security . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Security may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Security if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 3.01(b)(2)(A) above and the Security Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Security, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Security or the Regulation S Permanent Global Security, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

8


(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Security for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Security . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Security may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 3.01(b)(2)(A) above and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Securities or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Security Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 3.01(b)(4)(D), if the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to Section 3.01(b)(4)(B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to Section 3.01(b)(4)(B) or (D) above.

 

9


Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Securities .

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Securities to Restricted Definitive Securities . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Security or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Security, then, upon receipt by the Security Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in Section 3.01(c)(1)(B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 

10


the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Security to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 3.01(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Restricted Definitive Security in the appropriate principal amount. Any Restricted Definitive Security issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security pursuant to this Section 3.01(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Security Registrar through instructions from the United States Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Securities to the Persons in whose names such Restricted Securities are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Security issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security pursuant to this Section 3.01(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Security to Definitive Securities . Notwithstanding Section 3.01(c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Security may not be exchanged for a Definitive Security or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Security prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period.

(3) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Securities to Unrestricted Definitive Securities . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Security or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Securities or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Security Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

11


and, in each such case set forth in this Section 3.01(c)(3)(D), if the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(4) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Securities to Unrestricted Definitive Securities . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Security or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.01(b)(2)(B) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Security to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 3.01(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions an Unrestricted Definitive Security in the principal amount specified in the Company Order. Any Unrestricted Definitive Security issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 3.01(c)(4) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Security Registrar from or through the United States Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Securities to the Persons in whose names such Unrestricted Definitive Securities are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Security issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 3.01(c)(4) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities for Beneficial Interests.

(1) Restricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Securities . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Security for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Securities to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security, then, upon receipt by the Security Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Security for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

12


(B) if such Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in Section 3.01(d)(1)(B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Security, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of Section 3.01(d)(1)(A) or 3.01(d)(1)(D)-(G) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Security, in the case of Section 3.01(d)(1)(B) above, the 144A Global Security, and in the case of Section 3.01(d)(1)(C) above, the Regulation S Global Security.

(2) Restricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Securities . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Security may

 

13


exchange such Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transfer such Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Securities or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Security Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Securities proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Securities for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Securities proposes to transfer such Securities to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 3.01(d)(2)(D), if the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 3.01(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Securities and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Security.

 

14


(3) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Securities . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Security may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Securities to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Security and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Securities.

If any such exchange or transfer from an Unrestricted Definitive Security to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to Section 3.01(d)(2) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Securities so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities for Definitive Securities. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Securities and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 3.01(e), the Security Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Securities. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Security Registrar the Definitive Securities duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Security Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 3.01(e).

(1) Restricted Definitive Securities to Restricted Definitive Securities . Any Restricted Definitive Security may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Security if the Security Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable.

 

15


(2) Restricted Definitive Securities to Unrestricted Definitive Securities . Any Restricted Definitive Security may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Security or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Securities or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Security Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Securities proposes to exchange such Securities for an Unrestricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Securities proposes to transfer such Securities to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit A hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 3.01(e)(2)(D), if the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Unrestricted Definitive Securities . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Securities may transfer such Securities to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Security Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Securities pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

16


(f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee will authenticate:

(1) one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount specified in the Company Order, which amount shall be equal to the aggregate amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Securities accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Participating Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Securities and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and

(2) Unrestricted Definitive Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount specified in the Company Order, which amount shall be equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Securities accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Participating Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Securities and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

Concurrently with the issuance of such Securities, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Securities to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Restricted Definitive Securities so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Securities in the appropriate principal amount.

(g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Securities and Definitive Securities issued under this First Supplemental Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture.

(1) Private Placement Legend .

(A) Except as permitted by Section 3.01(g)(1)(B) below, each Global Security and each Definitive Security (and all Securities issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

17


THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)), OR (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO RULE 903 AND RULE 904 OF REGULATION S, AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO RULE 903 AND RULE 904 OF REGULATION S, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND/OR A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE IN THE FORM PRESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

BY ITS ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED, WARRANTED AND AGREED THAT EITHER (I) IT IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS ANY SECURITY (OR INTEREST IN A SECURITY) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF TITLE I OF U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), A “PLAN” OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, OR A GOVERNMENTAL, NON-U.S., CHURCH OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR (II) THE PURCHASE, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR, IN THE CASE OF A GOVERNMENTAL, NON-U.S., CHURCH OR OTHER PLAN, A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Security or Definitive Security issued upon transfer or exchange pursuant to Section 3.01(b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) (and all Securities issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(2) Global Security Legend . Each Global Security will bear a legend in substantially the form set forth in the form of the Securities in Section 2.02 of the Original Indenture.

 

18


(3) Regulation S Temporary Global Security Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Security will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR ANOTHER GLOBAL SECURITY OR A DEFINITIVE SECURITY, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Securities. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Security have been exchanged for beneficial interests in another Global Security or Definitive Securities, or a particular Global Security has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Security will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 3.09 of the Original Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security or for Definitive Securities, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the United States Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security, such other Global Security will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the United States Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Securities and Definitive Securities upon receipt of a Company Order in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Original Indenture or at the Security Registrar’s request.

(2) All Global Securities and Definitive Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Securities or Definitive Securities will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture, as the Global Securities or Definitive Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(3) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Security Registrar pursuant to this Section 3.01 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or in portable document format.

(4) The provisions of this Article III shall apply only to the Additional Securities.

(5) The Trustee and the Security Registrar shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this First Supplemental Indenture with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or owners of beneficial interests in any Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, this First Supplemental Indenture, and to examine the same to determine material compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

19


ARTICLE IV

Miscellaneous

SECTION 4.01 Ratification of Original Indenture . Except as expressly supplemented or amended hereby in relation to the Additional Securities and any Exchange Securities, the Original Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and full force and effect.

SECTION 4.02 Concerning the Trustee .

The recitals contained herein and in the Additional Securities, except with respect to the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental indenture or of the Additional Securities.

SECTION 4.03 Counterparts .

This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 4.04 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

ALL PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE ADDITIONAL SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

SECTION 4.05 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .

The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

20


SECTION 4.06 Benefits under First Supplemental Indenture, etc .

Nothing in this First Supplemental Indenture or the Additional Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder and the Holders of the Additional Securities, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Original Indenture, this First Supplemental Indenture or the Additional Securities.

SECTION 4.07 Successors .

All agreements of the Company in this First Supplemental Indenture and the Additional Securities shall bind its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in this First Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

TEEKAY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Vincent Lok

  Vincent Lok
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

Lawrence M. Kusch

  Lawrence M. Kusch
  Vice President

 

22


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Teekay Corporation

4th Floor, Belvedere Building

69 Pitts Bay Road

Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

400 South Hope Street, Suite 400

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re: 8.5% Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 (the “Securities”)

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 27, 2010 (as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 16, 2015, the “ Indenture ”), between Teekay Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                    , (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Securities or an interest in such Securities specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Securities or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                      (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Security or a Restricted Definitive Security pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Security is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Security for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Security will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Security and/or the Restricted Definitive Security and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

A-1


2. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Security, the Regulation S Permanent Global Security or a Restricted Definitive Security pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Security will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Permanent Global Security, the Regulation S Temporary Global Security and/or the Restricted Definitive Security and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ Check and complete if, among other things, Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security or a Restricted Definitive Security pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Securities and Restricted Definitive Securities and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

or

 

A-2


(d) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Security or Restricted Definitive Securities and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Security will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Security and/or the Restricted Definitive Securities and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or an Unrestricted Definitive Security.

(a) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Security will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Securities, on Restricted Definitive Securities and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Security will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Securities, on Restricted Definitive Securities and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon

 

A-3


consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Security will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Securities or Restricted Definitive Securities and in the Indenture.

 

A-4


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Dated:  

 

 

A-5


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.   The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
  (a)   ¨   a beneficial interest in the:
    (i)   ¨    144A Global Security (CUSIP 87900YAB9), or
    (ii)   ¨    Regulation S Global Security (CUSIP Y8564WAC7), or
  (b)   ¨   a Restricted Definitive Security.
2.   After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
  (a)   ¨   a beneficial interest in the:
    (i)   ¨    144A Global Security (CUSIP 87900YAB9), or
    (ii)   ¨    Regulation S Global Security (CUSIP Y8564WAC7), or
    (iii)   ¨    Unrestricted Global Security (CUSIP 87900YAA1); or
  (b)   ¨   a Restricted Definitive Security; or
  (c)   ¨   an Unrestricted Definitive Security (CUSIP 87900YAA1),
  in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

A-6


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Teekay Corporation

4th Floor, Belvedere Building

69 Pitts Bay Road

Hamilton, HM O8, Bermuda

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

400 South Hope Street, Suite 400

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re: 8.5% Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 (the “Securities”)

(CUSIP [            ])

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 27, 2010 (as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 16, 2015, the “ Indenture ”), by Teekay Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                    , (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Securities or an interest in such Securities specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Securities or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Securities or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Security for Unrestricted Definitive Securities or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Security

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Securities and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

B-1


(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security to Unrestricted Definitive Security . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security for an Unrestricted Definitive Security, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Security is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Securities and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Security is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Security to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Securities and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Security to Unrestricted Definitive Security . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Security for an Unrestricted Definitive Security, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Security is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Securities and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Security is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Securities or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Securities for Restricted Definitive Securities or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Securities

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security to Restricted Definitive Security . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security for a Restricted Definitive Security with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Security is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Security issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Security and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

B-2


(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Security to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨ 144A Global Security, ¨ Regulation S Global Security, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Securities and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Security and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Dated:  

 

 

B-3

EXHIBIT 4.25

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO MARGIN LOAN AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO MARGIN LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of October 2, 2015 by and among the parties to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 (as heretofore amended or modified, the “ Margin Loan Agreement ”) among Teekay Finance Limited, a Bermuda exempted company (“ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), and Teekay Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as guarantor under the related guarantee agreement (“ Guarantor ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, Borrower wishes to pledge an additional 14,402,304 TOO Shares and 16,754,474 TNK Shares by depositing such Shares into the Collateral Account pursuant to Section 2.10(c) of the Margin Loan Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Lenders have required, as a condition to the obligation of each Lender to enter into this Amendment, that Borrower and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, shall enter into the Amendment No. 1 to Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Security Agreement Amendment ”);

The parties hereto therefore agree as follows:

SECTION 1 . Defined Terms; References. Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, each term used herein that is defined in the Margin Loan Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the Margin Loan Agreement. Each reference to “hereof”, “hereunder”, “herein” and “hereby” and each other similar reference and each reference to “this Agreement” and each other similar reference contained in the Margin Loan Agreement shall, after this Amendment becomes effective, refer to the Margin Loan Agreement as amended hereby. For the avoidance of doubt, after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (as defined below), any references to “date hereof,” or “date of this Agreement,” in the Margin Loan Agreement, shall continue to refer to December 21, 2012.

SECTION 2 .   Amendments to Margin Loan Agreement . Effective on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Margin Loan Agreement is hereby amended by incorporating the changes shown in the blackline attached hereto as Annex A.

SECTION 3 . Representations of Borrower and Guarantor.

(a) Borrower represents and warrants that:

(i) each of the representations and warranties made by Borrower in or pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date after giving effect hereto as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such date);

(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date after giving effect hereto;


(iii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment are within Borrower’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, shareholder action. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law; and

(iv) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment (1) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except for filings necessary to register and/or perfect Liens created pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents, (2) will not violate any Law applicable to Borrower, (3) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by Borrower, and (4) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Borrower, except Liens created pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents.

(b) Guarantor represents and warrants that:

(i) each of the representations and warranties made by Guarantor in or pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date after giving effect hereto as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such date);

(ii) Guarantor has the capacity and has taken all action, and no consent of any Person is required, for it to execute and comply with its obligations under this Amendment;

(iii) this Amendment constitutes Guarantor’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and

(iv) the execution by Guarantor of this Amendment and its compliance with this Amendment will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

(A) any law or regulation;

(B) the constitutional documents of Guarantor; or

(C) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on Guarantor or any of its assets.

SECTION 4 .   Conditions to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date. This Amendment shall become effective as of October 5, 2015 (the “ Amendment No. 3 Effective Date ”) so long as each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied on or prior to such date:

(a) Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following documents, duly executed, each dated on or prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(i) duly executed counterparts of this Amendment and the Security Agreement Amendment;

 

2


(ii) a UCC financing statement in appropriate form for filing with the Recorder of Deeds in the District of Columbia;

(iii) (x) certificate of Borrower, dated on or prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and executed by any Director, Officer or the Secretary, which shall (A) certify the resolutions of its Board of Directors, members or other body authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and (B) contain appropriate attachments, including the Organization Documents of Borrower (which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit K to the Margin Loan Agreement), certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of Borrower, and a Certificate of Compliance for Borrower, from its jurisdiction of organization; and (y) incumbency certificate, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signatures of the Responsible Officers authorized to sign this Amendment;

(iv) a solvency certificate from a Responsible Officer for Borrower in form and substance substantially similar to the solvency certificate delivered in connection with the Closing Date;

(v) legal opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, special New York counsel to Borrower; and legal opinion of Alexanders, Bermuda counsel to Borrower; each in form and substance substantially similar to those delivered in connection with the Closing Date (but with respect to this Amendment);

(vi) for Borrower, the results of a recent lien search in Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization and, if different, Borrower’s “location” (determined as provided in UCC Section 9- 307) and each of the jurisdictions where assets of Borrower are located, and such search shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of Borrower except for liens permitted by Section 6.02 of the Margin Loan Agreement;

(vii) the most recent account statements of Borrower with respect to each asset owned by Borrower, to the extent any such account statements have been prepared, and a certificate of a Responsible Officer, dated as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, (1) certifying that the aforementioned account statements, if any, are true, correct and complete and (2) containing a list of all Indebtedness, tax liabilities and/or commitments of Borrower, a description of the material terms of each item on such list (including the amount of any liability thereunder, whether contingent, direct or otherwise, the due date for each such liability, the total unfunded commitment, if any, and the rate of interest, if any, applicable thereto) and a certification that such list is true, correct and complete and that Borrower has no other Indebtedness, tax liabilities or commitments other than those set forth on such list (which shall be considered “ Borrower Financial Statements ” for purposes of the Margin Loan Agreement); and

(viii) an Issuer Acknowledgement executed by the TNK Issuer;

(b) on or prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, Borrower shall have pledged an additional 14,402,304 TOO Shares and 16,754,474 TNK Shares by depositing such Shares into the Collateral Account pursuant to Section 2.10(c) of the Margin Loan Agreement, for a total of 38,211,772 TOO Shares and a total of 16,754,474 TNK Shares in the Collateral Account as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date;

 

3


(c) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 above shall be true and correct on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date after giving effect hereto;

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date after giving effect hereto; and

(e) all documented fees required to be paid under the Margin Loan Documents on or before the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, including the Lender Expenses invoiced prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, shall have been paid.

SECTION 5 Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

SECTION 6 .   Confirmation of Guarantees and Security Interests. By signing this Amendment each of Borrower and Guarantor hereby confirms that the obligations of Borrower and Guarantor under the Margin Loan Agreement as modified or supplemented hereby and the other Margin Loan Documents (i) are entitled to the benefits of the guarantees and the security interests set forth or created in the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents, (ii) constitute “Obligations”, “Secured Obligations” and “Guaranteed Obligations” or other similar term for purposes of the Margin Loan Agreement, the Security Agreement and all other Margin Loan Documents, (iii) notwithstanding the effectiveness of the terms hereof, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents are, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects (giving effect to the amendments set forth herein). Each Obligor ratifies and confirms that all Liens granted, conveyed, or assigned to Collateral Agent by such Person pursuant to any Margin Loan Document to which it is a party remain in full force and effect, are not released or reduced, and continue to secure full payment and performance of the Obligations as modified hereby.

SECTION 7 .   Margin Loan Agreement Governs . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of any Lender or Administrative Agent under the Margin Loan Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Margin Loan Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle Borrower to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Margin Loan Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document in similar or different circumstances. For the avoidance of doubt, this Amendment shall not affect amounts (including without limitation Commitment Fees or Spread) accrued, due or payable prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

SECTION 8 .   Miscellaneous.   This Amendment shall constitute a Margin Loan Document for all purposes of the Margin Loan Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents. The provisions of this Amendment are deemed incorporated into the Margin Loan Agreement as if fully set forth therein. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers or representatives thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

Borrower:

TEEKAY FINANCE LIMITED,

as Borrower

By:   LOGO
  Name:   Edith Robinson
  Title:   President & Secretary
Guarantor:

TEEKAY CORPORATION,

as Guarantor

By:   LOGO
  Name:   Edith Robinson
  Title:   Assistant Secretary


CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By:   LOGO
  Name:   James Heathcote
  Title:   Authorized Signatory


CITIBANK, N.A., as Lender
By:   LOGO
  Name:   James Heathcote
  Title:   Authorized Signatory


 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC , as agent for JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, as a Lender

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Jason Shrednick
  Title:   Authorized Signatory


ANNEX A


 

MARGIN LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 21, 2012

among

TEEKAY FINANCE LIMITED,

as Borrower,

the Lenders party hereto

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page   
ARTICLE 1   
D EFINITIONS A ND A CCOUNTING T ERMS   

Section 1.01. Certain Defined Terms

     1   

Section 1.02. Times Of Day

     21 22   

Section 1.03. Terms Generally .

     21 23   

Section 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP

     22 23   
ARTICLE 2   
A MOUNTS A ND T ERMS O F T HE A DVANCES   

Section 2.01. Commitments .

     22 24   

Section 2.02. Advances and Borrowings.

     23 24   

Section 2.03. Requests For Borrowings.

     23 24   

Section 2.04. Funding Of Borrowings.

     23 24   

Section 2.05. Termination Of Facility

     24 25   

Section 2.06. Repayment Of Advances

     24 25   

Section 2.07. Interest.

     24 26   

Section 2.08. Fees.

     25 26   

Section 2.09. Interest Rate Determinations

     26 27   

Section 2.10. Prepayments Of Borrowings; Withdrawal Of Collateral; Substitution of Collateral Shares.

     26 27   

Section 2.11. Increased Costs

     27 29   

Section 2.12. Taxes.

     29 30   

Section 2.13. Illegality

     32 34   

Section 2.14. Break-Funding.

     33 34   

Section 2.15. Evidence Of Debt

     33 34   

Section 2.16. Payments And Computations; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .

     33 35   
ARTICLE 3   
R EPRESENTATIONS A ND W ARRANTIES   

Section 3.01. Organization; Powers

     35 36   

Section 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability

     35 37   

Section 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts

     35 37   

Section 3.04. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change .

     36 37   

Section 3.05. Litigation Matters

     36 37   

Section 3.06. Compliance With Laws And Agreements

     36 38   

Section 3.07. Investment Company Status

     36 38   

 

i


Section 3.08. Taxes

     36 38   

Section 3.09. Disclosure

     37 38   

Section 3.10. Material Agreements

     37 38   

Section 3.11. Solvency

     37 39   

Section 3.12. Trading And Other Restrictions .

     37 39   

Section 3.13. Capitalization and Subsidiaries

     38 39   

Section 3.14. Patriot Act; Sanctioned Persons.

     38 39   

Section 3.15. Material Nonpublic Information

     38 40   

Section 3.16. Restricted Transactions

     38 40   

Section 3.17. Conduct of Business

     38 40   

Section 3.18. Ownership of Property; Ownership of Shares

     38 40   

Section 3.19. No Sovereign Immunity

     39 40   
ARTICLE 4   
C ONDITIONS O F L ENDING   

Section 4.01. Conditions Precedent to First Borrowing

     39 41   

Section 4.02. Conditions Precedent To Each Advance

     41 43   
ARTICLE 5   
A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS O F B ORROWER   

Section 5.01. Financial Statements

     42 44   

Section 5.02. Notices Of Material Events

     43 45   

Section 5.03. Existence; Conduct Of Business

     43 45   

Section 5.04. Payment Of Taxes

     43 45   

Section 5.05. Compliance With Laws

     43 45   

Section 5.06.  Compliance With Exchange Act Requirements

     43 45   

Section 5.07. Further Assurances

     44 46   

Section 5.08.  Books And Records

     44 46   

Section 5.09. Maintenance of Separateness

     44 46   

Section 5.10. Use Of Proceeds

     45 47   
ARTICLE 6   
N EGATIVE C OVENANTS   

Section 6.01. Indebtedness

     45 47   

Section 6.02. Liens

     45 47   

Section 6.03. Fundamental Changes.

     45 47   

Section 6.04. Asset Sales

     45 47   

Section 6.05. Investments And Acquisitions

     45 47   

Section 6.06. Restricted Payments

     45 47   

Section 6.07. Investment Company

     46 48   

Section 6.08.  No Amendment Of Organization Documents, Etc

     46 48   

Section 6.09. Formation Of Subsidiaries

     46 48   

Section 6.10. Restricted Transaction

     46 48   

Section 6.11. No Impairment of Collateral Shares

     46 48   

 

ii


Section 6.12. Tax Status

     46 48   

Section 6.13. Use Of Proceeds

     46 48   

Section 6.14. Provision Of Public Information

     46 49   
ARTICLE 7   
E VENTS O F D EFAULT   

Section 7.01. Events Of Default

     47 49   
ARTICLE 8   
A DMINISTRATIVE A GENT   

Section 8.01. Administrative Agent .

     50 52   
ARTICLE 9   
M ISCELLANEOUS   

Section 9.01. Amendments, Etc .

     52 55   

Section 9.02.  Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications.

     55 58   

Section 9.03. No Waiver; Remedies .

     58 60   

Section 9.04.  Costs And Expenses; Indemnification; Damage Waiver.

     59 61   

Section 9.05. Collateral Agent .

     60 62   

Section 9.06. Calculation Agent.

     60 62   

Section 9.07. Payments Set Aside.

     61 63   

Section 9.08.  Governing Law; Submission To Jurisdiction .

     61 63   

Section 9.09. Successors and Assigns .

     62 64   

Section 9.10. Severability

     65 67   

Section 9.11. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

     65 67   

Section 9.12. Survival Of Representations

     65 67   

Section 9.13. Confidentiality

     66 68   

Section 9.14. No Advisory Or Fiduciary Relationship

     66 68   

Section 9.15. Right Of Setoff

     67 69   

Section 9.16. Judgment Currency

     67 69   

Section 9.17. USA PATRIOT Act Notice

     67 69   

Section 9.18. Interest Rate Limitation

     68 70   

Section 9.19. Disclosure

     68 70   

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A – Form of Borrowing Notice

Exhibit B – Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit C – Form of Control Agreement

Exhibit D-1 – Form of Issuer Acknowledgement with TGP Issuer

Exhibit D-2 – Form of Issuer Acknowledgement with TOO Issuer

Exhibit D-3 – Form of Issuer Acknowledgement with TNK Issuer

Exhibit E-1 – U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit E-2 – U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

 

iii


Exhibit E-3 – U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit E-4 – U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit F – Form of Guarantee Agreement

Exhibit G – Form of New York law opinion

Exhibit H – Form of Marshall Islands law opinion

Exhibit I – Form of Bermuda law opinion

Exhibit J – Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit K – Form of Amendments to Borrower’s Organization Documents

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.01(a) – Haircuts for Cash Equivalents

Schedule 1.01(b) – Certain Defined Terms

Schedule 3.13 – Capitalization

Schedule 9.02 – Certain Addresses for Notices

 

iv


This MARGIN LOAN AGREEMENT (as it may be amended or modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is made as of December 21, 2012 by and among Teekay Finance Limited, a Bermuda exempted company, as Borrower (“ Borrower ”), the Lenders party hereto and CITIBANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”).

Borrower has requested that the Lenders make loans to it from time to time in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the Commitments (as hereinafter defined) of the Lenders, and the Lenders are prepared to make such loans upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS A ND A CCOUNTING T ERMS

Section 1.01 .   Certain Defined Terms.   As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2014 Incremental Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on its signature page to Amendment No. 2.

2015 Additional TOO Shares means the additional 14,402,304 TOO Shares pledged by Borrower as referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 3.

Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.17.

Adjusted Initial Basket ” means, as of the Amendment No. 2 3 Effective Date, a number of TGP Shares, TNK Shares and TOO Shares equal to the Initial Basket (after giving effect to Amendment No. 2 3 ), which number shall from time to time be (x) reduced by the number of TGP Shares , TNK Shares or TOO Shares, as the case may be, released pursuant to Section 2.10(b) or Section 2.10(c) and (y) increased by the number of any additional TGP Shares , TNK Shares or TOO Shares, as the case may be, pledged by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.10(c) that constitute Eligible Collateral; provided that neither none of the number of TGP Shares nor , the number of TNK Shares and the number of TOO Shares in the Adjusted Initial Basket may be so increased to exceed the number of TGP Shares , TNK Shares or TOO Shares, respectively, in the Initial Basket (after giving effect to Amendment No. 2 3 ).

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Advance ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

1


Aggregate Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender, the sum of (a) such Lender’s Original Commitment, (b) such Lender’s Incremental Commitment and (c) such Lender’s 2014 Incremental Commitment.

Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Amendment Effective Time ” means, in respect of any Potential Facility Amendment Event, Share Collateral Trigger Event or Redocumentation Event, 5:00 p.m. on the third Business Day following the Notice Date applicable to such Potential Facility Amendment Event, Share Collateral Trigger Event or Redocumentation Event, as the case may be; provided that if Borrower delivers to Administrative Agent on or prior to the first Business Day following the applicable Notice Date (i) a copy of a duly executed and delivered notice of borrowing under a revolving credit facility of Guarantor in respect of an amount sufficient to pay the Total Accrued Loan Amount and (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent that Guarantor has agreed to contribute the proceeds of such borrowing to Borrower, the Amendment Effective Time shall be 5:00 p.m. on the fourth Business Day following the applicable Notice Date.

Amendment No. 1 ” means Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement dated as of December 18, 2013 among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, Administrative Agent and Guarantor.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 1.

Amendment No. 1 Structuring Fee ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Amendment No. 2 ” means Amendment No. 2 to this Agreement dated as of December 19, 2014 among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, Administrative Agent and Guarantor.

Amendment No. 2 Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 2.

Amendment No. 2 Structuring Fee ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Amendment No. 3 means Amendment No. 3 to this Agreement dated as of October 2, 2015 among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, Administrative Agent and Guarantor.

Amendment No. 3 Effective Date has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 3.

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments in effect at any given time represented by such Lender’s then applicable Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the outstanding principal amounts of the Advances made by the respective Lenders.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.09), and accepted by Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit J or any other form approved by Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to Borrower.

 

2


Attributable Debt ” means, at any time, (a) in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared at such time in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared at such time in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a capital lease.

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the Final Maturity Date, but excluding any Commitment Unavailability Period.

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code.

Base Rate ” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the applicable LIBOR plus the Spread; provided that if LIBOR cannot be determined for such Interest Period for whatever reason, Base Rate means, with respect to each day in such Interest Period, a rate per annum equal to (i) the Spread plus (ii) the greatest of (a) the Citibank Base Rate in effect on such day minus 1.00%, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day minus  1 2 of 1.00%, and (c) 0.00%. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Citibank Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Citibank Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

Basket Ratio Requirement ” means, at any time, that (a) the Share Collateral Value attributable to TOO Shares as of at such date time is not neither less than 25 40 % nor greater than 50% of the total Share Collateral Value at such time and (b) the Share Collateral Value attributable to TNK Shares at such time is neither less than 5% nor greater than 12% of the total Share Collateral Value at such time .

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Borrower Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a).

Borrowing ” means Advances made on the same date.

Borrowing Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a).

Business Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are open for business in New York City, United States, and Vancouver, Canada, and, if such day relates to any Advance, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Calculation Agent ” means Administrative Agent, in its capacity as Calculation Agent.

Cash ” means cash in Dollars.

Cash Collateral Amount ” means, at any time, the aggregate Collateral Value of all Eligible Collateral consisting of Cash and Cash Equivalents at such time.

 

3


Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following having a maturity of not greater than 12 months from the date of issuance thereof: (a) readily marketable direct obligations of the Government of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the Government of the United States, (b) certificates of deposit of or time deposits with any commercial bank that is a Lender or a member of the Federal Reserve System that issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c), is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and has combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000, (c) commercial paper in an aggregate amount of no more than $10,000,000 per issuer outstanding at any time, issued by any corporation organized under the laws of any state of the United States and rated at least “Prime 1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or “A 1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, or (d) offshore overnight interest bearing deposits in foreign branches of Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of (a) the adoption of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) compliance by any Lender or Administrative Agent (or, for purposes of Section 2.11(b), by any lending office of any Lender or by any Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to have been introduced or adopted after the Closing Date, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Change of Control ” means, with respect to any Person, any event or transaction, or series of related events or transactions, as a result of which (i) a “person” or “group” becomes the “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of such Person’s common equity (all within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder) or (ii) if such Person is a partnership or limited liability company or similar entity, the identity of the general partner or managing member or similar Person (the “ GP ”) of such Person changes or a Change of Control (as defined in clause (i) of this sentence) occurs with respect to the GP of such Person.

Charges ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.18.

Citibank Base Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by Citibank, N.A. as its base rate in effect at its principal office in New York City. Any change in such rate shall take effect on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Closing Date ” means the earliest date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.01 and Section 4.02 shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 9.01 of this Agreement.

 

4


Closing Share Price ” means, at any time and for either any of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, the closing price for one such Share on the applicable Exchange on the immediately preceding Exchange Business Day for such Shares, as reported on Bloomberg Page “TGP <equity> AQR” in the case of the TGP Shares , Bloomberg Page “TNK <equity> AQR” in the case of the TNK Shares or Bloomberg Page “TOO <equity> AQR” in the case of the TOO Shares (or, any successor or replacement reporting entity or page thereto reasonably selected by Calculation Agent); provided that if (i) a Market Disruption Event exists in respect of such Shares or (ii) such closing price is not so reported, in each case on such immediately preceding Exchange Business Day for such Shares, the “ Closing Share Price ” shall be the market value of one such Share as determined by Calculation Agent using objectively verifiable data and information sources, if available. If a Delisting has occurred and is continuing in respect of such Shares on such immediately preceding Exchange Business Day, the “ Closing Share Price ” shall be the closing sale price for such Shares on the primary national or regional securities exchange on which such Shares are listed or admitted for trading or, if such Shares are not listed or admitted for trading on any such exchange, the last quoted bid price for such Shares in the over-the-counter market as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization reasonably selected by Calculation Agent, in either case on such immediately preceding Exchange Business Day.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Collateral Account ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the 2015 Additional TOO Shares, the 2013 TNK Shares, the 2014 TNK Shares, the 2015 TNK Shares and all other Collateral Shares may be held in separate subaccounts of the Collateral Account.

Collateral Agent ” means Administrative Agent, in its capacity as collateral agent.

Collateral Requirement ” means that (i) Administrative Agent shall have received from Borrower duly executed and delivered by Borrower (x) counterparts of the Security Agreement and the Control Agreement and (y) a UCC financing statement in appropriate form for filing with the Recorder of Deeds in the District of Columbia and (ii) Borrower shall have taken all other action required to be taken by Borrower under the Security Agreement or the Control Agreement to perfect, register or record the Liens granted by it thereunder.

Collateral Shares ” means any Shares held in the Collateral Account.

Collateral Value ” means, at any time, (i) with respect to Cash, the face amount of such Cash, (ii) with respect to Cash Equivalents, the fair market value of such Cash Equivalents at such time, as determined by Calculation Agent, multiplied by the applicable haircut set forth in Schedule 1.01(a) for such category of Cash Equivalents, (iii) with respect to a Collateral Share, the Closing Share Price for such Collateral Share at such time, and (iv) with respect to Other Collateral, the fair market value of such Other Collateral at such time, as determined by Calculation Agent, multiplied by the applicable haircut agreed by Borrower and Collateral Agent at the time Borrower and Collateral Agent agree that such other Collateral shall constitute Other Collateral.

 

5


Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make the Advances hereunder, as reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.09. The amount of each Lender’s Commitment is such Lender’s Aggregate Commitment, or is the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on the signature page in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable.

Commitment Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(b).

Commitment Fee Calculation Date ” means each March 19, June 19, September 19 and December 19 of each year, commencing on March 19, 2015; provided that if any Commitment Fee Calculation Date is not a Business Day, then such Commitment Fee Calculation Date shall be postponed to the next succeeding Business Day.

Commitment Fee Calculation Period ” means each period from the calendar day immediately following a Commitment Fee Calculation Date to the next succeeding Commitment Fee Calculation Date; provided that (i) the first Commitment Fee Calculation Period shall commence on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date and (ii) the final Commitment Fee Calculation Period shall end on the Business Day immediately preceding the Final Maturity Date.

Commitment Fee Period ” means the period from and including the date hereof to the Final Maturity Date, but excluding any Commitment Unavailability Period.

Commitment Fee Rate ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Commitment Unavailability Period means the period from any date on which Borrower prepays the Total Accrued Loan Amount pursuant to clause (i) of the proviso to Section 9.01(b), but does not terminate the Commitments pursuant to clause (ii) of such proviso, to the first subsequent date on which the aggregate Collateral Value of the Adjusted Initial Basket has been greater than 60% of the Initial Share Collateral Value for at least 15 consecutive Exchange Business Days.

Communication ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.14.

Compensation Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(b).

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

6


Control Agreement ” means that certain Account Control Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among Borrower, Custodian and Collateral Agent, in the form of Exhibit C.

Cross-Default Person ” means each of Borrower, Guarantor, each Subsidiary of Guarantor, each Issuer and each Subsidiary of each Issuer.

Custodian ” means Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. or any other custodian selected in good faith by Collateral Agent.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender (i) that has failed for three or more Business Days to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make an Advance (a “ funding obligation ”), (ii) that has notified Administrative Agent, or has stated publicly, that it will not comply with any such funding obligation hereunder, or has defaulted on its funding obligations under any other loan agreement or credit agreement or other similar agreement, (iii) that has, for three or more Business Days, failed to confirm in writing to Administrative Agent, in response to a written request of Administrative Agent, that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder, (iv) with respect to which a Lender Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing or (v) that has otherwise failed to pay over to Administrative Agent or any Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute. Administrative Agent will promptly send to all parties hereto notice of any Lender becoming a Defaulting Lender.

Deficiency Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01(o).

Delisting ” means, for either any of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, that such Shares are no longer listed or admitted for trading on any Designated Exchange.

Designated Exchange ” means any of The New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market, or any successor thereto.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” mean the lawful money of the United States.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, or its successor.

Early Closure ” means the closure on any Exchange Business Day of the relevant Exchange prior to its scheduled closing time for such day unless such earlier closing time is announced by such Exchange at least one hour prior to the actual closing time for the regular trading session on such Exchange on such Exchange Business Day.

 

7


Eligible Collateral ” means the following assets of Borrower, to the extent held in the Collateral Account and subject to a perfected first priority Lien in favor of Collateral Agent and with respect to which the Collateral Requirement shall have been satisfied:

(a) Cash; provided that the Collateral Value of Eligible Collateral consisting of Cash shall not exceed the Total Accrued Loan Amount;

(b) Cash Equivalents;

(c) Shares; provided that (i) any TGP Shares constituting Collateral in excess of the Maximum TGP Shares , any TNK Shares constituting Collateral in excess of the Maximum TNK Shares and any TOO Shares constituting Collateral in excess of the Maximum TOO Shares and (ii) any Shares not registered in global form in the name of DTC or its nominee shall, in each case, not be Eligible Collateral; and

(d) Other Collateral, if any.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, any warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and any other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, whether economic or non-economic, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

Events of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.

Exchange ” means, for each of the TGP Shares , the TNK Shares and the TOO Shares, The New York Stock Exchange or its successor, or if such Shares are not listed for trading on such exchange, the Designated Exchange that is the primary trading market for such Shares.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Business Day ” means, for either any of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, any day on which the Exchange for such Shares is open for trading during its regular trading session, notwithstanding such Exchange closing prior to its scheduled closing time.

Exchange Disruption ” means, with respect to either any of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, any event (other than an Early Closure or Trading Suspension) that materially disrupts or impairs the ability of market participants in general to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, such Shares on the Exchange for such Shares on any Exchange Business Day for such Shares as determined by Calculation Agent.

 

8


Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Lender Person or required to be withheld or deducted from any payment to any Lender Person, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Lender Person being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) Taxes attributable to such Lender Person’s failure to comply with Section 2.12(e) and (c) any Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Existing Transfer Restrictions ” means Transfer Restrictions on the Collateral Shares arising solely from the fact that (a) Borrower is an “affiliate” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 144 and (b) solely with respect to the Collateral Shares consisting of TNK Shares and the 2015 Additional TOO Shares, such Collateral Shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Agreement of Limited Partnership of each of TGP Issuer and TOO Issuer contains provisions that could restrict the transfer of record ownership of the relevant Shares on the books of such Issuer, which provisions do not apply to transfers of beneficial interests in Shares registered in global form in the name of DTC or its nominee.

Extraordinary Dividend ” means any dividend or distribution to existing holders of TGP Shares , TNK Shares or TOO Shares, as the case may be, that is not an Ordinary Cash Dividend or a stock split or other dividend or distribution in Shares.

Facility ” means the credit facility contemplated by this Agreement.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by Lender from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Final Maturity Date ” means the earliest of: (a) the Scheduled Maturity Date; (b) the date on which the Facility is terminated pursuant to Section 2.05; and (c) the date on which all Commitments otherwise terminate pursuant to this Agreement.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

9


FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Funding Account ” means the deposit account of Borrower to which Administrative Agent is authorized by Borrower in the relevant Borrowing Notice to transfer the proceeds of any Borrowings requested or authorized pursuant to this Agreement.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (v) as an applicant in respect of any letter of credit or letter of credit guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness, or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “ Guarantee ” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Agreement ” means that certain Guarantee Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, executed by Guarantor in favor of Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in the form of Exhibit F.

Guarantor ” means Teekay Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Guarantor Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a).

 

10


Incremental Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on its signature page to Amendment No. 1.

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at any time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments; (b) all direct or contingent payment obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments; (c) net payment or delivery obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract; (d) all payment obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and accruals for liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business); (e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; (f) capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations; (g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and (h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing. For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any capital lease or Synthetic Lease Obligation as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Debt in respect thereof as of such date.

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Obligor under any Margin Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.04(b).

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.13.

Initial Borrowing ” means any Borrowing made at a time at which, immediately prior to giving effect to such Borrowing, the Total Accrued Loan Amount is zero.

Initial Basket ” means (a) as of any date prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the number of TGP Shares and the number of TOO Shares constituting Eligible Collateral immediately prior to the first Borrowing hereunder, (b) as of any date from and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date but prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, the number of TGP Shares and the number of TOO Shares constituting Eligible Collateral on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 1 and , (c) as of any date from and after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date but prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the number of TGP Shares and the number of TOO Shares constituting Eligible Collateral on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 2 . and (d) as of any date from and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the number of TGP Shares, the number of TNK Shares and the number of TOO Shares constituting Eligible Collateral on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 3.

 

11


Initial Borrowing ” means any Borrowing made at a time at which, immediately prior to giving effect to such Borrowing, the Total Accrued Loan Amount is zero.

Initial LTV Ratio ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Initial Share Collateral Value ” means (a) as of any date prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Share Collateral Value as of December 21, 2012, (b) as of any date from and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date but prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, the Share Collateral Value as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 1 and , (c) as of any date from and after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date but prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Share Collateral Value as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 2 . and (d) as of any date from and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the sum of (i) the Share Collateral Value as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 2 (but, for the avoidance of doubt, without giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 3) and (ii) the Share Collateral Value attributable to the 2015 Additional TOO Shares and the TNK Shares as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

Interest Period ” means, for any Advance, the period commencing on the date of such Advance and ending on the day that numerically corresponds to the date of the most recent Initial Borrowing in the calendar month that is three months after such date of such Initial Borrowing; provided that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to an Advance that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Issuer ” means each of TGP Issuer , TNK Issuer and TOO Issuer.

Issuer Acknowledgement ” means , (i) for each of TGP Issuer and TOO Issuer, an Issuer Acknowledgement dated as of the date hereof in the forms of Exhibit D-1 (in the case of TGP Issuer) and Exhibit D-2 (in the case of TOO Issuer) and (ii) for TNK Issuer, an Issuer Acknowledgement dated as of October 2, 2015 in the form of Exhibit D-3 .

 

12


Judgment Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.16.

Law ” means, with respect to any Person, collectively, all international, foreign, U.S. Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case that is applicable to such Person or such Person’s business or operation and whether or not having the force of law.

Lender ” means each financial institution listed on the signature pages hereto as a Lender, and any other person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.09.

Lender Expenses ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.04(a).

Lender Expenses Cap ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Lender Insolvency Event ” means that (i) a Lender or its Parent Company is insolvent, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (ii) a Lender or its Parent Company is the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its Parent Company, or such Lender or its Parent Company has taken any action in furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.

Lender Person ” means any of Administrative Agent and any Lender.

Lender Process Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.02(e).

Lending Office ” means, with respect to each Lender, the office of such Lender specified in Schedule 9.02 hereto, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify in writing to Borrower.

LIBOR ” means, with respect to any Interest Period (or other period determined by Calculation Agent with respect to any overdue amount), the per annum rate for deposits in Dollars for a term coextensive with such Interest Period (or other period) and for an amount substantially equal to the total Commitments which appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the day that is two Business Days preceding the first day of such Interest Period (or other period). (For purposes of the preceding sentence, LIBOR for any Interest Period (or other period) of a length for which rates do not appear on Telerate Page 3750 shall be determined through the use of straight line interpolation by reference to two LIBOR rates appearing on Telerate Page 3750, one of which shall be the rate for the period of time next shorter than the length of the Interest Period (or other period) and the other of which shall be the rate for the period of time next longer than the length of the Interest Period (or other period).) If no such rate appears on Telerate Page 3750, LIBOR shall mean the per annum rate, determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in Dollars for a term coextensive with such Interest Period (or other period) and in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount of the applicable Borrowing or overdue amount are offered by four major banks in the London interbank market, selected by Calculation Agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the day that is two Business Days preceding the first day of such Interest Period (or other period). If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR for such Interest Period (or other period) shall be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, LIBOR for such Interest Period (or other period) shall be the arithmetic mean of the per annum rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by Calculation Agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m. on such day for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a term coextensive with such Interest Period (or other period) and in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount of the applicable Borrowing or overdue amount. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the rate for that Interest Period (or other period) will be determined by such alternate method as reasonably selected by Calculation Agent.

 

13


Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

LTV Ratio ” means, at any time, the quotient (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the difference of (i) the Total Accrued Loan Amount (for the avoidance of doubt, calculated without regard to the then applicable Make Whole Amount) minus (ii) the Cash Collateral Amount, if any, divided by (b) the sum of (i) the Share Collateral Value plus (ii) the Other Collateral Value, in each case at such time.

Make Whole Amount ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Margin Loan Document ” means each of this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Control Agreement, each Issuer Acknowledgement, each promissory note delivered pursuant to Section 2.15(d), each Borrowing Notice and each agreement delivered under Section 5.07.

Margin Stock ” has the meaning specified in Regulation U promulgated by the FRB.

Market Disruption Event ” means an Early Closure, an Exchange Disruption, or a Trading Disruption.

Material Adverse Effect ” means, with respect to any Cross-Default Person, a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets or liabilities, of such Cross-Default Person taken as a whole, (b) the ability of such Cross-Default Person to perform any of its obligations under any Margin Loan Document to which it is a party, (c) the Collateral, or Collateral Agent’s Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens, or (d) the rights of or benefits available to Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or the Lenders under any Margin Loan Document.

 

14


Material Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness if the amount thereof exceeds the Threshold Amount.

Material Nonpublic Information ” means information (i) that has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD, and (ii) to which an investor would reasonably attach importance in reaching a decision to buy, sell or hold Shares.

Material Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person with total assets equal to or greater than $100,000,000.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.18.

Maximum TGP Shares ” means 13.5 million 25,208,274 TGP Shares.

Maximum TNK Shares ” means 16,754,474 TNK Shares.

Maximum TOO Shares ” means 12 million 38,211,772 TOO Shares.

Merger Event ” means, with respect to either any of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, any transaction or event that is, or results in, (i) a reclassification or change of such Shares that results in a transfer of or an irrevocable commitment to transfer all of such Shares outstanding to another entity or person, (ii) a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or binding share exchange of the TGP Issuer , the TNK Issuer or the TOO Issuer, as the case may be, with or into another entity or person (other than a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or binding share exchange in which such Issuer is the continuing entity and that does not result in a reclassification or change of all of such Shares outstanding), (iii) a takeover offer, tender offer, exchange offer, solicitation, proposal or other event by any entity or person to purchase or otherwise obtain 100% of the outstanding Shares of the TGP Issuer , the TNK Issuer or the TOO Issuer, as the case may be, that results in a transfer of or an irrevocable commitment to transfer all such Shares (other than such Shares owned or controlled by such other entity or person), or (iv) a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or binding share exchange of the TGP Issuer , the TNK Issuer or the TOO Issuer, as the case may be, or its subsidiaries with or into another entity in which such Issuer is the continuing entity and that does not result in a reclassification or change of all such Shares outstanding but results in the outstanding TGP Shares , TNK Shares or TOO Shares, as the case may be (other than such Shares owned or controlled by such other entity), immediately prior to such event collectively representing less than 50% of the outstanding TGP Shares , TNK Shares or TOO Shares, as the case may be, immediately following such event.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or its successor).

Notice Date ” means, in respect of any Potential Facility Amendment Event or Share Collateral Trigger Event, the date, if any, on which Administrative Agent delivers notice to Borrower of the proposed amendments to the terms of the relevant Margin Loan Documents in respect of such Potential Facility Amendment Event or Share Collateral Trigger Event, as the case may be, and, in the case of a Redocumentation Event, the date, if any, on which either party delivers notice to the other party that such Redocumentation Event has occurred.

 

15


Obligations ” means all Advances to, and all debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants, indemnifications, and duties of, Borrower arising under any Margin Loan Document or otherwise with respect to the Advances, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against Borrower of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming Borrower as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

Obligor ” means each of Borrower and Guarantor.

Ordinary Cash Dividend ” means any quarterly cash dividend or distribution to existing holders of the TGP Shares , the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, as the case may be, that does not exceed (i) $1.50 per share in the case of either the TGP Shares or the TOO Shares or (ii) $0.30 per share in the case of the TNK Shares . For the avoidance of doubt, only one dividend or distribution per calendar quarter in respect of each of the TGP Shares , the TNK Shares and the TOO Shares may be an Ordinary Cash Dividend.

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation or company, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization, and the limited liability company agreement or operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Original Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on the signature page hereof as executed on December 21, 2012.

Other Collateral ” means such assets of Borrower, if any, not consisting of Cash, Cash Equivalents or Shares as Borrower and Collateral Agent, with the consent of the Required Lenders, shall agree in writing shall constitute Other Collateral.

Other Collateral Value ” means, at any time, the aggregate Collateral Value of all Eligible Collateral consisting of Other Collateral at such time.

Other Connection Taxes ” means Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between a Lender Person and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Lender Person having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Margin Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Advance or Margin Loan Document).

 

16


Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Margin Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment, any sale of participations or the designation of a new Lending Office (other than at the request of Borrower pursuant to Section 2.11(e)).

Parent Company ” means, with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09(c).

Permitted Investments ” means loans of Cash owned by Borrower and not constituting Collateral (or required by any Margin Loan Document to be held as Collateral) to Guarantor or any Subsidiary of Guarantor on arm’s-length terms.

Permitted Liens ” means (a) Liens imposed by Law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves in conformity with GAAP have been taken and (b) Liens granted to Collateral Agent pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Potential Facility Amendment Events ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01(c).

Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event ” means that, at any time, the aggregate Collateral Value of the Adjusted Initial Basket is less than 60% of the Initial Share Collateral Value.

Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event Grace Period ” means, in respect of any Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event, the period of three Business Days immediately following the date (the “ notice date ”) on which Administrative Agent gives Borrower notice of the occurrence of an event that will cause such Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event to occur; provided that if Borrower delivers to Administrative Agent on or prior to the first Business Day immediately following such notice date (i) a copy of a duly executed and delivered notice of borrowing under a revolving credit facility of Guarantor in respect of an amount sufficient to prepay Borrowings pursuant to Section 2.10(a) such that, immediately after giving effect to such prepayment, the LTV Ratio would be equal to or less than the Initial PSCT LTV Ratio and (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent that Guarantor has agreed to contribute the proceeds of such borrowing to Borrower, the Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event Grace Period for such Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event shall be the period of four Business Days immediately following such notice date.

 

17


Process Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.02(e).

PSCT LTV Ratio ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Redocumentation Event ” means that (i) an event is announced that if consummated or completed would result in either any Issuer ceasing to be a “foreign private issuer” as such term is defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act or (ii) either any Issuer ceases to be such a “foreign private issuer.”

Reference Share Collateral Value ” means the Share Collateral Value as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 3.

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09(b)(iv).

Regulation U ” means Regulation U issued by the FRB.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders (not including Borrower or any of its Affiliates) having aggregate Applicable Percentages in excess of 50% at such time.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to either Borrower or Guarantor, any of the chief executive officer, chairman, president, chief financial officer, chief strategy officer, any vice president, secretary, assistant secretary or director of such Person.

Restricted Payment ” means, with respect to any Person, any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in such Person, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in such Person or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in such Person.

Restricted Transaction ” means, in respect of an Obligor, any pledge or encumbrance of Shares to any person (a “ Secured Party ”) to secure any obligation of such Obligor or any Affiliate of such Obligor; provided that such a pledge or encumbrance of Shares by an Obligor other than Borrower that does not relate to a transaction that gives rise to any obligations of Borrower shall not constitute a Restricted Transaction if (i) such Obligor has given Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, a right of first refusal to either (x) enter into the transaction that would give rise to such obligation on the same terms as those proposed to be entered into with such Secured Party or (y) amend the Margin Loan Documents to add such Shares to the Eligible Collateral and (1) increase the total Commitments by an amount equal to the product of the Share Collateral Value in respect of such Shares as of the date such Shares are added to the Eligible Collateral and the Initial LTV Ratio (with a proportional increase to the Commitment of each Lender) and (2) increase the Maximum TGP Shares , the Maximum TNK Shares and the Maximum TOO Shares by the number of TGP Shares , TNK Shares and TOO Shares included in such Shares, in either case of (x) or (y), in lieu of the proposed transaction between the Obligor and the proposed Secured Party; and (ii) if Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, has declined to exercise such right of first refusal (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by reason of being unable to obtain the consents required by Section 9.01(a) to affect such amendments to the Margin Loan Documents), (A) the transaction between the Obligor and the proposed Secured Party does not contain any events of default, collateral triggers or other provisions that could allow such Secured Party to liquidate any such Shares prior to a time at which Collateral Agent would have the right to liquidate the Collateral under the Margin Loan Documents and (B) Borrower agrees to amend the terms of this Agreement to include, in addition to the Events of Default set forth herein, any default, event of default, collateral trigger or other event or circumstance giving rise to a right on behalf of such Secured Party to liquidate any Shares as an Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

18


Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s (or its successor).

Sanctions ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.14.

Scheduled Maturity Date ” means January 2, 2018.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Agreement ” means that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Borrower and Collateral Agent, in the form of Exhibit B , as it may be amended or modified from time to time .

Separate Facility ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01(d).

Set-off Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.15.

Share Collateral Trigger Event ” means that, at any time, the aggregate Collateral Value of the Adjusted Initial Basket is less than 50 79.2 % of the Initial Reference Share Collateral Value.

Share Collateral Value ” means, at any time, the aggregate Collateral Value of all Eligible Collateral consisting of Collateral Shares at such time.

Shares ” means each of the TGP Shares , the TNK Shares and the TOO Shares.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person, that at any time, both (a)(i) the sum of such Person’s liabilities (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Person’s present assets; (ii) such Person’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Closing Date; and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe (or reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (b) such Person is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

19


Spread ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Structuring Fee ” has the meaning specified in the Schedule 1.01(b).

Structuring Fee Payment Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date that is two calendar weeks following the date hereof and (ii) the date of the first Borrowing hereunder.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the majority of the Equity Interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transaction, swap option, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, credit protection transaction, credit swap, credit default swap, credit default option, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell-back transaction, securities lending transaction, weather index transaction or forward purchase or sale of a security, commodity or other financial instrument or interest (including any option with respect to any of these transactions), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, that are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to- market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined by Calculation Agent, using commercially reasonable procedures in order to produce a commercially reasonable result, based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Affiliate of Administrative Agent or any Lender).

 

20


Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but that, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

TGP Issuer ” means Teekay LNG Partners L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

TGP Shares ” means the common units of TGP Issuer.

Threshold Amount ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

TNK Issuer ” means Teekay Tankers Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

TNK Shares ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of TNK Issuer. The defined term “TNK Shares” includes the 2013 TNK Shares, the 2014 TNK Shares and the 2015 TNK Shares unless otherwise specified.

TOO Issuer ” means Teekay Offshore Partners L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

TOO Shares ” means the common units of TOO Issuer.

Total Accrued Loan Amount ” means, at any time, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Advances, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, the accrued and unpaid fees, including the Make Whole Amount, if applicable, and all reimbursable expenses and other Obligations together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

Trading Disruption ” means, for either any of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, any material suspension of or limitation imposed on trading by the Exchange for such Shares on any Exchange Business Day for such Shares (whether by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by such Exchange or otherwise) relating to such Shares.

 

21


Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Margin Loan Documents, the grant of the security interest contemplated hereby or thereby and the borrowing of the Advances.

Transfer Restriction ” means, with respect to any item of Collateral, any condition to or restriction on the ability of the owner thereof to sell, assign or otherwise transfer such item of Collateral or enforce the provisions thereof or of any document related thereto whether set forth in such item of Collateral itself or in any document related thereto, including, without limitation, (i) any requirement that any sale, assignment or other transfer or enforcement for such item of Collateral be consented to or approved by any Person, including, without limitation, the issuer thereof or any other obligor thereon, (ii) any limitation on the type or status, financial or otherwise, of any purchaser, pledgee, assignee or transferee of such item of Collateral, (iii) any requirement for the delivery of any certificate, consent, agreement, opinion of counsel, notice or any other document of any Person to the issuer of, any other obligor on or any registrar or transfer agent for, such item of Collateral, prior to the sale, pledge, assignment or other transfer or enforcement of such item of Collateral and (iv) any registration or qualification requirement or prospectus delivery requirement for such item of Collateral pursuant to any federal, state, local or foreign securities law (including, without limitation, any such requirement arising under Section 5 of the Securities Act as a result of such item of Collateral being a “restricted security” or Borrower being an “affiliate” of the issuer of such item of Collateral, as such terms are defined in Rule 144); provided that the required delivery of a customary assignment, instruction or entitlement order from Borrower, together with any evidence of the corporate or other authority of Borrower, shall not constitute a “ Transfer Restriction ”.

U.S. Person ” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(e)(ii)(B)(3).

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or any other state or jurisdiction of the United States the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

Utilization ” means, with respect to any Lender for any calendar day, (i) the total outstanding principal amount of Advances made by such Lender as of such calendar day divided by (ii) the Aggregate Commitment for such Lender, expressed as a percentage.

Section 1.02 .   Times Of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

22


Section 1.03 .   Terms Generally.

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, unless expressly specified otherwise, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(b) Section headings herein and in the other Margin Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Documents.

(c) Determinations, consents, approvals or any other actions or non-actions taken by or determined by Administrative Agent in such capacity shall be made in good faith and, unless otherwise stated herein, its sole discretion.

(d) In the computation of numbers of shares, triggers related to price or value per share or traded volume of shares herein, such number, or collateral trigger in this Agreement, as applicable, may be adjusted from time to time by Calculation Agent in connection with any buy-back, share split or any other event with dilutive or concentrative effect (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include ordinary course equity or convertible/exchangeable offerings on market terms, as well as contribution arrangements where the parent contributes assets to the issuers in exchange for shares issued at prevailing market prices) with respect to such shares so that the trigger levels reflect the same collateral value and the numbers of such shares maintains the same ratio to the aggregate number of such shares issued and outstanding, in each case had such buy-back, share split or similar event not occurred.

Section 1.04.  Accounting Terms; GAAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that if Borrower notifies Administrative Agent that Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if Administrative Agent notifies Borrower that Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

 

23


ARTICLE 2

A MOUNTS A ND T ERMS O F T HE A DVANCES

Section 2.01 .   Commitments.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make loans in Dollars to Borrower (each such loan, an “ Advance ”) from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) the total outstanding principal amount of Advances made by such Lender exceeding the Commitment for such Lender or (ii) the total outstanding principal amount of Advances made by all Lenders exceeding the Commitments for all Lenders.

Section 2.02 .   Advances and Borrowings.

(a) Each Advance shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Advances made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their then Applicable Percentages. The failure of any Lender to make any Advance required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder.

(b) Each Borrowing shall be in an amount of $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Subject to the conditions set forth in Article 4 and the other terms and conditions set forth herein, Borrower may from time to time borrow, prepay pursuant to Section 2.10(a) and reborrow under this Section 2.02.

Section 2.03 .   Requests For Borrowings.

(a) (i) To request a Borrowing, Borrower shall notify Administrative Agent and each other Lender of such request no later than 1:00 p.m. on the second Business Day prior to the date of such proposed Borrowing.

(ii) Each such notice of a request for a Borrowing (a “ Borrowing Notice ”) shall be in writing in substantially the form of Exhibit A, specifying therein: (x) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day, (y) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing and (z) the Funding Account. If a Borrowing Notice is not given by the time referred to in Section 2.03(a)(i) above, it shall be deemed to have been given on the next succeeding Business Day.

(b) Each Borrowing Notice shall be irrevocable and binding on Borrower.

Section 2.04 .   Funding Of Borrowings.

(a) Each Lender shall make each Advance to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds promptly and not later than 3:00 p.m. to the account of Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the first Borrowing, Section 4.01), Administrative Agent will make all funds so received available to Borrower by crediting the amounts so received, in like funds as received by Administrative Agent, to the Funding Account.

 

24


(b) Unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Lender did not make available such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, then such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to Administrative Agent the amount thereof in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by Administrative Agent to Borrower to the date such amount is received by Administrative Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time as in effect plus Administrative Agent’s standard processing fee for interbank compensation. If such Lender pays such amount to Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Advance included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon Borrower, and Borrower shall pay such amount to Administrative Agent, together with the interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligations to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights that Administrative Agent or Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

Section 2.05 .   Termination Of Facility.   (a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitment shall terminate on the Scheduled Maturity Date.

(b) Borrower may at any time, upon written notice to Administrative Agent, terminate the Commitments upon the prepayment in full of the Total Accrued Loan Amount to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender. Upon delivery by Borrower of such written notice, the Facility shall be irrevocably terminated, may not be reinstated and shall cease to have further effect, except with respect to the provisions that by their express terms survive the termination of the Facility.

(c) Borrower may not reduce the amount of the Commitment, except as set forth in Section 2.10 below.

Section 2.06 .   Repayment Of Advances.   Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Advance on the Final Maturity Date.

 

25


Section 2.07 .   Interest.

(a) Borrower shall pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Advance, from the date of such Advance until the date on which such principal amount shall have been paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate, payable quarterly in arrears for each Interest Period on the first Business Day following the end of such Interest Period, commencing on the first Business Day following the end of the first Interest Period following the Closing Date, and on the Final Maturity Date; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section shall be payable on demand and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Advance, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment. The total amount of interest due on each such day shall be computed by Calculation Agent on the immediately preceding Business Day. The Base Rate shall be computed by Calculation Agent based on a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed in the Interest Period for which interest is payable.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, (i) all Advances shall bear interest at 2% plus the Base Rate and (ii) any other amount outstanding hereunder shall accrue interest at 2% plus the Base Rate.

Section 2.08 .   Fees.

(a) (i) On the Structuring Fee Payment Date, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the Structuring Fee and shall pay the Lender Expenses as directed by Administrative Agent; provided that any Lender Expenses not invoiced prior to the Closing Date shall be due and payable three Business Days following the date they are invoiced, (ii) on January 6, 2014, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the Amendment No. 1 Structuring Fee, (iii) on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, shall pay the Lender Expenses as directed by Administrative Agent; provided that any Lender Expenses not invoiced prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall be due and payable three Business Days following the date they are invoiced, (iv) on January 7, 2015, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the Amendment No. 2 Structuring Fee and (v) on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, shall pay the Lender Expenses as directed by Administrative Agent; provided that any Lender Expenses not invoiced prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date shall be due and payable three Business Days following the date they are invoiced. Such fee shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(b) Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) on the first Business Day following the end of each Commitment Fee Calculation Period in an amount equal to the sum, for each calendar day that falls in both (x) such Commitment Fee Calculation Period and (y) the Commitment Fee Period, of the product of (i) the undrawn portion of the Aggregate Commitment for such Lender on such day, (ii) the Commitment Fee Rate with respect to such Lender for such day and (iii) 1/360. The Commitment Fee shall accrue at all times during the Commitment Fee Period (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, during any Commitment Unavailability Period), including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article 4 is not met. Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower no later than the Business Day prior to any date on which the accrued Commitment Fee is payable of the amount of such Commitment Fee due on such payment date; provided that if Administrative Agent gives Borrower such notice after such deadline, such accrued Commitment Fee shall be due and payable on the Business Day following the date Administrative Agent delivers such notice.

 

26


(c) If the Commitments are terminated in full by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.05(b) or if the Total Accrued Loan Amount is declared due and payable in connection with an Event of Default of the type described in Section 7.01(a) (solely to the extent that the payment required to be made is based upon an Event of Default under any of the other Sections enumerated in this Section 2.08(c)), Section 7.01(b), Section 7.01(d) (solely with respect to Borrower and solely under Section 5.03, Section 5.09, and Article 6, but excluding Section 6.14, of this Agreement), Section 7.01(g) (solely with respect to Borrower), Section 7.01(h)(ii), Section 7.01(i)(ii) or Section 7.01(n) (solely with respect to Borrower) of this Agreement, in each case prior to the Final Maturity Date, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the Make Whole Amount, except that no Make Whole Amount shall be payable in connection with any such termination to the extent provided in Section 9.01(b), Section 9.01(c) or Section 9.01(d).

(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders ratably in accordance with the Applicable Percentage of each Lender. Fees shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender will not be entitled to any fees accruing during such period pursuant to Section 2.08(b) (without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders in respect of such fees).

Section 2.09 .   Interest Rate Determinations.   Calculation Agent shall give notice to Borrower and the Lenders of the applicable interest rates for the purposes of Section 2.07.

Section 2.10 .   Prepayments Of Borrowings; Withdrawal Of Collateral; Substitution of Collateral Shares.

(a) Borrower may prepay Borrowings, in whole or in part, by prepaying an amount equal to the sum of (i) the principal amount of the Borrowings being prepaid and (ii) accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid, upon irrevocable notice thereof. Such notice shall be given to Administrative Agent by Borrower not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date five (5) Business Days prior to the date of any such prepayment; provided that each partial prepayment of the Borrowings shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Any such prepayment shall be made to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender.

(b) Borrower shall not withdraw any Collateral from the Collateral Account, except as provided in this subsection (b) or in subsection (c), (d) or (e) of this Section 2.10. Borrower shall be entitled to the release, upon written notice thereof delivered to Collateral Agent on or before 2:00 p.m. three (3) Exchange Business Days prior to the requested date of the release, of (i) Cash, Cash Equivalents or any other Collateral other than Collateral Shares from the Collateral Account (other than Ordinary Cash Dividends) if immediately following such release the LTV Ratio would be less than or equal to the Initial LTV Ratio; or (ii) Collateral Shares from the Collateral Account if (A) immediately following such release (x) the LTV Ratio would be less than or equal to the Initial LTV Ratio and (y) the Basket Ratio Requirement would be satisfied and (B) the Share Collateral Value is greater than 120% of the Initial Share Collateral Value at all times on the 30 consecutive Exchange Business Days immediately prior to such request; provided that prior to and immediately after giving effect to any release pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.10(b), no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur.

 

27


(c)  (i) Borrower may in its discretion ( i A ) pledge additional Shares by depositing them into the Collateral Account or ( ii B ) request the release of any TGP Shares, TNK Shares or TOO Shares constituting Collateral, and Collateral Agent shall grant such request if in connection with such request Borrower pledges additional TGP Shares or TNK Shares (in the case of a requested release of TOO Shares) , additional TGP Shares or TOO Shares (in the case of a requested release of TNK Shares) or additional TNK Shares or TOO Shares (in the case of a requested release of TGP Shares) by depositing such additional Shares into the Collateral Account in an amount such that immediately after giving effect to such requested release and the related pledge of additional Shares, the LTV Ratio shall not be increased (a “substitution”); provided that immediately following any such additional pledge or substitution, the Basket Ratio Requirement shall be satisfied . and (ii) any Shares that Borrower pledged pursuant to clause (i) above to cure an Event of Default of the type described in Section 7.01(o) during the applicable Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event Grace Period shall be automatically released to Borrower; provided that (x) immediately following such release, the LTV Ratio shall be less than or equal to the PSCT LTV Ratio and the Basket Ratio Requirement shall be satisfied, (y) prior to and immediately after giving effect to such release, no Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur and (z) no Share Collateral Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing .

(d) Any Ordinary Cash Dividend shall be automatically released to Borrower on the Business Day immediately following the day such Ordinary Cash Dividend is credited to the Collateral Account; provided that (i) no Share Collateral Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing and (ii) prior to and immediately after giving effect to such release, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur and (ii) if a Share Collateral Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing at the time such Ordinary Cash Dividend is credited to the Collateral Account, such Ordinary Cash Dividend shall be automatically released to Borrower on the fourth Business Day immediately following the day such Ordinary Cash Dividend is credited to the Collateral Account . Upon request of Borrower to Administrative Agent, any Collateral consisting of the proceeds of any Extraordinary Dividend, whether in the form of cash or other property, shall be released to Borrower on the fifth Exchange Business Day following the receipt of such request; provided that (i) a Share Collateral Trigger Event has not occurred and is continuing and (ii) prior to and immediately after giving effect to such release, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur.

(e) Interest shall accrue to the account of Borrower on any Cash held in the Collateral Account at the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and shall be credited to the Collateral Account by Administrative Agent on each Business Day. Such interest shall be automatically released to Borrower on the Business Day immediately following the day such interest is credited to the Collateral Account; provided that (i) no Share Collateral Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing and (ii) prior to and immediately after giving effect to such release, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur.

 

28


Section 2.11 .   Increased Costs.   (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender;

(ii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Advances made by such Lender or participation therein; or

(iii) subject any Lender Person to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) or (c) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or Administrative Agent of making or maintaining the Advances hereunder (or of maintaining its Commitment) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or Administrative Agent hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then Borrower will pay such Lender or Administrative Agent such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Administrative Agent, as the case may be, for such additional costs actually incurred or reduction actually suffered.

(b) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of any Margin Loan Document, the Commitment of such Lender or the Advances made by such Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction actually suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; and provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

29


(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Lender Person requests compensation under this Section 2.11 or Borrower must pay increased amounts or any amounts for Indemnified Taxes pursuant to Section 2.12, then the applicable Lender will, if requested by Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Advance, or portion thereof, affected by the relevant event if such designation would avoid the requirement for or reduce the amount of such compensation, increased amounts or amounts for Indemnified Taxes; provided that such efforts need only be made on terms that, in the commercially reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage; and provided further that nothing in this Section 2.11(e) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of Borrower or the rights of such Lender Person pursuant to Section 2.11(a) through (d) or Section 2.12. Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation.

(f) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 2.11 or that Borrower pay increased amounts or any amount for Indemnified Taxes under Section 2.12, Borrower may, upon prior written notice to Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.10(a), terminate the Commitment of such Lender upon the prepayment in full of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Total Accrued Loan Amount (including the Make Whole Amount, which for purposes of this Section 2.11(f) shall be calculated with regard to such Lender’s Commitment only) to Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender. For the avoidance of doubt, Section 2.14 shall apply to any such prepayment. Upon receipt of such prepayment, the Commitment of such Lender shall be irrevocably terminated and such Lender shall be deemed to no longer be a party to this Agreement or any Margin Loan Document, but for the avoidance of doubt provisions of any Margin Loan Document that by their express terms survive the termination of the Facility shall continue to apply with respect to such Lender.

(g) All of Borrower’s obligations under this Section 2.11 shall survive termination of the Facility and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

Section 2.12 .   Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Obligor under any Margin Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.12) the applicable Lender Person receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

30


(b) The applicable Obligor shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of Administrative Agent, timely reimburse it for the payment of, Other Taxes.

(c) As soon as reasonably practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Obligor to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.12, such Obligor shall deliver to Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

(d) The Obligors shall jointly and severally indemnify each Lender Person, within 10 days after written demand therefor accompanied by a certificate satisfying the requirements set forth below, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Lender Person, or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Lender Person, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by such Lender Person (with a copy to Administrative Agent), or by Administrative Agent on behalf of such Lender Person, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts payable to the applicable Lender Person under this Section shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) (i) If any Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Margin Loan Document it shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent as will enable Borrower or Administrative Agent to determine whether or not Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of any such documentation other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.12(e)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below requested by Borrower shall not be required if in Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or Administrative Agent), properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

 

31


(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Margin Loan Document, properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Margin Loan Document, properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 or Exhibit E-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

 

32


(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit Borrower or Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Margin Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent as may be necessary for Borrower and Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify Borrower and Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.12 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.12), it shall promptly pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.12 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (f) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (f), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (f) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had never been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

33


(g) Each Lender shall severally indemnify Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Obligor has not already indemnified Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Obligors to do so) and (ii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by Administrative Agent in connection with any Margin Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Margin Loan Document or otherwise payable by Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to Administrative Agent under this paragraph (g).

(h) Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.12 shall survive the assignment of rights by, or the replacement of any Lender Person, the termination of the Commitment and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Margin Loan Document .

Section 2.13 . Illegality.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Lender shall notify Administrative Agent and Borrower that any Law makes it unlawful, or any Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender to perform its obligations to make or maintain Advances hereunder, the obligation of such Lender to make the Advances shall be terminated and all Advances, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to such Lender shall become due and payable either on the last day of the then current Interest Period, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain the Advances to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain the Advances.

Section 2.14 .   Break-Funding. In the event of the payment of any principal of an Advance other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), or the failure to borrow (for a reason other than the failure of Administrative Agent or a Lender to make such Advance), prepay any Advance on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto, then, in any such event, upon written demand of the applicable Lender, Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits or margin) attributable to such event to the extent actually incurred by the applicable Lender. A certificate of Calculation Agent setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that each Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay each Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. All of Borrower’s obligations under this Section 2.14 shall survive termination of the Facility or repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

Section 2.15 .   Evidence Of Debt.   (a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Advance made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

 

34


(b) Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Advance made hereunder and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from Borrower hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(c) The entries maintained in the accounts maintained pursuant to Subsections (a) and (b) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided that the failure of any Lender or Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of Borrower to repay such obligations in accordance with their terms.

(d) No promissory note shall be required to evidence the Advances by any Lender to Borrower. Upon the request of any Lender, Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note, payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form approved by such Lender, which shall evidence the Advances to Borrower by such Lender in addition to such records. Thereafter, the Advances evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein and its registered assigns.

Section 2.16 .   Payments And Computations; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Borrower shall make each payment hereunder not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day when due in Dollars to, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Administrative Agent in immediately available funds. All payments received by Administrative Agent after 1:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. All such payments shall be made to Administrative Agent at its offices as set forth on Schedule 9.02.

(b) Whenever any payment hereunder would be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or any fees, as the case may be.

(c) All payments (including prepayments and any other amounts received hereunder in connection with the exercise of Administrative Agent’s rights after an Event of Default) made by Borrower to Administrative Agent under any Margin Loan Document shall be applied to amounts then due and payable in the following order: (i) the Structuring Fee, if any; (ii) to any expenses and indemnities payable by Borrower to Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Margin Loan Document; (iii) to any accrued and unpaid interest and fees due under this Agreement; (iv) to principal payments on the outstanding Advances; and (v) to the extent of any excess, to the payment of all other Obligations under the Margin Loan Documents.

 

35


(d) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Advances or other Obligations under the Margin Loan Documents resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Advances and accrued interest thereon or such other obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (i) notify Administrative Agent of such fact, and (ii) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Advances and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments that shall be equitable so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages; provided that (A) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (B) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Advances to any assignee or participant, other than to Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against Borrower and Guarantor rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of Borrower or Guarantor in the amount of such participation.

(e) Unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment, Administrative Agent may assume that Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to the date of payment to Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(f) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Sections 2.04(b), 2.16(e) and 9.04(f), then Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amount thereafter received by Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

ARTICLE 3

R EPRESENTATIONS A ND W ARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

Section 3.01 .   Organization; Powers.   Borrower is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification or good standing is required. All licenses, permits, approvals, concessions or other authorizations necessary for (i) the consummation of the Transaction and (ii) except where the failure to obtain and maintain any of the foregoing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Borrower, the conduct of the business of Borrower, have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

36


Section 3.02 .   Authorization; Enforceability.   The Transactions are within Borrower’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, shareholder action. The Margin Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party have been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

Section 3.03 .   Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts.   The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except for filings necessary to register and/or perfect Liens created pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents, (b) will not violate any Law applicable to Borrower, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by Borrower, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Borrower, except Liens created pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents.

Section 3.04 .   Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.

(a) Borrower has heretofore furnished to Administrative Agent the Borrower Financial Statements, if any, and the Guarantor Financial Statements. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

(b) As of any date, no event, change or condition has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guarantor, since the date of the last financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(x) or Section 5.01, as applicable, with respect to Guarantor.

Section 3.05 .   Litigation Matters.   There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting Borrower (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Borrower or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.

 

37


Section 3.06 .   Compliance With Laws And Agreements.   Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (ii) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Person. Borrower is in compliance with its reporting obligations under Sections 13 and 16 of the Exchange Act, including in respect of the transactions contemplated hereunder. No Default exists and no Event of Default has occurred, other than those that have been waived or deemed not to have occurred pursuant to the last sentence of Section 7.01.

Section 3.07 .   Investment Company Status.   Borrower is not and, after giving effect to the contemplated Transactions, will not be required to register as an “investment company” and is not a Person “controlled by” an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 3.08 .   Taxes.   Borrower has timely filed all income tax returns and other material tax returns that are required to be filed by it in all jurisdictions and has paid all taxes, assessments, claims, governmental charges or levies imposed on it or its properties, except for Taxes contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against Borrower that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Cross-Default Person. Prior to any request for a Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03, Borrower will elect to be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which election will be valid and effective as of its formation, and its regarded owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be a “foreign corporation” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(5) of the Code). Borrower does not have, and has never had, a trade or business or a permanent establishment in any country other than the country of its organization.

Section 3.09 .   Disclosure.   Borrower has disclosed to Administrative Agent all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Borrower. All information provided with respect to Borrower and its Affiliates by or on behalf of Borrower to Administrative Agent in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, taken as a whole, was or will be, on or as of the applicable date of provision thereof, taken as a whole, complete and correct in all material respects and did not (or will not) contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made.

Section 3.10 .   Material Agreements. Borrower is not in default under any provision of any material agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or any of its properties or assets is bound that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Borrower.

 

38


Section 3.11 .   Solvency. Each of Borrower and Guarantor is, and upon the incurrence of any Obligations by Borrower on any date on which this representation and warranty is made or deemed made, will be, Solvent.

Section 3.12 .   Trading And Other Restrictions.

(a) Borrower is the direct, sole beneficial owner and sole holder of record of all Collateral.

(b) (i) Borrower’s holding period (as determined in accordance with Rule 144) as to the Collateral Shares consisting of TGP Shares and TOO Shares (excluding the 2015 Additional TOO Shares) began more than one year prior to the date hereof . , (ii) Borrower’s holding period (as determined in accordance with Rule 144) as to the Collateral Shares consisting of the 2015 Additional TOO Shares began on July 31, 2015 and (iii) Borrower’s holding period (as determined in accordance with Rule 144) as to the Collateral Shares consisting of (x) 8,076,530 TNK Shares began more than one year prior to the date hereof (the “ 2013 TNK Shares ”), (y) 4,166,666 TNK Shares began on December 24, 2014 (the “ 2014 TNK Shares ”) and (z) 4,511,278 TNK Shares began on August 7, 2015 (the “ 2015 TNK Shares ”).    

(c) The Collateral Shares constituting Eligible Collateral (i) are not subject to any restrictions on transfer or pledge that affect the ability of any Obligor to consummate any of the Transactions contemplated by the Margin Loan Documents or the ability of Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to exercise any remedies contemplated by the Margin Loan Documents, other than Existing Transfer Restrictions, (ii) do not contain any legends on the certificates therefor or other similar types of restrictions on such Shares, and do not require any opinions from Issuer’s counsel, or the removal of any “stop transfer order” prior to the sale of such Shares, (iii) are not subject to any shareholders agreement, investor rights agreements, or any other similar agreements or any voting or other contractual restrictions that affect the ability of any Obligor to consummate any of the Transactions contemplated by the Margin Loan Documents or the ability of Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to exercise any remedies contemplated by the Margin Loan Documents and (iv) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

Section 3.13 .   Capitalization and Subsidiaries. Borrower has no Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.13 sets forth a true and complete listing of each class of each of Borrower’s authorized Equity Interests, of which all of such issued shares are validly issued, outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable, and owned beneficially and of record by the Persons identified on Schedule 3.13.

Section 3.14 .   Patriot Act; Sanctioned Persons.

(a) Borrower is not an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. § 1 et seq.), as amended. Borrower and each of its Affiliates is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and (ii) the Act, to the extent that any such Act is applicable to it. No part of the proceeds of any Advance will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or governmental employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity on behalf of a government, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

39


(b) Neither Borrower nor Guarantor is a Person that is (i) the subject of any sanctions (A) administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority or (B) pursuant to the U.S. Iran Sanctions Act, as amended (collectively, the “ Sanctions ”) , nor (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria). No part of the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the Facility, whether as lender, underwriter, advisor, investor, or otherwise). Neither Borrower nor Guarantor has, in the past five years, knowingly engaged in, is now knowingly engaged in, or will engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

Section 3.15 . Material Nonpublic Information.   Borrower is not in possession of any adverse Material Nonpublic Information with respect to either any Issuer or either any of the Shares.

Section 3.16 .   Restricted Transactions. As of each of the Closing Date and the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, Borrower is not a party to any Restricted Transactions in respect of Borrower.

Section 3.17.  Conduct of Business. Borrower is not engaged in any business other than as described in Section 6.03.

Section 3.18 .   Ownership of Property; Ownership of Shares.   (a) As of the Closing Date, Borrower owns directly 11,250,000 TGP Shares and 11,250,000 TOO Shares, and has no other material assets and (b) as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, Borrower owns directly 25,208,274 TGP Shares, 16,754,474 TNK Shares and 38,211,772 TOO Shares, and has no other material assets .

Section 3.19 .   No Sovereign Immunity.   Neither Borrower nor any of its assets or properties has any right of immunity on the grounds of sovereignty from jurisdiction of any court or from setoff or any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) under the Law of any jurisdiction.

 

40


ARTICLE 4

C ONDITIONS O F L ENDING

Section 4.01 .   Conditions Precedent to First Borrowing.   The obligation of each Lender to make an Advance on the occasion of the first Borrowing hereunder is subject to satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following documents, duly executed, each dated on or prior to the Closing Date, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(i) duly executed counterparts of this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Control Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement;

(ii) a UCC financing statement in appropriate form for filing with the Recorder of Deeds in the District of Columbia;

(iii) (x) certificate of Borrower, dated on or prior to the Closing Date and executed by any Director, Officer or the Secretary, which shall (A) certify the resolutions of its Board of Directors, members or other body authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Margin Loan Documents to which it is a party, (B) identify by name and title the Responsible Officers, and (C) contain appropriate attachments, including the Organization Documents of Borrower (which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit K attached hereto), certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of Borrower, and a Certificate of Compliance for Borrower, from its jurisdiction of organization; and (y) incumbency certificate, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signatures of the Responsible Officers authorized to sign the Margin Loan Documents;

(iv) (x) certificate of Guarantor, dated on or prior to the Closing Date and executed by its Secretary, which shall (A) certify the resolutions of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Margin Loan Documents to which it is a party, (B) identify by name and title of the Responsible Officers, and (C) contain appropriate attachments, including the Organization Documents of Guarantor, and a Certificate of Goodstanding for Guarantor, from its jurisdiction of organization; and (y) incumbency certificate, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signatures of the Responsible Officers authorized to sign the Margin Loan Documents;

(v) a solvency certificate from a Responsible Officer for each of Borrower and Guarantor;

(vi) legal opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, special New York counsel to Borrower and Guarantor; legal opinion of Alexanders, Bermuda counsel to Borrower; legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, special Marshall Islands counsel to Guarantor; each substantially in the form of exhibits to this Agreement;

 

41


(vii) for each Obligor, the results of a recent lien search in such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization and, if different, such Obligor’s “location” (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-307) and each of the jurisdictions where assets of such Obligor are located, and, in the case of Borrower, such search shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of Borrower except for liens permitted by Section 6.02 or discharged on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to a pay-off letter or other documentation satisfactory to Lender.

(viii) completed FRB Forms U-1 with respect to the Facility duly executed by Borrower;

(ix) the most recent account statements of Borrower with respect to each asset owned by Borrower, to the extent any such account statements have been prepared, and a certificate of a Responsible Officer, dated as of the Closing Date, (A) certifying that the aforementioned account statements, if any, are true, correct and complete and (B) containing a list of all Indebtedness, tax liabilities and/or commitments of Borrower, a description of the material terms of each item on such list (including the amount of any liability thereunder, whether contingent, direct or otherwise, the due date for each such liability, the total unfunded commitment, if any, and the rate of interest, if any, applicable thereto) and a certification that such list is true, correct and complete and that Borrower has no other Indebtedness, tax liabilities or commitments other than those set forth on such list (the “ Borrower Financial Statements ”);

(x) (w) audited consolidated financial statements of Guarantor for the 2009, 2010, and 2011 fiscal years, (x) unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of Guarantor for each fiscal quarter ended after the date of the latest applicable financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (w) of this paragraph as to which such financial statements are available, and (y) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Guarantor, dated as of the Closing Date, (A) certifying, in the case of the financial statements delivered under clause (x) above, as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Guarantor in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (B) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto (the “ Guarantor Financial Statements ”);

(xi) evidence that each of Borrower and Guarantor has duly appointed a process agent in New York City to accept such service of any and all writs, process and summonses for any action arising out of this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document; and

(xii) an Issuer Acknowledgement executed by each Issuer.

(b) The Collateral Account shall have been established by Borrower, and the Collateral Shares shall have been credited to the Collateral Account free from all Transfer Restrictions (other than Existing Transfer Restrictions) by book-entry transfer through DTC, as depositary.

 

42


(c) Immediately prior to such Borrowing, the quotient of (i) the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all Lenders hereunder divided by (ii) the Share Collateral Value shall be equal to or less than the Initial LTV Ratio.

(d) The Basket Ratio Requirement shall be satisfied at the time of such Borrowing.

(e) All documented fees required to be paid under the Margin Loan Documents on or before the Closing Date, including the Structuring Fee and Lender Expenses invoiced prior to the Closing Date, shall have been paid.

(f) No Change in Law shall have occurred and be continuing that, after giving effect to such Borrowing, would result in Borrower being obligated to compensate Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to such Change in Law pursuant to the terms of Section 2.11.

Section 4.02 .   Conditions Precedent To Each Advance.   The obligation of each Lender to make any Advance on the occasion of any Borrowing (including the first Borrowing hereunder) shall be subject to the following further conditions precedent:

(a) Each of the representations and warranties of Borrower and Guarantor contained in Article 3 or in any other Margin Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date;

(b) Since the date of the last financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(x) or Section 5.01, as applicable, with respect to Guarantor, no event or condition has resulted in, or could be reasonably expected to cause, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guarantor;

(c) Borrower shall have delivered a Borrowing Notice in accordance with the requirements hereof;

(d) Immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing, the LTV Ratio shall not exceed the Initial LTV Ratio;

(e) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from such Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom;

(f) Borrower shall not have provided notice of termination of the Commitments; and

(g) The Collateral Requirement shall have been satisfied.

 

43


ARTICLE 5

A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS O F B ORROWER

On and after the Closing Date and so long as any Lender has a commitment to make an Advance or any Obligations (other than indemnification obligations for which no claim has accrued or been asserted) remain outstanding:

Section 5.01 .   Financial Statements. Borrower will furnish to Administrative Agent or cause to be furnished to Administrative Agent:

(a) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of each Obligor, such Obligor’s audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of such Obligor in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, accompanied by any management letter prepared by said accountants; provided that Borrower shall have no obligation under this clause to provide any such financial statements, certificates or reports except to the extent Borrower has then prepared such items for its own internal use;

(b) within 90 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each Obligor, such Obligor’s consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of such Obligor’s Responsible Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of such Obligor in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; provided that Borrower shall have no obligation under this clause to provide any such financial statements, certificates or reports except to the extent Borrower has then prepared such items for its own internal use;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the applicable Obligor (or, in the case of Borrower, a Responsible Officer of Guarantor) (x) certifying, in the case of the financial statements delivered under clause (b), as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of such Obligor in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, and (y) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(d) In addition, Borrower shall promptly furnish to Administrative Agent such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of Borrower or Guarantor, or compliance with the terms of the Margin Loan Documents, as Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

44


Section 5.02 .   Notices Of Material Events.   Borrower shall furnish to Administrative Agent or cause to be furnished to Administrative Agent notice, as promptly as reasonably practicable after obtaining actual knowledge, of:

(a) the occurrence of (i) any Default, Potential Facility Amendment Event or Redocumentation Event or (ii) any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to either Borrower or Guarantor, including the receipt of any notice of any governmental investigation or any litigation commenced or threatened against Borrower or Guarantor;

(b) the occurrence of a Change of Control of Borrower or an Issuer;

(c) any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) or claim made or asserted against any of the Other Collateral, if any;

(d) any material loss, damage, or destruction to any Other Collateral, if any, whether or not covered by insurance.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 5.03 .   Existence; Conduct Of Business. Borrower shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, qualifications, licenses, permits, franchises and governmental authorizations material to the conduct of its business, and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted.

Section 5.04 .   Payment Of Taxes.   Borrower shall pay and discharge as and when the same shall become due and payable, all material Taxes imposed upon it or upon its property, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being diligently contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, (b) Borrower has set aside on its books appropriate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) in the case of any liabilities which have or may become or result in a Lien upon any Collateral, none of the Collateral is subject to unstayed proceedings to sell such Collateral.

Section 5.05 .   Compliance With Laws.   Borrower shall comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable material Laws and all material orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or its property.

Section 5.06 .   Compliance With Exchange Act Requirements. Borrower shall promptly comply with its reporting obligations under Sections 13 and 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the transactions contemplated hereunder, and Borrower shall give prior notice to Administrative Agent of any public filing of or relating to the Margin Loan Documents and provide Administrative Agent with a copy of any such report at least one Business Day prior to the filing thereof.

 

45


Section 5.07 .   Further Assurances.   As promptly as reasonably practicable upon the request of Administrative Agent, Borrower shall execute and/or deliver any additional agreements, documents and instruments, and take such further actions as Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable (a) to assure Collateral Agent is perfected with a first priority Lien on the Collateral and (b) to carry out the provisions and purposes of the Margin Loan Documents. Such agreements, documents or instruments or actions shall be reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

Section 5.08 .   Books And Records.   Borrower shall keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.

Section 5.09 .   Maintenance of Separateness.   Borrower shall:

(a) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts;

(b) at all times conduct its business solely in its own name and in a manner not misleading to third parties as to its identity (including through the use of separate stationary or letterhead);

(c) not commingle its assets with the assets of any other Person and hold its assets in its own name;

(d) comply strictly with any organization formalities to maintain its separate existence;

(e) pay its own liabilities out of its own funds (after giving effect to any intercompany loans or additional investments, directly or indirectly, by Guarantor permitted under the Margin Loan Documents);

(f) maintain an arm’s-length relationship with its Affiliates and enter into transactions with Affiliates only on a commercially reasonable basis and on terms similar to those of an arm’s-length transaction (except to the extent that Borrower may enter into any contract or any other affiliate transaction permitted under the Margin Loan Documents, including making Permitted Investments);

(g) maintain adequate capital appropriate to the contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities of Borrower; provided that Guarantor, as the ultimate beneficial owner, shall not be required to make any additional capital contributions to the Company except as required by, or occurring in connection with, the guarantee by Guarantor in favor of Administrative Agent and the Lenders;

(h) cause the directors, officers, agents and other representatives of Borrower to act at all times with respect to Borrower consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of Borrower;

(i) not identify itself as a division of any other Person and use reasonable efforts to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of Borrower; and

(j) any financial statements maintained by Borrower shall show its assets and liabilities separate and apart from those of any other Person.

 

46


Section 5.10.  Use Of Proceeds.   Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Advances for general corporate purposes, including Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments.

ARTICLE 6

N EGATIVE C OVENANTS

On and after the Closing Date and so long as any Lender has a commitment to make an Advance or any Obligations (other than indemnification obligations for which no claim has accrued or been asserted) remain outstanding:

Section 6.01 .   Indebtedness.   Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, other than the Obligations under the Margin Loan Documents.

Section 6.02 .   Liens.   Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon the Collateral or any other property or asset, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens.

Section 6.03 .   Fundamental Changes.

(a) Borrower shall not (i) engage in any activity other than (x) acquiring and holding the Shares, and activities incidental thereto or otherwise contemplated herein, (y) issuing Equity Interests, accepting capital contributions and activities incidental to any of the foregoing or (z) making Permitted Investments and activities incidental thereto; (ii) acquire or own any material assets other than the Shares, Cash, Cash Equivalents and Other Collateral, and property incidental thereto; (iii) own any material assets that are not held in the Collateral Account, (iv) engage in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by Borrower on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto; or (v) change its capital structure to include any interests other than a single class of equity interests.

Section 6.04 .   Asset Sales.   Borrower shall not sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any asset; provided that Borrower may sell or transfer assets for cash (not on an installment basis) to any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Guarantor in an arm’s-length transaction.

Section 6.05 .   Investments And Acquisitions.   Other than Shares, Cash, Cash Equivalents, Other Collateral or Permitted Investments, Borrower shall not purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit (whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise).

Section 6.06 .   Restricted Payments.   Borrower shall not declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payments with respect to Borrower, or incur any obligation to do so other than, so long as no Event of Default exists and is continuing, Restricted Payments of assets and properties not required to be held as Collateral under the Margin Loan Documentation.

 

47


Section 6.07 .   Investment Company. Borrower shall not become an “investment company” or a Person “controlled by” an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 6.08 .   No Amendment Of Organization Documents, Etc.   Borrower shall not consent to any material amendment, supplement or other modification of any of the terms or provisions of its Organization Documents, unless consented to by Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that an amendment, supplement or modification of the terms and provisions of Borrower’s Organization Documents to effect the replacement of a director or officer of Borrower may be made without Administrative Agent’s consent.

Section 6.09 .   Formation Of Subsidiaries.   Borrower shall not form, create, organize, incorporate or acquire any Subsidiaries.

Section 6.10 .   Restricted Transaction.   Neither Borrower nor Guarantor shall enter into, or agree to enter into, any Restricted Transaction.

Section 6.11.  No Impairment of Collateral Shares . Borrower shall not take any action that would materially impair the value of the Collateral Shares relative to the value of the Shares generally or impair Collateral Agent’s security interest therein or its ability to sell or otherwise realize against such Collateral Shares.

Section 6.12 .   Tax Status.   Borrower shall not change its status for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless Administrative Agent shall have provided its prior written consent to such change, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and at all times that it is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes it will have a “foreign corporation” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(5) of the Code) as its regarded owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Section 6.13.  Use Of Proceeds . Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Advance, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose in each case in violation of Regulation U of the FRB, or otherwise use any such proceeds, in each case in contravention of any Law or any Margin Loan Document.

 

48


Section 6.14. Provision Of Public Information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Margin Loan Documents, Borrower shall use good faith efforts not to provide to any employee or agent on the “public” side of the internal information wall (such internal information wall, the “ Wall ” and each such employee or agent, a “ public side person ”) of Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates any Material Nonpublic Information with respect to either any Issuer, their Subsidiaries or their securities in any document or notice required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement or communication in connection with this Agreement (each a “ Communication ”). Borrower shall be deemed to have represented that any such Communication addressed or directed by Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower to, or that Borrower or such Affiliate believes or should reasonably believe is likely be received by, any public side person contains no such Material Nonpublic Information. If at any time, Borrower is unable to make the representation required under the immediately preceding sentence, it shall use its reasonable best efforts to put itself in a position of being able to provide such a representation as promptly as practicable. If any public side person at Administrative Agent or any Lender or any of their Affiliates (each a “ Lender Party ”) receives from Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower any Material Nonpublic Information at any time, such Lender Party shall use reasonable efforts to bring such public side person over to the “private” side of such Wall with respect to such Material Nonpublic Information. If, notwithstanding such efforts, Administrative Agent, such Lender Party or the related Lender, as applicable, reasonably determines, based on the advice of counsel, that awareness of such Material Nonpublic Information could impair the ability of Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to exercise any of its remedies under any Margin Loan Document, such Lender Party may, solely in connection with the exercise of its remedies under Section 9 of the Security Agreement with respect to the TGP Shares , TNK Shares or TOO Shares, as applicable, and with prior notice to Borrower, disclose such Material Nonpublic Information publicly, to any potential purchaser of the Collateral or to any other Person in order to remedy such impairment. For the avoidance of doubt, no communication (i) between Borrower and any employee or agent of Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on the “private” side of the Wall of Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Affiliate or (ii) to any employee or agent of Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates initiated or solicited by that employee or agent, shall in either case be deemed to violate the provisions of this Section 6.14.

ARTICLE 7

E VENTS O F D EFAULT

Section 7.01 .   Events Of Default.   If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur:

(a) Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Advance or Make Whole Amount when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise; provided that if Borrower can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of Administrative Agent that all necessary instructions were given to effect such payment and the non-receipt thereof is attributable solely to an error in the banking system, such payment shall instead be deemed to be due and payable, solely for the purposes of this paragraph, within 3 Business Days of the originally scheduled due date for such payment;

(b) Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Advance or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in Section 7.01) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

 

49


(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Borrower or Guarantor herein or in any Margin Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any Margin Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been materially incorrect when made or deemed made;

(d) Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to perform or observe any covenant, condition or agreement applicable to it in Section 5.02, 5.03, 5.04, 5.05, 5.06, 5.09 or Article 6 (but excluding Section 6.14) of this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document;

(e) Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement in this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document other than any such covenant, condition or agreement, referred to in any other Section of this Section 7.01 and such failure shall not have been remedied or waived within 30 days of receipt by Borrower and Guarantor of written notice from Administrative Agent of such Default.

(f) (i) any event or condition shall occur that results in any Material Indebtedness of any Cross-Default Person becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, provided that this clause shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; or (ii) there shall occur under any Swap Contract to which any Cross-Default Person is a party an early termination date (howsoever defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from any event of default (howsoever defined in such Swap Contract) under such Swap Contract as to which any Cross-Default Person is the defaulting party (howsoever defined in such Swap Contract) and the Swap Termination Value owed by such Cross-Default Person as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount, and in each case of clause (i) or (ii) such failure or occurrence shall continue unremedied for a period of two Business Days;

(g) (i) Borrower, Guarantor, an Issuer or any Material Subsidiary of Borrower, Guarantor or an Issuer shall become unable or admit in writing its inability or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; (ii) Borrower, Guarantor, an Issuer or any Material Subsidiary of Borrower, Guarantor or an Issuer shall institute or consent to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall apply for or consent to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; (iii) any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer shall be appointed without the application or consent of Borrower, Guarantor, an Issuer or any Material Subsidiary of Borrower, Guarantor or an Issuer and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for ninety (90) calendar days; (iv) any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to Borrower, Guarantor, an Issuer or any Material Subsidiary of Borrower, Guarantor or an Issuer or to all or any material part of the property of Borrower, Guarantor, an Issuer or any Material Subsidiary of Borrower, Guarantor or an Issuer shall be instituted without the consent of such Person, as the case may be, and continues undismissed or unstayed for ninety (90) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or (v) Borrower, Guarantor, an Issuer or any Material Subsidiary of Borrower, Guarantor or an Issuer shall take any action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this Section;

 

50


(h) (i) any material provision of any Margin Loan Document for any reason ceases to be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms or (ii) Borrower or Guarantor shall challenge the enforceability of any Margin Loan Document or shall assert in writing, or engage in any action or inaction based on any such assertion, that any provision of any of the Margin Loan Documents has ceased to be or otherwise is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms;

(i) (i) the Security Agreement shall for any reason fail to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien in the Collateral, except as permitted by the terms thereof, the Security Agreement shall fail to remain in full force or effect or Collateral Agent ceases to have a first priority perfected Lien in the Collateral or (ii) Borrower or Guarantor shall take any action to discontinue or assert in writing the invalidity or unenforceability of the Security Agreement, or Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to comply with any of the terms or provisions of the Security Agreement;

(j) any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process in excess of the Threshold Amount shall be entered or filed against Borrower or Guarantor on any of their respective Assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of 30 (thirty) days;

(k) there shall occur a change in the assets of Guarantor such that Guarantor has no material assets other than its indirect ownership interest in Borrower;

(l)  (i) the number of shares of TGP Shares or TOO Shares constituting Collateral Shares shall represent more than 19.9 40 % of the number of outstanding TGP Shares or TOO Shares, as the case may be, or (ii) the number of shares of TNK Shares constituting Collateral Shares shall represent more than 20% of the number of outstanding TNK Shares, in each case for a period of ten consecutive Business Days;

(m) any Governmental Authority shall condemn, nationalize, seize or otherwise expropriate all or any substantial part of the property, shares of capital stock or equity or other assets of any Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or either any Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(n) there shall occur a Change of Control with respect to Borrower or an Issuer, and such Change of Control shall continue for three Business Days; or

(o) there shall occur a Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event; provided that such Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event will not constitute an Event of Default if (i) within the applicable Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event Grace Period, Borrower prepays outstanding Borrowings pursuant to Section 2.10(a) (the amount of such prepayment, the “ Deficiency Amount ”) and/or pledges additional Eligible Collateral pursuant to Section 2.10(c) such that immediately after giving effect to such prepayments prepayment and/or pledge the LTV Ratio is equal to or less than the Initial PSCT LTV Ratio or (ii) at all times during the applicable Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event Grace Period, the Deficiency Amount, if Borrower were to prepay pursuant to clause (i) above, would be less than $5,000,000 ;

 

51


then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, Administrative Agent shall, at the request of Lenders having aggregate Applicable Percentages equal to or in excess of 50% at such time, by written notice to Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) declare the Total Accrued Loan Amount to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Total Accrued Loan Amount (including the applicable Make Whole Amount, if any, payable to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender pursuant to Section 2.08(c)) shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower and (ii) declare the Commitments to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate; provided that upon the occurrence in respect of Borrower of any event of the type described in Section 7.01(g), (x) the Total Accrued Loan Amount shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower and (y) the Commitments shall automatically be terminated. Upon the occurrence and the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may exercise any rights and remedies provided to Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Margin Loan Document or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the UCC.

ARTICLE 8

A DMINISTRATIVE A GENT

Section 8.01 .   Administrative Agent.

Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

The Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Borrower, Guarantor or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

52


Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for elsewhere in this agreement), provided that Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to this Agreement, the other Margin Loan Documents or applicable law, and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Borrower, Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, pursuant to this Agreement) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to Administrative Agent by Borrower or a Lender and Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or the other Margin Loan Documents, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to Administrative Agent.

Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of an Advance that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Advance. Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder by or through any one or more subagents appointed by Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

 

53


Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders (calculated without regard to the Applicable Percentage of the resigning Administrative Agent) shall have the right, in consultation with Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a commercial bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such commercial bank with an office in New York, New York, and which may, for the avoidance of doubt, be a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Margin Loan Documents and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this paragraph. The successor shall be consented to by Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default (which consent of Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Margin Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

54


ARTICLE 9

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.01 .   Amendments, Etc.

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Margin Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except (x) as set forth in Sections 9.01(b), 9.01(c) or 9.01(d) or (y) pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Borrower, Guarantor (as applicable) and the Required Lenders or by Borrower, Guarantor (as applicable) and Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Advance or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Advance or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.16(c) or (d) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) release Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement, without the written consent of each Lender, (vi) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; provided, further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of Administrative Agent under any Margin Loan Document without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender will not be entitled to vote in respect of amendments and waivers hereunder and the Commitment and the outstanding Advance or other extensions of credit of such Lender hereunder will not be taken into account in determining whether the Required Lenders have approved any such amendment or waiver (and the definition of “Required Lenders” will automatically be deemed modified accordingly for the duration of such period); provided that any such amendment or waiver that would increase the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, reduce the principal amount of any Advance of such Defaulting Lender or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable owing to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Advance of such Defaulting Lender or any interest thereon, or any fees payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, or alter the terms of this proviso, will require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Share Collateral Trigger Event, Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, in consultation with Borrower to the extent reasonably practicable and to the extent that such consultation would not cause undue delay, propose to amend one or more of the material terms of any Margin Loan Document other than the Guarantee Agreement (subject to the proviso to Section 9.01(a)) by delivering written notice of such proposed amendments to Borrower and the Lenders. Such amendments will take effect at the applicable Amendment Effective Time; provided that following receipt of such notice, Borrower may (i) prepay in full the Total Accrued Loan Amount to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender prior to the Amendment Effective Time, in which case the proposed amendments will not take effect and (ii) if Borrower makes the payment described in clause (i), Borrower may (but shall not be required to) simultaneously terminate the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05(b) without paying any Make Whole Amount.

 

55


(c) If any of the following events (“ Potential Facility Amendment Events ”) shall occur:

(i) the occurrence of the tenth scheduled Exchange Business Day prior to the scheduled consummation of a Merger Event in relation to an Issuer, unless Calculation Agent determines that such consummation is unlikely to occur;

(ii) the announcement of an event that if consummated or completed would result in a Delisting of the TGP Shares , the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares and such shares not being immediately relisted on a Designated Exchange;

(iii) the payment of an Extraordinary Dividend with respect to either the TGP Shares , the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares;

(iv) the occurrence of the record date in respect of a distribution, issue or dividend to existing holders of the TGP Shares , the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares of share capital or other securities of another issuer acquired or owned (directly or indirectly) by the relevant Issuer in connection with a spin-off or other similar transaction with a value greater than 35% of the value of the share capital of the relevant Issuer immediately prior to such record date, as determined by Calculation Agent; or

(v) suspension from trading of the TGP Shares , the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares on the applicable Exchange for three consecutive Exchange Business Days, other than a suspension that affects all common equity securities on such Exchange;

then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, in consultation with Borrower to the extent reasonably practicable and to the extent such consultation would not cause undue delay, propose to amend one or more of the material terms of any Margin Loan Document other than the Guarantee Agreement (subject to the proviso to Section 9.01(a)) to account for such Potential Facility Amendment Event by delivering written notice of such proposed amendments to Borrower and the Lenders. Such amendments will take effect at the applicable Amendment Effective Time; provided that following receipt of such notice, Borrower may, prior to the Amendment Effective Time, (x) prepay in full the Total Accrued Loan Amount to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender and (y) terminate the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05(b) without paying any Make Whole Amount (and, for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower must take the action described in clause (y) if Borrower takes the action described in clause (x)).

 

56


(d) Upon the occurrence of a Redocumentation Event, Borrower may, on or prior to the applicable Amendment Effective Time, (x) prepay in full the Total Accrued Loan Amount to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender and (y) terminate the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05(b) without paying any Make Whole Amount (and, for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower must take the action described in clause (y) if Borrower takes the action described in clause (x)). Unless Borrower so elects to prepay the Total Accrued Loan Amount and terminate the Commitments pursuant to the preceding sentence, then after the applicable Amendment Effective Time, Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, split the Facility into a separate facility with each Lender (each a “ Separate Facility ”) on economic terms identical to those of the Facility (subject to any necessary conforming changes), with aggregate Commitments and outstanding Advances equal to the Commitments and outstanding Advances under the Facility, and which shall be documented in separate agreements on substantially the same terms and conditions as this Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents; provided that all conditions precedent to the making of the Advances on the occasion of the first Borrowing specified in this Agreement shall be deemed to be satisfied upon Borrower’s entry into the Separate Facilities and Borrower shall not be required to deliver any certificates, certifications, opinions or other documents upon its entry into the Separate Facilities other than (i) standard corporate housekeeping opinions (with the cost of such opinions to be paid by the applicable Lender or Lenders, as the case may be, requesting such opinions) and (ii) UCC financing statements in an appropriate form for filing with the Recorder of Deeds in the District of Columbia and completed Federal Reserve Board Forms U-1, to the extent necessary; provided, further that Borrower shall not be required to incur any increased tax, cost or expense (other than its own out-of-pocket fees and expenses of counsel) in connection with the establishment and maintenance of the Separate Facilities other than increased taxes, costs or expenses that Borrower would be required to incur under this Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents. The parties will work together in good faith to agree on documentation for the Separate Facilities that takes into account changes appropriate to reflect the fact that each Separate Facility has a single Lender (including, for the avoidance of doubt, changes to the definition of Permitted Liens to reflect the fact that Borrower will pledge collateral separately to each Lender). A Lender shall be Administrative Agent under each Separate Facility with a single Commitment and outstanding Advances proportional to the Commitment of such Lender under the Facility, and each Separate Facility will have its own Collateral Agent and will be separately secured by a portion of the Collateral proportional to the Commitment in respect of such Separate Facility. Borrower will not be responsible for any fees, costs or other expenses incurred by Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the establishment and maintenance of the Separate Facilities, other than fees, costs and other expenses for which Borrower would be responsible under this Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents.

 

57


Section 9.02 .   Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications.

(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in Subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile or email as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to Borrower, to:

Deliver by courier to:

Teekay Finance Limited

4th Floor, Belvedere Building

69 Pitts Bay Road

Hamilton, HM 08 Bermuda

Attn: Mark Cave, President & Secretary Edith Robinson

Telephone No.: (441) 298- 2530 2533

Facsimile No.: (441) 292-3931

Email: mark edie . cave robinson @teekay.com

with a copy to:

Teekay Finance Limited

Suite No. 1778

48 Par-la-Ville Road

Hamilton, HM 11 Bermuda

Attn: Mark Cave, President & Secretary Edith Robinson

with a copy to:

Teekay Corporation

c/o Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd.

Suite 2000 Bentall 5

550 Burrard Street

Vancouver, BC V6C 2K2

Canada

Attn: Renee Eng, Manager, Treasury

Telephone No.: (604) 609-6418

Facsimile No.: (604) 681-3011

and

Rafal Gawlowski

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(ii) if to Administrative Agent, to its applicable address set forth on Schedule 9.02.

(iii) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or facsimile number or electronic mail address or telephone number) set forth on Schedule 9.02 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes party to this Agreement or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to Borrower and Administrative Agent.

 

58


Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in Subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such Subsection (b).

(b) (i) Notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received when sent absent receipt of a failure to deliver notice, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address (including email address), facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(d) Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower. Borrower shall indemnify Administrative Agent and the Lenders and the Related Parties of Administrative Agent and the Lenders from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower, except to the extent such losses, costs, expenses and liabilities arise from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with Administrative Agent or any Lender may be recorded by such Person, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

(e) Borrower hereby agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or proceeding brought under any Margin Loan Document may be made upon Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, presently located at 1133 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036 (the “ Process Agent ”), and Borrower hereby confirms and agrees that the Process Agent has been duly and irrevocably appointed as its agent and true and lawful attorney-in-fact in its name, place and stead to accept such service of any and all such writs, process and summonses, and agrees that the failure of the Process Agent to give any notice of any such service of process to Borrower shall not impair or affect the validity of such service or of any judgment based thereon. Borrower hereby further irrevocably consents to the service of process in any suit, action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 9.08(d).

 

59


(f) Each Lender that is not otherwise subject to service of writs, process or summonses in New York City hereby agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or proceeding brought under any Margin Loan Document may be made upon JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., presently located at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (the “ Lender Process Agent ”), and such Lender hereby confirms and agrees that the Lender Process Agent has been duly and irrevocably appointed as its agent and true and lawful attorney-in-fact in its name, place and stead to accept such service of any and all such writs, process and summonses, and agrees that the failure of the Lender Process Agent to give any notice of any such service of process to such Lender shall not impair or affect the validity of such service or of any judgment based thereon. Each such Lender further irrevocably consents to the service of process in any suit, action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 9.08(d).

Section 9.03 .   No Waiver; Remedies.

(a) No failure or delay by Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Margin Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under any other Margin Loan Document are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Margin Loan Document or consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 9.01, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of Administrative Agent or any Lender to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of an Advance shall not be construed as a waiver of any Event of Default, regardless of whether Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Event of Default at the time.

(b) The Advances are made with full recourse to Borrower and constitute direct, general, unconditional and unsubordinated Indebtedness of Borrower.

(c) Borrower, Administrative Agent and each Lender acknowledge and agree that the Margin Loan Documents collectively are intended to constitute a “securities contract” as such term is defined in Section 741(7) of the Bankruptcy Code and that each delivery, transfer, payment and grant of a security interest made or required to be made hereunder or contemplated hereby or made, required to be made or contemplated in connection herewith is a “transfer” and a “margin payment” or a “settlement payment” within the meaning of Section 362(b)(6) and/or (27) and Sections 546(e) and/or (j) of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, all obligations under or in connection with the Margin Loan Documents represent obligations in respect of “termination values,” “payment amounts” or “other transfer obligations” within the meaning of Sections 362 and 561 of the Bankruptcy Code. The parties further acknowledge and agree that the Margin Loan Documents collectively constitute a “master netting agreement” within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

60


Section 9.04 .   Costs And Expenses; Indemnification; Damage Waiver.

(a) Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (whether outside counsel or the allocated costs of its internal legal department), in connection with the Facility provided for herein, the preparation and administration of the Margin Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions of the Margin Loan Documents (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated but only so long as the Lenders are ready, willing and able to make the Advances contemplated by this Agreement upon satisfaction of all conditions precedent to the making of such Advances) (the “ Lender Expenses ”), but only up to an aggregate amount equal to the Lender Expenses Cap, and (ii) all expenses incurred by Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or the Lenders or any of their respective Affiliates, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel (whether outside counsel or the allocated costs of its internal legal department), in connection with the enforcement, collection or protection of its rights in connection with the Margin Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Advances made hereunder, including, subject to Section 9.01(d), all such expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Advances.

(b) Borrower shall indemnify Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and each Lender (and any sub-agent thereof) and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by Borrower or any Related Party of Borrower arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery or administration of this Agreement, any other Margin Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the enforcement or protection of their rights hereunder and thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any other Margin Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Advance or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, or (iii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by Borrower or any other Related Party of Borrower, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) arise out of any dispute among Indemnitees (other than a dispute involving claims against Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, in each case in their respective capacities as such) that did not involve actions or omissions of Borrower, Guarantor or their respective Affiliates.

 

61


(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Margin Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Advance or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in Subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Margin Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent such charges result from the willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of such Indemnitee.

(d) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

(e) To the extent that Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to Administrative Agent or any Related Party thereof under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to Administrative Agent or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against Administrative Agent in its capacity as such, or against any Related Person acting for Administrative Agent in connection with such capacity.

(f) The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of the Facility and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

Section 9.05 .   Collateral Agent.

Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby appoint Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent hereunder to take such actions on their behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such agent by the terms of this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Guarantee or by any written instruction of Administrative Agent, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably related thereto to the extent permitted by applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Collateral Agent is hereby expressly authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and exercise the rights as a secured party on behalf of Administrative Agent and each Lender with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Agreement to the extent permitted by applicable law. Citibank, N.A. hereby accepts and agrees to such appointment.

Section 9.06 .   Calculation Agent.

The parties hereto hereby appoint Citibank, N.A. as Calculation Agent to take such actions, and to exercise such powers, as are delegated to such agent by the terms of the Margin Loan Documents, and Citibank, N.A. hereby accepts and agrees to such appointment. Whenever Calculation Agent is required to act or to exercise judgment in any way, it shall do so in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner and, when reasonably practicable, in consultation with Borrower and to the extent that such consultation would not cause undue delay. Following any determination, calculation or other act by Calculation Agent, upon request by Borrower, Calculation Agent will provide to Borrower a report (in a commonly used file format for the storage and manipulation of financial data) displaying, in reasonable detail, the basis for such determination, calculation or action, it being understood that Calculation Agent will not be obligated to disclose any proprietary models or other confidential or proprietary information or data used by it for such determination, calculation or action.

 

62


Section 9.07 .   Payments Set Aside.

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Administrative Agent or any Lender, or Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises their right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred.

Section 9.08 .   Governing Law; Submission To Jurisdiction.

(a) The Margin Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, laws of the State of New York without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions other than Section 5 1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

(b) Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. Federal or New York State court sitting in New York, New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Margin Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document shall affect any right that Administrative Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document against Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document in any court referred to in Subsection (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.02(a). Nothing in this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Law.

 

63


(e) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MARGIN LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER MARGIN LOAN DOCUMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.08(e).

Section 9.09 .   Successors and Assigns.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any other Margin Loan Document without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of Administrative Agent and each Lender) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to a single assignee all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Advances at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

(A) Borrower; provided that no consent of Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or, if a payment or bankruptcy Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Person (other than a natural person); and

(B) Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to an Affiliate of a Lender.

 

64


(ii) Assignments by a Lender shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) in no event shall there be more than two Lenders;

(B) the amount of the Commitment or Advances of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, and the amount of the Commitment or Advances of the assigning Lender remaining after each such assignment (in each case determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to Administrative Agent), in each case shall not be less than the lesser of (1) $10,000,000 and (2) the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Advances, as applicable, unless each of Borrower and Administrative Agent otherwise consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

(C) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; and

(D) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.11, 2.12, 2.14 and 9.15). Upon request, Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a promissory note in the form described in Section 2.15(d) to the assignee Lender, and the promissory note, if any, theretofore held by the assignor Lender shall be returned to Borrower in exchange for a new promissory note, payable to the assignee Lender and reflecting its retained interest (if any) hereunder. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.09 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Advances owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and Borrower, Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

65


(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) Any Lender may, without the consent of Borrower or Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than Borrower of any of its Affiliates) (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Margin Loan Document (including all or a portion of the Advances); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under the Margin Loan Document shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the other parties hereto shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Subject to Subsection (d) of this Section, Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.11, 2.12, and 2.14 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.12(e) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.12(e) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.16 as though it were a Lender. Any Lender that sells a participation to a Participant, shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amount (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in this Agreement and the other Margin Loan Document; provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of such register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments or Advances or its other obligations under any Margin Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment or Advance or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

(d) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.11 and 2.12 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent that such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.

 

66


(e) Any Lender may at any time (i) pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender or (ii) enter into derivative transactions relating to such Lender’s Commitments or Advances, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest or derivative transaction; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest or derivative transaction shall (x) release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee, assignee or derivative transaction counterparty for such Lender as a party hereto or (y) result in the rehypothecation of any Collateral.

Section 9.10 .   Severability.   Any provision of any Margin Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 9.11 . Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Margin Loan Document and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to Administrative Agent or the Lenders constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Article 4, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by Administrative Agent and when Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 9.12 .   Survival Of Representations.   All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by Borrower in the Margin Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Margin Loan Documents and the making of any Advances, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Advance or any other Obligation under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or unsatisfied. The provisions of Sections 2.11, 2.12, 2.14, Section 8.01 and Article 9 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Advances, the resignation or replacement of Administrative Agent or the termination of this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof.

 

67


Section 9.13 .   Confidentiality.   Subject to Section 6.14, each of Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Administrative Agent or any Lender (in which case the disclosing party agrees to inform Borrower promptly of such disclosure, unless such notice is prohibited by applicable Law and except in connection with any request as part of a regulatory examination), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process (in which case the disclosing party agrees to inform Borrower promptly of such disclosure to the extent permitted by law and except in connection with a regulatory examination or an audit or examination conducted by bank accountants), (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Borrower or its Affiliates. For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from Borrower relating to Borrower or its business hereunder or pursuant hereto, other than any such information that is available to Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower; provided that, in the case of information received from Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Section 9.14 .   No Advisory Or Fiduciary Relationship.   In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Margin Loan Document), Borrower acknowledges and agrees that: (a)(i) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by Administrative Agent and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, (ii) Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Margin Loan Document; (b)(i) each of Administrative Agent and each Lender is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing herein or otherwise by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (ii) each of Administrative Agent and each Lender has no obligation to Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Margin Loan Document; and (c) Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of Borrower and its Affiliates, and each of Administrative Agent and each Lender has no obligations to disclose any of such interests to Borrower or any of its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against Administrative Agent or the Lenders or their respective Affiliates with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

68


Section 9.15 .   Right Of Setoff.   If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and each Lender (each, a “ Set-off Party ”) is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Set-off Party to or for the credit or the account of Borrower against any and all of the obligations and liabilities of Borrower, irrespective of whether or not the relevant Set-off Party shall have made any demand under the Margin Loan Documents and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Set-off Party under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Set-off Party may have.

Section 9.16 .   Judgment Currency.   If a judgment, order or award is rendered by any court or tribunal for the payment of any amounts owing to Administrative Agent or any Lender under this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document or for the payment of damages in respect of a judgment or order of another court or tribunal for the payment of such amount or damages, such judgment, order or award being expressed in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than Dollars, Borrower agrees (a) that its obligations in respect of any such amounts owing shall be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following Administrative Agent or such Lender’s receipt, as applicable, of any sum adjudged in the Judgment Currency, Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, may purchase Dollars with the Judgment Currency, and (b) to indemnify and hold harmless Administrative Agent or such Lender against any deficiency in terms of Dollars in the amounts actually received by Administrative Agent or such Lender following any such purchase (after deduction of any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, Dollars). The indemnity set forth in the preceding sentence shall (notwithstanding any judgment referred to in the preceding sentence) constitute an obligation of Borrower separate and independent from its other obligations hereunder and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Section 9.17 .   USA PATRIOT Act Notice.   Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended (the “ Act ”), and Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow Administrative Agent or such Lender to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act. Borrower agrees to promptly provide Administrative Agent or such Lender with all of the information requested by such Person to the extent such Person deems such information reasonably necessary to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act.

 

69


Section 9.18 .   Interest Rate Limitation.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Advance, together with all fees, charges and other amounts that are treated as interest on such Advance under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Advance in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Advance hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Advance but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Advances or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 9.19 .   Disclosure.   Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Administrative Agent and each Lender and/or their Affiliates from time to time may hold investments in, make other loans to or have other relationships with Borrower or its Affiliates.

[END OF TEXT]

 

70


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers or representatives thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER :
TEEKAY FINANCE LIMITED,
as Borrower
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Margin Loan Agreement]


   

CITIBANK, N.A.,

    as Administrative Agent
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:
   

CITIBANK, N.A.,

    as Collateral Agent and solely in respect of Section 9.05
    By:  

 

     

Name:

     

Title:

Commitment: $100,000,000    

CITIBANK, N.A.,

   

as a Lender

    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:
Commitment: $100,000,000     JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,
    as a Lender
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:

 

[Signature Page to Margin Loan Agreement]


Schedule 1.01(a)

The following haircuts shall be applicable for purposes of determining the Collateral Value of Cash Equivalents:

(a) in the case of readily marketable direct obligations of the Government of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the Government of the United States with a remaining time to maturity: (i) equal to or less than one year, 99%; (ii) greater than one year but equal to or less than five years, 96%; (iii) greater than five years but equal to or less than ten years, 94%; and (iv) greater than ten years but equal to or less than 30 years, 88%;

(b) in the case of certificates of deposit of or time deposits with any commercial bank that is a Lender or a member of the Federal Reserve System that issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) of the definition of Cash Equivalents, is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and has combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000: 97%;

(c) in the case of commercial paper in an aggregate amount of no more than $10,000,000 per issuer outstanding at any time, issued by any corporation organized under the laws of any state of the United States and rated at least “Prime 1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or “A 1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P: 97%; and

(d) in the case of offshore overnight interest bearing deposits in foreign branches of Administrative Agent, any Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender: 98%.


Schedule 1.01(b)

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Amendment No. 1 Structuring Fee ” means a fee payable on January 6, 2014 by Borrower to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender, as consideration for the agreements of the Lenders under Amendment No. 1, equal to 0.90% of the total Incremental Commitments of such Lender.

Amendment No. 2 Structuring Fee ” means a fee payable on January 7, 2015 by Borrower to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender, as consideration for the agreements of the Lenders under Amendment No. 2, equal to 0.90% of the Aggregate Commitment of such Lender.

Commitment Fee Rate ” means, with respect to any Lender for any calendar day, the rate per annum determined by reference to the table below, based on the Utilization with respect to such Lender for such calendar day.

 

Utilization

 

Commitment Fee Rate

Less than 15%   1.50% per annum
15% or greater, but less than 30%   1.25% per annum
30% or greater, but less than 45%   1.00% per annum
45% or greater, but less than 60%   0.75% per annum
60% or greater, but less than 75%   0.50% per annum
75% or greater   0.25% per annum

Initial LTV Ratio ” means twenty-seven and one-half percent (27.5%).

Lender Expenses Cap ” means $250,000.

Make Whole Amount ” means, if Borrower elects to terminate the Commitments (i) on or prior to the date that is 12 calendar months following the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, 2.25% of the total Commitments, (ii) after the date that is 12 calendar months following the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date but on or prior to the date that is 24 calendar months following the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, 1.50% of the sum of the total Original Commitments and the total Incremental Commitments (for the avoidance of doubt, not including the 2014 Incremental Commitments), (iii) after the date that is 24 calendar months following the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date but on or prior to the date that is 36 calendar months following the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, 0.75% of the sum of the total Original Commitments and the total Incremental Commitments (for the avoidance of doubt, not including the 2014 Incremental Commitments).


PSCT LTV Ratio ” means twenty-five percent (25%).

Spread ” means 3.95% per annum.

Structuring Fee ” means a fee payable by Borrower to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender, as consideration for the agreements of the Lenders under this Agreement, equal to 1.25% of the total Commitments.

Threshold Amount ” means $100,000,000.

 

[Signature Page to Margin Loan Agreement]


Schedule 3.13

Capitalization Table for Teekay Finance Limited

 

Equity Interests    Equity Owner       

Common Stock and additional paid in capital ($.001 par value, 728,775,000 issued out of 2,000,000,000 authorized)

   Teekay Holdings Limited      728,775   

Contributed Surplus

   Teekay Holdings Limited      728,046,225   
     

 

 

 

Total Equity

        728,775,000   
     

 

 

 

Total Capitalization

        728,775,000   


Schedule 9.02

Address for Payments to Administrative Agent:

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Payment Instructions:

Bank: Citibank NA New York

BIC: CITIUS33 (or ABA: 021000089)

F/O: Citibank New York

A/C: 00167679

Ref: NY Swap Operations

Address for Notices to Administrative Agent:

Citibank, N.A.

390 Greenwich Street—3 rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

Attn: Corporate Equity Derivatives, Dustin Sheppard

Telephone No.: (212) 723-5757

Facsimile No.: (347) 853-7272

Email: dustin.c.sheppard@citi.com

Address for Notices to Citibank, N.A. as Lender:

Citibank, N.A.

390 Greenwich Street—3 rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

Attn: Corporate Equity Derivatives, Dustin Sheppard

Telephone No.: (212) 723-5757

Facsimile No.: (347) 853-7272

Email: dustin.c.sheppard@citi.com

Address for Notices to JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., London Branch as Lender:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch

Corporate EDG Trading

383 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10179

Attn: Pierandrea Minafra, Graham Orton

Telephone No.: (212) 622-7064

Facsimile No.: (917) 464-6770

Email: edg_corporates_na@jpmorgan.com


with a copy to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch

Corporate Equity Derivatives

383 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10179

Attn: Jason Shrednick

Telephone No.: (212) 622-6392

Facsimile No.: (917) 464-6770

Email: jason.shrednick@jpmorgan.com


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF BORROWING NOTICE

Borrowing Notice

Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

390 Greenwich Street—3 rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

Attn: Corporate Equity Derivatives

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, TEEKAY FINANCE LIMITED (“ Borrower ”), refers to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 (as from time to time amended, the “ Margin Loan Agreement ,” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (“ Administrative Agent ”) and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Margin Loan Agreement, that the undersigned hereby requests a Borrowing under the Margin Loan Agreement, and in that regard sets forth below the information relating to such Advance (the “ Proposed Borrowing ”) as required by Section 2.03(a) of the Margin Loan Agreement:

(i) The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is             ,         .

(ii) The aggregate amount of the Proposed Borrowing is $        .

(iii) The Funding Account to which proceeds of the Proposed Borrowing should be deposited is                     .

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof and will be true on the date of the Proposed Borrowing:

 

  (a) Each of the representations and warranties contained in Article 3 of the Margin Loan Agreement or in any other Margin Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the Proposed Borrowing, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

 

  (b) Since the date of the last financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(x) or Section 5.01, as applicable, with respect to Guarantor, no event or condition has resulted in, or could be reasonably expected to cause, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guarantor.

 

Exhibit A to Margin Loan Agreement

A-1


  (c) Immediately after giving effect to the Proposed Borrowing, the LTV Ratio shall not exceed the Initial LTV Ratio.

 

  (d) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from the Proposed Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

 

  (e) Borrower has not provided notice of termination of the Facility.

 

  (f) The Collateral Requirement has been satisfied in all respects.

This Borrowing Notice is a representation and warranty by Borrower that all other conditions specified in [Section 4.01 and Section 4.02] 1 [Section 4.02] 2 will be satisfied on and as of the date of the Proposed Borrowing.

Very truly yours,

 

TEEKAY FINANCE LIMITED

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

1   Insert for initial borrowing under revolver.
2   Insert for any subsequent borrowing under revolver.

 

Exhibit A to Margin Loan Agreement

A-2


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF PLEDGE AND CONTROL AGREEMENT

[Attached]

 

Exhibit B to Margin Loan Agreement

B-1


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

[Attached]

 

Exhibit C to Margin Loan Agreement

C-1


EXHIBIT D-1

FORM OF ISSUER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT WITH TGP ISSUER

[Attached]

 

Exhibit D-1 to Margin Loan Agreement

D-1-1


EXHIBIT D-2

FORM OF ISSUER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT WITH TOO ISSUER

[Attached]

 

Exhibit D-2 to Margin Loan Agreement

D-2-1


EXHIBIT D-3

FORM OF ISSUER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT WITH TNK ISSUER

[Attached]

 

Exhibit D-3 to Margin Loan Agreement

D-3-1


EXHIBIT E-1

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.12 of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Advance(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform Borrower and Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished Borrower and Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

Exhibit E-1 to Margin Loan Agreement

E-1-1


EXHIBIT E-2

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), among by and among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.12 of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished Administrative Agent with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform Administrative Agent in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

Exhibit E-2 to Margin Loan Agreement

E-2-1


EXHIBIT E-3

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.12 of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished Administrative Agent with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

Exhibit E-3 to Margin Loan Agreement

E-3-1


EXHIBIT E-4

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.12 of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Advance(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Advance(s), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished Borrower and Administrative Agent with IRS Form W- 8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W- 8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform Borrower and Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished Borrower and Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

Exhibit E-4 to Margin Loan Agreement

E-4-1


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

[Attached]

 

Exhibit F to Margin Loan Agreement

F-1


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF NEW YORK LAW OPINION

[Attached]

 

Exhibit G to Margin Loan Agreement

G-1


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF MARSHALL ISLANDS LAW OPINION

[Attached]

 

Exhibit H to Margin Loan Agreement

H-1


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF BERMUDA LAW OPINION

[Attached]

 

Exhibit I to Margin Loan Agreement

I-1


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Margin Loan Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Margin Loan Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Margin Loan Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Margin Loan Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the Facility (including the Guarantee Agreement) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Margin Loan Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.    Assignor:   

 

  
2.    Assignee:   

 

  
      [and is [a Lender][an Affiliate of [ identify Lender ] who is a Lender]] 3
3.    Borrower:    Teekay Finance Limited
4.    Administrative Agent:    Citibank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Margin Loan Agreement

 

3   Select as applicable.

 

Exhibit J to Margin Loan Agreement

J-1


5.    Margin Loan      
  

Agreement:

   The Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 among Teekay Finance Limited, the Lenders parties thereto, and Administrative Agent
6.   

Assigned Interest:

     

 

Aggregate Amount of

Commitment/Advances

for all Lenders

   Amount of
Commitment/Advances
Assigned
   Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Advances 4
 
$    $       
$    $       
$    $       

Effective Date:                 , 20     [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The Assignee agrees to receive all notices and other communications at the following address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number, as provided in Section 9.02 of the Margin Loan Agreement:

[ Insert contact information for Assignee, including address, facsimile number, electronic mail address and telephone number ]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
  By:  

 

    Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
  By:  

 

    Title:

 

4   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Advances of all Lenders thereunder.

 

Exhibit J to Margin Loan Agreement

J-2


[Consented to and] 5 Accepted:

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By  

 

  Title:
[Consented to:
TEEKAY FINANCE LIMITED] 6
By  

 

Title:  

 

5   To be added only if the consent of Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Margin Loan Agreement.
6   To be added only if the consent of Borrower is required by the terms of the Margin Loan Agreement.

 

Exhibit J to Margin Loan Agreement

J-3


STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1.  Representations and Warranties .

1.1  Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Margin Loan Agreement, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Margin Loan Agreement or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of the Margin Loan Agreement or (iv) the performance or observance by Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under the Margin Loan Agreement.

1.2.  Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Margin Loan Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Margin Loan Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Margin Loan Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Margin Loan Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Margin Loan Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Margin Loan Agreement, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Margin Loan Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2.  Payments . From and after the Effective Date, Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

 

Exhibit J to Margin Loan Agreement

J-4


3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

 

Exhibit J to Margin Loan Agreement

J-5


EXHIBIT K

FORM OF AMENDMENTS TO BORROWER’S ORGANIZATION DOCUMENTS

[Attached]

 

Exhibit K to Margin Loan Agreement

K-1

EXHIBIT 4.26

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO MARGIN LOAN AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO MARGIN LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of December 17, 2015 by and among the parties to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 (as heretofore amended or modified, the “ Margin Loan Agreement ”) among Teekay Finance Limited, a Bermuda exempted company (“ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), and Teekay Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as guarantor under the related guarantee agreement (“ Guarantor ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, Borrower wishes that the Commitments of the Lenders under the Margin Loan Agreement decrease by an aggregate amount of $200,000,000;

WHEREAS, each financial institution identified on the signature pages hereto as a “Lender” has agreed severally, on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Margin Loan Agreement, to such decrease in their Commitments;

The parties hereto therefore agree as follows:

SECTION 1 . Defined Terms; References. Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, each term used herein that is defined in the Margin Loan Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the Margin Loan Agreement. Each reference to “hereof”, “hereunder”, “herein” and “hereby” and each other similar reference and each reference to “this Agreement” and each other similar reference contained in the Margin Loan Agreement shall, after this Amendment becomes effective, refer to the Margin Loan Agreement as amended hereby. For the avoidance of doubt, after the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (as defined below), any references to “date hereof,” or “date of this Agreement,” in the Margin Loan Agreement, shall continue to refer to December 21, 2012.

SECTION 2 . Amendments to Margin Loan Agreement . Effective on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Margin Loan Agreement is hereby amended by incorporating the changes shown in the blackline attached hereto as Annex A. For the avoidance of doubt, no Make Whole Amount shall be payable in connection with the decrease in the Commitments of the Lenders pursuant to this Amendment.

SECTION 3 . Representations of Borrower and Guarantor.

(a) Borrower represents and warrants that:

(i) each of the representations and warranties made by Borrower in or pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date after giving effect hereto as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such date);

(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date after giving effect hereto;


(iii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment are within Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, shareholder action. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law; and

(iv) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment (1) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except for filings necessary to register and/or perfect Liens created pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents, (2) will not violate any Law applicable to Borrower, (3) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by Borrower, and (4) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Borrower, except Liens created pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents.

(b) Guarantor represents and warrants that:

(i) each of the representations and warranties made by Guarantor in or pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date after giving effect hereto as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such date);

(ii) Guarantor has the capacity and has taken all action, and no consent of any Person is required, for it to execute and comply with its obligations under this Amendment;

(iii) this Amendment constitutes Guarantor’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and

(iv) the execution by Guarantor of this Amendment and its compliance with this Amendment will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

(A) any law or regulation;

(B) the constitutional documents of Guarantor; or

(C) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on Guarantor or any of its assets.

SECTION 4 .   Conditions to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date. This Amendment shall become effective as of December 17, 2015 (the “ Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ”) so long as each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied on or prior to such date:

(a) Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following documents, duly executed, each dated on or prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(i) duly executed counterparts of this Amendment;

 

2


(ii) (x) certificate of Borrower, dated on or prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and executed by any Director, Officer or the Secretary, which shall (A) certify the resolutions of its Board of Directors, members or other body authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and (B) contain appropriate attachments, including the Organization Documents of Borrower (which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit K to the Margin Loan Agreement), certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of Borrower, and a Certificate of Compliance for Borrower, from its jurisdiction of organization; and (y) incumbency certificate, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signatures of the Responsible Officers authorized to sign this Amendment;

(iii) a solvency certificate from a Responsible Officer for Borrower in form and substance substantially similar to the solvency certificate delivered in connection with the Closing Date;

(iv) legal opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, special New York counsel to Borrower; and legal opinion of Alexanders, Bermuda counsel to Borrower; each in form and substance substantially similar to those delivered in connection with the Closing Date (but with respect to this Amendment);

(v) for Borrower, the results of a recent lien search in Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization and, if different, Borrower’s “location” (determined as provided in UCC Section 9- 307) and each of the jurisdictions where assets of Borrower are located, and such search shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of Borrower except for liens permitted by Section 6.02 of the Margin Loan Agreement; and

(vi) the most recent account statements of Borrower with respect to each asset owned by Borrower, to the extent any such account statements have been prepared, and a certificate of a Responsible Officer, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, (1) certifying that the aforementioned account statements, if any, are true, correct and complete and (2) containing a list of all Indebtedness, tax liabilities and/or commitments of Borrower, a description of the material terms of each item on such list (including the amount of any liability thereunder, whether contingent, direct or otherwise, the due date for each such liability, the total unfunded commitment, if any, and the rate of interest, if any, applicable thereto) and a certification that such list is true, correct and complete and that Borrower has no other Indebtedness, tax liabilities or commitments other than those set forth on such list (which shall be considered “ Borrower Financial Statements ” for purposes of the Margin Loan Agreement);

(b) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 above shall be true and correct on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date after giving effect hereto;

(c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date after giving effect hereto; and

(d) all documented fees required to be paid under the Margin Loan Documents on or before the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, including the Lender Expenses invoiced prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, shall have been paid.

 

3


SECTION 5 Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

SECTION 6 .   Confirmation of Guarantees and Security Interests. By signing this Amendment each of Borrower and Guarantor hereby confirms that the obligations of Borrower and Guarantor under the Margin Loan Agreement as modified or supplemented hereby and the other Margin Loan Documents (i) are entitled to the benefits of the guarantees and the security interests set forth or created in the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents, (ii) constitute “Obligations”, “Secured Obligations” and “Guaranteed Obligations” or other similar term for purposes of the Margin Loan Agreement, the Security Agreement and all other Margin Loan Documents, and (iii) notwithstanding the effectiveness of the terms hereof, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents are, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects (giving effect to the amendments set forth herein). Each Obligor ratifies and confirms that all Liens granted, conveyed, or assigned to Collateral Agent by such Person pursuant to any Margin Loan Document to which it is a party remain in full force and effect, are not released or reduced, and continue to secure full payment and performance of the Obligations as modified hereby.

SECTION 7 .   Margin Loan Agreement Governs . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of any Lender or Administrative Agent under the Margin Loan Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Margin Loan Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle Borrower to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Margin Loan Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document in similar or different circumstances. For the avoidance of doubt, this Amendment shall not affect amounts (including without limitation Commitment Fees or Spread) accrued, due or payable prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.

SECTION 8 .   Miscellaneous. This Amendment shall constitute a Margin Loan Document for all purposes of the Margin Loan Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents. The provisions of this Amendment are deemed incorporated into the Margin Loan Agreement as if fully set forth therein. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers or representatives thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

Borrower:
TEEKAY FINANCE LIMITED ,

as Borrower

By:

 

LOGO

 

Name:

 

Edith Robinson

 

Title:

  President
Guarantor:
TEEKAY CORPORATION ,

as Guarantor

By:

 

LOGO

 

Name:

 

Peter Evensen

 

Title:

 

President & CEO


CITIBANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent

By:

 

LOGO

 

Name:

 

James Heathcote

 

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 ]


Commitment Reduction:

        $100,000,000

   

CITIBANK, N.A. , as a Lender

 

   

By:

 

LOGO

      Name:   James Heathcote
      Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 ]


Commitment Reduction:

        $100,000,000

   

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC , as agent for JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH , as a Lender

 

   

By:

 

LOGO

      Name:   Jason Shredrick
      Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 ]


ANNEX A


 

MARGIN LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 21, 2012

among

TEEKAY FINANCE LIMITED,

as Borrower,

the Lenders party hereto

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
  ARTICLE 1   
  D EFINITIONS A ND A CCOUNTING T ERMS   
Section 1.01.  Certain Defined Terms      1   
Section 1.02.  Times Of Day      22   
Section 1.03.  Terms Generally .      23   
Section 1.04.  Accounting Terms; GAAP      23   
  ARTICLE 2   
  A MOUNTS A ND T ERMS O F T HE A DVANCES   
Section 2.01.  Commitments .      24 24   
Section 2.02.  Advances and Borrowings.      24 24   
Section 2.03.  Requests For Borrowings.      24 24   
Section 2.04.  Funding Of Borrowings.      24   
Section 2.05.  Termination Of Facility      25 25   
Section 2.06.  Repayment Of Advances      25   
Section 2.07. Interest.      26   
Section 2.08.  Fees.      26 26   
Section 2.09.  Interest Rate Determinations      27 27   
Section 2.10.  Prepayments Of Borrowings; Withdrawal Of Collateral; Substitution of Collateral Shares.      27   
Section 2.11.  Increased Costs      29   
Section 2.12.  Taxes.      30   
Section 2.13. Illegality      34 34   
Section 2.14.  Break-Funding.      34 34   
Section 2.15.  Evidence Of Debt      34   
Section 2.16.  Payments And Computations; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .      35 35   
ARTICLE 3   
R EPRESENTATIONS A ND W ARRANTIES   
Section 3.01.  Organization; Powers      36   
Section 3.02.  Authorization; Enforceability      37 37   
Section 3.03.  Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts      37 37   
Section 3.04.  Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change .      37 37   
Section 3.05.  Litigation Matters      37   
Section 3.06.  Compliance With Laws And Agreements      38   
Section 3.07. Investment Company Status      38 38   
Section 3.08.  Taxes      38 38   

 

i


Section 3.09. Disclosure      38 38   
Section 3.10.  Material Agreements      38   
Section 3.11.  Solvency      39   
Section 3.12.  Trading And Other Restrictions .      39   
Section 3.13.  Capitalization and Subsidiaries      39 39   
Section 3.14.  Patriot Act; Sanctioned Persons .      39   
Section 3.15.  Material Nonpublic Information      40 40   
Section 3.16.  Restricted Transactions      40 40   
Section 3.17.  Conduct of Business      40 40   
Section 3.18.  Ownership of Property; Ownership of Shares      40 40   
Section 3.19.  No Sovereign Immunity      40   
ARTICLE 4   
C ONDITIONS O F L ENDING   
Section 4.01.  Conditions Precedent to First Borrowing      41   
Section 4.02.  Conditions Precedent To Each Advance      43 43   
ARTICLE 5   
A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS O F B ORROWER   
Section 5.01.  Financial Statements      44   
Section 5.02.  Notices Of Material Events      44   
Section 5.03.  Existence; Conduct Of Business      45 45   
Section 5.04.  Payment Of Taxes      45 45   
Section 5.05.  Compliance With Laws      45 45   
Section 5.06.  Compliance With Exchange Act Requirements      45 45   
Section 5.07. Further Assurances      45   
Section 5.08.  Books And Records      46   
Section 5.09.  Maintenance of Separateness      46   
Section 5.10.  Use Of Proceeds      46   
ARTICLE 6   
N EGATIVE C OVENANTS   
Section 6.01 .  Indebtedness      47 47   
Section 6.02 . Liens      47 47   
Section 6.03 .  Fundamental Changes.      47 47   
Section 6.04 .  Asset Sales      47 47   
Section 6.05 .  Investments And Acquisitions      47 47   
Section 6.06 .  Restricted Payments      47 47   
Section 6.07 .  Investment Company      47   
Section 6.08 .  No Amendment Of Organization Documents, Etc      48   
Section 6.09 .  Formation Of Subsidiaries      48 48   
Section 6.10 .  Restricted Transaction      48 48   
Section 6.11 .  No Impairment of Collateral Shares      48 48   
Section 6.12 .  Tax Status      48 48   

 

ii


Section 6.13. Use Of Proceeds      48 48   
Section 6.14.  Provision Of Public Information      48 48   
ARTICLE 7   
E VENTS O F D EFAULT   
Section 7.01.  Events Of Default      49 49   
ARTICLE 8   
A DMINISTRATIVE A GENT   
Section 8.01.  Administrative Agent .      52 52   
ARTICLE 9   
M ISCELLANEOUS   
Section 9.01.  Amendments, Etc.      54   
Section 9.02.  Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications.      57 57   
Section 9.03.  No Waiver; Remedies .      59 60   
Section 9.04.  Costs And Expenses; Indemnification; Damage Waiver.      60 60   
Section 9.05. Collateral Agent .      62 62   
Section 9.06.  Calculation Agent.      62 62   
Section 9.07.  Payments Set Aside.      62 62   
Section 9.08. Governing Law; Submission To Jurisdiction .      63 63   
Section 9.09.  Successors and Assigns .      64 64   
Section 9.10.  Severability      66 66   
Section 9.11.  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness      66 67   
Section 9.12.  Survival Of Representations      67 67   
Section 9.13.  Confidentiality      67 67   
Section 9.14.  No Advisory Or Fiduciary Relationship      68 68   
Section 9.15.  Right Of Setoff      68 68   
Section 9.16.  Judgment Currency      69 69   
Section 9.17.  USA PATRIOT Act Notice      69 69   
Section 9.18.  Interest Rate Limitation      69 69   
Section 9.19.  Disclosure      70 70   

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A – Form of Borrowing Notice

Exhibit B – Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit C – Form of Control Agreement

Exhibit D-1 – Form of Issuer Acknowledgement with TGP Issuer

Exhibit D-2 – Form of Issuer Acknowledgement with TOO Issuer

Exhibit D-3 – Form of Issuer Acknowledgement with TNK Issuer

Exhibit E-1 – U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit E-2 – U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

 

iii


Exhibit E-3 – U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit E-4 – U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit F – Form of Guarantee Agreement

Exhibit G – Form of New York law opinion

Exhibit H – Form of Marshall Islands law opinion

Exhibit I – Form of Bermuda law opinion

Exhibit J – Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit K – Form of Amendments to Borrower’s Organization Documents

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.01(a) – Haircuts for Cash Equivalents

Schedule 1.01(b) – Certain Defined Terms

Schedule 3.13 – Capitalization

Schedule 9.02 – Certain Addresses for Notices

 

iv


This MARGIN LOAN AGREEMENT (as it may be amended or modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is made as of December 21, 2012 by and among Teekay Finance Limited, a Bermuda exempted company, as Borrower (“ Borrower ”), the Lenders party hereto and CITIBANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”).

Borrower has requested that the Lenders make loans to it from time to time in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the Commitments (as hereinafter defined) of the Lenders, and the Lenders are prepared to make such loans upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS A ND A CCOUNTING T ERMS

Section 1.01 .   Certain Defined Terms.   As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2014 Incremental Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on its signature page to Amendment No. 2.

2015 Additional TOO Shares ” means the additional 14,402,304 TOO Shares pledged by Borrower as referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 3.

Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.17.

Adjusted Initial Basket ” means, as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, a number of TGP Shares, TNK Shares and TOO Shares equal to the Initial Basket (after giving effect to Amendment No. 3), which number shall from time to time be (x) reduced by the number of TGP Shares, TNK Shares or TOO Shares, as the case may be, released pursuant to Section 2.10(b) or Section 2.10(c) and (y) increased by the number of any additional TGP Shares, TNK Shares or TOO Shares, as the case may be, pledged by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.10(c) that constitute Eligible Collateral; provided that none of the number of TGP Shares, the number of TNK Shares and the number of TOO Shares in the Adjusted Initial Basket may be so increased to exceed the number of TGP Shares, TNK Shares or TOO Shares, respectively, in the Initial Basket (after giving effect to Amendment No. 3).

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Advance ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

1


Aggregate Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender, (i) the sum of (a) such Lender’s Original Commitment, (b) such Lender’s Incremental Commitment and (c) such Lender’s 2014 Incremental Commitment , minus (ii) such Lender’s Commitment Reduction .

Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Amendment Effective Time ” means, in respect of any Potential Facility Amendment Event , Share Collateral Trigger Event or Redocumentation Event, 5:00 p.m. on the third Business Day following the Notice Date applicable to such Potential Facility Amendment Event , Share Collateral Trigger Event or Redocumentation Event, as the case may be; provided that if Borrower delivers to Administrative Agent on or prior to the first Business Day following the applicable Notice Date (i) a copy of a duly executed and delivered notice of borrowing under a revolving credit facility of Guarantor in respect of an amount sufficient to pay the Total Accrued Loan Amount and (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent that Guarantor has agreed to contribute the proceeds of such borrowing to Borrower, the Amendment Effective Time shall be 5:00 p.m. on the fourth Business Day following the applicable Notice Date.

Amendment No. 1 ” means Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement dated as of December 18, 2013 among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, Administrative Agent and Guarantor.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 1.

Amendment No. 1 Structuring Fee ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Amendment No. 2 ” means Amendment No. 2 to this Agreement dated as of December 19, 2014 among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, Administrative Agent and Guarantor.

Amendment No. 2 Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 2.

Amendment No. 2 Structuring Fee ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Amendment No. 3 ” means Amendment No. 3 to this Agreement dated as of October 2, 2015 among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, Administrative Agent and Guarantor.

Amendment No. 3 Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 3.

Amendment No. 4 ” means Amendment No. 4 to this Agreement dated as of December 17, 2015 among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, Administrative Agent and Guarantor.

Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 4.

Amendment No. 4 Structuring Fee ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments in effect at any given time represented by such Lender’s then applicable Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the outstanding principal amounts of the Advances made by the respective Lenders.

 

2


Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.09), and accepted by Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit J or any other form approved by Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to Borrower.

Attributable Debt ” means, at any time, (a) in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared at such time in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared at such time in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a capital lease.

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the Final Maturity Date , but excluding any Commitment Unavailability Period .

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code.

Base Rate ” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the applicable LIBOR plus the Spread; provided that if LIBOR cannot be determined for such Interest Period for whatever reason, Base Rate means, with respect to each day in such Interest Period, a rate per annum equal to (i) the Spread plus (ii) the greatest of (a) the Citibank Base Rate in effect on such day minus 1.00%, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day minus  1 2 of 1.00%, and (c) 0.00%. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Citibank Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Citibank Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

Basket Ratio Requirement ” means, at any time, that (a) the Share Collateral Value attributable to TOO Shares at such time is neither less than 40% nor greater than 50% of the total Share Collateral Value at such time and (b) the Share Collateral Value attributable to TNK Shares at such time is neither less than 5% nor greater than 12% of the total Share Collateral Value at such time.

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Borrower Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a).

Borrowing ” means Advances made on the same date.

Borrowing Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a).

Business Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are open for business in New York City, United States, and Vancouver, Canada, and, if such day relates to any Advance, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Calculation Agent ” means Administrative Agent, in its capacity as Calculation Agent.

Cash ” means cash in Dollars.

 

3


Cash Collateral Amount ” means, at any time, the aggregate Collateral Value of all Eligible Collateral consisting of Cash and Cash Equivalents at such time.

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following having a maturity of not greater than 12 months from the date of issuance thereof: (a) readily marketable direct obligations of the Government of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the Government of the United States, (b) certificates of deposit of or time deposits with any commercial bank that is a Lender or a member of the Federal Reserve System that issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c), is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and has combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000, (c) commercial paper in an aggregate amount of no more than $10,000,000 per issuer outstanding at any time, issued by any corporation organized under the laws of any state of the United States and rated at least “Prime 1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or “A 1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, or (d) offshore overnight interest bearing deposits in foreign branches of Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of (a) the adoption of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) compliance by any Lender or Administrative Agent (or, for purposes of Section 2.11(b), by any lending office of any Lender or by any Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to have been introduced or adopted after the Closing Date, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Change of Control ” means, with respect to any Person, any event or transaction, or series of related events or transactions, as a result of which (i) a “person” or “group” becomes the “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of such Person’s common equity (all within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder) or (ii) if such Person is a partnership or limited liability company or similar entity, the identity of the general partner or managing member or similar Person (the “ GP ”) of such Person changes or a Change of Control (as defined in clause (i) of this sentence) occurs with respect to the GP of such Person.

Charges ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.18.

Citibank Base Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by Citibank, N.A. as its base rate in effect at its principal office in New York City. Any change in such rate shall take effect on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

 

4


Closing Date ” means the earliest date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.01 and Section 4.02 shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 9.01 of this Agreement.

Closing Share Price ” means, at any time and for any of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, the closing price for one such Share on the applicable Exchange on the immediately preceding Exchange Business Day for such Shares, as reported on Bloomberg Page “TGP <equity> AQR” in the case of the TGP Shares, Bloomberg Page “TNK <equity> AQR” in the case of the TNK Shares or Bloomberg Page “TOO <equity> AQR” in the case of the TOO Shares (or, any successor or replacement reporting entity or page thereto reasonably selected by Calculation Agent); provided that if (i) a Market Disruption Event exists in respect of such Shares or (ii) such closing price is not so reported, in each case on such immediately preceding Exchange Business Day for such Shares, the “ Closing Share Price ” shall be the market value of one such Share as determined by Calculation Agent using objectively verifiable data and information sources, if available. If a Delisting has occurred and is continuing in respect of such Shares on such immediately preceding Exchange Business Day, the “ Closing Share Price ” shall be the closing sale price for such Shares on the primary national or regional securities exchange on which such Shares are listed or admitted for trading or, if such Shares are not listed or admitted for trading on any such exchange, the last quoted bid price for such Shares in the over-the-counter market as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization reasonably selected by Calculation Agent, in either case on such immediately preceding Exchange Business Day.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Collateral Account ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the 2015 Additional TOO Shares, the 2013 TNK Shares, the 2014 TNK Shares, the 2015 TNK Shares and all other Collateral Shares may be held in separate subaccounts of the Collateral Account.

Collateral Agent ” means Administrative Agent, in its capacity as collateral agent.

Collateral Requirement ” means that (i) Administrative Agent shall have received from Borrower duly executed and delivered by Borrower (x) counterparts of the Security Agreement and the Control Agreement and (y) a UCC financing statement in appropriate form for filing with the Recorder of Deeds in the District of Columbia and (ii) Borrower shall have taken all other action required to be taken by Borrower under the Security Agreement or the Control Agreement to perfect, register or record the Liens granted by it thereunder.

Collateral Shares ” means any Shares held in the Collateral Account.

Collateral Value ” means, at any time, (i) with respect to Cash, the face amount of such Cash, (ii) with respect to Cash Equivalents, the fair market value of such Cash Equivalents at such time, as determined by Calculation Agent, multiplied by the applicable haircut set forth in Schedule 1.01(a) for such category of Cash Equivalents, (iii) with respect to a Collateral Share, the Closing Share Price for such Collateral Share at such time, and (iv) with respect to Other Collateral, the fair market value of such Other Collateral at such time, as determined by Calculation Agent, multiplied by the applicable haircut agreed by Borrower and Collateral Agent at the time Borrower and Collateral Agent agree that such other Collateral shall constitute Other Collateral.

 

5


Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make the Advances hereunder, as reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.09. The amount of each Lender’s Commitment is such Lender’s Aggregate Commitment, or is the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on the signature page in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable.

Commitment Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(b).

Commitment Fee Calculation Date ” means each March 19, June 19, September 19 and December 19 of each year, commencing on March 19, 2015; provided that if any Commitment Fee Calculation Date is not a Business Day, then such Commitment Fee Calculation Date shall be postponed to the next succeeding Business Day.

Commitment Fee Calculation Period ” means each period from the calendar day immediately following a Commitment Fee Calculation Date to the next succeeding Commitment Fee Calculation Date; provided that (i) the first Commitment Fee Calculation Period shall commence on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date and (ii) the final Commitment Fee Calculation Period shall end on the Business Day immediately preceding the Final Maturity Date.

Commitment Fee Period ” means the period from and including the date hereof to the Final Maturity Date , but excluding any Commitment Unavailability Period .

Commitment Fee Rate ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Commitment Unavailability Period means the period from any date on which Borrower prepays the Total Accrued Loan Amount pursuant to clause (i) of the proviso to Section 9.01(b), but does not terminate the Commitments pursuant to clause (ii) of such proviso, to the first subsequent date on which the aggregate Collateral Value of the Adjusted Initial Basket has been greater than 60% of the Initial Share Collateral Value for at least 15 consecutive Exchange Business Days.

Commitment Reduction ” means, with respect to any Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on its signature page to Amendment No. 4.

Communication ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.14.

Compensation Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(b).

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

6


Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Control Agreement ” means that certain Account Control Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among Borrower, Custodian and Collateral Agent, in the form of Exhibit C.

Cross-Default Person ” means each of Borrower, Guarantor, each Subsidiary of Guarantor, each Issuer and each Subsidiary of each Issuer.

Custodian ” means Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. or any other custodian selected in good faith by Collateral Agent.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender (i) that has failed for three or more Business Days to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make an Advance (a “ funding obligation ”), (ii) that has notified Administrative Agent, or has stated publicly, that it will not comply with any such funding obligation hereunder, or has defaulted on its funding obligations under any other loan agreement or credit agreement or other similar agreement, (iii) that has, for three or more Business Days, failed to confirm in writing to Administrative Agent, in response to a written request of Administrative Agent, that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder, (iv) with respect to which a Lender Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing or (v) that has otherwise failed to pay over to Administrative Agent or any Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute. Administrative Agent will promptly send to all parties hereto notice of any Lender becoming a Defaulting Lender.

Deficiency Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01(o).

Delisting ” means, for any of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, that such Shares are no longer listed or admitted for trading on any Designated Exchange.

Designated Exchange ” means any of The New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market, or any successor thereto.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” mean the lawful money of the United States.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, or its successor.

 

7


Early Closure ” means the closure on any Exchange Business Day of the relevant Exchange prior to its scheduled closing time for such day unless such earlier closing time is announced by such Exchange at least one hour prior to the actual closing time for the regular trading session on such Exchange on such Exchange Business Day.

Eligible Collateral ” means the following assets of Borrower, to the extent held in the Collateral Account and subject to a perfected first priority Lien in favor of Collateral Agent and with respect to which the Collateral Requirement shall have been satisfied:

(a) Cash; provided that the Collateral Value of Eligible Collateral consisting of Cash shall not exceed the Total Accrued Loan Amount;

(b) Cash Equivalents;

(c) Shares; provided that (i) any TGP Shares constituting Collateral in excess of the Maximum TGP Shares, any TNK Shares constituting Collateral in excess of the Maximum TNK Shares and any TOO Shares constituting Collateral in excess of the Maximum TOO Shares and (ii) any Shares not registered in global form in the name of DTC or its nominee shall, in each case, not be Eligible Collateral; and

(d) Other Collateral, if any.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, any warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and any other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, whether economic or non-economic, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

Events of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.

Exchange ” means, for each of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares and the TOO Shares, The New York Stock Exchange or its successor, or if such Shares are not listed for trading on such exchange, the Designated Exchange that is the primary trading market for such Shares.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Business Day ” means, for any of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, any day on which the Exchange for such Shares is open for trading during its regular trading session, notwithstanding such Exchange closing prior to its scheduled closing time.

 

8


Exchange Disruption ” means, with respect to any of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, any event (other than an Early Closure or Trading Suspension) that materially disrupts or impairs the ability of market participants in general to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, such Shares on the Exchange for such Shares on any Exchange Business Day for such Shares as determined by Calculation Agent.

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Lender Person or required to be withheld or deducted from any payment to any Lender Person, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Lender Person being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) Taxes attributable to such Lender Person’s failure to comply with Section 2.12(e) and (c) any Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Existing Transfer Restrictions ” means Transfer Restrictions on the Collateral Shares arising solely from the fact that (a) Borrower is an “affiliate” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 144 and (b) solely with respect to the Collateral Shares consisting of TNK Shares and the 2015 Additional TOO Shares, such Collateral Shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Agreement of Limited Partnership of each of TGP Issuer and TOO Issuer contains provisions that could restrict the transfer of record ownership of the relevant Shares on the books of such Issuer, which provisions do not apply to transfers of beneficial interests in Shares registered in global form in the name of DTC or its nominee.

Extraordinary Dividend ” means any dividend or distribution to existing holders of TGP Shares, TNK Shares or TOO Shares, as the case may be, that is not an Ordinary Cash Dividend or a stock split or other dividend or distribution in Shares.

Facility ” means the credit facility contemplated by this Agreement.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by Lender from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

9


Final Maturity Date ” means the earliest of: (a) the Scheduled Maturity Date; (b) the date on which the Facility is terminated pursuant to Section 2.05; and (c) the date on which all Commitments otherwise terminate pursuant to this Agreement.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Funding Account ” means the deposit account of Borrower to which Administrative Agent is authorized by Borrower in the relevant Borrowing Notice to transfer the proceeds of any Borrowings requested or authorized pursuant to this Agreement.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (v) as an applicant in respect of any letter of credit or letter of credit guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness, or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “ Guarantee ” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

10


Guarantee Agreement ” means that certain Guarantee Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, executed by Guarantor in favor of Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in the form of Exhibit F.

Guarantor ” means Teekay Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Guarantor Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a).

Incremental Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on its signature page to Amendment No. 1.

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at any time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments; (b) all direct or contingent payment obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments; (c) net payment or delivery obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract; (d) all payment obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and accruals for liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business); (e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; (f) capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations; (g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and (h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing. For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any capital lease or Synthetic Lease Obligation as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Debt in respect thereof as of such date.

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Obligor under any Margin Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.04(b).

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.13.

 

11


Initial Basket ” means (a) as of any date prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the number of TGP Shares and the number of TOO Shares constituting Eligible Collateral immediately prior to the first Borrowing hereunder, (b) as of any date from and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date but prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, the number of TGP Shares and the number of TOO Shares constituting Eligible Collateral on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 1, (c) as of any date from and after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date but prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the number of TGP Shares and the number of TOO Shares constituting Eligible Collateral on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 2 and (d) as of any date from and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the number of TGP Shares, the number of TNK Shares and the number of TOO Shares constituting Eligible Collateral on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 3.

Initial Borrowing ” means any Borrowing made at a time at which, immediately prior to giving effect to such Borrowing, the Total Accrued Loan Amount is zero.

Initial LTV Ratio ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Initial Share Collateral Value ” means (a) as of any date prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Share Collateral Value as of December 21, 2012, (b) as of any date from and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date but prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, the Share Collateral Value as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 1, (c) as of any date from and after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date but prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Share Collateral Value as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 2 and (d) as of any date from and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the sum of (i) the Share Collateral Value as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 2 (but, for the avoidance of doubt, without giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 3) and (ii) the Share Collateral Value attributable to the 2015 Additional TOO Shares and the TNK Shares as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

Interest Period ” means, for any Advance, the period commencing on the date of such Advance and ending on the day that numerically corresponds to the date of the most recent Initial Borrowing in the calendar month that is three months after such date of such Initial Borrowing; provided that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to an Advance that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Issuer ” means each of TGP Issuer, TNK Issuer and TOO Issuer.

 

12


Issuer Acknowledgement ” means (i) for each of TGP Issuer and TOO Issuer, an Issuer Acknowledgement dated as of the date hereof in the forms of Exhibit D-1 (in the case of TGP Issuer) and Exhibit D-2 (in the case of TOO Issuer) and (ii) for TNK Issuer, an Issuer Acknowledgement dated as of October 2, 2015 in the form of Exhibit D-3.

Judgment Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.16.

Law ” means, with respect to any Person, collectively, all international, foreign, U.S. Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case that is applicable to such Person or such Person’s business or operation and whether or not having the force of law.

Lender ” means each financial institution listed on the signature pages hereto as a Lender, and any other person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.09.

Lender Expenses ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.04(a).

Lender Expenses Cap ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Lender Insolvency Event ” means that (i) a Lender or its Parent Company is insolvent, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (ii) a Lender or its Parent Company is the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its Parent Company, or such Lender or its Parent Company has taken any action in furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.

Lender Person ” means any of Administrative Agent and any Lender.

Lender Process Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.02(e).

Lending Office ” means, with respect to each Lender, the office of such Lender specified in Schedule 9.02 hereto, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify in writing to Borrower.

 

13


LIBOR ” means, with respect to any Interest Period (or other period determined by Calculation Agent with respect to any overdue amount), the per annum rate for deposits in Dollars for a term coextensive with such Interest Period (or other period) and for an amount substantially equal to the total Commitments which appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the day that is two Business Days preceding the first day of such Interest Period (or other period). (For purposes of the preceding sentence, LIBOR for any Interest Period (or other period) of a length for which rates do not appear on Telerate Page 3750 shall be determined through the use of straight line interpolation by reference to two LIBOR rates appearing on Telerate Page 3750, one of which shall be the rate for the period of time next shorter than the length of the Interest Period (or other period) and the other of which shall be the rate for the period of time next longer than the length of the Interest Period (or other period).) If no such rate appears on Telerate Page 3750, LIBOR shall mean the per annum rate, determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in Dollars for a term coextensive with such Interest Period (or other period) and in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount of the applicable Borrowing or overdue amount are offered by four major banks in the London interbank market, selected by Calculation Agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the day that is two Business Days preceding the first day of such Interest Period (or other period). If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR for such Interest Period (or other period) shall be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, LIBOR for such Interest Period (or other period) shall be the arithmetic mean of the per annum rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by Calculation Agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m. on such day for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a term coextensive with such Interest Period (or other period) and in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount of the applicable Borrowing or overdue amount. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the rate for that Interest Period (or other period) will be determined by such alternate method as reasonably selected by Calculation Agent.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

LTV Ratio ” means, at any time, the quotient (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the difference of (i) the Total Accrued Loan Amount (for the avoidance of doubt, calculated without regard to the then applicable Make Whole Amount) minus (ii) the Cash Collateral Amount, if any, divided by (b) the sum of (i) the Share Collateral Value plus (ii) the Other Collateral Value, in each case at such time.

Make Whole Amount ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Margin Loan Document ” means each of this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Control Agreement, each Issuer Acknowledgement, each promissory note delivered pursuant to Section 2.15(d), each Borrowing Notice and each agreement delivered under Section 5.07.

Margin Stock ” has the meaning specified in Regulation U promulgated by the FRB.

Market Disruption Event ” means an Early Closure, an Exchange Disruption, or a Trading Disruption.

Material Adverse Effect ” means, with respect to any Cross-Default Person, a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets or liabilities, of such Cross-Default Person taken as a whole, (b) the ability of such Cross-Default Person to perform any of its obligations under any Margin Loan Document to which it is a party, (c) the Collateral, or Collateral Agent’s Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens, or (d) the rights of or benefits available to Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or the Lenders under any Margin Loan Document.

 

14


Material Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness if the amount thereof exceeds the Threshold Amount.

Material Nonpublic Information ” means information (i) that has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD, and (ii) to which an investor would reasonably attach importance in reaching a decision to buy, sell or hold Shares.

Material Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person with total assets equal to or greater than $100,000,000.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.18.

Maximum TGP Shares ” means 25,208,274 TGP Shares.

Maximum TNK Shares ” means 16,754,474 TNK Shares.

Maximum TOO Shares ” means 38,211,772 TOO Shares.

Merger Event ” means, with respect to any of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, any transaction or event that is, or results in, (i) a reclassification or change of such Shares that results in a transfer of or an irrevocable commitment to transfer all of such Shares outstanding to another entity or person, (ii) a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or binding share exchange of the TGP Issuer, the TNK Issuer or the TOO Issuer, as the case may be, with or into another entity or person (other than a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or binding share exchange in which such Issuer is the continuing entity and that does not result in a reclassification or change of all of such Shares outstanding), (iii) a takeover offer, tender offer, exchange offer, solicitation, proposal or other event by any entity or person to purchase or otherwise obtain 100% of the outstanding Shares of the TGP Issuer, the TNK Issuer or the TOO Issuer, as the case may be, that results in a transfer of or an irrevocable commitment to transfer all such Shares (other than such Shares owned or controlled by such other entity or person), or (iv) a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or binding share exchange of the TGP Issuer, the TNK Issuer or the TOO Issuer, as the case may be, or its subsidiaries with or into another entity in which such Issuer is the continuing entity and that does not result in a reclassification or change of all such Shares outstanding but results in the outstanding TGP Shares, TNK Shares or TOO Shares, as the case may be (other than such Shares owned or controlled by such other entity), immediately prior to such event collectively representing less than 50% of the outstanding TGP Shares, TNK Shares or TOO Shares, as the case may be, immediately following such event.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or its successor).

 

15


Notice Date ” means, in respect of any Potential Facility Amendment Event or Share Collateral Trigger Event , the date, if any, on which Administrative Agent delivers notice to Borrower of the proposed amendments to the terms of the relevant Margin Loan Documents in respect of such Potential Facility Amendment Event or Share Collateral Trigger Event, as the case may be , and, in the case of a Redocumentation Event, the date, if any, on which either party delivers notice to the other party that such Redocumentation Event has occurred.

Obligations ” means all Advances to, and all debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants, indemnifications, and duties of, Borrower arising under any Margin Loan Document or otherwise with respect to the Advances, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against Borrower of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming Borrower as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

Obligor ” means each of Borrower and Guarantor.

Ordinary Cash Dividend ” means any quarterly cash dividend or distribution to existing holders of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, as the case may be, that does not exceed (i) $1.50 per share in the case of either the TGP Shares or the TOO Shares or (ii) $0.30 per share in the case of the TNK Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, only one dividend or distribution per calendar quarter in respect of each of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares and the TOO Shares may be an Ordinary Cash Dividend.

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation or company, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization, and the limited liability company agreement or operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Original Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on the signature page hereof as executed on December 21, 2012.

Other Collateral ” means such assets of Borrower, if any, not consisting of Cash, Cash Equivalents or Shares as Borrower and Collateral Agent, with the consent of the Required Lenders, shall agree in writing shall constitute Other Collateral.

Other Collateral Value ” means, at any time, the aggregate Collateral Value of all Eligible Collateral consisting of Other Collateral at such time.

Other Connection Taxes ” means Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between a Lender Person and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Lender Person having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Margin Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Advance or Margin Loan Document).

 

16


Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Margin Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment, any sale of participations or the designation of a new Lending Office (other than at the request of Borrower pursuant to Section 2.11(e)).

Parent Company ” means, with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09(c).

Permitted Investments ” means loans of Cash owned by Borrower and not constituting Collateral (or required by any Margin Loan Document to be held as Collateral) to Guarantor or any Subsidiary of Guarantor on arm’s-length terms.

Permitted Liens ” means (a) Liens imposed by Law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves in conformity with GAAP have been taken and (b) Liens granted to Collateral Agent pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Potential Facility Amendment Events ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01( c b ).

Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event ” means that, at any time, the aggregate Collateral Value of the Adjusted Initial Basket is less than 60% of the Initial Share Collateral Value.

Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event Grace Period ” means, in respect of any Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event, the period of three Business Days immediately following the date (the “ notice date ”) on which Administrative Agent gives Borrower notice of the occurrence of an event that will cause such Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event to occur; provided that if Borrower delivers to Administrative Agent on or prior to the first Business Day immediately following such notice date (i) a copy of a duly executed and delivered notice of borrowing under a revolving credit facility of Guarantor in respect of an amount sufficient to prepay Borrowings pursuant to Section 2.10(a) such that, immediately after giving effect to such prepayment, the LTV Ratio would be equal to or less than the PSCT LTV Ratio and (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent that Guarantor has agreed to contribute the proceeds of such borrowing to Borrower, the Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event Grace Period for such Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event shall be the period of four Business Days immediately following such notice date.

 

17


Process Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.02(e).

PSCT LTV Ratio ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Redocumentation Event ” means that (i) an event is announced that if consummated or completed would result in any Issuer ceasing to be a “foreign private issuer” as such term is defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act or (ii) any Issuer ceases to be such a “foreign private issuer.”

Reference Share Collateral Value ” means the Share Collateral Value as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date after giving effect to the additional pledge referred to in Section 4(b) of Amendment No. 3.

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09(b)(iv).

Regulation U ” means Regulation U issued by the FRB.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders (not including Borrower or any of its Affiliates) having aggregate Applicable Percentages in excess of 50% at such time.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to either Borrower or Guarantor, any of the chief executive officer, chairman, president, chief financial officer, chief strategy officer, any vice president, secretary, assistant secretary or director of such Person.

Restricted Payment ” means, with respect to any Person, any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in such Person, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in such Person or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in such Person.

Restricted Transaction ” means, in respect of an Obligor, any pledge or encumbrance of Shares to any person (a “ Secured Party ”) to secure any obligation of such Obligor or any Affiliate of such Obligor; provided that such a pledge or encumbrance of Shares by an Obligor other than Borrower that does not relate to a transaction that gives rise to any obligations of Borrower shall not constitute a Restricted Transaction if (i) such Obligor has given Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, a right of first refusal to either (x) enter into the transaction that would give rise to such obligation on the same terms as those proposed to be entered into with such Secured Party or (y) amend the Margin Loan Documents to add such Shares to the Eligible Collateral and (1) increase the total Commitments by an amount equal to the product of the Share Collateral Value in respect of such Shares as of the date such Shares are added to the Eligible Collateral and the Initial LTV Ratio (with a proportional increase to the Commitment of each Lender) and (2) increase the Maximum TGP Shares, the Maximum TNK Shares and the Maximum TOO Shares by the number of TGP Shares, TNK Shares and TOO Shares included in such Shares, in either case of (x) or (y), in lieu of the proposed transaction between the Obligor and the proposed Secured Party; and (ii) if Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, has declined to exercise such right of first refusal (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by reason of being unable to obtain the consents required by Section 9.01(a) to affect such amendments to the Margin Loan Documents), (A) the transaction between the Obligor and the proposed Secured Party does not contain any events of default, collateral triggers or other provisions that could allow such Secured Party to liquidate any such Shares prior to a time at which Collateral Agent would have the right to liquidate the Collateral under the Margin Loan Documents and (B) Borrower agrees to amend the terms of this Agreement to include, in addition to the Events of Default set forth herein, any default, event of default, collateral trigger or other event or circumstance giving rise to a right on behalf of such Secured Party to liquidate any Shares as an Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

18


Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s (or its successor).

Sanctions ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.14.

Scheduled Maturity Date ” means January 2, 2018.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Agreement ” means that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Borrower and Collateral Agent, in the form of Exhibit B, as it may be amended or modified from time to time.

Separate Facility ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01( d c ).

Set-off Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.15.

Share Collateral Trigger Event ” means that , at any time, the aggregate Collateral Value of the Adjusted Initial Basket is less than 79.2% of the Reference Share Collateral Value.

Share Collateral Value ” means, at any time, the aggregate Collateral Value of all Eligible Collateral consisting of Collateral Shares at such time.

Shares ” means each of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares and the TOO Shares.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person, that at any time, both (a)(i) the sum of such Person’s liabilities (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Person’s present assets; (ii) such Person’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Closing Date; and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe (or reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (b) such Person is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

19


Spread ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

Structuring Fee ” has the meaning specified in the Schedule 1.01(b).

Structuring Fee Payment Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date that is two calendar weeks following the date hereof and (ii) the date of the first Borrowing hereunder.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the majority of the Equity Interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transaction, swap option, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, credit protection transaction, credit swap, credit default swap, credit default option, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell-back transaction, securities lending transaction, weather index transaction or forward purchase or sale of a security, commodity or other financial instrument or interest (including any option with respect to any of these transactions), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, that are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to- market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined by Calculation Agent, using commercially reasonable procedures in order to produce a commercially reasonable result, based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Affiliate of Administrative Agent or any Lender).

 

20


Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but that, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

TGP Issuer ” means Teekay LNG Partners L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

TGP Shares ” means the common units of TGP Issuer.

Threshold Amount ” has the meaning specified in Schedule 1.01(b).

TNK Issuer ” means Teekay Tankers Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

TNK Shares ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of TNK Issuer. The defined term “TNK Shares” includes the 2013 TNK Shares, the 2014 TNK Shares and the 2015 TNK Shares unless otherwise specified.

TOO Issuer ” means Teekay Offshore Partners L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

TOO Shares ” means the common units of TOO Issuer.

Total Accrued Loan Amount ” means, at any time, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Advances, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, the accrued and unpaid fees, including the Make Whole Amount, if applicable, and all reimbursable expenses and other Obligations together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

Trading Disruption ” means, for any of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares, any material suspension of or limitation imposed on trading by the Exchange for such Shares on any Exchange Business Day for such Shares (whether by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by such Exchange or otherwise) relating to such Shares.

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Margin Loan Documents, the grant of the security interest contemplated hereby or thereby and the borrowing of the Advances.

 

21


Transfer Restriction ” means, with respect to any item of Collateral, any condition to or restriction on the ability of the owner thereof to sell, assign or otherwise transfer such item of Collateral or enforce the provisions thereof or of any document related thereto whether set forth in such item of Collateral itself or in any document related thereto, including, without limitation, (i) any requirement that any sale, assignment or other transfer or enforcement for such item of Collateral be consented to or approved by any Person, including, without limitation, the issuer thereof or any other obligor thereon, (ii) any limitation on the type or status, financial or otherwise, of any purchaser, pledgee, assignee or transferee of such item of Collateral, (iii) any requirement for the delivery of any certificate, consent, agreement, opinion of counsel, notice or any other document of any Person to the issuer of, any other obligor on or any registrar or transfer agent for, such item of Collateral, prior to the sale, pledge, assignment or other transfer or enforcement of such item of Collateral and (iv) any registration or qualification requirement or prospectus delivery requirement for such item of Collateral pursuant to any federal, state, local or foreign securities law (including, without limitation, any such requirement arising under Section 5 of the Securities Act as a result of such item of Collateral being a “restricted security” or Borrower being an “affiliate” of the issuer of such item of Collateral, as such terms are defined in Rule 144); provided that the required delivery of a customary assignment, instruction or entitlement order from Borrower, together with any evidence of the corporate or other authority of Borrower, shall not constitute a “ Transfer Restriction ”.

U.S. Person ” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(e)(ii)(B)(3).

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or any other state or jurisdiction of the United States the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

Utilization ” means, with respect to any Lender for any calendar day, (i) the total outstanding principal amount of Advances made by such Lender as of such calendar day divided by (ii) the Aggregate Commitment for such Lender, expressed as a percentage.

Section 1.02 .   Times Of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

22


Section 1.03 .   Terms Generally.

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, unless expressly specified otherwise, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(b) Section headings herein and in the other Margin Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Documents.

(c) Determinations, consents, approvals or any other actions or non-actions taken by or determined by Administrative Agent in such capacity shall be made in good faith and, unless otherwise stated herein, its sole discretion.

(d) In the computation of numbers of shares, triggers related to price or value per share or traded volume of shares herein, such number, or collateral trigger in this Agreement, as applicable, may be adjusted from time to time by Calculation Agent in connection with any buy-back, share split or any other event with dilutive or concentrative effect (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include ordinary course equity or convertible/exchangeable offerings on market terms, as well as contribution arrangements where the parent contributes assets to the issuers in exchange for shares issued at prevailing market prices) with respect to such shares so that the trigger levels reflect the same collateral value and the numbers of such shares maintains the same ratio to the aggregate number of such shares issued and outstanding, in each case had such buy-back, share split or similar event not occurred.

Section 1.04.  Accounting Terms; GAAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that if Borrower notifies Administrative Agent that Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if Administrative Agent notifies Borrower that Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

 

23


ARTICLE 2

A MOUNTS A ND T ERMS O F T HE A DVANCES

Section 2.01 .   Commitments.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make loans in Dollars to Borrower (each such loan, an “ Advance ”) from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) the total outstanding principal amount of Advances made by such Lender exceeding the Commitment for such Lender or (ii) the total outstanding principal amount of Advances made by all Lenders exceeding the Commitments for all Lenders.

Section 2.02 .   Advances and Borrowings.

(a) Each Advance shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Advances made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their then Applicable Percentages. The failure of any Lender to make any Advance required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder.

(b) Each Borrowing shall be in an amount of $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Subject to the conditions set forth in Article 4 and the other terms and conditions set forth herein, Borrower may from time to time borrow, prepay pursuant to Section 2.10(a) and reborrow under this Section 2.02.

Section 2.03 .   Requests For Borrowings.

(a) (i) To request a Borrowing, Borrower shall notify Administrative Agent and each other Lender of such request no later than 1:00 p.m. on the second Business Day prior to the date of such proposed Borrowing.

(ii) Each such notice of a request for a Borrowing (a “ Borrowing Notice ”) shall be in writing in substantially the form of Exhibit A , specifying therein: (x) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day, (y) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing and (z) the Funding Account. If a Borrowing Notice is not given by the time referred to in Section 2.03(a)(i) above, it shall be deemed to have been given on the next succeeding Business Day.

(b) Each Borrowing Notice shall be irrevocable and binding on Borrower.

Section 2.04 .   Funding Of Borrowings.

(a) Each Lender shall make each Advance to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds promptly and not later than 3:00 p.m. to the account of Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the first Borrowing, Section 4.01), Administrative Agent will make all funds so received available to Borrower by crediting the amounts so received, in like funds as received by Administrative Agent, to the Funding Account.

 

24


(b) Unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Lender did not make available such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, then such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to Administrative Agent the amount thereof in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by Administrative Agent to Borrower to the date such amount is received by Administrative Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time as in effect plus Administrative Agent’s standard processing fee for interbank compensation. If such Lender pays such amount to Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Advance included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon Borrower, and Borrower shall pay such amount to Administrative Agent, together with the interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligations to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights that Administrative Agent or Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

Section 2.05 .   Termination Of Facility.   (a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitment shall terminate on the Scheduled Maturity Date.

(b) Borrower may at any time, upon written notice to Administrative Agent, terminate the Commitments upon the prepayment in full of the Total Accrued Loan Amount to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender. Upon delivery by Borrower of such written notice, the Facility shall be irrevocably terminated, may not be reinstated and shall cease to have further effect, except with respect to the provisions that by their express terms survive the termination of the Facility.

(c) Borrower may not reduce the amount of the Commitment, except as set forth in Section 2.10 below.

Section 2.06 .   Repayment Of Advances.   Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Advance on the Final Maturity Date.

 

25


Section 2.07 .   Interest.

(a) Borrower shall pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Advance, from the date of such Advance until the date on which such principal amount shall have been paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate, payable quarterly in arrears for each Interest Period on the first Business Day following the end of such Interest Period, commencing on the first Business Day following the end of the first Interest Period following the Closing Date, and on the Final Maturity Date; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section shall be payable on demand and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Advance, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment. The total amount of interest due on each such day shall be computed by Calculation Agent on the immediately preceding Business Day. The Base Rate shall be computed by Calculation Agent based on a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed in the Interest Period for which interest is payable.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, (i) all Advances shall bear interest at 2% plus the Base Rate and (ii) any other amount outstanding hereunder shall accrue interest at 2% plus the Base Rate.

Section 2.08 .   Fees.

(a) (i) On the Structuring Fee Payment Date, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the Structuring Fee and shall pay the Lender Expenses as directed by Administrative Agent; provided that any Lender Expenses not invoiced prior to the Closing Date shall be due and payable three Business Days following the date they are invoiced, (ii) on January 6, 2014, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the Amendment No. 1 Structuring Fee, (iii) on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, Borrower shall pay the Lender Expenses as directed by Administrative Agent; provided that any Lender Expenses not invoiced prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall be due and payable three Business Days following the date they are invoiced, (iv) on January 7, 2015, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the Amendment No. 2 Structuring Fee and , (v) on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, Borrower shall pay the Lender Expenses as directed by Administrative Agent; provided that any Lender Expenses not invoiced prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date shall be due and payable three Business Days following the date they are invoiced , (vi) on January 5, 2016, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the Amendment No. 4 Structuring Fee and (vii) on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, Borrower shall pay the Lender Expenses as directed by Administrative Agent; provided that any Lender Expenses not invoiced prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date shall be due and payable three Business Days following the date they are invoiced . Such fee shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(b) Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) on the first Business Day following the end of each Commitment Fee Calculation Period in an amount equal to the sum, for each calendar day that falls in both (x) such Commitment Fee Calculation Period and (y) the Commitment Fee Period, of the product of (i) the undrawn portion of the Aggregate Commitment for such Lender on such day, (ii) the Commitment Fee Rate with respect to such Lender for such day and (iii) 1/360. The Commitment Fee shall accrue at all times during the Commitment Fee Period (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, during any Commitment Unavailability Period) , including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article 4 is not met. Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower no later than the Business Day prior to any date on which the accrued Commitment Fee is payable of the amount of such Commitment Fee due on such payment date; provided that if Administrative Agent gives Borrower such notice after such deadline, such accrued Commitment Fee shall be due and payable on the Business Day following the date Administrative Agent delivers such notice.

 

26


(c) If the Commitments are terminated in full by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.05(b) or if the Total Accrued Loan Amount is declared due and payable in connection with an Event of Default of the type described in Section 7.01(a) (solely to the extent that the payment required to be made is based upon an Event of Default under any of the other Sections enumerated in this Section 2.08(c)), Section 7.01(b), Section 7.01(d) (solely with respect to Borrower and solely under Section 5.03, Section 5.09, and Article 6, but excluding Section 6.14, of this Agreement), Section 7.01(g) (solely with respect to Borrower), Section 7.01(h)(ii), Section 7.01(i)(ii) or Section 7.01(n) (solely with respect to Borrower) of this Agreement, in each case prior to the Final Maturity Date, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the Make Whole Amount, except that no Make Whole Amount shall be payable in connection with any such termination to the extent provided in Section 9.01(b) , or Section 9.01(c) or Section 9.01(d) .

(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders ratably in accordance with the Applicable Percentage of each Lender. Fees shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender will not be entitled to any fees accruing during such period pursuant to Section 2.08(b) (without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders in respect of such fees).

Section 2.09 .   Interest Rate Determinations.   Calculation Agent shall give notice to Borrower and the Lenders of the applicable interest rates for the purposes of Section 2.07.

Section 2.10 .   Prepayments Of Borrowings; Withdrawal Of Collateral; Substitution of Collateral Shares.

(a) Borrower may prepay Borrowings, in whole or in part, by prepaying an amount equal to the sum of (i) the principal amount of the Borrowings being prepaid and (ii) accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid, upon irrevocable notice thereof. Such notice shall be given to Administrative Agent by Borrower not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date five (5) Business Days prior to the date of any such prepayment; provided that each partial prepayment of the Borrowings shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Any such prepayment shall be made to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender.

(b) Borrower shall not withdraw any Collateral from the Collateral Account, except as provided in this subsection (b) or in subsection (c), (d) or (e) of this Section 2.10. Borrower shall be entitled to the release, upon written notice thereof delivered to Collateral Agent on or before 2:00 p.m. three (3) Exchange Business Days prior to the requested date of the release, of (i) Cash, Cash Equivalents or any other Collateral other than Collateral Shares from the Collateral Account (other than Ordinary Cash Dividends) if immediately following such release the LTV Ratio would be less than or equal to the Initial LTV Ratio; or (ii) Collateral Shares from the Collateral Account if (A) immediately following such release (x) the LTV Ratio would be less than or equal to the Initial LTV Ratio and (y) the Basket Ratio Requirement would be satisfied and (B) the Share Collateral Value is greater than 120% of the Initial Share Collateral Value at all times on the 30 consecutive Exchange Business Days immediately prior to such request; provided that prior to and immediately after giving effect to any release pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.10(b), no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur.

 

27


(c) (i) Borrower may in its discretion (A) pledge additional Shares by depositing them into the Collateral Account or (B) request the release of any TGP Shares, TNK Shares or TOO Shares constituting Collateral, and Collateral Agent shall grant such request if in connection with such request Borrower pledges additional TGP Shares or TNK Shares (in the case of a requested release of TOO Shares), additional TGP Shares or TOO Shares (in the case of a requested release of TNK Shares) or additional TNK Shares or TOO Shares (in the case of a requested release of TGP Shares) by depositing such additional Shares into the Collateral Account in an amount such that immediately after giving effect to such requested release and the related pledge of additional Shares, the LTV Ratio shall not be increased (a “substitution”); provided that immediately following any such additional pledge or substitution, the Basket Ratio Requirement shall be satisfied and (ii) any Shares that Borrower pledged pursuant to clause (i) above to cure an Event of Default of the type described in Section 7.01(o) during the applicable Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event Grace Period shall be automatically released to Borrower; provided that (x) immediately following such release, the LTV Ratio shall be less than or equal to the PSCT LTV Ratio and the Basket Ratio Requirement shall be satisfied , and (y) prior to and immediately after giving effect to such release, no Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur and (z) no Share Collateral Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing .

(d) Any Ordinary Cash Dividend shall be automatically released to Borrower on the Business Day immediately following the day such Ordinary Cash Dividend is credited to the Collateral Account; provided that (i) prior to and immediately after giving effect to such release, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur and (ii) if a Share Collateral Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing at the time such Ordinary Cash Dividend is credited to the Collateral Account, such Ordinary Cash Dividend shall be automatically released to Borrower on the fourth Business Day immediately following the day such Ordinary Cash Dividend is credited to the Collateral Account . Upon request of Borrower to Administrative Agent, any Collateral consisting of the proceeds of any Extraordinary Dividend, whether in the form of cash or other property, shall be released to Borrower on the fifth Exchange Business Day following the receipt of such request; provided that (i) a Share Collateral Trigger Event has not occurred and is continuing and (ii) prior to and immediately after giving effect to such release, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur.

(e) Interest shall accrue to the account of Borrower on any Cash held in the Collateral Account at the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and shall be credited to the Collateral Account by Administrative Agent on each Business Day. Such interest shall be automatically released to Borrower on the Business Day immediately following the day such interest is credited to the Collateral Account; provided that (i) no Share Collateral Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing and (ii) prior to and immediately after giving effect to such release, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur.

 

28


Section 2.11 .   Increased Costs.   (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender;

(ii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Advances made by such Lender or participation therein; or

(iii) subject any Lender Person to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) or (c) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or Administrative Agent of making or maintaining the Advances hereunder (or of maintaining its Commitment) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or Administrative Agent hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then Borrower will pay such Lender or Administrative Agent such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Administrative Agent, as the case may be, for such additional costs actually incurred or reduction actually suffered.

(b) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of any Margin Loan Document, the Commitment of such Lender or the Advances made by such Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction actually suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; and provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

29


(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Lender Person requests compensation under this Section 2.11 or Borrower must pay increased amounts or any amounts for Indemnified Taxes pursuant to Section 2.12, then the applicable Lender will, if requested by Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Advance, or portion thereof, affected by the relevant event if such designation would avoid the requirement for or reduce the amount of such compensation, increased amounts or amounts for Indemnified Taxes; provided that such efforts need only be made on terms that, in the commercially reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage; and provided further that nothing in this Section 2.11(e) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of Borrower or the rights of such Lender Person pursuant to Section 2.11(a) through (d) or Section 2.12. Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation.

(f) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 2.11 or that Borrower pay increased amounts or any amount for Indemnified Taxes under Section 2.12, Borrower may, upon prior written notice to Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.10(a), terminate the Commitment of such Lender upon the prepayment in full of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Total Accrued Loan Amount (including the Make Whole Amount, which for purposes of this Section 2.11(f) shall be calculated with regard to such Lender’s Commitment only) to Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender. For the avoidance of doubt, Section 2.14 shall apply to any such prepayment. Upon receipt of such prepayment, the Commitment of such Lender shall be irrevocably terminated and such Lender shall be deemed to no longer be a party to this Agreement or any Margin Loan Document, but for the avoidance of doubt provisions of any Margin Loan Document that by their express terms survive the termination of the Facility shall continue to apply with respect to such Lender.

(g) All of Borrower’s obligations under this Section 2.11 shall survive termination of the Facility and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

Section 2.12 .   Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Obligor under any Margin Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.12) the applicable Lender Person receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

30


(b) The applicable Obligor shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of Administrative Agent, timely reimburse it for the payment of, Other Taxes.

(c) As soon as reasonably practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Obligor to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.12, such Obligor shall deliver to Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

(d) The Obligors shall jointly and severally indemnify each Lender Person, within 10 days after written demand therefor accompanied by a certificate satisfying the requirements set forth below, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Lender Person, or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Lender Person, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by such Lender Person (with a copy to Administrative Agent), or by Administrative Agent on behalf of such Lender Person, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts payable to the applicable Lender Person under this Section shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) (i) If any Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Margin Loan Document it shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent as will enable Borrower or Administrative Agent to determine whether or not Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of any such documentation other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.12(e)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below requested by Borrower shall not be required if in Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or Administrative Agent), properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

 

31


(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Margin Loan Document, properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Margin Loan Document, properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, properly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 or Exhibit E-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

 

32


(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit Borrower or Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Margin Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent as may be necessary for Borrower and Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify Borrower and Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.12 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.12), it shall promptly pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.12 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (f) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (f), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (f) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had never been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

33


(g) Each Lender shall severally indemnify Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Obligor has not already indemnified Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Obligors to do so) and (ii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by Administrative Agent in connection with any Margin Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Margin Loan Document or otherwise payable by Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to Administrative Agent under this paragraph (g).

(h) Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.12 shall survive the assignment of rights by, or the replacement of any Lender Person, the termination of the Commitment and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Margin Loan Document .

Section 2.13 . Illegality.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Lender shall notify Administrative Agent and Borrower that any Law makes it unlawful, or any Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender to perform its obligations to make or maintain Advances hereunder, the obligation of such Lender to make the Advances shall be terminated and all Advances, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to such Lender shall become due and payable either on the last day of the then current Interest Period, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain the Advances to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain the Advances.

Section 2.14 .   Break-Funding. In the event of the payment of any principal of an Advance other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), or the failure to borrow (for a reason other than the failure of Administrative Agent or a Lender to make such Advance), prepay any Advance on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto, then, in any such event, upon written demand of the applicable Lender, Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits or margin) attributable to such event to the extent actually incurred by the applicable Lender. A certificate of Calculation Agent setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that each Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay each Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. All of Borrower’s obligations under this Section 2.14 shall survive termination of the Facility or repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

Section 2.15 .   Evidence Of Debt.   (a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Advance made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

 

34


(b) Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Advance made hereunder and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from Borrower hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(c) The entries maintained in the accounts maintained pursuant to Subsections (a) and (b) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided that the failure of any Lender or Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of Borrower to repay such obligations in accordance with their terms.

(d) No promissory note shall be required to evidence the Advances by any Lender to Borrower. Upon the request of any Lender, Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note, payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form approved by such Lender, which shall evidence the Advances to Borrower by such Lender in addition to such records. Thereafter, the Advances evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein and its registered assigns.

Section 2.16 .   Payments And Computations; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Borrower shall make each payment hereunder not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day when due in Dollars to, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Administrative Agent in immediately available funds. All payments received by Administrative Agent after 1:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. All such payments shall be made to Administrative Agent at its offices as set forth on Schedule 9.02.

(b) Whenever any payment hereunder would be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or any fees, as the case may be.

(c) All payments (including prepayments and any other amounts received hereunder in connection with the exercise of Administrative Agent’s rights after an Event of Default) made by Borrower to Administrative Agent under any Margin Loan Document shall be applied to amounts then due and payable in the following order: (i) the Structuring Fee, if any; (ii) to any expenses and indemnities payable by Borrower to Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Margin Loan Document; (iii) to any accrued and unpaid interest and fees due under this Agreement; (iv) to principal payments on the outstanding Advances; and (v) to the extent of any excess, to the payment of all other Obligations under the Margin Loan Documents.

 

35


(d) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Advances or other Obligations under the Margin Loan Documents resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Advances and accrued interest thereon or such other obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (i) notify Administrative Agent of such fact, and (ii) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Advances and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments that shall be equitable so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages; provided that (A) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (B) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Advances to any assignee or participant, other than to Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against Borrower and Guarantor rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of Borrower or Guarantor in the amount of such participation.

(e) Unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment, Administrative Agent may assume that Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to the date of payment to Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(f) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Sections 2.04(b), 2.16(e) and 9.04(f), then Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amount thereafter received by Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

ARTICLE 3

R EPRESENTATIONS A ND W ARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

Section 3.01 .   Organization; Powers.   Borrower is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification or good standing is required. All licenses, permits, approvals, concessions or other authorizations necessary for (i) the consummation of the Transaction and (ii) except where the failure to obtain and maintain any of the foregoing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Borrower, the conduct of the business of Borrower, have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

36


Section 3.02 .   Authorization; Enforceability.   The Transactions are within Borrower’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, shareholder action. The Margin Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party have been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

Section 3.03 .   Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts.   The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except for filings necessary to register and/or perfect Liens created pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents, (b) will not violate any Law applicable to Borrower, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by Borrower, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Borrower, except Liens created pursuant to the Margin Loan Documents.

Section 3.04 .   Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.

(a) Borrower has heretofore furnished to Administrative Agent the Borrower Financial Statements, if any, and the Guarantor Financial Statements. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

(b) As of any date, no event, change or condition has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guarantor, since the date of the last financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(x) or Section 5.01, as applicable, with respect to Guarantor.

Section 3.05 .   Litigation Matters.   There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting Borrower (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Borrower or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.

 

37


Section 3.06 .   Compliance With Laws And Agreements.   Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (ii) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Person. Borrower is in compliance with its reporting obligations under Sections 13 and 16 of the Exchange Act, including in respect of the transactions contemplated hereunder. No Default exists and no Event of Default has occurred, other than those that have been waived or deemed not to have occurred pursuant to the last sentence of Section 7.01.

Section 3.07 .   Investment Company Status.   Borrower is not and, after giving effect to the contemplated Transactions, will not be required to register as an “investment company” and is not a Person “controlled by” an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 3.08 .   Taxes.   Borrower has timely filed all income tax returns and other material tax returns that are required to be filed by it in all jurisdictions and has paid all taxes, assessments, claims, governmental charges or levies imposed on it or its properties, except for Taxes contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against Borrower that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Cross-Default Person. Prior to any request for a Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03, Borrower will elect to be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which election will be valid and effective as of its formation, and its regarded owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be a “foreign corporation” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(5) of the Code). Borrower does not have, and has never had, a trade or business or a permanent establishment in any country other than the country of its organization.

Section 3.09 .   Disclosure.   Borrower has disclosed to Administrative Agent all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Borrower. All information provided with respect to Borrower and its Affiliates by or on behalf of Borrower to Administrative Agent in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, taken as a whole, was or will be, on or as of the applicable date of provision thereof, taken as a whole, complete and correct in all material respects and did not (or will not) contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made.

Section 3.10 .   Material Agreements. Borrower is not in default under any provision of any material agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or any of its properties or assets is bound that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Borrower.

 

38


Section 3.11 .   Solvency. Each of Borrower and Guarantor is, and upon the incurrence of any Obligations by Borrower on any date on which this representation and warranty is made or deemed made, will be, Solvent.

Section 3.12 .   Trading And Other Restrictions.

(a) Borrower is the direct, sole beneficial owner and sole holder of record of all Collateral.

(b) (i) Borrower’s holding period (as determined in accordance with Rule 144) as to the Collateral Shares consisting of TGP Shares and TOO Shares (excluding the 2015 Additional TOO Shares) began more than one year prior to the date hereof, (ii) Borrower’s holding period (as determined in accordance with Rule 144) as to the Collateral Shares consisting of the 2015 Additional TOO Shares began on July 31, 2015 and (iii) Borrower’s holding period (as determined in accordance with Rule 144) as to the Collateral Shares consisting of (x) 8,076,530 TNK Shares began more than one year prior to the date hereof (the “ 2013 TNK Shares ”), (y) 4,166,666 TNK Shares began on December 24, 2014 (the “ 2014 TNK Shares ”) and (z) 4,511,278 TNK Shares began on August 7, 2015 (the “ 2015 TNK Shares ”).

(c) The Collateral Shares constituting Eligible Collateral (i) are not subject to any restrictions on transfer or pledge that affect the ability of any Obligor to consummate any of the Transactions contemplated by the Margin Loan Documents or the ability of Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to exercise any remedies contemplated by the Margin Loan Documents, other than Existing Transfer Restrictions, (ii) do not contain any legends on the certificates therefor or other similar types of restrictions on such Shares, and do not require any opinions from Issuer’s counsel, or the removal of any “stop transfer order” prior to the sale of such Shares, (iii) are not subject to any shareholders agreement, investor rights agreements, or any other similar agreements or any voting or other contractual restrictions that affect the ability of any Obligor to consummate any of the Transactions contemplated by the Margin Loan Documents or the ability of Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to exercise any remedies contemplated by the Margin Loan Documents and (iv) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

Section 3.13 .   Capitalization and Subsidiaries. Borrower has no Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.13 sets forth a true and complete listing of each class of each of Borrower’s authorized Equity Interests, of which all of such issued shares are validly issued, outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable, and owned beneficially and of record by the Persons identified on Schedule 3.13.

Section 3.14 .   Patriot Act; Sanctioned Persons.

(a) Borrower is not an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. § 1 et seq.), as amended. Borrower and each of its Affiliates is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and (ii) the Act, to the extent that any such Act is applicable to it. No part of the proceeds of any Advance will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or governmental employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity on behalf of a government, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

39


(b) Neither Borrower nor Guarantor is a Person that is (i) the subject of any sanctions (A) administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority or (B) pursuant to the U.S. Iran Sanctions Act, as amended (collectively, the “ Sanctions ”) , nor (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria). No part of the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the Facility, whether as lender, underwriter, advisor, investor, or otherwise). Neither Borrower nor Guarantor has, in the past five years, knowingly engaged in, is now knowingly engaged in, or will engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

Section 3.15 . Material Nonpublic Information.   Borrower is not in possession of any adverse Material Nonpublic Information with respect to any Issuer or any of the Shares.

Section 3.16 .   Restricted Transactions. As of each of the Closing Date and the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, Borrower is not a party to any Restricted Transactions in respect of Borrower.

Section 3.17.  Conduct of Business. Borrower is not engaged in any business other than as described in Section 6.03.

Section 3.18 .   Ownership of Property; Ownership of Shares.   (a) As of the Closing Date, Borrower owns directly 11,250,000 TGP Shares and 11,250,000 TOO Shares, and has no other material assets and (b) as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, Borrower owns directly 25,208,274 TGP Shares, 16,754,474 TNK Shares and 38,211,772 TOO Shares, and has no other material assets.

Section 3.19 .   No Sovereign Immunity.   Neither Borrower nor any of its assets or properties has any right of immunity on the grounds of sovereignty from jurisdiction of any court or from setoff or any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) under the Law of any jurisdiction.

 

40


ARTICLE 4

C ONDITIONS O F L ENDING

Section 4.01 .   Conditions Precedent to First Borrowing.   The obligation of each Lender to make an Advance on the occasion of the first Borrowing hereunder is subject to satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following documents, duly executed, each dated on or prior to the Closing Date, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(i) duly executed counterparts of this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Control Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement;

(ii) a UCC financing statement in appropriate form for filing with the Recorder of Deeds in the District of Columbia;

(iii) (x) certificate of Borrower, dated on or prior to the Closing Date and executed by any Director, Officer or the Secretary, which shall (A) certify the resolutions of its Board of Directors, members or other body authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Margin Loan Documents to which it is a party, (B) identify by name and title the Responsible Officers, and (C) contain appropriate attachments, including the Organization Documents of Borrower (which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit K attached hereto), certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of Borrower, and a Certificate of Compliance for Borrower, from its jurisdiction of organization; and (y) incumbency certificate, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signatures of the Responsible Officers authorized to sign the Margin Loan Documents;

(iv) (x) certificate of Guarantor, dated on or prior to the Closing Date and executed by its Secretary, which shall (A) certify the resolutions of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Margin Loan Documents to which it is a party, (B) identify by name and title of the Responsible Officers, and (C) contain appropriate attachments, including the Organization Documents of Guarantor, and a Certificate of Goodstanding for Guarantor, from its jurisdiction of organization; and (y) incumbency certificate, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signatures of the Responsible Officers authorized to sign the Margin Loan Documents;

(v) a solvency certificate from a Responsible Officer for each of Borrower and Guarantor;

(vi) legal opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, special New York counsel to Borrower and Guarantor; legal opinion of Alexanders, Bermuda counsel to Borrower; legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, special Marshall Islands counsel to Guarantor; each substantially in the form of exhibits to this Agreement;

 

41


(vii) for each Obligor, the results of a recent lien search in such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization and, if different, such Obligor’s “location” (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-307) and each of the jurisdictions where assets of such Obligor are located, and, in the case of Borrower, such search shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of Borrower except for liens permitted by Section 6.02 or discharged on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to a pay-off letter or other documentation satisfactory to Lender.

(viii) completed FRB Forms U-1 with respect to the Facility duly executed by Borrower;

(ix) the most recent account statements of Borrower with respect to each asset owned by Borrower, to the extent any such account statements have been prepared, and a certificate of a Responsible Officer, dated as of the Closing Date, (A) certifying that the aforementioned account statements, if any, are true, correct and complete and (B) containing a list of all Indebtedness, tax liabilities and/or commitments of Borrower, a description of the material terms of each item on such list (including the amount of any liability thereunder, whether contingent, direct or otherwise, the due date for each such liability, the total unfunded commitment, if any, and the rate of interest, if any, applicable thereto) and a certification that such list is true, correct and complete and that Borrower has no other Indebtedness, tax liabilities or commitments other than those set forth on such list (the “ Borrower Financial Statements ”);

(x) (w) audited consolidated financial statements of Guarantor for the 2009, 2010, and 2011 fiscal years, (x) unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of Guarantor for each fiscal quarter ended after the date of the latest applicable financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (w) of this paragraph as to which such financial statements are available, and (y) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Guarantor, dated as of the Closing Date, (A) certifying, in the case of the financial statements delivered under clause (x) above, as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Guarantor in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (B) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto (the “ Guarantor Financial Statements ”);

(xi) evidence that each of Borrower and Guarantor has duly appointed a process agent in New York City to accept such service of any and all writs, process and summonses for any action arising out of this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document; and

(xii) an Issuer Acknowledgement executed by each Issuer.

(b) The Collateral Account shall have been established by Borrower, and the Collateral Shares shall have been credited to the Collateral Account free from all Transfer Restrictions (other than Existing Transfer Restrictions) by book-entry transfer through DTC, as depositary.

 

42


(c) Immediately prior to such Borrowing, the quotient of (i) the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all Lenders hereunder divided by (ii) the Share Collateral Value shall be equal to or less than the Initial LTV Ratio.

(d) The Basket Ratio Requirement shall be satisfied at the time of such Borrowing.

(e) All documented fees required to be paid under the Margin Loan Documents on or before the Closing Date, including the Structuring Fee and Lender Expenses invoiced prior to the Closing Date, shall have been paid.

(f) No Change in Law shall have occurred and be continuing that, after giving effect to such Borrowing, would result in Borrower being obligated to compensate Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to such Change in Law pursuant to the terms of Section 2.11.

Section 4.02 .   Conditions Precedent To Each Advance.   The obligation of each Lender to make any Advance on the occasion of any Borrowing (including the first Borrowing hereunder) shall be subject to the following further conditions precedent:

(a) Each of the representations and warranties of Borrower and Guarantor contained in Article 3 or in any other Margin Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date;

(b) Since the date of the last financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(x) or Section 5.01, as applicable, with respect to Guarantor, no event or condition has resulted in, or could be reasonably expected to cause, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guarantor;

(c) Borrower shall have delivered a Borrowing Notice in accordance with the requirements hereof;

(d) Immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing, the LTV Ratio shall not exceed the Initial LTV Ratio;

(e) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from such Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom;

(f) Borrower shall not have provided notice of termination of the Commitments; and

(g) The Collateral Requirement shall have been satisfied.

 

43


ARTICLE 5

A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS O F B ORROWER

On and after the Closing Date and so long as any Lender has a commitment to make an Advance or any Obligations (other than indemnification obligations for which no claim has accrued or been asserted) remain outstanding:

Section 5.01 .   Financial Statements. Borrower will furnish to Administrative Agent or cause to be furnished to Administrative Agent:

(a) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of each Obligor, such Obligor’s audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of such Obligor in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, accompanied by any management letter prepared by said accountants; provided that Borrower shall have no obligation under this clause to provide any such financial statements, certificates or reports except to the extent Borrower has then prepared such items for its own internal use;

(b) within 90 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each Obligor, such Obligor’s consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of such Obligor’s Responsible Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of such Obligor in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; provided that Borrower shall have no obligation under this clause to provide any such financial statements, certificates or reports except to the extent Borrower has then prepared such items for its own internal use;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the applicable Obligor (or, in the case of Borrower, a Responsible Officer of Guarantor) (x) certifying, in the case of the financial statements delivered under clause (b), as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of such Obligor in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, and (y) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(d) In addition, Borrower shall promptly furnish to Administrative Agent such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of Borrower or Guarantor, or compliance with the terms of the Margin Loan Documents, as Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Section 5.02 .   Notices Of Material Events.   Borrower shall furnish to Administrative Agent or cause to be furnished to Administrative Agent notice, as promptly as reasonably practicable after obtaining actual knowledge, of:

(a) the occurrence of (i) any Default, Potential Facility Amendment Event or Redocumentation Event or (ii) any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to either Borrower or Guarantor, including the receipt of any notice of any governmental investigation or any litigation commenced or threatened against Borrower or Guarantor;

 

44


(b) the occurrence of a Change of Control of Borrower or an Issuer;

(c) any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) or claim made or asserted against any of the Other Collateral, if any;

(d) any material loss, damage, or destruction to any Other Collateral, if any, whether or not covered by insurance.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 5.03 .   Existence; Conduct Of Business. Borrower shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, qualifications, licenses, permits, franchises and governmental authorizations material to the conduct of its business, and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted.

Section 5.04 .   Payment Of Taxes.   Borrower shall pay and discharge as and when the same shall become due and payable, all material Taxes imposed upon it or upon its property, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being diligently contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, (b) Borrower has set aside on its books appropriate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) in the case of any liabilities which have or may become or result in a Lien upon any Collateral, none of the Collateral is subject to unstayed proceedings to sell such Collateral.

Section 5.05 .   Compliance With Laws.   Borrower shall comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable material Laws and all material orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or its property.

Section 5.06 .   Compliance With Exchange Act Requirements. Borrower shall promptly comply with its reporting obligations under Sections 13 and 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the transactions contemplated hereunder, and Borrower shall give prior notice to Administrative Agent of any public filing of or relating to the Margin Loan Documents and provide Administrative Agent with a copy of any such report at least one Business Day prior to the filing thereof.

Section 5.07 .   Further Assurances.   As promptly as reasonably practicable upon the request of Administrative Agent, Borrower shall execute and/or deliver any additional agreements, documents and instruments, and take such further actions as Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable (a) to assure Collateral Agent is perfected with a first priority Lien on the Collateral and (b) to carry out the provisions and purposes of the Margin Loan Documents. Such agreements, documents or instruments or actions shall be reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

 

45


Section 5.08 .   Books And Records.   Borrower shall keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.

Section 5.09 .   Maintenance of Separateness.   Borrower shall:

(a) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts;

(b) at all times conduct its business solely in its own name and in a manner not misleading to third parties as to its identity (including through the use of separate stationary or letterhead);

(c) not commingle its assets with the assets of any other Person and hold its assets in its own name;

(d) comply strictly with any organization formalities to maintain its separate existence;

(e) pay its own liabilities out of its own funds (after giving effect to any intercompany loans or additional investments, directly or indirectly, by Guarantor permitted under the Margin Loan Documents);

(f) maintain an arm’s-length relationship with its Affiliates and enter into transactions with Affiliates only on a commercially reasonable basis and on terms similar to those of an arm’s-length transaction (except to the extent that Borrower may enter into any contract or any other affiliate transaction permitted under the Margin Loan Documents, including making Permitted Investments);

(g) maintain adequate capital appropriate to the contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities of Borrower; provided that Guarantor, as the ultimate beneficial owner, shall not be required to make any additional capital contributions to the Company except as required by, or occurring in connection with, the guarantee by Guarantor in favor of Administrative Agent and the Lenders;

(h) cause the directors, officers, agents and other representatives of Borrower to act at all times with respect to Borrower consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of Borrower;

(i) not identify itself as a division of any other Person and use reasonable efforts to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of Borrower; and

(j) any financial statements maintained by Borrower shall show its assets and liabilities separate and apart from those of any other Person.

Section 5.10.  Use Of Proceeds.   Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Advances for general corporate purposes, including Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments.

 

46


ARTICLE 6

N EGATIVE C OVENANTS

On and after the Closing Date and so long as any Lender has a commitment to make an Advance or any Obligations (other than indemnification obligations for which no claim has accrued or been asserted) remain outstanding:

Section 6.01 .   Indebtedness.   Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, other than the Obligations under the Margin Loan Documents.

Section 6.02 .   Liens.   Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon the Collateral or any other property or asset, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens.

Section 6.03 .   Fundamental Changes.

(a) Borrower shall not (i) engage in any activity other than (x) acquiring and holding the Shares, and activities incidental thereto or otherwise contemplated herein, (y) issuing Equity Interests, accepting capital contributions and activities incidental to any of the foregoing or (z) making Permitted Investments and activities incidental thereto; (ii) acquire or own any material assets other than the Shares, Cash, Cash Equivalents and Other Collateral, and property incidental thereto; (iii) own any material assets that are not held in the Collateral Account, (iv) engage in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by Borrower on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto; or (v) change its capital structure to include any interests other than a single class of equity interests.

Section 6.04 .   Asset Sales.   Borrower shall not sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any asset; provided that Borrower may sell or transfer assets for cash (not on an installment basis) to any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Guarantor in an arm’s-length transaction.

Section 6.05 .   Investments And Acquisitions.   Other than Shares, Cash, Cash Equivalents, Other Collateral or Permitted Investments, Borrower shall not purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit (whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise).

Section 6.06 .   Restricted Payments.   Borrower shall not declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payments with respect to Borrower, or incur any obligation to do so other than, so long as no Event of Default exists and is continuing, Restricted Payments of assets and properties not required to be held as Collateral under the Margin Loan Documentation.

Section 6.07 .   Investment Company. Borrower shall not become an “investment company” or a Person “controlled by” an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

47


Section 6.08 .   No Amendment Of Organization Documents, Etc.   Borrower shall not consent to any material amendment, supplement or other modification of any of the terms or provisions of its Organization Documents, unless consented to by Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that an amendment, supplement or modification of the terms and provisions of Borrower’s Organization Documents to effect the replacement of a director or officer of Borrower may be made without Administrative Agent’s consent.

Section 6.09 .   Formation Of Subsidiaries.   Borrower shall not form, create, organize, incorporate or acquire any Subsidiaries.

Section 6.10 .   Restricted Transaction.   Neither Borrower nor Guarantor shall enter into, or agree to enter into, any Restricted Transaction.

Section 6.11.  No Impairment of Collateral Shares . Borrower shall not take any action that would materially impair the value of the Collateral Shares relative to the value of the Shares generally or impair Collateral Agent’s security interest therein or its ability to sell or otherwise realize against such Collateral Shares.

Section 6.12 .   Tax Status.   Borrower shall not change its status for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless Administrative Agent shall have provided its prior written consent to such change, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and at all times that it is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes it will have a “foreign corporation” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(5) of the Code) as its regarded owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Section 6.13.  Use Of Proceeds . Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Advance, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose in each case in violation of Regulation U of the FRB, or otherwise use any such proceeds, in each case in contravention of any Law or any Margin Loan Document.

Section 6.14. Provision Of Public Information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Margin Loan Documents, Borrower shall use good faith efforts not to provide to any employee or agent on the “public” side of the internal information wall (such internal information wall, the “ Wall ” and each such employee or agent, a “ public side person ”) of Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates any Material Nonpublic Information with respect to any Issuer, their Subsidiaries or their securities in any document or notice required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement or communication in connection with this Agreement (each a “ Communication ”). Borrower shall be deemed to have represented that any such Communication addressed or directed by Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower to, or that Borrower or such Affiliate believes or should reasonably believe is likely be received by, any public side person contains no such Material Nonpublic Information. If at any time, Borrower is unable to make the representation required under the immediately preceding sentence, it shall use its reasonable best efforts to put itself in a position of being able to provide such a representation as promptly as practicable. If any public side person at Administrative Agent or any Lender or any of their Affiliates (each a “ Lender Party ”) receives from Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower any Material Nonpublic Information at any time, such Lender Party shall use reasonable efforts to bring such public side person over to the “private” side of such Wall with respect to such Material Nonpublic Information. If, notwithstanding such efforts, Administrative Agent, such Lender Party or the related Lender, as applicable, reasonably determines, based on the advice of counsel, that awareness of such Material Nonpublic Information could impair the ability of Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to exercise any of its remedies under any Margin Loan Document, such Lender Party may, solely in connection with the exercise of its remedies under Section 9 of the Security Agreement with respect to the TGP Shares, TNK Shares or TOO Shares, as applicable, and with prior notice to Borrower, disclose such Material Nonpublic Information publicly, to any potential purchaser of the Collateral or to any other Person in order to remedy such impairment. For the avoidance of doubt, no communication (i) between Borrower and any employee or agent of Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on the “private” side of the Wall of Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Affiliate or (ii) to any employee or agent of Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates initiated or solicited by that employee or agent, shall in either case be deemed to violate the provisions of this Section 6.14.

 

48


ARTICLE 7

E VENTS O F D EFAULT

Section 7.01 .   Events Of Default.   If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur:

(a) Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Advance or Make Whole Amount when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise; provided that if Borrower can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of Administrative Agent that all necessary instructions were given to effect such payment and the non-receipt thereof is attributable solely to an error in the banking system, such payment shall instead be deemed to be due and payable, solely for the purposes of this paragraph, within 3 Business Days of the originally scheduled due date for such payment;

(b) Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Advance or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in Section 7.01) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Borrower or Guarantor herein or in any Margin Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any Margin Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been materially incorrect when made or deemed made;

 

49


(d) Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to perform or observe any covenant, condition or agreement applicable to it in Section 5.02, 5.03, 5.04, 5.05, 5.06, 5.09 or Article 6 (but excluding Section 6.14) of this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document;

(e) Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement in this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document other than any such covenant, condition or agreement, referred to in any other Section of this Section 7.01 and such failure shall not have been remedied or waived within 30 days of receipt by Borrower and Guarantor of written notice from Administrative Agent of such Default.

(f) (i) any event or condition shall occur that results in any Material Indebtedness of any Cross-Default Person becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, provided that this clause shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; or (ii) there shall occur under any Swap Contract to which any Cross-Default Person is a party an early termination date (howsoever defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from any event of default (howsoever defined in such Swap Contract) under such Swap Contract as to which any Cross-Default Person is the defaulting party (howsoever defined in such Swap Contract) and the Swap Termination Value owed by such Cross-Default Person as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount, and in each case of clause (i) or (ii) such failure or occurrence shall continue unremedied for a period of two Business Days;

(g) (i) Borrower, Guarantor, an Issuer or any Material Subsidiary of Borrower, Guarantor or an Issuer shall become unable or admit in writing its inability or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; (ii) Borrower, Guarantor, an Issuer or any Material Subsidiary of Borrower, Guarantor or an Issuer shall institute or consent to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall apply for or consent to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; (iii) any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer shall be appointed without the application or consent of Borrower, Guarantor, an Issuer or any Material Subsidiary of Borrower, Guarantor or an Issuer and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for ninety (90) calendar days; (iv) any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to Borrower, Guarantor, an Issuer or any Material Subsidiary of Borrower, Guarantor or an Issuer or to all or any material part of the property of Borrower, Guarantor, an Issuer or any Material Subsidiary of Borrower, Guarantor or an Issuer shall be instituted without the consent of such Person, as the case may be, and continues undismissed or unstayed for ninety (90) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or (v) Borrower, Guarantor, an Issuer or any Material Subsidiary of Borrower, Guarantor or an Issuer shall take any action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this Section;

(h) (i) any material provision of any Margin Loan Document for any reason ceases to be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms or (ii) Borrower or Guarantor shall challenge the enforceability of any Margin Loan Document or shall assert in writing, or engage in any action or inaction based on any such assertion, that any provision of any of the Margin Loan Documents has ceased to be or otherwise is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

50


(i) (i) the Security Agreement shall for any reason fail to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien in the Collateral, except as permitted by the terms thereof, the Security Agreement shall fail to remain in full force or effect or Collateral Agent ceases to have a first priority perfected Lien in the Collateral or (ii) Borrower or Guarantor shall take any action to discontinue or assert in writing the invalidity or unenforceability of the Security Agreement, or Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to comply with any of the terms or provisions of the Security Agreement;

(j) any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process in excess of the Threshold Amount shall be entered or filed against Borrower or Guarantor on any of their respective Assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of 30 (thirty) days;

(k) there shall occur a change in the assets of Guarantor such that Guarantor has no material assets other than its indirect ownership interest in Borrower;

(l) (i) the number of shares of TGP Shares or TOO Shares constituting Collateral Shares shall represent more than 40% of the number of outstanding TGP Shares or TOO Shares, as the case may be, or (ii) the number of shares of TNK Shares constituting Collateral Shares shall represent more than 20% of the number of outstanding TNK Shares, in each case for a period of ten consecutive Business Days;

(m) any Governmental Authority shall condemn, nationalize, seize or otherwise expropriate all or any substantial part of the property, shares of capital stock or equity or other assets of any Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or any Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(n) there shall occur a Change of Control with respect to Borrower or an Issuer, and such Change of Control shall continue for three Business Days; or

(o) there shall occur a Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event; provided that such Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event will not constitute an Event of Default if (i) within the applicable Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event Grace Period, Borrower prepays outstanding Borrowings pursuant to Section 2.10(a) (the amount of such prepayment, the “ Deficiency Amount ”) and/or pledges additional Eligible Collateral pursuant to Section 2.10(c) such that immediately after giving effect to such prepayment and/or pledge the LTV Ratio is equal to or less than the PSCT LTV Ratio or (ii) at all times during the applicable Preliminary Share Collateral Trigger Event Grace Period, the Deficiency Amount, if Borrower were to prepay pursuant to clause (i) above, would be less than $5,000,000;

 

51


then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, Administrative Agent shall, at the request of Lenders having aggregate Applicable Percentages equal to or in excess of 50% at such time, by written notice to Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) declare the Total Accrued Loan Amount to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Total Accrued Loan Amount (including the applicable Make Whole Amount, if any, payable to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender pursuant to Section 2.08(c)) shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower and (ii) declare the Commitments to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate; provided that upon the occurrence in respect of Borrower of any event of the type described in Section 7.01(g), (x) the Total Accrued Loan Amount shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower and (y) the Commitments shall automatically be terminated. Upon the occurrence and the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may exercise any rights and remedies provided to Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Margin Loan Document or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the UCC.

ARTICLE 8

A DMINISTRATIVE A GENT

Section 8.01 .   Administrative Agent.

Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

The Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Borrower, Guarantor or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for elsewhere in this agreement), provided that Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to this Agreement, the other Margin Loan Documents or applicable law, and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Borrower, Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, pursuant to this Agreement) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to Administrative Agent by Borrower or a Lender and Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or the other Margin Loan Documents, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to Administrative Agent.

 

52


Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of an Advance that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Advance. Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder by or through any one or more subagents appointed by Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders (calculated without regard to the Applicable Percentage of the resigning Administrative Agent) shall have the right, in consultation with Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a commercial bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such commercial bank with an office in New York, New York, and which may, for the avoidance of doubt, be a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Margin Loan Documents and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this paragraph. The successor shall be consented to by Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default (which consent of Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Margin Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

53


Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

ARTICLE 9

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.01 .   Amendments, Etc.

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Margin Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except (x) as set forth in Sections 9.01(b) , or 9.01(c) or 9.01(d) or (y) pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Borrower, Guarantor (as applicable) and the Required Lenders or by Borrower, Guarantor (as applicable) and Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Advance or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Advance or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.16(c) or (d) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) release Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement, without the written consent of each Lender, (vi) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; provided, further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of Administrative Agent under any Margin Loan Document without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender will not be entitled to vote in respect of amendments and waivers hereunder and the Commitment and the outstanding Advance or other extensions of credit of such Lender hereunder will not be taken into account in determining whether the Required Lenders have approved any such amendment or waiver (and the definition of “Required Lenders” will automatically be deemed modified accordingly for the duration of such period); provided that any such amendment or waiver that would increase the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, reduce the principal amount of any Advance of such Defaulting Lender or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable owing to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Advance of such Defaulting Lender or any interest thereon, or any fees payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, or alter the terms of this proviso, will require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

 

54


(b) Upon the occurrence of a Share Collateral Trigger Event, Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, in consultation with Borrower to the extent reasonably practicable and to the extent that such consultation would not cause undue delay, propose to amend one or more of the material terms of any Margin Loan Document other than the Guarantee Agreement (subject to the proviso to Section 9.01(a)) by delivering written notice of such proposed amendments to Borrower and the Lenders. Such amendments will take effect at the applicable Amendment Effective Time; provided that following receipt of such notice, Borrower may (i) prepay in full the Total Accrued Loan Amount to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender prior to the Amendment Effective Time, in which case the proposed amendments will not take effect and (ii) if Borrower makes the payment described in clause (i), Borrower may (but shall not be required to) simultaneously terminate the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05(b) without paying any Make Whole Amount.

( c b ) If any of the following events (“ Potential Facility Amendment Events ”) shall occur:

(i) the occurrence of the tenth scheduled Exchange Business Day prior to the scheduled consummation of a Merger Event in relation to an Issuer, unless Calculation Agent determines that such consummation is unlikely to occur;

 

55


(ii) the announcement of an event that if consummated or completed would result in a Delisting of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares and such shares not being immediately relisted on a Designated Exchange;

(iii) the payment of an Extraordinary Dividend with respect to the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares;

(iv) the occurrence of the record date in respect of a distribution, issue or dividend to existing holders of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares of share capital or other securities of another issuer acquired or owned (directly or indirectly) by the relevant Issuer in connection with a spin-off or other similar transaction with a value greater than 35% of the value of the share capital of the relevant Issuer immediately prior to such record date, as determined by Calculation Agent; or

(v) suspension from trading of the TGP Shares, the TNK Shares or the TOO Shares on the applicable Exchange for three consecutive Exchange Business Days, other than a suspension that affects all common equity securities on such Exchange;

then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, in consultation with Borrower to the extent reasonably practicable and to the extent such consultation would not cause undue delay, propose to amend one or more of the material terms of any Margin Loan Document other than the Guarantee Agreement (subject to the proviso to Section 9.01(a)) to account for such Potential Facility Amendment Event by delivering written notice of such proposed amendments to Borrower and the Lenders. Such amendments will take effect at the applicable Amendment Effective Time; provided that following receipt of such notice, Borrower may, prior to the Amendment Effective Time, (x) prepay in full the Total Accrued Loan Amount to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender and (y) terminate the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05(b) without paying any Make Whole Amount (and, for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower must take the action described in clause (y) if Borrower takes the action described in clause (x)).

 

56


( d c ) Upon the occurrence of a Redocumentation Event, Borrower may, on or prior to the applicable Amendment Effective Time, (x) prepay in full the Total Accrued Loan Amount to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender and (y) terminate the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05(b) without paying any Make Whole Amount (and, for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower must take the action described in clause (y) if Borrower takes the action described in clause (x)). Unless Borrower so elects to prepay the Total Accrued Loan Amount and terminate the Commitments pursuant to the preceding sentence, then after the applicable Amendment Effective Time, Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, split the Facility into a separate facility with each Lender (each a “ Separate Facility ”) on economic terms identical to those of the Facility (subject to any necessary conforming changes), with aggregate Commitments and outstanding Advances equal to the Commitments and outstanding Advances under the Facility, and which shall be documented in separate agreements on substantially the same terms and conditions as this Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents; provided that all conditions precedent to the making of the Advances on the occasion of the first Borrowing specified in this Agreement shall be deemed to be satisfied upon Borrower’s entry into the Separate Facilities and Borrower shall not be required to deliver any certificates, certifications, opinions or other documents upon its entry into the Separate Facilities other than (i) standard corporate housekeeping opinions (with the cost of such opinions to be paid by the applicable Lender or Lenders, as the case may be, requesting such opinions) and (ii) UCC financing statements in an appropriate form for filing with the Recorder of Deeds in the District of Columbia and completed Federal Reserve Board Forms U-1, to the extent necessary; provided, further that Borrower shall not be required to incur any increased tax, cost or expense (other than its own out-of-pocket fees and expenses of counsel) in connection with the establishment and maintenance of the Separate Facilities other than increased taxes, costs or expenses that Borrower would be required to incur under this Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents. The parties will work together in good faith to agree on documentation for the Separate Facilities that takes into account changes appropriate to reflect the fact that each Separate Facility has a single Lender (including, for the avoidance of doubt, changes to the definition of Permitted Liens to reflect the fact that Borrower will pledge collateral separately to each Lender). A Lender shall be Administrative Agent under each Separate Facility with a single Commitment and outstanding Advances proportional to the Commitment of such Lender under the Facility, and each Separate Facility will have its own Collateral Agent and will be separately secured by a portion of the Collateral proportional to the Commitment in respect of such Separate Facility. Borrower will not be responsible for any fees, costs or other expenses incurred by Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the establishment and maintenance of the Separate Facilities, other than fees, costs and other expenses for which Borrower would be responsible under this Agreement and the other Margin Loan Documents.

Section 9.02 .   Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications.

(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in Subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile or email as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to Borrower, to:

Deliver by courier to:

Teekay Finance Limited

4th Floor, Belvedere Building

69 Pitts Bay Road

Hamilton, HM 08 Bermuda

Attn: Edith Robinson

Telephone No.: (441) 298-2533

Facsimile No.: (441) 292-3931

Email: edie.robinson@teekay.com

 

57


with a copy to:

Teekay Finance Limited

Suite No. 1778

48 Par-la-Ville Road

Hamilton, HM 11 Bermuda

Attn: Edith Robinson

with a copy to:

Teekay Corporation

c/o Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd.

Suite 2000 Bentall 5

550 Burrard Street

Vancouver, BC V6C 2K2

Canada

Attn: Renee Eng, Manager, Treasury

Telephone No.: (604) 609-6418

Facsimile No.: (604) 681-3011

and

Rafal Gawlowski

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(ii) if to Administrative Agent, to its applicable address set forth on Schedule 9.02.

(iii) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or facsimile number or electronic mail address or telephone number) set forth on Schedule 9.02 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes party to this Agreement or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to Borrower and Administrative Agent.

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in Subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such Subsection (b).

 

58


(b) (i) Notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received when sent absent receipt of a failure to deliver notice, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address (including email address), facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(d) Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower. Borrower shall indemnify Administrative Agent and the Lenders and the Related Parties of Administrative Agent and the Lenders from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower, except to the extent such losses, costs, expenses and liabilities arise from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with Administrative Agent or any Lender may be recorded by such Person, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

(e) Borrower hereby agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or proceeding brought under any Margin Loan Document may be made upon Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, presently located at 1133 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036 (the “ Process Agent ”), and Borrower hereby confirms and agrees that the Process Agent has been duly and irrevocably appointed as its agent and true and lawful attorney-in-fact in its name, place and stead to accept such service of any and all such writs, process and summonses, and agrees that the failure of the Process Agent to give any notice of any such service of process to Borrower shall not impair or affect the validity of such service or of any judgment based thereon. Borrower hereby further irrevocably consents to the service of process in any suit, action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 9.08(d).

(f) Each Lender that is not otherwise subject to service of writs, process or summonses in New York City hereby agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or proceeding brought under any Margin Loan Document may be made upon JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., presently located at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (the “ Lender Process Agent ”), and such Lender hereby confirms and agrees that the Lender Process Agent has been duly and irrevocably appointed as its agent and true and lawful attorney-in-fact in its name, place and stead to accept such service of any and all such writs, process and summonses, and agrees that the failure of the Lender Process Agent to give any notice of any such service of process to such Lender shall not impair or affect the validity of such service or of any judgment based thereon. Each such Lender further irrevocably consents to the service of process in any suit, action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 9.08(d).

 

59


Section 9.03 .   No Waiver; Remedies.

(a) No failure or delay by Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Margin Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under any other Margin Loan Document are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Margin Loan Document or consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 9.01, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of Administrative Agent or any Lender to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of an Advance shall not be construed as a waiver of any Event of Default, regardless of whether Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Event of Default at the time.

(b) The Advances are made with full recourse to Borrower and constitute direct, general, unconditional and unsubordinated Indebtedness of Borrower.

(c) Borrower, Administrative Agent and each Lender acknowledge and agree that the Margin Loan Documents collectively are intended to constitute a “securities contract” as such term is defined in Section 741(7) of the Bankruptcy Code and that each delivery, transfer, payment and grant of a security interest made or required to be made hereunder or contemplated hereby or made, required to be made or contemplated in connection herewith is a “transfer” and a “margin payment” or a “settlement payment” within the meaning of Section 362(b)(6) and/or (27) and Sections 546(e) and/or (j) of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, all obligations under or in connection with the Margin Loan Documents represent obligations in respect of “termination values,” “payment amounts” or “other transfer obligations” within the meaning of Sections 362 and 561 of the Bankruptcy Code. The parties further acknowledge and agree that the Margin Loan Documents collectively constitute a “master netting agreement” within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code.

Section 9.04 .   Costs And Expenses; Indemnification; Damage Waiver.

(a) Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (whether outside counsel or the allocated costs of its internal legal department), in connection with the Facility provided for herein, the preparation and administration of the Margin Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions of the Margin Loan Documents (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated but only so long as the Lenders are ready, willing and able to make the Advances contemplated by this Agreement upon satisfaction of all conditions precedent to the making of such Advances) (the “ Lender Expenses ”), but only up to an aggregate amount equal to the Lender Expenses Cap, and (ii) all expenses incurred by Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or the Lenders or any of their respective Affiliates, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel (whether outside counsel or the allocated costs of its internal legal department), in connection with the enforcement, collection or protection of its rights in connection with the Margin Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Advances made hereunder, including, subject to Section 9.01( d c ), all such expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Advances.

 

60


(b) Borrower shall indemnify Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and each Lender (and any sub-agent thereof) and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by Borrower or any Related Party of Borrower arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery or administration of this Agreement, any other Margin Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the enforcement or protection of their rights hereunder and thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any other Margin Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Advance or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, or (iii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by Borrower or any other Related Party of Borrower, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) arise out of any dispute among Indemnitees (other than a dispute involving claims against Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, in each case in their respective capacities as such) that did not involve actions or omissions of Borrower, Guarantor or their respective Affiliates.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Margin Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Advance or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in Subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Margin Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent such charges result from the willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of such Indemnitee.

(d) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

 

61


(e) To the extent that Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to Administrative Agent or any Related Party thereof under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to Administrative Agent or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against Administrative Agent in its capacity as such, or against any Related Person acting for Administrative Agent in connection with such capacity.

(f) The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of the Facility and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

Section 9.05 .   Collateral Agent.

Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby appoint Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent hereunder to take such actions on their behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such agent by the terms of this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Guarantee or by any written instruction of Administrative Agent, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably related thereto to the extent permitted by applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Collateral Agent is hereby expressly authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and exercise the rights as a secured party on behalf of Administrative Agent and each Lender with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Agreement to the extent permitted by applicable law. Citibank, N.A. hereby accepts and agrees to such appointment.

Section 9.06 .   Calculation Agent.

The parties hereto hereby appoint Citibank, N.A. as Calculation Agent to take such actions, and to exercise such powers, as are delegated to such agent by the terms of the Margin Loan Documents, and Citibank, N.A. hereby accepts and agrees to such appointment. Whenever Calculation Agent is required to act or to exercise judgment in any way, it shall do so in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner and, when reasonably practicable, in consultation with Borrower and to the extent that such consultation would not cause undue delay. Following any determination, calculation or other act by Calculation Agent, upon request by Borrower, Calculation Agent will provide to Borrower a report (in a commonly used file format for the storage and manipulation of financial data) displaying, in reasonable detail, the basis for such determination, calculation or action, it being understood that Calculation Agent will not be obligated to disclose any proprietary models or other confidential or proprietary information or data used by it for such determination, calculation or action.

Section 9.07 .   Payments Set Aside.

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Administrative Agent or any Lender, or Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises their right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred.

 

62


Section 9.08 .   Governing Law; Submission To Jurisdiction.

(a) The Margin Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, laws of the State of New York without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions other than Section 5 1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

(b) Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. Federal or New York State court sitting in New York, New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Margin Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document shall affect any right that Administrative Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document against Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document in any court referred to in Subsection (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.02(a). Nothing in this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Law.

(e) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MARGIN LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER MARGIN LOAN DOCUMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.08(e).

 

63


Section 9.09 .   Successors and Assigns.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any other Margin Loan Document without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of Administrative Agent and each Lender) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to a single assignee all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Advances at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

(A) Borrower; provided that no consent of Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or, if a payment or bankruptcy Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Person (other than a natural person); and

(B) Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to an Affiliate of a Lender.

(ii) Assignments by a Lender shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) in no event shall there be more than two Lenders;

(B) the amount of the Commitment or Advances of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, and the amount of the Commitment or Advances of the assigning Lender remaining after each such assignment (in each case determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to Administrative Agent), in each case shall not be less than the lesser of (1) $10,000,000 and (2) the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Advances, as applicable, unless each of Borrower and Administrative Agent otherwise consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

64


(C) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; and

(D) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.11, 2.12, 2.14 and 9.15). Upon request, Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a promissory note in the form described in Section 2.15(d) to the assignee Lender, and the promissory note, if any, theretofore held by the assignor Lender shall be returned to Borrower in exchange for a new promissory note, payable to the assignee Lender and reflecting its retained interest (if any) hereunder. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.09 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Advances owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and Borrower, Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

 

65


(c) Any Lender may, without the consent of Borrower or Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than Borrower of any of its Affiliates) (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Margin Loan Document (including all or a portion of the Advances); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under the Margin Loan Document shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the other parties hereto shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Subject to Subsection (d) of this Section, Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.11, 2.12, and 2.14 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.12(e) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.12(e) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.16 as though it were a Lender. Any Lender that sells a participation to a Participant, shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amount (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in this Agreement and the other Margin Loan Document; provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of such register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments or Advances or its other obligations under any Margin Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment or Advance or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

(d) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.11 and 2.12 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent that such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.

(e) Any Lender may at any time (i) pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender or (ii) enter into derivative transactions relating to such Lender’s Commitments or Advances, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest or derivative transaction; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest or derivative transaction shall (x) release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee, assignee or derivative transaction counterparty for such Lender as a party hereto or (y) result in the rehypothecation of any Collateral.

Section 9.10 .   Severability.   Any provision of any Margin Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

66


Section 9.11 . Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Margin Loan Document and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to Administrative Agent or the Lenders constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Article 4, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by Administrative Agent and when Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 9.12 .   Survival Of Representations.   All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by Borrower in the Margin Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Margin Loan Documents and the making of any Advances, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Advance or any other Obligation under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or unsatisfied. The provisions of Sections 2.11, 2.12, 2.14, Section 8.01 and Article 9 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Advances, the resignation or replacement of Administrative Agent or the termination of this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof.

Section 9.13 .   Confidentiality.   Subject to Section 6.14, each of Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Administrative Agent or any Lender (in which case the disclosing party agrees to inform Borrower promptly of such disclosure, unless such notice is prohibited by applicable Law and except in connection with any request as part of a regulatory examination), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process (in which case the disclosing party agrees to inform Borrower promptly of such disclosure to the extent permitted by law and except in connection with a regulatory examination or an audit or examination conducted by bank accountants), (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Borrower or its Affiliates. For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from Borrower relating to Borrower or its business hereunder or pursuant hereto, other than any such information that is available to Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower; provided that, in the case of information received from Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

67


Section 9.14 .   No Advisory Or Fiduciary Relationship.   In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Margin Loan Document), Borrower acknowledges and agrees that: (a)(i) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by Administrative Agent and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, (ii) Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Margin Loan Document; (b)(i) each of Administrative Agent and each Lender is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing herein or otherwise by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (ii) each of Administrative Agent and each Lender has no obligation to Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Margin Loan Document; and (c) Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of Borrower and its Affiliates, and each of Administrative Agent and each Lender has no obligations to disclose any of such interests to Borrower or any of its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against Administrative Agent or the Lenders or their respective Affiliates with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

Section 9.15 .   Right Of Setoff.   If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and each Lender (each, a “ Set-off Party ”) is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Set-off Party to or for the credit or the account of Borrower against any and all of the obligations and liabilities of Borrower, irrespective of whether or not the relevant Set-off Party shall have made any demand under the Margin Loan Documents and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Set-off Party under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Set-off Party may have.

 

68


Section 9.16 .   Judgment Currency.   If a judgment, order or award is rendered by any court or tribunal for the payment of any amounts owing to Administrative Agent or any Lender under this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document or for the payment of damages in respect of a judgment or order of another court or tribunal for the payment of such amount or damages, such judgment, order or award being expressed in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than Dollars, Borrower agrees (a) that its obligations in respect of any such amounts owing shall be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following Administrative Agent or such Lender’s receipt, as applicable, of any sum adjudged in the Judgment Currency, Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, may purchase Dollars with the Judgment Currency, and (b) to indemnify and hold harmless Administrative Agent or such Lender against any deficiency in terms of Dollars in the amounts actually received by Administrative Agent or such Lender following any such purchase (after deduction of any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, Dollars). The indemnity set forth in the preceding sentence shall (notwithstanding any judgment referred to in the preceding sentence) constitute an obligation of Borrower separate and independent from its other obligations hereunder and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Section 9.17 .   USA PATRIOT Act Notice.   Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended (the “ Act ”), and Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow Administrative Agent or such Lender to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act. Borrower agrees to promptly provide Administrative Agent or such Lender with all of the information requested by such Person to the extent such Person deems such information reasonably necessary to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act.

Section 9.18 .   Interest Rate Limitation.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Advance, together with all fees, charges and other amounts that are treated as interest on such Advance under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Advance in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Advance hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Advance but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Advances or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

69


Section 9.19 .   Disclosure.   Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Administrative Agent and each Lender and/or their Affiliates from time to time may hold investments in, make other loans to or have other relationships with Borrower or its Affiliates.

[END OF TEXT]

 

70


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers or representatives thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER :
TEEKAY FINANCE LIMITED,
as Borrower
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Margin Loan Agreement]


   

CITIBANK, N.A.,

    as Administrative Agent
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:
   

CITIBANK, N.A.,

    as Collateral Agent and solely in respect of Section 9.05
    By:  

 

     

Name:

     

Title:

Commitment: $100,000,000    

CITIBANK, N.A.,

   

as a Lender

    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:
Commitment: $100,000,000     JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,
    as a Lender
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:

 

[Signature Page to Margin Loan Agreement]


Schedule 1.01(a)

The following haircuts shall be applicable for purposes of determining the Collateral Value of Cash Equivalents:

(a) in the case of readily marketable direct obligations of the Government of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the Government of the United States with a remaining time to maturity: (i) equal to or less than one year, 99%; (ii) greater than one year but equal to or less than five years, 96%; (iii) greater than five years but equal to or less than ten years, 94%; and (iv) greater than ten years but equal to or less than 30 years, 88%;

(b) in the case of certificates of deposit of or time deposits with any commercial bank that is a Lender or a member of the Federal Reserve System that issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) of the definition of Cash Equivalents, is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and has combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000: 97%;

(c) in the case of commercial paper in an aggregate amount of no more than $10,000,000 per issuer outstanding at any time, issued by any corporation organized under the laws of any state of the United States and rated at least “Prime 1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or “A 1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P: 97%; and

(d) in the case of offshore overnight interest bearing deposits in foreign branches of Administrative Agent, any Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender: 98%.


Schedule 1.01(b)

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Amendment No. 1 Structuring Fee ” means a fee payable on January 6, 2014 by Borrower to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender, as consideration for the agreements of the Lenders under Amendment No. 1, equal to 0.90% of the total Incremental Commitments of such Lender.

Amendment No. 2 Structuring Fee ” means a fee payable on January 7, 2015 by Borrower to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender, as consideration for the agreements of the Lenders under Amendment No. 2, equal to 0.90% of the Aggregate Commitment of such Lender.

Amendment No. 4 Structuring Fee ” means a fee payable on January 5, 2016 by Borrower to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender , as consideration for the agreements of the Lenders under Amendment No. 4, equal to 1.00% of the Aggregate Commitment of such Lender.

Commitment Fee Rate ” means, with respect to any Lender for any calendar day, the rate per annum determined by reference to the table below, based on the Utilization with respect to such Lender for such calendar day.

 

Utilization

 

Commitment Fee Rate

Less than 15%   1.50% per annum
15% or greater, but less than 30%   1.25% per annum
30% or greater, but less than 45%   1.00% per annum
45% or greater, but less than 60%   0.75% per annum
60% or greater, but less than 75%   0.50% per annum
75% or greater   0.25% per annum

Initial LTV Ratio ” means twenty-seven and one-half percent (27.5%).

Lender Expenses Cap ” means $250,000.


Make Whole Amount ” means, if Borrower elects to terminate the Commitments (i) on or prior to the date that is 12 calendar months following the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, 2.25% of the total Commitments, (ii) after the date that is 12 calendar months following the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date but on or prior to the date that is 24 calendar months following the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, 1.50% of the sum of the total Original Commitments and the total Incremental Commitments (for the avoidance of doubt, not including the 2014 Incremental Commitments), (iii) after the date that is 24 calendar months following the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date but on or prior to the date that is 36 calendar months following the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, 0.75% of the sum of the total Original Commitments and the total Incremental Commitments (for the avoidance of doubt, not including the 2014 Incremental Commitments).

PSCT LTV Ratio ” means twenty-five percent (25%) , at any time, the percentage determined by reference to the table below, based on the aggregate Collateral Value of the Adjusted Initial Basket at such time .

 

Aggregate Collateral Value of the Adjusted Initial Basket

   PSCT LTV Ratio  

Greater than $1,245,707,834

     27.50 %  

$1,245,707,834 or less, but greater than $1,146,051,207

     25.00 %  

$1,146,051,207 or less, but greater than $1,040,734,409

     22.50 %  

$1,040,734,409 or less, but greater than $970,017,742

     20.00 %  

$970,017,742 or less, but greater than $892,416,323

     17.50 %  

$892,416,323 or less, but greater than $821,023,017

     12.50 %  

$821,023,017 or less

     6.00 %  

Spread ” means 3.95% per annum.

Structuring Fee ” means a fee payable by Borrower to Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender, as consideration for the agreements of the Lenders under this Agreement, equal to 1.25% of the total Commitments.

Threshold Amount ” means $100,000,000.


Schedule 3.13

Capitalization Table for Teekay Finance Limited

 

Equity Interests    Equity Owner       

Common Stock and additional paid in capital ($.001 par value, 728,775,000 issued out of 2,000,000,000 authorized)

   Teekay Holdings Limited      728,775   

Contributed Surplus

   Teekay Holdings Limited      728,046,225   
     

 

 

 

Total Equity

        728,775,000   
     

 

 

 

Total Capitalization

        728,775,000   


Schedule 9.02

Address for Payments to Administrative Agent:

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Payment Instructions:

Bank: Citibank NA New York

BIC: CITIUS33 (or ABA: 021000089)

F/O: Citibank New York

A/C: 00167679

Ref: NY Swap Operations

Address for Notices to Administrative Agent:

Citibank, N.A.

390 Greenwich Street—3 rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

Attn: Corporate Equity Derivatives, Dustin Sheppard

Telephone No.: (212) 723-5757

Facsimile No.: (347) 853-7272

Email: dustin.c.sheppard@citi.com ; eq.us.corporates.middle.office@citi.com

Address for Notices to Citibank, N.A. as Lender:

Citibank, N.A.

390 Greenwich Street—3 rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

Attn: Corporate Equity Derivatives, Dustin Sheppard

Telephone No.: (212) 723-5757

Facsimile No.: (347) 853-7272

Email: dustin.c.sheppard@citi.com ; eq.us.corporates.middle.office@citi.com

Address for Notices to JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., London Branch as Lender:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch

Corporate EDG Trading

383 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10179

Attn: Pierandrea Minafra, Graham Orton Jeffrey Davidovitch

Telephone No.: (212) 622 834 - 7064 4621

Facsimile No.: (917) 464-6770

Email: edg_corporates_na@jpmorgan.com


with a copy to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch

Corporate Equity Derivatives

383 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10179

Attn: Jason Shrednick

Telephone No.: (212) 622-6392

Facsimile No.: (917) 464-6770

Email: jason.shrednick@jpmorgan.com


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF BORROWING NOTICE

Borrowing Notice

Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

390 Greenwich Street—3 rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

Attn: Corporate Equity Derivatives

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, TEEKAY FINANCE LIMITED (“ Borrower ”), refers to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 (as from time to time amended, the “ Margin Loan Agreement ,” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (“ Administrative Agent ”) and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Margin Loan Agreement, that the undersigned hereby requests a Borrowing under the Margin Loan Agreement, and in that regard sets forth below the information relating to such Advance (the “ Proposed Borrowing ”) as required by Section 2.03(a) of the Margin Loan Agreement:

(i) The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is             ,         .

(ii) The aggregate amount of the Proposed Borrowing is $        .

(iii) The Funding Account to which proceeds of the Proposed Borrowing should be deposited is                     .

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof and will be true on the date of the Proposed Borrowing:

 

  (a) Each of the representations and warranties contained in Article 3 of the Margin Loan Agreement or in any other Margin Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the Proposed Borrowing, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

 

  (b) Since the date of the last financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(x) or Section 5.01, as applicable, with respect to Guarantor, no event or condition has resulted in, or could be reasonably expected to cause, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guarantor.

 

Exhibit A to Margin Loan Agreement

A-1


  (c) Immediately after giving effect to the Proposed Borrowing, the LTV Ratio shall not exceed the Initial LTV Ratio.

 

  (d) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from the Proposed Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

 

  (e) Borrower has not provided notice of termination of the Facility.

 

  (f) The Collateral Requirement has been satisfied in all respects.

This Borrowing Notice is a representation and warranty by Borrower that all other conditions specified in [Section 4.01 and Section 4.02] 1 [Section 4.02] 2 will be satisfied on and as of the date of the Proposed Borrowing.

Very truly yours,

 

TEEKAY FINANCE LIMITED

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

1   Insert for initial borrowing under revolver.
2   Insert for any subsequent borrowing under revolver.

 

Exhibit A to Margin Loan Agreement

A-2


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF PLEDGE AND CONTROL AGREEMENT

[Attached]

 

Exhibit B to Margin Loan Agreement

B-1


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

[Attached]

 

Exhibit C to Margin Loan Agreement

C-1


EXHIBIT D-1

FORM OF ISSUER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT WITH TGP ISSUER

[Attached]

 

Exhibit D-1 to Margin Loan Agreement

D-1-1


EXHIBIT D-2

FORM OF ISSUER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT WITH TOO ISSUER

[Attached]

 

Exhibit D-2 to Margin Loan Agreement

D-2-1


EXHIBIT D-3

FORM OF ISSUER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT WITH TNK ISSUER

[Attached]

 

Exhibit D-3 to Margin Loan Agreement

D-3-1


EXHIBIT E-1

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.12 of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Advance(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform Borrower and Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished Borrower and Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

Exhibit E-1 to Margin Loan Agreement

E-1-1


EXHIBIT E-2

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), among by and among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.12 of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished Administrative Agent with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform Administrative Agent in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

Exhibit E-2 to Margin Loan Agreement

E-2-1


EXHIBIT E-3

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.12 of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished Administrative Agent with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

Exhibit E-3 to Margin Loan Agreement

E-3-1


EXHIBIT E-4

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and among Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.12 of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Advance(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Advance(s), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Agreement or any other Margin Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished Borrower and Administrative Agent with IRS Form W- 8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W- 8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform Borrower and Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished Borrower and Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

Exhibit E-4 to Margin Loan Agreement

E-4-1


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

[Attached]

 

Exhibit F to Margin Loan Agreement

F-1


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF NEW YORK LAW OPINION

[Attached]

 

Exhibit G to Margin Loan Agreement

G-1


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF MARSHALL ISLANDS LAW OPINION

[Attached]

 

Exhibit H to Margin Loan Agreement

H-1


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF BERMUDA LAW OPINION

[Attached]

 

Exhibit I to Margin Loan Agreement

I-1


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Margin Loan Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Margin Loan Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Margin Loan Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Margin Loan Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the Facility (including the Guarantee Agreement) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Margin Loan Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.    Assignor:   

 

  
2.    Assignee:   

 

  
      [and is [a Lender][an Affiliate of [ identify Lender ] who is a Lender]] 3
3.    Borrower:    Teekay Finance Limited
4.    Administrative Agent:    Citibank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Margin Loan Agreement

 

3   Select as applicable.

 

Exhibit J to Margin Loan Agreement

J-1


5.    Margin Loan      
  

Agreement:

   The Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 among Teekay Finance Limited, the Lenders parties thereto, and Administrative Agent
6.   

Assigned Interest:

     

 

Aggregate Amount of

Commitment/Advances

for all Lenders

   Amount of
Commitment/Advances
Assigned
   Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Advances 4
 
$    $       
$    $       
$    $       

Effective Date:                 , 20     [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The Assignee agrees to receive all notices and other communications at the following address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number, as provided in Section 9.02 of the Margin Loan Agreement:

[ Insert contact information for Assignee, including address, facsimile number, electronic mail address and telephone number ]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
  By:  

 

    Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
  By:  

 

    Title:

 

4   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Advances of all Lenders thereunder.

 

Exhibit J to Margin Loan Agreement

J-2


[Consented to and] 5 Accepted:

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By  

 

  Title:
[Consented to:
TEEKAY FINANCE LIMITED] 6
By  

 

Title:  

 

5   To be added only if the consent of Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Margin Loan Agreement.
6   To be added only if the consent of Borrower is required by the terms of the Margin Loan Agreement.

 

Exhibit J to Margin Loan Agreement

J-3


STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1.  Representations and Warranties .

1.1  Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Margin Loan Agreement, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Margin Loan Agreement or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of the Margin Loan Agreement or (iv) the performance or observance by Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under the Margin Loan Agreement.

1.2.  Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Margin Loan Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Margin Loan Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Margin Loan Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Margin Loan Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Margin Loan Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Margin Loan Agreement, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Margin Loan Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2.  Payments . From and after the Effective Date, Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

 

Exhibit J to Margin Loan Agreement

J-4


3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

 

Exhibit J to Margin Loan Agreement

J-5


EXHIBIT K

FORM OF AMENDMENTS TO BORROWER’S ORGANIZATION DOCUMENTS

[Attached]

 

Exhibit K to Margin Loan Agreement

K-1

EXHIBIT 4.27

EXECUTION VERSION

TAKING THIS DOCUMENT OR ANY CERTIFIED COPY HEREOF OR ANY OTHER SIGNED DOCUMENT CONTAINING A WRITTEN CONFIRMATION OF OR REFERENCE TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN INTO AUSTRIA, OR SENDING ANY EMAIL COMMUNICATION CARRYING AN ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE TO WHICH A PDF-SCAN OF THIS DOCUMENT IS ATTACHED OR WHICH OTHERWISE REFERS TO THE TRANSACTIONS HEREIN TO OR FROM AUSTRIA MAY TRIGGER THE IMPOSITION OF AUSTRIAN STAMP DUTY.

ACCORDINGLY, KEEP THIS DOCUMENT AS WELL AS ALL CERTIFIED COPIES HEREOF AND ANY OTHER SIGNED DOCUMENT CONTAINING A REFERENCE TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OUTSIDE OF AUSTRIA AND AVOID SENDING ANY EMAIL COMMUNICATION CARRYING AN ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE TO WHICH A PDF-SCAN OF THIS DOCUMENT IS ATTACHED OR WHICH OTHERWISE REFERS TO THE TRANSACTIONS HEREIN TO OR FROM AUSTRIA.

Dated July 31, 2015

Credit Agreement

between

OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG

as Borrower

Various Financial Institutions

as Lenders

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

as Facility Agent

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

as Collateral Agent


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

Section 1. Definitions and Rules of Interpretation

     1   

1.1

 

Defined Terms

     1   

1.2

 

Rules of Interpretation

     1   

1.3

 

Accounting Principles

     1   

1.4

 

Currency

     1   

Section 2. Commitments and Loans

     2   

2.1

 

The Loans

     2   

2.2

 

Notice of Borrowing

     2   

2.3

 

Pro Rata Borrowings; Availability; Advance Working Capital Disbursement; Final Disbursement Amount

     2   

2.4

 

Minimum Amount and Maximum Number of Borrowings, Etc.

     3   

2.5

 

Disbursement of Funds

     4   

2.6

 

Interest

     5   

2.7

 

Net Payments

     5   

2.8

 

Illegality

     8   

2.9

 

Increased Costs and Reduction of Return

     8   

2.10

 

Funding Losses

     10   

2.11

 

Inability to Determine Rates; Market Disruption

     10   

2.12

 

Survival

     12   

2.13

 

Replacement of Lenders; Prepayment

     12   

2.14

 

Defaulting Lenders

     12   

Section 3. Conditions Precedent

     13   

3.1

 

Conditions to First Disbursement

     13   

3.2

 

Conditions to All Loans

     18   

3.3

 

Project Completion Date

     21   

Section 4. Representations, Warranties and Agreements

     23   

4.1

 

Organization; Ownership

     23   

4.2

 

Authority and Consents

     24   

4.3

 

Capitalization; Indebtedness; Investments

     24   

4.4

 

Financial Condition

     25   

4.5

 

Litigation; Labor Disputes

     25   

4.6

 

Governmental Approvals

     25   

4.7

 

Use of Proceeds

     26   

4.8

 

Taxes

     26   

4.9

 

Title; Security Documents

     26   

4.10

 

Environmental and Social Matters

     27   

4.11

 

Subsidiaries

     27   

4.12

 

Intellectual Property

     27   

4.13

 

Project Documents

     27   

4.14

 

No Default

     28   

4.15

 

Compliance with Laws

     28   

4.16

 

Disclosure

     28   

4.17

 

Immunity

     29   

4.18

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     29   

4.19

 

Commercial Operation Date; Change Orders

     29   

4.20

 

Single-Purpose Entity; Centre of Main Interests

     29   

 

(i)


         Page

4.21

 

Availability and Transfer of Foreign Currency

  

30

4.22

 

Ranking

  

30

4.23

 

Restricted Parties; Sanctions; Anti-Money Laundering; Anti-Corruption

  

30

Section 5. Covenants

  

30

5.1

 

Financial Statements and Other Information

  

30

5.2

 

Other Notices

  

32

5.3

 

Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of Business; Centre of Main Interest

  

34

5.4

 

Compliance with Laws

  

34

5.5

 

Payment of Taxes, Etc.

  

34

5.6

 

Accounting and Financial Management

  

35

5.7

 

Inspection

  

35

5.8

 

Governmental Approvals

  

36

5.9

 

Insurance

  

37

5.10

 

Events of Loss

  

40

5.11

 

Application of Loss Proceeds

  

40

5.12

 

Limitation on Liens

  

42

5.13

 

Indebtedness

  

42

5.14

 

Leases

  

43

5.15

 

Investments; Subsidiaries

  

43

5.16

 

Distributions

  

43

5.17

 

Required Hedging Agreements

  

44

5.18

 

Financial Covenant; Maintenance of Reserves

  

45

5.19

 

Transactions with Affiliates

  

45

5.20

 

Construction Milestones; Capex Budget

  

45

5.21

 

Project Construction; Maintenance

  

46

5.22

 

Performance of Project Documents

  

47

5.23

 

Operating Plan

  

47

5.24

 

Merger; Sales and Purchases of Assets

  

47

5.25

 

Amendment of Transaction Documents; Additional Project Documents; Change Orders; Project Party Replacement, Etc.

  

48

5.26

 

Environmental and Social Compliance

  

49

5.27

 

Completion; Acceptance Tests; Project Completion Date

  

49

5.28

 

Certain Agreements

  

49

5.29

 

Security Documents

  

49

5.30

 

Prepayment of Indebtedness; Reduction of Commitments

  

51

5.31

 

Transfers of Equity Interests

  

51

5.32

 

Change in Name

  

52

5.33

 

Ranking

  

52

5.34

 

Payments to the EPC Contractor

  

52

5.35

 

“Know Your Customer” Checks

  

52

5.36

 

Registration; Classification

  

53

5.37

 

Title

  

53

5.38

 

Arrest Prevention; Release

  

53

5.39

 

Bridge Loan Repayment

  

53

5.40

 

Sanctions

  

53

5.41

 

Advisory Board

  

54

 

(ii)


         Page

Section 6. Payment Provisions; Fees

  

54

6.1

 

Repayment of Principal

  

54

6.2

 

Voluntary Prepayments

  

54

6.3

 

Mandatory Prepayments

  

55

6.4

 

Maturity Date

  

56

6.5

 

Method and Place of Payment

  

56

6.6

 

Computations

  

57

6.7

 

Fees

  

57

6.8

 

Application of Payments; Sharing

  

57

6.9

 

Calculations and Certificates

  

58

Section 7. Events of Default and Remedies

  

58

7.1

 

Events of Default

  

58

7.2

 

Acceleration

  

62

7.3

 

Other Remedies

  

62

Section 8. The Facility Agent

  

62

8.1

 

Appointment and Authorization

  

62

8.2

 

Delegation of Duties

  

63

8.3

 

Liability of the Facility Agent

  

63

8.4

 

Reliance by the Facility Agent

  

64

8.5

 

Notice of Default

  

64

8.6

 

Credit Decision

  

64

8.7

 

Indemnification of the Facility Agent

  

65

8.8

 

Facility Agent in its Individual Capacity

  

65

8.9

 

Successor Agents

  

66

8.10

 

Registry

  

66

8.11

 

Force Majeure

  

66

8.12

 

Deductions from Amounts Payable by the Facility Agent

  

66

Section 9. Miscellaneous

  

67

9.1

 

Costs and Expenses

  

67

9.2

 

Indemnity

  

67

9.3

 

Notices; Disclosure

  

69

9.4

 

Benefit of Agreement

  

70

9.5

 

No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative

  

70

9.6

 

No Third Party Beneficiaries

  

70

9.7

 

Reinstatement

  

70

9.8

 

No Immunity

  

70

9.9

 

Judgment Currency

  

71

9.10

 

Hedge Guarantors

  

71

9.11

 

Counterparts; Providing Copies to Austrian Authorities and Courts

  

71

9.12

 

Amendment or Waiver; Voting

  

72

9.13

 

Assignments, Participations, Etc.

  

73

9.14

 

Survival

  

75

9.15

 

Parallel Debt

  

75

9.16

 

Right of Set-Off

  

76

9.17

 

Severability

  

77

9.18

 

Domicile of Loans

  

77

9.19

 

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

  

77

9.20

 

Complete Agreement

  

77

9.21

 

Patriot Act

  

78

9.22

 

English Language

  

78

9.23

 

Place of Performance

  

78

9.24

 

Acknowledgment of Appointment of Collateral Agent and Accounts Banks

  

78

 

(iii)


APPENDICES :

     

Appendix A

  

—  

  

Defined Terms and Rules of Interpretation

Appendix B

  

—  

  

Repayment Schedule

Appendix C

  

—  

  

Insurance Provisions

SCHEDULES :

     

Schedule 4.2

  

—  

  

Financing-Related Filings, Etc.

Schedule 4.3

  

—  

  

Capitalization

Schedule 4.6

  

—  

  

Necessary Governmental Approvals

Schedule 5.20

  

—  

  

Construction Milestones

EXHIBITS :

     

Exhibit A

  

—  

  

Form of Notice of Borrowing

Exhibit B

  

—  

  

Form of Technical Advisor’s Certificate

Exhibit C-1

  

—  

  

Form of Borrower Completion Certificate

Exhibit C-2

  

—  

  

Form of Technical Advisor Completion Certificate

Exhibit D-1

  

—  

  

Form of Construction Management Agreement

Exhibit D-2

  

—  

  

Form of Asset Maintenance Agreement

Exhibit D-3

  

—  

  

Form of Specialized Oil Industry Services Agreement

Exhibit D-4

  

—  

  

Form of Secondment Agreement

Exhibit E

  

—  

  

Form of Transfer Certificate

Exhibit F

  

—  

  

[Reserved]

Exhibit G

  

—  

  

Form of Operating Plan

ANNEXES :

     

Annex I

  

—  

  

Commitments

Annex II

  

—  

  

Applicable Lending Offices

Annex III

  

—  

  

Notice Addresses

 

(iv)


CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of July 31, 2015, among (a) OOGTK LIBRA GMBH & CO KG, a limited partnership ( Kommanditgesellschaft ) organized and existing under the laws of Austria, registered with the Austrian companies register ( Firmenbuch ) under the registration number FN 423769 s (the “ Borrower ”), (b) the financial institutions from time to time party hereto as Lenders, (c) HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Facility Agent, and (d) HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Borrower has been organized to arrange the engineering, procurement, conversion, construction, completion and ownership of an external turret, extended well test floating production, storage and offloading unit (the “ FPSO ”), all as more fully described in the Project Documents, to be chartered to Petrobras, in its capacity as the leader and operator of the Consortium, under the Charter Agreement;

WHEREAS the Borrower is a party to the Construction Contracts relating to the construction of the FPSO;

WHEREAS in order to enable the Borrower to pay certain Project Costs, the Borrower has requested the Lenders to provide the credit facilities described herein; and

WHEREAS the Lenders are willing to provide the credit facilities described herein upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions and Rules of Interpretation

1.1 Defined Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement (including in the recitals above) and its Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in Appendix A hereto.

1.2 Rules of Interpretation . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rules of interpretation set forth in Appendix A hereto shall apply to this Agreement.

1.3 Accounting Principles . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all computations and determinations as to financial matters, and all financial statements to be delivered by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made or prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles (including principles of consolidation where appropriate) applied on a consistent basis (except to the extent approved or required by the independent public accountants certifying such statements and disclosed therein).

1.4 Currency . To the extent that the determination of compliance with any provision hereof or any other Financing Document (other than the Required Hedging Agreements) requires the conversion of one currency into another, then such conversion shall be made:

(a) in the case of Dollars and Reais, based upon the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of Reais, or the Reais Equivalent of the amount of Dollars, as the case may be; or


(b) in the case of any other currency, based on the spot rate at which such currency is offered for sale to the Facility Agent at approximately 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of determination thereof (and if for any reason such spot rate cannot be so determined, the Facility Agent shall determine a rate of exchange on such basis as the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) deems fair and equitable in consultation with the Borrower), as determined on the date of each respective incurrence, creation, sale, transfer, disposition, expenditure or other similar event, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable provision.

Section 2. Commitments and Loans

2.1 The Loans . (a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make, from time to time during the Availability Period, loans (each a “ Loan ” and, collectively, the “ Loans ”) to the Borrower, which Loans shall (i) be made and maintained in Dollars, (ii) not exceed for any Lender, in aggregate principal amount, that amount which equals the Commitment of such Lender and (iii) mature on the Maturity Date.

(b) The Loans are available only on the terms and conditions specified hereunder, and once repaid, in whole or in part, at maturity or by prepayment, may not be reborrowed in whole or in part.

(c) The Borrower agrees that the Loans will be applied only to (i) repay the Indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Agreement and (ii) finance (x) Eligible IDC and fees accruing on the Loans during the Availability Period specified herein, and (y) other Project Costs.

(d) The parties hereto agree that (i) the obligations of each of the Financing Parties hereunder are several and not joint and no Financing Party shall be responsible for the failure of any other Financing Party to satisfy its obligations hereunder or under any other Transaction Document and (ii) the rights and interests of each of the Financing Parties hereunder are several and the amounts due to each constitute a separate and independent debt.

2.2 Notice of Borrowing . Whenever the Borrower desires to make a Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.1 , it shall give the Facility Agent at its Notice Office at least (a) three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice of the proposed date of the Borrowing in respect of the first Disbursement and (b) four (4) Business Days’ prior written notice of the proposed date of the Borrowing in respect of each subsequent Disbursement; provided , that any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time). If such notice is given to the Facility Agent after 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a particular Business Day, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the next Business Day. Each such notice (a “ Notice of Borrowing ”) shall be irrevocable and shall be given by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, appropriately completed to specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing and (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day during the Availability Period). Following the receipt of a Notice of Borrowing, the Facility Agent shall promptly give each Lender notice of the proposed Borrowing, of such Lender’s proportionate share thereof and of the other matters required by the immediately preceding sentence to be specified in the Notice of Borrowing.

2.3 Pro Rata Borrowings; Availability; Advance Working Capital Disbursement; Final Disbursement Amount . (a) Each Borrowing of Loans shall occur during the Availability Period and be incurred ratably among the Lenders based upon the amount of their respective Unutilized Commitments. It is agreed that, subject to the satisfaction of applicable conditions precedent, each Lender shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder regardless of the failure of any other Lender to make a Loan hereunder.

(b) Any portion of the Commitment of any Lender not utilized during the Availability Period shall be cancelled and the Total Commitment shall be reduced accordingly.

 

2


(c) The Borrower may include, in the Notice of Borrowing for the Shipyard Delivery Date Loans and/or in any subsequent Notice of Borrowing, a request for a Disbursement (an “ Advance Working Capital Disbursement ”) for an amount to be applied, together with Equity Contributions in an amount of not less than the amount required to satisfy the requirements of Section 3.2(e), to pay Operation and Maintenance Expenses as set forth in the Capex Budget under the “Working Capital” item incurred during and in connection with the start up and operation of the Facilities (“ Advance Working Capital Expenses ”). Advance Working Capital Disbursements shall not exceed in aggregate, together with Equity Contributions in an amount as required to satisfy the requirements of Section 3.2(e), seven million, two hundred thousand Dollars ($7,200,000) (the “ Advance Working Capital Amount ”). Each Advance Working Capital Disbursement shall be applied to Advance Working Capital Expenses which, as of the date of such Notice of Borrowing, are (x) due and payable, or (y) have been or will be incurred and will become due and payable within sixty (60) days after the Commercial Operation Date. In the event that the Advance Working Capital Amount has not been fully utilized for Advance Working Capital Expenses following the expiry of the date falling sixty (60) days after the Commercial Operation Date, any remaining amounts may be utilized for other Project Costs before the earlier of (i) the date falling six (6) months after the Commercial Operation Date and (ii) the Project Completion Date, provided that if any amounts remain unutilized after such date, such amounts shall be applied by the Borrower to prepay the Loans in accordance with Sections 6.3(f) and 6.3(g) on the next Interest Payment Date.

(d) With respect to the final Disbursement of the Loans, the Borrower may include in the relevant Notice of Borrowing a request for a Borrowing for an amount to be applied, together with Equity Contributions in an amount of not less than the amount required to satisfy the requirements of Section 3.2(e) , to pay, in the following order of priorities: (i)  first , Project Costs (other than those referred to in clause (ii) below) which as of the date of such Notice of Borrowing are (x) due and payable, (y) have been incurred and will become due and payable within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the Availability Period (including Accrued Construction Period Interest), or (z) have not yet been incurred but are estimated by the Borrower, in good faith, as necessary to complete any remaining Punch List items, the amount of which cannot be ascertained as of the date of such Notice of Borrowing but which is payable within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the Availability Period; provided that such estimate shall be confirmed by the Technical Advisor (in addition to its certificate required under Section 3.2(a)(ii) ); and (ii)  second , to the extent any Commitments remain unutilized after amounts are drawn for payments under clause (i) above, the Petrobras Net Delay LD Amounts, estimated by the Borrower in good faith and in accordance with the terms of the Charter Agreement, Services Agreement and EPC Contract, and without regard to any claims or potential claims by the Borrower or the Operator for excused delays due to force majeure or other circumstances or events, any possible claims for set-off, or any other reductions but taking into account any legally binding agreement reached with Petrobras in connection with the Petrobras Delay LD Amounts.

(e) In the event that any Disbursement amounts under clause (i) of Section 2.3(d)2.3(c) have not been utilized for Project Costs as contemplated in such clause before the earlier of (i) the date falling six (6) months after the Commercial Operation Date and (ii) the Project Completion Date, such unutilized amount shall be applied by the Borrower to prepay the Loans in accordance with Sections 6.3(f) and 6.3(g) on the next Interest Payment Date.

(f) In the event that any Disbursement amounts under clause (ii) of Section 2.3(d) remain unutilized following the settlement in full of the Petrobras Net Delay LD Amounts, such unutilized amount shall be applied by the Borrower to prepay the Loans in accordance with Sections 6.3(f) and Section 6.3(g) on the next Interest Payment Date.

2.4 Minimum Amount and Maximum Number of Borrowings, Etc . (a) The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing (i) shall not be less $1,000,000 (excluding any Borrowing for the payment of Eligible IDC) and (ii) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the Unutilized Commitments for all Lenders; provided that following the issuance of any Notice of Borrowing, no further Borrowing may be requested until the Disbursement of the previously requested Borrowing is made.

 

3


(b) The Borrower may not make more than two (2) Borrowings per calendar month during the Availability Period, without taking into account for purposes of such limitation any Borrowing made in accordance with Section 2.5(c) .

2.5 Disbursement of Funds . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the relevant Disbursement Date, each Lender will make available, through such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office, its pro rata portion of the aggregate amount of the Loans requested to be made on such date, in Dollars and in immediately available funds at the Payment Office of the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent will deposit the aggregate of the amounts so made available by the Lenders into the Offshore Construction Account.

(b) Unless the Facility Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the relevant Disbursement Date that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Facility Agent such Lender’s portion of the Borrowing on such date, the Facility Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Facility Agent on such date, and the Facility Agent may (but shall have no obligation to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount; provided that the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly following the Facility Agent’s becoming aware that any Lender does not intend to make or has not made available to the Facility Agent such Lender’s portion of the Borrowing on such date. If, having made such corresponding amount available to the Borrower, such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Facility Agent by such Lender, the Facility Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender on demand. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Facility Agent’s demand therefor, the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower shall promptly repay such corresponding amount received by it to the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent shall also be entitled to recover on demand from such Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be, interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Facility Agent to the Borrower until the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Facility Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if such amount is recovered from such Lender, the cost to the Facility Agent of acquiring overnight federal funds at the then applicable rate, and (ii) if such amount is recovered from the Borrower, the then applicable rate of interest in respect of the Loans as provided herein, it being understood that the then applicable rate of interest shall exclude any default interest that may otherwise be due and payable. Nothing in this Section 2.5 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to make a Loan hereunder or to prejudice any rights which the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any failure by such Lender to make Loans hereunder.

(c) In the event that on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day prior to any Interest Payment Date the Borrower has not submitted a Notice of Borrowing for Loans to be made for the payment of Eligible IDC due on such Interest Payment Date pursuant to Section 2.6 , the Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally requests, authorizes and directs each Lender to make a Loan to the Borrower in the amount of its pro rata portion of such Eligible IDC without the need for any further authority or direction from the Borrower. The Lenders will not be required to pay any such Loans to the Borrower, but shall apply the proceeds thereof in payment of the Eligible IDC due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, and each Lender will be deemed to have advanced its pro rata portion of such Loans to the Borrower and the Borrower will be deemed to have paid, to the extent of such Loans made, the Eligible IDC due on the relevant Interest Payment Date; provided that no such Loans shall be deemed to have been made by such Lender (i) after the end of the Availability Period or (ii) to the extent that after giving effect to such Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Loans disbursed by such Lender hereunder would exceed such Lender’s Commitment.

 

4


2.6 Interest . (a) The Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of the outstanding principal amount of each Loan from the date of Borrowing thereof until the maturity of such Loan (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum which shall, during each Interest Period applicable thereto, be equal to the sum of (i) the Eurodollar Rate determined in accordance with Section 2.6(d) for such Interest Period, (ii) any Market Disruption Margin (if applicable), and (iii) the Applicable Margin.

(b) Overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by Law, overdue interest in respect of each Loan and any other overdue amount payable by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Financing Document (other than the Required Hedging Agreements) shall bear interest at a rate (the “ Default Rate ”) which is equal to the sum of (i) the Eurodollar Rate in effect from time to time under this Agreement with respect to such Loans, (ii) any Market Disruption Margin (if applicable), (iii) the Applicable Margin and (iv) two percent (2%)  per annum , with such interest to be payable on demand from the Facility Agent, acting on the instructions of any Lender, such Default Rate to apply from the due date of such overdue principal, interest or other amount.

(c) Accrued (and theretofore unpaid) interest on each Loan shall be payable (i) on each Interest Payment Date and (ii) on any repayment or prepayment (on the amount repaid or prepaid), at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and, after such maturity, on demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, interest payable in accordance with Section 2.6(b) shall be payable as provided therein.

(d) On each Interest Determination Date, the Facility Agent shall determine the Eurodollar Rate for the applicable Interest Period to be applicable to the Loans or to any portion thereof and shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders thereof. Each such determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

2.7 Net Payments . (a) All payments made by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Financing Document will be made without set-off (except as provided in Section 9.16(b) ), counterclaim or other defense. All such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (“ Taxes ”) with respect to such payments; provided that if the applicable Withholding Agent shall be required by applicable Law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from such payments, then (i) unless such Tax (A) is imposed on the overall net income, profit or gain of a Lender, (B) is attributable to a FATCA Deduction, (C) is described in Section 9.13(a)(D) or (D) would not have been imposed had the Lender complied with its obligations under Section 2.7(e) below (such Taxes specified in clauses (A) to (D) above, “ Excluded Taxes ”), the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.7 ), the Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable Withholding Agent shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the applicable Withholding Agent shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law. The Borrower will furnish to the Facility Agent within forty-five (45) days after the date of the payment of any Taxes due pursuant to applicable Law and paid by the Borrower certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Borrower (or such other evidence of payment as is reasonably acceptable to the Lenders). The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender, and reimburse such Lender upon its written request, for the amount of any Indemnified Taxes so levied or imposed and paid by such Lender.

 

5


(b) If the Borrower pays any additional amount under this Section 2.7 to a Lender and such Lender determines in its sole discretion that it has actually received or realized in connection therewith any refund of its Tax liabilities in respect of an Indemnified Tax or any credit in respect thereof (a “ Tax Refund ”), such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower in writing of such Tax Refund and shall promptly pay to the Borrower an amount that the Lender shall, in its sole discretion, determine is equal to the net benefit, after tax, which was obtained by the Lender as a consequence of such Tax Refund; provided , however , that (i) any Taxes that are imposed on a Lender as a result of a disallowance or reduction of any Tax Refund with respect to which such Lender has made a payment to the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.7(b) as determined by such Lender in its sole discretion, shall be treated as an Indemnified Tax payable to such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.7 ; (ii) nothing in this Section 2.7 shall require the Lender to disclose any confidential information to the Borrower (including its tax returns); and (iii) no Lender shall be required to pay any amounts pursuant to this Section 2.7 at any time when a Default or Event of Default exists.

(c) A Lender shall, at the request of the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which result in or would result in the Lender’s being grossed-up or indemnified under this Section 2.7 . A Lender need not take any such steps if such Lender determines, in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith, that to do so may be materially prejudicial to the Lender (it being understood that it is not prejudicial to the Lender to bear costs that the Borrower is willing to reimburse).

(d) (i) Each party hereto agrees to provide to the Facility Agent, within ten (10) Business Days of a request, and consents to the collection and processing by the Facility Agent of, any authorizations, waivers, forms, documentation and other information readily available to it, relating to its status or to the status of payments under this Agreement under FATCA (the “ FATCA Information ”), to the extent necessary for the Facility Agent to comply with FATCA. Each party hereto further consents to the disclosure, transfer and reporting of such FATCA Information to any relevant government or taxing authority or any Affiliate of the Facility Agent, including transfers to jurisdictions which do not have strict data protection or similar laws, to the extent that the Facility Agent reasonably determines that such disclosure, transfer or reporting is necessary or warranted to facilitate compliance with FATCA.

(ii) Each party hereto hereby covenants that following the receipt of a request from the Facility Agent, it shall confirm to the Facility Agent whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party. If a party hereto confirms to the Facility Agent that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, it shall notify the Facility Agent reasonably promptly. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each party hereto may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no party hereto shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(iii) Each party hereto shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), and in any case at least three (3) Business Days prior to making a FATCA Deduction, notify the person to whom it is making the payment and, on or prior to the day on which it notifies that person, shall also notify the Borrower, the Facility Agent and the other Financing Parties.

(e) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Financing Document shall notify the Facility Agent in writing thereof and deliver to the Borrower or the Facility Agent at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Facility Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Facility Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Facility Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Facility Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Facility Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

6


(f) All amounts set out or expressed in a Financing Document to be payable by the Borrower to the Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to clause (ii), if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by the Lender to the Borrower under a Financing Document and such Lender is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and the Lender shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such party). If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Financing Party (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Financing Party (the “ Recipient ”) under a Financing Document, and any Financing Party other than the Recipient (the “ Relevant Party ”) is required by the terms of any Financing Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration): (i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT, and the Recipient must (where this clause (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and (ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT. Where a Financing Document requires any party to reimburse or indemnify the Lender for any cost or expense, that party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) the Lender for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that the Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority. Any reference in this clause to any party hereto shall, at any time when such party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union) or any other similar provision in any jurisdiction which is not a member state of the European Union) so that a reference to a Lender shall be construed as a reference to that Lender or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Lender is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or head) of that group or unity (or fiscal unity) at the relevant time (as the case may be).

(g) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and fees and any other excise, property, intangible or mortgage recording taxes, imposed by any Governmental Authority, which arise from the execution, delivery, filing, recording, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Financing Document and agrees to hold the Secured Parties harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omitting to pay such taxes and fees (excluding, in each case, any such tax imposed as a result of a Lender’s grant of a participation, transfer or assignment to or designation of a new Applicable Lending Office or other office for receiving payments under any Financing Document except for any such taxes resulting from assignment or participation that is requested by the Borrower).

 

7


2.8 Illegality . (a) If the effect of any applicable Law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof or compliance with any request or directive of any Governmental Authority is to make it unlawful or impossible in any applicable jurisdiction for any Lender or its Applicable Lending Office to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain a Loan, then, on notice thereof by the Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Facility Agent), any obligation of that Lender to perform such obligation or make such Loan shall be suspended until, subject to Section 2.8(d) , the Lender notifies the Facility Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.

(b) If a Lender determines that it is unlawful to maintain a Loan, upon the Lender notifying the Borrower of such illegality, and subject to Section 2.13 , the Commitments of such Lender shall be immediately cancelled, and the Borrower shall, at the request of such Lender, repay in full the Loan of such Lender then outstanding, together with interest accrued thereon and amounts required under Section 6.3(g) , either on the last day of the Interest Period in respect of such Loan, if the Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Loan to such day, or immediately, if the Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Loan.

(c) The Borrower agrees to take all reasonable steps to obtain, as quickly as possible after receipt of such Lender’s request for prepayment pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , any Governmental Approvals then required in connection with such prepayment.

(d) Before giving notice to the Borrower and the Facility Agent under Section 2.8(a) , the affected Lender shall designate a different Applicable Lending Office with respect to its Loans if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice or making such demand and will not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be illegal or otherwise subject such Lender to any economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage.

2.9 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return . (a) If, after the Effective Date:

(i) there occurs the introduction of or any change since the date of this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any applicable Law or governmental rule, regulation, order, guideline or request (whether or not having the force of law); and/or

(ii) compliance by any Lender with any Law or regulation and including the introduction of any new Law or governmental rule, regulation, order, guideline, directive or request (whether or not having the force of law) of any monetary, fiscal or other authority shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, assessment or insurance fee or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender or subject such Lender to any taxes or change the basis of taxation of payments to the Lender or any amount payable under the Financing Documents (such as, for example, but not limited to (A) a change in the basis of taxation of payments to a Lender of the principal of or interest on the Loans or any other amounts payable hereunder (except for (x) changes in the rate of Tax on, or determined by reference to, the net income or net profits of such Lender imposed by the jurisdiction in which its principal office or Applicable Lending Office is located, (y) changes attributable to any FATCA Deduction) or (z) any Increased Cost compensated for by Section 2.7 (or which would have been compensated for by Section 2.7 but was not so compensated solely because such Increased Cost constituted an Excluded Tax) or (B) a change in official reserve requirements but, in all events, excluding reserves to the extent included in the computation of the Eurodollar Rate), or impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender;

 

8


and as a result of any of the foregoing any Lender shall incur any additional or increased costs, reductions in the rate of return from a Loan or on a Lender’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital or reductions in any amounts due and payable under any Financing Document (any of the foregoing, “ Increased Costs ”), then, in any such event, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender, within thirty (30) days of written demand therefor, such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its sole discretion shall determine), as shall be required to compensate such Lender for such Increased Costs.

A written notice as to the Increased Costs owed to such Lender, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the Borrower by such Lender through the Facility Agent shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, directives or any other Laws thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines, directives or any other Laws promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case constitute a change in applicable Law under Section 2.9(a)(i) above, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

(b) If, after the Effective Date, (w) the introduction of any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (x) any change in any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (y) any change in the interpretation or administration of any Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (z) compliance by any Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) or any corporation controlling such Lender (a “ Controlling Corporation ”) with any Capital Adequacy Regulation:

(i) affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender or its Controlling Corporation; and

(ii) does or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or on such Controlling Corporation’s capital as a consequence of the Financing Documents or the Loans thereunder, to a level below that which such Lender or such Controlling Corporation could have achieved but for such introduction, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s and such Controlling Corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy),

then from time to time, upon written demand of such Lender to the Borrower through the Facility Agent, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender, within thirty (30) days of such written demand, additional amounts specified by such Lender as sufficient to compensate such Lender for such reduction. A Lender’s reasonable good faith determination of compensation owing under this Section 2.9(b) shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

(c) Before giving notice to the Facility Agent under Sections 2.9(a) and (b) , the affected Lender shall designate a different Applicable Lending Office with respect to its Loans if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice or making such demand and will not, in the judgment of such Lender, be illegal or otherwise subject such Lender to any economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage.

 

9


(d) The Borrower shall not be obliged to pay any additional amount pursuant to this Section 2.9 to the extent that the Increased Cost to which such additional amount relates is (i) compensated for under another provision of this Agreement or would have been but for an exception to that provision or (ii) attributable to the relevant Financing Party or any of its Affiliates failing to comply with any law or regulation.

2.10 Funding Losses . The Borrower shall reimburse each Lender and hold each Lender harmless from all losses and expenses documented in the manner provided in the last sentence of this Section 2.10 (excluding any loss of anticipated profits but including any such losses or expenses arising from liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by such Lender to fund the relevant Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained) which the Lender actually sustains or incurs as a consequence of:

(a) the failure of the Borrower to make on a timely basis any scheduled payment of principal of any Loan;

(b) the failure of the Borrower to borrow a Loan after the Borrower has given a Notice of Borrowing;

(c) the failure of the Borrower to make any prepayment in accordance with any notice delivered under Section 6.2 ; or

(d) the prepayment or repayment (including pursuant to Section 6.1 , 6.2 or 6.3 ) or other payment (including after acceleration thereof) of a Loan on a day that is not an Interest Payment Date.

Each Lender shall, at any time that it makes a claim under this Section 2.10 , provide a written notice to the Borrower as to the amounts owed to such Lender, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, which notice shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

2.11 Inability to Determine Rates; Market Disruption . (a) If, on any Interest Determination Date, in the circumstances described in the second sentence of the definition of “Eurodollar Rate”, none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Facility Agent to determine the Eurodollar Rate or the Facility Agent otherwise determines that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for the relevant Interest Period, the Facility Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Upon the receipt of such notice, if the Borrower so requires, the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty (30) days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest applicable to such Loans. Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to foregoing sentence shall, with the prior consent of all Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all parties hereto. If no such alternative basis is so agreed or if the Borrower does not require such negotiations, the rate of interest on each Loan shall, until the Facility Agent revokes its notice in writing, be the percentage rate per annum which is equal to the sum of (i) the rate notified to the Facility Agent by each Lender with respect to the relevant Loan as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of the relevant Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to such Lender of funding its participation in such Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select and (ii) the Applicable Margin.

 

10


(b) If the Facility Agent receives, by close of business on the fifth (5 th ) Business Day prior to the commencement of any Interest Period, certificates (which the Facility Agent shall keep confidential and shall not disclose to any third party) from authorized officers of Lenders comprising the Majority Lenders certifying that (x) the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period will not be adequate to cover the cost (derived from funding sources reasonably selected by such Lenders) to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans for such Interest Period and (y) such Lenders vote in favor of having a Market Disruption Margin apply (a “ Market Disruption Margin Event ”), then:

(i) the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and each Lender that a Market Disruption Margin Event has occurred; and

(ii) upon the receipt of such notice, the Borrower and the Lenders shall enter into good faith negotiations (for a period of not more than five (5) Business Days from the date of such receipt) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest applicable to the Loans.

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall be binding on all parties hereto in respect of the relevant Interest Period. If no such alternative basis is so agreed, the rate of interest on each Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be as determined pursuant to Section 2.11(c) below.

(c) The Facility Agent shall thereafter promptly (i) notify the Borrower and the Lenders that a Market Disruption Margin Event has occurred and that no such agreement was reached pursuant to Section 2.11(b) ; (ii) request that each Lender provide to the Facility Agent (which information the Facility Agent shall keep confidential and shall not disclose to any third party) the cost to such Lender of funding, from whatever source it may reasonably select, an amount substantially equal to such Lender’s Loan proposed to be outstanding during such Interest Period; (iii) determine the Market Disruption Margin for each Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(d) below; (iv) notify the Borrower and each Lender of the result of the determination with respect to the Market Disruption Margin of such Lender; and (v) certify to the Borrower that it determined the Market Disruption Margin for each Lender correctly in accordance with Section 2.11(d) below.

(d) The Facility Agent shall, for purposes of Section 2.11(c) above, determine the Market Disruption Margin for each Lender for any applicable Interest Period as follows:

(i) if such Lender fails to provide its cost of funding in response to the request made in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 2.11(c) within three (3) Business Days of receipt of such request, the Facility Agent shall deem such Lender’s Market Disruption Margin to be zero, and

(ii) if such Lender provides notice to the Facility Agent of its cost of funding within such three (3) Business Day period, the Facility Agent shall calculate the margin (if positive) between (x) such cost of funding as so notified to the Facility Agent and (y) the Eurodollar Rate (the “ Market Disruption Margin ”); provided that (x) if as the result of such calculation the Market Disruption Margin exceeds 50 basis points (0.50%), the Market Disruption Margin shall be deemed to be 50 basis points (0.50%) and (y) in no event shall the interest applicable to the Loans be less than the rate per annum equal to the sum of (1) the Eurodollar Rate determined in accordance with Section 2.6(d) and (2) the Applicable Margin.

(e) In the event that a Reference Bank shall for whatever reason cease to be a Reference Bank or a Reference Bank assigns its Loans in accordance with Section 9.13 to one or more banks, the Borrower and the Facility Agent shall consult and use reasonable efforts to agree (with the consent of the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably) on a replacement Reference Bank; provided that, in the event that no such agreement is reached within thirty (30) days, the Facility Agent may designate a Lender as such replacement Reference Bank.

 

11


(f) For the avoidance of doubt, without limiting the obligation of the Facility Agent to, upon the written request of the Borrower, disclose to the Borrower the identity of any Lender that has delivered a certificate pursuant to Section 2.11(b) , nothing in this Section 2.11 will require any Lender or Reference Bank to provide information disclosing its cost of funds to any other Lender, Agent or the Borrower.

2.12 Survival . The agreements and obligations of the Borrower in Sections 2.7 through 2.11 shall survive any termination of any Transaction Document and the payment of the Loans and all other Obligations.

2.13 Replacement of Lenders; Prepayment . If any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or is owed Increased Costs or other amounts under Section 2.7 or Section 2.9 and compensation with respect to such event is not otherwise requested by the Majority Lenders, or provides a notice of illegality pursuant to Section 2.8 , the Borrower shall have the right, if no Default or Event of Default then exists and such Lender has not changed its Applicable Lending Office with the effect of eliminating such Increased Costs or other amounts or illegality, to (a) prepay the Loans made by such Lender in accordance with Section 6.2(c) or (b) replace such Lender (the “ Replaced Lender ”) completely or, in the case of a Defaulting Lender, either completely or with respect only to any outstanding portion of the undisbursed and uncancelled Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, with another commercial bank or banks or other financial institutions (collectively, the “ Replacement Lender ”) reasonably acceptable to the Facility Agent; provided that (i) at the time of any replacement pursuant to this Section 2.13 , the Replacement Lender shall enter into one or more assignment agreements pursuant to Section 9.13 hereof pursuant to which the Replacement Lender shall acquire all of the Commitment and outstanding Loans of the Replaced Lender and, in connection therewith, shall pay to the Replaced Lender in respect thereof an amount equal to the sum of (A) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all outstanding Loans of the Replaced Lender, and (B) an amount equal to all accrued, but theretofore unpaid, Fees owing to the Replaced Lender, (ii) all Obligations of the Borrower owing to the Replaced Lender (other than those specifically described in clause (i) above in respect of which the assignment purchase price has been, or is concurrently being, paid) shall be paid in full to such Replaced Lender concurrently with such replacement and (iii) any Required Hedging Agreement to which such Replaced Lender (or any Affiliate of such Replaced Lender) is a party shall be replaced by a Required Hedging Agreement to which another Lender (or its Affiliate) shall be a party (or by an adjustment to an existing Required Hedging Agreement to which another Lender (or its Affiliate) is party) and the Borrower shall pay any amounts, costs and expenses owing under such replaced Required Hedging Agreement or otherwise as a result of such replacement. Upon the execution of the respective assignment documentation pursuant to clause (i) of the proviso above and the payment of the amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of the proviso above, the Replacement Lender shall become a Lender hereunder, and the Replaced Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such Replaced Lender.

2.14 Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender fees shall cease to accrue on the unused portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 6.7 .

 

12


Section 3. Conditions Precedent

3.1 Conditions to First Disbursement . The obligation of any Lender to make its first Disbursement shall be subject to receipt by the Facility Agent of each of the agreements and other documents, and the satisfaction of the conditions precedent, set forth below, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders) and in full force and effect (unless, in each case, waived by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders)):

(a) Transaction Documents . (i) Each of the Transaction Documents (other than (A) the Required Hedging Agreements and (B) the EPC Warranty Guarantee, the Specialized Oil Industry Services Agreement, the Asset Maintenance Agreement and any Consent Agreement to be executed in connection therewith), and the Intercreditor Agreement, each in form and substance satisfactory to each Lender, shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each party thereto and shall be in full force and effect, and all conditions for effectiveness in each such Transaction Document required to be satisfied prior to the Closing Date have been duly satisfied. The Facility Agent shall have received originals (or PDF copies with originals to follow thereafter) of each Financing Document executed by all parties thereto and a copy of each other such Transaction Document.

(ii) The Facility Agent shall have received a certificate of an Authorized Officer of each of the Borrower and the Operator, dated the Closing Date, certifying that (A) such Person is not in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of its material obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of the Project Documents to which it is a party and, to the best of such Person’s knowledge, no Project Participant is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of its material obligations, covenants or conditions contained therein, (B) each Project Document delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(i) is in full force and effect, (C) the copy of each such Project Document is true, correct and complete, and (D) except as delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(i) , there are no agreements, side letters or other documents to which such Person is a party which have the effect of modifying or supplementing in any respect any of the respective rights or obligations of such Person or any other Project Participant under any of the Project Documents to which such Person is a party.

(b) Equity Contributions. The Facility Agent shall have received evidence that (i) the Borrower shall have received Equity Contributions in an amount of not less than the amount required to satisfy the requirements of Section 3.2(e) , which shall have been applied to Project Costs or on deposit in the Offshore Construction Account and (ii) the OOG Offshore Equity Support Reserve Account has been fully funded in accordance with Section 3.01(a)(ii) of the Equity Support Deed.

(c) Organizational Documents . The Facility Agent shall have received the following documents each certified as indicated below:

(i) a copy of the Organizational Documents of each of the Borrower, the General Partner and the Shareholders as in effect on the Closing Date, with a copy of an excerpt from the Austrian register of companies ( Firmenbuch ) in relation to each of the Borrower, the General Partner and the OOG Shareholder, dated no more than fifteen (15) days prior to the Closing Date;

 

13


(ii) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of each of the Borrower, the Sponsors, the Shareholders, the General Partner and the Operator, dated on or about (but in no event later than) the Closing Date, certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the Organizational Documents of such Person, as in effect at all times from the date on which the resolutions referred to in clause (B) below were adopted to and including the date of such certificate, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or other equivalent body) and, in the case of the Borrower, the General Partner and the Operator, by their respective shareholders, or evidence of any necessary corporate, partnership or limited liability company action, as the case may be, of such Person, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents to which such Person is or is intended to be a party, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the excerpt from the Austrian register of companies ( Firmenbuch ) in relation to each of the Borrower, the General Partner and the OOG Shareholder, dated no more than fifteen (15) days prior to the Closing Date, and (D) as to the name, incumbency and specimen signature of each officer or attorney-in-fact, as the case may be, of such Person executing the Financing Documents to which such Person is or is intended to be a party and each other document to be delivered by such Person from time to time in connection therewith (and each Secured Party may conclusively rely on such certificate until it receives a replacement certificate in the form described in this clause (D) from such Person); and

(iii) written evidence of (A) the articles of the General Partner having been amended to provide that (1) the Sponsors shall nominate and the shareholders of the General Partner shall appoint a second director, (2) the managing directors of the General Partner shall have joint power to represent the General Partner (and consequently the Borrower), (3) the rules of procedure for the General Partner’s management board shall be adopted and shall implement a strict requirement for participation by both such directors in decision-making, (4) the initiation of insolvency proceeding of any kind with respect to the General Partner or the Borrower shall require the unanimous vote of both directors; (B) the appointment of such second director and the filing for registration of such director with the Austrian companies register, and (C) the adoption of the rules of procedure of the General Partner’s management board referred to in clause (A)(3) above by shareholder resolution of the General Partner’s shareholders.

(d) Fees and Expenses . The Borrower shall have paid or arranged for the payment when due (including, to the extent permitted, arrangement for payment out of Disbursements) of all fees, expenses, premiums and other charges payable by it on or prior to the first Disbursement Date (or equivalent concept, howsoever described) under this Agreement or under any other Transaction Document.

(e) Governmental Approvals . The Facility Agent shall have received a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that attached thereto are true, correct and complete copies of all Necessary Governmental Approvals listed in Part A of Schedule 4.6 and, if requested by the Facility Agent, of all applications made for any Necessary Governmental Approvals and all material correspondence received or sent in respect of such applications.

(f) Filings, Registrations and Recordings . (i) The Facility Agent shall have received evidence (A) that the Vessel has been registered in the name of the Borrower through the port of registry under the laws and flag of the Commonwealth of the Bahamas and (B) that no Liens are registered against the Vessel on such register. Any other action required under applicable Law to perfect the first priority Liens intended to be created by the Mortgage shall have been effected, and the Collateral Agent shall have received acknowledgment copies or other evidence satisfactory to it that all necessary filing, notarization, recording and other fees and all taxes and expenses related to such registration have been paid in full.

 

14


(ii) Any other document required to be filed, registered, notarized or recorded in order to create and perfect the Security Interests as first priority Liens (subject to Permitted Liens) shall have been properly filed, registered, notarized or recorded in each office in each jurisdiction in which such filings, registrations, notarizations and recordations are required, and any other action required in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent to perfect such Security Interests as such first priority Liens (subject to Permitted Liens) shall have been effected, and the Collateral Agent shall have received acknowledgment copies or other evidence satisfactory to it that all necessary filing, notarization, recording and other fees and all taxes and expenses related to such filings, notarizations, registrations and recordings have been paid in full, except for (x) the notarization and consularization of any of the Security Documents governed by Brazilian law by any signatories executing such Security Documents outside of Brazil, (y) the translation of any of such Brazilian law-governed Security Documents into Portuguese by a certified public translator and (z) the filing of such translated and, where applicable, notarized and consularized Brazilian law-governed Security Documents with the relevant Registry of Titles and Documents in Brazil which shall be completed prior to the first Disbursement Date, and in any event within twenty (20) days after the date on which the Borrower has received the original signature pages from each of the counterparties to such Brazilian law-governed Security Documents.

(g) Pledge Agreements . The Collateral Agent shall have received a duly signed original of each Pledge Agreement together with, except in the case of the Brazilian Share Pledge Agreement, a third party notification in form and substance as set out in the respective Schedule ( Form of Third Party Notification ) of each such Pledge Agreement duly acknowledged by (i) an Authorized Officer of the Borrower with regard to the Austrian Partnership Interest Pledge Agreement and (ii) an Authorized Officer of the General Partner with regard to the Austrian Share Pledge Agreement, and all proxies, powers of attorney and any other documents required under the Pledge Agreements to be delivered prior to first Disbursement in form and substance as set out in the respective Schedules to each such Pledge Agreement or such other form as may be satisfactory to each Lender and duly signed by an Authorized Officer of the Shareholders and in addition, in relation to the Austrian Partnership Interest Pledge Agreement only, by an Authorized Officer of the General Partner.

(h) Officer’s Certificates . The Facility Agent shall have received an executed Officer’s Certificate from each of the Borrower, the Shareholders, the General Partner, the Sponsors and the Operator, each dated the Closing Date, and each certifying that (i) the representations and warranties of such Person set forth in each of the Financing Documents to which such Person is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (or, if stated to have been made solely as of an earlier date, were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and (ii) such Person is in compliance in all material respects with all of its agreements contained in any Transaction Document to which it is a party.

(i) Financial Information, No Petrobras Payment Default, etc .

(i) The Facility Agent shall have received (x) copies of the most recent annual and semi-annual financial statements (to the extent available) from each of the Sponsors together with a certificate from an Authorized Officer of each Sponsor dated the Closing Date, to the effect that, to the best of such Authorized Officer’s knowledge, (i) such financial statements are true, complete and correct in all material respects and (ii) there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, Properties, or business of such Person since the date of such financial statements, (y) copies of certain financial information of the Borrower, the General Partner and the Operator as at April 30, 2015, including the balance sheets and statements of changes in equity, and (z) copies of the 2014 annual audited financial statements of Petrobras.

 

15


(ii) No Petrobras Payment Default Event shall have occurred and be continuing.

(j) Base Case Projections; Capex Budget; Project Schedule; Drawdown Schedule . The Facility Agent shall have received (i) the Base Case Projections, incorporating appropriate operating assumptions agreed by the Technical Advisor and proving resistance to reasonable sensitivities and downside scenarios, which shall project an average of the Debt Service Coverage Ratios for each of the Quarters occurring until the date that is the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Commercial Operation Date of not less than 1.25x; (ii) the Capex Budget; (iii) the Project Schedule; and (iv) the Drawdown Schedule.

(k) Process Agent . The Facility Agent shall have received a copy of a letter from NCR National Corporate Research (UK) Limited, with a registered office at 7 Welbeck Street, London W1G 9YE, United Kingdom, accepting its appointment as process agent in England for the Borrower, the Sponsors, the Shareholders, the General Partner, the Management Services Providers and the Operator.

(l) Legal Opinions . The Facility Agent shall have received the following legal opinions, each of which legal opinions shall be dated on or about (but in no event later than) the Closing Date and shall be addressed and in form, scope and substance satisfactory to each Secured Party:

(i) A legal opinion of White & Case LLP, special English counsel to the Lenders.

(ii) A legal opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell (London) LLP, special English counsel to the Borrower.

(iii) A legal opinion of Wolf Theiss Rechtsanwälte GmbH & Co KG, special Austrian counsel to the Lenders, with respect to the Financing Documents governed by Austrian law.

(iv) A legal opinion of Dorda Brugger Jordis Rechtsanwälte GmbH, special Austrian counsel to the Borrower, the OOG Shareholder and the General Partner.

(v) A legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams, LLP, special Marshall Islands counsel to the Teekay Sponsor.

(vi) A legal opinion of Mattos Filho, Veiga Filho, Marrey Jr e Quiroga Advogados, special Brazilian counsel to the Lenders.

(vii) A legal opinion of Houthoff Buruma, special Dutch counsel to the Lenders and the Teekay Shareholder.

(viii) A legal opinion of Walkers, special Cayman Islands counsel to the Sponsors.

 

16


(ix) A legal opinion of Brazilian in-house counsel to the OOG Sponsor and the Operator.

(x) A legal opinion of Lennox Paton, Bahamas counsel to the Lenders.

(xi) A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams, special Singapore counsel to Teekay Shipping (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

(m) Material Adverse Effect; Litigation .

(i) There shall not have occurred or exist any fact or circumstance that has had or would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on (i) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance or properties of the Borrower, the Operator, or either Sponsor, (ii) the ability or prospective ability of the Borrower, the Operator or either Sponsor, to perform its payment obligations under any of the Financing Documents to which it is a party, (iii) the legality, validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Transaction Document or (iv) the legality, validity or enforceability of the Security Interests provided under the Security Documents

(ii) There shall be no action, suit, other legal proceeding, arbitral proceeding, inquiry or investigation (including any Environmental and Social Claims) pending or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened by or before any Governmental Authority or in any arbitral or other forum, nor any order, decree or judgment in effect, pending, or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Borrower, the Sponsors, the EPC Contractor or the Operator or any of their respective Properties or rights, that has or would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on (x) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of the Borrower, the Sponsors, and/or the Operator, or (y) the ability of the EPC Contractor to perform any of its material obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

(n) Corrupt Practices . The Facility Agent shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of each of the Borrower, the General Partner and the Sponsors, dated the Closing Date, stating that neither such Person nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents or Affiliates, acting on behalf of the Borrower, the General Partner or the Sponsors has (i) paid, offered or promised to pay, or authorised the payment, directly or indirectly, of any commission, bribe, pay-off or kickback or similar payment related to the Project or any of the Loans that violates any applicable law; or (ii) entered into any agreement or arrangement under which any such payment will at any time be made.

(o) Environmental and Social Action Plan . The Facility Agent shall have received a copy of the Environmental and Social Action Plan updated as of the date of the request for Disbursement.

( p ) Consultant Reports .

(i) Technical Advisor Report . The Facility Agent shall have received an updated comprehensive report of the Technical Advisor.

(ii) Insurance Advisor Report . The Facility Agent shall have received a report of the Insurance Advisor.

(iii) Market Consultant Report . The Facility Agent shall have received a report of the Market Consultant.

 

17


(q) Know Your Customer Documentation . Each Lender shall have received documentation in reasonably satisfactory form, scope and substance requested by such Lender in order to enable such Lender to carry out all necessary checks, in relation to each of the Borrower, the Sponsors and those Subsidiaries of the Sponsors that have a direct or indirect ownership interest in the Borrower, including the General Partner, and their respective signatories and directors, under “know your customer” or similar requirements and other information required by bank regulatory authorities, including those reasonably required to ensure compliance with applicable anti-money laundering rules and regulations in such Lender’s jurisdiction.

(r) Share Capital of the General Partner . Each Lender shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the share capital ( Stammkapital ) of the General Partner has been paid in full and there is no obligation for any Shareholder to make additional contributions ( Nachschusspflicht ).

(s) Additional Matters . All corporate proceedings of the Borrower, the Operator, the Shareholders, the General Partner and the Sponsors and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders) and the Facility Agent shall have received such other documents, certificates, and instruments, relating to such legal proceedings and corporate matters as the Facility Agent shall have reasonably requested (acting on the instructions of any of the Lenders), in each case in form and substance satisfactory to each Lender.

3.2 Conditions to All Loans . The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Disbursement and any subsequent Disbursement on any relevant Disbursement Date shall be subject to the conditions precedent that, both immediately prior to the making of such Loan and also after giving effect thereto, unless (x) in the case of the initial Loans such condition is waived by each Lender, and (y) in the case of any subsequent Loan (other than any Shipyard Delivery Date Loan), such condition is waived by the Required Lenders, and (z) in the case of any condition set forth in Section 3.2(g) , such condition is waived by each Lender:

(a) Notices of Borrowing . The Facility Agent shall have received not less than (x) three (3) Business Days prior to such Disbursement Date in respect of the first Disbursement and (y) four (4) Business Days in respect of each subsequent Disbursement, (i) a Notice of Borrowing pursuant to and in compliance with Section 2.2 in respect of the Disbursement of Loans executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, (ii) a certificate of the Technical Advisor in respect of such proposed Disbursement (except in respect of an Advance Working Capital Disbursement), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , accompanied by the relevant Technical Advisor Report, in each case containing (x) no exceptions or qualifications which are unsatisfactory to the Facility Agent in consultation with the Technical Advisor and (y) with respect to the Technical Advisor’s certificate, a statement that the Commercial Operation Date is not expected to be any later than the Date Certain, (iii) the most recent construction progress report provided by the EPC Contractor under the EPC Contract, (iv) in respect of any Disbursement relating to any construction milestone payment under the EPC Contract, the relevant invoices from the EPC Contractor and/or its subcontractors, and (v) in respect of any Disbursement relating to any milestone or instalment payment under any other Construction Contract, the relevant invoices from the relevant Construction Contractor and/or its subcontractors; provided , however , that no Notice of Borrowing shall be required to be delivered in connection with a Borrowing in respect of Eligible IDC.

 

18


(b) Representations and Warranties . The following representations and warranties shall be true and correct on and as of the respective Disbursement Date as if made on and as of such date (or, if stated to have been made solely as of an earlier date, were true and correct as of such date):

(i) in relation to the initial Disbursement on the Closing Date, (x) all the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Section 4 hereof and (y) all the representations and warranties of each of the Borrower, the Operator, the Sponsors, the General Partner and the Shareholders contained in any other Financing Document to which such Person is a party; or

(ii) in relation to any other Disbursement, (x) the Repeating Representations and (y) the representations and warranties of each of the Borrower, the Operator, the Sponsors, the General Partner and the Shareholders contained in any other Financing Document to which such Person is a party which are or are deemed repeated on each Disbursement Date under the terms of such other Financing Documents.

(c) No Default; No Material Adverse Change .

(i) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of such Loan and no default by the Borrower or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any other Person (which default by such other Person could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) under any of the Transaction Documents shall have occurred and be continuing.

(ii) There shall not have occurred or exist any fact or circumstance that has had or would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on (i) the ability or prospective ability of the Borrower, the Operator or either Sponsor to perform its payment obligations under any of the Financing Documents to which it is a party, (ii) the legality, validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Transaction Document or (iii) the legality, validity or enforceability of the Security Interests provided under the Security Documents.

(d) Governmental Approvals, etc . (i) All Necessary Governmental Approvals which were not obtainable or required to be obtained by the Borrower or any Project Participant prior to the Closing Date but which under applicable Law were obtainable or required to be obtained prior to such Disbursement Date shall have been duly obtained and shall be in full force and effect and (ii) there shall have been no change in any applicable Law, and no issuance of any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitral tribunal, which, in either such case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Equity Contributions . After giving effect to such Loan on such Disbursement Date, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Equity Contributions theretofore made or to be made on or prior to such Disbursement Date for application to Project Costs to (y) the aggregate amount of the Loans theretofore made or to be made on or prior to such Disbursement Date shall not be less than 20:80. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the Borrower be permitted to have any Disbursement amounts received on such Disbursement Date released to the Offshore Construction Account or otherwise utilized until the Facility Agent has received evidence that such Equity Contributions have been received.

(f) Loans . The Unutilized Commitments following the making of such Loan, together with the undisbursed equity commitment (including Subordinated Loans and, for the avoidance of doubt, any undisbursed contingent equity commitment) under the Equity Support Deed, will be no less than the amount necessary to pay Project Costs remaining to be paid following the application to Project Costs of the amount of such Loan.

 

19


(g) Shipyard Delivery Date Loans . In the event such Loan is to be a Shipyard Delivery Date Loan, the Facility Agent shall have received each of the following documents, and the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth below, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the all Lenders and in full force and effect (unless, in each case, waived by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders):

(i) Registration . The Facility Agent shall have received evidence confirming that (A) the FPSO has been registered in the name of the Borrower through the port of registry under the laws and flag of the Commonwealth of the Bahamas and (B) no Liens are registered against the FPSO on such register. Any other action required under applicable Law to perfect the first priority Liens intended to be created by the Mortgage shall have been effected, and the Collateral Agent shall have received (x) acknowledgment copies or other evidence satisfactory to it that all necessary filing, notarization, recording and other fees and all taxes and expenses related to such registration have been paid in full and (y) an opinion of Bahamas counsel to the Borrower with respect to such registration and the legality, validity and enforceability of such Mortgage.

(ii) Classification . The Facility Agent shall have received evidence that the FPSO is classified by the American Bureau of Shipping (“ ABS ”) to comply with and be certified in accordance with Articles 8.8 and 9.1(a) of the EPC Contract, together with a copy of the inspection report or certificate issued by ABS.

(iii) Insurance . The Facility Agent shall have received a certified copy of the insurance policies required by Section 5.9 hereof to be delivered prior to the Shipyard Delivery Date or certificates of insurance with respect thereto together with a report from the Insurance Advisor regarding such policies and compliance with such Section 5.9 .

(iv) Payment of Contract Price . The Facility Agent shall have received evidence that, upon payment of the proceeds of such Shipyard Delivery Date Loans taken together with any Equity Contributions in connection therewith, the Borrower shall have paid in full (A) the Contract Price, other than the five percent (5%) amount to be paid upon the submission of as-built documents, and (B) all amounts payable under all OFE Supply Contracts to the OFE Suppliers.

(v) Shipyard Delivery Documents . The Facility Agent shall have received copies, certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to be true and complete copies, of the forms of all documents to be delivered by the EPC Contractor under Article 9.5 of the EPC Contract, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Technical Advisor, and the Borrower shall have confirmed that arrangements have been made so that following payment of the final Construction Milestone payment under the EPC Contract (x) such documents will be promptly delivered to the Borrower executed by the EPC Contractor and (y) copies of such documents, certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to be true and complete copies, will be delivered to the Facility Agent promptly, and in no event later than thirty (30) days following such payment.

(vi) Technical Advisor Report . The Facility Agent shall have received a Technical Advisor Report relating to the Delivery (as defined in the EPC Contract) of the FPSO which shall be based on an inspection of the FPSO immediately prior to such Delivery.

 

20


(vii) ISM Code . The Facility Agent shall have received evidence that the FPSO has been certified to be in compliance with the International Safety Management (ISM) Code.

(h) Other Documents . The Facility Agent shall have received such other statements, certificates, documents, approvals and legal opinions as the Facility Agent may reasonably request.

The acceptance of the proceeds of each Loan shall constitute a certification by the Borrower to the relevant Lenders confirming the satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in clauses (a) through (h) of this Section 3.2 upon the making of such Loan (other than as to whether the Facility Agent or any Lender is in fact satisfied with respect to (i) any document delivered or (ii) any other matter required under this Section 3 ).

If, in respect of any Notice of Borrowing, the Technical Advisor is not able to opine that the Commercial Operation Date shall occur on or before the Date Certain, as required by Section 3.2(a) , then the Borrower and the Facility Agent shall upon written request of the Borrower promptly meet to discuss the reasons in consultation with the Technical Advisor with a view to determining whether it is reasonable to propose to the Lenders, within a period of not more than ten (10) days from the start of such discussions, that such proposed Disbursement should occur, notwithstanding the Technical Advisor’s inability to opine that the Commercial Operation Date shall occur on or before the Date Certain.

3.3 Project Completion Date . The occurrence of the Project Completion Date shall be subject to the receipt by the Facility Agent of each of the agreements and other documents, and the satisfaction of the conditions precedent, set forth below, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders) and in full force and effect (unless, in each case, waived by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders)):

(a) Governmental Approvals . All Necessary Governmental Approvals, which under applicable Law were required to be obtained prior to the Project Completion Date, shall have been duly obtained and shall be in full force and effect and free from conditions or requirements the compliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or which the Borrower does not reasonably expect to be able to satisfy, and the Facility Agent shall have received a copy of each such Necessary Governmental Approval not previously delivered to the Facility Agent on or prior to the Project Completion Date.

(b) Work Completion . (i) The Work (except for Punch List items) shall have been completed in accordance with the Construction Contracts in all material respects and in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws and Necessary Governmental Approvals, and all ancillary construction, upgrades and improvements necessary for the operation of the Project as contemplated by the Transaction Documents shall have been completed, and the Shipyard Delivery Date shall have occurred;

(ii) all Project Costs (including any cost overruns in respect of Project Costs) have been paid other than in respect of (x) any remaining Punch List items, (y) Advance Working Capital Expenses for which amounts are available under the undrawn Commitments and under the Equity Support Deed, and (z) Petrobras Delay LD Amounts covered by amounts available to pay such amounts in the Delay LD Reserve Sub-account or by amounts available under the Equity Support Deed;

 

21


(iii) each remaining Petrobras Punch List item has been assessed by Petrobras, all remaining Punch List items in the aggregate cannot reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the operations of the FPSO, and the total cost to the Borrower to complete such Punch List items does not exceed $3,500,000; and

(iv) an amount no less than such total cost amount set forth in item (iii) above is on deposit in the Offshore Construction Account or in the Offshore Distribution Holding Account (or is otherwise available to the Borrower in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent acting upon the instructions of the Required Lenders) and is available to pay such costs, as confirmed by the Facility Agent.

(c) Completion Certificates . The Facility Agent shall have received (i) an executed counterpart of the Borrower Completion Certificate (the statements contained in which shall be true and correct in all material respects), and (ii) an executed counterpart of the Technical Advisor Completion Certificate confirming, inter alia , each of the items in Section 3.3(b) above.

(d) Commercial Operation Date; Petrobras Acceptance . The Commercial Operation Date shall have occurred, and Petrobras shall have formally accepted the FPSO.

(e) Opinions . The Facility Agent shall have received executed counterparts of such supplemental opinions of counsel to Borrower and Project Participants as the Facility Agent may reasonably request with respect to the matters described in clauses (a), (i) and (j) of this Section 3.3 .

(f) Operating Plans . The Operator shall have adopted an Operating Plan for the period from the Commercial Operation Date through the end of the first Operating Year of the FPSO in accordance with Section 5.23(a) .

(g) Base Case Projections . The Facility Agent shall have received Base Case Projections updated as of the Project Completion Date for the FPSO and otherwise meeting the requirements of Section 3.1(j) .

(h) Payments due under the Construction Management Agreement . All amounts due and payable under the Construction Management Agreement shall have been paid.

(i) Central Bank Registration . The Facility Agent shall have received evidence of registration of the Charter Agreement with the Central Bank of Brazil in order to allow for payments by Petrobras thereunder to be made to the Borrower and the enrolment of the Borrower with the Brazilian Federal Taxpayers’ Registry.

(j) Updated Mortgage . The Facility Agent shall have received evidence confirming that the Mortgage has been updated to reflect the conversion of the Vessel into the FPSO and that any other action required under applicable Law to perfect the first priority Liens intended to be created by the Mortgage (as so updated) have been effected, and the Collateral Agent shall have received (x) acknowledgment copies or other evidence satisfactory to it that all necessary filing, notarization, recording and other fees and all taxes and expenses related to such registration have been paid in full and (y) an opinion of Bahamas counsel to the Borrower with respect to such registration and the legality, validity and enforceability of such Mortgage.

(k) Management Services Agreements . Each of the Specialized Oil Industry Services Agreement, the Asset Maintenance Agreement, and the Consent Agreements to be executed in connection therewith shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each party thereto and shall be in full force and effect.

 

22


(l) Class Certificate . The Facility Agent shall have received a copy of the full term class certificate for the FPSO issued by ABS and containing no recommendations, qualifications or conditions, and such full term class certificate shall replace any interim or temporary certificate for the FPSO (but may be subject to renewal from time to time after its issuance).

(m) EPC Warranty Guarantee . Each of the EPC Warranty Guarantee and the Consent Agreement to be executed in connection therewith shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each party thereto and shall be in full force and effect.

(n) EPC Contract . The Facility Agent shall have received executed copies of the documents required to be delivered by the EPC Contractor to the Borrower under Article 9.5 of the EPC Contract following payment of the final Construction Milestone payment under the EPC Contract, certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to be true and complete copies.

Section 4. Representations, Warranties and Agreements

In order to induce each of the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans, the Borrower makes the following representations, warranties and agreements as of the date hereof, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making and continuance of the Loans (the Repeating Representations shall be deemed to be made by the Borrower on the Effective Date, on the date of each Disbursement and on the first day of each Interest Period in each case by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on such dates):

4.1 Organization; Ownership . (a) The Borrower is a limited partnership ( Kommanditgesellschaft ) duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of Austria. The Borrower is duly authorized and qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases Property or in which the conduct of its business requires it to so qualify, except where the failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower has the requisite limited partnership power and authority to own or lease and operate its Properties, to carry on its business (including with respect to the Project), to borrow money, to create the Security Interests as contemplated by the Security Documents to which it is or will be a party and to execute, deliver and perform each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party.

(b) As of the Effective Date:

(i) each of the Sponsors owns indirectly fifty percent (50% of each class of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, and the Borrower owns directly ninety-nine point ninety-nine percent (99.99%) of each class of the Equity Interests of the Operator;

(ii) each of the Shareholders owns directly fifty percent (50%) of each class of Equity Interests of the General Partner;

(iii) each of the Shareholders owns directly fifty percent (50%) of the limited liability partnership interest ( Kommanditanteil ) of the Borrower;

(iv) the General Partner owns directly one hundred percent (100%) of the general partnership interests ( Komplementäranteil ) of the Borrower;

(v) the Shareholders and the General Partner together own directly one hundred percent (100%) of each class of Equity Interests of the Borrower;

(vi) OOG-TKP Operator Holdings Limited owns directly zero point zero one percent (0.01%) of each class of Equity Interests of the Operator; and

(vii) OOG-TKP FPSO & Co KG owns one hundred percent (100%) of each class of Equity Interests of OOG-TKP Operator Holdings Limited.

 

23


4.2 Authority and Consents. (a) The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of each Financing Document to which it is or will be a party, and the transactions contemplated by the Financing Documents: (i) are within its organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary partnership action; (ii) will not breach, contravene, violate, conflict with or constitute a default under (A) any of its Organizational Documents, (B) any applicable Law or (C) any contract, loan, agreement, indenture, mortgage, lease or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its Properties may be bound or affected, including all applicable Governmental Approvals and the Transaction Documents; and (iii) except for the Security Interests, will not result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Properties of the Borrower.

(b) Each Financing Document to which the Borrower is a party (i) has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and (ii) when executed and delivered by each of the other parties thereto, will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject to, with respect to the Borrower, the Legal Qualifications.

(c) No authorization, consent or approval of, or notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person has been, is or will be required to be obtained or made (i) for the due execution, delivery, recordation, filing or performance by the Borrower of any of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party or any transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (ii) for the grant by the Borrower, or the validity, enforceability, perfection and maintenance, of the Security Interests (including the first priority nature thereof) or (iii) for the exercise by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any of its rights under any Transaction Document or any remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents or the admissibility in evidence of any Transaction Documents, except for the authorizations, consents, approvals, notices and filings listed on Schedule 4.2 , all of which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect.

4.3 Capitalization; Indebtedness; Investments . (a)  Schedule 4.3 contains, as of the Effective Date, a true and complete list of all of the authorized and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower by class, all commitments to make capital contributions to the Borrower and all capital contributions previously received by the Borrower. All of the Equity Interests of the Borrower have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. None of such Equity Interests have been issued in violation of any applicable Law or the Organizational Documents of the Borrower. Except as set forth in the Financing Documents, the Borrower is not a party or subject to, does not have outstanding and is not bound by, any subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, agreements, preemptive rights, acquisition rights, redemption rights or any other rights or claims of any character that restrict the transfer of, require the issuance of, or otherwise relate to any shares of its Equity Interests. The Equity Interests of the Borrower are owned beneficially and of record by the Persons set forth in Schedule 4.3 . Except for the Liens created by relevant Pledge Agreement, there is no Lien on any of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, and the Borrower has not been notified of the assignment of all or any part of the Shareholders’ or the General Partner’s Investments in the Borrower other than the assignment in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Pledge Agreements.

(b) As of the Effective Date, (i) other than the Indebtedness under the Transaction Documents and (prior to the first Disbursement Date) the Bridge Loan Agreement, the Borrower has no Indebtedness of any nature, whether due or to become due, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and (ii) the Borrower holds no Investments other than Investments permitted by Section 5.15 .

 

24


4.4 Financial Condition . (a) The Borrower has delivered to the Facility Agent the financial information of the Borrower, the General Partner and the Operator as at and for the fiscal period ended on April 30, 2015, prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and certified by a chief or senior financial officer of the Borrower. Such financial information fairly presents the financial condition of the Borrower as at such date and the results of its operations for the period ended on such date. Such financial information has been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied and the related reconciliations thereof have been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied.

(b) As of the Effective Date, the Borrower has no outstanding obligations or liabilities, fixed or contingent, except for the obligations and liabilities under the Bridge Loan Agreement or as disclosed in the financial statements described in (a) above or incurred pursuant to the Transaction Documents since the date of such financial statements. As of the Effective Date, since the date of the financial statements described in (a) above, no event, condition or circumstance exists or has occurred which has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, business or a material portion of the Property of the Borrower from that set forth in such financial statements.

4.5 Litigation; Labor Disputes . Other than any such actions which have only been threatened and have not and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no action, suit, other legal proceeding, arbitral proceeding, inquiry or investigation (including any Environmental and Social Claims) pending or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened by or before any Governmental Authority or in any arbitral or other forum, nor any order, decree or judgment in effect, pending, or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened (a) against or affecting the Borrower or any material part of its Properties or rights, or (b) to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, against or affecting any Project Participant or any of its Properties or rights, that, in the case of this clause (b), (i) relates to the Project, any of the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, and (ii) has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. There are no ongoing strikes, slowdowns or work stoppages by the employees of the Borrower or the Operator, nor, to the best of its knowledge, are any such employee actions currently threatened. There are no ongoing strikes, slowdowns or work stoppages by the employees of any Construction Contractor or Petrobras, nor, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, are any such employee actions threatened, which have, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6 Governmental Approvals . (a) As of the Effective Date, all Necessary Governmental Approvals, except for those set forth in Schedule 4.6 , have been duly obtained or made, were validly issued, are in full force and effect, are held in the name of the Borrower (or, as applicable, the relevant Project Participant) and are free from conditions or requirements the compliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or which the Borrower or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, the relevant Project Participant does not reasonably expect to be able to satisfy. No event has occurred that could reasonably be expected to (i) result in the revocation, termination or adverse modification of any such Necessary Governmental Approval, (ii) materially and adversely affect any rights of the Borrower under any such Necessary Governmental Approval or (iii) to the Borrower’s knowledge, affect any rights of any Project Participant under any such Necessary Governmental Approval, which, in the case of clause (iii), could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) As of the Effective Date, the Governmental Approvals set forth in Schedule 4.6 are not required for the current stage of the Project and are not customarily obtained until a later stage of the Project has commenced. As of the Effective Date, the Borrower has no reason to believe that any Necessary Governmental Approvals which are not required to have been obtained by the Borrower as of the Effective Date, but which will be required in the future (including those set forth in Schedule 4.6 ), will not be granted in due course prior to the time when needed free from conditions or requirements which the Borrower or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, the relevant Project Participant does not reasonably expect to be able to satisfy or compliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

25


(c) The FPSO, if imported, constructed, owned and operated in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and the Project Documents, will conform to and comply, in each case, in all material respects with all covenants, conditions, restrictions and requirements in all Necessary Governmental Approvals, in the Transaction Documents applicable thereto and under all other Laws applicable thereto.

4.7 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the loans made under the Bridge Loan Agreement have been used solely to finance Project Costs, and the proceeds of each Loan made or to be made hereunder will be used solely in accordance with, and solely for the purposes contemplated by, Section 2.1(c) .

4.8 Taxes . (a) The Borrower has timely filed with the appropriate taxing authority all tax and informational returns which are required to be filed by or with respect to the income, Properties or operations of the Borrower. The Borrower, or (if due to the Borrower’s tax transparency under Austrian tax laws, such taxes are payable by the Shareholders) the Shareholders, has or have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or otherwise payable by the Borrower, or (if due to the Borrower’s tax transparency under Austrian tax laws, such taxes are payable by the Shareholders) the Shareholders, except such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and for which enforcement of the contested item has been effectively stayed and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with the Accounting Principles. There is no action, suit, proceeding, investigation, audit, or claim now pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened by any authority regarding any taxes relating to the Borrower. The Base Case Projections reflect the Borrower’s analysis of applicable tax Laws, undertaken in good faith, and its reasonable good faith estimates of all material taxes that, under present Law, will be due and payable by the Borrower and the Operator assuming that the Borrower has the income and expenses reflected in the Base Case Projections.

(b) Except as contemplated in the Base Case Projections, no material liability for any tax (including, without limitation, stamp duty under the Austrian Stamp Duty Act ( Gebührengesetz )) will be incurred by the Borrower as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(c) As of the Effective Date, no withholding or other tax is required under Austrian law to be paid in respect of, or deducted from, any payment required to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party.

4.9 Title; Security Documents . (a) The Borrower will, upon payment of all amounts payable by it under the EPC Contract and delivery and acceptance of the FPSO pursuant to Article 9 of the EPC Contract, own and have good, valid and marketable title to the FPSO, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(b) The Borrower has good, valid and marketable title to the Vessel and all other Property (including all FPSO Property) purported to be owned by it, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and holds such title and all of such Property in its own name and not in the name of any nominee or other Person. The Borrower is lawfully possessed of a valid and subsisting leasehold estate in and to all Property which it purports to lease, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and holds such leaseholds in its own name and not in the name of any nominee or other Person. The Borrower has not created and is not contractually bound to create any Lien on or with respect to any of its assets, Properties, rights or revenues, except for Permitted Liens, and, except under the Transaction Documents, the Borrower is not restricted by contract, law or otherwise from creating Liens on any of its Properties.

 

26


(c) The provisions of the Security Documents to which the Borrower or the Operator is a party delivered or to be delivered prior to the Closing Date are, and each other Security Document to which the Borrower or the Operator is a party when delivered will be, effective to create, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on or in all of the Collateral intended to be covered thereby, each such Lien secures all of the Obligations, and all necessary recordings and filings have been (or, in the case of such other Security Documents, will be) made in all necessary public offices and all other necessary and appropriate action has been (or, in the case of such other Security Documents, will be) taken so that the Liens created by each such Security Document constitute perfected Liens on or in the Collateral intended to be covered thereby, prior and superior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and all necessary consents to the creation, effectiveness, priority and perfection of each such Lien have been (or, in the case of such other Security Documents, will be) obtained. No mortgage or financing statement or other instrument or recordation covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any recording office, except such as may have been filed in favor of the Secured Parties or in respect of Permitted Liens.

4.10 Environmental and Social Matters . (a) Each of the Borrower and the Operator has at all times complied and is complying with the Environmental and Social Action Plan and the Environmental and Social Requirements with respect to the Facilities in all material respects.

(b) There is no Environmental and Social Claim outstanding or pending in respect of or in connection with the Facilities, which Environmental and Social Claim has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the implementation or operation of the Project in accordance with the Environmental and Social Requirements.

4.11 Subsidiaries . As of the Effective Date, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than the Operator and does not beneficially own any Equity Interests or other ownership interest of any other Person.

4.12 Intellectual Property . Except where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower owns or has the right to use all patents, trademarks, permits, service marks, trade names, copyrights, franchises, formulas, licenses and other rights with respect thereto, and has obtained an assignment of all licenses and other rights of whatsoever nature currently necessary for the Project and the operation of its business as currently contemplated without any conflict with the rights of others. Except where the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no product, process, method, substance, part or other material sold or employed or presently contemplated to be sold by or employed by the Borrower in connection with its business infringes or will infringe any patent, trademark, permit, service mark, trade name, copyright, franchise, formula, license or other intellectual property right.

4.13 Project Documents . (a) Except for contracts, agreements, side letters, leases, powers of attorney or other instruments or documents relating to services, materials or rights that can reasonably be expected to be available on commercially reasonable terms at the time required, the Project Documents and such other Additional Project Documents as may be entered into in accordance with this Agreement constitute all contracts, agreements, side letters, leases, powers of attorney or other instruments or documents (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, documents related to Governmental Approvals) that are necessary for (i) the Project and (ii) the conduct of the business of the Borrower as contemplated by the Transaction Documents. As of the Effective Date each Project Document delivered or to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(i) to which the Borrower is a party has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Borrower, is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject to the Legal Qualifications. The Borrower, and to the best of its knowledge, each Project Participant, is in compliance in all material respects with the terms and conditions of the Project Documents and any Additional Project Documents to which it is a party, and to the best knowledge of the Borrower, no event has occurred that could reasonably be expected to (A) result in an event of default under, or a material breach of, any Project Document or Additional Project Document, (B) result in the revocation, termination or adverse modification of any Project Document or Additional Project Document or (C) adversely affect any material right of the Borrower under any Project Document or Additional Project Document, other than in each case as has been previously notified in writing by the Borrower to the Facility Agent.

 

27


(b) All representations and warranties of the Borrower and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, contained in the Project Documents are true and correct in all material respects (without giving effect to any “material,” “materially,” “materiality,” “material adverse effect” or similar qualifiers contained in any of such representations and warranties) (except to the extent that any such representation or warranty is expressed to be made only as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty was true and correct in all material respects (without giving effect to any “material,” “materially,” “materiality,” “material adverse effect” or similar qualifiers contained in any of such representations and warranties) on and as of such earlier date).

(c) All conditions precedent to the obligations of the respective parties under the Project Documents have been satisfied or waived in writing (with a copy of such waiver provided to the Facility Agent), except for such conditions precedent which by their terms will not be (and are not required to be) met until a later stage in the construction or operation of the FPSO, and the Borrower has no reason to believe that any such conditions precedent cannot be satisfied or waived prior to the time when such conditions are required to be met pursuant to the applicable Project Documents.

(d) As of the Closing Date, the Borrower is not a party to any agreement or contract other than (x) the Transaction Documents and (y) as an intervening party, the Joint Venture Agreement. As of the Closing Date, each of the Project Documents delivered or to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(i) consists only of the original document (including exhibits and schedules) and the amendments thereto expressly described in the relevant definitions appearing in Appendix A hereto, and there are no other amendments or waivers or supplements, written or oral, with respect thereto. The Facility Agent has received a true and complete copy of each such Project Document, including all exhibits, schedules and disclosure letters referred to therein or delivered pursuant thereto, if any. None of such Project Documents has been amended or modified except as permitted under this Agreement.

4.14 No Default . No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

4.15 Compliance with Laws . As of the Effective Date, the Borrower is not in violation of any Law (including any Environmental and Labour Law), Governmental Approval, order, writ, injunction or decree or its Organizational Documents in any material respect. The Borrower and each of its Affiliates acting on its behalf is in compliance with all Sanctions Laws.

4.16 Disclosure . (a) All documents, reports or other written information (including any information or reports relating to environmental or social matters), pertaining to the Borrower or the Project that have been furnished to any Agent or any Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower prior to the date of this Agreement (including (i) any application to any Lender for the extensions of credit provided in the Financing Documents, (ii) the Financing Documents, including the exhibits and schedules attached thereto, (iii) all other written information relating to the Borrower or the Project provided by the Borrower to any Agent or any Lender and (iv) any such documents, reports or other written information provided by the Sponsor, the Operator or any Affiliate thereof, but excluding the Base Case Projections, the Capex Budget and other forecasts and projections), taken as a whole, are, as of the date of this Agreement, true and correct in all material respects and do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading as of the date of this Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement, there is no fact, event or circumstance known to the Borrower that has not been disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing, the existence of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

28


(b) As of the Closing Date, the Capex Budget accurately specifies in all material respects all costs and expenses incurred and the Borrower’s reasonable good faith estimates of all costs and expenses anticipated by the Borrower to be incurred to achieve the Commercial Operation Date on or prior to the Date Certain in the manner contemplated by the Transaction Documents. The Capex Budget and the Base Case Projections, as of the Closing Date, (i) are based on reasonable assumptions as to all legal and factual matters material to the estimates set forth therein, (ii) are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Transaction Documents in any material respect, (iii) have been prepared in good faith and with due care and (iv) fairly represent the Borrower’s reasonable expectations as to the matters covered thereby as of their date. All projections and budgets furnished or to be furnished to the Lenders by or on behalf of the Borrower after the Closing Date (A) are and will be based on reasonable assumptions as to all legal and factual matters material to the estimates set forth therein, (B) are and will be consistent with the provisions of the Transaction Documents in all material respects, (C) are and will be prepared in good faith and with due care and (D) are and will fairly represent the Borrower’s reasonable expectations as to the matters covered thereby as of their respective dates.

4.17 Immunity . The Borrower is subject to civil and commercial law with respect to its Obligations under the Financing Documents, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Financing Documents by the Borrower constitute private and commercial acts rather than public or governmental acts. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Properties has any immunity from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment, set-off, execution of a judgment or from any other legal process with respect to the Obligations of the Borrower under the Financing Documents.

4.18 Transactions with Affiliates . As of the Closing Date (other than as expressly contemplated in the Transaction Documents), the Borrower is not engaged in or subject to any agreement to engage in any transactions (including any transactions relating to the buying or selling of any Properties or any products of the Project or involving the receipt of money as payment for goods or services) with any Affiliate of the Borrower other than transactions entered into on an arms-length basis relating to the Project.

4.19 Commercial Operation Date; Change Orders . (a) As of the Closing Date, the Borrower estimates, in good faith, that the Commercial Operation Date will occur no later than the Date Certain and that the aggregate proceeds of the Loans, together with the aggregate Equity Contributions to be made by the Sponsors for application to Project Costs, will be sufficient to achieve the Commercial Operation Date by such date.

(b) As of the Closing Date, no Change Order has been proposed except for the Disclosed Change Orders.

4.20 Single-Purpose Entity; Centre of Main Interests . (a) As of the Effective Date the Borrower has not engaged in any business other than the development of the Project and activities ancillary thereto and activities expressly contemplated in the Transaction Documents.

(b) For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “ Regulation ”), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in Austria and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

29


(c) The Borrower substantially carries on its business and has its operation in Austria.

4.21 Availability and Transfer of Foreign Currency . Other than the registration of the Charter Agreement with the Central Bank of Brazil in order to allow for payments by Petrobras thereunder to be made to the Borrower and the enrollment of the Borrower with the Brazilian Federal Taxpayers’ Registry, (a) no foreign exchange control approvals or other authorizations by the government of Brazil or any Governmental Authority therein or thereof are required to assure the availability of Dollars to enable the Borrower to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents in accordance with their terms, (b) there are no legal restrictions or requirements which limit the availability or transfer of foreign exchange for the purpose of the performance by the Borrower and each Agent of their respective obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents and (c) there are no legal restrictions or requirements which limit the availability or transfer of foreign exchange for the purpose of remitting the proceeds of enforcement of the Obligations or the Collateral to any Secured Party.

4.22 Ranking . The payment obligations of the Borrower in respect of the Loans rank at least pari passu with the claims of all of its other unsecured creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

4.23 Restricted Parties; Sanctions; Anti-Money Laundering; Anti-Corruption . (a) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries and each of their respective joint ventures and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives acting as such and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, any other person or persons acting on behalf of any of the foregoing have been and are in compliance with Sanctions Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws, and the Borrower has instituted and maintains and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with the laws referred to in this Section 4.23(a) .

(b) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective joint ventures nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives acting as such nor, to the Borrower’s knowledge, any other person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing: (i) is a Restricted Party, or is involved in any transaction through which it is likely to become a Restricted Party; or (ii) is subject to or involved in any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions Laws by any Sanctions Authority, with respect to Anti-Money Laundering Laws or with respect to Anti-Corruption Laws.

(c) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower for any payments that could constitute a violation of any Anti-Corruption Law.

Section 5. Covenants

The Borrower covenants and agrees with each of the Lenders that, so long as any Commitment or any Loan or any other Obligation is outstanding and until payment in full of all amounts payable by the Borrower to the Secured Parties under the Financing Documents:

5.1 Financial Statements and Other Information . The Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Facility Agent:

(a) Semi-annual Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of the first fiscal half-year of the Borrower in each fiscal year, a copy of the complete unaudited, consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow of the Borrower and the related unaudited, consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such period, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, if any, accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate which shall state that said financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower in accordance with the Accounting Principles, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such periods (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);

 

30


(b) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the complete audited, consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow of the Borrower and the related audited, consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such year and any related audit letter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, and accompanied by an unqualified opinion thereon of PWC PricewaterhouseCoopers Wirtschaftsprüfung und Steuerberatung GmbH, or another firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized international standing, which opinion shall state that said financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower as at the end of, and for, such fiscal year in accordance with the Accounting Principles, that the related reconciliations thereof have been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles;

(c) Officer’s Certificate . At the time it furnishes each set of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b) , an Officer’s Certificate, certifying that, to the best of such person’s knowledge, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or, if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, describing the same in reasonable detail and describing what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto);

(d) Debt Service Coverage Ratio . On or prior to each Calculation Date, a calculation (together with supporting data in reasonable detail) of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the twelve-month period ending on the Quarter Date immediately preceding such Calculation Date (or such shorter period as has occurred since the Commercial Operation Date), certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, together with supporting data in reasonable detail;

(e) Defaults . Promptly after any officer or director of the Borrower knows or has a reasonable basis to believe that any Default or Event of Default or any material default by any Project Participant under any Project Document has occurred, a written notice of such event describing the same in detail satisfactory to the Facility Agent and, together with such notice, a description of any action the Borrower or, if known by the Borrower, such Project Participant has taken and/or proposes to take with respect thereto;

(f) Progress Reports . Promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy of each progress report received by the Borrower from the EPC Contractor, including a copy of each report required under Article 4 of the EPC Contract, a copy of each such report to be delivered by the Borrower to the Technical Advisor at the same time delivered to the Facility Agent;

(g) Measurement Reports . Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of any measurement reports prepared by Petrobras under the Charter Agreement or the Services Agreement and, promptly after delivery thereof, copies of any invoices issued to Petrobras;

(h) Notices . Promptly after delivery or receipt thereof, a copy of each material notice, demand or other communication given or received by the Borrower (i) pursuant to or relating to any of the Transaction Documents (including all requests for amendments or waivers, all notices relating to any proposed changes in withholding tax treatment applicable to payments under the Charter Agreement or the Services Agreement, and any notice by Petrobras relating to termination of the Charter Agreement or the Services Agreement) or pursuant to or relating to any Necessary Governmental Approval, or (ii) to or from any Governmental Authority relating in any way to the Project;

 

31


(i) Amendments to Project Documents . Without prejudice to the limitations in Section 5.25 , promptly after the execution of any amendment, modification, supplement or waiver of any Project Document, an executed copy thereof together with a brief description of the nature of such document.

(j) Environmental Reports . Simultaneously with the delivery thereof to Petrobras (and without duplication of any such reports required to be delivered to the Facility Agent under the Environmental and Social Action Plan), copies of the ABS certificate and any annual environmental reports if required to be delivered to Petrobras under the Charter Agreement and Services Agreement, with an English translation thereof to be provided as soon as available, but in any event no later than three (3) months, thereafter.

(k) Technical Advisor Report . A Technical Advisor Report to be issued (i) on a semi-annual basis during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date which is twelve (12) months prior to the Shipyard Delivery Date and (ii) thereafter, until the Commercial Operation Date, on a quarterly basis.

(l) Environmental and Social Action Plan Reports . Any report as and when required under the Environmental and Social Action Plan including, where any requirement of such Environmental and Social Action Plan has not been satisfied, details of any actions taken or to be taken in order to satisfy such requirement.

(m) Appraisal . No later than thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar year, an Appraisal (produced and issued at the Borrower’s sole cost and expense) in respect of such preceding calendar year from an Independent Appraiser in scope and form satisfactory to the Facility Agent, acting reasonably, it being understood that the first such Appraisal under this Section 5.1(m) shall be delivered no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the calendar year during which the Commercial Operation Date occurs.

(n) Other Information . From time to time such other information regarding the condition, operations, business or Properties of the Borrower or, to the extent obtainable by the Borrower upon the exercise of its reasonable efforts, the Project or any Project Participant, including without limitation (but without duplication to information required to be provided in connection with any other provision of this Agreement), copies of any relevant compliance documents provided under the Services Agreements, the Operator’s “Document of Compliance”, the FPSO’s “Safety Management Certificate”, and the “International Ship Security Certificate” issued under the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code and documents evidencing compliance with the International Safety Management (ISM) Code, as may reasonably be requested by the Facility Agent (acting at the reasonable request of any Lender).

5.2 Other Notices . The Borrower shall promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days, after any officer or director obtains knowledge thereof, give to the Facility Agent notice of:

(a) any pending or threatened (in writing) application or proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority for the purpose of revoking, terminating, withdrawing, suspending, modifying or withholding any Necessary Governmental Approval, other than, in the case of any such threatened application or proceeding, where such revocation, termination, withdrawal, suspension, modification or withholding could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

32


(b) any litigation or proceeding affecting the (i) Borrower, the General Partner or the Project in which the amount involved is $1,000,000 or more or in which injunctive, declaratory or similar relief is requested) or (ii) any Shareholder in which the amount involved is $5,000,000 or more or in which injunctive, declaratory or similar relief is requested;

(c) any litigation, investigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower, the General Partner or any other Project Participant which if adversely determined against such Person could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) the discovery of (i) any material Environmental and Social Claim by any Governmental Authority or any other Person or (ii) if it could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, any violation of or liability under any Environmental and Labour Law, in each case against or affecting the Borrower, Petrobras or any Consortium Member (in each case relating to the Project), the Sponsors (relating to the Project), the Shareholders, the General Partner or the Project; provided that, in the case of any such discovery, the Borrower shall or shall cause the Operator, as appropriate, to thereafter provide to the Facility Agent information on the measures taken in order to correct or avoid such claim, violation or liability and, if further action or remedy is necessary, submit a proposal of amendment to the Environmental and Social Action Plan to the Facility Agent (which shall provide a copy of such notice and any such amendment proposal to the Lenders promptly following receipt thereof);

(e) any request by any Person party to a Project Document for an arbitration proceeding or the invocation of any other dispute resolution process under such Project Document;

(f) any (i) Taking or Vessel Loss Event or (ii) other Event of Loss, whether or not insured, in excess of $2,500,000 for any one casualty or loss or $5,000,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year;

(g) any material delay for any reason in the construction of the FPSO and any unscheduled shutdown or material reduction in operation of the FPSO, in each case for a period in excess of 72 continuous hours, or any substantial labor dispute which could lead to such a shutdown or material reduction;

(h) any actual, proposed or threatened cessation or suspension of the Work for any reason by the EPC Contractor for a period in excess of 72 continuous hours;

(i) any relocation of the FPSO (including its new location and the date of the move);

(j) any event constituting force majeure under any of the Project Documents or any claim by any Project Participant alleging that a force majeure event thereunder has occurred;

(k) any non-payment or delay in payment by Petrobras for a period of thirty (30) days or more from the date such payment is due under the Charter Agreement or the Services Agreement, as the case may be;

(l) the acceptance of the FPSO by Petrobras in accordance with the terms of the Services Agreement and the Charter Agreement, together with a copy of all documents delivered in connection therewith to be provided to the Technical Advisor;

(m) (x) the details of any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation pursuant to Sanctions Laws by any Sanctions Authority or pursuant to Anti-Money Laundering Laws or Anti-Corruption Laws against the Borrower, any Sponsor or any subsidiary of a Sponsor that has a direct or indirect ownership interest in the Borrower, including the General Partner, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives acting as such, as well as information on what steps are being taken to answer or oppose the same and (y) the details of any notice, inquiry or correspondence sent or received relating to any of the Compliance Letters;

 

33


(n) any notice of the Borrower, any Sponsor or any Subsidiary of a Sponsor that has a direct or indirect ownership interest in the Borrower, including the General Partner, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives acting as such becoming or likely becoming a Restricted Party;

(o) notice of any material change in Borrower’s accounting or financial reporting standards or practices other than in accordance with IFRS; and

(p) any other event, condition or circumstance directly related to the Project, the Operator, either Shareholder, either Sponsor and/or the Borrower which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall, if requested by the Facility Agent (acting at the request of any Lender), be supplemented promptly by a statement signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth a description in reasonable detail (to the extent that the Borrower has such information) of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action (if any is then planned) the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

5.3 Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of Business; Centre of Main Interest . The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Operator, to (a) preserve and maintain its legal existence as a limited partnership under the laws of Austria (or, in the case of the Operator, as a limited liability company ( sociedade limitada ) under the laws of Brazil) and all of its material licenses, rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal course of its business, (b) comply, in all material respects, with its Organizational Documents, (c) engage solely in the business of constructing and owning (and in the case of the Operator, operating and maintaining) the FPSO and activities ancillary thereto and any other activity expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (d) not cancel, terminate, permit the cancellation or termination of, amend, modify or change any material terms or conditions of, or grant any material consent, waiver or approval under, or take or fail to take any other action that would materially impair the value of its interest or impair its rights under, any of its Organizational Documents, (e) not take any action or fail to take any action that would cause the Borrower or the Operator to be subject to (i) any material taxes other than as contemplated in the Base Case Projections or (ii) any material obligations under any agreements or arrangements with respect to any taxes, and (f) not take any action or fail to take any action that would cause (x) the Borrower’s centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) to be situated in a jurisdiction other than Austria or (y) the Borrower to have an “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulations) in any other jurisdiction.

5.4 Compliance with Laws . The Borrower shall conduct its business and cause the FPSO to be duly constructed, completed and operated in compliance with (a) all Sanctions Laws and all Anti-Money Laundering Laws and (b) in all material respects, all other applicable requirements of Law, including all relevant Governmental Approvals and Environmental and Social Requirements, the International Safety Management (ISM) Code and the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code and the laws of the Commonwealth of Bahamas.

5.5 Payment of Taxes, Etc. The Borrower shall duly pay and discharge before they become overdue (a) all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies (x) which are required to be paid in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Transaction Document or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated thereunder and/or (y) imposed upon it or its Property, income or profits, (b) all utility and other governmental charges incurred in the ownership, maintenance, use, occupancy and upkeep of its business and (c) all lawful claims and obligations that, if unpaid, might result in the imposition of a Lien upon its Property; provided , however , that the Borrower may contest in good faith any such tax, assessment, charge, levy, claim or obligation and, in such event, may permit the tax, assessment, charge, levy, claim or obligation to remain unpaid during any period, including appeals, when the Borrower is in good faith contesting the same by proper proceedings, so long as (i) adequate reserves shall have been established with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy, claim or obligation, accrued interest thereon and potential penalties or other costs relating thereto in accordance with IFRS, or other adequate provision for payment thereof shall have been made and (ii) such contest could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

34


5.6 Accounting and Financial Management . The Borrower shall (a) maintain adequate management information and cost control systems, (b) maintain a system of accounting in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Borrower in accordance with applicable Laws and the Accounting Principles and (c) promptly deliver to the Facility Agent a copy of any “management letter” or other similar communication received by the Borrower from the Borrower’s accountants relating to the Borrower’s financial, accounting and other systems, management or accounts. In the event that the Borrower replaces its existing auditors for any reason, the Borrower shall appoint and maintain as auditors another firm of independent public accountants, which firm shall be internationally recognized.

5.7 Inspection . (a) The Borrower shall permit, and cause the Operator to permit, representatives of the Facility Agent, the Insurance Advisor and, prior to the Commercial Operation Date and as provided in Section 5.7(e)(i) , the Technical Advisor, with reasonable advance notice, during normal business hours and at such intervals as such Person shall reasonably desire, subject in each case to the availability of transport by Petrobras to the FPSO, to visit and inspect the FPSO and to witness and verify the Acceptance Tests, to examine, copy and make extracts from the Borrower’s and the Operator’s books and records, to inspect the Borrower’s and the Operator’s Properties, and to discuss the Borrower’s and the Operator’s operation with their respective officers and engineers, and all to the extent reasonably requested by the Facility Agent, the Insurance Advisor or the Technical Advisor (as the case may be). The Borrower will authorize its auditors (whose fees and expenses shall be for the account of the Borrower) to communicate directly with the officers and designated representatives of the Facility Agent, the Insurance Advisor and the Technical Advisor, as the case may be, as such Persons may reasonably request and upon prior reasonable written notice from such Person to the Borrower, regarding its accounts and operations.

(b) The Borrower shall permit the Facility Agent, the Technical Advisor and the Insurance Advisor to review (i) all Plans and Specifications, (ii) any quality control data and performance test data, and (iii) any other data relating to the Project or to the progress of construction as may be reasonably requested by the Facility Agent, the Technical Advisor or the Insurance Advisor. Further, the Borrower shall permit the Facility Agent, the Technical Advisor and the Insurance Advisor reasonable access to monitor, witness and review the Work and reasonable access to books and records.

(c) The Facility Agent and the Technical Advisor shall have the right to make requests, from time to time prior to the Commercial Operation Date, for meetings to review construction progress (including any meetings scheduled to discuss any delays in excess of two months in the construction or delivery of the FPSO or in achieving the Commercial Operation Date) and the Borrower shall, upon reasonable notice, hold such meetings with the Technical Advisor and the Facility Agent. The Borrower shall give reasonable notice to the Facility Agent, the Technical Advisor and the Insurance Advisor of (i) any construction meetings at which Petrobras is scheduled to attend and shall promptly thereafter make available to the Facility Agent copies of any presentations made by the Borrower to Petrobras at any such meeting together with a summary of any material issues raised by Petrobras during such meeting and the outcome (if any) of any discussions with Petrobras during such meeting and (ii) any and all Acceptance Tests or other material performance tests of the FPSO or any component thereof (whether any such test is to be conducted on or off the FPSO) and shall permit, upon reasonable notice, the Facility Agent, the Technical Advisor and the Insurance Advisor to attend such tests.

 

35


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing, no act or omission of the Facility Agent, any Lender or the Technical Advisor or any other consultant engaged by any Lender shall (i) in any way affect the obligations of the Borrower, the Construction Contractors or any other Person under any Transaction Document or any other contract relating to the EPC Contract, (ii) be deemed to be the acceptance of any defective work performed by any Construction Contractor or any other Person under any Construction Contract, or (iii) be deemed to be a waiver of any rights against any of the Construction Contractors or any other Person under any Construction Contract or otherwise.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, no inspection or visit requested under this Section 5.7 shall be considered “reasonable” if it interferes with the Borrower’s or the EPC Contractor’s ability to perform the day to day running of the Project. All inspections and visits contemplated by this Section 5.7 shall be at the expense of the Borrower and consistent with any restrictions in the EPC Contract; provided , however , that, when no Default or Event of Default relating to operation of the FPSO has occurred and is continuing:

(i) inspections and visits at the expense of the Borrower shall be limited to (A) two (2) inspection site visits prior to the Commercial Operation Date by the Technical Advisor as part of progress verification toward completion of construction of the FPSO, (B) inspection visits by the Technical Advisor to investigate and discuss any delays in excess of two months in the construction or delivery of the FPSO or in achieving the Commercial Operation Date, (C) an inspection or visit by the Insurance Advisor, in connection with the Shipyard Delivery Date of the FPSO, in the period leading up to the Shipyard Delivery Date, (D) after the Shipyard Delivery Date, one inspection or visit per year by the Insurance Advisor and (E) inspection visits by the Technical Advisor to investigate and discuss any event or circumstance materially and adversely affecting the operation of the FPSO; and

(ii) the Borrower shall not be responsible for the cost of travel accommodations or other travel costs other than travel to the nearest port city and to the FPSO and reasonable accommodations on the FPSO and in such port city.

5.8 Governmental Approvals . The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Operator to, (a) from time to time obtain and maintain all Necessary Governmental Approvals as shall now or hereafter be required under applicable Laws except where (i) the inability to obtain or the rescission, termination, modification or suspension of such Necessary Governmental Approval is being contested by appropriate proceedings, (ii) none of the Secured Parties would be subject to any criminal liability as a result of such inability to obtain, rescission, termination, modification or suspension, and (iii) the result of such proceedings could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) intervene in and contest any proceeding which seeks or may reasonably be expected to rescind, terminate, modify or suspend any Necessary Governmental Approval and, if reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders), appeal any such rescission, termination, modification or suspension in the manner and to the full extent permitted by applicable Law. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 5.8 shall not in any way limit or impair the rights or remedies of the Secured Parties under any Financing Document directly or indirectly arising as a result of any such inability to obtain, rescission, termination, modification or suspension.

 

36


5.9 Insurance .

(a) Insurance Requirements . The Borrower shall maintain or cause to be maintained in full force and effect at all times (unless otherwise specified in Appendix C) insurance coverages for the Project meeting the requirements set forth in Appendix C (with the exception of those insurances (MII/MAPI) specified in Part B thereof, which subject to Section 5.9(j) shall be obtained by or on behalf of the Lenders), with reputable insurance companies with a Standard & Poor’s or A.M. Best’s financial strength rating of “A-” or higher, or other companies or Lloyd’s syndicates and a Protection & Indemnity Club that is an IGA member, all to be acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting on the instruction of the Required Lenders), with limits, coverage, endorsements and other provisions sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in Appendix C and naming (i) the Borrower and its officers and employees as named insureds, (ii) whenever the Collateral Agent requires, the Collateral Agent or the Facility Agent as additional named assured for its rights and interests, with no operational interest in the FPSO required, and without the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance and (iii) the Collateral Agent as assignee and loss payee (other than its liability insurance coverage) with such directions for payment as the Collateral Agent may specify acting in accordance with the Accounts Agreement.

(b) Waiver of Subrogation . Without prejudice to the Borrower’s rights under the Accounts Agreement and the other Financing Documents, the Borrower hereby waives any and every claim for recovery from the Secured Parties for any loss or damage covered by any of the insurance policies to be maintained under this Agreement to the extent that such loss or damage is recovered under any such policy. Inasmuch as the foregoing waiver will preclude the assignment to, or the exercise of rights of subrogation by, an insurance company (or other Person) in respect of any such claim to the extent of such recovery, the Borrower shall give written notice of the terms of such waiver to each insurance company which has issued, or which may issue in the future, any such policy of insurance (if such notice is required by the insurance policy) and shall cause such insurance policy to be properly endorsed by the issuer thereof to, or to otherwise contain one or more provisions that, prevent the invalidation of the insurance coverage provided thereby by reason of such waiver.

(c) Amendment of Requirements . The Facility Agent (acting on the instruction of the Required Lenders) may at any time amend the requirements (including, without limitation, the amount and scope of insurance coverage) and approved insurance companies described in this Section 5.9 due to (i) new information not known on the Closing Date or (ii) changed circumstances after the Closing Date which in the reasonable judgment of the Facility Agent (acting on the instruction of the Required Lenders), either render such coverage materially inadequate or materially reduce the financial ability of the approved insurance companies to pay claims. The Borrower shall not make, or agree to, any alteration to the terms of any insurance, nor waive any right relating to any insurance effected by it, as required by this Section 5.9 without (x) prior written notice to the Facility Agent and (y) with respect to any such alteration or waiver which is material, the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instruction of the Majority Lenders).

(d) Additional Provisions .

(i) Loss Notification . The Borrower shall promptly notify the Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent of any Event of Loss likely to give rise to a claim in excess of $25,000,000 for any one claim or $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in either case, in any calendar year in respect of any of the policies required by this Section 5.9 .

 

37


(ii) Loss Adjustment and Settlement . Except in relation to MII and MAPI, losses in respect of any of the policies required by this Section 5.9 shall be adjusted with the insurance companies and/or the applicable insurance loss adjuster, including the filing in a timely manner of appropriate proceedings, by the Borrower, subject to the approval of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders) if such loss is in excess of $25,000,000 for any one claim or $50,000,000 in the aggregate. In addition the Borrower may in its reasonable judgment consent to the settlement of any loss, provided that in the event that the amount of the loss exceeds $25,000,000 for any one claim or $50,000,000 in the aggregate or there has occurred a Default or Event of Default which is continuing, the terms of such settlement are approved by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders).

(iii) Miscellaneous Policy Provisions . The marine cargo and property damage (including machinery) insurance policies effected pursuant to this Section 5.9 shall not include any annual or term aggregate limits of liability or clause requiring the payment of an additional premium to reinstate the limits after loss except as regards the insurance applicable to the perils of flood, earth movement, sabotage and terrorism.

(iv) Policy Language . All policies of insurance required to be maintained pursuant to this Section 5.9 shall be issued in English, with a clause in such policies stating that the English language version will prevail over any other version should any dispute arise regarding policy language.

(v) No Set-Off . The Borrower shall procure that the insurance policies effected by it shall provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the insurances to the Collateral Agent shall be made without set-off howsoever described.

(vi) Independent Valuation . If at any time a valuation is requested by the relevant insurers, the Borrower shall provide to the Facility Agent an Appraisal (at the Borrower’s cost) from an Independent Appraiser in scope and form satisfactory to the Facility Agent, acting reasonably.

(vii) Prevention of Arrest . The Borrower shall promptly arrange for the execution of any guarantee or indemnity as may be required to (i) prevent the FPSO from being arrested or otherwise detained or (ii) obtain the release of the FPSO from any such arrest or detention due to claims made by any third parties or otherwise.

(e) Evidence of Insurance . On or prior to the first Disbursement Date and promptly after each policy anniversary date, the Borrower shall furnish the Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent with (i) certification of all required insurance or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Facility Agent (in consultation with the Insurance Advisor) and (ii) a schedule of the insurance policies held by or for the benefit of the Borrower and required to be in force by the provisions of this Section 5.9 . Such certification shall be executed by each insurer or by an authorized representative of each insurer where it is not practical for such insurer to execute the certificate itself. Such certification shall identify underwriters, the type of insurance, the insurance limits and the policy term and, unless the Insurance Advisor has certified as to the compliance with the special provisions enumerated for such insurance required by this Section 5.9 in its report provided in accordance with Section 5.9(f) or otherwise, shall specifically list such special provisions. The schedule of insurance shall include the name of the insurance company, policy number, type of insurance, major limits of liability and expiration date of the insurance policies. Upon request, the Borrower will promptly furnish the Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent with copies of all insurance policies, binders, cover notes and certificates of entry (in the case of protection and indemnity insurance and/or war risks insurance) or other evidence of such insurance relating to the insurance required to be maintained hereunder.

(f) Reports . Concurrently with the furnishing of the certification referred to in Section 5.9(e) , the Borrower shall furnish the Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent with a report signed by the Insurance Advisor, stating that in its opinion, the insurance then carried out or to be renewed is in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.9 .

 

38


(g) Broker’s Letter of Undertaking . On or prior to the Shipyard Delivery Date and promptly (but in any event not later than thirty (30) days) after the issuance, modification or renewal of any insurance policies required to be effected by the Borrower under this Section 5.9 , the Borrower shall furnish the Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent with letters of undertaking, complete with a fleet lien waiver clause if applicable, substantially in the form of Parts D or E, as applicable, of Appendix C or otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders), from the relevant insurance broker with regard to such insurance policies and, in respect of the protection and indemnity entry, a letter of undertaking in a standard format issued by protection and indemnity clubs that are members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.

(h) Failure to Maintain Insurance . In the event the Borrower fails to take out or maintain the full insurance coverage required to be effected by the Borrower under this Section 5.9 , the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders), upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice (unless the aforementioned insurance would lapse within such period, in which event notice should be given as soon as reasonably possible) to the Borrower of any such failure, may (but shall not be obligated to) take out the required policies of insurance and pay the premiums on the same. All amounts so advanced therefor by the Facility Agent (including any broking fees) shall become an additional Obligation of the Borrower, and the Borrower shall forthwith pay such amounts to the Facility Agent, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date so advanced until fully paid.

(i) Secured Parties not Responsible for Representations by Borrower . No Secured Party shall be responsible for any representations or warranties made by or on behalf of the Borrower to any insurance company or underwriter. Any failure on the part of any Secured Party to pursue or obtain the evidence of insurance required by this Agreement and/or failure of any Secured Party to point out any non-compliance of such evidence of insurance shall not constitute a waiver of any of the insurance requirements in this Agreement.

(j) Mortgagees’ Interest Insurance and Mortgagees’ Additional Perils Insurance . The MII and MAPI applicable to the FPSO shall be effected by the Facility Agent or the Collateral Agent (each acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders) at the cost of the Borrower which cost the Borrower shall reimburse to the Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent promptly upon request. The Facility Agent shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain from insurance companies with a Standard & Poor’s or A.M. Best’s financial strength rating of A- or higher and acceptable to the Required Lenders and the Borrower the best terms and conditions of cover reasonably obtainable on the insurance market for ships of similar type and age as the FPSO. The Lenders hereby acknowledge that, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, the MII and MAPI underwriters shall, upon payment of a claim under an MII or MAPI, be subrogated to all the rights and remedies of the Secured Parties (as set out in Part B of Appendix C ) up to the amount of such payment, but only to the extent of the rights and remedies that such Secured Parties may have in respect of such claim under the Borrower’s insurance policies and the International Group of P&I Clubs entries related to the FPSO. For the avoidance of doubt, in respect of any loss for which a claim is made under an MII or MAPI, the Lenders hereby expressly waive any rights they may otherwise have to recover all or part of such loss or of costs incurred in respect of such claim from the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower, in each case to the extent of amounts finally and indefeasibly received by the Lenders under such MII or MAPI.

 

39


5.10 Events of Loss . (a) If an Event of Loss shall occur with respect to any of its Property, the Borrower shall (i) diligently pursue all its rights to compensation against any Person with respect to such Event of Loss, and (ii) cause all Loss Proceeds to be deposited in the Offshore Loss Proceeds and Prepayment Account pursuant to, and subject to any exceptions allowed by, the Accounts Agreement except in cases of loss or damage to third parties where the indemnification shall be paid directly to the party that suffered such loss or damage. To the extent that any Loss Proceeds are paid to the Borrower or the Operator, the Borrower shall cause such Loss Proceeds to be held in trust for the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties segregated from other funds of the Borrower and the Operator.

(b) Without prejudice to Section 5.9(d)(ii) , the Collateral Agent and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to participate in any compromise, adjustment or settlement in connection with any Event of Loss under any policy or policies of insurance or in respect of any proceeding with respect to any Taking, in each case involving in excess of $25,000,000 for any one claim or $50,000,000 in the aggregate.

5.11 Application of Loss Proceeds . (a) If an Event of Loss (other than a FPSO Loss Event) shall occur with respect to the FPSO or the Facilities relating to it, the Borrower shall cause the Net Available Amount of any Loss Proceeds arising from such Event of Loss to be applied to the prepayment of the Loans promptly, but in any case within thirty (30) days, after the receipt of such proceeds by causing that such Net Available Amount be delivered to the Facility Agent, for delivery promptly thereafter to the Lenders for application by the Lenders to the prepayment of their respective Loans as of the Interest Payment Date next occurring following such delivery to the Lenders; provided that, with the consent of the Required Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and subject to compliance with the requirements of the next sentence), the Borrower shall be permitted to apply such proceeds to the payment of the costs of Restoring the Affected Property that was the subject of such Event of Loss; and provided further that, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall then have occurred and be continuing, if such proceeds are $50,000,000 or less, the Borrower shall be permitted (without the consent of the Lenders) to apply such proceeds to the payment of the costs of Restoring the Affected Property that was the subject of such Event of Loss (and such proceeds shall be delivered to the Borrower in accordance with the Accounts Agreement). If any Loss Proceeds are to be applied to the payment of Restoration costs pursuant to the first (but not the second) proviso of the preceding sentence, the Net Available Amount of such Loss Proceeds shall be remitted to the Borrower from time to time in order to enable the Borrower to pay the costs of the Restoration Work, such remittance to be made pursuant to the terms of the Accounts Agreement and subject to the following conditions:

(i) the Net Available Amount of the Loss Proceeds (together with all other funds reasonably expected to be available to the Borrower pursuant to the Transaction Documents or otherwise) shall be sufficient to Restore the Affected Property and to pay such Operation and Maintenance Expenses and Debt Service during the period of time required to Restore the Affected Property (such period for which adequate funds are available to pay all Operation and Maintenance Expenses and Debt Service and to Restore the Affected Property, the “ Restoration Period ”) and the Borrower shall have consulted with the Technical Advisor regarding the sufficiency of such amounts for such uses during the Restoration Period;

(ii) the Restoration Work shall be supervised by an architect or engineer (who may be an employee of the Borrower or the Operator or an Affiliate of the Borrower or the Operator) and, before any Restoration Work is commenced, other than temporary Restoration Work to protect property, the Facility Agent, in consultation with the Technical Advisor and acting reasonably, shall have approved the plans and specifications for the Restoration Work and shall be satisfied, acting reasonably, that after giving effect to the completion of such proposed Restoration Work, the FPSO shall be at least equal in value and, in all material respects, in utility as it was prior to the damage or destruction;

 

40


(iii) no Project Document or Necessary Governmental Approval in effect immediately prior to the Event of Loss giving rise to such Loss Proceeds shall have been canceled unless replaced in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders), or contain any still exercisable right to cancel, due to such Event of Loss;

(iv) no Event of Default (other than an Event of Default arising directly from the event as to which such Loss Proceeds have been paid) shall have occurred and be continuing;

(v) all steps necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders) are taken as and when appropriate to ensure that the Property of the Borrower which will result from the Restoration Work shall be subject to the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (whether by amendment of the Security Documents or by entering into new security documents or otherwise);

(vi) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Facility Agent cash-flow projections satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders) demonstrating the Borrower’s ability to meet its Obligations during the period from such Event of Loss until and following completion of such Restoration Work; and

(vii) the Borrower shall cause the Restoration Work to commence promptly after the Required Lenders shall have consented to the disbursement of Loss Proceeds to pay the costs of such Restoration Work and shall use all reasonable efforts to cause such Restoration Work to be completed promptly. If such Restoration Work shall not have commenced within thirty (30) days after the Required Lenders shall have consented to the disbursement of Loss Proceeds to pay the costs of such Restoration Work in accordance with this Section 5.11 or if at any time after such thirty (30)-day period, one or more of the foregoing conditions shall not be satisfied, then, to the extent that such Loss Proceeds shall not otherwise have been disbursed as aforesaid to the Borrower, the remaining amount of such Loss Proceeds shall be applied, on behalf of the Borrower, to the prepayment of the Loans on the next succeeding Principal Payment Date.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.11 , (i) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (other than as a direct result of the Event of Loss which gave rise to such Loss Proceeds), unless the Required Lenders may direct otherwise, the Collateral Agent shall forthwith direct the Offshore Accounts Bank to pay the remaining amount of such Loss Proceeds to the Facility Agent for application in prepayment of the Loans and (ii) in the event of a FPSO Loss Event, all Loss Proceeds shall be applied to the prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 6.3(e) .

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary which may be contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.11 , if an Expropriation Event shall occur with respect to any of its Property, the Borrower shall (i) promptly upon discovery or receipt of notice of any occurrence thereof provide written notice to the Facility Agent, (ii) not, without the written consent of the Required Lenders, compromise or settle any claim with respect to such Expropriation Event and (iii) cause the Net Available Amount of any Loss Proceeds received in respect of such Expropriation Event to be applied to the prepayment of the Loans promptly, but in any case within thirty (30) days, following receipt of such proceeds by causing that such Net Available Amount be delivered to the Facility Agent, for delivery promptly thereafter to the Lenders for application by the Lenders to the prepayment of their respective Loans as of the Interest Payment Date next occurring following such delivery to the Lenders. The Borrower consents to the participation to the extent permitted by Law of the Collateral Agent and the Facility Agent in any proceedings regarding an Expropriation Event, and the Borrower shall from time to time deliver to the Collateral Agent and the Facility Agent all documents and instruments requested by the Collateral Agent or the Facility Agent to permit such participation. Nothing in this Section 5.11 shall be deemed to impair any rights any Lender may have with respect to any such Expropriation Event.

 

41


(d) Any net loss proceeds received by or on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to the MII or MAPI shall be applied in the same manner and subject to the same terms as are applicable under this Section 5.11 to the use of Loss Proceeds.

5.12 Limitation on Liens . The Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(a) the Security Interests;

(b) Liens imposed by any Governmental Authority for taxes to the extent not required to be paid under Section 5.5 ;

(c) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, or in connection with the construction and/or operation of the FPSO (and including maritime Liens), either (i) for amounts not yet due or (ii) for amounts being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, so long as (x) such contest does not involve any material risk of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material part of the Collateral, (y) enforcement of the contested item shall be effectively stayed, and (z) a bond or other security instrument has been posted or other adequate provision for payment thereof has been provided in such manner and amount as to reasonably assure that any amounts determined to be due will be promptly paid in full when such contest is resolved;

(d) pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation; or

(e) Liens, the priority of which are preferred by mandatory applicable Law, to the extent any such Lien (i) has been outstanding for not more than sixty (60) days and does not materially detract from the value of the Collateral or the rights of the Secured Parties therein or (ii) is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings so long as (x) such contest does not involve any material risk of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material part of the Collateral, (y) enforcement of the contested item shall be effectively stayed and (z) a bond or other security instrument has been posted or other adequate provision for payment thereof has been provided in such manner and amount as to reasonably assure that any amounts determined to be due will be promptly paid in full when such contest is resolved.

5.13 Indebtedness . The Borrower shall not create, incur, suffer to exist or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness except:

(a) Indebtedness arising under the Transaction Documents;

(b) subject to Section 5.39 , Indebtedness owed under the Bridge Loan Agreement;

(c) any Subordinated Loans; and

(d) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) secured by a Permitted Lien.

 

42


5.14 Leases . The Borrower shall not enter into any agreement, or be or become liable as lessee under any agreement, for the lease, hire or use of any real or personal Property, except for operating leases of personal Property (which do not constitute Capital Lease Obligations) contemplated by the Capex Budget or the then-prevailing Operating Plan; provided that the Borrower’s aggregate payment obligations under all such leases shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any year.

5.15 Investments; Subsidiaries . (a) The Borrower shall not make or permit to remain outstanding any Investments except (i) Permitted Investments and (ii) equity contributions or Subordinated Loans to the Operator to pay Operation and Maintenance Expenses; provided that (x) any such equity contribution or Subordinated Loan shall be evidenced by, (x) in the case of a Subordinated Loan, a Subordinated Loan Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I to the Equity Support Deed or any other documentation satisfactory in form and substance to the Facility Agent and (y) for equity contributions an instrument or any other documentation satisfactory in form and substance to the Facility Agent, and in the case of each such equity contribution or Subordinated Loan, pledged to the Collateral Agent, pursuant to and in accordance with an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, as collateral security for the Obligations, and (y) such equity contribution or the incurrence of such Subordinated Loan shall not cause any adverse tax consequences, including stamp taxes, to the Borrower.

(b) The Borrower shall not establish, create or acquire any Subsidiary other than the Operator.

5.16 Distributions . The Borrower shall not make any distributions to the Shareholders, the General Partner or to any other Person in respect of its Equity Interests or any other direct or indirect ownership interest in the Borrower, whether in cash or other Property, or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any interest of the Shareholders, the General Partner or any other Person holding Equity Interests of the Borrower, or permit the Shareholders, the General Partner or any other Person holding Equity Interests of the Borrower to withdraw any capital from the Borrower (all of the foregoing being referred to as “ Distributions ”) or make any payment of any management or other fees to any Affiliate of the Borrower; provided that (i) payments constituting General Partner Payments may be made in accordance with the Accounts Agreement and (ii) payments of management or other fees to any Affiliate of the Borrower or the Operator may be made at any time (x) to the extent constituting Management Services Payments or (y) from amounts on deposit in the Offshore Distribution Account. The Borrower agrees that it shall not be entitled to the remittance of funds to the Offshore Distribution Account for purposes of a Distribution or otherwise, and shall not request any such remittance unless such remittance is to be made on a Distribution Date and the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) the first Scheduled Principal Payment of the Loans shall have occurred;

(b) the proposed date for such remittance is not during the six months following the Commercial Operation Date;

(c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of such Distribution;

(d) the Borrower shall have included in the Distribution Confirmation delivered in connection with such proposed remittance a calculation (together with supporting data in reasonable detail) of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio confirming that the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the twelve-month period ending on the Quarter Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or such shorter period as has occurred since the Commercial Operation Date) was at least 1.20:1;

 

43


(e) each of the Offshore Debt Service Reserve Account and the Offshore O&M Service Reserve Account, as the case may be, is fully funded pursuant to the requirements of the Accounts Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any adjustments to the amounts to be on deposit in such Project Accounts as required under such agreement), and the Offshore Cash Retention Account is funded in the amount then required, if any, pursuant to the requirements of the Accounts Agreement; and

(f) no Deferral Amount Cash Sweep Period or Early Termination Cash Sweep Period has commenced and is continuing,

provided that if a Sponsor Cross-Default Event shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to a Sponsor (i) no remittance of funds shall be made to the Offshore Distribution Account for purposes of a Distribution or otherwise unless (x) a Sponsor Cross-Default Event shall not have occurred and be continuing with respect to the other Sponsor and (y) the Offshore Sponsor Net Balloon Security Account is funded in an amount no less than $40,185,589.35 and (ii) the Borrower may, in accordance with the Accounts Agreement, cause any Distributable Amounts available from time to time in the Offshore Distribution Holding Account to be transferred on Distribution Dates to the Offshore Sponsor Net Balloon Security Account until such time as such Offshore Sponsor Net Balloon Security Account is fully funded.

5.17 Required Hedging Agreements . (a) The Borrower shall enter into one or more Hedging Agreements with the Required Hedge Providers and such other Lenders having, at the time such bank or other financial institution enters into such Hedging Agreement, capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least $500,000,000 and which enters into and delivers a Secured Party Accession Agreement, which effectively enable the Borrower to protect itself against the risk of interest rate fluctuations as to an aggregate notional amount no less than the Required Hedge Percentage (subject to Section 5.17(b) ) of the outstanding principal amount from time to time of the Loans, which Hedging Agreements shall be executed (i) with respect to the percentage amount required to be hedged pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Required Hedge Percentage, on or prior to the date that is one hundred and twenty (120) days after the Closing Date and (ii) with respect to the incremental percentage amount required to be hedged pursuant to paragraph (ii) of the definition of Required Hedge Percentage, no later than thirty (30) days after the Commercial Operation Date and maintained in full force and effect until the Loan Termination Date. Such Hedging Agreements shall have a forward start from the first Principal Payment Date until the Maturity Date. For the avoidance of doubt, such Hedging Agreements may be in the form of traditional swaps or other structured derivatives with the same interest rate hedging effect. The Borrower shall not enter into any Hedging Agreements other than (x) the Hedging Agreements entered into pursuant to the preceding sentences of this Section 5.17(a) , (y) transfers and novations thereof and (z) amendments or modifications thereto, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, entered into to (A) increase the notional amount thereof so as to permit the Borrower to comply with its obligations to have entered into Hedging Agreements as to a notional amount equal to the Required Hedge Percentage and/or (B) following the Commercial Operation Date, to align the notional repayment dates thereunder with the Principal Payment Dates (collectively, the “ Required Hedging Agreements ”).

(b) If on any date from and after the date on which the Required Hedging Agreements are executed until the Loan Termination Date the aggregate notional amount covered by the Required Hedging Agreements exceeds one hundred percent (100%) of the then outstanding principal amount of the Loans, the Borrower shall, within ten (10) Business Days of becoming aware of such excess, if such excess is continuing after that period, adjust such notional amount in order for such percentage not to exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the then outstanding principal amount of the Loans; provided , however , that such adjustment shall be made on a pro rata basis across all Required Hedging Agreements. If, as a result of a failure by a Lender to fulfill an obligation hereunder to make a disbursement, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans immediately after that Disbursement Date is an amount that is lower than is contemplated by the relevant Notice of Borrowing, such ten (10) Business Days period shall be extended by an additional ten (10) Business Days to permit the Borrower to cure non-compliance with this Section 5.17(b) , or such longer period as may be granted by the Lenders in their sole discretion upon the Borrower’s request.

 

44


5.18 Financial Covenant; Maintenance of Reserves . (a) The Borrower shall ensure that on each Quarter Date the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the twelve-month period ending on such Quarter Date (or such shorter period as has occurred since the Commercial Operation Date) shall be not less than 1.10:1.00, it being understood that the first Quarter Date on which the Borrower shall be required to calculate the Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall be the Quarter Date immediately succeeding the date falling six (6) months after the Commercial Operation Date; provided , however , that the Borrower may cure any noncompliance with such ratio requirement by causing to be made Permitted Capital Contributions within thirty (30) days of such Quarter Date in an amount necessary such that upon recalculation of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, giving effect to a pro forma increase to Cash Flow in an amount equal to such Permitted Capital Contributions, any such noncompliance is cured; provided further , that (i) the Borrower may not use such cure right for more than (x) three (3) Quarter Dates (whether or not consecutive) during the period from the first Quarter Date until the date that is the twenty four (24) month anniversary thereof (the “ Initial 24-month Period ”); or (y) two (2) Quarter Dates per twelve (12) month period during any period after the Initial 24-month Period; provided that , in respect of this clause (y) in no event may such cure right be used more than a total of four (4) times following the Initial 24-month Period; and (ii) in no event shall the Borrower be permitted to use such cure right for either of the first two (2) Quarter Dates immediately following the end of the Initial 24-month Period if such cure right has been used by the Borrower for the two (2) or three (3) consecutive Quarter Dates occurring immediately prior to such Quarter Date.

(b) No later than the Commercial Operation Date, the Borrower shall (i) maintain on deposit in the Offshore Debt Service Reserve Account the Offshore Debt Service Reserve Account Required Balance and shall maintain the Offshore Debt Service Reserve Account Required Balance at all times thereafter and (ii) maintain on deposit in the Offshore O&M Service Reserve Account the Offshore O&M Service Reserve Account Required Balance and shall maintain the Offshore O&M Service Reserve Account Required Balance at all times thereafter, in each case in accordance with and to the extent required by the Accounts Agreement. On or prior to the Commercial Operation Date, the Facility Agent shall be provided with evidence (in the form of a written statement from the Offshore Accounts Bank or such other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the Offshore Debt Service Reserve Account and the Offshore O&M Service Reserve Account have been fully funded pursuant to the requirements of the Accounts Agreement and the Equity Support Deed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not be in breach of this Section 5.18(b) if it provides or causes to be provided the funds and evidence referred to above on or before the date falling two (2) Business Days after the Commercial Operation Date.

5.19 Transactions with Affiliates . Except as provided in the Transaction Documents, the Borrower shall not directly or indirectly (a) make any Investment in or payment to an Affiliate of the Borrower (other than to the Operator to pay for Operation and Maintenance Expenses in accordance with Section 5.15(a) above and the Accounts Agreement); (b) transfer, sell, lease, assign or otherwise dispose of any Property to an Affiliate of the Borrower; (c) purchase or acquire Property from an Affiliate of the Borrower or (d) enter into any other transaction or arrangement directly or indirectly with or for the benefit of an Affiliate of the Borrower, unless such transaction is upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate.

5.20 Construction Milestones; Capex Budget . (a) The Borrower shall not (i) pay any Construction Manager Costs except in accordance with the Construction Management Agreement or (ii) make any payment in respect of any Construction Milestone under any Construction Contract (in whole or in part) unless such Construction Milestone has been achieved in accordance with such Construction Contract.

 

45


(b) The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders and after obtaining an opinion of the Technical Advisor), amend, revise or modify the Capex Budget if such amendment, revision or modification results in an increase of the Capex Budget, or request any Loans in respect of any such increase thereto; provided , that an “increase” referred to in this clause (b) shall mean an increase in the Capex Budget by reference to the total amount thereof of nine hundred forty-two million six hundred and two thousand and two hundred and seventy-nine Dollars and fifty-six cents ($942,602,279.56) and not to any particular line item.

5.21 Project Construction; Maintenance . (a) The Borrower shall cause the FPSO to be duly constructed and completed in all material respects in accordance with the Capex Budget, the Construction Contracts, the Project Schedule and Prudent Industry Practices, and shall cause the Commercial Operation Date to occur by the Date Certain.

(b) The Borrower shall not enter into any Change Order except as may be permitted by Section 5.25 .

(c) The Borrower shall maintain and preserve the FPSO and all of its other Properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and in such condition that the FPSO will have the capacity and functional ability to perform, on a continuing basis (ordinary wear and tear excepted), in normal commercial operation, the functions for which it was specifically designed in accordance with the EPC Contract at substantially the levels contemplated thereby. The Borrower shall cause the FPSO to be operated, serviced, maintained and repaired so that the condition and operating efficiency thereof will be maintained and preserved in all material respects in accordance and compliance with (i) Prudent Industry Practices, (ii) such operating standards as shall be required to enforce any material warranty claims against dealers, manufacturers, vendors, contractors, and sub-contractors and (iii) the terms and conditions of all insurance policies maintained with respect to the FPSO at any time.

(d) The Borrower shall not, in any material respect, alter, remodel, add to, reconstruct, improve or demolish any part of the FPSO or any other Collateral, except as contemplated by or in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and except as would not breach any of the Project Documents, violate Prudent Industry Practices or have an adverse effect on the value of the FPSO.

(e) The Borrower shall not replace or allow the replacement of the Operator without the (i) prior written approval of the Required Lenders, in each such case such approval not to be unreasonably delayed or withheld and (ii) amendments being made to the Financing Documents to incorporate such modifications that are reasonably necessary and mutually agreeable for a replacement of the Operator.

(f) The Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, make or commit to make any expenditure in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of fixed or capital assets, other than (i) expenditures contemplated by the Capex Budget or the prevailing Operating Plan, as appropriate or as reasonably required (and in accordance with Prudent Industry Practices) to address any emergency that poses a substantial threat to safety of human life or a material portion of the Borrower’s Property, (ii) Loss Proceeds permitted to be applied to the payment of Restoration costs pursuant to Section 5.11 , and (iii) Permitted Purchases.

(g) The Borrower shall not remove any material part of the FPSO or item of equipment installed on the FPSO, unless the part or item so removed is replaced as soon as reasonably practicable by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item being replaced, is free from any Lien other than Permitted Liens and becomes, upon installation on the FPSO, (i) the property of the Borrower and (ii) subject to a Security Interest in favor of the Collateral Agent, but only in each case to the extent and on the same terms as the part or item being replaced.

 

46


5.22 Performance of Project Documents . (a) The Borrower shall perform and observe, in all material respects, all of its covenants and agreements contained in any of the Project Documents to which it is or becomes a party, shall take all necessary action to prevent the termination of any such Project Documents in accordance with the terms thereof or otherwise (other than by virtue of the scheduled expiration in the ordinary course of such Project Document in accordance with its terms).

(b) The Borrower shall instruct each other party to a Project Document to make all payments payable to the Borrower to the Offshore Accounts Bank for deposit in the appropriate Project Account in accordance with the Accounts Agreement.

5.23 Operating Plan . (a) No later than sixty (60) days prior to the Commercial Operation Date, the Borrower shall cause the Operator to adopt an operating plan for the FPSO for the period from such date to the end of the current calendar year substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto; provided that, if such period is less than six (6) full calendar months, such plan shall be for such period and for the first Operating Year, and, no less than sixty (60) days in advance of the beginning of each Operating Year thereafter, it shall cause the Operator to similarly adopt an operating plan for such Operating Year; provided that any such operating plan may be modified to ensure it shall remain consistent and compliant with instructions received from Petrobras under the Charter Agreement and the Services Agreement. Such operating plan and budget for an Operating Year is herein called an “ Operating Plan ”. Copies of the Operating Plan for each period and any modifications made thereto in accordance with this Section 5.23(a) shall be furnished to the Facility Agent promptly upon the adoption or any modification thereof.

(b) Each Operating Plan shall describe in reasonable detail, (i) the maintenance and overhaul schedule (including any major maintenance or overhauls which are projected for the next succeeding Operating Year), (ii) staffing plans and administrative activities, (iii) anticipated, to the best knowledge of the Borrower at the time of preparation of such plan, mobilization schedules, equipment acquisitions and material spare parts and consumable inventories management, and (iv) any other material plans and protocols in connection with the operation and maintenance of the FPSO.

5.24 Merger; Sales and Purchases of Assets . The Borrower shall not merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or liquidate or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or sell, lease, sub-let (or, with respect to the FPSO, permit Petrobras to sub-let), transfer, part with possession or operational control or otherwise dispose of any assets or Property other than (a) with respect to the FPSO, as contemplated by the Charter Agreement and/or the Services Agreement; (b) subject to the requirements of Section 6.3(d) , sales, transfers and other dispositions of assets of the Borrower, having a value of less than $1,000,000 per asset or $2,000,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year, or otherwise determined by the Borrower (in its reasonable opinion) to be obsolete or no longer used by or useful to the Borrower for the operation or maintenance of the Facilities, provided , that notice of any proposed sale, transfer or disposition having a value of more than $1,000,000 per asset or $2,000,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year pursuant to this clause (b) shall be given to the Facility Agent at least ten (10) days prior to the consummation thereof; (c) sales of Permitted Investments prior to the maturity thereof; (d) Distributions or other payments in accordance with Section 5.16 and (e) cash payments permitted under or contemplated by the Financing Documents. The Borrower shall not purchase or acquire any assets other than the purchase of (i) assets reasonably required for the completion of the Project in accordance with the Capex Budget, (ii) subject to Section 5.23 , assets in the ordinary course of business reasonably required in connection with the operation of the Facilities, (iii) Permitted Investments and (iv) assets acquired as a result of Permitted Purchases.

 

47


5.25 Amendment of Transaction Documents; Additional Project Documents; Change Orders; Project Party Replacement, Etc. (a) The Borrower shall not, without the consent of, in the case of clause (i), clause (ii) and clause (v) below, the Lenders, and otherwise the Majority Lenders, (i) agree to or permit the cancellation, suspension or termination of any Transaction Document (other than by virtue of the scheduled expiration in the ordinary course of such Transaction Document in accordance with its terms); (ii) sell, assign (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) or otherwise dispose of (by operation of law or otherwise) any part of its interest in any Transaction Document; (iii) except where the same would not materially reduce the amount of any payment due to the Borrower and could not otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, waive any default under or breach of any Project Document or waive, forgive or release any right, interest or entitlement, howsoever arising, under or in respect of any Project Document; (iv) petition, request or take any other legal or administrative action that seeks, or may be expected, to rescind, terminate or suspend any Project Document or, except where the same would not materially reduce the amount of any payment due or to become due to the Borrower and could not otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, amend or modify all or any part thereof; (v) agree to or permit the transfer or delegation of any payment obligations of any Project Participant under any Project Document or, except where the same could not otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and except as described in clause (c) below, agree to or permit the assignment of any rights or the transfer or delegation of any other obligations of any Project Participant under any Project Document except as permitted without the consent of the Borrower or the Operator by the terms of such Project Document; (vi) except for Permitted Change Orders as provided in clause (b) below, amend, supplement, modify or give any consent under any Construction Contract or exercise any material option thereunder; (vii) except where the same would not materially reduce the amount of any payment due or to become due to the Borrower and could not otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, amend, supplement, modify or give any consent under any Project Document (other than the Construction Contracts) or exercise any material option thereunder; (viii) except as may be permitted by Section 9.12 , amend, supplement, modify or give any consent under any Financing Document or exercise any material option thereunder; (ix) except as required by the Financing Documents, enter into any Additional Project Document other than a Permitted Purchase Agreement, a copy of which has been provided to the Facility Agent and the Technical Advisor; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower’s refraining from taking enforcement action, where it is reasonable and prudent in the circumstances to so refrain, shall not be deemed a waiver, amendment or supplement for purposes of this Section 5.25(a) .

(b) The Borrower may enter into any Change Order (a “ Permitted Change Order ”) under any Construction Contract if (i) such Change Order is reasonable and necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower, (ii) such Change Order does not materially change the Plans and Specifications and does not require consent from Petrobras under the Charter Agreement or the Services Agreement (other than consent that has already been obtained), (iii) the cost of such Change Order does not exceed an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (x) $10,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to two percent (2%) of the Contract Price as of the Effective Date, (iv) such Change Order does not result in any extension of the Shipyard Delivery Date that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower to achieve the Commercial Operation Date prior to the Date Certain, (v) such Change Order does not result in any change to, or amendment of, the relevant Acceptance Tests, Delay Liquidated Damages, performance guarantees or any conditions pursuant to which payment of any such damages is required to be made, either directly or indirectly, (vi) the cost of such Change Order does not exceed the then unutilized portion of the contingency amount of $74,005,163.90 in the Capex Budget, and (vi) the Technical Advisor is notified of such Change Order within ten (10) Business Days of its execution; provided that if such Change Order is described in a report delivered to the Technical Advisor pursuant to Section 5.1(f) within such ten (10) Business Days, no separate notice to the Technical Advisor of such Change Order shall be required under this Section 5.25(b) .

 

48


5.26 Environmental and Social Compliance. The Borrower shall (a) undertake a full environmental and social assessment process in order to adhere in all respects to the requirements of the Equator Principles with respect to the FPSO to the extent applicable; (b) deliver to the Facility Agent an updated copy of the Environmental and Social Action Plan no later than 210 days after the Commercial Operation Date; (c) comply in all material respects, and use its reasonable efforts to cause all other Persons constructing, occupying or conducting operations with respect to the FPSO to comply in all material respects, with the Environmental and Social Requirements and (iv) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any applicable Environmental and Social Governmental Approvals with respect to the FPSO.

5.27 Completion; Acceptance Tests; Project Completion Date. (a) The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Technical Advisor), deliver a mechanical completion confirmation, a Protocol of Delivery or otherwise accept (including by refraining from issuing a notice of rejection) the FPSO under Article 9 of the EPC Contract.

(b) The Borrower shall not, without the prior approval of the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Technical Advisor), (i) take any action or fail to take any action which could permit an extension of any guaranteed completion or acceptance date under any Construction Contract, (ii) notify the Construction Contractors under any Construction Contract that it accepts the punch list with respect to such Construction Contract unless such items together with all other punch list items under the Construction Contracts in the aggregate cannot reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect and the total cost to complete all such items (in the event of a failure by the relevant Construction Contractors to do so) in the aggregate would not exceed $3,500,000, (iii) waive, defer or reduce any of the requirements of any of the Acceptance Tests, (iv) accept or confirm that the FPSO has satisfied any of the Acceptance Tests or (v) fail to advise a Construction Contractor under its Construction Contract of any material defects, deficiencies or discrepancies of which the Borrower has knowledge.

(c) The Borrower shall (i) provide to the Facility Agent, if the Project Completion Date has not occurred within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the Commercial Operation Date, a written explanation in reasonable detail of the reasons for such delay; (ii) no less frequently than once every thirty (30) days thereafter until the Project Completion Date has occurred, provide a written update of such explanation; and (iii) upon the request of the Facility Agent, from time to time, pay the reasonable and duly documented costs of the preparation and delivery by the Technical Advisor of a letter commenting on any such written explanation of the Borrower.

5.28 Certain Agreements. The Borrower shall not enter into any agreement or undertaking other than the Transaction Documents restricting, or purporting to restrict, the ability of the Borrower to comply with the terms of this Agreement or to (a) amend this Agreement or any other Financing Document, (b) sell any of its assets, (c) create Liens, (d) create or incur Indebtedness or (e) make any Distribution.

5.29 Security Documents. (a) The Borrower shall (i) execute and deliver such documents and take all such other actions necessary to ensure that the Vessel and subsequently the FPSO remains subject to the perfected first priority Liens intended to be created by the Mortgage and (ii) maintain the Mortgage in an amount no less than the amount outstanding from time to time of the Obligations.

 

49


(b) The Borrower shall take all actions necessary or requested by the Facility Agent to maintain each Security Document in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms and to maintain and preserve the Liens created by such Security Documents and the first ranking priority thereof, including (i) making filings and recordations, (ii) making payments of fees and other charges, (iii) issuing and, if necessary, filing or recording supplemental documentation, including continuation statements, (iv) discharging all claims or other Liens on the Collateral other than Permitted Liens, (v) publishing or otherwise delivering notice to third parties, (vi) depositing title documents and (vii) taking all other actions either necessary or otherwise requested by the Facility Agent or the Collateral Agent to ensure that all Collateral (including any after-acquired Property of the Borrower intended to be covered by any Security Document) is subject to a valid and enforceable first-priority (subject only to Permitted Liens) Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. In furtherance of the foregoing, (A) the Borrower shall ensure that all after-acquired Property of the Borrower other than such Property not intended to be covered by such Security Documents shall become subject to the first priority (except subject only to Permitted Liens) Lien of the Security Documents promptly upon the acquisition thereof and (B) the Borrower shall not open or maintain any bank account (other than the Offshore Distribution Account, the Borrower Euro Account, and the Borrower Dollar Account) without first taking all such actions as may be necessary or otherwise requested by the Facility Agent to ensure that such bank account is subject to a valid and enforceable first priority (subject only to Permitted Liens) Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

(c) The Borrower shall take all actions necessary to cause each Additional Project Document to which it is a party and that is intended to be covered by a Security Document to be or become subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (whether by amendment to any Security Document, execution of a new Security Document or otherwise) in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Facility Agent such certificates or other documents with respect to each Additional Project Document as the Facility Agent may reasonably request. The Borrower shall (i) in the case of any Additional Project Document involving an amount of $5,000,000, but no more than $10,000,000, use its reasonable best efforts to cause each party to such Additional Project Document to execute and deliver a Consent Agreement with respect to such Additional Project Document and such legal opinions relating to such Additional Project Document as the Facility Agent may reasonably request and (ii) the Borrower shall in the case of an Additional Project Document involving an amount of more than $10,000,000 cause each party to such Additional Project Document to execute and deliver a Consent Agreement with respect to such Additional Project Document and such legal opinions relating to such Additional Project Document as the Facility Agent may reasonably request. The Borrower shall in the case of any Additional Project Document involving an amount of less than $5,000,000 deliver to the Facility Agent such confirmation that such Additional Project Document is subject to the Security Documents as the Facility Agent may reasonably request, but shall not be required to deliver any such Consent Agreement or legal opinion in respect of such Additional Project Document.

(d) At such time as the Facility Agent may reasonably request in writing, the Borrower shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent, an opinion or opinions of legal counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to (i) amending or supplementing the Security Documents (or providing additional Security Documents, notifications or acknowledgments) as is necessary under applicable Law to subject all the Collateral (including any after-acquired Property intended to be covered by a Security Document) to the Lien of the Security Documents and (ii) (x) the recordation of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, any amendment or supplement thereto) and any other requisite documents and (y) the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements as are necessary to maintain the Liens purported to be created by the Security Documents and reciting the details of such action or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to maintain such Liens. Such opinion or opinions of counsel shall also describe the recordation of the Security Documents and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements, or the taking of any other action that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required to maintain the Liens purported to be created by the Security Documents after the date of such opinion.

 

50


(e) Without limitation to the other provisions of this Section 5.29 , the Borrower shall procure that the Operator complies with all terms and obligations under the Security Documents to which it is a party and shall take, and shall cause the Operator to take, all actions necessary for (i) the notarization and consularization of any of the Security Documents governed by Brazilian law, this Agreement, the Equity Support Deed and the Accounts Agreement by any signatories executing such documents outside of Brazil, (ii) the translation of any of the documents referenced in sub-clause (i) above into Portuguese by a certified public translator and (iii) the filing of such translated and, where applicable, notarized and consularized documents mentioned in sub-clause (i) above with the relevant Registry of Titles and Documents in Brazil as soon as practically possible (other than in the case of documents referred to in Section 3.1(f)(ii) , which shall be completed within the time frame set forth therein).

5.30 Prepayment of Indebtedness; Reduction of Commitments. (a) Except for prepayments required or permitted to be made pursuant to this Agreement the Borrower shall not make, or permit to be made on its behalf, any prepayment of any of the Loans.

(b) The Borrower shall not reduce all or any portion of the Commitment of any Lender prior to the end of the Availability Period, unless (i) the Borrower shall have offered to each of the other Lenders to make, and with the consent of such other Lender shall contemporaneously make, a proportionate reduction in the Commitment of each such other Lender, (ii) construction of the FPSO shall be proceeding substantially in accordance with the Project Schedule, (iii) no event shall have occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur to cause the Shipyard Delivery Date to be delayed beyond the Expected Shipyard Delivery Date, (iv) the proposed reduction in Commitments requested by the Borrower could not be reasonably expected to result in a deficiency of funds necessary to achieve the Commercial Operation Date by the Date Certain and (v) each Lender shall have received a certificate from the Borrower, confirmed by the Technical Advisor, with respect to the matters set forth in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.

5.31 Transfers of Equity Interests. (a) The Borrower shall not (x) permit or consent to the transfer (by assignment, sale or otherwise) of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or the General Partner or (y) issue any new Equity Interests therein other than in connection with any Equity Contributions under the Equity Support Deed (including any drawing on a Reserve Account Letter of Credit that is treated as an Equity Contribution); provided , that the Borrower may permit or consent to the assignment, sale or transfer of Equity Interests of the Borrower or the General Partner or to the issuance of new Equity Interests of the Borrower or the General Partner (each a “ Transfer ”) if such Transfer is consummated in compliance with Section 5.35 and each of the following conditions (any Transfer not complying with each of the following conditions being null and void ab initio ):

(i) after giving effect to any such Transfer, no Change of Control shall have occurred;

(ii) such Transfer shall be made expressly subject to the granting of a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent on the Equity Interests so being transferred, and any Person that becomes a member of the Borrower or the General Partner as a result of such Transfer shall, simultaneously with such Transfer, sign a pledge agreement substantially identical to the applicable Pledge Agreement and otherwise in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent; and

(iii) such Person referred to in paragraph (ii) above shall, simultaneously with such Transfer, execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such financing statements and other documents and instruments as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to evidence, secure, and perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in and Lien on such Equity Interests.

 

51


(b) The Borrower shall not (x) transfer (by assignment, sale or otherwise) any Equity Interests of the Operator other than in connection with a Permitted Operator Transfer or (y) permit the Operator to issue any new Equity Interests other than in connection with any Equity Contributions under the Equity Support Deed; provided that, in each case:

(i) any Equity Interests so being transferred or issued, as the case may be, shall be made expressly subject to the granting of a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, and any Person that becomes a member of the Operator as a result of such transfer or issuance shall, simultaneously with such transfer or issuance, sign a pledge agreement substantially identical to the Brazilian Share Pledge Agreement and otherwise in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent; and

(ii) such Person referred to in paragraph (i) above shall, simultaneously with such transfer or issuance, execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such financing statements and other documents and instruments as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to evidence, secure, and perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in and Lien on such Equity Interests.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 5.31 shall restrict the ability of the Borrower or the General Partner to enter into the Pledge Agreements or any other pledge agreement with respect to any Equity Interests of the Borrower, the Operator or the General Partner with the Collateral Agent.

5.32 Change in Name. The Borrower shall not change its name or do business under any other name than “OOGTK LIBRA GMBH & CO KG”, unless, in any such case, the Borrower shall have given the Collateral Agent at least forty-five (45) days’ prior written notice, and all action requested by the Collateral Agent necessary or advisable in the Collateral Agent’s opinion to preserve and perfect the Security Interests with respect to the Collateral shall have been taken.

5.33 Ranking. The Borrower shall take such action as may be necessary to ensure that, at all times, the payment obligations of the Borrower in respect of the Loans rank at least pari passu with the claims of all of its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

5.34 Payments to the EPC Contractor. The Borrower shall not request any release of funds to the EPC Contractor from the Offshore Construction Account in accordance with the Accounts Agreement with respect to the Delivery (as defined in the EPC Contract) of the FPSO until the Technical Advisor has provided its certification in this respect.

5.35 “Know Your Customer” Checks. If:

(a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any applicable Law made after the date of this Agreement;

(b) any change in the status of the Borrower after the date of this Agreement or any change in the composition of its shareholding; or

(c) a proposed assignment or transfer by any Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations pursuant to Section 9.13 to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall as soon as practicable upon the request of such Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is requested by such Lender (for itself or on behalf of the other Lenders or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Lender or such prospective new Lender, as the case may be, to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any relevant person pursuant to the transactions contemplated by the Financing Documents.

 

52


5.36 Registration; Classification. (a) With respect to the FPSO, no later than the Shipyard Delivery Date and at all times thereafter, the Borrower shall (i) register, and maintain such registration of the FPSO under the laws and flag of the Commonwealth of the Bahamas, (ii) obtain and maintain the classification set forth in the Specifications, and (iii) deliver to the Facility Agent on the Shipyard Delivery Date copies, certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to be true and complete copies, of the executed versions of all documents, referred to in Section 3.2(g) to the extent not previously delivered in executed form.

(b) The Borrower shall request ABS: (i) to send to the Facility Agent, following receipt of a reasonable written request from the Facility Agent, certified true copies of all original class records held by such classification society in relation to the FPSO; (ii) to allow the Facility Agent (or its agents), at any time and from time to time upon reasonable request, to inspect the FPSO’s original class and related records at the offices of such classification society and to make copies of them; and (iii) to notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing if such classification society: (x) receives notification from the Borrower or any other Person that the FPSO’s classification society is to be changed; or (y) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in, or have resulted in, a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the FPSO’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of the Borrower’s or the FPSO’s membership in such classification society.

5.37 Title. The Borrower shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing which might reasonably be expected to jeopardize the title, rights and interest of the Borrower or any rights or interest of the Secured Parties in the FPSO and/or knowingly omit or permit to be omitted to be done any act which might reasonably be expected to prevent that title and such rights and interest from being jeopardized.

5.38 Arrest Prevention; Release. The Borrower shall promptly discharge all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory Liens on or claims enforceable against the FPSO, its earnings or its insurances. The Borrower shall, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest or detention in exercise or purported exercise of any Lien or claim of the FPSO, procure its release.

5.39 Bridge Loan Repayment. On or before the first Disbursement Date, the Borrower shall repay in full its Indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Agreement and promptly thereafter (a) cause the release of any Liens securing such Indebtedness and (b) provide evidence of such repayments and such release to the Facility Agent.

5.40 Sanctions. (a) The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit or authorize any other Person to, directly or indirectly, use, lend, make payments of, contribute or otherwise make available, all or any part of the proceeds of any Loan or other transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement to fund any trade, business or other activities: (i) involving or for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party, or (ii) in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in the Borrower or any Lender being in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party.

(b) The Borrower shall not employ the FPSO nor allow its employment, operation or management (i) by or for the benefit of any Restricted Party; and/or (ii) in any trade which could expose the FPSO, the Lenders or crew to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising under Sanctions Laws, (iii) in connection with or for the purpose of trading to Iranian and/or Syrian ports or carrying crude oil, petroleum products, petrochemical products or natural gas if they originate in Iran, or are being exported from Iran to any other country, or carrying crude oil, petroleum products or petrochemical products if they originate in Syria or are being exported from Syria.

 

53


(c) The Borrower shall ensure that neither it nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives or any other Persons acting on any of their behalf, is or will become a Restricted Party.

(d) The Borrower shall, to the extent within its control, procure that no proceeds from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Party are credited to any bank account held with any Lender in its name or in the name of any of its Affiliates.

5.41 Advisory Board. Without limitation to any other rights or remedies available to the Financing Parties in respect of any breach of Section 5.18(a) or the occurrence of any Sponsor Cross-Default Event, the Borrower agrees that it shall, following any breach by the Borrower of Section 5.18(a) or the occurrence of any Sponsor Cross-Default Event, upon the written request of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) (i) ensure that all steps necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) are taken as and when appropriate to ensure that the Advisory Board is promptly established, in accordance with Section 6.10 of the Equity Support Deed, and includes the member thereof nominated by the Facility Agent, and (ii) the rights of the Advisory Board contemplated by Schedule 2 to the Equity Support Deed are respected in accordance with the terms thereof.

Section 6. Payment Provisions; Fees

6.1 Repayment of Principal. (a) The Borrower shall repay the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding on each Principal Payment Date, commencing on the First Repayment Date and in the applicable amounts set forth in Part 1 of Appendix B , subject to the provisions of Part 2 of Appendix B .

(b) Upon each Disbursement, the amount disbursed shall be allocated for repayment to each of the respective installments shown in Appendix B in amounts which are pro rata to the amounts of such installments.

6.2 Voluntary Prepayments. (a) Prepayments under this Section 6.2 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) the Borrower shall give the Facility Agent at the Notice Office at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior written irrevocable notice of its intent to prepay the Loans and the aggregate principal amount of the prepayment (which notice the Facility Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders);

(ii) prepayment of the Loans may only be made pursuant to this Section 6.2 on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, unless the Borrower pays all amounts owing under Section 2.10 as a result of prepaying the Loans on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto;

(iii) the aggregate notional amount under the Required Hedging Agreements shall be adjusted in connection with any such prepayment so that it does not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount of Loans after giving effect to such prepayment, and any such adjustment shall be applied ratably to the notional amounts of the Required Hedging Agreements ; and

 

54


(iv) such prepayment and all other amounts required to be paid under this Section 6.2 or otherwise in connection with such prepayment shall be made solely from amounts in the Offshore Distribution Account or from the proceeds of Permitted Capital Contributions or from other sources of funds the advancing of which to the Borrower does not contravene the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) The Borrower shall have the right to prepay the Loans, without premium or penalty, in whole or in part at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date at its discretion, subject to the conditions in Section 6.2(a) and to the following additional conditions:

(i) such prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 (or an integral multiple of $10,000,000 in excess thereof);

(ii) such prepayment shall be applied to reduce the Scheduled Principal Payments on a pro rata basis; and

(iii) the Borrower shall pay any termination or partial termination amounts due under any Required Hedging Agreements resulting from any adjustment of the aggregate notional amount under the Required Hedging Agreements in respect of such prepayment and any other amounts owing under any Required Hedging Agreements as a result of prepayment.

(c) In the circumstances described in Section 2.13 , the Borrower shall have the right to prepay in whole the Loans held by the Replaced Lender, without premium or penalty, subject to the conditions in Section 6.2(a) .

(d) In the event any of the circumstances described in Section 7.1(m) occur and some but not all of the Lenders consent to waiving the Event of Default thereunder, the Borrower shall have the right to prepay in whole all (and not less than all) of the Loans of Lenders that do not consent to such waiver, without premium or penalty, subject to the conditions in Section 6.2(a) .

(e) In the event the Borrower is unable to (i) refinance the Loans in part or (ii) obtain consent of the Lenders required by Section 5.3 to redomicile to another jurisdiction or transfer its rights and obligations, because some but not all of the Lenders consent to such action, the Borrower shall have the right to prepay in whole all (and not less than all) of the Loans of Lenders that do not consent to such action, without premium or penalty, subject to the conditions in Section 6.2(a) .

(f) In the event that a Market Disruption Margin is payable in respect of three (3) consecutive Interest Periods, the Borrower shall have the right to prepay in whole all (and not less than all) of the Loans, without premium or penalty, subject to the conditions in Section 6.2(a) .

(g) Any amounts prepaid under this Section 6.2 may not be re-borrowed.

6.3 Mandatory Prepayments. The Borrower shall make mandatory prepayments of the Loans as follows:

(a) Illegality. The Borrower shall prepay the outstanding Loans to the extent required pursuant to Section 2.8 .

(b) Loss Proceeds; MII Proceeds. The Borrower shall prepay the outstanding Loans to the extent required pursuant to Section 5.11 .

(c) Early Termination Cash Sweep. During any Early Termination Cash Sweep Period, the Borrower shall apply all amounts from time to time on deposit in the Offshore Distribution Holding Account to prepay the outstanding Loans.

 

55


(d) Dispositions. In the event of any Disposition in the amount of $3,000,000 or more, the Borrower shall apply an amount equal to all of the Net Disposition Proceeds which are not applied towards replacement of the relevant Property sold, transferred or disposed to prepay the outstanding Loans, such prepayment to be made no later than the next Interest Payment Date.

(e) FPSO Loss Event. In the event of a FPSO Loss Event, the Borrower shall prepay the Loans in full and discharge the other Obligations on or before the earlier of (x) the Business Day following the day of receipt of Insurance Proceeds in respect of such FPSO Loss Event and (y) the date occurring one hundred twenty (120) days after such FPSO Loss Event.

(f) Unutilized Project Cost Amounts . The Borrower shall prepay the outstanding Loans to the extent required pursuant to Section 2.3(e) or Section 2.3(e)2.3(f) or Section 2.3(f) , as applicable, on the next occurring Interest Payment Date.

(g) Application. (i) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.3 , a prepayment of the Loans made pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall be made on the last day of an Interest Period, and if not made on such date the Borrower shall apply amounts to be used for such prepayment to pay amounts owing under Section 2.10 as a result of prepaying the Loans on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period.

(ii) The aggregate notional amount under all of the then-existing Required Hedging Agreements shall be adjusted in connection with any such prepayment so that it does not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount of Loans after giving effect to such prepayment, and any such adjustment shall be applied ratably to the notional amounts of the Required Hedging Agreements.

(iii) Amounts to be applied to a prepayment of the Loans (other than in respect of Section 2.10 ) pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall be applied to reduce the Scheduled Principal Payments on a pro rata basis.

(iv) The Borrower shall pay any termination or partial termination amounts due under any Required Hedging Agreements resulting from any adjustment of the aggregate notional amount under the Required Hedging Agreements in respect of such prepayment and any other amounts owing under any Required Hedging Agreements as a result of prepayment. Any amount due in respect of the Required Hedging Agreements terminated in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall be paid by the Borrower from amounts available with which to make such prepayment.

(h) Any amounts prepaid under this Section 6.3 may not be re-borrowed.

6.4 Maturity Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary which may be contained in this Agreement, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans shall be repaid in full on the Maturity Date.

6.5 Method and Place of Payment. Except as set forth in the following sentence or as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under the Financing Documents shall be made to the Facility Agent for the account of the Financing Parties entitled thereto not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date when due and shall be made in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Payment Office as follows: Standard Settlement Instructions are available at the following URL: www.hsbcnet.com/gbm/products-services/trading-sales/standard-settlement-instructions-document.html , agree to the “SSI’s Terms of Use,” and from the next page, select: USA: Loan Agency SSI, password is loanagency1, Ref. Libra FPSO, Attention: Loan Administration, or to such other bank account as the Facility Agent shall designate to the parties hereto in writing. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder or under any other Financing Document shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall be payable at the applicable rate during such extension; provided that in the event that the day on which any such payment is due is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, then the due date thereof shall be the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

56


6.6 Computations. All computations of interest and Fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.

6.7 Fees.

(a) Commitment Fees. Subject to Section 2.14 , the Borrower agrees to pay to the Facility Agent, for the account of each Lender, a commitment commission (the “ Commitment Fee ”) computed on the Unutilized Commitment of such Lender, from time to time, at a rate per annum equal to forty percent (40%) of the Applicable Margin then in effect. The Commitment Fee shall begin to accrue on the Effective Date and shall cease to accrue on the last day of the Availability Period and shall be due and payable in arrears on (i) each Interest Payment Date and (ii) the last day of the Availability Period. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the Borrower has already paid the commitment fee described in the “Commitment Fee” section of the Bridge Loan Agreement for the period between the Effective Date and the first Disbursement Date, no Commitment Fee shall be due hereunder in respect of that period.

(b) Additional Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay all fees under the Fee Letters in accordance with the terms therein.

6.8 Application of Payments; Sharing . (a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 6.8 , the Facility Agent agrees that promptly after its receipt of each payment from or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of any Obligations of the Borrower hereunder, it shall promptly distribute such payment to the Lenders pro rata based upon their respective shares, if any, of the Obligations of the Borrower hereunder with respect to which such payment was received.

(b) Each of the Lenders agrees that, if it should receive any amount hereunder (whether by voluntary payment, by realization upon security, by the exercise of the right of set-off or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action, by the enforcement of any right under the Transaction Documents, or otherwise), which, in any such case, is in excess of its ratable share of payments on account of the Obligations obtained by all Lenders, then such Lender receiving such excess payment shall purchase for cash without recourse or warranty from the other Lenders an interest in the Obligations of the Borrower to such Lenders in such amount as shall result in a proportional participation by all the Lenders in such amount; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from such Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(c) Where a sum is to be paid by the Facility Agent under the Financing Documents for another party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to such other party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received such sum.

(d) If the Facility Agent pays an amount to another party and it is later discovered that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall, on demand, refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

57


6.9 Calculations and Certificates. (a) In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Financing Document, the entries made on the books or in the accounts maintained by a Financing Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

(b) Any certification or determination by a Financing Party of a rate or amount under any Financing Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

Section 7. Events of Default and Remedies

7.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following events or circumstances shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay when due any principal or interest or other amount payable pursuant to this Agreement or any other Financing Document (other than the Required Hedging Agreements), in each case when the same becomes due and payable (whether prior to its stated maturity or otherwise) unless (i) payment is made within two (2) Business Days of its due date or (ii) if its failure is caused by administrative or technical error or a Disruption Event, payment is made within five (5) Business Days of its due date; or

(b) (i) the Borrower shall default in the payment when due of any principal of or interest on any of its other Indebtedness (other than any Subordinated Loans) in the amount of at least $1,000,000 beyond any grace period specified therein, or in the payment when due of any amount under any Required Hedging Agreement beyond any grace period specified therein; or (ii) any event specified in any note, agreement, indenture or other document evidencing or relating to any such other Indebtedness of the Borrower (other than any Subordinated Loans) in the amount of at least $1,000,000 or any event specified in any Required Hedging Agreement shall occur and continue if the effect of the occurrence and continuance of such event is to cause or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause such Indebtedness to become due, or to be prepaid in full (whether by redemption, purchase, offer to purchase or otherwise), prior to its stated maturity or, in the case of a Required Hedging Agreement, to permit the payments owing under such Required Hedging Agreement to be liquidated as the result of the early termination thereof; (iii) at any time prior to the Project Completion Date, the OOG Sponsor shall default in the payment when due of any principal of or interest on any of its other Indebtedness in the amount of at least $50,000,000 beyond any grace period specified therein; (iv) at any time prior to the Project Completion Date, any event specified in any note, agreement, indenture or other document evidencing or relating to any such other Indebtedness of the OOG Sponsor in the amount of at least $50,000,000 shall occur and continue if the effect of the occurrence and continuance of such event is to cause or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause such Indebtedness to become due, or to be prepaid in full (whether by redemption, purchase, offer to purchase or otherwise), prior to its stated maturity; (v) at any time prior to the Project Completion Date, the Teekay Sponsor shall default in the payment when due of any principal of or interest on any of its other Indebtedness in the amount of at least $100,000,000 beyond any grace period specified therein or (vi) at any time prior to the Project Completion Date, any event specified in any note, agreement, indenture or other document evidencing or relating to any such other Indebtedness of the Teekay Sponsor in the amount of at least $100,000,000 shall occur and continue if the effect of the occurrence and continuance of such event is to cause or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause such Indebtedness to become due, or to be prepaid in full (whether by redemption, purchase, offer to purchase or otherwise), prior to its stated maturity; or

 

58


(c) Any representation, warranty or certification made (or deemed made) by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Shareholders, the General Partner, the Sponsors or the Operator in this Agreement, any other Financing Document, or in any notice or other certificate, agreement, document, financial statement or other statement delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect (without giving effect, for purposes of this paragraph (c), to any “material,” “materially,” “materiality,” or similar qualifiers contained in any of such representations, warranties or certifications) when made or deemed made and shall continue to be so, unless the circumstances giving rise to such misrepresentation are capable of remedy and are remedied within twenty-one (21) days of the earlier of the Facility Agent giving the Borrower notice of such misrepresentation and the Borrower becoming aware of such misrepresentation; or

(d) The Borrower shall fail to comply with any term, covenant or provision set forth in (i)  Sections 5.3(a) , 5.12 , 5.13 , 5.15 , 5.16 , 5.18(a) , 5.20(a) , 5.24 , 5.25 , 5.27(a) , 5.27(b)(i) (unless such failure to comply relates to a failure to take any action) through (iv) , 5.29(a) , 5.31 or 5.40 ; or (ii) Sections 5.9(a) , 5.14 , 5.17 , or 5.20(b) and such failure shall continue unremedied for fifteen (15) days after the earlier of the Facility Agent giving the Borrower notice of such failure and the Borrower becoming aware of such failure.

(e) The Borrower, any Shareholder, the General Partner, the Operator or any Sponsor shall fail to comply with or perform any other agreement or covenant contained in this Agreement or in any other Financing Document (other than those referred to in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this Section 7.1 ) and such failure shall continue unremedied for thirty (30) days after the Borrower, such Shareholder, the General Partner, the Operator or such Sponsor as the case may be, becomes aware of such failure; provided that, if (i) such failure cannot be cured within such thirty (30)-day period, (ii) such failure is capable of being cured, (iii) the Borrower, such Shareholder, the General Partner, the Operator or such Sponsor, as the case may be, is proceeding with diligence and in good faith to cure such failure, (iv) the existence of such failure does not impair the Security Interests in any material respect, (v) the existence of such failure has not had and cannot, after considering the nature of the proposed cure, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (vi) the Facility Agent shall have received an Officer’s Certificate from the Borrower, such Shareholder, the General Partner, the Operator or such Sponsor, as the case may be, to the effect of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above and stating what actions the Borrower, such Shareholder, the General Partner, the Operator or such Sponsor, as the case may be, is taking to cure such failure, then the time within which such failure may be cured shall be extended to such date, not to exceed a total of sixty (60) additional days after the end of such thirty (30)-day period, as shall be necessary for the Borrower, such Shareholder, the General Partner, the Operator or such Sponsor, as the case may be, diligently to cure such failure; or

(f) The Borrower, any Shareholder, the General Partner, the Operator or any Sponsor shall admit in writing its inability to, or be generally unable to, pay its debts as such debts become due; or

(g) The Borrower, any Shareholder, the General Partner, the Operator or, any Sponsor shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, administrator, trustee or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its Property, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case under or file a petition to take advantage of any Bankruptcy Law (as now or hereafter in effect) including, without limitation, the bankruptcy ( falência ), judicial restructuring ( recuperação judicial ) or non-judicial restructuring ( recuperação extrajudicial ) proceedings under Brazilian Law No. 11,101/05, as amended, (iv) fail to controvert in an appropriate manner within sixty (60) days of the filing of, or acquiesce in writing to or file an answer admitting the material allegations of any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under any Bankruptcy Law, (v) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing or (vi) take any action under any other applicable Laws which would result in a similar or equivalent outcome as set forth in subclauses (i) through (v) hereof; or

 

59


(h) A proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application or consent of the Borrower, any Shareholder , the General Partner, the Operator or any Sponsor in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) its liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, administration or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (ii) the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, administrator, liquidator or the like of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its Property or (iii) similar relief in respect of the Borrower, such Shareholder, the General Partner, the Operator or such Sponsor under any Bankruptcy Law, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed, or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) or more days; or an order for relief against the Borrower, such Shareholder, the General Partner, the Operator or such Sponsor shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) or more days in an involuntary case under any Bankruptcy Law; or any proceeding or action shall be commenced under any other applicable Laws which would result in a similar or equivalent outcome as set forth in subclauses (i) through (iii) hereof; or

(i) A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money (x) against the Borrower or the Operator in excess of $1,000,000 for any one judgment or $2,000,000 in the aggregate, (y) against any Shareholder or the General Partner that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (z) at any time prior to the Project Completion Date, against the Teekay Sponsor in excess of $100,000,000 for any one judgment or against the OOG Sponsor in excess of $50,000,000 for any one judgment, shall be rendered by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction, and the same shall not be discharged (or provision satisfactory to the Majority Lenders shall not be made for such discharge), or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof and the Borrower, such Shareholder, the General Partner, such Sponsor or the Operator, as the case may be, shall not, within said period of sixty (60) days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal; or

(j) Any non-monetary judgment or order shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Shareholder, the General Partner, the Operator, or, at any time prior to Project Completion Date, against any Sponsor, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and a stay of execution thereof shall not have been obtained within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof (or, in the case of any such judgment or order rendered by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies of Brazil, ninety (90) or more days); or

(k) Any of the Secured Parties shall cease to have a first priority, perfected Lien on any material Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens; or

(l) Any Project Participant shall fail to obtain, renew, maintain or comply with any Necessary Governmental Approval or any Necessary Governmental Approval shall be revoked, terminated, withdrawn, suspended, modified or withheld or shall cease to be in full force and effect or any proceeding is commenced to revoke, terminate, withdraw, suspend, modify or withhold any Necessary Governmental Approval and such proceeding is not terminated within thirty (30) days; unless, in any such case, such failure, revocation, termination, withdrawal, suspension, modification, withholding or failure to be in full force and effect, or such proceeding, as the case may be, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

60


(m) (i) Any Project Document shall be terminated (other than by virtue of the scheduled expiration in the ordinary course of such Project Document in accordance with its terms), or the Borrower or the Operator shall take any action to terminate any Project Document to which it is a party, or (ii) any Transaction Document, or any material provision of any Transaction Document, shall at any time for any reason cease to be valid and binding or in full force and effect or any party thereto (other than a Secured Party) shall so assert in writing and such assertion is not withdrawn in writing within thirty (30) days of the date on which the Borrower shall become aware of such assertion; or (iii) any Transaction Document, or any material provision of any Transaction Document shall be declared to be null and void by any Governmental Authority, or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by the Borrower or the Operator or any Governmental Authority; (iv) the Borrower or the Operator shall deny that it has any further liability or obligation under any Transaction Document; (v) any party to any Project Document assigns or transfers all or any part of its rights and obligations in, to or under such Project Document other than to a transferee which has been approved by the Required Lenders; (vi) any Consortium Member assigns or transfers all or any part of its rights and obligations in, to or under the Consortium Agreement to a transferee which is not a Permitted Transferee and such action has not been remedied to the satisfaction of the Required Lenders within sixty (60) days, provided that this clause (vi) shall not apply in the event that any Consortium Member assigns or transfers all or any part of its rights and obligations in, to or under the Consortium Agreement to a transferee which is not a Permitted Transferee if such assignment or transfer (a “ Pre-Approved Transfer ”) would not result in the Original Consortium Members ceasing to collectively hold directly legal and beneficial ownership of at least seventy percent (70%) of the membership interests in the Consortium, it being understood that any transferee pursuant to a Pre-Approved Transfer shall be (x) a reputable international oil company or a Subsidiary of a reputable international oil company and (y) required to comply with all Sanctions Laws and all Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (vii) Petrobras (or any other Consortium Member that replaces Petrobras as the leader and operator of the Consortium in accordance with the terms hereof) is replaced, other than by a replacement which has been approved by the Required Lenders, as the leader and operator of the Consortium; or (viii) Petrobras ceases to (x) hold directly legal and beneficial ownership of at least thirty percent (30%) of the membership interests in the Consortium and/or (y) direct or cause the direction of the management of the Consortium, except in the event that Petrobras is replaced as the leader and operator of the Consortium with the approval of the Required Lenders in accordance with clause (vii) above; or

(n) the Commercial Operation Date shall not have occurred by the Date Certain; or

(o) the Borrower, the EPC Contractor or Petrobras shall have actually abandoned the Project and (in the case of the EPC Contractor or Petrobras) such abandonment shall continue for a period of ten (10) Business Days after the Borrower shall have or should have had knowledge thereof; or

(p) a Change of Control shall have occurred; or

(q) an Expropriation Event shall have occurred, provided that, with respect to an Expropriation Event related to the Facilities, it shall only be an Event of Default under this Section 7.1(q) if the Borrower shall fail to procure the release of the Facilities within a period of sixty (60) days after such Expropriation Event (or lesser period if the Borrower shall not at all times during such period of sixty (60) days be acting diligently to contest, discharge, settle or secure the same); or

 

61


(r) Petrobras shall reject the FPSO pursuant to the terms of the Services Agreement or the Charter Agreement; or

(s) a Petrobras Insolvency Event shall have occurred.

7.2 Acceleration . (a) If an Event of Default specified in paragraph (g) or (h) of Section 7.1 shall occur with respect to the Borrower, automatically all Commitments shall immediately terminate and all Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing to the Lenders under the Financing Documents shall immediately become due and payable without further notice or demand.

(b) If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, then the Facility Agent (acting at the instructions of the Majority Lenders or, following any default in payment of the final Scheduled Principal Payment (as the same may be extended with the consent of the Lenders) of the Loans, any Lender) may by notice to the Borrower (i) declare the Commitments to be terminated, whereupon all Commitments shall immediately terminate and/or (ii) declare the Loans, all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts owing to the Lenders under the Financing Documents to be due and payable, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable.

(c) Except as expressly provided above in this Section 7.2 , presentment, demand, protest and all other notices and other formalities of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

7.3 Other Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default:

(a) The Collateral Agent may exercise any or all rights and remedies at law or in equity (in any combination or order that the Collateral Agent may elect), including without limitation or prejudice to the Collateral Agent’s other rights and remedies, any and all rights and remedies available under any of the Financing Documents.

(b) With the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, which consent may be given or withheld in the Majority Lenders’ sole discretion, either the EPC Contractor or any subcontractor may submit an invoice on behalf of the Borrower, and the Lenders may, in their sole discretion, make payments directly to the EPC Contractor, any other Construction Contractor, any subcontractor, or any other Person. The Facility Agent shall give the Borrower prior written notice of payments to be made by the Lenders pursuant to this paragraph. All sums advanced and disbursed pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed to be Loans disbursed pursuant to the Financing Documents.

(c) Any funds of any Lender or the Collateral Agent (including the proceeds of any Loans) used for any purpose referred to in this Section 7.3 , whether or not in excess (without obligating any Lender to fund any Loans in excess of its Commitment) of the relevant Commitments shall (i) be governed hereby, (ii) constitute a part of the Obligations secured by the Security Documents, (iii) bear interest at the Default Rate and (iv) be payable upon demand by such Lender or the Collateral Agent, as applicable.

Section 8. The Facility Agent

8.1 Appointment and Authorization . (a) Each other Financing Party hereby (i) irrevocably (subject to Section 8.9 ) appoints, designates and authorizes the Facility Agent as its agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Financing Document to which it is a party and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any such other Financing Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and (ii) authorizes the Facility Agent to execute, deliver and perform each of the Financing Documents to which it is or is intended to be a party and each Financing Party agrees to be bound by all of the agreements of the Facility Agent contained in the Financing Documents.

 

62


(b) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Financing Document, the Facility Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Documents, nor shall the Facility Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Financing Document or otherwise exist against the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall not be bound to account to any other Financing Party for any sum or profit element of any sum received for its own account. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “Facility Agent” in this Agreement with reference to the Facility Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only a relationship between independent contracting parties.

8.2 Delegation of Duties . The Facility Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Financing Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel or other experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Facility Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects with care expected of a prudent person.

8.3 Liability of the Facility Agent . The Facility Agent and any other Agent-Related Persons shall not (a) be liable (including for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for any action taken or omitted to be taken or for any loss or injury resulting from their actions or their performance or lack of performance of their duties under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (b) be responsible in any manner to any of the other Secured Parties or any other Person for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower, or any officer thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Facility Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or for the value of or title to any Collateral, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or for any failure of the Borrower or any other party to any Transaction Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct). The Facility Agent and any other Agent-Related Person shall not be under any obligation to any Secured Party to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or to inspect the Properties, books or records of the Borrower, any Sponsor, any other holder of equity interests in the Borrower or any Affiliate of such Person. In no event shall the Facility Agent be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving), even if the Facility Agent has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

63


8.4 Reliance by the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely, and shall not be liable for any act (or omission) in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, written statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (a) if such action would, in the opinion of the Facility Agent (upon consultation with counsel) be contrary to applicable Law or regulation or breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality or the terms of any Financing Document, (b) if such action is not specifically provided for in the Financing Documents to which the Facility Agent is a party, and it shall not have received such advice or concurrence of the Majority Lenders as it deems appropriate, (c) if in connection with the taking of any such action that would constitute the making of a payment due under any Project Document pursuant to the terms of any Consent Agreement, it shall not first have received from any or all of the other relevant Secured Parties funds equal to the amount of such payment, or (d) unless, if it so requests, the Facility Agent shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Facility Agent in all cases shall not be liable for any act (or omission) in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Majority Lenders and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the relevant Secured Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless a contrary indication appears in the Financing Documents, the Facility Agent shall act in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders, shall have the right at any time to seek instructions from the Majority Lenders, and shall not be liable for any act (or omission) if the Facility Agent acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders. The obligations of the Agents under this Agreement are several and not joint.

8.5 Notice of Default. The Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees of which it is aware and which are required to be paid to the Facility Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Facility Agent shall have received written notice from any of the Financing Parties or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default.” If the Facility Agent receives any such notice of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, it shall give notice thereof to the other Financing Parties. The Facility Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Majority Lenders in accordance with this Section 8 ; provided , however , that unless and until the Facility Agent has received any such request, the Facility Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

8.6 Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that the Facility Agent and the other Agent-Related Persons have not made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by the Facility Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the Project or of the affairs of the Borrower or the Sponsors, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Facility Agent or the other Agent-Related Persons to any such Lender. Each Lender represents to the Facility Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Facility Agent or the other Agent-Related Persons and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, Property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Sponsors, their Affiliates, the Project, the value of and title to any Collateral, and all applicable bank regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Financing Document and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Facility Agent or the other Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, Property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower or any of the Sponsors and the Project. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required pursuant to any Financing Document to be furnished to the Lenders by the Facility Agent, the Facility Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, Property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of the Project or of the Borrower or the Sponsors which may come into the possession of the Facility Agent or any of the other Agent-Related Persons.

 

64


8.7 Indemnification of the Facility Agent . (a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each of the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the Facility Agent and the other Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), pro rata in accordance with the Combined Exposure held by such Lender, from and against any and all claims, expenses, obligations, duly documented costs, losses or liabilities, losses, damages, injuries (to person, property or natural resources), penalties, stamp or other similar taxes, actions, suits, judgments, reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) of whatever kind or nature regardless of their merit, demanded, asserted, or claimed against the Facility Agent directly or indirectly related to its role as Facility Agent, including without limitation all reasonable costs associated with claims for damages to Persons or property, and reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses and court costs; provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to the Facility Agent or the other Agent-Related Persons of any portion of such costs, losses or liabilities resulting solely from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(b) Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Facility Agent upon demand for its ratable share as provided above of any expenses reimbursable to the Facility Agent by the Borrower under Section 9.1 , to the extent that the Facility Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower. No provision of this Agreement, nor any document related hereto, shall require the Facility Agent to take any action that it reasonably believes to be contrary to applicable law or to expend or risk their own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(c) The undertakings of the Lenders in this Section 8.7 shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder, the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or replacement of the Facility Agent.

8.8 Facility Agent in its Individual Capacity . The Facility Agent and its Affiliates may become a Lender, or acquire any interest in, any Commitment with the same rights that it or they would have if the Facility Agent were not appointed hereunder, and may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Borrower and may act on, or as depositary, trustee or agent for, the Lenders or in connection with any other obligations of the Borrower as freely as if the Facility Agent were not appointed hereunder.

 

65


8.9 Successor Agents. (a) Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor as provided below, (i) the Facility Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ notice thereof to the other Financing Parties and the Borrower, and (ii) the Facility Agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Majority Lenders following notice thereof to the other Financing Parties and, unless a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, consultation with the Borrower. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Majority Lenders shall, following consultation with the Borrower, unless a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case no such consultation shall be required, have the right to appoint a successor to the Facility Agent and shall use all reasonable efforts to appoint a Lender as such successor. If no successor Facility Agent shall have been appointed by such Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the resigning Facility Agent’s giving of notice of resignation or the giving of any notice of removal of the Facility Agent, then such resigning or removed Facility Agent may, following consultation with the Borrower unless a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case no such consultation shall be required, appoint its successor. The resignation or removal of the Facility Agent and the appointment of any successor thereto shall become effective only when the successor (x) notifies all other parties hereto that it accepts its appointment and (y) delivers a Secured Party Accession Agreement under which it agrees, inter alia , to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement. Upon satisfaction of the conditions set out in the preceding sentence, such successor Facility Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such resigning or removed Facility Agent and such resigning or removed Facility Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Documents. Upon the appointment of the successor Facility Agent, such successor shall promptly notify the Lenders as to the fees that such successor Facility Agent will charge for its services as such.

(b) After the Facility Agent’s resignation or removal, the provisions hereto of this Section 8 and of Sections 9.1 and 9.2 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was a Facility Agent. The parties hereto hereby agree that transfer of any rights of the Facility Agent hereunder does not imply novation of any Loan. Any Person: (i) into which the Facility Agent is a party may be merged or consolidated or (ii) that may result from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Facility Agent shall (if the Facility Agent is not the surviving entity) be the successor of the Facility Agent without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

8.10 Registry. The Borrower hereby designates the Facility Agent, and the Facility Agent agrees, to serve as the Borrower’s agent, solely for purposes of this Section 8.10 , to maintain a register at one of its offices in New York (the “ Register ”) on which it will record the Commitments from time to time of each of the Lenders, the Loans made by each of the Lenders and each repayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans of each Lender. Failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation shall not affect the Borrower’s obligations in respect of such Loans. With respect to any Lender, the transfer of the Commitment of such Lender and the rights to the principal of, and interest on, any Loan made pursuant to such Commitment shall not be effective until such transfer is recorded on the Register maintained by the Facility Agent with respect to ownership of such Commitment and Loans, and prior to such recordation all amounts owing to the transferor with respect to such Commitment and Loans shall remain owing to the transferor. The registration of an assignment or transfer of all or part of any Commitment and Loans shall be recorded by the Facility Agent on the Register only upon the acceptance by the Facility Agent of a properly executed and delivered Transfer Certificate pursuant to Section 9.13 . The Facility Agent may treat the Lender in whose name a Commitment is registered as the Lender of such Commitment for all purposes whether amounts with respect to such Commitment be owing or in default and the Facility Agent shall not be affected by notice to the contrary except as required by applicable Law.

8.11 Force Majeure . The Facility Agent shall not incur any liability for not performing any act or fulfilling any duty, obligation or responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of the Facility Agent (including but not limited to any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, any act of God or war, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, any act of terrorism, or the unavailability of the United States Federal Reserve Bank, the European Central Bank or any other federal reserve or central bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility).

8.12 Deductions from Amounts Payable by the Facility Agent . If any party hereto owes an amount to a Facility Agent under the Financing Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to such party, deduct an amount not exceeding the amount so owed from any payment to that party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Financing Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed to the Facility Agent. For the purpose of the Financing Documents, such party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

66


Section 9. Miscellaneous

9.1 Costs and Expenses. The Borrower shall, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated and whether or not any of the following are incurred before or after the Closing Date, pay, within ten (10) Business Days after demand and receipt of documentation in respect thereof (to the extent applicable), (a) all reasonable and documented costs and expenses of the Agents in connection with the preparation, execution, filing, recording and administration of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, and any other documents which may be delivered in connection herewith or therewith, including, without limitation, all reasonable engineers’, insurance and other consultants’ fees (including any such fees incurred in connection with the preparation of any report referred to herein and any inspections pursuant hereto) and all Attorney Costs (subject to the applicable terms of any written agreements between the Borrower and any such Person relating to such costs and expenses and to any specific limitation in this Agreement) provided that the incurring of any out-of-pocket expenses in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any other currency) shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and (b) all costs and expenses incurred by any Secured Party (including Attorney Costs) in connection with (i) any and all amounts which any Secured Party has paid relative to curing any Default or Event of Default resulting from the acts or omissions of the Borrower under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (ii) the exercise, enforcement or attempted enforcement of, or the investigation or preservation of any rights or remedies under, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, including without limitation any retaking, holding, preparing for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on the Collateral or preserving the Collateral and the Security Interests or (iii) any amendment, waiver or consent requested by the Borrower with respect to any provision contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. The parties acknowledge and agree that the caption with respect to Austrian stamp duty on the first page of this Agreement is for information purposes only and does not limit any rights or remedies of the Secured Parties under the Financing Documents, including but not limited to this Section 9.1 , Section 2.7(g) or applicable Law.

9.2 Indemnity . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated:

(a) The Borrower shall pay, indemnify, and hold each Secured Party and each of its respective officers, directors, employees, counsel, agents, advisers and attorneys-in-fact and Affiliates and the respective successors and assigns of Secured Parties and their Affiliates (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses or disbursements (including Attorney Costs) which may at any time (including at any time following repayment of the Loans or the termination, resignation or replacement of any Secured Party) be incurred by them in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the Loans, or the use of the proceeds thereof, including any investigation, litigation or proceeding (including any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar proceeding or appellate proceeding) related thereto, whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided , that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person provided further that, without limitation to the obligations of the Borrower under this Section 9.2 , each Secured Party shall provide written notice to the Borrower promptly upon the incurrence of any Indemnified Liabilities. For the avoidance of doubt, the indemnity above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person relating to the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby in any jurisdiction arising or asserted under or in connection with any Law relating to safety at sea, the International Safety Management (ISM) Code, any Environmental Law, any Sanctions Laws or any Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The Borrower shall also, within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Indemnified Person against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of any claim, action, civil penalty or fine against, any settlement, and any other kind of loss or liability, and all reasonable costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by such Indemnified Person as a result of conduct of the Borrower or any of its partners, directors, officers, employees, agents or advisors, that violates any Sanctions Laws or any Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

 

67


(b) Environmental Indemnity . (i) Without in any way limiting the generality of the other provisions contained in this Section 9.2 , the Borrower agrees to defend, protect, indemnify, save and hold harmless each Indemnified Person, whether as beneficiary of any of the Security Documents, as a mortgagee in possession, or as successor-in-interest to the Borrower by foreclosure deed or deed in lieu of foreclosure, or otherwise, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, fees, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, disbursements (including, without limitation, Attorney Costs and reasonable and duly documented consultants’ fees and disbursements) and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever that may at any time be incurred by, imposed on, asserted or awarded against any such Indemnified Person directly or indirectly based on, or arising out of or resulting from, (A) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials on, in, under or affecting all or any portion of the Facilities whether or not the same originates or emanates from the Facilities or from properties at which any Hazardous Materials generated, stored or handled by the Borrower were Released or disposed of, or (B) any Environmental and Social Claim relating to the Project (the “ Indemnified Matters ”), whether any of the Indemnified Matters arise before or after foreclosure of any of the Security Interests or other taking of title to all or any portion of the Collateral by any Secured Party, including, without limitation, (x) the costs of removal of any and all Hazardous Materials from all or any portion of the Facilities, (y) additional costs required to take reasonable precautions to protect against the Release of Hazardous Materials on, in, under or affecting the Facilities into the air, any body of water, any other public domain or any surrounding areas, and (z) costs incurred to comply, in connection with all or any portion of the Facilities, with all applicable Environmental and Labour Laws with respect to Hazardous Materials, provided that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Matters arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person and provided further that, without limitation to the obligations of the Borrower under this Section 9.2 , each Secured Party shall provide written notice to the Borrower promptly after the occurrence of any Indemnified Matters.

(ii) In no event shall any site visit, observation, or testing by any Indemnified Person (or any representative of any such Person) be deemed to be a representation or warranty that Hazardous Materials are or are not present with respect to the Facilities or that there has been or shall be compliance with any Environmental and Labour Law. Neither the Borrower nor any other Person is entitled to rely on any site visit, observation, or testing by any Indemnified Person. No Indemnified Person owes any duty of care to protect the Borrower or any other Person against, or to inform the Borrower or any other Person of, any Hazardous Materials or any other adverse condition affecting the Project. No Indemnified Person shall be obligated to disclose to the Borrower or any other Person any report or findings made as a result of, or in connection with, any site visit, observation, or testing by any Indemnified Person.

 

68


(c) Survival; Defense. The obligations in this Section 9.2 shall survive any termination of any Transaction Document and the payment of the Loans and all other Obligations and the resignation and removal of the Facility Agent. At the election of any Indemnified Person, the Borrower’s indemnification obligations under this Section 9.2 shall include the obligation to defend such Indemnified Person using legal counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person (acting reasonably), at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower provided that such costs have been reasonably incurred and duly documented. All amounts owing under this Section 9.2 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after demand and receipt of documentation in respect thereof.

(d) Contribution. To the extent that any undertaking in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9.2 may be unenforceable because it violates any Law or public policy, the Borrower will contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable Law to the payment and satisfaction of such undertaking.

(e) Settlement. So long as the Borrower is in compliance with its obligations under this Section 9.2 , the Borrower shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person under this Section 9.2 for any settlement made by such Indemnified Person without the Borrower’s consent.

9.3 Notices; Disclosure . (a) All notices, requests and demands to or upon the parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including electronic mail (unless a party notifies the other parties hereto that it will not accept electronic mail as notice hereunder)) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (i) in the case of delivery by hand or express courier, upon delivery to or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee, (ii) in the case of delivery by mail, three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the mails, postage prepaid, or (iii) in the case of electronic mail, when actually received and in readable form with receipt electronically confirmed, addressed to the relevant party at its address specified for notices on Annex III or to such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto; provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon any Financing Party for a Loan or any payment or prepayment thereof shall not be effective until received by such Financing Party.

(b) All notices, requests and other communications hereunder and under the other Financing Documents shall be in the English language.

(c) The Borrower hereby consents to each Lender, its officers and agents disclosing information relating to the Borrower in connection with the Project, including but not limited to details of this Agreement and the Collateral, (i) to any Lender Member (as defined below) and its representatives in any jurisdiction (together with the Lender, the “ Permitted Parties ”) provided that each Lender requires each other Permitted Party to be bound by a duty of confidentiality equivalent to the duty of confidentiality owed by each Lender to the Borrower and the Sponsors; (ii) to professional advisers, insurers or insurance brokers and service providers of the Permitted Parties who are under a duty of confidentiality to the Permitted Parties; (iii) to any actual or potential assignee, novatee, transferee, participant or sub-participant in relation to any of the Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (or any agent or adviser of any of the foregoing) for the purposes of evaluating a potential assignment or participation under this Agreement, provided that each Lender requires such potential assignee, novatee, transferee, participant or sub-participant (or any agent or adviser of any of the foregoing) to be bound by a duty of confidentiality equivalent to the duty of confidentiality owed by each Lender to the Borrower and the Sponsors; (iv) to any rating agency to enable it to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Sponsors or any Affiliate thereof, provided that such rating agency is bound by a duty of confidentiality; (v) to any direct or indirect provider of credit protection to any Permitted Party for the purposes of obtaining or maintaining any such credit protection, provided that such provider is bound by a duty of confidentiality; (vi) as required by any law or as required or requested by any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over any of the Permitted Parties; and (vii) to the extent that such information becomes publicly available other than by reason of disclosure by such Lender in violation of this Section 9.3(c) ). Each Lender shall notify the Borrower of any disclosure made under this Section 9.3(c) (other than to a Permitted Party) as soon as reasonably possible thereafter together with reasonable details of the reason for such disclosure, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law. For purposes of this Section 9.3(c) : (A) “ Affiliate ” means, in relation to a company, (x) its Subsidiary, (y) its Holding Company; or (z) any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company (including head offices and branches of any Person referred to in (x), (y) or (z)); (B) “ Lender Member ” means each Lender and its Affiliates (including branches); and (C) “ Holding Company ” means, in relation to a company, a company in respect of which the first named company is a Subsidiary.

 

69


9.4 Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. The Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents without the prior written consent of each Lender.

9.5 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay on the part of any of the Secured Parties in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Financing Document and no course of dealing between the Borrower and any Secured Party shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Financing Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. No notice to or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of any Secured Party to take any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand. All remedies, either under this Agreement or any other Financing Document or pursuant to any applicable Law or otherwise afforded to any Secured Party shall be cumulative and not alternative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law.

9.6 No Third Party Beneficiaries . The agreement of each Lender to make extensions of credit to the Borrower on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the other Financing Documents is solely for the benefit of the Borrower, and no other Person (including any other Project Participant, or any contractor, sub-contractor, supplier, worker, carrier, warehouseman, materialman or vendor furnishing supplies, goods or services to or for the benefit of the Borrower or the Project or receiving services from the Project) shall have any rights hereunder against any Secured Party with respect to the Loans, the proceeds thereof or otherwise. Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Financing Document a person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any term of any Financing Document to the contrary, the consent of any person who is not a party to this Agreement is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

9.7 Reinstatement . To the extent that any Secured Party receives any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower, which payment or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to the Borrower or to its estate, trustee, receiver, custodian or any other party under any Bankruptcy Law or otherwise, then to the extent that any Secured Party is required to repay any such amount received, the obligation to which such payment initially related shall be reinstated by the amount so repaid and shall be included within the Obligations as of the date such initial payment occurred.

9.8 No Immunity. To the extent that the Borrower may be entitled, in any jurisdiction in which judicial proceedings may at any time be commenced with respect to this Agreement or any other Financing Document, to claim for itself or its revenues, assets or Properties any immunity from suit, the jurisdiction of any court, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, set-off, execution of a judgment or any other legal process, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to the Borrower such an immunity (whether or not claimed), the Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity to the fullest extent permitted by the Law of the applicable jurisdiction.

 

70


9.9 Judgment Currency . This is an international transaction in which the specification of Dollars and payment in New York City is of the essence, and the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and under the other Financing Documents to make payment to (or for the account of) each Secured Party in Dollars shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment expressed in or converted into any other currency or in another place except to the extent that such tender or recovery results in the effective receipt by such Secured Party in New York City of the full amount of Dollars payable to such Secured Party under the Financing Documents to which such Secured Party is a party. If for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in Dollars into another currency (for the purposes of this Section 9.9 , hereinafter the “ judgment currency ”), the rate of exchange which shall be applied shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures such Secured Party could purchase such Dollars at the exchange rate published at its principal office at 10:00 a.m. on that day in New York with the judgment currency on the Business Day next preceding the day on which such judgment is rendered. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to such Secured Party hereunder (in this Section 9.9 called an “ Entitled Person ”) shall, notwithstanding the rate of exchange actually applied in rendering such judgment, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following the receipt by such Entitled Person of any sum adjudged to be due hereunder in the judgment currency such Entitled Person may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase and transfer Dollars to New York City with the amount of the judgment currency so adjudged to be due; and the Borrower hereby, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, agrees to indemnify such Entitled Person on demand, in Dollars, for the amount (if any) by which the sum originally due to such Entitled Person in Dollars hereunder exceeds the amount of the Dollars so purchased and transferred with the judgment currency received.

9.10 Hedge Guarantors . If a Person providing, or which is intended to provide, a guaranty of the performance or obligations of the Borrower under any Required Hedging Agreement, including by providing collateral as security therefor (each such person, a “ Hedge Guarantor ”), is not an “eligible contract participant” within the meaning of Section 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act of the United States and the applicable rules issued by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission of the United States and/or the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States (collectively, and as now or hereafter in effect, the “ ECP Rules ”), at the time such guaranty was entered into, or intended to be entered into, and at such other times as are relevant for the ECP Rules, and to the extent that the providing of such guaranty by such Hedge Guarantor would violate the ECP Rules, the parties agree that, notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement or any other Financing Document to the contrary, (a) any such guaranty shall not be effective as to the obligations of the Borrower under any Required Hedging Agreement and such Person shall not be, or be deemed to be, a guarantor of the Borrower’s performance or obligations under such Required Hedging Agreement or in connection with any transaction thereunder, and (b) no Default or Event of Default shall occur because of any such failure to make such guaranty or provide any security as a result of the foregoing.

9.11 Counterparts; Providing Copies to Austrian Authorities and Courts . (a) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

(b) In the event that a party hereto is requested to provide any Austrian government authority or the courts of Austria with an uncertified copy of a Financing Document, upon request by such party the Facility Agent shall provide such uncertified copy and the other parties hereto shall not contest the conformity of such document with the original version.

 

71


9.12 Amendment or Waiver; Voting . (a) No provision of this Agreement or any other Financing Document may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived, except by a written instrument signed by the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders with such Majority Lenders’ written consent) and the Borrower (but only if the Borrower is a party thereto), and, to the extent that its rights or obligations may be affected thereby, the Agent or Agents party thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Total Commitment shall not constitute an increase of the Commitment of any Lender), without the prior written consent of such Lender, (ii) postpone or delay the Maturity Date, without the prior written consent of each Lender, or postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Financing Document for any payment of principal, interest or Fees due to any Financing Party hereunder or under any other Financing Document, without the prior written consent of such Financing Party, (iii) reduce any fee or premium payable to any Financing Party under any Financing Document or reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified in any Financing Document on any Loan of any Lender, without the prior written consent of such Financing Party or Lender, as the case may be, (iv) release, amend or modify all or substantially all of the Collateral except as shall be otherwise provided in any Security Document or other Financing Document or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower or any Sponsor of any of their respective obligations under this Agreement or any other Financing Document, without the prior written consent of each Lender, (v) amend, modify or waive any provision requiring pro rata payments to each Lender without the prior written consent of each Lender, (vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 9.12 or Sections 2.1(d) , 5.40 , 6.8 , 9.1 or 9.2 , without the prior written consent of each Lender, (vii) reduce the percentage specified in or otherwise amend the definition of Required Lenders or Majority Lenders, without the prior written consent of each Lender or otherwise reduce the number of Lenders required to approve any amendment, supplement, modification, consent or instruction, without the prior written consent of each Lender, (viii) change the currency in which any amount is payable without prior written consent of each Lender or (ix) extend the Availability Period without the prior written consent of each Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(b) Any waiver and any amendment, supplement or modification made or entered into in accordance with Section 9.12(a) shall be binding upon the Borrower and the Secured Parties.

(c) For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Unutilized Commitments, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or the Required Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Combined Exposure has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Financing Documents, the Combined Exposure of that Defaulting Lender will be reduced by the amount of its Unutilized Commitments. For the purposes of this paragraph (c), the Facility Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders (unless in it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Facility Agent) or the Facility Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender): (i) any Lender which has notified the Facility Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender and (ii) any Lender in relation to which the Facility Agent is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred.

 

72


(d) For so long as a Sponsor Affiliate (A) beneficially holds any Combined Exposure or (B) has entered into a participation agreement relating to any Combined Exposure or other agreement or arrangement having a substantially similar economic effect and such agreement or arrangement has not been terminated: (i) in ascertaining the Majority Lenders, Required Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Combined Exposure has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Financing Documents such Combined Exposure shall be deemed to be zero; and (ii) for the purposes of any consent, waiver, amendment or other vote requiring all Lenders’ consent, such Sponsor Affiliate or the person with whom it has entered into such participation, other agreement or arrangement shall be deemed not to be a Lender (unless in the case of a person not being a Sponsor Affiliate it is a Lender by virtue otherwise than by beneficially holding the relevant Combined Exposure).

9.13 Assignments, Participations, Etc. (a) Each Lender (an “ Existing Lender ”) may, at any time, (i) without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, assign any of its rights or transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations to all or any part of any Loan and the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder and under the other Financing Documents to an Affiliate of the Existing Lender or to another Lender (other than to a Defaulting Lender) and (ii) subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower (except when a Default or Event of Default is continuing), such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and which shall be deemed given five (5) Business Days following written request for such consent from the Existing Lender or the New Lender, assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents to another bank or financial institution which is an Eligible Lender (each, a “ New Lender ”); provided that (A) each such assignment or transfer by a Lender of its Loans or its Commitment shall be made in such a manner so that the same portion of such Lender’s (and of such Lender’s Affiliate’s) Loans, Commitment and any rights and obligations it may have under any Required Hedging Agreement to which such Lender (or any Affiliate of such Lender) is a party, is assigned or transferred to the New Lender (or, in the case of such Required Hedging Agreement, the New Lender or an Affiliate of such New Lender); (B) in the case of an assignment or transfer of any part of a Loan to any New Lender, such assignment or transfer shall not be for an amount less than $10,000,000; (C) the Borrower and the Agents may continue to deal solely and directly with the Existing Lender in connection with the interest so assigned or transferred until (1) written notice of such assignment or transfer, together with payment instructions, addresses and related information with respect to the New Lender, shall have been given to the Borrower and the Facility Agent by such Existing Lender and the New Lender, (2) the Existing Lender or the New Lender has paid to the Facility Agent a processing fee in the amount of $3,500, and (3) the Existing Lender shall have delivered to the Borrower and the Facility Agent a Transfer Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (a “ Transfer Certificate ”) with respect to such assignment or transfer; and (D) if as a result of circumstances existing at the date of such assignment or transfer, the Borrower would be required to make a payment to a New Lender in accordance with Section 2.9 or would be required to gross up any payments to a New Lender for or on account of any deduction or withholding for any taxes in accordance with Section 2.7 , then such New Lender would only be entitled to receive payment under those Sections to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been if the assignment or transfer had not occurred; provided that this clause (D) shall not apply if the assignment to the New Lender is (1) made while a Default or Event of Default is continuing or (2) required by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.13 .

(b) An assignment or transfer will only be effective on: (i) receipt by the Facility Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the Borrower, the other Financing Parties and the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it was an original Lender and (ii) the performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable Laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

73


(c) On the Transfer Date (as defined in the Transfer Certificate): (i) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Financing Documents each of the Borrower and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Financing Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Financing Documents shall be cancelled (being the “ Discharged Rights and Obligations ”); provided that any Lender that assigns or transfers all of its Commitment and Loans hereunder in accordance with Section 9.13(a) shall continue to have the benefit of indemnification provisions under this Agreement (including Sections 2.7 , 2.9 , 2.10 , 9.1 and 9.2 ), which shall survive as to such transferring Lender; (ii) each of the Borrower, the Sponsors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the Borrower, the Sponsors and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Borrower, the Sponsors and the Existing Lender; (iii) the Agents, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer provided , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

(d) (i) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for: (A) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents or any other documents; (B) the financial condition of the Borrower, the Shareholders, the General Partner, the Operator or the Sponsors; (C) the performance and observance by the Borrower, the Shareholders, the General Partner, the Operator, the Sponsors or any other party to any of the Transaction Documents of their obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents or (D) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document, and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

(ii) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender, the other Financing Parties and the Secured Parties that it: (A) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each of the Borrower, the Shareholders, the General Partner, the Operator or the Sponsors and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Financing Party in connection with any Transaction Document and (B) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each of the Borrower, the Shareholders, the General Partner, the Operator or the Sponsors and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Financing Documents or any Commitment is in force.

(iii) Nothing in any Financing Document obliges an Existing Lender to (A) accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Section 9.13 or (B) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by the Borrower, the Shareholders, the General Partner, the Operator or the Sponsors of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.

 

74


(e) Any Existing Lender may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks or other Persons not Affiliates of the Borrower (a “ Participant ”) participating interests in any Loans; provided , however , that (i) the Existing Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Existing Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the Borrower and the Agents shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Existing Lender in connection with the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents, and (iv) no Lender shall transfer or grant any participating interest under which the Participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. In the case of any such participation, the Participant shall not have any rights under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents (the Participant’s rights against the Existing Lender in respect of such participation to be those set forth in the agreement executed by the Existing Lender in favor of the Participant relating thereto) and all amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to the contrary, any Lender may assign or pledge all or any portion of the Loans held by it as collateral security to any person, including, without limitation, any United States Federal Reserve Bank, the European Central Bank (if such Lender is incorporated in the jurisdiction which is a member of the European Union) or any other federal reserve or central bank in the jurisdiction of such Lender, provided that any payment in respect of such assigned or pledged Loans made by the Borrower to or for the account of the assigning or pledging Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall satisfy the Borrower’s obligations hereunder in respect to such assigned or pledged Loans to the extent of such payment. No such assignment or pledge shall release the assigning or pledging Lender from its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee or pledgee for such Lender as a party hereto.

9.14 Survival . All indemnities set forth herein, including, without limitation, Section 9.2 , shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any termination of any Transaction Document and the making and repayment of the Loans. In addition, each representation and warranty made or deemed to be made pursuant hereto shall survive the making of such representation and warranty, and no Lender shall be deemed to have waived, by reason of making any extension of credit, any Default or Event of Default which may arise by reason of such representation or warranty proving to have been false or misleading, notwithstanding that such Lender may have had notice or knowledge or reason to believe that such representation or warranty was false or misleading at the time such extension of credit was made.

9.15 Parallel Debt . (a) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Collateral Agent amounts equal to any amounts owing by the Borrower to any of the Secured Parties under any Financing Document as and when, and in the currency in which, those amounts are due (the “ Parallel Debt ”); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the aggregate amount owed by the Borrower under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Financing Document (including in connection with the Parallel Debt or otherwise) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the Obligations. Following this, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any of the Financing Documents, each party agrees that the Collateral Agent shall be the joint and several creditor ( Gesamtgläubiger ) (together with each Secured Party (other than the Collateral Agent)) of each and every obligation of the Borrower towards each of the Secured Parties (other than the Collateral Agent) under any of the Financing Documents, and that accordingly the Collateral Agent will have its own independent right to demand performance by the Borrower of those obligations.

 

75


(b) The Borrower and the Collateral Agent acknowledge that the obligations of the Borrower under paragraph (a) above are several and are separate and independent from the Obligations, and that the Collateral shall also serve, and shall at all times be deemed to be granted according to the Security Documents, as collateral security for the Parallel Debt; provided that:

(i) Parallel Debt shall be decreased to the extent that its Obligations have been irrevocably paid or (in the case of any guaranties hereunder) discharged; and

(ii) the Obligations of the Borrower shall be decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably paid or discharged; and

(iii) the Parallel Debt of the Borrower shall not exceed its Obligations.

(c) The Collateral Agent shall hold the claims against the Borrower under the Parallel Debt structure under this Section 9.15 as trustee for the Secured Parties in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall distribute any amounts received under the Parallel Debt claims among the Secured Parties in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) All monies received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 9.15 and all amounts received by the Collateral Agent from or by the enforcement of any Collateral granted to secure the Parallel Debt, shall be applied in accordance with the Accounts Agreement.

9.16 Right of Set-Off . (a) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Financing Parties provided by Law, each Financing Party shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower or any of the other Financing Parties (any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower and the other Financing Parties), during the existence of an Event of Default or upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Financing Party or any branch, agency or subsidiary thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each of the Financing Parties agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the other Financing Parties after any such set-off and application made by such Financing Party; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application; provided further , that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Facility Agent for further application first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Facility Agent hereunder; second , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Facility Agent, and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Facility Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Facility Agent and the Borrower a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff.

(b) Upon the occurrence of any payment default by a Required Hedge Provider under any Required Hedging Agreement, the Borrower is hereby authorized, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind to any Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and apply amounts due and payable by the Borrower under this Agreement to such Required Hedge Provider in its capacity as Lender (or to a Lender which is an Affiliate, the Nominated Affiliate or an Affiliate of the Nominated Affiliate (as such term is defined in the ISDA Master Agreement and Schedule to the relevant Required Hedging Agreement) of such Required Hedge Provider) to such defaulted payment amount.

 

76


9.17 Severability . Any provision hereof which is or becomes illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and without affecting the validity or enforceability of any provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.18 , if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Facility Agent, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

9.18 Domicile of Loans . Each Lender may transfer and carry its Loans at, to or for the account of any office of such Lender; provided , that the Borrower shall not be responsible for costs arising under Sections 2.7 , 2.9 or 2.10 resulting from any such transfer to the extent such costs would not otherwise be applicable to such Lender in the absence of such transfer.

9.19 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . (a) This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

(b) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement ) (a “ Dispute ”).

(c) The parties hereto agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no party hereto will argue to the contrary.

(d) This Section 9.19 is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only. As a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

(e) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrower: (i) irrevocably appoints NCR National Corporate Research (UK) Limited with offices currently located at 7 Welbeck Street, London W1G 9YE, England as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Financing Document and (ii) agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned. If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrower must immediately (and in any event within five (5) Business Days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.

(f) To the extent that a Secured Party elects to commence proceedings against the Borrower in the courts of Brazil in connection with this Agreement, for the purposes of Section 585, §2nd of the Brazilian Code of Civil Procedure, the Borrower recognizes that this Agreement was legally and validly executed and delivered pursuant to its governing law and that certain obligations set forth herein are to be performed in or from Brazil.

9.20 Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the other Financing Documents represent the final and complete agreement of the parties hereto, and all prior negotiations, representations, understandings, writings and statements of any nature are hereby superseded in their entirety by the terms of this Agreement and the other Financing Documents.

 

77


9.21 Patriot Act . Each of the Financing Parties subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001) as the same may be amended from time to time) (the “ Act ”), hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the Act it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow the Financing Parties to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Affiliates to, provide, to the extent commercially reasonable, such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by any Financing Party to maintain compliance with the Act.

9.22 English Language. This Agreement and all other Financing Documents shall be in the English language, except as required by Brazilian law (in which event certified English translations thereof shall be provided by the Borrower to the Facility Agent). All documents, certificates, reports or notices to be delivered or communications to be given or made by any party hereto pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Financing Document shall be in the English language or, if originally written in another language, shall be accompanied by an accurate English translation upon which the parties hereto shall have the right to rely for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Financing Documents.

9.23 Place of Performance. The parties agree that the exclusive place of performance ( Erfüllungsort ) for all rights and obligations under this Agreement as well as under any Financing Document shall be at the registered office of the Facility Agent in New York or any other place reasonably designated by the Facility Agent but in any case a place outside the Republic of Austria, which in particular, but without limitation, means that the payment of all amounts, if any, under this Agreement as well as under any Financing Document must be made from and to, respectively, a bank account outside the Republic of Austria. It is expressly agreed between the parties hereto that any such performance within the Republic of Austria will not establish Austria as the place of performance and shall be deemed not effective with respect to any party hereto. Further, the parties hereto agree that the fulfillment of any contractual obligation under this Agreement as well as under any Financing Document within the Republic of Austria does not result in a discharge of debt.

9.24 Acknowledgment of Appointment of Collateral Agent and Accounts Banks. Each of the Lenders expressly acknowledges the appointment of the Collateral Agent and the Accounts Banks as its agents on the terms set out in the Accounts Agreement.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

78


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

OOGTK LIBRA GMBH & CO KG
By:   LOGO
  Name: JORGE LUIZ UCHOA MITIDIERI
  Title: ATTORNEY IN FACT

 

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

[ Signature Page to Libra FPSO Credit Agreement ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

OOGTK LIBRA GMBH & CO KG
By:   LOGO
  Name: Edith Robinson
  Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Libra FPSO Credit Agreement ]


ABN AMRO BANK N.V.
By:   LOGO
  Name: Hendricus Petrus Maria Torken
  Title: ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

 

By:   LOGO
  Name: Nicolau Nardi
  Title: ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
  RG: 24.175.264-4 (SSP-SP)
  CPF: 132.346.288-07

[ Signature Page to Libra FPSO Credit Agreement ]


CITIBANK, N.A.
By:   LOGO
  Name: NASSER A MALIK
  Title: VICE PRESIDENT

[ Signature Page to Libra FPSO Credit Agreement ]


 

DNB CAPITAL LLC
By:   LOGO
  Name: Giovani Loss
  Title: ATTORNEY IN FACT

[ Signature Page to Libra FPSO Credit Agreement ]


 

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Lender

By:   LOGO
  Name: Giovani Loss
  Title: ATTORNEY IN FACT

[ Signature Page to Libra FPSO Credit Agreement ]


 

ING CAPITAL LLC
By:   LOGO
  Name: Giovani Loss
  Title: ATTORNEY IN FACT

[ Signature Page to Libra FPSO Credit Agreement ]


NATIXIS, NEW YORK BRANCH
By:   LOGO
  Name: Pablo Sorj
  Title: ATTORNEY IN FACT

[ Signature Page to Libra FPSO Credit Agreement ]


SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION
By:   LOGO
  Name: Giovani Loss
  Title: ATTORNEY IN FACT

[ Signature Page to Libra FPSO Credit Agreement ]


HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Facility Agent

By:   LOGO
  Name: Giovani Loss
  Title: ATTORNEY IN FACT

[ Signature Page to Libra FPSO Credit Agreement ]


HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent

By:   LOGO
  Name: Giovani Loss
  Title: ATTORNEY IN FACT

[ Signature Page to Libra FPSO Credit Agreement ]


APPENDIX A

to

Credit Agreement

DEFINED TERMS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION

1. Defined Terms .

ABS ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(g)(ii) .

Acceptable Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Acceptance Tests ” shall mean the tests under the EPC Contract, including the test provided under Article 8 of the EPC Contract and under the Specifications.

Accounting Principles ” shall mean IFRS, provided that the Borrower shall be permitted to make a one-time change from IFRS to U.S. GAAP, so long as, upon such one-time change, the Borrower restates all financial statements, for the fiscal period which concluded prior to the date of such change, in the new Accounting Principles method selected.

Accounts Agreement ” shall mean the Collateral and Accounts Agreement entered into or to be entered into among the Borrower, the Operator, the Management Services Providers, the Facility Agent, the Offshore Accounts Bank, the Onshore Accounts Bank and the Collateral Agent.

Accounts Banks ” shall mean the Offshore Accounts Bank and the Onshore Accounts Bank.

Accrued Construction Period Interest ” shall mean the amount of Interest Expenses payable on an Interest Payment Date occurring within one hundred and twenty days after the end of the Availability Period.

Act ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.21 .

Additional Project Document ” shall mean any contract or agreement relating to the development, engineering, procurement, conversion, construction, testing, ownership, operation, maintenance, repair, financing or use of the Facilities entered into by the Borrower with any other Person subsequent to the date hereof (including any contract(s) or agreement(s) entered into in substitution for any Project Document that has been terminated in accordance with its terms or otherwise), other than any Permitted Purchase Agreement not exceeding five million Dollars ($5,000,000).

Advance Working Capital Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.3(c) .

Advance Working Capital Disbursement ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.3(c).

Advance Working Capital Expenses ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.3(c) .

Advisory Board ” shall have the meaning provided in the Equity Support Deed.

Affected Property ” shall mean, with respect to any Event of Loss (other than a FPSO Loss Event), the Property of the Borrower lost, destroyed, damaged, condemned (including, without limitation, through a Taking) or otherwise taken as a result of such Event of Loss.

 

A-1


Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person or any Person who is a limited or general partner of such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 50% or more of the securities of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

Agent-Related Persons ” shall mean the Facility Agent and any successor Facility Agent appointed pursuant to Section 8.9 , together with their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives, attorneys, agents and Affiliates.

Agents ” shall mean, collectively, the Facility Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Offshore Accounts Bank and the Onshore Accounts Bank.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble.

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (Pub. L. No. 95-213, §§101-104), as amended from time to time; the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010, as amended from time to time; the Brazilian Anti-Corruption Act 12,846/2013, as amended from time to time; and any other applicable Law relating to bribery, kick-backs, or similar business practices, including without limitation the following laws of Brazil, as amended from time to time: Law No. 8,666/1993, Decree-law No. 2,848/1940), Law No. 9,613/1998, Law No. 8,137/1990 and Law No. 12,850/2013.

Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” means the Act; the US Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time; the US Bank Secrecy Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time; the Brazilian Federal Law No. 12,846, as of August 1 st , 2013, as amended from time to time; Brazilian Federal Law No. 9,613, as of March 3, 1998, as amended from time to time and corresponding laws of (a) the European Union designed to combat money laundering and terrorist financing and (b) jurisdictions in which the Borrower operates or in which the proceeds of the Facility will be used or from which repayments of the Obligations will be derived.

Applicable Lending Office ” shall mean, for each Lender, the “Lending Office” of such Lender (or of an Affiliate thereof) designated in Annex II or such other office of such Lender (or of an Affiliate thereof) as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Facility Agent and the Borrower by written notice in accordance with the terms hereof as the office by which its Loans are to be made and maintained.

Applicable Margin ” shall mean: means (a) 2.65%  per annum from (and including) the Effective Date until (but excluding) the Commercial Operation Date; (b) 2.50%  per annum from (and including) the Commercial Operation Date.

Appraisal ” shall mean a written appraisal by an Independent Appraiser of the fair market value of the FPSO on a charter free basis.

Asset Maintenance Agreement ” shall mean the Asset Maintenance Agreement between the Borrower and the Operator for the management of the operational phase of the FPSO, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2 .

Attorney Costs ” shall mean all fees and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel, which shall be reasonable and duly evidenced except in connection with the exercise, enforcement or attempted enforcement of, or the investigation or preservation of any rights or remedies under, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document including without limitation any retaking, holding, preparing for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on the Collateral or preserving the Collateral and the Security Interests.

 

A-2


Austrian Partnership Interest Pledge Agreement ” shall mean the pledge agreement, governed by the laws of Austria, entered into or to be entered into among the Shareholders, the General Partner and the Collateral Agent in respect of the Equity Interests in the Borrower.

Austrian Share Pledge Agreement ” shall mean the pledge agreement, governed by the laws of Austria, entered into or to be entered into among the Shareholders and the Collateral Agent in respect of the Equity Interests in the General Partner.

Authorized Officer ” shall mean (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation or a limited liability company, the Chairman, President, Manager, Managing Member, any Vice President, any Executive Officer or Secretary of such Person and any other Person that is duly appointed to act on behalf of such Person as an attorney-in-fact and (ii) with respect to any Person that is a partnership, the President, any Vice President or Secretary (or Assistant Secretary) of a general partner or managing partner of such Person, in each case whose name appears on a certificate of incumbency of such Person delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, as such certificate may be amended from time to time.

Availability Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the earliest to occur of (i) the full utilization or termination of the Commitments, (ii) the date falling two (2) months after the Commercial Operation Date, (iii) the Project Completion Date, and (iv) the date falling 30 days prior to the First Repayment Date.

Balloon Amount ” shall mean the “Balloon amount” set forth in Part 1 of Appendix B .

Bankruptcy Law ” shall mean any Law of any jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, moratorium, winding-up or composition or readjustment of debts or any similar Law.

Base Case Projections ” shall mean a projection of operating results for the Project over a period ending no sooner than the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Commercial Operation Date, (i) showing the Borrower’s reasonable good faith estimates, as of each relevant date, of revenue, operating expenses, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio required under Section 3.1(j) , and sources and uses of revenues over the forecast period and (ii) incorporating appropriate operating assumptions, which projections shall have been initially agreed by the Borrower and the Lenders prior to the Effective Date and shall be updated from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Base Equity Contributions ” shall have the meaning provided in the Equity Support Deed.

Basel III ” shall mean (a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring,” published by the Basel Committee in December 2010 and “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems,” published by the Basel Committee in December 2010 and revised in June 2011, each as amended; and (b) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee relating to “Basel III”.

Basel Committee ” shall mean the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.

Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble.

Borrower Completion Certificate ” shall mean a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 , dated the Project Completion Date, duly completed and signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

Borrower Dollar Account ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

 

A-3


Borrower Euro Account ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Borrowing ” shall mean the borrowing of Loans from the Lenders on a given date.

Brazil ” shall mean the Federative Republic of Brazil.

Brazilian Share Pledge Agreement ” shall mean the Quota Pledge Agreement, entered into or to be entered into between the Borrower, OOG-TKP Operator Holdings Limited, the Collateral Agent and, as intervening party, the Operator, with respect to the Equity Interests in the Operator.

Bridge Loan Agreement ” shall mean the Facility Letter dated October 24, 2014 between the Borrower, the Lenders, the Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Business Day ” shall mean:

(i) for the purposes of determining the Eurodollar Rate, a day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank market and on which banks are generally open for domestic and foreign exchange business in London (unless market practice differs in the London interbank market, in which case the quotation day for purposes of determining the Eurodollar Rate will be determined by the Facility Agent (on the instructions of the Required Lenders) in accordance with market practice in the London interbank market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London interbank market on more than one day, the quotation day will be the last of those days); and

(ii) for all other purposes, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks are open and not authorized to be closed for domestic and international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in New York, Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo.

Calculation Date ” shall mean any date occurring during the period commencing on a Quarter Date and ending on the date falling five (5) Business Days following such Quarter Date, the first Calculation Date occurring no less than six (6) months after the Commercial Operation Date.

Capex Budget ” shall mean the budget dated the Closing Date, prepared and certified as such by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, of all Capex Costs theretofore incurred and thereafter expected to be incurred by the Borrower on or prior to the Project Completion Date, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 5.20(b) .

Capex Costs ” shall mean Project Costs, other than financing costs including Eligible IDC and fees, payable from the Closing Date until the Commercial Operation Date.

Capital Adequacy Regulation ” shall mean any guideline, request, policy or directive of any central bank or comparable entity or any other Governmental Authority, or any other Law, whether or not having the force of law, in each case, regarding capital adequacy of any bank or of any corporation controlling a bank.

Capital Lease Obligations ” shall mean, for any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real or personal Property which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under the Accounting Principles and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with the Accounting Principles.

 

A-4


Cash Flow ” shall mean, for any period, the excess (if any) of

(i) Project Revenues of the type described in the definition of “Project Revenues” that are deposited into the Offshore Proceeds Account provided that , for the first two months following the Commercial Operation Date only, “Project Revenues” shall include the amount of any Advance Working Capital Disbursements and the related Equity Contributions required to satisfy the requirements of Section 3.2(e) (not to exceed the Advance Working Capital Amount) during such period, minus

(ii) the sum of (x) the aggregate amount transferred to the Onshore O&M Service Account and to the Borrower Dollar Account pursuant to the Accounts Agreement during such period and (y) taxes paid by the Borrower based on Project Revenues during such period.

Change of Control ” shall mean, at any time, (a) the Sponsors ceasing to jointly own, directly or indirectly, 50.1% or more of the Equity Interests in the Borrower; (b) Odebrecht S.A. ceasing to (i) have the right to elect a majority of the board of directors of the OOG Sponsor, whether through the ownership of voting rights, by contract or otherwise, (ii) own, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the Equity Interests in the OOG Sponsor or (iii) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the OOG Sponsor, whether through the ownership of voting rights, by contract or otherwise; (c) any person or group other than Odebrecht S.A. shall have acquired beneficial ownership or control of voting and/or economic interests in the Equity Interests of the OOG Sponsor in excess of those interests owned and controlled by Odebrecht S.A. at such time; (d) (i) where all management powers over the business and affairs of the Teekay Sponsor are vested exclusively in its general partner, (x) Teekay Corporation ceasing to own, directly or indirectly, a minimum of 50% of the voting rights in Teekay Offshore GP LLC or (y) Teekay Offshore GP LLC ceasing to be the general partner of the Teekay Sponsor or (ii) where all management powers over the business and affairs of the Teekay Sponsor are vested exclusively in a Board of Directors of the Teekay Sponsor, Teekay Corporation ceasing to be the holder, directly or indirectly, of a minimum of 50% of the voting rights to elect the members of that Board of Directors. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event all management powers over the business and affairs of the Teekay Sponsor are vested exclusively in a governing body or entity other than its general partner or its Board of Directors, then Teekay Corporation ceasing to be the holder, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting rights to elect the members of such governing body or entity shall constitute a Change of Control.

Change Order ” shall mean any adjustment or modification to the terms of the EPC Contract requested pursuant to Article 13 of the EPC Contract or any similar provision of any other Construction Contract.

Charter Agreement ” shall mean that certain Charter Agreement ( Contrato de Afretamento ) No. 0870.0092728.14.2, dated as of January 29, 2015, by and among the Borrower, Petrobras acting as the leader and operator of the Consortium, and the OOG Sponsor and Teekay Offshore Holdings LLC, as intervening parties, as supplemented by that certain letter dated as of January 30, 2015 executed by an Authorized Officer of Petrobras and addressed to the Borrower, and acknowledged and agreed to by the OOG Sponsor and Teekay Offshore Holdings LLC, with respect to certain clarifications under the Charter Agreement.

Closing Date ” shall mean the date upon which the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 (in so far as such conditions precedent are applicable to the initial Loans) have been satisfied (or waived or deferred by the appropriate Lenders in accordance with this Agreement) and the first Disbursement of the Loans is made.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Section references to the Code are to the Code as in effect at the date hereof and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

 

A-5


Collateral ” shall mean all Property that, in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents, is intended to be subject to any Security Interest.

Collateral Agent ” shall mean HSBC Bank USA, National Association, acting in its capacity as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties pursuant to the Accounts Agreement, and shall include any successor Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to the Accounts Agreement.

Combined Exposure ” shall mean, as of any date of calculation, the sum (calculated without duplication) of the following, to the extent the same is held by any Lender: (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Unutilized Commitments, subject to the provisions of Section 9.12(c) and Section 9.12(d) .

Commercial Operation Date ” shall mean the date on which the term of each of the Charter Agreement and the Services Agreement starts ( Início do Contrato ), in accordance with Clause 2.2 of each of the Charter Agreement and the Services Agreement.

Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.7(a) .

Commitments ” shall mean, as to any Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in the column entitled “Commitment” in Annex I hereto.

Compliance Letters ” means the Jurong Compliance Letter, the OOG Compliance Letter and the Teekay Compliance Letter.

Conditional Assignment of Contract ” shall mean the Agreement for Conditional Assignment of Contracts ( Acordo para Cessão Condicional de Contratos ) entered into or to be entered into among the Borrower, the Operator, the Collateral Agent.

Consent Agreement ” shall mean (i) with respect to Petrobras as the leader and operator of the Consortium, collectively, (x) the Termo de Ciência issued or to be issued by the Borrower, the Operator and the Collateral Agent and acknowledged and agreed by Petrobras, and (y) the Authorizations for Assignment of the Credit Rights entered into or to be entered into among the Borrower, the Operator, the Collateral Agent and Petrobras (it being understood that such documents shall be entered into by Petrobras for and on behalf of the Consortium) and (ii) with respect to the EPC Contractor, the EPC Parent Company Guarantor, the Management Services Providers, and each other Project Participant, the Notice of Assignment and Acknowledgement of Assignment in the applicable form attached to the Debenture, provided that with respect to any such other Project Participant, the execution of such Acknowledgement of Assignment shall only be required to the extent provided in the Debenture.

Consortium ” shall mean the Brazilian law consortium named “Consórcio Libra_P1” formed by the Original Consortium Members pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Contrato de Consórcio Libra_P1 dated November 18, 2013 by and among such parties.

Consortium Agreement ” shall mean that certain consortium agreement Libra_P1, related to the production sharing agreement No. 48610.011150/2013-10, executed on November 18, 2013 by and between the Original Consortium Members.

Consortium Member ” means each member from time to time party to the Consortium Agreement.

Construction Contracts ” shall mean the EPC Contract and the OFE Supply Contracts.

 

A-6


Construction Management Agreement ” shall mean the Construction Management Agreement to be entered into prior to the Closing Date between the Borrower and the Construction Manager relating to the Project, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 .

Construction Manager ” shall mean OOG-TKP Oil Services Ltd..

Construction Manager Costs ” shall mean amounts payable to the Construction Manager under the Construction Management Agreement.

Construction Milestones ” shall mean each of the milestones required to be achieved under the OFE Supply Contracts as a condition to payment to an OFE Supplier and the EPC Contract as set forth in Schedule 5.20 hereto.

Contingent Obligation ” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intending to guarantee any Indebtedness (not including item (vii) of the definition of Indebtedness) (the “ primary obligation ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.

Contract Price ” shall have the meaning provided in the EPC Contract.

Controlling Corporation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.9(b) .

Date Certain ” shall mean October 29, 2017.

Debenture ” shall mean the Debenture entered into or to be entered into between the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

Debt Service ” shall mean, for any period, the sum of (i) all amounts of principal scheduled ( i.e. , without having regard to any increase due to any amount of principal being paid or being required to be paid prior to its original scheduled due date (whether as a result of any prepayment (voluntary or otherwise) or any Event of Default) to be payable by the Borrower pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Financing Documents in respect of the Loans during such period, provided that, for purposes of calculation such amounts for the relevant period, (x) the Balloon Amount and the Deferral Amount shall be excluded and (y) the amount of principal scheduled to be payable on the first Principal Payment Date shall not exceed 1.82% of the total outstanding principal amount of the Loans, plus (ii) all amounts payable in respect of Interest Expense for such period.

Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, for the relevant period, the ratio of (i) Cash Flow for such period to (ii) Debt Service for such period; provided that, for purposes of determining Cash Flow for such calculation, any payment made by Petrobras under the Charter Agreement or the Services Agreement received in the month prior to the due date for such payment shall be deemed paid in the month when due.

Debt Service Priority ” shall have the meaning provided in Part 2 of Appendix B .

Debtor Relief Laws ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

 

A-7


Default ” shall mean any event or circumstance which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.6(b) .

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender: (a) which has failed to make its portion of a Loan available or has notified the Facility Agent that it will not make its portion of a Loan available by the Disbursement Date of that Loan in accordance with Section 2.5 ; (b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Financing Document; or (c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, unless, in the case of clause (a) above: (i) its failure to pay is caused by: (A) administrative or technical error; or (B) a Disruption Event; and payment is made within five (5) Business Days of its due date; or (ii) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Deferral Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Part 2 of Appendix B .

Deferral Amount Cash Sweep Period ” shall have the meaning provided Part 2 of Appendix B .

Deferral Payment Amounts ” shall have the meaning provided Part 2 of Appendix B .

Delay Liquidated Damages ” shall mean all delay liquidated damages payable under the EPC Contract.

Disbursement ” shall mean any disbursement of a Loan pursuant to this Agreement.

Disbursement Date ” shall mean the date specified in a Notice of Borrowing as the date on which a Disbursement of Loans is requested by the Borrower.

Discharged Rights and Obligations ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.13(c) .

Disclosed Change Orders ” means the Change Orders to be entered into pursuant to Article 13 of the EPC Contract in respect of certain refurbishment and conversion works, equipment and materials in connection thereto for the Vessel that have been determined will be required for the FPSO following the validation and verification of the Pre-Feed Engineering and the Company Rely-Upon Information.

Disposition ” shall mean any sale, transfer or other disposition by the Borrower to any Person of any Property other than cash or Permitted Investments.

Dispute ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.19(b) .

Disruption Event ” means either or both of: (a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with a Loan (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Financing Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the parties hereto; or (b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a party hereto preventing that, or any other party hereto (i) from performing its payment obligations under the Financing Documents; or (ii) from communicating with other parties in accordance with the terms of the Financing Documents, and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the party whose operations are disrupted.

 

A-8


Distributable Amount ” shall mean amounts deposited in the Offshore Distribution Holding Account from time to time that would be permitted, but for a Sponsor Cross-Default Event, to be transferred to the Offshore Distribution Account.

Distribution Date ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Distribution Confirmation ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Distributions ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.16 .

Dollar Equivalent ” shall mean, with respect to any monetary amount in Reais, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of Dollars obtained by converting the amount of Reais involved in such computation into Dollars at the spot rate at which Reais are offered for sale to the Offshore Accounts Bank against delivery of Dollars by the Offshore Accounts Bank at approximately 7:00 p.m. (São Paulo, Brazil time) on the date of determination thereof. If for any reason the Dollar Equivalent cannot be calculated as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, the Offshore Accounts Bank shall calculate the Dollar Equivalent on such basis as the Offshore Accounts Bank (acting reasonably) deems fair and equitable.

Dollars ” and the sign “ $ ” shall each mean the freely transferable, lawful currency of the United States.

Drawdown Schedule ” shall mean the expected schedule of Disbursements of the Loans to be made during the Availability Period, prepared by the Borrower and delivered on the Closing Date to the Facility Agent pursuant to Section 3.1(j) .

Early Termination Cash Sweep Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the date falling twenty-four (24) months prior to any Early Termination Date and ending on the Loan Termination Date.

Early Termination Date ” shall mean any early termination date notified to the Borrower or the Operator by Petrobras under Clause 2.7 of the Charter Agreement or Clause 2.7 of the Services Agreement.

ECP Rules ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.10 .

Effective Date ” shall mean the date of this Agreement.

Eligible IDC ” shall mean interest accruing on the Loans during the Availability Period.

Eligible Lenders ” shall mean a commercial bank or other financial institution (other than a Hedge Fund) with a credit rating in respect of its international long-term debt equal to at least BBB by Standard & Poor’s or Baa2 by Moody’s and, in addition, Itaú, Banco do Brasil, Banco Nacional de Desenvolvimento Econômico e Social (BNDES), Fundo da Marinha Mercante (FMM), Caixa Econômica Federal and Santander (Brasil).

Enforcement Action ” shall mean any action or proceeding against the Borrower, the Facilities or all or any part of the Collateral taken for the purpose of (i) enforcing the rights of any Secured Party under or in respect of the Collateral or the Security Documents, including, without limitation, the initiation of action in any court or before any administrative agency or governmental tribunal to enforce such rights, and any action to exercise any rights provided in Section 7.3 and (ii) adjudicating or seeking a judgment on a claim.

Entitled Person ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.9 .

 

A-9


Environmental and Labour Laws ” shall mean any and all Environmental Laws and any and all Labour Laws.

Environmental and Social Action Plan ” shall mean the plan developed by the Borrower setting out specific environmental and social measures to be undertaken in connection with the Project, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders, as such plan (i) may be updated from time to time to reflect actions taken, (ii) modified from time to time with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders), and (iii) modified from time to time to conform to changes in applicable Laws or imposed by the classification society.

Environmental and Social Claims ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, as the case may be, (i) any notice, claim, administrative, regulatory or judicial or equitable action, suit, Lien, judgment or demand by any other Person or (ii) any other written communication by any Governmental Authority, in either case alleging or asserting such Person’s liability for investigatory costs, clean-up costs, consultants’ fees, governmental response costs, damages to natural resources (including, without limitation, wetlands, wildlife, aquatic and terrestrial species and vegetation) or other Property, property damages, personal injuries, fines or penalties arising out of, based on or resulting from (x) the presence, or Release into the environment, of any Hazardous Material at any location, whether or not owned by such Person or (y) circumstances forming the basis of any violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental and Labour Law, the Equator Principles or any Governmental Approval issued under any Environmental and Labour Law.

Environmental and Social Governmental Approvals ” shall mean any Governmental Approval relating to environmental or social matters.

Environmental and Social Requirements ” means, collectively, Environmental and Labour Law, the applicable Equator Principles and the IFC Standards.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean any and all Laws, now or hereafter in effect, and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to the environment, human health or safety, or to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or toxic or hazardous substances or wastes into the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, or land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or toxic or hazardous substances or wastes.

EPC Contract ” shall mean that certain Contract for Vessel Refurbishment, Conversion, Topsides Fabrication, Integration and Completion of FPSO, dated as of October 4, 2014, by and between the EPC Contractor and the Borrower.

EPC Contractor ” shall mean Jurong Shipyard PTE Ltd, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Singapore.

EPC Parent Company Guarantor ” shall mean Sembcorp Marine Ltd, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Singapore.

EPC Performance Security Documents ” shall mean (i) that certain performance guarantee dated October 7, 2014 from the EPC Parent Company Guarantor in favor of the Borrower, (ii) that certain performance bond dated October 21, 2014 from DBS Bank Ltd in favor of the Borrower in an amount no less than ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price, and (iii) the EPC Warranty Guarantee.

EPC Punch List ” shall mean reasonable and typical minor punch list items that are pending completion in accordance with the EPC Contract.

 

A-10


EPC Warranty Guarantee ” shall mean that certain warranty guarantee to be delivered, under Article 3.5.4 of the EPC Contract, in favor of the Borrower in an amount no less than five percent (5%) of the Contract Price.

Equator Principles ” shall mean set of environmental guidelines developed by commercial banks and the International Finance Corporation for the purpose of assessing and managing environmental and social issues related to private-sector project financings, as adopted on June 4, 2013.

Equity Contributions ” shall have the meaning provided in the Equity Support Deed.

Equity Interests ” of any Person shall mean any and all interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participation or other equivalents of or interest in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any shares, quotas, common stock, preferred stock, any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest.

Equity Support Deed ” shall mean the Equity Support Deed, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, the Operator, the Sponsors, the Shareholders, the General Partner, the Facility Agent, the Offshore Accounts Bank and the Collateral Agent.

Eurodollar Rate ” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period in respect of a Loan, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders) to be the London interbank offered rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person which takes over the administration of that rate) for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Interest Determination Date for such Interest Period, and, in the event such applicable rate is less than zero (0), the Eurodollar Rate shall be deemed to be zero (0). If for any reason no such rate is available, the term “ Eurodollar Rate ” shall mean, for any Loan for any Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum determined by calculating the arithmetic mean of the offered rates, advised to the Facility Agent by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Interest Determination Date for such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period, for deposits in Dollars; provided that, if any Reference Bank is unable to or does not supply its offered rate to the Facility Agent, such Reference Bank shall be disregarded for purposes of such calculation; provided further that if under such circumstances, the Eurodollar Rate so calculated is less than zero (0), the Eurodollar Rate shall be deemed to be zero (0).

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.1 .

Event of Loss ” shall mean, with respect to any Property of the Borrower, any loss of, destruction of or damage to, or any condemnation (including, without limitation, a Taking) or other taking of, such Property.

Excluded Taxes ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.7(a).

Existing Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.13(a) .

Expected Shipyard Delivery Date ” shall mean October 23, 2016.

Expropriation Event ” shall mean (a) any condemnation, nationalization, seizure or expropriation by a Governmental Authority of all or a substantial portion of the Facilities or the Property or the assets of the Borrower or of its share capital, (b) any assumption by a Governmental Authority of control of all or a substantial portion of the Facilities or the Property, assets or business operations of the Borrower or of its share capital, (c) any taking of any action by a Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction for the dissolution or disestablishment of the Borrower or (d) any taking of any action by a Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction that would prevent the Borrower from carrying on its business or operations or a substantial part thereof.

 

A-11


Facilities ” shall mean the FPSO, all equipment relevant to the operation of the FPSO and other assets attached to the FPSO.

Facility Agent ” shall mean HSBC Bank USA, National Association, acting in its capacity as agent for the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement, and shall include any successor Facility Agent appointed pursuant to Section 8.9 .

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (as in effect on the date hereof), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any intergovernmental agreements (and related legislation or official administrative guidance) implementing the foregoing.

FATCA Deduction ” shall mean a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Financing Document required by FATCA.

FATCA Exempt Party ” shall mean a party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

FATCA Information ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.7(d)(i) .

Fee Letters ” shall mean, collectively, (i) that certain Fee Letter dated July 28, 2014, as amended on October 24, 2014, among the Sponsors, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., DNB Capital LLC, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, ING Capital LLC and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, (ii) that certain Fee Letter dated as of October 24, 2014, as amended on or about the Effective Date, among the Sponsors and Citigroup Global Markets Inc, (iii) that certain Fee Letter dated on or about the Effective Date, among the Sponsors, the Borrower and Natixis, New York Branch, and (iv) that certain Agency Fee Letter dated the Effective Date among the Facility Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Borrower.

Fees ” shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to or referred to in Section 6.7 .

Financing Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the following documents:

(i) this Agreement;

(ii) the Security Documents;

(iii) the Equity Support Deed;

(iv) the Payment Undertaking;

(v) the Required Hedging Agreements;

(vi) the Subordination Agreements;

(vii) the Fee Letters; and

(viii) each other deed, document, agreement or instrument which the Borrower and the Facility Agent agree to designate as a “ Financing Document ”.

Financing Parties ” shall mean the Lenders and the Agents.

First Repayment Date ” shall mean the date which is the earlier of (i) the third Business Day of the fourth month following the Commercial Operation Date and (ii) January 29, 2018, provided that if such day is not a Business Day, the First Repayment Date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.

 

A-12


FPSO ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first recital to this Agreement.

FPSO Loss Event ” shall mean all or substantially all of the FPSO shall be destroyed or suffer an actual or constructive loss.

FPSO Property ” shall mean, as of any date, the Vessel and any Property title which has transferred to the Borrower under Article 7 of the EPC Contract.

General Partner ” shall mean OOGTK Libra GmbH, a limited liability company ( Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung ) under Austrian law, registered with the Austrian companies register ( Firmenbuch ) under the registration number FN 421169 t, in its capacity as the sole general partner of the Borrower.

General Partner Payments ” shall mean payments made to the General Partner for administrative services, such payments (i) not to exceed seventy thousand Euro (€70,000) in any twelve-month period and (ii) following the Commercial Operation Date, to be made as part of (and subject to the caps applicable to) the Offshore O&M Dollar Transfer Amount (as defined in the Accounts Agreement).

Governmental Approval ” shall mean any authorization, consent, approval, license, ruling, permit, tariff, rate, certification, exemption, filing, variance, claim, order, judgment, decree, publication, notice to, declaration of or with, or registration by or with, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, regulatory authority, instrumentality, judicial or administrative body, domestic or foreign, federal, state or local, having jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question, including, without limitation, those in Brazil and the United States. For the avoidance of doubt, Petrobras shall not be considered as a Governmental Authority.

Hazardous Material ” shall mean any substance that is regulated or could lead to liability under any Environmental Law, including, but not limited to, any petroleum or petroleum product, asbestos in any form that is or could become friable, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s), hazardous waste, hazardous material, hazardous substance, toxic substance, contaminant or pollutant, as defined or regulated as such under any applicable Environmental Law.

Hedge Fund ” shall mean any hedge fund or similar investment fund.

Hedge Guarantor ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.10 .

Hedging Agreement ” shall mean any agreement (including the related ISDA Master Agreement and Schedule thereto and trade confirmation in connection therewith) in respect of any interest rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of the foregoing transactions) or any combination of the foregoing transactions.

IFC Standards ” means, collectively, the International Finance Corporation’s (IFC) Performance Standards on Social and Environmental Sustainability, dated January 1, 2012, and the relevant IFC Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines in force on the date of this Agreement.

 

A-13


IFRS ” shall mean international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements as in use in the European Union.

Increased Costs ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.9(a) .

Indebtedness ” of any Person shall mean (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) the deferred purchase price of assets or services which in accordance with the Accounting Principles would be shown on the liability side of the balance sheet of such Person, (iii) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder, (iv) all Indebtedness of a second Person secured by any Lien on any Property owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed, (v) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (vi) all obligations of such Person to pay a specified purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted, i.e. , take-or-pay and similar obligations and (vii) all Contingent Obligations of such Person; provided that Indebtedness shall not include trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such trade payables are payable within sixty (60) days of the date the respective goods are delivered or the respective services are rendered and are not overdue.

Indemnified Liabilities ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.2(a) .

Indemnified Matters ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.2(b) .

Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.2(a) .

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Independent Appraiser ” shall mean IHS (Global) Inc., Pareto Shipbrokers A/S, RS Platou ASA, Fearnley Offshore AS, Clarkson PLC, Noble Denton or any other Person from time to time appointed by the Facility Agent to act as an Independent Appraiser for the purposes of this Agreement.

Initial 24-month Period ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.18(a) .

Insolvency Event ” in relation to an entity means that the entity:

 

  (a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b)

is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

A-14


  (i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f)

has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (g)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in paragraph (d) above);

 

  (h)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (i)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or

 

  (j)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Insurance Advisor ” shall mean Marsh Ltd. or any other Person from time to time appointed by the Facility Agent to act as Insurance Advisor for the purposes of this Agreement

Insurance Proceeds ” shall mean all amounts payable to the Borrower, the Operator, the Offshore Accounts Bank, the Onshore Accounts Bank, or the Collateral Agent in respect of any insurance required to be maintained (or caused to be maintained) pursuant to Section 5.9 .

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement entered into or to be entered into among the Lenders, the Required Hedge Providers, the Agents, the Accounts Banks and the Collateral Agent, and to which any Required Hedge Providers (as defined in the Accounts Agreement) shall accede.

Interest Determination Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the second (2nd) Business Day prior to the commencement of any Interest Period relating to such Loan.

Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any period, the sum of the following: (i) all interest on the Loans accrued or capitalized during such period (whether or not actually paid during such period) pursuant to the Financing Documents plus (ii) the net amounts payable by the Borrower (or minus the net amounts receivable by the Borrower) under the Required Hedging Agreements accrued during such period (whether or not actually paid or received during such period).

 

A-15


Interest Payment Date ” shall mean (i) each of the third Business Day of each of March, June, September and December following the Closing Date; (ii) the First Repayment Date, and (iii) the Maturity Date.

Interest Period ” shall mean with respect to any Loan, (i) initially, the period beginning on and including the date of Borrowing of such Loan and ending on but excluding the next following Interest Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, the period beginning on and including the relevant Interest Payment Date and ending on but excluding the next following Interest Payment Date (or such other period as the Borrower and the Facility Agent (at the instruction of the Required Lenders) may agree from time to time); provided that (i) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the First Repayment Date shall end on the First Repayment Date and (ii) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the Maturity Date shall end on the Maturity Date.

Investment ” in any Person shall mean, without duplication: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, securities, other Property, services or otherwise) or holding of Equity Interests, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of such Person, or any agreement to make any such acquisition or to make any capital contribution to such Person; or (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, such Person.

ISDA Master Agreement and Schedule ” shall mean the 2002 standard master agreement and schedule as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. to document derivatives transaction. For purposes herein and for the avoidance of doubt, “ISDA Master Agreement and Schedule” shall not include any related “Transaction” as defined therein.

Joint Venture Agreement ” shall mean that certain Joint Venture and Shareholders Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2014, by and among the OOG Sponsor, the OOG Shareholder, Teekay Offshore Holdings LLC, the Teekay Shareholder, the Borrower, the General Partner, and the other parties thereto from time to time.

Jurong Compliance Letter ” means the letter dated March 5, 2015 from Jurong Shipyard Pte LTD Act relating to compliance with, inter alia , the Brazilian Anti-Corruption Act 12,846, and to certain other matters specified therein.

Labour Laws ” shall mean any and all binding Laws in the applicable jurisdictions, now or hereafter in effect, and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to occupational health and safety and including those which relate to preventing and combating harmful and exploitative forms of forced or compulsory labour and child labour (each as defined under applicable Law).

Law ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (i) any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, judgment, order, decree, permit, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, treaty or other governmental restriction or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, Governmental Approvals) and (ii) any directive, guideline, policy, requirement or any similar form of decision of or determination by any Governmental Authority which is binding on such Person, in each case, whether now or hereafter in effect (including, without limitation, in each case, any Environmental and Labour Law).

Legal Qualifications ” shall mean (A) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganization and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors; (B) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts; (C) the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of United Kingdom stamp duty may be void and defenses of set-off or counterclaim; and (D) similar principles, rights and defenses under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction,

 

A-16


Lender ” shall mean each Lender named on Annex I and any New Lender pursuant to Section 9.13 .

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any Property of any Person, any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, hypothecation, fiduciary transfer of title, assignment by way of security, pledge, charge, lease, sale and lease-back arrangement, easement, servitude, trust arrangement, or security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such Property, or any preferential arrangement having the practical effect of constituting a security interest with respect to the payment of any obligation with, or from the proceeds of, such Property (and a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any Property that it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Property).

Limitation Acts ” shall mean the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Loan Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which all Obligations, other than contingent liabilities and obligations which are unasserted at such date, have been paid and satisfied in full and all Commitments have been terminated.

Loss Proceeds ” shall mean, with respect to any Event of Loss, any Insurance Proceeds, condemnation awards or other compensation, awards, damages and other payments or relief (including any compensation payable in connection with a Taking) with respect to such Event of Loss (excluding, in each case, the proceeds of protection and indemnity and other general liability insurance, delay in start-up insurance and business interruption insurance).

Majority Lenders ” shall mean Lenders voting more than 50% of the Combined Exposure with respect to the Loans.

Management Services Agreements ” shall mean the Construction Management Agreement, the Asset Maintenance Agreement, the Specialized Oil Industry Services Agreement and the Secondment Agreements.

Management Services Payments ” shall mean (i) payments required to be made under the Construction Management Agreement, the Asset Maintenance Agreement and the Specialized Oil Industry Services Agreement (in each case in amounts no greater than the applicable payment caps specified therein, without regard to any amendment to such payment caps made without the consent of the Majority Lenders), (ii) payments on or prior to the Project Completion Date under the Teekay Singapore Secondment Agreement not to exceed $48,100,000 in the aggregate and (iii) payments after the Commercial Operation Date under any other Secondment Agreement made on an arms-length basis from the Offshore Proceeds Account as part of (and subject to the caps applicable to) the Offshore O&M Dollar Transfer Amount (as defined in the Accounts Agreement).

Management Services Providers ” shall mean each of the parties other than the Borrower to the Management Services Agreements.

MAPI ” shall mean the “Mortgagees’ Additional Perils Insurance” set forth in Part B of Appendix C .

 

A-17


Market Consultant ” shall mean IHS (Global) Inc. or any other Person from time to time appointed by the Facility Agent to act as Market Consultant for the purposes of this Agreement.

Market Disruption Margin ” shall mean the margin calculated and applied in accordance with Section 2.11(d)(ii) .

Market Disruption Margin Event ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.11(b) .

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (i) the ability or prospective ability of the Borrower to perform its payment obligations under any of the Financing Documents to which it is a party, (ii) the legality, validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Transaction Document or (iii) the legality, validity or enforceability of the Security Interests provided under the Security Documents.

Maturity Date ” shall mean the date which is the earlier of (a) the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Commercial Operation Date, (b) the Early Termination Date, if any, and (c) October 29, 2027, provided that if such date is not a Business Day, then the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

MII ” shall mean the “Mortgagees’ Interest Insurance” set forth in Part B of Appendix C .

Mobilization and Mooring Payment ” shall mean the payment in an aggregate amount of $120,000,000 payable to the Borrower under the Charter Agreement on or about the Commercial Operation Date.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.

Mortgage ” shall mean the Bahamian law mortgage and the Deed of Covenants supplemental thereto entered into between the Borrower and the Collateral Agent with respect to the Facilities.

Necessary Governmental Approval ” shall mean (i) any Governmental Approval listed in Schedule 4.6 , (ii) any other Governmental Approval necessary under applicable Law in connection with (a) the due execution and delivery of, and performance by each of the Borrower and the Operator of its obligations and the exercise of its rights under, the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (b) the legality, validity and binding effect, enforceability or admissibility in evidence thereof, and (c) the acquisition, importation, ownership, construction, installation, operation and maintenance of the FPSO as contemplated by the Transaction Documents which are required to be obtained by the Borrower, the Operator, the Sponsors or the Shareholders, and (in the case of (a), (b) and (c)), the failure of which to obtain and maintain could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) any Environmental and Social Governmental Approval.

Net Available Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Event of Loss (other than a FPSO Loss Event), the aggregate amount of Loss Proceeds received by the Borrower or the Collateral Agent in respect of such Event of Loss, net of reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the collection thereof.

Net Disposition Proceeds ” shall mean, with respect to any Disposition, the gross cash proceeds received from such Disposition (including any cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to a promissory note, receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of such Disposition, including fees, expenses and commissions with respect to legal, accounting, financial advisory, brokerage and other professional services provided in connection with such Disposition.

 

A-18


New Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.13(a) .

Notice of Borrowing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.2 .

Notice Office ” shall mean the office of the Facility Agent specified in Annex III , or such other office, telephone or facsimile number and email address as the Facility Agent may hereafter designate in writing as such to each of the other parties to this Agreement.

Obligations ” shall mean, collectively, (i) all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Borrower under a Financing Document or otherwise to any Secured Party of every kind and description (whether or not evidenced by any note or instrument and whether or not for the payment of money), direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and consultants’ fees chargeable to the Borrower; (ii) any and all sums advanced by any Secured Party in order to preserve the Collateral or to preserve the Security Interests; and (iii) in the event of any Enforcement Action, the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on the Collateral, or of any exercise by any Secured Party of its rights under the Security Documents, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs.

OFE Suppliers ” shall mean each counterparty to an OFE Supply Contract.

OFE Supply Contracts ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Vessel Purchase Agreement and (ii) the purchase order OOGTK02-01-PA-001 dated December 12, 2014, between the Borrower and Cia. Brasileira de Amarras – Brasilmarras for the supply of mooring lines.

Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean an officer’s certificate signed by an Authorized Officer.

Offshore Accounts Bank ” shall mean HSBC Bank USA, National Association, acting in its capacity as Offshore Accounts Bank pursuant to the Accounts Agreement, and shall include any successor Offshore Accounts Bank appointed pursuant to the Accounts Agreement.

Offshore Cash Retention Account ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Offshore Construction Account ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Offshore Debt Service Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Offshore Debt Service Reserve Account Required Balance ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Offshore Distribution Account ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Offshore Distribution Holding Account ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Offshore Loss Proceeds and Prepayment Account ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Offshore O&M Service Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

 

A-19


Offshore O&M Service Reserve Account Required Balances ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Offshore Proceeds Account ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Offshore Sponsor Net Balloon Security Account ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Onshore Accounts Bank ” shall mean HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. - Banco Múltiplo, a Brazilian financial institution, acting in its capacity as Onshore Accounts Bank pursuant to the Accounts Agreement, and shall include any successor Onshore Accounts Bank appointed pursuant to the Accounts Agreement.

Onshore O&M Service Account ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Onshore Security Agreement ” shall mean the Fiduciary Assignment of the Onshore Account’s Credit Rights Agreement entered into or to be entered into among the Operator, the Collateral Agent, the Onshore Accounts Bank and the Borrower as an intervening party.

OOG Compliance Letter ” means the letter dated January 13, 2015 from the OOG Sponsor to Petrobras relating to compliance with, inter alia , the Brazilian Anti-Corruption Act 12,846, and to certain other matters specified therein.

OOG Shareholder ” shall mean OOG Tiro & Sidon GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Austria, registered with the Austrian companies register ( Firmenbuch ) under the registration number FN 342217k.

OOG Sponsor ” shall mean Odebrecht Óleo e Gás S.A., a sociedade anônima organized and existing under the laws of Brazil.

Operating Plan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.23(a) .

Operating Year ” shall mean each calendar year (or portion thereof) after the Commercial Operation Date.

Operation and Maintenance Expenses ” shall mean, collectively, without duplication, all reasonable (i) expenses of administering and operating the Project and of maintaining it in accordance with Prudent Industry Practices incurred by the Borrower and the Operator, (ii) transportation costs payable by the Borrower and the Operator, in connection with the Project, (iii) direct operating and maintenance costs of the FPSO payable by the Borrower and the Operator (including amounts payable pursuant to the Services Agreement and the Asset Maintenance Agreement), (iv) insurance premiums payable by the Borrower and the Operator, in connection with the Project, (v) property, sales, value-added and excise taxes payable by the Borrower and the Operator in connection with the Project (other than taxes imposed on or measured by income or receipts), (vi) costs and fees incurred by the Borrower and the Operator in connection with obtaining and maintaining in effect the Governmental Approvals required in connection with the Project, and (vii) legal, accounting and other professional fees incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the Project payable by the Borrower and the Operator; provided , that “Operation and Maintenance Expenses” shall not include payments into the Offshore Debt Service Reserve Account, depreciation, or any items properly chargeable by the Accounting Principles to fixed capital accounts.

 

A-20


Operator ” shall mean OOGTK Libra Produção de Petróleo Ltda., a limited liability company ( sociedade limitada ) organized and existing under the laws of Brazil.

Organizational Documents ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) the articles of incorporation, articles of association, limited liability company agreement, certificate of partnership registration, partnership agreement, or other similar organizational document of such Person, (ii) the by-laws or other similar document of such Person, (iii) any certificate of designation or instrument relating to the rights of preferred shareholders or other holders of Equity Interests of such Person, and (iv) any quotaholders agreement or shareholder rights agreement or other similar agreement.

Original Consortium Members ” means each of Empresa Brasileira de Administração de Petróleo e Gás Natural S.A. – Pré-Sal Petróleo S.A. – PPSA, Petrobras, Shell Brasil Petróleo Ltda., Total E&P do Brasil Ltda., CNODC Brasil Petróleo e Gás Ltda. and CNOOC Petroleum Brasil Ltda., with an equity stake of 0%, 40%, 20%, 20%, 10% and 10%, respectively, in the Consortium as of the date hereof.

Parallel Debt ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.15 .

Participant ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.13(e) .

Payment Office ” shall mean the office of the Facility Agent as provided in Annex II , or such other office as the Facility Agent may hereafter designate in writing as such to each of the other parties hereto.

Payment Undertaking ” shall mean the Payment Undertaking entered into or to be entered into by and among the Sponsors, the Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Permitted Capital Contributions ” shall mean (i) contributions to the equity of the Borrower without a corresponding issue of shares or contributions for newly issued shares in the Borrower in accordance with the requirements applicable to Base Equity Contributions under the Equity Support Deed ( provided , however , for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall such Permitted Capital Contributions constitute Equity Contributions made in satisfaction of the obligations under the Equity Support Deed, other than those made in accordance with the proviso in Section 5.18(a) ) and (ii) Subordinated Loans.

Permitted Change Order ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.25(b) .

Permitted Investments ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Permitted Lien ” shall mean any Lien permitted to be incurred by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.12 .

Permitted Operator Transfer ” shall mean any transfer by OOG-TKP Operator Holdings Limited of its ownership of 0.01% of each class of Equity Interests of the Operator, provided that any transferee shall be (i) subject to all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable Laws and regulations by the Facility Agent and (ii) required to comply with all Sanctions Laws and all Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

Permitted Purchase Agreement ” shall mean an agreement entered into by the Borrower for a Permitted Purchase.

 

A-21


Permitted Purchases ” shall mean expenditures for the purchase of equipment and spare parts required for the operation of the FPSO to the extent that such purchases are required to be made directly by the Borrower in order to benefit from the “ Regime Aduaneiro Especial de exportação e importação de bens destinados à exploração e à produção de petroléo e gás natural (REPETRO) ” funded from (i) the Offshore Proceeds Account as part of (and subject to the caps applicable to) the Offshore O&M Dollar Transfer Amount (as defined in the Accounts Agreement), not to exceed in any 12-month period an aggregate amount equal to twenty-seven and one half percent (27.5%) of the O&M Daily Expense Amount multiplied by 360 or (ii) proceeds, if any, standing to the credit of the Offshore Distribution Account or equity contributions from the Sponsors.

Permitted Transferee ” shall mean any Person that assumes the obligations of a transferring Consortium Member under the Consortium Agreement, provided that such Person is (i) any other Consortium Member, (ii) a reputable international oil company or a subsidiary of a reputable international oil company as approved by the Brazilian Ministry of Mines and Energy in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Consortium Agreement (x) provided that such reputable international oil company or its subsidiary or its parent company, whichever entity is the most creditworthy, is at least as creditworthy as the replaced Consortium Member, or, if more creditworthy, the parent company of such replaced Consortium Member and (y) is otherwise at least as capable of performing the obligation of the replaced Consortium Member as the replaced Consortium Member, in each case, on the date that the Consortium Agreement was entered into, or (iii) a Person approved by the Required Lenders.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, limited liability company, company, voluntary association, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprises or unincorporated organization or government (or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof).

Petrobras ” shall mean Petróleo Brasileiro S.A. – Petrobras, a mixed-capital company ( sociedade de economia mista ) controlled by the federal government of Brazil.

Petrobras Delay LD Amounts ” shall mean the penalty amounts (if any) payable in respect of delay in relation to the FPSO to Petrobras in accordance with the Charter Agreement and the Services Agreement.

Petrobras Insolvency Event ” shall mean Petrobras is declared insolvent in accordance with applicable laws and/or regulations, provided that such a declaration shall not constitute an event of default if the government of Brazil assumes the obligations of Petrobras under the Project Documents.

Petrobras Net Delay LD Amounts ” shall mean the Petrobras Delay LD Amounts minus the amount of delay liquidated damages received from the EPC Contractor.

Petrobras Payment Default Event ” shall mean the maturity of any indebtedness of Petrobras or of any of its material subsidiaries in a total aggregate principal amount of U.S.$200,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) or more is accelerated in accordance with the terms of that indebtedness, it being understood that prepayment or redemption by Petrobras or any such material subsidiary of any indebtedness is not acceleration for this purpose.

Petrobras Punch List ” shall mean punch list items relating to the FPSO that are to be completed following Commercial Operation Date pursuant to the requirements of Petrobras.

Plans and Specifications ” shall mean the plans and specifications relating to the Project as set forth in or contemplated by the EPC Contract.

Pledge Agreements ” shall mean the Brazilian Share Pledge Agreement, the Austrian Partnership Interest Pledge Agreement and the Austrian Share Pledge Agreement.

Pre-Approved Transfer ” shall have the meaning provided Section 7.1(m) .

Principal Amortizations ” shall have the meaning provided in Part 2 of Appendix B .

 

A-22


Principal Payment Dates ” shall mean the First Repayment Date, each Interest Payment Date thereafter, and the Maturity Date.

Project ” shall mean the construction and chartering of the FPSO and other Facilities.

Project Accounts ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Project Completion Date ” shall mean the date upon which the conditions set forth in Section 3.3 have been satisfied (or waived by the Lenders).

Project Costs ” shall mean (i) all costs and expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred or to be incurred by the Borrower or the Operator to finance and complete the Project (and complete all Punch List items in respect thereof) and achieve the Project Completion Date in the manner contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including all reasonable and necessary costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Transaction Documents and the formation of the Borrower, all fees and premiums payable in respect of the Loans, and all other reasonable and necessary expenses required for the financing, development, design, construction, equipment procurement, installation, start-up and initial operation of the Project and (ii) all Operation and Maintenance Expenses as set forth in the Capex Budget under the “Working Capital” item incurred during and in connection with the start-up of the Facilities and all Eligible IDC. Project Costs shall include (1) payment of amounts payable under the Construction Management Agreement to the Construction Manager, (2) the reimbursement of the Borrower, the Sponsors or the Operator for Project Costs and paid by any of such Persons prior to the first Disbursement ( provided that the Technical Advisor and the Facility Agent shall have approved such Project Costs), (3) payments by the Borrower required under the Construction Contracts, and (4) payment of Petrobras Net Delay LD Amounts to the extent permitted under Section 2.3(d)(ii) . Project Costs shall not include (a) payments of principal of any Indebtedness or Interest Expense following the end of the Availability Period, (b) any payments of any kind to the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof, other than as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents or payments in respect of the reimbursement of Project Costs expressly permitted above, (c) any principal, interest or other amounts in respect of Subordinated Loans or any other loans to the Borrower from any Sponsor or any Affiliate of any Sponsor, and (d) the repayment of the Indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Agreement.

Project Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the following documents:

 

  (i)

the Construction Contracts;

 

  (ii)

the EPC Performance Security Documents;

 

  (iii)

the Charter Agreement;

 

  (iv)

the Services Agreement; and

 

  (v)

the Management Services Agreements.

Project Participants ” shall mean the EPC Contractor, the EPC Parent Company Guarantor, the OFE Suppliers, the Operator, the Consortium Members, the Management Services Providers, each party (other than the Borrower) to an Additional Project Document with a value in excess of five million Dollars ($5,000,000), and each Replacement Project Participant.

 

A-23


Project Revenues ” shall mean, for any period, without duplication, the aggregate of all revenues received by the Borrower and the Operator during such period from (i) payments made thereto under the Project Documents, (ii) interest accrued on, and other income derived from, the balance outstanding during such period in the Project Accounts (including, without limitation, from Permitted Investments), (iii) the proceeds of any delay in start-up and business interruption insurance, and (iv) the proceeds of any Delay Liquidated Damages; provided that Project Revenues shall exclude, to the extent otherwise included, (1) proceeds payable in respect of any insurance (other than delay in start-up and business interruption insurance), or (2) warranty or indemnity payments or damages, other than Delay Liquidated Damages, payable to the Borrower under any Project Document.

Project Schedule ” shall mean the schedule for achieving the Project Completion Date, in accordance with the Base Case Projections and the EPC Contract.

Property ” shall mean any property of any kind whatsoever, whether movable, immovable, real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, any right or interest therein or any receivables or credit rights ( direitos creditórios ).

Protocol of Delivery ” shall mean a protocol of delivery in the form of Exhibit I to the EPC Contract acknowledging delivery of the FPSO by the EPC Contractor and acceptance thereof by the Borrower.

Prudent Industry Practices ” shall mean the professional practices, methods, equipment, specifications and safety and output standards and industry codes mentioned in the EPC Contract, the Services Agreement and the Charter Agreement, with respect to the design, installation, operation, maintenance and use of equipment and similar or better machinery, all of the above in compliance with applicable standards of safety, output, dependability, efficiency and economy, including recommended practice of a good, safe, prudent and workman-like character and in compliance with all applicable Laws. Prudent Industry Practices are not intended to be limited to the optimum or minimum practice or method to the exclusion of all others, but rather to be a spectrum of reasonable and prudent practices and methods as practiced in the industry.

Punch List ” shall mean, collectively, the EPC Punch List and the Petrobras Punch List.

Quarter ” shall mean each period commencing on the day immediately following a Quarter Date and ending on the next succeeding Quarter Date.

Quarter Date ” shall mean (i) the third Business Day of each of March, June, September and December and (ii) if the First Repayment Date shall be a day other than the third Business Day of March, June, September or December, the First Repayment Date.

Reais ” and the sign “ R$ ” shall each mean freely transferable, lawful currency of Brazil.

Reais Equivalent ” shall mean, with respect to any monetary amount in Dollars, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of Reais obtained by converting the amount of Dollars involved in such computation into Reais at the spot rate at which Dollars are offered for sale to the Offshore Accounts Bank against delivery of Reais by the Offshore Accounts Bank at approximately 7:00 p.m. (São Paulo, Brazil time) on the date of determination thereof. If for any reason the Reais Equivalent cannot be calculated as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, the Offshore Accounts Bank shall calculate the Reais Equivalent on such basis as the Offshore Accounts Bank (acting reasonably) deems fair and equitable.

Receivables Fiduciary Assignment Agreement ” shall mean the Receivables Fiduciary Assignment Agreement related to the Charter Agreement and the Services Agreement entered into or to be entered into among the Borrower, the Operator, the Collateral Agent and the Onshore Accounts Bank.

Recipient ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.7(f) .

 

A-24


Reference Banks ” means, collectively, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., DNB Bank ASA, New York Branch, Deutsche Bank, JPMorgan Chase & Co., Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., ING Bank N.V., Natixis and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation; provided that, if any such Lender or ING Capital LLC assigns all of its Loans and other rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents to any New Lender in accordance with Section 9.13 , such New Lender shall replace such Lender or, in the case of an assignment by ING Capital LLC, ING Bank N.V. as a “Reference Bank” for purposes of this Agreement so long as the Majority Lenders and the Borrower consent to such replacement; provided further , that if any such Lender assigns all of its Loans and other rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents to more than one New Lender in accordance with Section 9.13 , the Borrower and the Facility Agent shall consult and use reasonable efforts to agree (with the consent of the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably) on a replacement Reference Bank and if no such agreement is reached within fifteen (15) days, the Borrower shall designate such replacement Reference Bank.

Register ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.10 .

Regulation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.20(b) .

Release ” shall mean any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the environment (including the abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers, and other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material, but excluding emissions from the engine exhaust of any vehicle).

Relevant Party ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.7(f) .

Repeating Representations ” shall mean each of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.1(a) , 4.2 , 4.3(b) , 4.5 , 4.6(c) , 4.7 , 4.8 , 4.9 , 4.10 , 4.12 , 4.13(a) , 4.13(b) , 4.13(c) , 4.14 , 4.16(a) , 4.17 , 4.18 , 4.21 and 4.23 .

Replaced Lender ” and “ Replacement Lender ” shall have the meanings provided in Section 2.13 .

Replacement Project Participant ” shall mean, with respect to any Project Participant (excluding any Consortium Member), any Person which (i) is satisfactory to the Required Lenders and having credit, or acceptable credit support, equal to or greater than that of the replaced Project Participant on the date that the applicable Project Document was entered into, or otherwise satisfactory to the Required Lenders, who, pursuant to a definitive agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders, assumes the obligations of the replaced Project Participant on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Borrower than those applicable to the replaced Project Participant pursuant to the applicable Project Document or otherwise satisfactory to the Required Lenders and (ii) has been subject to any checks necessary in relation to such Person by any Financing Party under “know your customer” or similar requirements and such Financing Party is satisfied with the results of such checks.

Required Hedge Percentage ” shall mean (i) prior to the Commercial Operation Date, seventy-five percent (75%) and (ii) on and after the Commercial Operation Date, ninety percent (90%).

Required Hedge Providers ” shall mean ING Bank NV (or Affiliate thereof), ING Capital Markets LLC (or Affiliate thereof), DNB Bank ASA, New York Branch, ABN AMRO Bank NV, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, SMBC Nikko Capital Markets Limited, and Natixis, as well as any New Lender or Affiliate thereof pursuant to Section 9.13 .

Required Hedging Agreements ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.17(a) .

 

A-25


Required Lenders ” shall mean Lenders voting at least 66-2/3% of the Combined Exposure with respect to the Loans.

Reserve Account Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning provided in the Accounts Agreement.

Restoration Period ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.11(i) .

Restoration Work ” shall mean the design, engineering, procurement, construction and other work with respect to the Restoration of Affected Property.

Restore ” shall mean, with respect to any Affected Property, to rebuild, repair, restore or replace such Affected Property. The terms “ Restoration ” and “ Restoring ” shall have a correlative meaning.

Restricted Party ” means a person: (a) that is listed on any Sanctions List (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of person); (b) that is domiciled, registered as located or having its main place of business in, or is incorporated under the laws of, a country or territory which is subject to country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions Laws, including, without limitation, the Islamic Republic of Iran and the Syrian Arab Republic; (c) that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by a person referred to in (a) and/or (b) above; (d) with which any Financing Party is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in a transaction by any Sanctions Laws; or (e) that is acting on behalf of a person referred to in (a) and/or (b) above.

Sanctions Authority ” means (a) the Norwegian State, the United Nations, the European Union, the member states of the European Union, the United States, Singapore, Hong Kong and any country whose laws are applicable to (i) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) either Sponsor or any of its Subsidiaries that has a direct or indirect ownership interest in the Borrower or the General Partner, and (b) any authority acting on behalf of any of them in connection with Sanctions Laws, including the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority.

Sanctions Laws ” means the economic or financial sanctions laws and/or regulations, trade embargoes, prohibitions, restrictive measures, decisions, executive orders or notices from regulators implemented, adapted, imposed, administered, enacted and/or enforced by any Sanctions Authority.

Sanctions List ” means any list of persons, vessels or entities published in connection with, and any country that is the subject of, Sanctions Laws.

Scheduled Principal Payments ” shall mean the scheduled amounts payable in respect of the principal of the Loans pursuant to Section 6.1(a) .

Secondment Agreements ” means each of the Teekay Singapore Secondment Agreement and each other secondment agreement entered into by the Borrower and an Affiliate of a Sponsor, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-4 .

Secured Parties ” shall mean, collectively, the Financing Parties and each Required Hedge Provider that has entered into and delivered a Secured Party Accession Agreement.

Secured Party Accession Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Accounts Agreement.

Security Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the following documents:

(i) the Debenture;

 

A-26


(ii) the Accounts Agreement;

(iii) the Onshore Security Agreement;

(iv) each Pledge Agreement;

(v) the Conditional Assignment of Contract;

(vi) the Receivables Fiduciary Assignment Agreement;

(vii) the Mortgage;

(viii) each Consent Agreement relating to each of the Project Documents;

(ix) all filings, recordings or registrations required by this Agreement to be filed or made in respect of any such Security Document; and

(x) each other deed, document, agreement or instrument which the Borrower and the Facility Agent agree to designate as a “Security Document”.

Security Interests ” shall mean the Liens on the Collateral or any other collateral purported to be granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of one or more of the Secured Parties (or any trustee, sub-agent or other Person acting for or on behalf thereof).

Services Agreement ” shall mean that certain Services Agreement ( Contrato de Prestação de Serviços ) No. 0870.0092727.14.2, dated May 15, 2015 by and among the Operator, Petrobras acting as the leader and the operator of the Consortium, as parties, and the Borrower as intervening party, as supplemented by that certain letter to be executed by an Authorized Officer of Petrobras and addressed to the Borrower and the Operator, and acknowledged and agreed to by the OOG Sponsor and Teekay Offshore Holdings LLC as intervening parties, with respect to certain clarifications under the Services Agreement.

Shareholders ” shall mean the OOG Shareholder and the Teekay Shareholder.

Shipyard Delivery Date ” shall mean the date of delivery of the FPSO to the Borrower in Singapore pursuant to and in accordance with the EPC Contract.

Shipyard Delivery Date Loans ” shall mean the Loans made, or to be made, to finance the installment of the Contract Price falling due on the Shipyard Delivery Date.

Specialized Oil Industry Services Agreement ” shall mean the Specialized Oil Industry Services Agreement to be entered into between the Borrower and OOG-TKP Oil Services Ltd., substantially in the form of Exhibit D-3 .

Specifications ” shall have the meaning set forth in the EPC Contract.

Sponsor Affiliate ” means each Sponsor, each of its Affiliates, any trust of which such Sponsor or any of its Affiliates is a trustee, any partnership of which such Sponsor or any of its Affiliates is a partner and any trust, fund or other entity which is managed by, or is under the control of, such Sponsor or any of its Affiliates provided that any such trust, fund or other entity which has been established for at least six (6) months solely for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans or debt securities and which is managed or controlled independently from all other trusts, funds or other entities managed or controlled by such Sponsor or any of its Affiliates which have been established for the primary or main purpose of investing in the share capital of companies shall not constitute a Sponsor Affiliate.

 

A-27


Sponsor Cross-Default Event ” shall mean (i) the OOG Sponsor shall default in the payment when due of any principal of or interest on any of its other Indebtedness in the amount of at least $50,000,000 beyond any grace period specified therein; (ii) any event specified in any note, agreement, indenture or other document evidencing or relating to any such other Indebtedness of the OOG Sponsor in the amount of at least $50,000,000 shall occur and continue if the effect of the occurrence and continuance of such event is to cause or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause such Indebtedness to become due, or to be prepaid in full (whether by redemption, purchase, offer to purchase or otherwise), prior to its stated maturity; (iii) the Teekay Sponsor shall default in the payment when due of any principal of or interest on any of its other Indebtedness in the amount of at least $100,000,000 beyond any grace period specified therein; (iv) any event specified in any note, agreement, indenture or other document evidencing or relating to any such other Indebtedness of the Teekay Sponsor in the amount of at least $100,000,000 shall occur and continue if the effect of the occurrence and continuance of such event is to cause or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause such Indebtedness to become due, or to be prepaid in full (whether by redemption, purchase, offer to purchase or otherwise), prior to its stated maturity; (v) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money against the Teekay Sponsor in excess of $100,000,000 for any one judgment or against the OOG Sponsor in excess of $50,000,000 for any one judgment, shall be rendered by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction, and the same shall not be discharged (or provision satisfactory to the Majority Lenders shall not be made for such discharge), or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof and such Sponsor shall not, within said period of sixty (60) days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal; or (vi) any non-monetary judgment or order shall be rendered against any Sponsor that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and a stay of execution thereof shall not have been obtained within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof (or, in the case of any such judgment or order rendered by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies of Brazil, ninety (90) or more days).

Sponsors ” shall mean, collectively, the OOG Sponsor and the Teekay Sponsor.

Standard & Poor’s ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Subordinated Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in the Equity Support Deed.

Subordination Agreements ” shall mean any subordination agreement entered into from time to time with any Person providing Subordinated Loans to the Borrower during the term of this Agreement on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Lenders.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, for any Person, any corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Supplier ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.7(f) .

Taking ” shall mean any circumstance or event, or series of circumstances or events (including an Expropriation Event), in consequence of which the FPSO or any material portion thereof shall be condemned, nationalized, seized, compulsorily acquired or otherwise expropriated by any Governmental Authority under power of eminent domain or otherwise.

 

A-28


Tax Refund ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.7(b)) .

Taxes ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.7(a) .

Technical Advisor ” shall mean Okeanos B.V. or any other Person from time to time appointed by the Facility Agent to act as Technical Advisor for the purposes of this Agreement.

Technical Advisor Completion Certificate ” shall mean a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 , dated the Project Completion Date, duly completed and signed by an Authorized Officer of the Technical Advisor.

Technical Advisor Report ” shall mean, in respect of any Disbursement relating to any Construction Milestone payment under the EPC Contract, a construction progress and (if applicable) site visit report from the Technical Advisor.

Teekay Compliance Letter ” means the letter dated January 13, 2015 from Teekay Offshore Holdings LLC to Petrobras relating to compliance with, inter alia , the Brazilian Anti-Corruption Act 12,846, and to certain other matters specified therein.

Teekay Shareholder ” shall mean Teekay Offshore European Holdings Coöperatief U.A., a cooperative organized under the laws of The Netherlands.

Teekay Singapore Secondment Agreement ” shall mean the Secondment Agreement between the Borrower and Teekay Shipping (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D-4 .

Teekay Sponsor ” shall mean Teekay Offshore Partners LP, a limited partnership incorporated and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands.

Total Commitment ” shall mean the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Transaction Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the Project Documents and the Financing Documents.

Transfer ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.31 .

Transfer Certificate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.13(a) .

United States ” and “ U.S. ” shall each mean the United States of America.

Unutilized Commitment ” shall mean, for each Lender, at any time, the Commitment of such Lender at such time less the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans made by such Lender.

U.S. GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles and practices as in effect from time to time in the United States.

VAT ” shall mean (a) any tax imposed by EC Directive 2006/112/EC or the common system of value added tax and any national legislation implementing that Directive, together with legislation supplemental thereto; (b) any other tax of a similar fiscal nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for or in addition to such tax, or imposed elsewhere and (c) all penalties, costs and interests relating to any of them.

 

A-29


Vessel ” shall mean the vessel “Navion Norvegia” to be converted into the FPSO pursuant to the EPC Contract.

Vessel Loss Event ” shall mean, in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower, a material part of the Vessel shall be destroyed or suffer an actual or constructive total loss and, as a result thereof, the Vessel shall be unable to operate for a period in excess of the period during which all Operation and Maintenance Expenses and Debt Service shall be fully covered by business interruption insurance (except for the period corresponding to the deductible thereunder), funds standing to the credit of the Offshore O&M Service Reserve Account, the Offshore Debt Service Reserve Account, and the proceeds of Permitted Capital Contributions previously paid or committed (on terms satisfactory to the Facility Agent, acting reasonably) to be paid by the Sponsors.

Vessel Purchase Agreement ” means the Memorandum of Agreement dated October 10, 2014 between Partrederiet Teekay Shipping Partners DA and the Borrower for the purchase of the Vessel.

Withholding Agent ” means the Borrower and the Facility Agent.

Work ” shall mean the work to be performed by the Construction Contractors under the Construction Contracts.

2. Rules of Interpretation . In each Financing Document, unless otherwise indicated:

(a) each reference to, and the definition of, any document (including any Financing Document) shall be deemed to refer to such document as it may be amended, supplemented, revised or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms and, to the extent applicable, the terms of the other Financing Documents;

(b) each reference to a Law or Governmental Approval shall be deemed to refer to such Law or Governmental Approval as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time;

(c) any reference to a Person in any capacity includes a reference to its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any Person succeeding to any of its functions and capacities;

(d) references to days shall refer to calendar days unless Business Days are specified; references to weeks, months or years shall be to calendar weeks, months or years, respectively;

(e) all references to a “Section,” “Appendix,” “Annex,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” are to a Section of such Financing Document or to an Appendix, Annex, Schedule or Exhibit attached thereto;

(f) the table of contents and Section headings and other captions therein are for the purpose of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of such Financing Document;

(g) defined terms in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders;

(h) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, when used in any Financing Document, shall refer to such Financing Document as a whole and not to any particular provision of such Financing Document;

(i) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” are deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

 

A-30


(j) where the terms of any Financing Document require that the approval, opinion, consent or other input of any Secured Party be obtained, such requirement shall be deemed satisfied only where the requisite approval, opinion, consent or other input is given by or on behalf of such Secured Party in writing;

(k) where the terms of any Financing Document require or permit any action to be taken by any Secured Party, such action shall be taken strictly in accordance with the applicable provisions of such Financing Document;

(l) the words “acting as such” when used in reference to a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of a Person shall include actions for which such director, officer, employee, agent or representative purports to have authority from such Person, regardless of whether such Person has provided such authority; and

(m) any reference to a document shall be deemed to include all exhibits, annexes, appendices and schedules thereto.

 

A-31


APPENDIX B

to

Credit Agreement

REPAYMENT SCHEDULE

Part 1. Scheduled Principal Payments . *

 

Scheduled Principal
Payment no.

       Amortization (%)  

1

       11.32

2

       1.82

3

       1.82

4

       1.82

5

       1.82

6

       1.82

7

       1.82

8

       1.82

9

       1.82

10

       1.82

11

       1.82

12

       1.82

13

       1.82

14

       1.82

15

       1.82

16

       1.82

17

       1.82

18

       1.82

19

       1.82

20

       1.82

21

       1.82

22

       1.82

23

       1.82

24

       1.82

25

       1.82

26

       1.82

27

       1.82

 

B-1


Scheduled Principal
Payment no.

       Amortization (%)  

28

       1.82

29

       1.72

30

       1.62

31

       1.62

32

       1.62

33

       1.62

34

       1.62

35

       1.62

36

       1.62

37

       1.62

38

       1.62

39

       1.62

40

       1.62

Balloon amount

       20.00

 

*

For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the Maturity Date is determined (pursuant to the definition of “Maturity Date” in Appendix A) on the basis of an Early Termination Date, any Scheduled Principal Payments shown above that would otherwise be due after such Maturity Date, including the Balloon Amount, shall be due on such Maturity Date.

Part 2. Deferral Amount Cash Sweep

The principal amortizations set forth in Part 1 of this Appendix B (the “ Principal Amortizations ”) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in this Part 2. The amount of the first Principal Amortization shall be subject to reduction and deferral as follows: In the event that as of the third (3 rd ) Business Day prior to the due date for such Principal Amortization, amounts available in the Offshore Proceeds Account (including without limitation any Mobilization and Mooring Payment) and any other payments made under the Charter Agreement and/or the Services Agreement and the proceeds of any Contingent Equity Contributions (as defined in the Equity Support Deed) are insufficient to pay (in accordance with the Accounts Agreement) such Principal Amortization in full (such deficiency, the “ Deferral Amount ”), then upon written notice by the Borrower to the Facility Agent delivered no later than such Business Day:

(i) The first Principal Amortization shall automatically and without any further action be reduced by the Deferral Amount. The Deferral Amount shall be added to the second Principal Amortization, and as necessary to subsequent Principal Amortizations in accordance with paragraph (ii) below, until the Deferral Amount and any related breakage costs and termination costs in connection with the deferral of the Deferral Amount and its payment and any corresponding adjustment in whole or in part of the Required Hedging Agreements (the Deferral Amount and such other amounts, “ Deferral Payment Amounts ”) are paid in full;

 

B-2


(ii) Commencing on the date of the second Principal Amortization until the payment in full of the Deferral Payment Amounts (the “ Deferral Amount Cash Sweep Period ”) all funds available at the priority set forth in Section 6.3(a)(ii) of the Accounts Agreement (the “ Debt Service Priority ”) shall, following payment of all amounts due at such item other than the Deferral Payment Amounts, be applied to the payment of the Deferral Payment Amounts; and

(iii) To the extent that, on the Principal Payment Date for the second Principal Amortization, funds available at the Debt Service Priority are insufficient to pay in full the Deferral Payment Amounts in accordance with paragraph (ii) above, any remaining unpaid Deferral Payment Amounts shall be deferred to the Principal Payment Date for the next scheduled Principal Amortization and paid in accordance with paragraph (ii) above. On such date and on each subsequent Principal Payment Date, any Deferral Payment Amounts remaining unpaid as a result of insufficiencies at the Debt Service Priority shall be further deferred to and paid on the next subsequent Principal Payment Date until the Deferral Payment Amounts are paid in full in accordance with paragraph (ii) above. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) any Deferral Payment Amounts remaining unpaid as of the Maturity Date shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date and not subject to any further deferral and (y) any unpaid Deferral Payment Amounts shall be immediately due and payable in the event of any acceleration of the Loans.

 

B-3


Appendix C

to

Credit Agreement

INSURANCE PROVISIONS

A: To be procured by the Borrower

 

Construction Phase

    
Principal Assured:   

The Borrower and Owner

  

As required by contract

Others Assureds:   

Each for their respective rights and interests.

Period of Insurance:   

From the first Disbursement Date until first oil or acceptance by Owner and/or start of operational risks insurance.

Scope of Cover:   

Construction All Risks policy covering “All risks” of physical loss or damage, including machinery damage, and war risks, from any cause not otherwise excluded.

Insured Property:   

The suexmax shuttle tanker to be converted/FPSO and including all materials, equipment, machinery etc to be fitted into, or form part of the FPSO once completed.

Sum Insured:   

Full replacement cost, amount not less than 120% of the Loans, subject always so that the Construction All Risk sums insured is greater than or equal to the outstanding Loans.

Geographical Limits:   

Worldwide, or as required to complete the EPC Contract.

Operational Phase   
Principal Assured:   

The Borrower and Owner

Other Assureds:   

Petrobras

  

Each for their respective rights and interests

Period of Insurance:   

From first oil and/or Commercial Operation Date until repayment in full of the Loans due under this Agreement.

Scope of Cover:   

1) Hull & Machinery/Increased Value/War Risks policy(s) covering “All risks” of physical loss or damage, including machinery damage, and war Protection and Indemnity, from any cause not otherwise excluded.

  

2) Loss of Hire/Business Interruption insurance to respond in the event of physical loss or physical damage to the FPSO covered under the Hull & Machinery policy. Minimum indemnity period 180 days with maximum waiting period of 90 days.


Insured Property:   

The FPSO

Sum Insured:   

1) Market Value of the FPSO or 120% of the Loans, whichever is greater, subject always so that the Hull and Machinery sum insured is always greater than, or equal to, the outstanding Loans in the aggregate.

  

2) Not less than the US Dollar amount per day in an amount sufficient to cover one Debt Service plus Operation and Maintenance Expenses for 180 days.

Geographical Limits:   

Worldwide, subject to any mandatory limitations, or as may be further limited provided limits are sufficient to meet the needs of the operating contracts, including any removal from site for maintenance/repairs.

Liability Insurance (for both Construction Phase and Operational Phase)
Principal Assured:   

The Borrower and Owner

Period of Cover:   

Concurrent with the Construction “All Risks” policy

Minimum Cover:   

General Liability Insurance in an amount not less than USD 25,000,000, to respond in respect of sums which the Assured becomes legally or contractually liable to pay in respect of liability to third parties arising out of Construction Phase activities anywhere in the world and professional costs and expenses incurred in dealing with any claim related to liabilities indemnified by the policy, it being agreed that this policy may include provision for the protection and indemnity insurance to be primary to this coverage if and when applicable.

Protection and Indemnity
Insured Parties:   

The Borrower and Owner

Period of insurance:   

From the time the FPSO leaves the Shipyard until repayment in full of all moneys under this Agreement.

Scope of Cover:   

Indemnity against the Insured Parties’ legal liability to third parties for death, bodily injury or damage to property arising out of the operation of the FPSO including pollution risks. Comprehensive general liability insurance for mobile offshore units to be included.

Limit of Liability:   

Not less than USD500,000,000 (subject always to any mandatory sub-limits imposed), with comprehensive general liability extension to a minimum limit of USD 25,000,000 (subject always to any mandatory sub-limits imposed).


B: To be procured by the Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Lenders)

 

Mortgagees’ Interest Insurance
Insured Parties:    The Collateral Agent as Mortgagee
Period of Insurance:    From the first Disbursement Date until repayment in full of all monies under this Agreement.
Scope of Cover:    Indemnity for loss resulting from loss or damage to or liability arising out of the operation of the FPSO in the event of avoidance of liability under the policies in respect of Hull and Machinery / Increased Value / War Risks and/or Protection and Indemnity.
Limit of Liability:    120% of the aggregate amounts of any outstanding Loans as per the Agreement
Mortgagees’ Additional Perils Insurance
Insured Parties:    The Collateral Agent as Mortgagee
Period of Insurance:    From arrival at deployment location until repayment in full of all monies under this Agreement.
Scope of Cover:    Indemnity for loss resulting from seizure of the FPSO or the total loss proceeds under court order following an oil spill for which the FPSO is held responsible and for which the limit of liability provided by the protection and indemnity is insufficient.
Limit of Liability:    120% of the aggregate amounts of any outstanding Loans as per the Agreement


C: Lenders Interest Endorsements

All policies of insurance required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Agreement shall contain the substance of the following provisions:

 

1.

Assignment

The Insurers will acknowledge by endorsement of the executed Notice of Assignment, or such other manner acceptable to the Facility Agent, that pursuant to (i) the Agreement and (ii) other documents executed in connection therewith, the Borrower assigned absolutely to the Collateral Agent, all its rights, title and interest in and to the insurance and all benefits thereof including all claims of whatsoever nature thereunder.

 

2.

Loss Payee Provisions

 

  (a)

In respect of the construction all risks or hull & machinery/increased value /war risks allied perils insurance, all claim payments shall be payable to the Collateral Agent for deposit into the Offshore Loss Proceeds and Compensation Account.

 

  (b)

In respect of protection and indemnity insurance or liability insurance, all claim payments shall be paid directly to the person to who has incurred the liability to which such claim relates or to the Collateral Agent for deposit into the Offshore Proceeds Account to the extent of amounts expended by the Borrower to discharge such liability.


D. Insurance Broker’s Letter of Undertaking

[Date]

NAME AND ADDRESS OF BANK

DATE

VESSEL:

OWNERS:

We confirm that

 

(1)

we have placed Insurances as set out in Appendix “A” attached (“the Insurances”),

 

(2)

the Insurances include the Loss Payable Clause(s) set out in Appendix “B” attached, and

 

(3)

the Notice of Assignment in the form of Appendix “C” attached has been acknowledged by Underwriters in accordance with Market practice.

Pursuant to instructions received from or on behalf of the above Owners and in consideration of your approving us as the appointed Brokers for the Insurances, we undertake:-

 

1.

to hold

 

  (a)

the Insurance Slips or Contracts, and

 

  (b)

the Policies if and when issued, and

 

  (c)

until the time of the issue of any new or replacement letter of undertaking, any renewals of such Contracts or Policies or any Contracts or Policies substituted therefor with your consent as may be arranged through ourselves, and

 

  (d)

the benefit of the Insurances thereunder to your order in accordance with the terms of the said Loss Payable Clause(s); and

 

2.

to arrange for the said Loss Payable Clause(s) to be included on the Contracts or Policies if and when issued; and

 

3.

to have endorsed on each and every Contract or Policy as and when the same is issued a copy of the said Notice of Assignment; and

 

4.

to advise you promptly if we cease to be the Broker for the Insurances or in the event of any material changes which we are aware have been made to the Insurances; and

 

5.

following a written application received from you not later than one month before expiry of the Insurances to notify you within fourteen days of the receipt of such application in the event of our not having received notice of renewal instructions from or on behalf of the Owners, and in the event of our receiving instructions to renew to advise you promptly of the details thereof; and


6.

to forward to you promptly any notices of cancellation that we receive from our Underwriters in accordance with the terms of the Insurances; and

 

7.

following a written application from you to advise you promptly of the premium payment situation where such premium is paid or payable through our intermediary.

If and where we are responsible for the payment of premium to Underwriters, our above undertakings are given subject to our lien on the Contracts or Policies for premiums and subject to our right of cancellation on default in payment of such premiums but we undertake not to exercise such rights of cancellation without giving you ten days’ notice in writing either by letter or electronically transmitted message and a reasonable opportunity for you to pay any premiums outstanding.

Our undertakings are also given subject to our lien on the Contracts or Policies for any unpaid Broker remuneration.

It is understood and agreed that the operation of any Automatic Termination of Cover, Cancellation or Amendment Provisions contained in the Contract or Policy conditions shall override any Undertakings given by us as Brokers.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any prior letter of undertaking or in any Loss Payable Clause or in any Notice of Assignment,

 

(A)

the provisions of this letter of undertaking shall only apply to the Insurances and until the time of the issue of any new or replacement letter of undertaking, to any renewals thereof placed by ourselves, and

 

(B)

the undertakings given above shall be the limit of our obligations to you.

We DO NOT accept any actual or constructive notice of any interest you may claim in any other Insurance effected on the Vessels referred to in the said Appendix ‘A’ UNLESS AND UNTIL you give us specific notice of that interest in the particular Insurance and such notice is confirmed by the Owner.

Notwithstanding the terms of the said Loss Payable Clause(s) and the said Notice of Assignment, unless and until we receive written notice from you to the contrary, we shall be empowered

 

(i)

to pay all returns of premium to the Assured on the Insurance(s) or its order;

 

(ii)

to arrange for a collision and/or salvage guarantee to be given in the event of bail being required in order to prevent the arrest of the vessel or to secure the release of the vessel from arrest following a casualty. Where a guarantee has been given as aforesaid and the guarantor has paid any sum under the guarantee in respect of such claim, there shall be payable directly to the guarantor out of the proceeds of the said Policies a sum equal to the sum so paid.


These undertakings shall terminate automatically if the addressee of this letter ceases to have any interest in the Insurances.

These undertakings are subject to all claims and returns of premiums being collected through us as Brokers and to our continued appointment as Broker for the Insurances.

This letter does not confer any benefits on any third parties. No third party may enforce any term of this letter. The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 is hereby expressly excluded.

This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any disputes arising out of or in any way connected with this letter shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

In addition, should the Vessel be insured as part of a fleet of Vessels, we also undertake that our lien on the fleet policies for premiums shall be confined to the outstanding premiums due on this Vessel only. We further undertake that we shall neither set off against any claims in respect of the Vessel any premiums due in respect of other vessels under the fleet cover or any premiums due for other insurances, nor cancel the insurance for reason of non-payment of premiums for other vessels under the fleet cover or of premiums for such other insurance and will, if you so require, issue a separate policy in respect of the Vessel.

Yours faithfully

 

 
Authorised Signatory


E. P&I Insurance Letter of Undertaking

[Date]

NAME AND ADDRESS OF BANK

DATE

Dear Sirs,

P&I INSURANCE – ………….– IMO

We are pleased to confirm that the above mentioned vessel is entered in [            ] (the “ Association ”) for Protection & Indemnity Risk Insurance.

The Association undertakes, pursuant to instructions received from the Owners, to hold any benefits accruing under the Policy to the order of yourselves in accordance with the terms of the Loss Payable Clause set out below.

LOSS PAYABLE CLAUSE:

“It is noted that is interested as 1 st and 2 nd preferred mortgagee in the vessel and that by an assignment in writing all benefits under the Policy has been assigned to the Mortgagee. Claims payable hereunder shall be payable to the Owners or to their order, until such time as notice in writing is received from the Mortgagee that the Owners are in default under the above mentioned Mortgage. All recoveries thereafter shall be payable to the Mortgagee, or to its order, provided always that the insurer is free to make payments in discharge of any guarantees issued in favour of third parties and further to make payments directly to a third party in discharge of a claim against the Owner and/or the Association.

The Mortgagee’s rights against the insurer shall not exceed the rights of the Owner under their Policy of Insurance.”

The above undertakings are given subject to the Association’s lien for calls or premiums and subject to the Association’s right of cancellation in default of payment of any calls or premiums. However, the Association undertakes not to exercise such rights without giving you fourteen (14) days’ notice in writing of its intention to do so. Furthermore, such rights will not be exercised if, within such time, any balance of calls or premiums is paid to the Association.

…/2


The Association also undertakes to notify you promptly if the vessel ceases or will cease to be entered in the Association or if instructions have not been received for the renewal of the entry thereof.

If you want a copy of the Certificate of Entry, please contact the Member directly.

Yours faithfully,

[            ]

[P&I Club]

Underwriter


Schedule 4.2

to

Credit Agreement

FINANCING-RELATED FILINGS, ETC.

 

Type of Authorization, Consent Approval,

Notice or Filing

  

Governmental Authority or other Person

Registration of the Conditional Assignment of Contract

   Registry of Titles and Deeds ( Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos ), City of Rio de Janeiro, State of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

Registration of the Onshore Security Agreement

   Registry of Titles and Deeds ( Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos ), City of Rio de Janeiro, State of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

Registration of the Receivables Fiduciary Assignment Agreement

   Registry of Titles and Deeds ( Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos ), City of Rio de Janeiro, State of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

Registration of the Brazilian Share Pledge Agreement

   Registry of Titles and Deeds ( Cartório de Registro de Títulos e Documentos ), City of Rio de Janeiro, State of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Consent Agreement related to Petrobras (i.e., “ Termo de Autorização ” and Authorization for Assignment of the Credit Rights entered into or to be entered into among the Borrower, the Operator and Petrobras)    Petrobras

Notification of pledge pursuant to the Austrian Share Pledge

   General Partner

Notification of pledge pursuant to the Austrian Partnership Interest Pledge

  

Borrower


Schedule 4.3

to

Credit Agreement

CAPITALIZATION

 

Holder

   Interest     Amount  

OOG Tiro & Sidon GmbH

     50   US$ 100,463,973.37   

Teekay Offshore European Holdings Coöperatief U.A.

     50   US$ 100,463,973.37   


Schedule 4.6

to

Credit Agreement

NECESSARY GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS

Part A – Necessary Governmental Approvals required to be delivered after the Effective Date and on or before the Closing Date

 

(i)

All approvals required in connection with compliance with the Equator Principles.

Part B – Necessary Governmental Approvals required after the Closing Date and on or before the Commercial Operation Date

 

(i)

Registration of the Borrower before the CADEMP ( Cadastro de Empresas da Área do DECEC) of the Brazilian Central Bank (“ Central Bank”);

 

(ii)

All approvals and registrations in connection with the REPETRO regime ( Regime Aduaneiro Especial de Exportação e Importação de Bens Destinados às Atividades de Pesquisa e de Lavra das Jazidas de Petróleo e de Gás Natural ), including:

 

  a.

Registration with the Federal Tax Authority ( habilitação pela Secretaria da Receita Federal do Brasil (SRFB) );

 

  b.

Registration of the Import Declaration of the FPSO on the SISCOMEX ( Declaração de Importação formulada no Sistema Integrado de Comércio Exterior (Siscomex) );

 

  c.

Concession of the temporary admission regime with respect to the FPSO ( Deferimento do Requerimento de Admissão Temporária (RAT) ); and

 

  d.

Temporary enrollment certificate issued by the Brazilian naval authority ( Atestado de Inscrição Temporária (AIT) emitido pela Capitania dos Portos );

 

(iii)

The registration of the FPSO with Brazilian naval and air authorities ( Diretoria de Portos e Costas, Diretoria de Aeronáutica da Marinha, Agência Nacional de Aviação Civil—ANAC and Tribunal Marítimo );

 

(iv)

Clearances relating to inspections by workers’ safety authorities;

 

(v)

The timely electronic registration of the financial terms and conditions of the Charter Agreement with the Central Bank’s electronic registry of financial transactions ( Registro de Operações Financeiras – ROF ) (“ Central Bank Registration”) and filing under the Central Bank Registration of a schedule of payments ( esquema de pagamentos) due under the Charter Agreement, which shall be made before the registration of the Import Declaration of the FPSO on the Siscomex; and

 

(vi)

Any other governmental approval required under the Charter Agreement and the Services Agreement.


Schedule 5.20

to

Credit Agreement

CONSTRUCTION MILESTONES

A. Milestones under the OFE Supply Contracts as a condition to payment to an OFE Supplier

 

Order confirmation

 

Raw material purchase order

 

Manufacturing begin

 

Classification Society release note or certificate covering 50% of the chains

 

Classification Society release note or certificate covering 50% of the chains (second)

 

Data Book Delivery

B. Milestones under the EPC Contract

 

MS No.    Description

1

  

–   Contract Award to Yard

–   Signature of EPC Contract and first issue of the Contract Master

–   Schedule (Level 1) and Contractors Level 3 Execution Plan in native format to Company

2

  

GE Package:

–   (Gas Compression Package, Main Power generation Package as skid mounted sets, enclosures and ancillaries automation equipment, E House)

LMCPackage:

–   Turret package (including swivel)

3

  

–   Issue PO for Dehydration Package, CO2 removal package, Deck Cranes

–   Issue PO for First 50% of Steel Plate

–   Issue PO to Module Fabricator

–   Issue PO for First 50% of Piping Material

–   Issue Module Layouts

–   Issue MDR for Project

4

  

–   Issue Topside P&IDs

–   Issue Marine System P&IDs

–   Controls architecture block diagrams

–   Telecommunications block diagrams

–   Issue Detail Structural Drawings up to 5000 tons

–   Issue single line diagram issued Approved For Design (AFD) by Contractor and approved by Certifying Authority as demonstrated by letter of acceptance from the Certifying Authority for each item noted within this Milestone.


5

  

–  Completion of detailed Structural AFC Drawings

–   Commencement of all Module fabrication

–   Completion of 1st Dry Docking

–   Complete Structural Works for Accommodation Modification

–   Placement of orders for all tagged equipment. All Purchase Orders or Contracts under this milestone shall be confirmed to Company, by forwarding of full copies, including all supporting information, of un-priced, signed and acknowledged (by the Supplier) purchase orders (POs) and or Contracts placed by Contractor with each approved Supplier.

–   Supplier P&IDs, outline dimension drawings and interface data received for all tagged equipment items. Instrument index covering all P&ID instrumentation, framing plans, piping G&As and electrical block diagrams issued Approved for Construction (AFC) by Contractor.

6

  

–   First issue of Contractors Completion Management System (CMS), in native format, to Company for Mechanical Completion System and pre commissioning Management.

–   Completion of Deck crane foundation and pedestal fabrication.

–   Complete all Modules blasting and painting.

–   Commencement of 2nd Dry Docking.

–   Complete all miscellaneous equipment installation.

7

  

–   Commence Lifting of all Modules

–   Commence Turret Lift

–   Second issue of Contractors Completion Management System (CMS), in native format, to Company for Mechanical Completion System and pre commissioning Management.

8

  

–   Completion of Module Lifting

–   Accommodation ready for habitation

–   Turret Mechanical Completion achieved - Zero A Punch List Items

–   Hull Conversion Mechanical Completion achieved - Zero A Punch List Items

–   Fabrication and assembly of all PAU’s with equipment, piping, cables, instruments, etc. completed with Inspection Release Note acceptable to company for all tagged equipment items, and all drawings on the Master Document List AFC

–   Fourth Issue of the updated Contract Master Schedule (Level 1 Plan) and Level 3 Execution Plans in native Format to Company.

–   All (exceptions as required for load bank testing) electrical cables for the high voltage and medium voltage systems pulled, glanded, terminated and tested.

–   All primary structural connections between PAU’s and FPSO complete.


9

  

–  Mechanical Completion (Topside)

–   Mechanical completion of utility systems with no A Punch List items (excluding Punch list “B” items) completed and mechanical system certificates, system by system, issued and accepted by Company.

–   Mechanical completion of Main Process Systems and any system not covered under utility systems with no A Punch List items (excluding Punch list “B” items) completed and mechanical system certificates, system by system, issued and accepted by Company.

–   At-shore pre commissioning of all systems completed by Contractor and or Contractors Suppliers or Sub Contractors and pre-commissioning certificates issued, system by system and accepted by Company.

10

  

–   Ready for Sailway

–   All work including sea trials, inclination testing, sea fastening completed, and the FPSO ready for sail away with approval of Warranty Surveyor, and Certifying Authority Preliminary Inspection Release Note issued, and work accepted by Company.

11

  

–   As Built documents submission.


Exhibit A

to

Credit Agreement

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

TAKING THIS DOCUMENT OR ANY CERTIFIED COPY HEREOF OR ANY OTHER SIGNED DOCUMENT CONTAINING A WRITTEN CONFIRMATION OF OR REFERENCE TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN INTO AUSTRIA, OR SENDING ANY EMAIL COMMUNICATION CARRYING AN ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE TO WHICH A PDF-SCAN OF THIS DOCUMENT IS ATTACHED OR WHICH OTHERWISE REFERS TO THE TRANSACTIONS HEREIN TO OR FROM AUSTRIA MAY TRIGGER THE IMPOSITION OF AUSTRIAN STAMP DUTY.

ACCORDINGLY, KEEP THIS DOCUMENT AS WELL AS ALL CERTIFIED COPIES HEREOF AND ANY OTHER SIGNED DOCUMENT CONTAINING A REFERENCE TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OUTSIDE OF AUSTRIA AND AVOID SENDING ANY EMAIL COMMUNICATION CARRYING AN ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE TO WHICH A PDF-SCAN OF THIS DOCUMENT IS ATTACHED OR WHICH OTHERWISE REFERS TO THE TRANSACTIONS HEREIN TO OR FROM AUSTRIA.

NOTICE OF BORROWING

[Date]

HSBC Bank USA, National Association,

as Facility Agent for the Lenders

party to the Credit Agreement referred to below

452 Fifth Avenue – 8E6

New York, New York 10018

Attention: Corporate Trust and Loan Agency

Phone: 212-525-7293

Facsimile: 917-229-6659

Email: ctlany.loanagency@us.hsbc.com

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. The undersigned, OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG, refers to the Credit Agreement dated as of [●] (as amended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ,” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among the undersigned, certain lenders party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) and you as Facility Agent and Collateral Agent, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.2(a) of the Credit Agreement, that the undersigned hereby requests a Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such Borrowing (the “ Proposed Borrowing ”) as required by Section 3.2(a) of the Credit Agreement:

(i) The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is [●].


(ii) The aggregate principal amount of the Proposed Borrowing is $[●].

[(iii) The portion of such Proposed Borrowing constituting an Advance Working Capital Disbursement under Section 2.3(c) of the Credit Agreement is $[●].]

2. This Notice of Borrowing covers the payment of [Project Costs which have been paid, or have been incurred and are due and payable]//[Advance Working Capital Expenses which (x) are due and payable or (y) have been or will be incurred and will become due and payable within sixty (60) days after the Commercial Operation Date]//[(i) Project Costs which are (x) due and payable, (y) have been incurred and will become due and payable within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the Availability Period (including Accrued Construction Period Interest), or (z) have not yet been incurred but are estimated by the Borrower, in good faith, as necessary to complete any remaining Punch List items, the amount of which cannot be ascertained as of the date hereof but which is payable within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the Availability Period and (ii) the Petrobras Net Delay LD Amounts, estimated by the Borrower in good faith and in accordance with the terms of the Charter Agreement, Services Agreement and EPC Contract, and without regard to any claims or potential claims by the Borrower or the Operator for excused delays due to force majeure or other circumstances or events, any possible claims for set-off, or any other reductions but taking into account any legally binding agreement reached with Petrobras in connection with the Petrobras Delay LD Amounts] 1 .

3. The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Borrowing both before and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof:

(A) each of the conditions precedent contained in [Section 3.1 and] 2 Section 3.2 of the Credit Agreement has been fully satisfied;

(B) [all the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Section 4 of the Credit Agreement and all the representations and warranties of each of the Borrower, the Operator, the Sponsors, the General Partner and the Shareholders contained in any other Financing Document to which such Person is a party] 3 //[the Repeating Representations contained in the Credit Agreement and the representations and warranties of each of the Borrower, the Operator, the Sponsors, the General Partner and the Shareholders contained in any other Financing Document to which such Person is a party which are or are deemed repeated on each Disbursement Date under the terms of such other Financing Documents,] 4 are true and correct as though made on and as of the date of the Proposed Borrowing (or if expressly stated to have been made as of an earlier date, were true and correct as of such date); and

(C) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Proposed Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds thereof, and no default by the Borrower or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any other Person (which default by such other Person could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) under any of the Transaction Documents has occurred and is continuing.

 

1  

Select as appropriate in accordance with Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement.

2  

Include in the Notice of Borrowing for the first Disbursement only.

3  

Include in the Notice of Borrowing for the first Disbursement only.

4  

Include in the Notice of Borrowing for each subsequent Disbursement (other than the first Disbursement).


4. The undersigned hereby further certifies as follows:

(A) Set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto is the following information: (a) the name of each Person to whom any payment is to be made from the amounts described in paragraph 1 above, (b) an accurate description of the work performed [or to be performed], services rendered or to be rendered, materials, equipment or supplies delivered [or to be delivered], the Construction Milestones completed [or to be completed] 5 or such other purpose for which each such payment was or is to be made, (c) the aggregate amount of each such payment, and (d) the proposed date of each such payment.

(B) Attached hereto as Attachment I are copies of all invoices and payment requests with respect to each item set forth on Schedule 1 and, in the case of any amount set forth on Schedule 1 payable to the EPC Contractor, a true and complete copy of the applicable progress report delivered in accordance with Section 5.1(f) of the Credit Agreement and payment request submitted to the Borrower by the EPC Contractor (other than, in each case, any such invoices, payment requests and progress reports not yet received but reasonably expected to be received by the Borrower prior to the Disbursement Date).

(C) The Project Costs for which payment is requested under this Notice of Borrowing have not been the basis for any prior Notice of Borrowing by the Borrower. [No payment is requested under this Notice of Borrowing for a Construction Milestone not yet completed in accordance with the terms of the EPC Contract.] 6 Furthermore, the proceeds of all Borrowings as of the date hereof have been applied to pay Project Costs listed on the applicable Notice of Borrowing with respect to which such amounts were drawn.

 

Very truly yours,
OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG
By:    
  Name:
 

Title:

 

5

Include in the Notice of Borrowing for the final Disbursement only.

6  

May be omitted from the Notice of Borrowing for the final Disbursement only.


Schedule 1

to

Exhibit A

(Notice of Borrowing)

 

Name of Payee

   Purpose    Amount
of Payment
   Date of
Payment


Attachment I

to

Exhibit A

(Notice of Borrowing)

INVOICES AND EPC CONTRACTOR’S PAYMENT APPLICATION


Exhibit B

to

Credit Agreement

FORM OF TECHNICAL ADVISOR’S CERTIFICATE

TECHNICAL ADVISOR’S CERTIFICATE

Date:                     

Re: Notice of Borrowing No.                     

 

To:

HSBC Bank USA, National Association,

as Facility Agent for the Lenders

party to the Credit Agreement referred to below

452 Fifth Avenue – 8E6

New York, New York 10018

Attention: Corporate Trust and Loan Agency

Phone: 212-525-7293

Facsimile: 917-229-6659 and 212-525-1300

Email: ctlany.loanagency@us.hsbc.com

 

Re:

OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG

[NAME OF TECHNICAL ADVISOR], acting as the “Technical Advisor” under the Credit Agreement defined below, hereby submits this Certificate in connection with the proposed Disbursement of Loans pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement, dated as of [●], among OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Facility Agent and as Collateral Agent (as in effect on the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

The Technical Advisor has discussed all matters believed pertinent to this Certificate and the Technical Advisor Report (enclosed hereto) with the Borrower, the EPC Contractor and/or any other third party as the Technical Advisor has deemed appropriate, and has made such inspections, site visits, reviews, examinations and investigations as the Technical Advisor believed were reasonably necessary to establish the accuracy of this Certificate and the Technical Advisor Report. On the basis of the foregoing and on the understanding and belief that the Technical Advisor has been provided with true, correct and complete information from such other parties as to the matters covered by this Certificate and the Technical Advisor Report, the Technical Advisor hereby certifies, in its professional opinion, as of the date hereof, that:


1. The individual executing this Certificate is a duly authorized representative of the Technical Advisor, authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate on behalf of the Technical Advisor.

2. The Technical Advisor has performed its review of the Notice of Borrowing referenced above (the “ Notice of Borrowing ”) in a professional manner using sound project management and supervisory principles and procedures and in accordance with the standards of care practiced by leading consulting engineers in performing similar tasks on like projects. The Technical Advisor represents that it has the required skills and capacity to perform its services in the foregoing manner.

3. The Technical Advisor has received all information it has requested relating to the EPC Contract and any other Transaction Document and has no reason to believe that any of the information is untrue, incorrect or incomplete.

4. With respect to the Notice of Borrowing, the Technical Advisor has no reason to believe, except as may be noted below, that any statement made by the Borrower in the Notice of Borrowing is not true.

 

 

 

 

5. The FPSO is being built in all material respects in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the quality of the Work completed to date is in accordance with the EPC Contract, and the Technical Advisor has no reason to believe that the FPSO is being built in violation in any material respect of any applicable laws, regulations, or Governmental Approvals in effect at the time of performance of the relevant Work, subject to the following:             

 

 

 

 

6. With respect to the amount requested in the Notice of Borrowing pertaining to any element of the Work performed and/or any Construction Milestone achieved under the EPC Contract, (a) the EPC Contractor has already been paid such amount, or is entitled to receive such amount as of the date hereof, pursuant to the terms of the EPC Contract, (b) each such element has been completed and/or such Construction Milestone has been achieved and (c) except as noted below, all such Work and each such Construction Milestone have been satisfactorily completed in all material respects.

 

Element Not Completed

      

Value

 

      

 

 

      

 

7. The expenditures contemplated by the Notice of Borrowing set forth below are [or, in the case of the Disbursements to be made on the first Disbursement Date, were] contemplated by the line item of the Capex Budget specified below opposite each such expenditure. Such payments, when added to other such payments previously authorized, represent the percentage specified below of the aggregate amount of such payments provided for in the Capex Budget.


Expenditure

      

Line Item

       

Percentage

         
                    %   
                    %   

 

 

 

 

8. It is the professional opinion of the undersigned that the Shipyard Delivery Date will occur on or prior to              ,              and that the Commercial Operation Date will occur on or prior to October 29, 2017.

9. The Technical Advisor has no reason to believe that the EPC Contractor has failed to perform on a timely basis any material obligation under the EPC Contract as of the date hereof[, except as may be noted below]. The Technical Advisor has no reason to believe[, except as may be noted below,] that there has occurred an event or there exists a default on the part of the Borrower or the EPC Contractor under the EPC Contract which would permit any party to terminate the EPC Contract or to suspend such party’s performance thereunder.

 

 

 

 

[10. The Technical Advisor confirms that it has reviewed the Borrower’s estimate of the amount required to complete the Punch List items attached to the Notice of Borrowing and believes such estimate is reasonable.] 1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate on the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF TECHNICAL ADVISOR]
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

Enclosed: Technical Advisor Report

 

1  

Include in the Technical Advisor’s Certificate for the final Disbursement only.


Exhibit C-1

to

Credit Agreement

FORM OF BORROWER COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

TAKING THIS DOCUMENT OR ANY CERTIFIED COPY HEREOF OR ANY OTHER SIGNED DOCUMENT CONTAINING A WRITTEN CONFIRMATION OF OR REFERENCE TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN INTO AUSTRIA, OR SENDING ANY EMAIL COMMUNICATION CARRYING AN ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE TO WHICH A PDF-SCAN OF THIS DOCUMENT IS ATTACHED OR WHICH OTHERWISE REFERS TO THE TRANSACTIONS HEREIN TO OR FROM AUSTRIA MAY TRIGGER THE IMPOSITION OF AUSTRIAN STAMP DUTY.

ACCORDINGLY, KEEP THIS DOCUMENT AS WELL AS ALL CERTIFIED COPIES HEREOF AND ANY OTHER SIGNED DOCUMENT CONTAINING A REFERENCE TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OUTSIDE OF AUSTRIA AND AVOID SENDING ANY EMAIL COMMUNICATION CARRYING AN ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE TO WHICH A PDF-SCAN OF THIS DOCUMENT IS ATTACHED OR WHICH OTHERWISE REFERS TO THE TRANSACTIONS HEREIN TO OR FROM AUSTRIA.

OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG

[INSERT PROJECT COMPLETION DATE]

BORROWER COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

[Date] 2

HSBC Bank USA, National Association,

as Facility Agent for the Lenders

party to the Credit Agreement referred to below

452 Fifth Avenue – 8E6

New York, New York 10018

Attention: Corporate Trust and Loan Agency

Phone: 212-525-7293

Facsimile: 917-229-6659 and 212-525-1300

Email: ctlany.loanagency@us.hsbc.com

This Certificate is being delivered by the undersigned, OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG, a limited partnership ( Kommanditgesellschaft ) duly organized and existing under the laws of Austria with registration number FN 423769 s (the “ Borrower ”) in connection with the Credit Agreement dated as of [●] (as amended, supplemented or modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Facility Agent and as Collateral Agent.

 

2  

To be dated the Project Completion Date.


Each capitalized term used herein and not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

After due inquiry and to induce the Secured Parties to rely hereon and to take action in reliance hereon, I do hereby certify that I am an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, and in such capacity do hereby further certify that:

 

  (a)

Attached hereto as Exhibit A are certified 3 copies of the insurance policies required by Section 5.9 of the Credit Agreement, or certificates of insurance with respect thereto together with evidence of the payment of all premiums therefor [and a certificate of the Insurance Advisor certifying that insurance complying with Section 5.9 of the Credit Agreement, covering the risks referred to therein, has been obtained and is in full force and effect] 4 .

 

  (b)

All Necessary Governmental Approvals, which under applicable Law were required to be obtained prior to the Project Completion Date, have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect and free from conditions or requirements the compliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or which the Borrower does not reasonably expect to be able to satisfy. Attached hereto as Exhibit B are true and correct copies of such Necessary Governmental Approvals.

 

  (c)

Attached hereto as Exhibit C are certified copies of all documents that were required to be delivered by the EPC Contractor under Article 17 of the EPC Contract.

 

  (d)

Each of the following has occurred:

 

  (i)

the Work (except for Punch List items) has been completed in accordance with the Construction Contracts in all material aspects and in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws and Necessary Governmental Approvals, and all ancillary construction, upgrades and improvements necessary for the operation of the Project as contemplated by the Transaction Documents have been completed;

 

  (ii)

the Shipyard Delivery Date has occurred;

 

  (iii)

all Project Costs (including any cost overruns in respect of Project Costs) have been paid other than in respect of (x) any remaining Punch List items, (y) Advance Working Capital Expenses for which amounts are available under the undrawn Commitments and under the Equity Support Deed, and (z) Petrobras Delay LD Amounts covered by amounts available to pay such amounts in the Delay LD Reserve Sub account or by amounts available under the Equity Support Deed;

 

3  

See Section 5.9(e) of the Credit Agreement for a full list of requirements for such certification.

4  

To be included unless covered by the insurer’s certification.


  (iv)

each remaining Petrobras Punch List item has been assessed by Petrobras, all remaining Punch List items in the aggregate cannot reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the operations of the FPSO, and the total cost to the Borrower to complete such Punch List items does not exceed $3,500,000; and (v) an amount no less than such total cost amount referred to in sub-paragraph

 

  (iv)

above is on deposit in the Offshore Construction Account or in the Offshore Distribution Holding Account (or is otherwise available to the Borrower in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent acting upon the instructions of the Required Lenders) and is available to pay such costs.

 

  (e)

The Commercial Operation Date has occurred, Petrobras has formally accepted the FPSO and, upon delivery of this Certificate to the Facility Agent, all other conditions set forth in Section 3.3 of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied.

 

  (f)

No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate on the date first above written.

 

OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG
By:    
 

Name:

Title:


Exhibit C-2

to

Credit Agreement

FORM OF TECHNICAL ADVISOR COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

TECHNICAL ADVISOR COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

[INSERT PROJECT COMPLETION DATE]

 

To:

HSBC Bank USA, National Association,

as Facility Agent for the Lenders

party to the Credit Agreement referred to below

452 Fifth Avenue – 8E6

New York, New York 10018

Attention: Corporate Trust and Loan Agency

Phone: 212-525-7293

Facsimile: 917-229-6659 and 212-525-1300

Email: ctlany.loanagency@us.hsbc.com

 

Re:

OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG

[NAME OF TECHNICAL ADVISOR], acting as the “Technical Advisor” under the Credit Agreement defined below, hereby submits this Certificate in connection with the Project Completion Date, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement, dated as of [●], among OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Facility Agent and as Collateral Agent (as in effect on the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement ”).

The Technical Advisor has discussed all matters believed pertinent to this Certificate with the Borrower, the EPC Contractor and/or any other third party as the Technical Advisor has deemed appropriate, and has made such inspections, site visits, reviews, examinations and investigations as the Technical Advisor believed were reasonably necessary to establish the accuracy of this Certificate. On the basis of the foregoing and on the understanding and belief that the Technical Advisor has been provided true, correct and complete information from such other parties as to the matters covered by this Certificate, the Technical Advisor hereby certifies, in its professional opinion, as of the date hereof, that:

1. The individual executing this Certificate is a duly authorized representative of the Technical Advisor, authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate on behalf of the Technical Advisor.

2. The Technical Advisor has performed its review of the Borrower Completion Certificate in a professional manner using sound project management and supervisory principles and procedures and in accordance with the standards of care practiced by leading consulting engineers in performing similar tasks on like projects. The Technical Advisor represents that it has the required skills and capacity to perform its services in the foregoing manner.


3. The Technical Advisor hereby confirms that the Shipyard Delivery Date for the FPSO has occurred and that the Commercial Operation Date has occurred, and attached hereto is a copy, as provided to the Technical Advisor, of the evidence of acceptance by Petrobras of the FPSO.

4. The Technical Advisor hereby certifies in its reasonable professional opinion that:

 

  (i)

the Work (except for the Punch List items) has been completed in accordance with the Construction Contracts in all material respects and in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws and Necessary Governmental Approvals, and all ancillary construction, upgrades and improvements necessary for the operation of the Project as contemplated by the Transaction Documents have been completed;

 

  (ii)

all Project Costs (including any cost overruns in respect of Project Costs) have been paid other than in respect of (x) any remaining Punch List items, (y) Advance Working Capital Expenses and (z) Petrobras Delay LD Amounts; and

 

  (iii)

each remaining Petrobras Punch List item has been assessed by Petrobras, all remaining Punch List items in the aggregate cannot reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the operations of the FPSO, and the total cost to the Borrower to complete such Punch List items does not exceed $3,500,000.

5. With respect to the Borrower Completion Certificate, the Technical Advisor has no reason to believe that any statement made by the Borrower is not true in any material respect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate on the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF TECHNICAL ADVISOR]
By:    
Name:
Title:


Exhibit D-1

to

Credit Agreement

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made effective as of the […] (the “Effective Date”)

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

OOGTK LIBRA GmbH & Co KG, an Austrian partnership with an address at Lothringerstra b e 16/8, 1030 Vienna; Austria (“OOGTK”); and

 

(2)

OOG-TKP OIL SERVICES LTD. , an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, whose registered office is at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (“Service Provider”).

WHEREAS:

 

A.

Service Provider is owned by affiliates of the partners in OOGTK;

 

B.

OOGTK has entered into a Contract for Vessel Refurbishment, Conversion, Topsides Fabrication, Integration and Completion of FPSO (the “Contract”) with Jurong Shipyard Pte. Ltd. in Singapore, (the “Jurong Shipyard”) and requires construction management and support services in connection with its supervision of such activities at the Jurong Shipyard;

 

C.

Service Provider has, under two separate agreements dated […], engaged the services of OOG Oil Services Ltd and Teekay Petrojarl Production AS respectively to provide a variety of FPSO, shipping and associated services, including vessel engineering, project management, HR, IT, administrative and other ancillary services;

 

D.

Service Provider will also engage the services of certain third party consultants to provide engineering and other support services as required; and

 

E.

OOGTK wishes to obtain the benefit of the Construction Managements Services (the “Services”) on the terms set out under this Agreement and Service Provider is also willing to provide the Services on the same terms.

NOW THEREFORE this Construction Management Agreement (the “Agreement”) witnesses that in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Definitions

 

1.1

In this Agreement the following terms shall have the meanings set out below:

“Consequential Loss” means: (a) indirect or consequential loss or damages under applicable law; and/or (b) loss of production, loss of product, loss of use, loss of business and business interruption and loss of revenue, profit or anticipated profit whether direct or indirect arising from or related to the performance of this Agreement and whether or not such losses were foreseeable at the time of entering into this Agreement;


“Permitted Subcontractors” means Odebrecht Óleo e Gás S.A., Odebrecht Oil Services Ltd., Teekay Petrojarl Production AS;

“Petrobras Charter” means the Charter Agreement to be entered into between Petrobras – Petroleo Brasileiro S.A. and Owner with respect to the FPSO;

“Service Fee” means the fee determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 hereof. “Services” means the matters and services described in Schedule A hereof.

 

1.2

Interpretation: In this Agreement:

 

  1.2.1

References to persons include references to bodies corporate and unincorporate.

 

  1.2.2

Unless the context requires otherwise, words in the singular number include the plural number and vice versa.

 

  1.2.3

Words in one gender include all other genders.

 

  1.2.4

Clause headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement and, unless otherwise specified, all references to clauses and schedules are to clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement.

 

2.

Appointment

 

2.1

OOGTK hereby appoints Service Provider to provide, and Service Provider hereby agrees to provide for OOGTK, the Services subject to and upon the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

3.

Services

 

3.1

Service Provider shall, except as otherwise instructed by OOGTK in writing, perform all or any of the Services for OOGTK as OOGTK may from time to time reasonably request.

 

3.2

Service Provider shall retain or procure at all times qualified personnel so as to maintain a level of expertise sufficient to provide the Services for OOGTK in accordance with this Agreement.

 

3.3

In exercise of its duties hereunder, Service Provider shall at all times perform the Services diligently and in a commercially reasonable manner and be responsible to OOGTK for the due and proper performance of the same.

 

3.4

Service Provider shall keep full and proper books, records and accounts showing clearly all transactions relating to its provision of the Services in accordance with established general commercial practices and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and allow OOGTK and its representatives to audit and examine such books, records and accounts at any time during customary business hours.

 

3.5

Service Provider shall keep all the documentation mentioned in clause 3.4 above in accordance with the statute of limitation for tax obligations under both Norway and Austrian laws.

 

LIBRA CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

2


4.

Payment Terms

 

4.1.

In consideration for the performance of the Services (including any Services which have been performed or procured prior to the date hereof), 4.2. OOGTK shall pay to the Service Provider a total price for the Services provided during the term of the Agreement (the “ Service Fees ”) equal to US$ 59,036,478 , as adjusted in accordance with, and subject to the terms of, this Clause 4, payable in accordance with the Service Provider’ progress in performing the Services from time to time.

 

4.3.

The Service Provider shall have the right to issue invoices (each a “ Service Fee Invoice ”) to OOGTK from time to time, but not later than six months after the Commercial Operation Date for the FPSO has occurred, with respect to the Service Fees for Services performed or procured in an amount not to exceed in aggregate the amount set forth in the clause above.

 

5.

Subcontracting

 

5.1

Except if sub-contracted or partially assigned to the Permitted Subcontractors, Service Provider shall not assign, sub-contract or sub-license any of its obligations or rights hereunder to any third party without the prior written consent of OOGTK, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. For the avoidance of doubt, no assignment, subcontracting or sub-licensing under this Clause 5 or otherwise shall relieve the Service Provider from its responsibility to OOGTK to providing the Services nor from any of its other obligations to OOGTK hereunder.

 

6.

Limitation of Liability

 

6.1

In no event shall OOGTK have any liability under or in connection with this Agreement in respect of all and any claims whatsoever and howsoever arising and whether in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty or otherwise other than the liability for payment of the Service Fees in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

6.2

The aggregate liability of the Service Provider, its officers, employees and agents, under or in connection with this Agreement, in respect of all and any claims whatsoever and howsoever arising and whether in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty, or otherwise shall not exceed ten per cent (10%) of the amount of the total Services Fees invoiced by the Service Provider under this Agreement.

 

6.4

Without limiting the generality of Clauses 6.1 and 6.2:

 

i.

no party (nor its officers, employees and agents) shall have any liability whatsoever to any other party for any Consequential Loss; and

 

ii.

the Service Provider shall not be liable for any action taken by it or failed to be taken by it in good faith under or in connection with this Agreement unless directly caused by its negligence or misconduct.

 

7.

Termination and Variation

 

7.1

This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and, unless sooner terminated pursuant to clause 7.2 hereof or upon the agreement of the parties in writing, shall continue for as long as Services are required by OOGTK in respect of the Contract.

 

LIBRA CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

3


7.2

This Agreement shall automatically terminate:

 

  7.2.1

at the option of the party not in breach, if either party breaches a material obligation of this Agreement and fails to remedy the breach within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof;

 

  7.2.2

at the option of the other party, if a party makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, files a petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation, is adjudged insolvent or bankrupt, commences any proceedings for a reorganization or arrangement of debts, dissolution, or liquidation under any law or statute or any jurisdiction applicable thereto, or if any such proceedings shall be commenced and not dismissed or otherwise disposed of within thirty (30) days; or

 

  7.2.3

if a final judgment, order or decree which materially and adversely affects the ability of either party to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall have been obtained or entered against the other party and such judgment, order or decree shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed.

 

7.3

Upon termination of this Agreement the Service Fee payable to Service Provider shall be calculated and paid to the actual date of termination. Any overpayment shall be refunded to OOGTK by Service Provider and any underpayment shall be paid to Service Provider by OOGTK.

 

7.4

In the event of termination as herein provided, OOGTK will be fully responsible and liable for any cost or expense incurred by Service Provider in connection with the provision of the Services prior to such termination or as a consequence of a termination caused by OOGTK other than a termination under 7.2.1 as a result of a breach by the Service Provider of a material obligation and Service Provider shall remain liable to OOGTK to account for monies received by Service Provider in connection with the provision of the Services prior to termination and not expended prior to or as a consequence of termination.

 

8.

Ratification and Indemnification

 

8.2

OOGTK ratifies and confirms and undertakes at all times to ratify and confirm whatever may be properly done or caused to be done by Service Provider in the provision of the Services.

 

8.3

OOGTK undertakes to keep Service Provider and its employees, contractors, servants and agents indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands, or liabilities whatsoever which may be brought against them due to this Agreement including, without limitation, all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities brought under the environmental laws of any jurisdiction, and against and in respect of all costs and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) they may suffer or incur due to defending or settling any or all of the same, provided however, that such indemnity shall exclude any or all losses, actions, proceedings, claims, demands, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities whatsoever which may be caused by or due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Service Provider or its employees, contractors, servants or agents.

 

9.

Force Majeure

 

9.1

Neither party shall be liable for any failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement due to any cause beyond its reasonable control.

 

LIBRA CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

4


10.

Entire Agreement

 

10.1

This Agreement forms the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all previous agreements, written or oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

11.

Severability

 

11.1.1

If any provision herein is held to be void or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions herein shall remain unaffected and enforceable.

 

12.

Relationship between the Parties

 

12.1

The relationship between the parties is that of independent contractor. Nothing herein shall be interpreted so as to create a partnership, joint venture, employee or agency relationship between Service Provider and OOGTK.

 

13.

Confidential Information

 

13.1

Each party (the “Receiving Party”) shall keep confidential, both during and after the currency of this Agreement, all information relating in any way to the “Disclosing Party” that it has acquired or developed during the term of this Agreement. The foregoing shall not apply to such information which is generally known to the public other than by way of breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party and shall not apply to the extent that the Receiving Party is required by law to disclose any such information. The Receiving Party shall not make use of such information for any purpose other than in the course of doing what is required of it under this Agreement. The Disclosing Party shall be entitled to any equitable remedy available at law or equity, including specific performance, against a breach by the Receiving Party of this obligation.

 

14.

Surrender of Books and Records

 

14.1

Upon termination of this Agreement Service Provider shall forthwith surrender to OOGTK any and all books, records documents and other property in the possession or control of Service Provider relating to this Agreement and to the business, finance, technology, trademarks or affairs of OOGTK and, except as required by law, shall not retain any copies of the same.

 

15.

Law

 

15.1

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment hereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Section 15.

 

15.2

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

 

15.3

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

 

LIBRA CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

5


15.4

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

 

15.5

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD 50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

 

16.

Modification and Inurement

 

16.1

This Agreement shall not be amended, altered or modified except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto and shall be binding upon and inure to their benefit and be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

17.

Notice

 

17.1

All notices, requests, demands and other communications given or made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either by hand or by fax to the addresses below and shall be deemed to have been given when actually received:

 

If to OOGTK:

  

If to Service Provider:

OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG

  

OOG-TKP OIL SERVICES LTD.

Lothringerstra b e 16/8

  

PO Box 309, Ugland House

1030 Vienna

  

Grand Cayman, KY1-1104

  

Cayman Islands

Fax: (+43) 1 710 504519

  

Attention : Managing Director

  

Attention: Michel Nielsen

  

(michel.nielsen@teekay.com)

  

Talitha Fernandez

  

(talithafernandez@odebrecht.com)

 

18.

Waiver

 

18.1

The failure of either party to enforce any term of this Agreement shall not act as a waiver. Any waiver must be specifically stated as such in writing

 

19.

SPECIAL CLAUSE

 

19.1

The Parties shall commit no act that is an offence under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, under the O.E.C.D. Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, under the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010 or under the Brazilian Anti-Corruption Law.

 

LIBRA CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

6


20.

Counterparts

 

20.1

This Agreement may be executed in one or more signed counterparts, facsimile or otherwise, which shall together form one instrument.

 

LIBRA CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

7


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers the day and year first above written.

 

OOGTK LIBRA GmbH & Co KG

By OOGTK Libra GmbH

its General Partner

    OOG-TKP OIL SERVICES LTD.
     

By:

   
       

Director

   

By:

       

By:

   
 

Paul Doralt

     

Director

 

Managing Director

     

 

LIBRA CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

8


SCHEDULE A

THE SERVICES

Service Provider shall provide for OOGTK such Services as OOGTK shall from time to time request Service Provider to provide for it pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement.

For greater certainty, in this Agreement ‘Services’ means all matters and activities which OOGTK requires from Service Provider including but not limited to:

 

(a)

The Shipyard Supervision Services:

 

  i.

technical supervision during the conversion phase, in particular to ensure the compliance of the FPSO with the specifications under the Petrobras Charter, including in relation to engineering services, regulatory compliance, governmental approvals and others;

 

  ii.

contractual administration;

 

  iii.

management of contractors and subcontractors.

 

(b)

The Pre-Operational Services:

 

  i.

early mobilization of the operational crew to the shipyard for assistance during the transportation of the FPSO to Brazilian waters;

 

  ii.

providing assistance during the commissioning phase and all sea trial tests; and

 

  iii.

assistance with purchase of spare parts and other consumables, catering services and others.

 

(c)

The Mobilization Services:

 

  i.

clearance of the FPSO with Brazilian customs, Federal Police and Brazilian Navy and Coast Guard; and

 

  ii.

assistance in relation to Petrobras acceptance tests in order to ensure a timely acceptance and smooth start-up under the Petrobras Charter; and.

 

  iii.

assistance in relation to the navigation of the FPSO to Brazil, including support vessels, fuel, performance of “Warranty Surveyor” and others.

 

(d)

Other Construction Support services

 

  i.

such other services relating to the foregoing as OOGTK may from time to time request from Service Provider.

 

LIBRA CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

9


(e)

HR Support and Recruitment Services:

 

  i.

Assistance with the recruitment of personnel as required by the OOGTK

 

  ii.

Assistance with ongoing HR support for personnel as required by the OOGTK; and

 

  iii.

Assistance with obtaining the services of consultants as required during the period of the Agreement.

 

(f)

IT Set Up and Support Services:

 

  i.

Assistance with establishing the IT infrastructure in accordance with Owner’s requirements, including, but not limited to: e-mail access, mobile and land phone calls, fixed links, access to Oracle, VoIP calls, printing, leasing of equipment, access to SISENG, computer equipment and purchase of software; and

 

  ii.

Assistance with providing ongoing IT support as required by Owner.

 

(g)

Shared Services Centre:

 

  i.

Services required to support the activities of the Owner and the activities referred to in this schedule, including: payroll processing services; finance, tax, procurement and accounting services.

 

(h)

Other Services:

 

  i.

Provision of office supplies;

 

  ii.

Rental of offices and facilities; and

 

  iii.

Notarial services.

 

LIBRA CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

10


Exhibit D-2

to

Credit Agreement

ASSET MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

OOGTK LIBRA GMBH & CO KG

AS CONTRACTING PARTY

AND

OOGTK LIBRA PRODUÇÃO DE PETRÓLEO LTDA.

AS CONTRACTOR

 

 

DATED […]

 

 

FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA PROJECT


CONTENTS

 

Clause

      

Page

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

  

1

2.

 

APPOINTMENT OF CONTRACTOR

  

3

3.

 

TERM OF AGREEMENT

  

3

4.

 

OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR

  

3

5.

 

AMA FEES

  

5

6.

 

PAYMENTS

  

6

7.

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

  

6

8.

 

NOTICES

  

7

9.

 

NO PARTNERSHIP

  

7

10.

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

  

8

11.

 

AMENDMENT AND RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER DOCUMENTS

  

8

12.

 

COUNTERPARTS

  

8

13.

 

SEVERABILITY

  

8

14.

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND GOVERNING LAW

  

8


THIS ASSET MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT is made effective as of the […] (this “ Agreement ”)

BETWEEN:

(1) OOGTK LIBRA GmbH & Co KG, an Austrian partnership with an address at Lothringerstraße 16/8, 1030 Vienna; Austria (the “ Contracting Party”);

(2) OOGTK LIBRA PRODUÇÃO DE PETRÓLEO LTDA., a limitada organized and existing under the laws of Brazil, with offices at Avenida Pasteur 154, 9º andar, Botafogo, Rio de Janeiro CEP:22290-240 (the “ Contractor ”).

WHEREAS:

(A) The Contracting Party has entered into the Charter Agreement with Petrobras (as defined below) in connection with the charter of one Floating, Production, Storage and Offloading unit named “ Pioneiro de Libra” (the “ FPSO ”);

(B) The Contractor has made available the organization, resources, knowledge and experience to advise and assist the Contracting Party in relation to certain technical matters in connection with services to be provided in Brazil relating to the obligations of the Contracting Party under the Charter Agreement in connection with the ongoing upkeep and general maintenance of the FPSO. The Contractor is also able to assist the Contracting Party to manage capital works relating to the upgrade or modification of the FPSO, as required from time to time ;

(C) The parties have agreed that the Contractor will provide to the Contracting Party the Services (as defined below), in respect of the Project (as defined below) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Agreement; and

(D) This Agreement is entered into between the Contracting Party and the Contractor relating to the Project.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions

The following terms, when used herein shall have the following meanings:

Accounts Agreement ” means the Collateral and Accounts Agreement executed on [...].

AMA Fee Invoice ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 5.5;

AMA Fees ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 5.1;

Approval Notice ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 5.5;


Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for domestic and foreign exchange business in Austria, London, New York, Paris, Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo;

Charter Agreement ” means, a Charter Agreement, dated January 30, 2015 (as amended from time to time), entered into between Petrobras, as leader and operaror of the Libra_P1 Consortium, and the Contracting Party;

Consequential Loss ” means: (a) indirect or consequential loss or damages under applicable law; and/or (b) loss of production, loss of product, loss of use, loss of business and business interruption and loss of revenue, profit or anticipated profit whether direct or indirect arising from or related to the performance of this Agreement and whether or not such losses were foreseeable at the time of entering into this Agreement;

FPSO ” has the meaning given to it in the recitals of this Agreement.

Equipment ” means all equipment, materials, supplies, apparatus, machinery, parts, tools (including special tools), components, instruments, appliances, spare parts and appurtenances that are required for the maintenance, upkeep and preservation of the FPSO and in connection with upgrades or modifications to the FPSO;

Notice of Invoice ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 5.3;

Petrobras ” means Petróleo Brasileiro S.A. - PETROBRAS;

Project ” means the construction and chartering operations of the FPSO and all other equipment relevant to the operation of the FPSO, as well as other assets attached to the FPSO owned (or to be owned) by the Contracting Party;

Services ” means the services to be provided by the Contractor pursuant to Clause 4

( Obligations of the Contractor );

Special Customs Regime ” means any special customs regime in force in accordance with the laws of Brazil, such as (i) REPETRO, currently regulated by Articles 458 to 462 of Decree 6,759 of February 02, 2009, and by Administrative Ordinance 844 dated as of May 09, 2008, as amended from time to time; (ii)  Admissão Temporária, currently regulated by Administrative Ordinance 1,361 dated as of May 21, 2013, , as amended from time to time, or any other special customs regime that may be created or that may replace the existing regimes; and

US$ ” means the official currency for the time being of the United States of America.


1.2

Interpretation

(a) References to any document or other instruments include all amendments and replacements thereof and supplements thereto.

(b) References to “ Clauses ” are to clauses of this Agreement.

(c) Clause headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

(d) All references to persons include their successors, and permitted transferees and assigns.

(e) Where the words “ include ” or “ including ” appear they are to be construed without limitation.

(f) Words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

(g) A “ person ” shall be construed as a reference to any person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the foregoing; and

(h) “party” means a party to this Agreement.

 

2 .

APPOINTMENT OF CONTRACTOR

 

2.1

The Contracting Party hereby engages and appoints the Contractor in connection with the performance of the Services upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.2

The Contractor accepts the engagement and appointment made by the Contracting Party in Clause 2.1 and agrees to perform the Services and to carry out its other duties and obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

3. TERM OF AGREEMENT

3.1 This Agreement shall take effect from [...] and shall continue in force until the later of the date on which: (i) the Contracting Party has fully and finally paid all of its obligations hereunder to the Contractor, (ii) the date falling sixty (60) days from the date on which either party hereto notifies in writing the other party that it wishes to terminate this Agreement (and either party may elect to deliver any such notice at any time in its sole discretion), and (iii) the Charter Agreement relating to the FPSO has been terminated, whereupon this Agreement shall terminate (but for the avoidance of doubt such termination shall not affect the accrued rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement at the date of termination).

4. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR

4.1 The Contractor shall, from time to time, until the date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Clause 3 ( Term of Agreement ), provide the following advisory services and assistance to the Contracting Party in relation to the FPSO (but only to the extent that the performance of such services are consistent with the obligations of the Contracting Party to Petrobras under the Charter Agreement), as may be required, and following request, by the Contracting Party from time to time:

 

  (i)

ensuring the maintenance of the FPSO in accordance with the requirements of the Charter Agreement and good oil and gas industry practices, including procurement of equipment and spare parts as necessary from time to time for the proper upkeep and maintenance and operation of the FPSO, so that the hull, machinery and equipment of the FPSO is in a seaworthy condition and according to international standards of equipment condition to operation;


  (ii)

ensuring that the FPSO is suitably equipped for the tasks required of it in relation to the Project;

 

  (iii)

assisting with the drydocking of the FPSO, as may be necessary;

 

  (iv)

the provision of, replacement and/or substitution of Equipment, including, in each case, during drydocking;

 

  (v)

assuming responsibility for the payment of import duties, tariffs and charges in connection with the importation of the Equipment under the Special Customs Regime, including, but not limited to customs duties, fees, tariffs, stamp charges, port storage fees, freight, transportation, insurance, storage and agents’ fees relating thereto;

 

  (vi)

assisting with the management of works relating to the upgrade or modification of the FPSO, including the procurement of related equipment and materials, as required;

 

  (vii)  

advising and assisting the Contracting Party with respect to technical issues that may arise from time to time in relation to the FPSO;

 

  (viii)  

keeping the Contracting Party informed of Brazilian and international practice and any new developments that it becomes aware of in the field of good drillship or other relevant vessel operation and maintenance and offshore drilling, production, offloading and storage activity generally;

 

  (ix)

advising and assisting the Contracting Party relating to its obligations in connection with compliance with international and Brazilian safety and environmental standards;

 

  (x)

relating to the compliance by the Contracting Party of all pertinent Brazilian legislation having regard to its obligations under the Charter Agreement;

 

  (xi)

keep proper control and record of the inventory, and inform the Contracting Party of any Equipment that should be bought by the Contracting Party so as to allow proper maintenance and preservation of the FPSO in accordance with the terms of the Charter Agreement; and

 

  (xii)  

following the termination of this Agreement, return to the Contracting Party all Equipment and materials specified on the then current inventory, considering ordinary normal wear and tear, and provided that the Contractor is allowed to remove all of Contractor’s respective equipment and items.


together, in each case, with certain ancillary and incidental services (including, without limitation, with respect to the procurement of material or equipment) reasonably required by the Contracting Party and agreed in writing between the parties hereto.

4.2 The Contractor shall perform the Services, in accordance with this Agreement and any applicable law, regulation, rules and standards (industry and governmental), using properly trained and skilled personnel that are adequately qualified to perform their respective tasks in accordance with good oil and gas industry practices, and such Services shall be performed using current or other appropriate methods and techniques.

4.3 The Contractor may subcontract all or any part of the Services to any of its affiliates provided that no such subcontracting shall relieve the Contractor from its obligations hereunder.

4.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this Clause 4, the Contracting Party shall have the right to supervise, from time to time, the performance of the Services by the Contractor and, in furtherance thereof, the Contractor shall be required to:

(i) furnish the Contracting Party, following the Contracting Party’s written request therefor, with reports on the status of any Services being performed and any other such reasonably requested information relating to the performance of the Services; and

(ii) follow any reasonable instructions given by the Contracting Party to it, from time to time, with respect to the performance of the Services.

 

5.

AMA FEES

5.1 In consideration for the performance of the Services set out in Clause 4 ( Obligations of the Contractor ), the Contracting Party shall pay to the Contractor certain fees for the Services (the “ AMA Fees ) in accordance with this Clause 5 ( AMA Fees ).

5.2 The AMA Fees shall be calculated by the Contractor on a cost (plus) basis, based on: (i) the actual reasonable cost of the Contractor of the Equipment procured in providing the relevant Services, plus a profit element of 2.5%; and (ii) the actual reasonable cost of the personnel involved in providing the relevant Services, plus a profit element of 8%, all such Fees to be further agreed between the parties hereto before invoices are issued. With respect to the performance of any specific Services, the Contracting Party and the Contractor shall agree the scope of such Services, together with an estimate of the AMA Fees in respect thereof. The Contractor agrees to update such estimate from time to time to the extent it believes that the accuracy of such estimate may be improved. The Contractor shall bear all fees, including bank fees, which are levied or may be levied on the provision of the Services.

5.3 The Contractor shall have the right, from time to time, to notify the Contracting Party that it wishes to issue an invoice with respect to Services performed and any such notice shall specify which Services are proposed to be invoiced and the amount of such proposed invoice, which amount shall be in Brazilian reais (each such notice, a “ Notice of Invoice ) .


5.4 The Contracting Party shall have a period of ten (10) Business Days following receipt of any Notice of Invoice during which to assess, and notify the Contractor accordingly, whether such Services have been performed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (any notice of a positive assessment, an “ Approval Notice ) .

5.5 The Contractor shall have the right to issue an invoice (each an “ AMA Fee Invoice ”) to the Contracting Party, following receipt of any Approval Notice, with respect to the AMA Fees for the Services performed and to which such Approval Notice relates. Each AMA Fee Invoice shall specify which Services and the amount in Brazilian reais of the AMA Fees being invoiced (and such details shall correspond with the Notice of Invoice to which the relevant Approval Notice relates) and shall include the account details to which payment is to be made.

 

6.

PAYMENTS

6.1 Following receipt of an AMA Fee Invoice, the Contracting Party shall pay the amount demanded under such invoice to the Contractor, no later than 30 Business Days following receipt thereof (or such longer period as may be specified in such invoice).

6.2 All payments made hereunder shall be made in full to the account specified by the Contractor free from any deduction, withholding, set-off or counterclaim.

6.3 Upon receipt by the Contractor of any amount demanded pursuant to an AMA Fee Invoice, the obligation of the Contracting Party to pay the same shall be fully and finally discharged.

 

7.

TAXES

7.1 Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of all taxes, duties, levies, charges and contributions (and any interest or penalties thereon) including but not limited to income, profits, corporate income taxes and taxes on capital gains, turnover and added value taxes for which Contractor is liable, whether arising in Brazil or elsewhere, now or hereafter imposed by any appropriate governmental authority whether of Brazil or elsewhere, arising from the performance of this Agreement.

7.2 Contracting Party shall save, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Contractor against all levies, charges, contributions and taxes of any type referred to in this clause and any interest or penalties thereon which may be assessed by any appropriate governmental authority on the Contracting Party in connection with the performance of this Agreement.

 

8.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

8.1 In no event shall the Contracting Party have any liability under or in connection with this Agreement in respect of all and any claims whatsoever and howsoever arising and whether in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty or otherwise other than the liability for payment of the AMA Fee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

8.2 Subject to Section 8.3, the aggregate liability of the Contractor, its officers, employees and agents, under or in connection with this Agreement, in respect of all and any claims whatsoever and howsoever arising and whether in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty, or otherwise shall not exceed an amount equal to ten per cent (10%) of the amount of the total AMA Fees.


8.3 Without limiting the generality of Clauses 8.1 and 8.2:

8.3.1 no party (nor its officers, employees and agents) shall have any liability whatsoever to any other party for any Consequential Loss; and

8.3.2 the Contractor shall not be liable for any action taken by it or failed to be taken by it in good faith under or in connection with this Agreement unless directly caused by its negligence or misconduct.

 

9.

NOTICES

9.1 Any notice to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be duly given if signed by or on behalf of a duly authorised officer of the party giving the notice and left at or sent by first class airmail or by facsimile transmission (with confirmation copy by first class airmail) to the following addresses (or to such other address as any party may substitute by notice in writing to the others):

Contracting Party:

Avenida Pasteur, 154, 12 th floor

Rio de Janeiro

RJ, 22290-240

Brazil

Att: Rodrigo Lemos

Email Address: rlemos@odebrecht.com

Contractor:

[...]

Attn.: [...]

Email Address: [...]

 

10.

NO PARTNERSHIP

10.1 Nothing in this Agreement shall create a partnership, association or joint venture or (save as expressly provided herein) establish a relationship of principal and agent or any other relationship of a similar nature between the parties.


11.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

11.1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in relation to the provision of the Services and no party has relied on any warranty or representation of the other except as expressly stated or referred to in this Agreement.

 

12.

AMENDMENT AND RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER DOCUMENTS

12.1 This Agreement may not be altered, modified, revoked or cancelled in any way unless such alteration, modification, revocation, or cancellation is in writing signed by or on behalf of the parties. This Agreement supersedes any and all other prior agreements between the parties, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

13.

COUNTERPARTS

13.1 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all the counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14.

SEVERABILITY

14.1 Any provision hereof which is or becomes illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and without affecting the validity or enforceability of any provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

15.

RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

15.1 A person who is not a party to this contract has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement.

 

16.

SPECIAL CLAUSE

16.1 Contractor shall commit no act that is an offence under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, under the O.E.C.D. Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or under the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010.

 

17.

GOVERNING LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

17.1 This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement from it shall be interpreted under and governed by the laws of England.

17.2 The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including any dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement).


IN WITNESS whereof this Agreement was executed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto on the date first above written.

SIGNATURES

 

 

OOGTK LIBRA GMBH & CO KG

 

By:

  

By:

 

Name:

  

Name:

 

Title:

  

Title:

 

OOGTK LIBRA PRODUÇÃO DE PETRÓLEO LTDA.

 

By:

  

By:

 

Name:

  

Name:

 

Title:

  

Title:

 

SIGNATRUE PAGE TO AMA


Exhibit D-3

to

Credit Agreement

 

 

 

SPECIALIZED OIL INDUSTRY SERVICES AGREEMENT

OOGTK LIBRA GMBH & CO KG

as Employer

and

OOG-TKP OIL SERVICES LTD.,

as FPSO Advisor

 

 

Dated as of              2015

 

 

Pioneiro de Libra FPSO Project

 

 


THIS SPECIALIZED OIL INDUSTRY SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made the              day of              , 2015

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

OOGTK LIBRA GmbH & Co KG, an Austrian partnership with an address at Lothringerstraße 16/8, 1030 Vienna; Austria (the “Employer”); and

 

(2)

OOG-TKP OIL SERVICES LTD ., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, whose registered office is at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (the “ FPSO Advisor ”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

The Employer is the owner of a floating, production, storage and offloading unit to be known as Pioneiro de Libra FPSO (“FPSO”);

 

(B)

the FPSO Advisor is experienced in offshore FPSO projects in the oil and gas industry;

 

(C)

the FPSO Advisor has available the organisation, resources, knowledge and experience to advise and assist the Employer in relation to administrative, managerial and technical matters related to, and the ongoing upkeep and general maintenance of, the FPSO; and

 

(D)

the FPSO Advisor has agreed to advise and assist the Employer with respect to administrative, managerial and technical matters related to, and the ongoing upkeep and general maintenance of the FPSO, as required by the Employer to enable it to fulfil its obligations under the Petrobras Charter, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Agreement.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

 

1.1

Definitions

The following terms, when used herein shall have the following meanings:

Business Day” shall mean a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for domestic and foreign exchange business in Austria, London, New York, Paris, Rio de Janeiro and Vancouver;

Commercial Operation Date” shall mean, with respect to the FPSO, the date on which the term of each of the Petrobras Charter and the Services Agreement starts ( Início do Contrato ), in accordance with the terms thereof;

FPSO Advisor Services” means the services to be provided or procured by the FPSO Advisor pursuant to Clause 4 of this Agreement, as more particularly described therein;


Operator ” shall mean OOGTK Libra Produção de Petróleo Ltda., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of Brazil;

Petrobras ” means Petróleo Brasileiro S.A. - PETROBRAS;

Petrobras Charter” means the Charter Agreement dated January 30, 2015, entered into between Petrobras, as the leader and operator of Libra_P1 Consortium and the Employer with respect to FPSO;

Services Agreement” means the Service Contract dated as of May 15, 2015 between Petrobras and the Operator with respect to FPSO; and

US$ ” means the official currency for the time being of the United States of America.

 

1.2

Interpretations

(a) References to “ Clauses ” are to clauses of this Agreement.

(b) Clause headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

(c) All references to persons include their successors, and permitted transferees and assigns.

(d) Where the words “ include ” or “ including ” appear they are to be construed without limitation.

(e) Words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

(f) A “ person ” shall be construed as a reference to any person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the foregoing.

 

2.

APPOINTMENT OF THE FPSO ADVISOR

 

2.1

The Employer hereby engages and appoints the FPSO Advisor to perform the FPSO Advisor Services upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.2

The FPSO Advisor accepts the engagement and appointment made by the Employer in Clause 2.1 and agrees to perform the FPSO Advisor Services and to carry out its other duties and obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

3.

TERM OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall take effect on the date hereof and shall continue in force until the later of: (i) the date on which the last payment due under Clause 5 ( Invoices and Payments to the FPSO Advisor ) is fully and finally made, (ii) the date of termination of this Agreement at the discretion of the Employer, and (iii) the date of termination of the Petrobras Charter, whereupon this Agreement shall terminate.


4.

SERVICES PROVIDED AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE FPSO ADVISOR

The FPSO Advisor shall from time to time, and in respect of the FPSO, from the Commercial Operation Date until the date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Clause 3 ( Term of Agreement ), provide the following advisory services and assistance to the Employer upon request in relation to the FPSO, in accordance with any applicable laws, regulations, rules and standards and using current or other appropriate methods and techniques (but only to the extent that the performance of such services would not conflict with the obligations of the Employer to Petrobras under the Petrobras Charter):

(a) advising and assisting the Employer with respect to the management and administration of the Petrobras Charter following acceptance of the FPSO by Petrobras;

(b) advising and assisting the Employer with respect to the performance of its obligations under the Petrobras Charter related to the ongoing upkeep and general maintenance of the FPSO;

(c) advising and assisting the Employer generally with respect to the taking of such action as would be prudent by an owner of an offshore FPSO with respect to its general upkeep and maintenance, including taking all appropriate measures to keep the FPSO under its class and in conformity with local and international regulations;

(d) keeping the FPSO properly maintained in accordance with good oil and gas industry practices, including supplying equipment and spare parts as necessary from time to time for the proper maintenance and operation of the FPSO;

(e) procuring and maintaining in effect hull & machinery & business interruption insurance coverage in accordance with the instructions from time to time of the Employer;

(f) advising and assisting the Employer with respect to technical issues that may arise in relation to the FPSO following acceptance of the FPSO by Petrobras;

(g) keeping the Employer informed of international practice and any new developments that it becomes aware of in the field of good FPSO operation and maintenance and offshore drilling activity generally all with a view to (i) the FPSO operating at all times possible and when required under the Petrobras Charter in compliance with applicable standards of safety, output, dependability, efficiency and economy, including recommended practice of a good, safe, prudent and workman – like character and in compliance with all applicable laws (ii) the Employer’s desire for the FPSO to maintain its value (fair wear and tear excepted) and enjoy a working life at least as long as generally expected from the design and construction of the FPSO and its specification and as generally occurs in similar operating conditions from time to time where best industry practices are employed;

(h) assisting the Employer with any inspection of the FPSO (including in relation to the supervision of works or operations) that may be required following acceptance of the FPSO by Petrobras;


(i) procuring such services, materials and equipment as may be reasonable requested by the Employer;

(j) providing information to the Employer as may be reasonably requested relating to the performance of the FPSO Advisor Services, allowing the Employer to supervise the performance of these services and following instructions given by the Employer, all as reasonably requested; and

(i) providing any other advisory services and assistance to the Employer in relation to the FPSO that the Employer may reasonably request,

together, in each case, with certain ancillary and incidental services required in connection therewith. The FPSO Advisor shall perform the FPSO Advisor Services using properly trained and skilled personnel that are adequately qualified to perform their respective tasks in accordance with good oil and gas industry practices. The FPSO Advisor may subcontract all or any part of the FPSO Advisor Services to any of its affiliates provided that no such subcontracting shall relieve the FPSO Advisor from its obligations hereunder.

 

5.

INVOICES AND PAYMENTS TO THE FPSO ADVISOR

 

5.1

In consideration for the performance of the Services set out in Clause 4 ( Services Provided and Obligations of the FPSO Advisor ), the Contracting Party shall pay to the Contractor certain fees for the Services (the “ FPSO Advisor Fees”) in accordance with this Clause 5 ( Invoices and Payments to the FPSO Advisor ).

 

5.2

The FPSO Advisor Fees shall be calculated by the FPSO Advisor at cost, based on the actual reasonable cost of the FPSO Advisor of providing the relevant FPSO Advisor Services. With respect to the performance of any specific services, the Contracting Party and the Contractor shall agree the scope of such services, together with an estimate of the FPSO Advisor Fees in respect thereof. The FPSO Advisor agrees to update such estimate from time to time to the extent it believes that the accuracy of such estimate may be improved. The FPSO Advisor shall bear all fees, including bank fees, which are levied or may be levied on the provision of the Services.

 

5.3

The FPSO Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to notify the Employer that it wishes to issue an invoice with respect to the FPSO Advisor Services performed and any such notice shall specify which services are proposed to be invoiced and the amount of such proposed invoice, which amount shall be in US$ (each such notice, a “ Notice of Invoice”) .

 

5.4

The Employer shall have a period of ten (10) Business Days following receipt of any Notice of Invoice during which to assess, and notify the FPSO Advisor accordingly, whether such Services have been performed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (any notice of a positive assessment, an “ Approval Notice”) .


5.5

The FPSO Advisor shall have the right to issue an invoice (each an “ Fee Invoice ”) to the Employer, following receipt of any Approval Notice, with respect to the FPSO Advisor Fees for the FPSO Advisor Services performed and to which such Approval Notice relates. Each Fee Invoice shall specify which services and the amount in US$ of the FPSO Advisor Fees being invoiced (and such details shall correspond with the Notice of Invoice to which the relevant Approval Notice relates) and shall include the account details to which payment is to be made.

 

6.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

6.1

The aggregate liability of the FPSO Advisor, its officers, employees and agents under or in connection with this Agreement in respect of all and any claims whatsoever and howsoever arising and whether in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty, or otherwise shall not exceed ten per cent (10%) of the amount of the total of FPSO Advisor Fees.

 

6.2

The aggregate liability of the Employer under or in connection with this Agreement in respect of all and any claims whatsoever and howsoever arising and whether in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty, or otherwise shall not at any time exceed an amount equal to the aggregate amount payable and unpaid to the FPSO Advisor at such time pursuant to Clause 5 ( Invoices and Payments to the FPSO Advisor ).

 

6.3

Without limiting the generality of Clauses 6.1 and 6.2:

 

  6.3.1  

no party (nor its officers, employees and agents) shall have any liability whatsoever to any other party for any loss of profit, loss of revenue, loss of use, loss of contract or loss of goodwill or any other indirect or consequential loss;

 

  6.3.2  

the FPSO Advisor shall not be liable for any action taken by it or failed to be taken by it in good faith under or in connection with this Agreement unless directly caused by its negligence or misconduct.

 

7.

NOTICES

Any notice to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be duly given if signed by or on behalf of a duly authorised officer of the party giving the notice and left at or sent by first class airmail or by facsimile transmission (with confirmation copy by first class airmail) to the following addresses (or to such other address as either party may by notice in writing to the other substitute):

 

If to Employer:

  

If to FPSO Advisor:

OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG

  

OOG-TKP Oil Services Ltd.

Lothringerstraße 16/8

  

[OOG’s address]

1030 Vienna

  

Attention: Managing Director

  

Attention: FPSO Director

Fax: (+43) 1 710 504519

  

Fax: […]


8.

NO PARTNERSHIP

Nothing in the agreement shall create a partnership, association or joint venture or (save as expressly provided herein) establish a relationship of principal and agent or any other relationship of a similar nature between the parties.

 

9.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in relation to the provision of the FPSO Advisor Services and no party has relied on any warranty or representation of the other except as expressly stated or referred to in this Agreement.

 

10.

AMENDMENT AND RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER DOCUMENTS

This Agreement may not be altered, modified, revoked or cancelled in any way unless such alteration, modification, revocation, or cancellation is in writing signed by or on behalf of the parties. This Agreement supersedes any and all other prior agreements between the parties, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

11.

COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all the counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12.

SPECIAL CLAUSE

Contractor shall commit no act that is an offence under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, under the O.E.C.D. Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or under the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010.

 

13.

DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND GOVERNING LAW

 

13.1

This Agreement and all matters arising from it shall be interpreted under and governed by the laws of England.

 

13.2

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including any dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement).

IN WITNESS whereof this Agreement was executed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto the date first above written.


SIGNATURES

 

 

OOGTK LIBRA GMBH & CO KG

 

By:

  

By:

 

Name:

  

Name:

 

Title:

  

Title:

 

OOG-TKP OIL SERVICES LTD.

 

By:

  

By:

 

Name:

  

Name:

 

Title:

  

Title:


Exhibit D-4

to

Credit Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT is made effective as of the […] (the “Effective Date”).

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

OOGTK LIBRA GmbH & Co KG, an Austrian partnership with an address at Lothringerstraße 16/8, 1030 Vienna; Austria (“OOGTK”); and

 

(2)

TEEKAY SHIPPING (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD, a Singaporean company with an office at 8 Shenton Way, #41-01 AXA Tower, Singapore 068811 (“TSS”).

OOGTK and TSS hereinafter referred to “Party”, individually, or “Parties”, jointly.

WHEREAS:

 

  A.

OOGTK has entered into the Contract for Vessel Refurbishment, Conversion, Topsides Fabrication, Integration and Completion of FPSO (the “Contract”) with Jurong Shipyard Pte. Ltd. in Singapore, (the “Jurong Shipyard”) and requires additional resources in connection with its supervision of such activities at the Jurong Shipyard;

 

  B.

TSS is an affiliate of Teekay Offshore European Holdings Coop UA which is a 50% partner in OOGTK;

 

  C.

TSS is in a position to second certain of its personnel (the “Secondees”) to OOGTK to engage in the Secondment Activities (as defined herein); and

 

  D.

OOGTK wishes to obtain the benefit of the secondment to it of the Secondees upon the terms set out under this Agreement and TSS is also willing to second the Secondees to OOGTK on the same terms.

NOW THEREFORE this Agreement witnesses that in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1

Definitions

 

1.1

In this Agreement the following terms shall have the meanings set out below:

 

  1.1.1

‘Consequential Loss’ means: (a) indirect or consequential loss or damages under applicable law; and/or (b) loss of production, loss of product, loss of use, loss of business and business interruption and loss of revenue, profit or anticipated profit whether direct or indirect arising from or related to the performance of this Agreement and whether or not such losses were foreseeable at the time of entering into this Agreement;

 

  1.1.2

‘Secondment Activities’ means all the functions and activities more fully described in Section 3 hereof.

 

  1.1.3

‘Reimbursement of Secondment Costs’ means the monthly payments which, calculated in accordance with the terms set out in Schedule ‘A’ hereof, OOGTK agrees to pay to TSS during the term of this Agreement.

 

1


1.2

Interpretation: In this Agreement:

 

  1.2.1

References to persons include references to bodies corporate and unincorporate.

 

  1.2.2

Unless the context requires otherwise, words in the singular number include the plural number and vice versa.

 

  1.2.3

Words in one gender include all other genders.

 

  1.2.4

Clause headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not effect the construction of this Agreement and, unless otherwise specified, all references to clauses and schedules are to clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement.

 

2

Secondment

 

2.1

TSS hereby seconds the Secondees to OOGTK upon the terms and conditions set forth herein and OOGTK accepts such secondment on the said terms and conditions. During the term of this Agreement, and unless otherwise agreed in writing between the parties, the Secondees shall be instructed to devote their work effort to OOGTK as may be necessary for the Secondees to engage in the Secondment Activities.

 

2.2

The Secondees shall at no time be, nor be deemed to be, employees of OOGTK.

 

2.3

In consideration of TSS’s secondment of the Secondees, OOGTK agrees that it shall pay the Reimbursement of Secondment Costs (reference Schedule ‘A’ hereof) to TSS.

 

3

Secondment Activities

 

3.1

The Parties agree that the Secondees shall be directed to assist with conversion and construction supervision activities in respect of the FPSO unit as contemplated in the Contract. The activities include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, observing, as to quality, quantity and storage condition at the Jurong Shipyard, all materials before installation on the FPSO unit, observing the inspection of assembly work on the hull structure, hull outfitting and coating application in respect of the FPSO unit, as well as topside and machinery assembly and outfitting and electrical outfitting; attending and witnessing the mooring trial and sea trial of the FPSO unit and any other related activities in accordance with the Contract as OOGTK may deem necessary. The Secondees shall act at all times in accordance with the best commercial and safety practices required in the offshore oil industry and in accordance with the policies and standards communicated to the Secondees by OOGTK from time to time.

 

3.2

The Secondees shall also be required to perform any other activities in Singapore relating to the foregoing as OOGTK may reasonably direct.

 

4

Secondee Fees

 

4.1

In consideration for the provision of Secondees set out in Clauses 2 and 3 OOGTK shall pay to TSS certain fees, for the Secondees provided (the “Secondee Fees”) in accordance with this Clause 4.

 

4.2

TSS shall have the right to issue invoices (a “Secondee Fee Invoice”) to OOGTK from time to time with respect to the Secondees Fees for the Secondees provided.

 

2


4.3

The Secondee Fees shall be calculated as provided in Schedule A of this Agreement.

 

4.4

The Owner acknowledges that it has received from TSS an estimate of the aggregate Secondee Fees expected to be incurred in accordance with Schedule A and TSS agrees to update such estimate to the extent TSS believes that the accuracy of such estimate may be improved.

 

4.5

In no event shall the total of all Secondee Fees be an amount greater than USD48,100,000.00 (forty eight million and one hundred thousand U.S. Dollars).

 

5

Direction, Supervision and Indemnification

 

5.1

OOGTK acknowledges that this is not a contract for services, but rather a contract only for the secondment of the Secondees by TSS to OOGTK for such period as the performance of Secondment Activities by the Secondees may be required by OOGTK. Accordingly, it is agreed that during the period of their respective secondments hereunder the Secondees shall report to and be directed or supervised not by TSS but rather by OOGTK (or such person(s) as OOGTK might determine and appoint) which shall abide by the terms and conditions of the employment or other arrangements existing between TSS and each of the Secondees from time to time. OOGTK shall also be responsible, at its own expense, for any ongoing training and development of the Secondees during the period of their respective secondments hereunder, in consultation with TSS as necessary.

 

5.2

OOGTK releases and shall indemnify and hold harmless TSS, its directors, officers, employees and agents from any and all claims, proceedings, causes of action, suits, costs, expenses, demands and liabilities whatsoever which may be brought against them due to this Agreement including, without limitation, those claims, proceedings, causes of action, suits, costs, expenses, demands and liabilities based upon or arising out of any act or omission of any of the Secondees which might arise in the course of the Secondees reporting to and being directed or supervised by OOGTK (or such person(s) as OOGTK might determine and appoint).

 

6

Term, Termination and Variation

 

6.1

This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and, unless sooner terminated pursuant to sub-clause 5.2 hereof or the separate agreement of the Parties in writing, shall continue for as long as the Secondment Activities in respect of the Contract are required by OOGTK.

 

6.2

This Agreement shall automatically terminate:

 

6.2.1

at the option of the Party not in breach, if the other Party breaches a material obligation of this Agreement and fails to remedy the breach within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof;

 

6.2.2  

at the option of the other Party, if a Party makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, files a petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation, is adjudged insolvent or bankrupt, commences any proceedings for a reorganization or arrangement of debts, dissolution, or liquidation under any law or statute or any jurisdiction applicable thereto, or if any such proceedings shall be commenced and not dismissed or otherwise disposed of within thirty (30) days;

 

6.2.3  

if a final judgment, order or decree which materially and adversely affects the ability of either Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall have been obtained or entered against the other Party and such judgment, order or decree shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed; or

 

3


6.2.4

at any time by either Party giving the other Party at least thirty (30) days written notice of termination.

 

6.3

Upon termination of this Agreement the Reimbursement of Secondment Costs (reference Schedule ‘A’ hereof) then payable by OOGTK to TSS shall be calculated and paid to the actual date of termination. Any overpayment shall be refunded by TSS to OOGTK and any underpayment shall be paid by OOGTK to TSS.

 

6.4

In the event of termination as herein provided, OOGTK will be fully responsible and liable for any cost or expense incurred by TSS prior to such termination or as a consequence of such termination and TSS shall remain liable to OOGTK to account for monies received by TSS prior to termination and not expended prior to or as a consequence of termination, other than a termination under 6.2.1 as a result of a breach by TSS of a material obligation.

 

6.5

Upon the termination of this Agreement, TSS shall ensure that each Secondee shall immediately deliver to OOGTK all properties and assets belonging to OOGTK which may be in their possession or under their control.

 

7

Ratification

 

7.1

OOGTK ratifies and confirms and undertakes at all times to ratify and confirm whatever may be properly done or caused to be done by TSS in providing the Secondees to OOGTK under the terms of this Agreement.

 

8

Force Majeure

 

8.1

Neither Party shall be liable for any failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement due to any cause beyond its reasonable control.

 

9

Entire Agreement

 

9.1

This Agreement forms the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all previous agreements, written or oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

10

Severability

 

10.1

If any provision herein is held to be void or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions herein shall remain unaffected and enforceable.

 

11

Relationship between the Parties

 

11.1

Nothing herein contained shall be interpreted so as to create a partnership, joint venture, employee or agency relationship between OOGTK and TSS.

 

4


12

Confidential Information

12.1 Each Party (the “Receiving Party”) shall keep confidential, both during and after the currency of this Agreement, all information relating in any way to the other Party (the “Disclosing Party”) that it has acquired or developed during the term of this Agreement, including the execution and existence of this Agreement. The foregoing shall not apply to such information which is generally known to the public other than by way of breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party and shall not apply to the extent that the Receiving Party is required by law to disclose any such information. The Receiving Party shall not make use of such information for any purpose other than in the course of doing what is required of it under this Agreement. The Disclosing Party shall be entitled to any equitable remedy available at law or equity, including specific performance, against a breach by the Receiving Party of this obligation.

 

13

Law and arbitration

 

13.1

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment hereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Section 13.

 

13.2

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

 

13.3

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A Party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other Party requiring the other Party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other Party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other Party does not appoint its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the Party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other Party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both Parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

 

13.4

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

 

13.5

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD 50,000 (or such other sum as the Parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

 

14

Modification and Inurement

 

14.1

This Agreement shall not be amended, altered or modified except by an instrument in writing executed by the Parties hereto and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

15

Assignment

 

15.1    (a)    

The benefits and obligations of this Agreement may not be assigned by TSS without the express written consent of OOGTK, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

      (b)    

The benefits and obligations of this Agreement may not be assigned by OOGTK without the express written consent of TSS, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, OOGTK is hereby authorized to assign this Agreement as a security under financing agreements.

 

5


16

Notice

 

16.1

All notices, requests, demands and other communications given or made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either by hand or by fax to the addresses below and shall be deemed to have been given when actually received:

 

If to OOGTK:

  

If to TSS:

OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG

Lothringerstraße 16/8

1030 Vienna

  

Teekay Shipping (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

8 Shenton Way

#41-01 AXA Tower

Singapore 068811

Fax: (+43) 1 710 504519

   Fax: (+65) 6222 3338

Attention : Managing Director

   Attention : Managing Director

 

17

Waiver

 

17.1

The failure of either Party to enforce any term of this Agreement shall not act as a waiver. Any waiver must be specifically stated as such in writing.

 

18

Special Clause

 

18.1

Contractor shall commit no act that is an offence under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, under the O.E.C.D. Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or under the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010.

 

19

Counterparts

 

19.1

This Agreement may be executed in one or more signed counterparts, facsimile or otherwise, which shall together form one instrument.

 

20

Third Party Rights

 

20.1

No provision of this Agreement is enforceable by a person who is not a party to it.

 

21

Limitation of Liability

 

21.1

In no event shall OOGTK have any liability under or in connection with this Agreement in respect of all and any claims whatsoever and howsoever arising and whether in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty or otherwise other than the liability for payment of the Secondee Fees in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

21.2

The aggregate liability of TSS, its officers, employees and agents, under or in connection with this Agreement, in respect of all and any claims whatsoever and howsoever arising and whether in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty, or otherwise shall not exceed ten per cent (10%) of the amount of the total Secondee Fees invoiced by TSS under this Agreement.

 

6


21.4

Without limiting the generality of Clauses 21.1 and 21.2:

 

  i.

no party (nor its officers, employees and agents) shall have any liability whatsoever to any other party for any Consequential Loss; and

 

  ii.

TSS shall not be liable for any action taken by it or failed to be taken by it in good faith under or in connection with this Agreement unless directly caused by its negligence or misconduct.

IN WITNESS whereof the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers the day and year first above written

 

OOGTK LIBRA GmbH & Co KG

By OOGTK Libra GmbH

its General Partner

   

TEEKAY SHIPPING (SINGAPORE) PTE.

LTD

By:         By:    
Paul Doralt     Name:
Managing Director     Title:

 

7


SCHEDULE ‘A’

SECONDMENT FEES

 

1.

In consideration of TSS seconding the Secondees to OOGTK, OOGTK shall make monthly payments to TSS, in arrears, during the term of this Agreement, such payments being comprised of an amount equal to the aggregate of (i) all salary and employment related costs, and (ii) all costs reasonably incurred by TSS and previously approved by OOGTK relating to obtaining personnel under secondment arrangements (collectively, the “Costs and Expenses”) as TSS may reasonably have incurred for the month in question to enable it to have the Secondees to second to OOGTK.

For the avoidance of doubt:

(i) costs which relate directly to the normal activities of TSS, including the costs of any TSS personnel who are not seconded to OOGTK, are not to be deemed a component of Costs and Expenses and will not be reimbursed to TSS by OOGTK under the terms of this agreement;

(ii) the last invoice issued under this Agreement shall include any employment related benefits that have accrued during the term of this Agreement (i.e. holidays, legal additional salaries – thirteenth month salary, etc.); and

(iii) the total monthly remuneration shall not include any employment related benefits that have accrued before the commencement of this Agreement.

 

2.

At its option, TSS shall issue an invoice, or invoices, each month or each quarter to OOGTK in respect of the Reimbursement of Secondment Costs for the month or, as the case may be, the months in the quarter preceding such invoice and OOGTK shall pay the full amount of each such invoice to TSS within thirty (30) days of the date of each such invoice.

Amounts which have been incurred by TSS in US Dollars, to obtain personnel under secondment arrangements, will also be invoiced to OOGTK in US Dollars. TSS may at its option instruct OOGTK to pay such amounts directly to the company which has provided such personnel. Amounts which have been incurred by TSS in Singapore Dollars will be invoiced to OOGTK in US Dollars equivalent of the amount of Singapore Dollars using an exchange rate which ensures that TSS dos not incur any foreign exchange gain or loss on settlement of the invoice.

 

8


Exhibit E

to

Credit Agreement

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

TAKING THIS DOCUMENT OR ANY CERTIFIED COPY HEREOF OR ANY OTHER SIGNED DOCUMENT CONTAINING A WRITTEN CONFIRMATION OF OR REFERENCE TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN INTO AUSTRIA, OR SENDING ANY EMAIL COMMUNICATION CARRYING AN ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE TO WHICH A PDF-SCAN OF THIS DOCUMENT IS ATTACHED OR WHICH OTHERWISE REFERS TO THE TRANSACTIONS HEREIN TO OR FROM AUSTRIA MAY TRIGGER THE IMPOSITION OF AUSTRIAN STAMP DUTY.

ACCORDINGLY, KEEP THIS DOCUMENT AS WELL AS ALL CERTIFIED COPIES HEREOF AND ANY OTHER SIGNED DOCUMENT CONTAINING A REFERENCE TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OUTSIDE OF AUSTRIA AND AVOID SENDING ANY EMAIL COMMUNICATION CARRYING AN ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE TO WHICH A PDF-SCAN OF THIS DOCUMENT IS ATTACHED OR WHICH OTHERWISE REFERS TO THE TRANSACTIONS HEREIN TO OR FROM AUSTRIA.

 

To:

  

HSBC Bank USA, National Association as Facility Agent (the “Facility Agent”) and as

Collateral Agent (the “Collateral Agent”)

OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG (the “Borrower” )

From:

   [The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “ New Lender ”)

[Date]

Dear Sirs,

Credit Agreement, dated [ ] (as such credit agreement may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, certain lenders party thereto, the Facility Agent and the Collateral Agent

 

1.

We refer to the Credit Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

 

2.

We refer to Section 9.13(b) of the Credit Agreement, and in that regard:

 

  (a)

The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in Annex I hereto in accordance with Section 9.13(b).

 

  (b)

The Facility Agent has notified the Existing Lender and the New Lender that the performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable Laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to the New Lender of all or part of the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations is complete.


  (c)

The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

 

  (d)

The Applicable Lending Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement are set out in Annex I hereto.

 

3.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in Section 9.13(c) of the Credit Agreement.

 

4.

The Existing Lender hereby transfers to the New Lender without recourse and without representation or warranty (other than as expressly provided herein), and the New Lender hereby accepts from the Existing Lender, a portion of the New Lender’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the Transfer Date (as hereinafter defined) specified in Item 6 of Annex I (the “ Transferred Share ”) including, without limitation, all rights and obligations with respect to the Transferred Share of the outstanding Loans. After giving effect to such transfer, the amount of the outstanding Loans owing to the New Lender will be as set forth in Item 6 of Annex I.

 

5.

The Existing Lender (i) represents and warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (ii) has obtained the prior consent of the Borrower to the transfer contemplated herein to the extent such consent is required under Section 9.13 of the Credit Agreement; (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or the other Financing Documents or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or the other Financing Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iv) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition or prospects of the Borrower or the performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its obligations under the Credit Agreement or the other Financing Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto.

 

6.

The New Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, the other Financing Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Transfer Certificate; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Facility Agent, the Existing Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Agents to take such action each as an agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Documents as are delegated to the Agents by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

7.

Following the execution of this Transfer Certificate by the Existing Lender and the New Lender, an executed original hereof will be delivered to each of the Facility Agent and the Borrower. The effective date of this Transfer Certificate shall be [Date] (the “Transfer Date”).

 

8.

Upon the delivery of a fully executed original hereof to each of the Facility Agent and the Borrower, as of the Transfer Date, (i) the New Lender shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Transfer Certificate, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Financing Documents and (ii) the Existing Lender shall, to the extent provided in this Transfer Certificate, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Documents.


9.

On the Transfer Date, [(a) the Existing Lender agrees to pay to the New Lender the fee specified in Item 3 of Annex I, and (b)] the New Lender shall pay to the Existing Lender an amount specified by the Existing Lender in writing which represents the Transferred Share of the principal amount of the Loans made pursuant to the Credit Agreement which are outstanding on the Transfer Date, and which are being transferred hereunder. The Existing Lender and the New Lender shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments under the Credit Agreement for periods prior to the Transfer Date directly between themselves on the Transfer Date. It is agreed that the New Lender shall be entitled to all interest on the Transferred Share of the outstanding Loans at the rates specified in the Credit Agreement which accrues from and after the Transfer Date, such interest to be paid by the Facility Agent directly to the New Lender in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. It is further agreed that all payments of principal made on the Transferred Share of the outstanding Loans which occur from and after the Transfer Date will be paid directly by the Facility Agent to the New Lender.

 

10.

The New Lender and the Existing Lender each confirms that the Facility Agent has been paid a processing fee in the amount of $3,500 with respect to the transfer contemplated herein.

 

11.

This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English Law.

 

12.

This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.


ANNEX I

TO

THE TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

TAKING THIS DOCUMENT OR ANY CERTIFIED COPY HEREOF OR ANY OTHER SIGNED DOCUMENT CONTAINING A WRITTEN CONFIRMATION OF OR REFERENCE TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN INTO AUSTRIA, OR SENDING ANY EMAIL COMMUNICATION CARRYING AN ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE TO WHICH A PDF-SCAN OF THIS DOCUMENT IS ATTACHED OR WHICH OTHERWISE REFERS TO THE TRANSACTIONS HEREIN TO OR FROM AUSTRIA MAY TRIGGER THE IMPOSITION OF AUSTRIAN STAMP DUTY.

ACCORDINGLY, KEEP THIS DOCUMENT AS WELL AS ALL CERTIFIED COPIES HEREOF AND ANY OTHER SIGNED DOCUMENT CONTAINING A REFERENCE TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OUTSIDE OF AUSTRIA AND AVOID SENDING ANY EMAIL COMMUNICATION CARRYING AN ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE TO WHICH A PDF-SCAN OF THIS DOCUMENT IS ATTACHED OR WHICH OTHERWISE REFERS TO THE TRANSACTIONS HEREIN TO OR FROM AUSTRIA.

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

[insert relevant details]

[Applicable Lending Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments,]

 

1.

Borrower: OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG

2.        Name and date of Credit Agreement and other documents or agreements evidencing or securing the Obligations: (1) the Credit Agreement, dated as of [•], among OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG, a limited partnership ( Kommanditgesellschaft ) organized and existing under the laws of Austria with registration number FN 423769 s, as the Borrower, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Facility Agent and as Collateral Agent and (2) the Security Documents described in the Credit Agreement.

 

[3.

Fee payable by Existing Lender to New Lender: $[•]]

 

4.

Notice Address (for New Lender):

 

5.

New Lender’s Payment Instructions:

 

6.

Transferred Share (as of Transfer Date):

 

  (a)

Aggregate principal amount of Loans: $[•] ([•]%)

 

  (b)

Commitment: $[•] ([•]%)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Transfer Certificate to be executed by their duly authorized officers, as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF EXISTING LENDER]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

[NAME OF NEW LENDER]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•].

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

By:


Exhibit F

to

Credit Agreement

[RESERVED]


Exhibit G

to

Credit Agreement

FORM OF OPERATING PLAN

[ attached ]


LOGO

FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA

 

                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
02    12.05.2015    Updates and alignment with latest inputs from the project   Daniel   N/A   Daniel
01    18.02.2015    Issue for Use   Daniel   Monique   Daniel
00    21.01.2015    Issue for Internal check   Daniel   TBA   Daniel
  Rev.      Date    Reason for issue       Prepared           Checked           Approved    

 

     Document Status        Owner Company Name / Logo
   

0

  Draft       LOGO  
   

1

  Issued for Internal Check / Re-Issued for Internal Check      
   

2

  Issued for Review / Re-Issued for Review      
   

3

  Comments from Review included      
   

4

  Issued for Construction / Re-Issued for Construction      
   

5

  As-Built      
   

6

  VOID      
   

+I

  Issued for Information / Re-Issued for Information      
   
                Sub Supplier Company Name / Logo
                N/A
   

Originator/Contractor/Supplier Company Name/ Logo

 

                     LOGO

  Sub Supplier Document Number

N/A

      Originator/Contractor/Supplier Document Number
      N/A
       
         
   

Project no

 

Originator no.  

 

Contract/ PO No

      Document Title
       
   

OOGTK02

 

01

 

N/A

      PFO Execution Plan
               
   

Area  

  Discipline     System     Doc.  

type  

  Client Document Number   No of

Sheets

  SFI   Document

Status

  Rev
               
   

N/A

  Z   00   FD   OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001   15   -NA   5   00


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

2 of 15

PFO EXECUTION PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS:

 

1    INTRODUCTION      3   
2    LIST OF REFERENCES      4   
   2.1    Definitions      5   
   2.2    Abbreviations      5   
3    OBJECTIVES      7   
   3.1    Scope of Work      7   
4    ASSIGNED PFO MANAGER AND AUTHORITY      8   
5    ASSIGNMENTS AND STRATEGIES      9   
   5.1    Governing Documents      9   
   5.2    A - Operations Support to Project      9   
   5.3    B - Develop Operations Organization      9   
   5.4    C - Operation Management Systems      10   
   5.5    D - Operations Support Agreements      11   
   5.6    E - Onshore Facilities      11   
   5.7    F - Sailing, Installation and Start-up      12   
   5.8    G - Spare Parts Consumables Tools and Movables      12   
   5.9    H - PFO Related Approvals and Compliance      12   
   5.10    I - OPEX Review and Forecast      13   
   5.11    J - PFO Execution Controls of Schedule and Cost      13   
       5.11.1 Scope Planning      13   
       5.11.2 Scheduling      13   
       5.11.3 Cost      14   
       5.11.4 Human Resources Management      14   
       5.11.5 Reporting      14   
6    HANDOVER FROM PROJECTS TO OPERATIONS AND PFO CLOSE-OUT      15   
   6.1    HANDOVER FROM PROJECTS TO OPERATION      15   
   6.2    PFO CLOSE-OUT      15   


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

3 of 15

 

 

1

INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this document is to establish the preparations for operation plan (PFO), objectives and requirements for the Petrobras FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA Field Development.

The FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA Area development consists of a major oil discovery that has been made in the Santos basin: LIBRA field. The field is located approximately 180 km off Rio de Janeiro’s coast in 2400 m water depth. Petrobras, PB operates the block with a 40% interest (Shell 20%, Total 20%, China National Petroleum Corporation (CNPC) 10% and China National Offshore Oil Corporation (CNOOC) 10%).

“Operations” covers the areas of oil and gas production, maintenance, inspection, “brown fields” modifications, offloading, supply and logistics applicable to the field assets both above and below the water line, along with the associated onshore technical, financial and management coordination of these functions in an integrated fashion.

Preparations for Operations “PFO” covers all disciplines necessary to safeguard a robust takeover of the FPSO from Project ensuring that all infra-structure, personnel and other necessary resources are available to guarantee the safe and cost effective Sail away, Installation, start-up and future operations. PFO shall also ensure other intangible deliverables items as: documents and information stored on servers, agreements with suppliers of goods and services, agreements with employees, completed training programs for employees, Take-Over Certificates etc.

The FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA FPSO shall be moored offshore Brazil, at a location with water depth up to 2400 meters. Fatigue life and hull substantial corrosion criteria used during the design shall comply with the Classification Society, CS requirements to allow continuous offshore operation during its operational lifetime with no dry-docking in a shipyard. In addition, the FPSO shall be fitted with facilities that enable any maintenance required during the operational lifetime as well as the surveys required by the CS, Port Administration or Flag Statutory requirements without affecting the production/processing capacity of the Unit.

The FPSO will receive the production from up to 2 subsea oil wells and and 1 gas injector and must have production plant facilities to process fluids, stabilize them and separate produced water and natural gas.

Produced gas shall be compressed, dehydrated, and used as a fuel gas and for lifting oil production. Surplus gas will be exported through a gas pipeline to Client’s gas pipeline system or reinjected into dedicated wells.

According to Client’s requirements, the gas on pipeline system could be reinjected to dedicated reservoir. Processed liquids will be metered, stored in the vessel cargo storage tanks and offloaded to shuttle tankers.

This document will be updated given changes in development, operations and company circumstances and administered by the OOGTK Operations Advisor.


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

4 of 15

 

 

2

LIST OF REFERENCES

This document should be read in conjunction with the following referenced Operations Philosophies and Governing Documents:

 

  -

OOGTK02-14-O-00-FD-000002-001-Maintenance Philosophy

  -

OOGTK02-01-O-00-FD-000001-001-Spare Part Philosophy

  -

OOGTK02-14-O-00-FD-000001-001-Operations Recruitment & Manning Plan

All of the above in their latest issued revision.

Documents generated and under PFO’s responsability:

OOGTK02-01-O-00-LA-000002-001 - A1 – Critical Item/Risk Register List

OOGTK02-01-O-00-TB-000004-001 - B1 – Offshore Organization Chart

OOGTK02-01-O-00-TB-000005-001 - B2 – Onshore Organization Chart

OOGTK02-01-O-00-TB-000006-001 - B3 – PFO trainning Matrix

OOGTK02-01-O-00-TB-000007-001 - B4 – Operation phase Trainning Matrix

OOGTK02-01-O-00-LA-000001-001 - C1 – Management System Master Document List

OOGTK02-01-O-00-LA-000003-001 - D1 – PFO and Operation Agreements list

OOGTK02-01-O-00-LA-000004-001 - E1 – Onshore Facilities Requirements

OOGTK02-01-O-00-TB-000001-001 - F1 – POB Plan for Departure, Sail Away and Installation

OOGTK02-01-O-00-LA-000005-001 - F2 – Sail Away Preparations Check List

OOGTK02-01-O-00-TB-000002-001 - F3 – Voyage Plan (covering HSE requirements)

OOGTK02-01-O-00-TB-000003-001 - F4 – South Africa crew Change Plan

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000002-001 - F5 – Hook up Procedure

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000003-001 - F6 – Riser Pull-in Procedure

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000004-001 - F7 – 1st oil start-up Procedure

OOGTK02-01-O-00-LA-000006-001 - G1 – Spare part list

OOGTK02-01-O-00-LA-000007-001 - G2 – Consumables list

OOGTK02-01-O-00-LA-000008-001 - G3 – Tools and movables list

OOGTK02-01-O-00-LA-000009-001 - H1 – Documents to be delivered to Petrobras

OOGTK02-01-O-00-TB-000008-001 - H2 – Compliance Matrix (handled by Project but continued by PFO)

OOGTK02-01-AA-00001 - I1 – First Year OPEX Forecast

OOGTK02-01-AA-00002 - I2 – Second Year OPEX Forecast

OOGTK02-01-TA-00001 - J1 – PFO Overall detailed Schedule

OOGTK02-01-KA-00001 - J2 – PFO Organization Chart

OOGTK02-01-TA-00002 - J3 – PFO Team Vacation Plan

OOGTK02-01-LA-00001 - J4 – PFO Document List

OOGTK02-01-KA-00002 - J5 – PFO Team Management Control

OOGTK02-01-KA-00003 - J6 – Take-Over Procedure

OOGTK02-01-AA-00003 - J7 – PFO Histogram & Cost

The majority of above documents are “live” documents that will be continously updated and used for the effective PFO management.


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

5 of 15

 

 

2.1

Definitions

 

Barrier

   Includes any technical, operational or organisational element in place that can prevent an incident from occurring, or that can prevent an incident from escalating into an accident.

Client

   Oil field concession owner(Petrobras)

Safety Critical Function / Element

   Those functions, systems and components that provide a safety benefit or could result in an increase in risk upon failure, as identified in the Written Scheme of Examination for the EWT-LIBRA operation.

Strategy

   Document describing in broad, non-specific terms how project objectives will be realised within a particular area; the framework for lower level Plans.

Procedure

   A series of steps taken to accomplish an end result.

Process

   A network of linked activities that take an input and transform it to an output.

Plan

   Document describing what has to be done to implement a Strategy successfully, including specific activities, timing and resources (i.e. who does what, when and where).

Policy

   A formal statement of mandatory guiding principle designed to influence decisions or actions

Guideline

   A recommended approach for conducting an activity or task, utilizing a product, etc.

Goal

   High level statement that provides the overall context for what the strategy should accomplish

System Ownership

   Concept of identifying the components and boundaries of a system and making key individuals and teams accountable for the delivery of performance from the system,

 

2.2

Abbreviations

 

AIKPI

   Asset Integrity Key Performance Indicators

ALARP

   As Low As Reasonably Practicable

AP

   Administrative Procedure

ANP

   Petroleum National Oil Agency

BoD

   Basis of Design

CMMS

   Computer Maintenance Management System.

COSHH

   Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH)

DFO

   Documentation for Operations

CCR

   Central Control Room

COD

   Commencement of Operation Date

FAT

   Factory Acceptance Test

FDP

   Field Development Plan

FPSO

   Floating Production, Storage and Offloading (FPSO) facility


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

6 of 15

 

 

HSE

   Health and Safety Executive

HS&E

   Health, Safety and Environmental

EIA

   Environmental Impact Assessment

EP

   Environment Plan

IMO

   International Maritime Organisation

ISGOTT

   International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers & Terminals (ISGOTT)

ISM

   International Safety Management

KPI

   Key Performance Indicators

KSP

   Key Service Provider (Petrobras contracts)

LCC

   Life Cycle Cost

LOP

   Life of Field Plan

LOLER

   The lifting operations and lifting equipment regulations

MAH

   Major Accident Hazards

MOC

   Management of Change

MS

   Management System

MSDS

   Material Safety Data Sheet

NPV

   Net Present Value

OCIMF

   Oil Companies International Marine Forum

OIM

   Offshore Installation Manager

OLGA

   Pipeline Flow assurance Simulation

OMS

   Operations Management System

OOG

   Odebrecht Oil & Gas

OSCP

   Oil Spill Contingency Plan

PAS

   Production Accounting System

PIMS

   Production Information Management System

PSS

   Pipeline flow modelling

PTW

   Permit to work

QRA

   Quantitative Risk Assessment

RAM

   Reliability Availability Maintainability

REPETRO

   Special Importation Regime for Oil Industry for tax reduction

RON

   Reservoir Operations Notice

ROV

   Remote Operated Vehicle

SAFOP

   Safety critical operations (review)

SGSO

   Operational Safety Management System

SIMOPS

   Simultaneous Operations

SWR

   Safe Work Review

TA

   Technical Authority

TR

   Temporary Refuge

VOC

   Volatile organic compounds

WMS

   Work Management System


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

7 of 15

 

 

3

OBJECTIVES

 

3.1

Scope of Work

The PFO objectives cover a wide range of scopes among different disciplines and geographical locations. For better understanding the PFO is segregated into 10 different main items. Nevertheless during all PFO scopes execution the utmost focus is to ensure Health, Safety and Environmental (HS&E) risks are kept to the lowest practicable level (ALARP) during project, installation, start-up and initial operations phase.

A – Operations Support to Project

 

   

to give sufficient and timely operational input to the project team during engineering, construction, mechanical completion and commissioning phases.

B – Develop Operations Organization

 

   

to recruit, establish and develop the Operational Organization (Onshore and Offshore)

 

   

to implement a culture that values good HS&E performance and individuals who demonstrates a duty of care ensuring a strong ownership behaviour from stakeholders

 

   

to ensure that all job specific training are completed before Take-Over (ensuring a competent organization)

C – Operation Management System

 

   

to establish all necessary Operational Management Systems and Procedures including IT Support Systems (a complete governance system for Operation)

 

   

to ensure that Operation Management System are operational 60 days before 1 st Oil (COD)

 

   

to ensure asset integrity through implementation of an effective and robust maintenance’s management system.

 

   

to establish as-built Documents For Operation (DFO)

D – Operations Support Agreements

 

   

to establish all necessary contracts to support the installation and future operations with regards to catering, critical equipment maintenance, spares/consumables supply and etc…

E – Onshore Facilities

 

   

to establish an operation office and warehouse as per contract requirements location as well as all licenses and permits necessaries for such facilities to be able to function accordingly and in due time needed throughout the project

F – Sailing, Installation and Start-up

 

   

To plan and execute the sailing and offshore installation in the most safe and effective way including the preparation of HSE plans for the phases of sailing, offshore installation and Start-Up

 

   

to facilitate the Pre Start-Up Audit

 

   

to ensure a production start-up as per planned schedule, in compliance with regulation and in according to agreed contracts.

 

   

to optimize operation during the initial operational period


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

8 of 15

 

G – Spare Parts, Consumables, Tools and Movables

 

   

to evaluate the equipment installed and ensure the FPSO is supplied with a robust spare part plans as per RAM evaluation as well as experience carried from other units in operation within Brazil.

 

   

To ensure spare parts for the first 2 years operation with regards to critical equipment

 

   

To ensure consumables for the sailing, arrival in Brazil and 2 months operation

H – PFO Related Approvals and Compliance

 

   

to go “beyond compliance” with local regulations in HS&E to meet accepted best practice.

 

   

to settle all necessary approvals and certificates necessary for arrival, installation and start –up in Brazil ensuring that there will be no hold points from any local authority impacting on start-up schedule

I – OPEX Review and Forecast

 

   

to review and evaluate the OPEX premises from BID and prepare the first 2 years OPEX forecast for management review

J – PFO Management and Cost

 

   

to ensure that schedule and budget are not only accomplished but optimized when possible

 

   

to agree and conduct the Take-Over process from Commissioning to Operations ensuring traceability of all activities carried prior to such milestone ensuring a smooth start-up

 

   

to develop a skilled and motivated PFO management team and facilitate their work across geographical and organizational borders

 

   

to maintain a professional and good relationship towards Client’s operational representative and staff.

 

4

ASSIGNED PFO MANAGER AND AUTHORITY

The PFO will be managed by the Operations Advisor and is accountable for the PFO work within approved plan, budget and time schedule and shall identify and manage potential corrective actions to obtain the overall objectives.

The Operations Advisor will have functional reporting to the Project Director and act as the Operation Manager during the PFO work and he/she has the corresponding authority and responsibility until the final handover to operations occur to the permanent Operations Manager.


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

9 of 15

 

 

5

ASSIGNMENTS AND STRATEGIES

 

5.1

Governing Documents

The Operations Advisor will during his work adhere to following governing documents:

 

   

The relevant parts of the Contract with the Client

 

   

OOGTK’s Management System Manual (MSM)

 

   

All related regulatory documentation

 

5.2

A—Operations Support to Project

An effective and optimized team composed of operational personnel with broad and relevant experience from similar operations will be mobilized to give input to the Project Team during the engineering and construction period. The details will be defined within the “Operations Recruitment & Manning Plan” document.

The above mentioned team will support the evaluation and review from critical documents such as P&IDs, Accommodation lay-out, General Arrangements and etc.

It is also planned the participation of Operations Personnel within the HAZID and HAZOP since that it is critical for the safe and smooth start-up of operations.

In a developed stage of the project there will be mobilization of operations personnel to assist the Project during Mechanical Completion and Commissioning. This is critical not only to support the project but also to build up the familiarization, competence and skills needed during Sailing, Installation, Start-Up and Operation. This will have to be done in the most cost effective way without jeopardizing the main focus to have a smooth start-up.

For this scope the mobilized team is planned to stay continuously at Singapore Yard office.

Detailed scope for each position should be prepared containing the scope, deliverables and deadlines expected.

 

5.3

B—Develop Operations Organization

Offshore Organization:

During the project phase a part of the offshore management team will be already mobilized to support the project with operational input. This team will be part of the permanent operational team. It is important to have part of the offshore management team composed of existing operational teams from internal recruiting in order to maintain and spread the OOGTK’s way of work, philosophies and operational and QHSE culture.

The mobilization from the rest of the operations team will be detailed within the “Operations Recruitment & Manning Plan” document that will follow the project schedule and milestones so that PFO provides the adequate team for the project needs within each phase.

The offshore organization chart estimated during the BID phase should be revisited for evaluation and updates, if any.


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

10 of 15

 

There should be a close cooperation with the units already operating in Brazil and the project so that a training matrix is developed for both PFO and Operations phase.

Onshore Organization:

An onshore operations team should be developed / recruited. To maintain the knowledge and culture acquired from the units in operation is highly recommended to have part of the team composed from existing operations teams within Brazil. This have to be planned in advance so replacements can be recruited and training and the units in operation are not jeopardized. Optimizations with existing onshore structure should also be considered.

The onshore organization chart estimated during the BID phase should be revisited for evaluation and updates, if any.

Some members from the Onshore Operations organization may be temporarily mobilized to Singapore in case of need and for familiarization however the team will be located in Brazil.

The above described scopes should be carried in close cooperation with HR Departments.

 

5.4

C—Operation Management Systems

Management System:

A proper and robust Management System needs to be defined and implemented before the vessel sail away as it have to be ready for any possible ANP SGSO to happen upon vessel arrival in Brazil.

Due to the complexity and “in house” knowledge required for the above mentioned scope it is recommended that an OIM undertake this scope reporting to the Operations Advisor and engaging the required personnel with competence and skills to be responsible for each of the different documents and procedures to be covered that will involve also onshore team.

The above will also ensure that all required DFO is in place and implemented in due time needed prior to sail away.

It is also required that this scope is performed in close cooperation with the onshore QHSE Coordinator to ensure the necessary compliance with local regulations.

The mobilization for the responsible to coordinate this scope should be evaluated in accordance with the project schedule.

This position is planned to be permanently in Singapore coordinating with the different team members in other locations (mainly the onshore team in Brazil) that will be contributing for the development of different documents.

Other Systems and IT infra-structure:

QHSE —Synergi will be the software used with all necessary modules (HSE Incidents, Quality Incidents, Audits/Inspections, Ideas, Behaviour Audits, Meetings, Non-Conformance, Emergency Preparedness, Positive events, Exposure values, Targets, Ideas/safecards)


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

11 of 15

 

Document Control – A proper and robust Doc. Control Software should be defined during PFO Execution and this may allow all documentation from PIMS to be automatically uploaded.

Maintenance System – It is required evaluation of MAXIMO system to be the one for Maintenance Management, Storage and Material Requisition controls as it is fully integrated with ORACLE. An evaluation will be performed to confirm, or not, this possibility. Otherwise it will be based on STAR.

This scope will be led by the Chief Engineer mobilized at Singapore’s Yard office as it will be required close cooperation with project team and access to all equipment vendors documentation and discussions.

Others such as Permit To Work Risk Assessment (WISER), Process Monitoring (PI) and etc… will be based on existing ones used in other units operating.

To have the most optimized and cost effective IT infra-structure the strategy will be to negotiate and implement and integrate the LIBRA IT infra-structure and support with the existing shared IT departments in OOG’s Rio office. This will be executed in early stages of the project so that the shared team can give inputs and support already during project phase for the PFO scope.

 

5.5

D—Operations Support Agreements

The strategy is, as far as practicable, to use vendors already contracted for existing unit for Service Agreements, but this also depends upon the vendor’s chosen by the project.

The vendor list from the project will be review and be used as input for the “PFO and Operation Agreements list” that will set not only the list but the priority and deadlines for each agreement to be closed.

This scope will be dealt with directly by Operations Advisor supported by the supply chain coordinator to be recruited during PFO execution. Therefore it is not forecasted to demand any dedicated mobilization to Singapore.

 

5.6

E—Onshore Facilities

Client’s expectations to localization of operations contract management will be clarified however Santos is already defined as the location for personnel and material logistics

An “Onshore Facilities Requirements” document will describe all the necessary minimum physical infra-structure required for both the office and warehouse. The first action for this scope will be to visit and get quotations from existing properties where it will be preferred the ones that contain the office and warehouse within the same location evaluating also such location for daily commuting from the operations team.

Due to the licenses required for the office and specially warehouse (e.g. REPETRO) the identification process should be started within minimum 1 year advance from the vessel arrival in order to guarantee that all are in place as well as possible refurbishment of the chosen property and etc.

This scope will be handled by Operations Advisor with support from local team in Brazil and no mobilization is planned.


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

12 of 15

 

There may happen that part of the technical support team, contract management and other back office departments will be based in OOGTK’s Rio office and this will have to be evaluated and verified during PFO execution.

 

5.7

F—Sailing, Installation and Start-up

The PFO is responsible to plan and execute all the voyage plan to Brazil (including a possible stop in Cape Town) as well as prepare the “Hook up Procedure”, “Pull-in Procedure” and “1st oil start-up Procedure”.

The resources to plan and prepare such procedures will be part of the team already mobilized in Singapore as per “Operations Recruitment & Manning Plan” and will be from the offshore management team.

A Start-up Coordinator will be nominated to be dedicated solely on the execution of 1st oil start-up Procedure” and ensure that all material and human resources needed for such plan are arranging and available in due time. Such Coordinator will be nominated during PFO execution and no specific Mobilization is planned, i.e. will be from the project or PFO team.

 

5.8

G—Spare Parts Consumables Tools and Movables

The PFO will agree with project on how to support the necessary procurement for all spares, consumables, tools and movables needed. By the end of the project this will be a highy load of work that could easely justify a dedicated procurement resource localy in Singapore (this support may be a local and does not necessarly means a mobilization).

All spares and consumables procurement will follow the premisses set forth in the document “Spare Part Philosophy” covering all Critical Spares, Capital Spares, Insurance Spares, Commissioning +2 Year Spares, Consumable spares and Consumables. This will also be evaluated on a case to case basis by the PFO team before Purchase Orders are issued. The same strategy will be implemented for tools listing and procurement where the inputs will come from existing units operating and experience from the offshore management team.

Within the “Spare Part List” it will be indicated and prioritized all Long Lead Items.

All movables (including containers, skips bottle racks and baskets to be used during operations) will be procured locally during project phase due to the high cost of such items in Brazil comparing with Singapore. The quantities and types will take into account the experience from existing units operating in Brazil as well as the far distance in which this operation will take place that can impose longer lead time for logistics from shore.

 

5.9

H—PFO Related Approvals and Compliance

The project already has a dedicated resource for compliance covering the design and construction scopes and this will naturally pass on to PFO as the sail away becomes closer. Nevertheless the PFO Team have a high focus on follow up and support the project compliance scope.


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

13 of 15

 

The nominated QHSE Coordinator for LIBRA will be responsible to maintain a Compliance Matrix from PFO in addition to the one from project that will be focused specifically on the licenses for onshore facilities and arrival of the FPSO in Brazil. Therefore the QHSE Coordinator should be nominated in advance during the project phase to ensure this scope is properly performed and a temporarily mobilization to Singapore will be required in a later stage of the project prior to sail away.

 

5.10

I—OPEX Review and Forecast

The Operations Advisor, supported by the PFO Team, will review the estimated OPEX during the BID phase in order to review/fine tune the forecast for the first and second year of operations based on the operations contracts being signed with actual figures, inputs from the actual costs for manpower, onshore infra-structures, spare parts, corporate support, insurances and others as well as possible designe or strategy changes during project phase that could affect the OPEX.

This will have to be presented to the OOGTK Management within 6 months prior to sail away in order to have enough time for possible optimizations and etc.

This scope will be executed by Operations advisor supported by PFO Team and no specific mobilization is forecasted.

 

5.11

J—PFO Management and Cost

 

5.11.1

Scope Planning

It is a critical item to have the PFO proper planned in order to secure that all teams, infra-structure and systems are in place in due time and cost effective way for the smooth transition from project into operations.

Numerous documents were prepared to enable the plan and control all the PFO and these are listed on item 2 from this document.

The Scope of Work has been assessed and broken down into different sub items from “A” to “J”.

5.11.2 Scheduling

Scheduling includes the processes required to accomplish timely completion of the PFO work.

Scheduling comprises: activity definition, activity sequencing, activity resource estimating, activity duration estimating, schedule development and, schedule control.

Duration, taking into account constraints as e.g. availability of key personnel, will be estimated and the time schedule will be developed and issued.

The overall structure of the time schedule is as follows:

 

   

External Milestone at top

 

   

Summary schedule for each PFO scope item

 

   

Detailed schedule with logical relation for the activities within an item


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

14 of 15

 

   

Identification of possible Long Lead Items (mainly for Spare Parts)

 

   

Critical Path identification

 

5.11.3

Cost

The purpose of cost management is planning, estimating, budgeting and controlling cost, so that the PFO work can be complete within the approved budget.

With regards to procurement, in some specific situations safety and quality will prevail above cost.

 

5.11.4

Human Resources Management

The Human Resource Management below includes the process to organize and manage the PFO Team.

The PFO Team is the temporary organization mobilized to execute the PFO work, whereas the fully qualified and permanent Operational Organization of the FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA is a deliverable from PFO scope. Some key team members of the PFO Team will also be a part of the succeeding Operational Organization, this in order to be prepared for management positions during operation.

The resources mobilized during the project phase that will be part of the operations team in the future will follow the established policy by PMT for all teams and no rotation or different agreements shall be made.

Human Resource Planning.

The PFO Organization Chart will be established as well as the mobilization schedule. All such related information should be included within the “Operations Recruitment & Manning Plan”.

The needs from the project to the PFO team will change during the project execution phase and the scope of some PFO team members will have to be updated. To have such flexibility each member from the PFO team will have its scope of work defined within the “PFO Team Management Control” document.

Mobilization

The main PFO team will be mobilized as required by the main Project Plan (Histogram and Schedule). There may be necessity to mobilize temporary staff for some specific scopes. This should be managed as a “closed scope” so that the resource is de-mobilized as per plan.

Additional staffing shall be agreed with Project Director and relevant stakeholders before implementation.

 

5.11.5

Reporting

At a preliminary phase of the project a monthly report will be issued and later on will change into weekly or even daily report (sail away, installation and start-up) as per necessity agreed between Operations Advisor and Project Director.


OOGTK

            FPSO PIONEIRO DE LIBRA  

PFO Execution Plan

  

DOC.NO.

  

:

 

OOGTK02-01-O-00-KA-000001-001

  

REV.

  

:

 

00

  

DATE

  

:

 

17.02.2014

    

PAGE

  

:

 

15 of 15

 

6

HANDOVER FROM PROJECTS TO OPERATIONS AND PFO CLOSE-OUT

 

6.1

HANDOVER FROM PROJECTS TO OPERATION

During the project phase a procedure for handover from projects to operation must be developed and agreed between the Project Director and Operations Advisor with close cooperation with the Commissioning Manager.

In the above mentioned document it should be agreed not only the process but also the milestones in which the handover will take place (e.g. at Sail Away from shipyard, arrival in Brazil, 1st Oil .)

 

6.2

PFO CLOSE-OUT

Closing involves the activities to formally terminate all activities of the PFO and to hand-over the deliverables and results. All temporary contracts, persons mobilized and a final close out report will be issued.

The PFO scope will be determined as finalized when the 1 st Oil is achieved and therefore all cost related items should aim this as the final target for activity and cost purposes.


Annex I

to

Credit Agreement

COMMITMENTS

 

Lenders

   Commitment  

ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

   $ 114,815,969.56   

Citibank, N.A.

   $ 114,815,969.56   

DNB Capital LLC

   $ 114,815,969.56   

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

   $ 114,815,969.56   

ING Capital LLC

   $ 114,815,969.56   

Natixis, New York Branch

   $ 114,815,969.56   

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

   $ 114,815,969.56   

TOTAL

   $ 803,711,786.92   


Annex II

to

Credit Agreement

APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES

1. ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

Loan Lending Office :

Gustav Mahlerlaan, 10

1082 PP Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Attn: Remco Jongkind / Anna Ferreira

Telephone: +55 11 3073 7440 / 7433

Facsimile: +55 11 3073 7404

E-mail address: remco.jongkind@br.abnamro.com / annaferreira@br.abnamro.com

Fed Wire Instructions :

To: Bank of America - New York - USA

Swift Code: BOFAUS3N

For: ABN AMRO Bank N.V. - Amsterdam - The Netherlands

Swift Code: ABNANL2A

ABA #: 026009593

Account Name: ABN AMRO Bank N.V. Amsterdam - The Netherlands

Account #: 6550368324

Reference: OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG

Attn: Dien Quan / Leo Vrijland

2. CITIBANK, N.A.

Loan Lending Office :

Citi Center

Avenida Paulista, n° 1111 – 10° andar

CEP – 01311-920 São Paulo, SP – Brazil

Attn: Saulo Ferraz / João Leal

Telephone: 55 11 4009 2537 / 5266

Facsimile: N/A

E-mail address: saulo.ferraz@citi.com / joao.leal@citi.com

Fed Wire Instructions :

To: CITIBANK, N.A.

ABA #: 021000089

Swift Code: CITIUS33

Account Name: CITIBANK, N.A. HOGL

Account #: 36050739

Reference: OOGTK LOAN

Attn: Marcio Ercolano / Gustavo Lauro / Flavio Correa


3. DNB CAPITAL LLC

Loan Lending Office :

200 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10166

United States of America

Attn: Barbara Gronquist / Florianne Robin

Telephone: +1 212-681-3859 / +44 (0) 207 621 6024

Facsimile: +1 212-681-4123

E-mail address: barbara.gronquist@dnb.no / florianne.robin@dnb.no

Fed Wire Instructions :

To: BNY Mellon, New York

Swift Code: IRVTUS3N

For: DNB Capital LLC

Swift Code: DNBAUS33LLC

ABA #: 021000018

Account #: 8901173231

Further credit to: OOGTK Libra GMBH

Account #: 10108599

Reference: OOGTK

Attn: Teresa Rosu

4. HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Loan Lending Office :

452 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10018

Attn: James Edmonds / Lillian Cortes

Telephone: +1-212-525-6433 / +1-212-525-7293

Facsimile: +1-212-525-6090

E-mail address: james.edmonds@us.hsbc.com / ctlany.loanadmin@us.hsbc.com

Fed Wire Instructions :

Standard Settlement Instructions are available at the following URL:

www.hsbcnet.com/gbm/products-services/trading-sales/standard-settlement-instructions-document.html

Agree to the ‘SSI’s Terms of Use”

From the next page, select “USA: Loan Agency SSI”

Password is loanagency1


5. ING CAPITAL LLC

Loan Lending Office :

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Attn: Jens Van Yperzeele / Tanja van der Woude

Telephone: 646-424-6088 / 8173

Facsimile: 646-424-7484

E-mail address: jens.van.yperzeele@ing.com / tanja.van.der.woude@ing.com

Fed Wire Instructions:

To: JPMORGANCHASE, NEW YORK

ABA #: 021-000-021

Account Name: ING CAPITAL LLC LOANS AGENCY NEW YORK

Account #: 066-297-311

Reference: OOGTK LIBRA

Attn: LOAN SERVICES

6. NATIXIS, NEW YORK BRANCH

Loan Lending Office:

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Attn: Valerie du Mars

Telephone: +1-212-583-4917

Facsimile: N/A

E-mail address: Valerie.dumars@us.natixis.com / ProjectFinance.Portfolio@us.natixis.com

Fed Wire Instructions:

JPMORGAN CHASE, NY (CHASUS33)

ABA #: 021-000-021

FOR A/C OF NATIXIS, NY BRANCH (NATXUS3B)

Account #: 544-7-75330

Reference: Libra

Attn: LOAN SERVICES

7. SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION

Loan Lending Office:

Latin America Department

277 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10172

Attn: Carla Funes / Hideki Chida

Telephone: 212-224-4354 / 5381

Facsimile: 212-224-5227 / 5222

E-mail address: cfunes@smbclf.com / Hideki_Chida@smbcgroup.com


Fed Wire Instructions :

To: Citibank, NA, NY

ABA #: 021-000-089

Swift Code: SMBCUS33

Account Name: SMBC NY Branch

Account #: 3602837

Reference: OOGTK Libra GmbH & KG

Attn: Loan Services


Annex III

to

Credit Agreement

NOTICE ADDRESSES

The Borrower:

c/o Odebrecht Óleo e Gás S.A.

Avenida Pasteur, 154 – 11 andar

Rio de Janeiro, RJ – CEP: 22290-240

Attention: OOG Debt Compliance Team

Tel: +55 21 3850-6620

With a copy to:

Teekay Offshore Partners L.P.

c/o Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd.

2000 Bentall 5, 550 Burrard Street

Vancouver BC, V6C 2K2, Canada

Attention to: Renee Eng, Treasury Manager

Tel: +1- 604-609-6418

E-mail: _Treasuryloansvancouver@teekay.com

The Lenders:

ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Junior, 700 - 4th floor

CEP 04542-000 / São Paulo, SP / Brazil

Attention to: Remco Jongkind / Anna Carolina Ferreira

Tel: +55 (11) 3074-7423 or +55 (11) 3074-7433

E-mail: remco.jongkind@br.abnamro.com / anna.ferreira@br.abnamro.com

Citibank, N.A.

Avenida Francisco Matarazzo

1500 – Torre Los Angeles – 8° andar

CEP – 05001 – 100 – São Paulo, SP – Brazil /

Avenida Paulista, n° 1111 – 12° andar

CEP – 01311-920 São Paulo, SP – Brazil

Attention to: Marcio Ercolano / João Leal

Tel: + 55 11 3232-7312 / +55 11 4009-5266

E-mail: marcio.ercolano@citi.com / joao.leal@citi.com

DNB Capital LLC

200 Park Avenue, 31 st Floor

New York, New York 10166

United States of America

Attention to: Barbara Gronquist / Florianne Robin

Tel: +1-212-681-3859 / +44 (0) 207 621 6024

Facsimile: +1-212-681-4123

E-mail: barbara.gronquist@dnb.no / florianne.robin@dnb.no


HSBC Bank USA, National Association

452 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10018

United States of America

Attention to: James Edmonds / Lillian Cortes

Tel: +1-212-525-6433 / +1-212-525-7293

E-mail: james.edmonds@us.hsbc.com / ctlany.loanadmin@us.hsbc.com

ING Capital LLC

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

United States of America

Attention to: Tanja van der Woude / Jens Van Yperzeele

Tel: +1-646-424-8173 / +1-646-424-6088

E-mail: Tanja.van.der.woude@ing.com / Jens.van.yperzeele@ing.com

Natixis, New York Branch

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

United States of America

Attention to: Valerie du Mars

Tel: +1-212-583-4917

Facsimile: N/A

E-mail: Valerie.dumars@us.natixis.com / ProjectFinance.Portfolio@us.natixis.com

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

277 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10172

United States of America

Attention to: Carla Funes / Hideki Chida

Tel: +1-212-224-4354 / +1-212-224-5381

E-mail: cfunes@smbc-lf.com / hchida@smbc-lf.com

The Facility Agent:

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

452 Fifth Avenue - 8E6

New York, New York 10018

United States of America

Attention to: Corporate Trust and Loan Agency

Tel: +1-212-525-7293 / +1-212-525-1368

E-mail: ctlany.loanagency@us.hsbc.com / ctlanydealmanagement@us.hsbc.com

The Collateral Agent:

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

452 Fifth Avenue - 8E6

New York, New York 10018

United States of America

Attention to: Corporate Trust and Loan Agency

Tel: +1-212-525-1368

E-mail: ctlanydealmanagement@us.hsbc.com

EXHIBIT 4.28

Execution Version

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

$200,000,000

Teekay Corporation

8.5% Senior Notes due 2020

Purchase Agreement

November 10, 2015

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

As Representative of the

several Initial Purchasers listed

in Schedule 1 hereto

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Teekay Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several initial purchasers listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom you are acting as representative (the “Representative”), $200,000,000 principal amount of its 8.5% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Securities”). The Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of January 27, 2010 (the “Base Indenture”) between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), as supplemented by a supplemental indenture, to be dated as of November 16, 2015 (the “Supplemental Indenture”, and together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”). The Securities will have identical terms, other than with respect to the registration rights referred to herein and restrictions on transfer, as the Company’s $450,000,000 principal amount of 8.5% Senior Notes due 2020, issued on January 27, 2010 pursuant to the Base Indenture (the “Existing Securities”), but will not be fungible with the Existing Securities, unless and until such time as they are exchanged for registered notes pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below).

The Securities will be sold to the Initial Purchasers without being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in reliance upon an exemption therefrom. The Company has prepared a preliminary offering memorandum dated November 6, 2015 (the “Preliminary Offering Memorandum”) and will prepare an offering memorandum dated the date hereof (the “Offering Memorandum”) setting forth information concerning the Company and the Securities. Copies of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum have been, and

 

1


copies of the Offering Memorandum will be, delivered by the Company to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the terms of this purchase agreement (this “Agreement”). The Company hereby confirms that it has authorized the use of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the other Time of Sale Information (as defined below) and the Offering Memorandum in connection with the offering and resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum. References herein to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to refer to and include any document incorporated by reference therein and any reference to “amend,” “amendment” or “supplement” with respect to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to refer to and include any documents filed after such date and incorporated by reference therein. References herein to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to refer to and include the preliminary Canadian offering memorandum dated November 6, 2015 (the “Preliminary Canadian Offering Memorandum”) and the Canadian offering memorandum dated the date hereof (the “Final Canadian Offering Memorandum”), respectively.

At or prior to the time when sales of the Securities were first made (the “Time of Sale”), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively, the “Time of Sale Information”): the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, as supplemented and amended by the written communications listed on Annex B hereto as constituting part of the Time of Sale Information.

Holders of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees) will be entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated the Closing Date (as defined below) and substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex D (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company will agree to file one or more registration statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) providing for the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities or the Exchange Securities referred to (and as defined) in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Initial Purchasers concerning the purchase and resale of the Securities, as follows:

1. Purchase and Resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers . (a) The Company agrees to issue and sell the Securities to the several Initial Purchasers as provided in this Agreement, and each Initial Purchaser, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective principal amount of Securities set forth opposite such Initial Purchaser’s name in Schedule 1 hereto at a price equal to 97.26% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest from July 15, 2015 to the Closing Date. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any of the Securities except upon payment for all the Securities to be purchased as provided herein.

(b) The Company understands that the Initial Purchasers intend to offer the Securities for resale on the terms set forth in the Time of Sale Information. Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and agrees that:

(i) it is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a “ QIB ”) and an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (“ Regulation D ”);

 

2


(ii) it has not solicited offers for, or offered or sold, and will not solicit offers for, or offer or sell, the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) of Regulation D or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act; and

(iii) it has not solicited offers for, or offered or sold, and will not solicit offers for, or offer or sell, the Securities as part of their initial offering except:

(A) to persons whom it reasonably believes to be QIBs in transactions pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”) and in connection with each such sale, it has taken or will take reasonable steps to ensure that the purchaser of the Securities is aware that such sale is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or

(B) in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Annex E hereto.

(c) Each Initial Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Company and, for purposes of the “no registration” opinions to be delivered to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Sections 6(g) and 6(j), counsel for the Company and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, respectively, may rely upon the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers, and compliance by the Initial Purchasers with their agreements, contained in paragraph (b) above (including Annex E hereto), and each Initial Purchaser hereby consents to such reliance.

(d) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Initial Purchasers may offer and sell Securities to or through any affiliate of an Initial Purchaser and that any such affiliate may offer and sell Securities purchased by it to or through any Initial Purchaser.

(e) The Company acknowledges and agrees that each Initial Purchaser is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Securities contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representative nor any other Initial Purchaser is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Representative nor any other Initial Purchaser shall have any responsibility or liability to the

 

3


Company with respect thereto. Any review by the Representative or any Initial Purchaser of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Representative or such Initial Purchaser, as the case may be, and shall not be on behalf of the Company or any other person.

2. Payment and Delivery .

(a) Payment for and delivery of the Securities will be made at the offices of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., 2200 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 20037 at 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, on November 16, 2015, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representative and the Company may agree upon in writing. The time and date of such payment and delivery is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”.

(b) Payment for the Securities shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account(s) specified by the Company to the Representative against delivery to the nominee of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of the Initial Purchasers, of one or more global notes representing the Securities (collectively, the “Global Note”), with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of the Securities duly paid by the Company. The Global Note will be made available for inspection by the Representative not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day prior to the Closing Date.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Initial Purchaser that:

(a) Preliminary Offering Memorandum, Time of Sale Information and Offering Memorandum . The Preliminary Offering Memorandum, as of its date, did not, the Time of Sale Information, at the Time of Sale, did not, and at the Closing Date, will not, and the Offering Memorandum, in the form first used by the Initial Purchasers to confirm sales of the Securities and as of the Closing Date, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company in writing by such Initial Purchaser through the Representative expressly for use in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Time of Sale Information or the Offering Memorandum, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Initial Purchaser consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof (such information being the “Initial Purchaser Furnished Information”).

(b) Additional Written Communications. The Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Initial Purchasers in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any written communication that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities (each such communication by the Company or its agents and

 

4


representatives (other than a communication referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) below) an “Issuer Written Communication”) other than (i) the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, (ii) the Offering Memorandum, (iii) the documents listed on Annex B hereto, including a pricing supplement substantially in the form of Annex C hereto, which constitute part of the Time of Sale Information and (iv) any electronic road show or other written communications, in each case used in accordance with Section 4(c). Each such Issuer Written Communication, when taken together with the Time of Sale Information at the Time of Sale, did not, and at the Closing Date, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Written Communication in reliance upon and in conformity with the Initial Purchaser Furnished Information.

(c) Incorporated Documents. The documents incorporated by reference in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, when they were filed with the Commission, conformed or will conform, as the case may be, in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) Financial Statements. The consolidated historical financial statements (including the related notes and supporting schedules thereto) included or incorporated by reference in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the entities purported to be shown thereby on the basis stated therein, at the respective dates or for the respective periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby (except as otherwise noted therein). The selected financial data included or incorporated by reference into the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum is accurately presented in all material respects and prepared on a basis consistent with the historical consolidated financial statements from which it has been derived. The interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language included or incorporated by reference in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum fairly presents in all material respects the information called for and is prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto.

(e) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included or incorporated by reference in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum (in each case, exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto after the date hereof), (i) there has not been any material change in the capital stock or consolidated debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a prospective material adverse change to the general affairs, business,

 

5


properties, condition (financial or otherwise), stockholders’ equity, partners’ equity, members’ equity, results of operations, assets or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transactions or agreements, or incurred any liability or obligation, direct, indirect or contingent, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, that, individually or in the aggregate, is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case under clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above as otherwise disclosed in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

(f) Organization and Good Standing. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly registered or qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such registration or qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or lease their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified, in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the Securities (a “Material Adverse Effect”). The subsidiaries listed in Schedule 2 to this Agreement are the only significant subsidiaries of the Company as defined by Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X.

(g) Ownership of Teekay Holdings . The Company directly owns 100% of the equity interests in Teekay Holdings Limited, a Bermuda corporation (“Teekay Holdings”); such equity interests have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the organizational documents of Teekay Holdings and are fully paid and nonassessable; and the Company owns such equity interests free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests, charges, equities or other claims (collectively, “Liens”).

(h) Ownership of General Partners . Teekay Holdings directly owns a 100% membership interest in each of Teekay GP L.L.C., limited liability company organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands (“TGP GP”), and Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands (“TOO GP”); such membership interests have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of TGP GP (the “TGP GP LLC Agreement”) and the limited liability company agreement of TOO GP (the “TOO GP LLC Agreement”), respectively, and are fully paid (to the extent required under the TGP GP LLC Agreement and TOO GP LLC Agreement, respectively) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 20, 31, 40 and 49 of the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act of 1996 and except as may be provided in the TGP GP LLC Agreement or the TOO GP LLC Agreement); and Teekay Holdings owns such membership interests free and clear of all Liens.

 

6


(i) Ownership of GP Interests in the Partnerships . TGP GP is the sole general partner of Teekay LNG Partners L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands (“TGP”), with a 2.0% general partner interest in TGP; such general partner interest has been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the partnership agreement of TGP, as amended or restated on or prior to the date hereof (the “TGP LPA”); and TGP GP owns such general partner interest free and clear of all Liens (except restrictions on transferability contained in the TGP LPA or under applicable securities laws). TOO GP is the sole general partner of Teekay Offshore Partners L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands (“TOO”), with a 2.0% general partner interest in TOO; such general partner interest has been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the partnership agreement of TOO, as amended or restated on or prior to the date hereof (the “TOO LPA”); and TOO GP owns such general partner interest free and clear of all Liens (except restrictions on transferability contained in the TOO LPA or under applicable securities laws).

(j) Ownership of Sponsor Interests in TGP, TOO and Teekay Tankers.

Teekay Holdings beneficially owns 25,208,274 common units representing limited partner interests in TGP (the “TGP Sponsor Units”); and TGP GP owns 100% of the Incentive Distribution Rights (as defined in the TGP LPA) of TGP, in each case free and clear of all Liens, except (i) restrictions on transferability contained in the TGP LPA or under applicable securities laws and (ii) pursuant to the Margin Loan Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012 by and among Teekay Finance Limited, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the Company, as amended (the “Margin Loan Agreement”).

Teekay Holdings beneficially owns 38,211,772 common units representing limited partner interests in TOO (the “TOO Sponsor Units”); and TOO GP owns 100% of the Incentive Distribution Rights (as defined in the TOO LPA) of TOO, in each case free and clear of all Liens except (i) restrictions on transferability contained in the TOO LPA or under applicable securities laws and (ii) pursuant to the Margin Loan Agreement.

Teekay Holdings directly or beneficially owns 23,232,757 shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of Teekay Tankers Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands (“Tankers”) and 17,154,474 shares of Class A Common Stock of Tankers. All such shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (collectively, the “Tankers Sponsor Shares”) have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and, as applicable, Teekay Holdings directly or beneficially owns all such Tankers Sponsor Shares free and clear of all Liens except pursuant to the Margin Loan Agreement.

(k) Ownership of Operating Companies.

TGP owns a 100% membership interest in Teekay LNG Operating L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company ( “TGP Operating Company”); such membership interest has been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of TGP Operating Company, as amended or restated on or prior to the date hereof (the “TGP Operating Company LLC Agreement”), and is fully paid (to the extent required under the TGP Operating Company LLC Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by

 

7


Sections 20, 31, 40 and 49 of the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act of 1996 and except as may be provided in the TGP Operating Company LLC Agreement); and TGP owns such membership interest free and clear of all Liens, except as otherwise described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

TOO owns a 100% membership interest in Teekay Offshore Operating GP L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“OLP GP”); such membership interest has been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of OLP GP, as amended on or prior to the date hereof (“OLP GP LLC Agreement”), and is fully paid (to the extent required under the OLP GP LLC Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 20, 31, 40 and 49 of the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act of 1996 and except as may be provided in the OLP GP LLC Agreement); and TOO owns such membership interest free and clear of all Liens except for Liens pursuant to credit agreements and related security agreements disclosed or referred to in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum. TOO directly owns a 99.09% limited partner interest in Teekay Offshore Operating L.P., a Marshall Islands limited partnership (“TOO Operating Company”); and OLP GP directly owns a 0.91% general partner interest in TOO Operating Company. All such partner interests have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the partnership agreement of TOO Operating Company, as amended or restated on or prior to the date hereof (the “TOO Operating Company Partnership Agreement”), and are fully paid (to the extent required under the TOO Operating Company Partnership Agreement) and, with respect to the limited partner interests, are nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 30, 41, 51 and 60 of the Marshall Islands Limited Partnership Act and except as may be provided in the TOO Operating Company Partnership Agreement); and TOO and OLP GP, respectively, own such partner interests free and clear of all Liens except for Liens pursuant to credit agreements and related security agreements disclosed or referred to in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

(l) Ownership of Operating Subsidiaries.

TGP Operating Company owns, directly or indirectly, the equity interests in each of the entities set forth in Schedule 3-A (the “TGP Operating Subsidiaries”) as described on Schedule 3-A; such equity interests owned by TGP Operating Company are duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each TGP Operating Subsidiary, as amended or restated on or prior to the date hereof (the “TGP Operating Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents”), and are fully paid (to the extent required under the TGP Operating Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by the applicable statutes of the jurisdiction of formation of the applicable TGP Operating Subsidiary and except as may be provided in the TGP Operating Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents); and TGP Operating Company owns such equity interests free and clear of all Liens except for Liens pursuant to credit agreements and related security agreements disclosed or referred to in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum .

TOO and TOO Operating Company own, directly or indirectly, the equity interests in each of the entities set forth in Schedule 3-B (the “TOO Operating Subsidiaries”) as described on Schedule 3-B; such equity interests have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with

 

8


the respective organizational documents of each TOO Operating Subsidiary, as amended or restated on or prior to the date hereof (the “TOO Operating Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents”), and are fully paid (to the extent required under the TOO Operating Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by the applicable statutes of the jurisdiction of formation of the applicable TOO Operating Subsidiary and except as may be provided in the TOO Operating Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents); and TOO and TOO Operating Company, as applicable, own such equity interests free and clear of all Liens except for Liens pursuant to credit agreements and related security agreements disclosed or referred to in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

Tankers owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the equity interests in each of the entities set forth in Schedule 3-C (the “Tankers Operating Subsidiaries”); such equity interests are duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each Tankers Operating Subsidiary, as amended or restated on or prior to the date hereof (the “Tankers Operating Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents”), and are fully paid (to the extent required under the Tankers Operating Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by the applicable statutes of the jurisdiction of formation of the applicable Tankers Operating Subsidiary and except as may be provided in the Tankers Operating Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents); and Tankers owns such equity interests free and clear of all Liens, other than pursuant to credit agreements and related security agreements disclosed or referred to in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

The Company owns, directly or indirectly, the equity interests in each of the entities set forth in Schedule 3-D (the “Company Operating Subsidiaries,” and collectively with the TGP Operating Subsidiaries, the TOO Operating Subsidiaries and the Tankers Operating Subsidiaries, the “Operating Subsidiaries”) as described on Schedule 3-D; such equity interests are duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each Company Operating Subsidiary, amended or restated on or prior to the date hereof (the “Company Operating Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents”), and are fully paid (to the extent required under the Company Operating Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by the applicable statutes of the jurisdiction of formation of the applicable Company Operating Subsidiary and except as may be provided in the Company Operating Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents); and the Company owns such equity interests free and clear of all Liens, other than pursuant to credit agreements and related security agreements disclosed or referred to in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

(m) No Other Subsidiaries . Other than (i) Teekay Holdings, (ii) TGP GP, (iii) TOO GP, (iv) TGP, (v) TOO, (vi) Tankers, (vii) TGP Operating Company, (viii) TOO Operating Company, (ix) OLP GP, and (x) the Operating Subsidiaries described in paragraph (l) above, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any equity or long-term debt securities of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association or other entity except as described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum and except for entities that do not, directly or indirectly, own any vessels or conduct any operations.

(n) Capitalization. The Company has the capitalization as set forth in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum under the heading “Capitalization”.

 

9


(o) The Indenture. The Base Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability (collectively, the “Enforceability Exceptions”). The Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized by the Company and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions. On the Closing Date, the Indenture will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an indenture that is qualified thereunder.

(p) Due Authorization. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Securities, the Indenture, the Exchange Securities and the Registration Rights Agreement (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and all corporate action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby has been duly and validly taken.

(q) The Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and, when duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and outstanding and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. The Securities conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

(r) The Exchange Securities . On the Closing Date, the Exchange Securities will have been duly authorized by the Company and, when duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and outstanding and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, as issuer, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

(s) Global Note . The Global Note (i) complies with the requirements of the Indenture and (ii) does not violate the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

(t) Purchase and Registration Rights Agreements . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company; and the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized by the Company and on the Closing Date will be duly executed and delivered by the Company and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions, and except that rights to indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by applicable law and public policy.

 

10


(u) Descriptions of the Transaction Documents . Each Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

(v) No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in breach of or default under (and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default has occurred or is continuing) any term, covenant, obligation, agreement, or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, decree, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority or administrative agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such breach or default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(w) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each of the Transaction Documents, the issuance and sale of the Securities, the issuance of the Exchange Notes and compliance by the Company with the terms thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, decree, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority or administrative agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(x) No Consents Required . No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each of the Transaction Documents, the issuance and sale of the Securities, the issuance of the Exchange Notes and compliance by the Company with the terms thereof, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, except for (i) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and

 

11


registrations or qualifications as may be required under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers, (ii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations and qualifications that, if not obtained, could not reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of any of the Company to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents and (iii) with respect to the Exchange Securities, under the Securities Act, the Trust Indenture Act and applicable state securities laws as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement.

(y) Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or could reasonably be expected to be a party or to which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or could reasonably be expected to be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings that would be required by the Securities Act to be described in a registration statement on Form F-1 to be filed with the Commission that are not so described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that would be required by the Securities Act to be described in a registration statement on Form F-1 to be filed with the Commission that are not so described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

(z) Independent Accountants. KPMG LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries which appear or are incorporated by reference in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum are an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(aa) Title to Real and Personal Property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries and that are described in the Time of Sale Information or the Offering Memorandum as being owned or leased by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case with respect to owned property free and clear of all Liens except those that (i) are disclosed in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, (ii) do not materially affect the value of such property, taken as a whole, and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries as described in the Time of Sale Information, or the Offering Memorandum, or (iii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect (the Liens described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above being “Permitted Liens”). Each Operating Subsidiary identified in Schedule 4 is the sole owner of the vessel set forth opposite its name in Schedule 4 (the “Vessels”), in each case free and clear of all Liens except (i) as described, and subject to the

 

12


limitations contained, in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum or (ii) as do not materially affect the value of such property, taken as a whole, and do not materially interfere with the use of such properties, taken as a whole, as they have been used in the past and are proposed to be used in the future, as described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum; provided that with respect to any interest in real property and buildings held under lease by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, such real property and buildings are held under valid and subsisting and enforceable leases (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law)), with such exceptions as do not materially interfere with the use of the properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole as they have been used in the past as described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum and are proposed to be used in the future as described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

(bb) Vessel Registration . Each vessel identified in Schedule 4 is duly registered under the laws of the jurisdiction set forth in Schedule 4 in the name of the applicable Operating Subsidiary identified in Schedule 4, free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens.

(cc) Title to Intellectual Property. The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) and other intellectual property necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses except where the failure to possess such rights could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and the conduct of their respective businesses will not conflict in any material respect with any such rights of others, and the Company and its subsidiaries have not received any notice of any claim of infringement or conflict with any such rights of others.

(dd) No Undisclosed Relationships. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, members, partners, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other hand that would be required by the Securities Act to be described in the a registration statement on Form F-1 to be filed with the Commission that is not so described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to or for the benefit of any of the officers, directors or managers of any Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has, in violation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, directly or indirectly, extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or executive officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(ee) Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the net proceeds thereof as described in

 

13


the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, will not be an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, “Investment Company Act”).

(ff) Taxes. The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all material federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all material tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof; and except as otherwise disclosed in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, there is no material tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets.

(gg) Transfer Taxes . There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance by the Company or sale by the Company of the Securities or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(hh) Marshall Islands Taxes . Assuming that none of the Initial Purchasers are citizens or residents of, nor doing business or maintaining offices in, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, no capital gains, income, withholding or other taxes are payable by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers to the Republic of the Marshall Islands, or to any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein in connection with the issuance and delivery by the Company of the Securities to or for the respective accounts of the Initial Purchasers or the sale and delivery by the Initial Purchasers of the Securities to the initial purchasers thereof. All payments of principal, premium (if any), any additional amounts and any interest on the Securities may, under the current laws and regulations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and any political subdivisions thereof, be paid in United States dollars and may be freely transferred out of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and all such payments will not be subject to withholding or other taxes under the laws and regulations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and are otherwise free and clear of any other tax, withholding or deduction under the laws and regulations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and without the necessity of obtaining any consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, licenses, registrations, clearances and qualifications of or with any court or governmental agency or body in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

(ii) Licenses and Permits. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has such permits, consents, approvals, orders, registrations, filings, qualifications, licenses, sub-licenses, franchises, concessions, certificates and authorizations (“permits”) of, and has made all declarations and filings with, all federal, provincial, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities, all self-regulatory organizations and all courts and other tribunals, as are necessary to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, subject to such qualifications as may be set forth in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum and except for such permits, declarations and filings that, if not obtained, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; except as set forth in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, each of the Company and its subsidiaries has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such permits which are or will be due to have been fulfilled and

 

14


performed by such date and no event has occurred that would prevent the permits from being renewed or reissued or that allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results or would result in any impairment of the rights of the holder of any such permit, except for such non-renewals, non-issues, revocations, terminations and impairments that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of such permits contains any restriction that is materially burdensome to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(jj) No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is threatened or imminent and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except, in each case, as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(kk) Environmental Compliance . The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or Hazardous Materials (as defined below) (“Environmental Laws”), (ii) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its business, (iii) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability under any environmental law, and (iv) are not a party to or affected by any pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit or proceeding, is not bound by any judgment, decree or order, and has not entered into any agreement, in each case relating to any alleged violation of any Environmental Law or any actual or alleged release or threatened release or cleanup at any location of any Hazardous Materials, except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum or where such noncompliance or deviation from that described in (i) - (iv) above could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been named as a “potentially responsible party” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”). The term “Hazardous Materials” means (A) any “hazardous substance” as defined in CERCLA, (B) any “hazardous waste” as defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, (C) any petroleum or petroleum product, (D) any polychlorinated biphenyl and (E) any pollutant or contaminant or hazardous, dangerous or toxic chemical, material, waste or substance regulated under or within the meaning of any other Environmental Law.

(ll) Effect of Environmental Laws . In the ordinary course of their business, the Company and its subsidiaries periodically review the effect of Environmental Laws on their business, operations and properties, in the course of which they identify and evaluate associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties). On the basis of such review, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

15


(mm) Disclosure Controls . The Company and its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that is designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company and its subsidiaries have carried out evaluations of the effectiveness of their disclosure controls and procedures as required by Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act.

(nn) Accounting Controls . The Company and its subsidiaries maintain internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and (v) interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language included or incorporated by reference in the Offering Memorandum and the Time of Sale Information is prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto. To the knowledge of the Company, the “internal controls over financial reporting” (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) of the Company and its subsidiaries are effective. Except as disclosed in each of the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, the Company is not aware of material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the Company’s internal controls.

(oo) Insurance. Except as set forth in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum with respect to off hire insurance, the Company and its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility covering against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance insuring the Company and its subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; and there are no claims by any of the Company or its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause except that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company believes that it and its subsidiaries will be able to renew their existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(pp) No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on

 

16


behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit. The Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

(qq) Compliance with Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(rr) No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws . Neither the Company, any of its subsidiaries, directors or officers, or, to the knowledge of the Company, its employees, or any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government, (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, the Crimea region of Ukraine and Syria (each, a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Securities hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as initial purchaser, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now

 

17


knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country, in each case, in a manner that violated any Sanctions.

(ss) Solvency. On and immediately after the Closing Date, the Company (after giving effect to the issuance of the Securities and the other transactions related thereto as described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum) will be Solvent. As used in this paragraph, the term “Solvent” means, with respect to a particular date, that on such date (i) the present fair market value (or present fair saleable value) of the assets of the Company is not less than the total amount required to pay the liabilities of the Company on its total existing debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured; (ii) the Company is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and commitments as they mature and become due in the normal course of business; (iii) assuming consummation of the issuance of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement, the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, the Company is not incurring debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; (iv) the Company is not engaged in any business or transaction, and does not propose to engage in any business or transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which the Company is engaged; and (v) the Company is not a defendant in any civil action that would result in a judgment that the Company is or would become unable to satisfy.

(tt) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries . Except as provided in the credit and loan agreements described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, and by Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Limited Partnership Act, Section 40 of the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act of 1996 and Sections 43 and 44 of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, no subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

(uu) No Broker’s Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Initial Purchaser for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities.

(vv) Rule 144A Eligibility . On the Closing Date, the Securities will not be of the same class as securities listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted in an automated inter-dealer quotation system; and each of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, as of its respective date, contains or will contain all the information that, if requested by a prospective purchaser of the Securities, would be required to be provided to such prospective purchaser pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

18


(ww) No Integration . Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D) has, directly or through any agent, sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as defined in the Securities Act), that is or will be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner that would require registration of the Securities under the Securities Act.

(xx) No General Solicitation or Directed Selling Efforts . None of the Company or any of its affiliates or any other person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which no representation is made) has (i) solicited offers for, or offered or sold, the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) of Regulation D or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or (ii) engaged in any directed selling efforts within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”), and all such persons have complied with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S.

(yy) Securities Law Exemptions . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers contained in Section 1(b) (including Annex E hereto) and their compliance with their agreements set forth therein, it is not necessary, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers and the offer, resale and delivery of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, to register the Securities under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

(zz) No Stabilization. The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Securities.

(aaa) Margin Rules . Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities nor the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company as described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

(bbb) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included or incorporated by reference in any of the Time of Sale Information or the Offering Memorandum has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(ccc) Statistical and Market Data . The statistical and market-related data included or incorporated by reference in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate.

(ddd) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply in all material respects with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

 

19


(eee) Immunity . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any of their respective properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of the United States, the Republic of The Marshall Islands or Canada or any political subdivisions thereof.

(fff) Regulation S Eligibility . The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Regulation S and reasonably believes there is no substantial U.S. market interest (as defined in Regulation S) in the Securities; and each of the Company or any of its respective affiliates or any other person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers as to which no representation is made) have complied with the offering restrictions requirements of Regulation S.

4. Further Agreements of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees with each Initial Purchaser that:

(a) Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, without charge, to the Initial Purchasers as many copies of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, any other Time of Sale Information, any Issuer Written Communication and the Offering Memorandum (including all amendments and supplements thereto) as the Representative may reasonably request.

(b) Offering Memorandum, Amendments or Supplements . Before finalizing the Offering Memorandum or making or distributing any amendment or supplement to any of the Time of Sale Information or the Offering Memorandum or filing with the Commission any document that will be incorporated by reference therein, the Company will furnish to the Representative and counsel for the Initial Purchasers a copy of the proposed Offering Memorandum or such amendment or supplement or document to be incorporated by reference therein for review, and will not, except to the extent required by law, rule or regulation, distribute any such proposed Offering Memorandum or file with the Commission such document, amendment or supplement to which the Representative reasonably objects.

(c) Additional Written Communications . Before making, preparing, using, authorizing, approving or referring to any Issuer Written Communication, the Company will furnish to the Representative and counsel for the Initial Purchasers a copy of such written communication for review and will not, except to the extent required by law, rule or regulation, make, prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any such written communication to which the Representative reasonably objects.

(d) Notice to the Representative . The Company will advise the Representative promptly, and confirm such advice in writing, (i) of the issuance by any governmental or regulatory authority of any order preventing or suspending the use of any of the Time of Sale Information, any Issuer Written Communication or the Offering Memorandum or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose; (ii) of the occurrence of any event at any time

 

20


prior to the completion of the initial offering of the Securities as a result of which any of the Time of Sale Information, any Issuer Written Communication or the Offering Memorandum as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when such Time of Sale Information, Issuer Written Communication or the Offering Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (iii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order preventing or suspending the use of any of the Time of Sale Information, any Issuer Written Communication or the Offering Memorandum or suspending any such qualification of the Securities and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(e) Time of Sale Information. If at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Information as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Information to comply with law, the Company will immediately notify the Initial Purchasers thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (b) above, furnish to the Initial Purchasers such amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Information (or any document to be filed with the Commission and incorporated by reference therein) as may be necessary so that the statements in the Time of Sale Information as so amended or supplemented (including such documents to be incorporated by reference therein) will not, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Information will comply with law.

(f) Ongoing Compliance of the Offering Memorandum . If at any time prior to the completion of the initial offering of the Securities (i) any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Offering Memorandum as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Offering Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum to comply with law, the Company will immediately notify the Initial Purchasers thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (b) above, furnish to the Initial Purchasers such amendments or supplements to the Offering Memorandum (or any document to be filed with the Commission and incorporated by reference therein) as may be necessary so that the statements in the Offering Memorandum as so amended or supplemented (including such documents to be incorporated by reference therein) will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Offering Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Offering Memorandum will comply with law

(g) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for offering and resale

 

21


of the Securities; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(h) Clear Market. During the period from the date hereof through and including the date that is 90 days after the date hereof, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company and having a tenor of more than one year.

(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum under the heading “Use of Proceeds”.

(j) Supplying Information. While the Securities remain outstanding and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, the Company will, during any period in which the Company is not subject to and in compliance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, furnish to holders of the Securities and prospective purchasers of the Securities designated by such holders, upon the request of such holders or such prospective purchasers, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (provided, however, that if any such information is filed with or furnished to the Commission and publicly available on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval or similar system, such information shall be deemed to have been so furnished to holders of the Securities and prospective purchasers of the Securities).

(k) DTC . The Company will assist the Initial Purchasers in arranging for the Securities to be eligible for clearance and settlement through DTC.

(l) No Resales by the Company . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) to, resell any of the Securities that have been acquired by any of them, except for Securities purchased by the Company or any of its affiliates and resold in a transaction registered under the Securities Act.

(m) No Integration . Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D) will, directly or through any agent, sell, offer for sale, solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of, any security (as defined in the Securities Act), that is or will be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner that would require registration of the Securities under the Securities Act.

(n) No General Solicitation or Directed Selling Efforts . None of the Company or any of its affiliates or any other person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which no covenant is given) will (i) solicit offers for, or offer or sell, the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) of Regulation D or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or (ii) engage in any directed selling efforts within the meaning of Regulation S, and all such persons will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S.

 

22


(o) No Stabilization. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Securities.

(p) Reports . So long as the Securities are outstanding and unless otherwise available through the Commission on its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval or similar system, the Company will furnish to the Initial Purchasers, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Securities, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system.

5. Certain Agreements of the Initial Purchasers . Each Initial Purchaser hereby represents and agrees that it has not and will not use, authorize use of, refer to, or participate in the planning for use of, any written communication that constitutes an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities other than (i) the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, (ii) any written communication that contains either (a) no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) or (b) “issuer information” that was included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Time of Sale Information or the Offering Memorandum, (iii) any written communication listed on Annex B or prepared pursuant to Section 4(c) (including any electronic road show) above, (iv) any written communication prepared by such Initial Purchaser and approved by the Company and the Representative in advance in writing or (v) any written communication relating to or that contains the terms of the Securities and/or other information that was included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Time of Sale Information or the Offering Memorandum.

6. Conditions of Initial Purchasers’ Obligations. The obligation of each Initial Purchaser to purchase Securities on the Closing Date as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date.

(b) No Downgrade. Subsequent to the earlier of (A) the Time of Sale and (B) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Securities or any other debt securities or preferred stock of or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of the Securities or of any other debt securities or preferred stock of or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading).

 

23


(c) No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(e) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Time of Sale Information (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Offering Memorandum (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representative makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

(d) Officer’s Certificate. The Representative shall have received on and as of the Closing Date a certificate of an executive officer of the Company who has specific knowledge of the Company’s financial matters and is satisfactory to the Representative (i) confirming that such officer has carefully reviewed the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum and, to the knowledge of such officer, the representations set forth in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) above.

(e) Comfort Letters. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date, KPMG LLP shall have furnished to the Representative, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained or incorporated by reference in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to the Closing Date.

(f) Opinion of Marshall Islands Counsel for the Company. Watson Farley & Williams LLP, counsel relating to Marshall Islands law for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representative, at the request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, to the effect set forth in Annex A-1 hereto.

(g) Opinion of Counsel for the Company. Perkins Coie LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representative, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, to the effect set forth in Annex A-2 hereto.

(h) Statement of In-House Counsel for the Company. Adrian Dirassar, Vice President & Associate General Counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representative, at the request of the Company, his written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, to the effect set forth in Annex A-3 hereto.

 

24


(i) Local Counsel Opinions . The Company shall have requested and caused:

(1) Lennox Patton, Bahamas counsel for the Company, to have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative;

(2) Alexanders, special Bermuda counsel for the Company, to have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.

(3) MNKS, Luxembourg counsel for the Company, to have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative;

(4) Houthoff Buruma Coöperatief U.A., Netherlands counsel for the Company, to have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative;

(5) Thommessen Krefting Greve Lund AS, Norwegian counsel for the Company, to have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative;

(6) Wong Tan & Molly Lim LLC, Singapore counsel for the Company, to have furnished to you their letter, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative;

(7) Uría Menéndez Abogados, S.L.P., Spanish counsel for the Company, to have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative; and

(8) CMS Cameron McKenna LLP, Scotland counsel for the Company, to have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.

(9) Watson Farley & Williams LLP, English counsel for the Company, to have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.

 

25


(j) Opinion of Counsel for the Initial Purchasers. The Representative shall have received on and as of the Closing Date an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel for the Initial Purchasers, with respect to such matters as the Representative may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(k) No Legal Impediment to Issuance . No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities.

(l) Good Standing . The Representative shall have received on and as of the Closing Date satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing in such other jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(m) Registration Rights Agreement . The Initial Purchasers shall have received a counterpart of the Registration Rights Agreement that shall have been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company.

(n) DTC . The Securities shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through DTC.

(o) Indenture and Securities . The Supplemental Indenture shall have been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company and the Trustee and the Securities shall have been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company and duly authenticated by the Trustee.

(p) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Representative such further certificates and documents as the Representative may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers.

7. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification of the Initial Purchasers. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Initial Purchaser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and

 

26


liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, any of the other Time of Sale Information, any Issuer Written Communication or the Offering Memorandum (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Initial Purchaser Furnished Information.

(b) Indemnification of the Company. Each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Initial Purchaser Furnished Information furnished to the Company in writing by such Initial Purchaser through the Representative expressly for use in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, any of the other Time of Sale Information, any Issuer Written Communication or the Offering Memorandum (or any amendment or supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the following statements in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum: in the section of the Offering Memorandum entitled “Plan of Distribution,” (i) the name of each Initial Purchaser and its participation in the sale of the Securities and (ii) ninth paragraph related to overallotments, stabilizing transactions and syndicate covering transactions.

(c) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 7 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees

 

27


and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) or (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses but after deducting discounts and commissions) received by the Company from the sale of the Securities and the total discounts and commissions received by the Initial Purchasers in connection therewith, as provided in this Agreement, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Securities. The relative fault of the

 

28


Company on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Initial Purchasers and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Limitation on Liability. The Company and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, in no event shall an Initial Purchaser be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discounts and commissions received by such Initial Purchaser with respect to the offering of the Securities exceeds the amount of any damages that such Initial Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Initial Purchasers’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

(f) Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 7 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

8. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

9. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representative, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on or prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on the New York Stock Exchange or the over-the-counter market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, and the effect of such outbreak, escalation, change, calamity or crisis on the financial markets of the United States, in the judgment of the Representative, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

 

29


10. Defaulting Initial Purchaser . (a) If, on the Closing Date, any Initial Purchaser defaults on its obligation to purchase the Securities that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Securities by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Initial Purchaser, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers do not arrange for the purchase of such Securities, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers to purchase such Securities on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser, either the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers or the Company may postpone the Closing Date for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Initial Purchasers may be necessary in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Initial Purchaser” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Securities that a defaulting Initial Purchaser agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers by the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities that remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Initial Purchaser to purchase the principal amount of Securities that such Initial Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder plus such Initial Purchaser’s pro rata share (based on the principal amount of Securities that such Initial Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of such defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers for which such arrangements have not been made.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers by the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities that remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Initial Purchaser of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Initial Purchaser for damages caused by its default.

11. Payment of Expenses . (a) The Company agrees to pay the costs and expenses relating to the following matters: (i) the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Securities, including any transfer, documentary or stamp taxes payable in connection with

 

30


the original issuance and sale of the Securities hereunder; (ii) the preparation and printing of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, any of the other Time of Sale Information, any Issuer Written Communication and the Offering Memorandum (including any amendment or supplement thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the costs of reproducing and distributing each of the Transaction Documents; (iv) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Securities under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative may designate (subject to Section 4(g)) and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky memorandum (including the related reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers); (vi) any fees charged by rating agencies for rating the Securities; (vii) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and any paying agent (including related fees and expenses of any counsel to such parties); (viii) all fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Company in connection with the approval of the Securities by the DTC for “book-entry” transfer; and (ix) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, except as expressly provided in this Section 11 and Section 7 hereof, the Initial Purchasers will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including without limitation, fees and disbursements of their counsel, transfer taxes on the resale by them of any of the Securities, the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on their behalf in connection with presentations to potential purchasers of Securities and any advertising expenses relating to offers of Securities they may make.

(b) If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Initial Purchasers or (iii) any condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, the Company agrees to reimburse the Initial Purchasers for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Initial Purchasers in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.

12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to herein, and the affiliates of each Initial Purchaser referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Securities from any Initial Purchaser shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

13. Survival . The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Initial Purchasers contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Initial Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Securities and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Initial Purchasers.

 

31


14. Certain Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (d) the term “written communication” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and (e) the term “significant subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

15. Judicial Proceedings .

(a) The Company irrevocably (i) agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against the Company or its subsidiaries arising out of or based upon this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or alleged violations of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States may be instituted in any New York court, (ii) waive, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding in any New York court and (iii) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. The Company has appointed Watson Farley & Williams, New York, New York, as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”), upon whom process may be served in any such action arising out of or based on this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or any alleged violation of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States which may be instituted in any New York court, expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action, and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Such appointment shall be irrevocable. The Company represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as such agent for service of process and agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Company shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company.

(b) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than United States dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Initial Purchasers could purchase United States dollars with such other currency in the City of New York on the business day proceeding that on which final judgment is given. The obligations of the Company in respect of any sum due from it to the Initial Purchasers shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than United States dollars, not be discharged until the first business day, following receipt by the Initial Purchasers of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, on which (and only to the extent that) the Initial Purchasers may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase United States dollars with such other currency; if the United States dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Initial Purchasers hereunder, the Company agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, that the party responsible for such judgment shall indemnify the Initial Purchasers against such loss. If the United States dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally

 

32


due to the Initial Purchasers hereunder, the Initial Purchasers agree to pay to the Company an amount equal to the excess of the dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to the Initial Purchasers hereunder.

16. Compliance with USA Patriot Act . In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Initial Purchasers are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Initial Purchasers to properly identify their respective clients.

17. Miscellaneous . (a)  Authority of the Representative. Any action by the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be taken by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, and any such action taken by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC shall be binding upon the Initial Purchasers.

(b) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Initial Purchasers shall be given to the Representative c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: 212-270-1063); Attention: Stathis Karanikolaidis. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at Teekay Corporation, 4th Floor, Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda, Attn. Corporate Secretary (fax no. 441-292-3931).

(c) Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(e) Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(f) Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

33


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,
TEEKAY CORPORATION
By  

/s/ Vincent Lok

  Name:   Vincent Lok
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Accepted as of the date first written above:

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By  

/s/ Stathis Karanikolaidis

  Name:   Stathis Karanikolaidis
  Title:   Managing Director

For itself and on behalf of the

several Initial Purchasers listed

in Schedule 1 hereto.

PURCHASE AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE


Schedule 1

 

Initial Purchaser

   Principal Amount  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

   $ 100,000,000   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

   $ 60,000,000   

DNB Markets, Inc.

   $ 8,500,000   

ABN AMRO Securities (USA) LLC

   $ 5,250,000   

Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc.

   $ 5,250,000   

ING Financial Markets LLC

   $ 5,250,000   

Natixis Securities Americas LLC

   $ 5,250,000   

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

   $ 5,250,000   

SG Americas Securities, LLC

   $ 5,250,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 200,000,000   


Schedule 2

Teekay Corporation

Significant Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

1. Teekay Holdings Limited    Bermuda
2. Teekay Acquisition Holdings L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
3. VLCC C Investment LLC    Marshall Islands
4. Teekay Finance Limited    Bermuda
5. Teekay Shipping Limited    Bermuda
6. Ugland Stena Storage AS    Norway
7. Polarc L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
8. TPO Investments Inc.    Marshall Islands
9. TPO Investments AS    Norway
10. Teekay Petrojarl AS    Norway
11. Teekay Petrojarl Production AS    Norway
12. Teekay Petrojarl Floating Production UK Ltd.    United Kingdom
13. Petrojarl 4 DA    Norway
14. Knarr L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
15. Banff L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
16. Teekay Hummingbird Production Limited    United Kingdom
17. Hummingbird Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
18. Teekay LNG Partners L.P.    Marshall Islands
19. Teekay LNG Operating L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
20. Teekay Luxembourg S.A.R.L.    Luxembourg
21. Naviera Teekay Gas III, S.L.    Spain
22. Teekay Shipping Spain, S.L.    Spain
23. Teekay Spain, S.L.    Spain
24. Teekay LNG Holdings L.P.    United States


Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

25. Teekay LNG Holdco L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
26. Teekay Nakilat Corporation    Marshall Islands
27. Teekay Nakilat (II) Limited    United Kingdom
28. Teekay Nakilat Holdings Corporation    Marshall Islands
29. Teekay Offshore Partners L.P.    Marshall Islands
30. Navion Offshore Loading AS    Norway
31. Norsk Teekay AS    Norway
32. Norsk Teekay Holdings Ltd.    Marshall Islands
33. Partrederiet Teekay Shipping Partners DA    Norway
34. Teekay European Holdings, S.A.R.L.    Luxembourg
35. Teekay Navion Offshore Loading Pte. Ltd.    Singapore
36. Teekay Netherlands European Holdings B.V.    Netherlands
37. Teekay Nordic Holdings Inc.    Marshall Islands
38. Teekay Norway AS    Norway
39. Teekay Offshore Operating L.P.    Marshall Islands
40. Teekay Offshore Operating Pte. Ltd.    Marshall Islands
41. Teekay Offshore Finance Corp.    Marshall Islands
42. Teekay Offshore Holdings L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
43. Teekay Offshore Shuttle Tanker Finance L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
44. Teekay Petrojarl Offshore Siri AS    Norway
45. Teekay Shipping Partners Holdings AS    Norway
46. Teekay Voyageur Production Ltd    United Kingdom
47. Tiro Sidon Holdings L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
48. Tiro Sidon L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
49. Tiro Sidon UK L.L.P.    United Kingdom
50. Ugland Nordic Shipping AS    Norway
51. Varg Production AS    Norway
52. Teekay Tankers Ltd.    Marshall Islands


Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

53. Teekay Tankers Holdings Ltd.    Marshall Islands
54. Varg LLC    Marshall Islands
55. Voyageur LLC    Marshall Islands
56. Naviera Teekay Gas, S.L.    Spain
57. Naviera Teekay Gas II, S.L.    Spain
58. Naviera Teekay Gas IV, S.L.    Spain


Schedule 3-A

Teekay LNG Partners L.P.

Operating Subsidiaries

 

Name

  

Owner

  

Percentage

  

Jurisdiction

1.   African Spirit L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
2.   Al Areesh Inc.    Teekay Nakilat Corporation    100%    Marshall Islands
3.   Al Areesh L.L.C.    Nakilat Holdco LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
4.   Al Daayen Inc.    Teekay Nakilat Corporation    100%    Marshall Islands
5.   Al Daayen L.L.C.    Nakilat Holdco LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
6.   Al Huwaila Inc.    Teekay Nakilat (III) Corporation    100%    Marshall Islands
7.   Al Kharsaah Inc.    Teekay Nakilat (III) Corporation    100%    Marshall Islands
8.   Al Khuwair Inc.    Teekay Nakilat (III) Corporation    100%    Marshall Islands
9.   Al Marrouna Inc.    Teekay Nakilat Corporation    100%    Marshall Islands
10. Al Marrouna L.L.C.    Nakilat Holdco LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
11. Al Shamal Inc.    Teekay Nakilat (III) Corporation    100%    Marshall Islands
12. Alexander Spirit L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
13. Arctic Spirit L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Holdings LP    100%    Marshall Islands
14. Asian Spirit L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
15. Bermuda Spirit L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
16. DSME Hull No. 2407 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
17. DSME Hull No. 2408 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
18. DSME Hull No. 2411 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
19. DSME Hull No. 2416 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
20. DSME Hull No. 2417 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
21. DSME Hull No. 2423 L.L.C.    TC LNG Shipping LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
22. DSME Hull No. 2425 L.L.C.    TC LNG Shipping LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
23. DSME Hull No. 2430 L.L.C.    TC LNG Shipping LLC    100%    Marshall Islands


24. DSME Hull No. 2431 L.L.C.    TC LNG Shipping LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
25. DSME Hull No. 2433 L.L.C.    TC LNG Shipping LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
26. DSME Hull No. 2434 L.L.C.    TC LNG Shipping LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
27. DSME Hull No. 2461 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
28. DSME Option Vessel No. 1 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
29. DSME Option Vessel No. 2 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
30. DSME Option Vessel No. 3 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
31. DHJS Hull No. 2007-001 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Holdco LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
32. DHJS Hull No. 2007-002 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Holdco LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
33. European Spirit L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
34. Excalibur Shipping Company Limited   

Teekay LNG Holdco LLC

Exmar Lux S.A.*

   50%

50%

   Isle of Man
35. Excelsior B.V.B.A.   

Teekay Luxembourg S.a.r.l.

Exmar NV*

   50%

50%

   Belgium

36. Exmar (Excalibur) Shipping Company Limited

  

Teekay LNG Holdco LLC

Exmar (UK) Shipping Company Ltd.*

   50%

50%

   United Kingdom
37. Exmar Gas Shipping Limited    Exmar LPG B.V.B.A.    100%    Hong Kong
38. Exmar LPG B.V.B.A.   

Teekay Luxembourg S.a.r.l.

Exmar NV*

   50%

50%

   Belgium
39. Exmar Shipping B.V.B.A.    Exmar LPG B.V.B.A.    100%    Belgium
40. Good Investment Limited    Exmar LPG B.V.B.A.    100%    Hong Kong
41. H.H.I. Hull No. S856 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
42. H.H.I. Hull No. S857 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
43. Hamilton Spirit L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
44. Magellan Spirit ApS    Malt LNG Transport ApS    100%    Denmark
45. Malt LNG Holdings ApS    Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V.    100%    Denmark


46. Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V.   

Teekay Luxembourg S.a.r.l.

Scarlet LNG Transport, Ltd.

   52%

48%

   Netherlands
47. Malt LNG Transport ApS    Malt LNG Holdings ApS    100%    Denmark
48. Malt Singapore Pte. Ltd.    Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V.    100%    Singapore
49. Membrane Shipping Ltd.    Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V.    100%    Marshall Islands
50. Meridian Spirit ApS    Malt LNG Transport ApS    100%    Denmark
51. Methane Spirit LLC    Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V.    100%    Marshall Islands
52. MiNT LNG I, Ltd.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    33%    Bahamas
   Mitsui    34%   
   NYK    33%   
53. MiNT LNG II, Ltd.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    33%    Bahamas
   Mitsui    34%   
   NYK    33%   
54. MINT LNG III, Ltd.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    33%    Bahamas
   Mitsui    34%   
   NYK    33%   
55. MiNT LNG IV, Ltd.   

Teekay LNG Operating LLC

Mitsui

NYK

   33%

34%

33%

   Bahamas
56. Nakilat Holdco LLC    Teekay Nakilat Corporation    100%    Marshall Islands
57. Naviera Teekay Gas II, S.L.    Teekay Shipping Spain SL    100%    Spain
58. Naviera Teekay Gas III, S.L.    Teekay Shipping Spain SL    100%    Spain
59. Naviera Teekay Gas IV, S.L.    Teekay Shipping Spain SL    100%    Spain
60. Naviera Teekay Gas, S.L.    Teekay Shipping Spain SL    100%    Spain

61. Pan Africa LNG Transportation Company Limited

   Teekay LNG Operating LLC    20%    Hong, Kong
   CETS Investment Management (HK) Co. Ltd, China LNG Shipping (Holdings) Limited, BW LNG Investments Pte Ltd.    80%   


62. Pan Europe LNG Transportation Company Limited

   Teekay LNG Operating LLC    20%    Hong, Kong
   CETS Investment Management (HK) Co. Ltd, China LNG Shipping (Holdings) Limited, BW LNG Investments Pte Ltd.    80%   

63. Pan Americas LNG Transportation Company Limited

   Teekay LNG Operating LLC    30%    Hong, Kong
   CETS Investment Management (HK) Co. Ltd., China LNG Shipping (Holdings) Limited    70%   

64. Pan Asia LNG Transportation Company Limited

   Teekay LNG Operating LLC    30%    Hong Kong
   CETS Investment Management (HK) Co. Ltd., China LNG Shipping (Holdings) Limited    70%   
65. Polar Spirit L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Holdings L.P.    100%    Marshall Islands
66. Solaia Shipping LLC   

Teekay LNG Holdco LLC

Exmar LNG Investments Limited*

   50%

50%

   Liberia
67. Taizhou Hull No. WZL 0501 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Holdco LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
68. Taizhou Hull No. WZL 0502 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Holdco LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
69. Taizhou Hull No. WZL 0503 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Holdco LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
70. Tangguh Hiri Finance Limited    Teekay BLT Corporation    100%    United Kingdom
71. Tangguh Hiri Operating Limited    Teekay BLT Corporation    100%    United Kingdom
72. Tangguh Sago Finance Limited    Teekay BLT Corporation    100%    United Kingdom
73. Tangguh Sago Operating Limited    Teekay BLT Corporation    100%    United Kingdom
74. TC LNG Shipping L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    50%    Marshall Islands
   China LNG Shipping (Holdings) Limited    50%    Hong Kong
75. Teekay BLT Corporation    Teekay Tangguh Holdings Corporation    70%    Marshall Islands
   BLT LNG Tangguh Corporation*    30%   
76. Teekay II Iberia, S.L.    Teekay Spain SL    100%    Spain
77. Teekay LNG Finance Corp.    Teekay LNG Partners LP    100%    Marshall Islands


78. Teekay LNG Holdco L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Holdings LP    100%    Marshall Islands
79. Teekay LNG Holdings L.P.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    98%    United States
   Teekay LNG US GP LLC    1%   
   Teekay GP LLC    1%   
80. Teekay LNG Operating L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Partners LP    100%    Marshall Islands
81. Teekay LNG US GP L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
82. Teekay Luxembourg S.a.r.l.    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Luxembourg
83. Teekay Nakilat (II) Limited    Teekay Nakilat Corporation    100%    United Kingdom
84. Teekay Nakilat (III) Corporation   

Teekay Nakilat (III) Holdings Corporation

QGTC Nakilat (1643.6) Holdings Corporation*

   40%

60%

   Marshall Islands

85. Teekay Nakilat (III) Holdings Corporation

   Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
86. Teekay Nakilat Corporation    Teekay Nakilat Holdings Corporation    70%    Marshall Islands
   Qatar Gas Transport Co. Ltd.*    30%   
87. Teekay Nakilat Holdings Corporation    Teekay LNG Operating LLC    100%    Marshall Islands

88. Teekay Nakilat Replacement Purchaser L.L.C.

   Teekay Nakilat Corporation    100%    Marshall Islands
89. Teekay Servicios Maritimos, S.L.    Naviera Teekay Gas II, S.L.    25%    Spain
   Naviera Teekay Gas III, S.L.    25%   
   Naviera Teekay Gas IV, S.L.    25%   
   Naviera Teekay Gas, S.L.    25%   
90. Teekay Shipping Spain, S.L.    Teekay II Iberia SL    72.8%    Spain
   Teekay Spain SL    27.2%   
91. Teekay Spain, S.L.    Teekay Luxembourg S.a.r.l.    100%    Spain
92. Teekay Tangguh Borrower L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Holdco LLC    100%    Marshall Islands

93. Teekay Tangguh Holdings Corporation

   Teekay Tangguh Borrower LLC    100%    Marshall Islands
94. Wilforce L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Holdco L.L.C.    100%    Marshall Islands
95. Wilpride L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Holdco L.L.C.    100%    Marshall Islands
96. Zhonghua Hull No. 451 L.L.C.    Teekay LNG Holdco LLC    100%    Marshall Islands


Schedule 3-B

Teekay Offshore Partners L.P.

Operating Subsidiaries

 

1. The Partnership directly owns:

 

  (a) all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Teekay Offshore Finance Corp., a Marshall Islands corporation;

 

  (b) a 50% membership interest in Navion Gothenburg L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Navion Gothenburg ”);

 

  (c) 100% of the outstanding stock of Teekay FSO Finance Pty Ltd., an Australian corporation, which owns 100% of the outstanding stock of Teekay Australia Offshore Holdings Pty Ltd., an Australian corporation (“ TAOH ”);

 

  (d) a 100% membership interest in Navion Bergen L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Navion Bergen ”);

 

  (e) a 100% membership interest in Varg L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Varg LLC” ), which owns a 1% interest in Teekay Offshore European Holdings Cooperatief U.A., a Dutch corporation (“ TOEH ”);

 

  (f) a 100% membership interest in Teekay Offshore Holdings L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Teekay Offshore Holdings ”);

 

  (g) a 100% membership interest in Teekay Al Rayyan L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company;

 

  (h) a 100% membership interest in Samba Spirit L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company;

 

  (i) a 100% membership interest in Lambada Spirit. L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company;

 

  (j) a 100% membership interest in Teekay Shuttle Tanker Finance L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Teekay Shuttle Tankers ”);

 

  (k) a 100% membership interest in Piranema L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company;

 

  (l) a 0.01% interest in Teekay Piranema Servicos de Petroleo Ltda., a sociedad limitada organized under the laws of Brazil;

 

  (m) a 100% interest in Teekay Offshore Operating GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company, which owns a 0.91% interest in Teekay Offshore Operating LP, a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“Operating Company”); and

 

  (n) a 99.09% interest in the Operating Company.


2. TAOH directly owns 100% of the membership interest of Dampier Spirit L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Dampier Spirit ”).

 

3. The Operating Company directly owns:

 

  (a) a 100% membership interest in Pattani Spirit L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Pattani Spirit ”);

 

  (b) 100% of outstanding stock of Teekay Nordic Holdings Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation (“ Nordic Holdings ”);

 

  (c) a 99.99% interest in Teekay Offshore Australia Trust, an Australian trust (“ Karratha Spirit ”);

 

  (d) 100% of the outstanding stock of Norsk Teekay Holdings Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (“ Norsk Holdings ”);

 

  (e) 100% of the outstanding shares of Teekay Offshore Operating Pte. Ltd., a Singapore Corporation (“ TOO Pte ”), which owns 100% of the outstanding stock of Teekay Navion Offshore Loading Pte. Ltd., a Singapore corporation (“ Teekay Navion ”);

 

  (f) 100% of the outstanding shares of Teekay Australia Offshore Pty Ltd., an Australian corporation (“ Karratha Trustee ”), which serves as the trustee of Karratha Spirit and directly owns a 0.01% interest in Karratha Spirit, which together with the interest owned directly by the Operating Company constitutes 100% of the ownership interest in Karratha Spirit;

 

  (g) 100% of the ownership interests in Navigator Spirit L.L.C. (formerly known as SPT Navigator L.L.C.), a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Navigator Spirit ”);

 

  (h) 100% of the ownership interests in SPT Explorer L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ SPT Explorer ”);

 

  (i) 100% of the ownership interests in Amundsen Spirit L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Amundsen Spirit ”);

 

  (j) 100% membership interest in Nansen Spirit L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Nansen Spirit ”);

 

  (k) a 100% membership interest in Scott Spirit L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Scott Spirit ”); and

 

  (l) 100% of ownership interest in Peary Spirit L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company. (“ Peary Spirit ”).


4. Nordic Holdings directly owns:

 

  (a) a 50% membership interest in Partrederiet Stena Ugland Shuttle Tankers III DA, a Norwegian shipping partnership regulated under the Marine Act of 1994 (Norway) (“ Stena Natalita ”);

 

  (b) a 50% membership interest in Stena Spirit L.L.C., an Isle of Man limited liability company (“ Stena Spirit ”);

 

  (c) a 50% membership interest in Nordic Rio L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Nordic Rio ”);

 

  (d) a 100% membership interest in Apollo Spirit L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Apollo Spirit ”); and

 

  (e) a 100% membership interest in Clipper L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Clipper ”).

 

5. Apollo Spirit directly owns an 89% membership interest KS Apollo Spirit, a Norwegian limited partnership (“ KS Apollo Spirit ”).

 

6. Norsk Holdings directly owns 100% of the outstanding stock of Teekay European Holdings S.a.r.l., a Luxembourg corporation (“ Luxco ”), which directly owns 100% of the outstanding stock of Teekay Netherlands European Holdings B.V., a Dutch corporation (“ Dutchco ”), which directly owns 100% of the outstanding stock of Norsk Teekay AS, a Norwegian corporation (“ Norsk Teekay ”).

 

7. Norsk Teekay directly owns

 

  (a) 100% of the outstanding stock of Teekay Norway HiLoad AS, a Norwegian corporation; and

 

  (b) 100% of the outstanding stock of Teekay Norway AS, a Norwegian corporation (“ Teekay Norway ”).

 

8. Teekay Norway directly owns:

 

  (a) 100% of the outstanding stock of Navion Offshore Loading AS, a Norwegian corporation (“ Navion Offshore ”);

 

  (b) 100% of the outstanding stock of Ugland Nordic Shipping AS, a Norwegian corporation (“ Ugland Nordic ”);

 

  (c) 100% of the outstanding stock of Navion Bergen AS, a Norwegian corporation (“ Bergen AS ”); and

 

  (d) 100% of the outstanding stock of Navion Gothenburg AS, a Norwegian corporation (“ Gothenburg AS ”).


9. Ugland Nordic directly owns:

 

  (a) a 50% interest in Partrederiet Stena Ugland Shuttle Tankers II DA, a Norwegian shipping partnership regulated under the Marine Act of 1994 (Norway) (“ Stena Sirita ”); and

 

  (b) a 50% interest in Partrederiet Stena Ugland Shuttle Tankers I DA, a Norwegian shipping partnership regulated under the Marine Act of 1994 (Norway) (“ Stena Alexita ”).

 

10. Navion Offshore directly owns 100% of the outstanding stock of Teekay Shipping Partners Holding AS, a Norwegian corporation, which directly owns 66.67% of the outstanding preferred stock of Partrederiet Teekay Shipping Partners DA, a Norwegian shipping partnership regulated under the Marine Act of 1994 (Norway) (“ Heidrun Shuttles ”).

 

11. TOEH directly owns:

 

  (a) a 100% interest in VARG Production AS, a Norwegian corporation;

 

  (b) 100% of the outstanding stock of Piranema Production AS, a Norwegian corporation, which owns a 99.99% interest in Piranema Servicios de Petroleo Ltda., a sociedad limitada organized under the laws of Brazil;

 

  (c) 100% of the outstanding stock of ALP Maritime Group B.V., a Dutchco which directly owns 100% of the outstanding stock of ALP Maritime Services B.V., a Dutchco, ALP Maritime Holding B.V., a Dutchco (“ ALP Maritime Holding ”), and ALP Ocean Towage Holding B.V., a Dutchco (“ ALP Towage Holding ”);

 

  (d) 100% of the outstanding stock of Logitel Offshore Holding AS, a Norwegian corporation);

 

  (e) 100% of the outstanding stock of Petrojarl I Production AS, a Norwegian corporation, which owns a 0.01% interest in Teekay Petrojarl I Servicos de Petroleo Ltda, a sociedad limitada organized under the laws of Brazil;

 

  (f) a 99.9% interest in Teekay Petrojarl I Servicos de Petroleo Ltda, a sociedad limitada organized under the laws of Brazil;

 

  (g) 100% of the outstanding stock of Teekay Petrojarl Offshore Siri AS, a Norwegian corporation, which owns a 1% interest in Teekay Petrojarl Producao Petrolifera do Brasil Ltda., a sociedad limitada organized under the laws of Brazil (“Petrojarl Producao”);


  (h) a 50% interest in OOGTK Libra GmbH, a limited liability company registered with the register of companies in the Republic of Austria, which owns a nominal interest in OOGTK Libra GmbH & Co KG, a limited liability company registered with the register of companies in the Republic of Austria (“ OOGTK Libra ”);

 

  (i) a 50% interest in OOGTK Libra; and

 

  (j) 100% of the outstanding stock of Teekay Grand Banks Shipping AS (“Teekay GB”), a Norwegian corporation, which directly owns a 100% of the outstanding stock of Teekay Grand Banks AS (“Teekay GB AS”), a Norwegian corporation.

 

12. Teekay Navion directly owns:

 

  (a) 100% of the outstanding shares of Gina Krog Offshore Pte. Ltd., a Singapore corporation;

 

  (b) 100% of the outstanding shares of Logitel Offshore Holdings Pte. Ltd., a Singapore corporation; and

 

  (c) 100% of the outstanding shares of Logitel Offshore Pte. Ltd., a Singapore corporation.

 

13. ALP Maritime Services B.V. directly owns 100% of ALP Maritime Contractors B.V., a Dutchco.

 

14. ALP Maritime Holding directly owns:

 

  (a) 100% of the outstanding stock of ALP Defender B.V., a Dutchco;

 

  (b) 100% of the outstanding stock of ALP Keeper B.V., a Dutchco;

 

  (c) 100% of the outstanding stock of ALP Striker B.V., a Dutchco; and

 

  (d) 100% of the outstanding stock of ALP Sweeper B.V., a Dutcho.

 

15. ALP Towage Holding directly owns:

 

  (a) 100% of the outstanding stock of ALP Guard B.V., a Dutchco;

 

  (b) 100% of the outstanding stock of ALP Winger B.V., a Dutchco;

 

  (c) 100% of the outstanding stock of ALP Centre B.V., a Dutchco;

 

  (d) 100% of the outstanding stock of ALP Forward B.V., a Dutchco;

 

  (e) 100% of the outstanding stock of ALP Ace B.V., a Dutchco; and

 

  (f) 100% of the outstanding stock of ALP Ippon B.V., a Dutchco.


16. Logitel Offshore Pte. Ltd., a Singapore corporation directly owns:

 

  (a) 100% of the outstanding shares of Logitel Offshore Rig I Pte. Ltd., a Singapore corporation;

 

  (b) 100% of the outstanding shares of Logitel Offshore Rig II Pte. Ltd., a Singapore corporation; and

 

  (c) 100% of the outstanding stock of Logitel Offshore Norway AS, a Norwegian corporation.

 

17. Teekay Offshore Holdings directly owns:

 

  (a) a 100% membership interest in Teekay Hiload LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company;

 

  (b) a 100% membership interest in Gina Krogg L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company;

 

  (c) a 100% interest in Tiro Sidon L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Tiro Sidon ”);

 

  (d) a 100% interest in Voyageur L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company which directly owns 100% of the shares of Teekay Voyageur Production Limited, a company incorporated under the Companies Act of Scotland;

 

  (e) a 100% membership interest in Logitel Offshore Rig I L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company;

 

  (f) a 100% membership interest in Logitel Offshore Rig II L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company;

 

  (g) a 100% membership interest in Logitel Offshore Rig III L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company;

 

  (h) a 100% membership interest in Logitel Offshore Rig IV L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company;

 

  (i) a 100% membership interest in Siri Holdings L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Siri Holdings ”);

 

  (j) a 100% membership interest in Logitel Offshore L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company

 

  (k) a 100% membership interest in Petrojarl I L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company; and

 

  (l) a 99% interest in TOEH.


18. Teekay Shuttle Tankers directly owns:

 

  (a) a 100% interest in Bossa Nova Spirit L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company; and

 

  (b) a 100% interest in Sertanejo Spirit L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company.

 

19. Siri Holdings directly owns:

 

  (a) a 100% membership interest in T.P.O. Siri LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company (“ Siri FPSO ”); and

 

  (b) a 99% interest in Petrojarl Producao.

 

20. Tiro Sidon directly owns:

 

  (a) a 1% partnership interest in Tiro Sidon UK L.L.P., a limited liability partnership incorporated in England and Wales under the Limited Liability Partnerships Act of 2000 (“ Tiro Sidon UK ”);

 

  (b) a 100% membership interest in Tiro Sidon Holdings L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company, which owns a 99% partnership interest in Tiro Sidon UK; and

 

  (c) a 50% interest in OOG-TKP Oil Services, Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

21. Tiro Sidon UK directly owns:

 

  (a) a 50% ownership interest in OOG-TKP FPSO GmbH, a limited liability company registered with the register of companies in the Republic of Austria; and

 

  (b) a 50% partnership interest in OOG-TKP FPSO GmbH & Co KG, a limited partnership registered with the register of companies in the Republic of Austria, which owns 99.9% of OOG-TKP Producao de Petroleao Ltda., a sociedad limitada organized under the laws of Brazil and a 100% interest in OOG-TKP Operator Holdings, Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“ OOG-TKP Operator ”).

 

22. OOG-TKP Operator owns 0.1% of OOG-TKP Producao de Petroleao Ltda., a sociedad limitada organized under the laws of Brazil, and 0.1% of ODGTK Libra Producao de Petroleo Ltda., a sociedad limitada organized under the laws of Brazil.


23. OOGTK Libra owns:

 

  (a) 100% interest in OOGTK Libra Operator Holdings Limited (“OGGTK Libra Operator”), a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“OOGTK Libra Operator”); and

 

  (b) 99.9% interest in OOGTK Libra Producao de Petroleo Ltda., a sociedad limitada organized under the laws of Brazil.

 

24. Teekay GB AS directly owns:

 

  (a) 100% of Teekay (Atlantic) Management ULC, a Canadian unlimited liability corporation, and 100% of Teekay (Atlantic) Chartering ULC, a Canadian unlimited liability corporation.


Schedule 3-C

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

Operating Subsidiaries

 

COMPANY NAME     
1.   Americas Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
2.   Ashkini Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
3.   Athens Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
4.   Atlanta Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
5.   Australian Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
6.   Axel Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
7.   Barcelona Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
8.   Beijing Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
9.   Donegal Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
10. Erik Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
11. Esther Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
12. Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
13. Galway Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
14. Ganges Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
15. Gemini Tankers L.L.C.    United States
16. Godavari Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
17. Helga Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
18. High-Q Investments Limited    Hong Kong
19. Hugli Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
20. Iskmati Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands


21. Kanata Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
22. Kareela Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
23. Kaveri Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
24. Kyeema Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
25. Laurel Shipping L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
26. Limerick Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
27. London Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
28. Los Angeles Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
29. Mahanadi Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
30. Matterhorn Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
31. Montreal Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
32. Moscow Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
33. Narmada Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
34. Nassau Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
35. Pinnacle Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
36. Rio Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
37. Seoul Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
38. SPT Inc.    USA
39. SPT Marine Services Ltd.    United Kingdom
40. SPT Marine Transfer Services Ltd.    Bermuda
41. STX Hull No. S1672 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
42. STX Hull No. S1673 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
43. STX Hull No. S1674 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands


44. STX Hull No. S1675 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
45 Summit Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
46. Sydney Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
47. Taurus Tankers L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
48. Teekay Chartering Limited    Marshall Islands
49. Teekay Guardian L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
50. Teekay Lightering Services Ltd.    Marshall Islands
51. Teekay Marine (Glasgow) Ltd.    United Kingdom
52. Teekay Marine (Singapore) Pte Ltd    Singapore
53. Teekay Marine Ltd.    Marshall Islands
54. Teekay Marine Transfer Services L.L.C.    United States
56. Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd.    Marshall Islands
57. Teekay Tankers Holdings Limited    Marshall Islands
58. Teekay Tankers TS Hull No. S-1415 L.L.C    Marshall Islands
59. Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1586 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
60. Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1587 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
61. Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1592 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
62. Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1593 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
63. Teesta Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
64. Tokyo Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
65. VLCC A Investment L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
66. VLCC B Investment L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
67. Yamuna Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands


68. Zenith Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
69. Skaugen Petrotrans Inc.    USA
70. Freeport Landholdings LLC    USA


Schedule 3-D

Teekay Corporation

Subsidiary Companies List

 

COMPANY NAME

  

JURISDICTION

1.   Alliance Chartering L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
2.   Alliance Chartering Pty Limited    Australia
3.   Alliance Tankers L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
4.   Alta Shipping, S.A.    Spain
5.   Australian Tankships Agency Pty Ltd    Australia
6.   Banff LLC    Marshall Islands
7.   Bona Shipholding Ltd.    Bermuda
8.   C VLCC L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
9.   Conoco Shipping & Marine Development L.L.C.    Liberia
10. Cork Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
11. Frame Investments LLC    Marshall Islands
12. Gemini Pool L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
13. Golar Nor (UK) Limited    United Kingdom
14. HMD Hull No. 2111 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
15. Hummingbird Holdings L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
16. Hummingbird Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
17. Iliad International AS    Norway
18. Iliad International Inc.    Marshall Islands
19. Knarr LLC    Marshall Islands
20. Krepako Inc.    Marshall Islands
21. Mayon Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
22. Nordic Akarita Investment AS    Norway
23. Nordic Troll & Trym L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
24. OMI Corporation    Marshall Islands
25. Orkney Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
26. Petrojarl IV DA    Norway
27. Petrotrans Holdings Limited    Bermuda
28. Polarc L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
29. Rainier Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
30. Remora AS    Norway
31. Samar Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
32. Sebarok Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
33. Senang Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
34. Sevan Marine ASA    Norway
35. Somjin Shipping L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
36. SPT Ltd.    Bermuda
37. SPT Offshore L.L.C.    United States
38. Station Place, Inc.    Marshall Islands
39. Taurus Tankers Ltd.    United Kingdom


40. Teekay Acquisition Holdings L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
41. Teekay Bulkers Investments Ltd.    Marshall Islands
42. Teekay Bulkers Management Services Ltd    Marshall Islands
43. Teekay Business Process Services, Inc.    Philippines
44. Teekay Crewing Services Pty Ltd    Australia
45. Teekay Cyprus Limited    Cyprus
46. Teekay Delaware Chartering Services L.L.C.    United States
47. Teekay do Brasil Servicos Maritimos Ltda    Brazil
48. Teekay Finance Limited    Bermuda
49. Teekay FSO Finance Pty Ltd.    Australia
50. Teekay GP L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
51. Teekay Holdings Australia Pty Ltd.    Australia
52. Teekay Holdings Limited    Bermuda
53. Teekay Hummingbird Production Limited    United Kingdom
54. Teekay International Ship Chartering Services Inc. (IBC)    Barbados
55. Teekay Knarr AS    Norway
56. Teekay Lightering Services L.L.C.    Marshall Islands
57. Teekay LNG Projects Ltd.    Canada
58. Teekay Marine Pty Ltd.    Australia
59. Teekay Marine Services (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.    China
60. Teekay Marine Services GmbH    Germany
61. Teekay Norway (Marine HR) AS    Norway
62. Teekay Offshore Crewing AS    Norway
63. Teekay Petrojarl Crewing Services Pte Ltd    Norway
64. Teekay Petrojarl Floating Production UK Ltd.    United Kingdom
65. Teekay Petrojarl Offshore Crew AS    Norway
66. Teekay Petrojarl Offshore LLC    Marshall Islands
67. Teekay Petrojarl Production AS    Norway
68. Teekay Petrojarl UK Limited    United Kingdom
69. Teekay Services Holdings Cooperatief U.A.    Netherlands
70. Teekay Shipbuilding Supervision Services LLC    Marshall Islands
71. Teekay Shipping (Australia) Pty Ltd    Australia
72. Teekay Shipping (Barbados) Ltd.    Barbados
73. Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd.    Canada
74. Teekay Shipping (Glasgow) Ltd.    United Kingdom
75. Teekay Shipping (India) Pvt. Ltd.    India
76. Teekay Shipping (Singapore) Pte Ltd    Singapore
77. Teekay Shipping (UK) Limited    United Kingdom
78. Teekay Shipping (USA), Inc.    United States


79. Teekay Shipping Limited    Bermuda
80. Teekay Shipping Nominees Pty Ltd.    Australia
81. Teekay Shipping Norway AS    Norway
82. Teekay Shipping Philippines, Inc.    Philippines
83. Teekay Shipping Services, Inc.    Liberia
84. Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd.    Marshall Islands
85. Teekay Transport, Inc.    Liberia
86. Tiro Sidon AS    Norway
87. TPO Investments AS    Norway
88. TPO Investments Inc.    Marshall Islands
89. Ugland Stena Storage AS    Norway
90. VLCC C Investment L.L.C    Marshall Islands
91. VSSI Guaranty L.L.C.    United States


Schedule 4

Teekay Corporation

Fleet List

 

Teekay Offshore Partners Fleet List

Fixed-Rate Shuttle Tankers - Owned

  

Percent

Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Navion Torinita    100%    1992    Bahamas
Navion Europa**    67%    1995    Bahamas
Navion Britannia    100%    1998    Bahamas
Navion Scandia    100%    1998    Bahamas
Stena Alexita*    50%    1998    Bahamas
Navion Marita    100%    1999    Bahamas
Navion Hispania    100%    1999    Canada
Navion Oceania    100%    1999    Bahamas
Navion Anglia    100%    1999    Bahamas
Stena Sirita*    50%    1999    Bahamas
Navion Bergen    100%    2000    Bahamas
Navion Oslo    100%    2001    Bahamas
Stena Natalita*    50%    2001    Bahamas
Stena Spirit*    50%    2001    Bahamas
Nordic Spirit    100%    2001    Bahamas
Petronordic    100%    2002    Bahamas
Petroatlantic    100%    2003    Bahamas
Navion Stavanger    100%    2003    Bahamas
Nordic Rio*    50%    2004    Bahamas
Nordic Brasilia    100%    2004    Bahamas
Navion Gothenburg*    50%    2006    Bahamas
Amundsen Spirit    100%    2010    Bahamas
Nansen Spirit    100%    2010    Bahamas
Peary Spirit    100%    2011    Bahamas
Scott Spirit    100%    2011    Bahamas
Samba Spirit    100%    2013    Bahamas
Lambada Spirit    100%    2013    Bahamas
Bossa Nova Spirit    100%    2013    Bahamas
Sertanejo Spirit    100%    2013    Bahamas
(* 50% owned through joint ventures)         
(** 67% owned through a joint venture)         
  

 

     

Subtotal

   29      
  

 

     


Fixed-Rate Shuttle Tankers - In-chartered

  

Percent

Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Aberdeen    *    1996    Bahamas
Jasmine Knutsen    *    2005    Canada
Heather Knutsen    *    2005    Canada
  

 

     

Subtotal

   3      
  

 

     

Fixed-Rate Shuttle Tankers - On Order

  

Percent

Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Shuttle NB #1    100%    2017   
Shuttle NB #2    100%    2017   
Shuttle NB #3    100%    2018   
  

 

     

Subtotal

   3      
  

 

     

HiLoad Dynamic Positioning Unit - Owned

  

Percent

Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

HiLoad DP No. 1    100%    2010    Cyprus
  

 

     

Subtotal

   1      
  

 

     

Conventional Tankers - Owned

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Fuji Spirit    100%    2003    Bahamas
Kilimanjaro Spirit    100%    2004    Bahamas
SPT Explorer    100%    2008    Bahamas
Navigator Spirit    100%    2008    Bahamas
  

 

     

Subtotal

   4      
  

 

     

Fixed-Rate Floating Storage Offtake Vessels (FSO) - Owned

  

Percent

Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Apollo Spirit    89%    1978    Liberia
Dampier Spirit    100%    1987    Bahamas
Pattani Spirit    100%    1988    Bahamas
Navion Saga    100%    1991    Bahamas
Falcon Spirit    100%    1986    Bahamas
Suksan Salamander    100%    1993    Bahamas
  

 

     

Subtotal

   6      
  

 

     

Fixed-Rate Floating Storage Offtake Vessels (FSO) - Under Conversion

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Randgrid (Gina Krog FSO)    100%    1995    Bahamas
  

 

     

Subtotal

   1      
  

 

     


Fixed-Rate Floating Production Storage Offtake Vessels - Owned

  

Percent

Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Petrojarl Varg    100%    1998    Bahamas
Petrojarl Cidade de Rio das Ostras    100%    1981    Bahamas
Petrojarl I    100%    1986    Bahamas
Voyageur Spirit    100%    2008    Bahamas
Piranema Spirit    100%    2007    Bahamas
Petrojarl Cidade de Itajai    50%    2012    Bahamas
Petrojarl Knarr    100%    2014    Bahamas
  

 

     

Subtotal

   7      
  

 

     

Fixed-Rate Floating Production Storage Offtake Vessels - Under Conversion

  

Percent

Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Navion Norvegia (Libra FPSO)    100%    1995    Bahamas
  

 

     

Subtotal

   1      
  

 

     

Unit for Maintenance and Safety - Owned

  

Percent

Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Arendal Spirit    100%    2015    Bahamas
  

 

     

Subtotal

   1      
  

 

     

Unit for Maintenance and Safety - On Order

  

Percent

Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Floating Accommodation Unit - N381    100%    2015   
Floating Accommodation Unit - N675    100%    2016   
  

 

     

Subtotal

   2      
  

 

     

Long Distance Towing and Anchor Handling Vessels - Owned

  

Percent

Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

ALP Ace    100%    2006    Netherlands
ALP Winger    100%    2007    Netherlands
ALP Ippon    100%    2007    Netherlands
ALP Forward    100%    2008    Netherlands
ALP Guard    100%    2009    Netherlands
ALP Centre    100%    2010    Netherlands
  

 

     

Subtotal

   6      
  

 

     


Long Distance Towing and Anchor Handling Vessels - On Order

  

Percent

Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Niigata Hull N-0081    100%    2016   
Niigata Hull N-0082    100%    2016   
Niigata Hull N-0083    100%    2016   
Niigata Hull N-0084    100%    2016   
  

 

     

Subtotal

   4      
  

 

     

 

Teekay Offshore Partners Fleet List

  

Number of Vessels

    

Owned
Vessels

  

Chartered-in
Vessels

  

Newbuildings

on Order

  

Total

Shuttle Tankers    29    3    3    35
HiLoad Dynamic Positioning Unit    1    —      —      1
Conventional Tankers    4    —      —      4
Floating Storage & Offtake (“FSO”) Vessels    6    —      1    7
Floating Production Storage & Offtake (“FPSO”) Units    7    —      1    8
Unit for Maintenance and Safety (“UMS”)    1    —      2    3
Long Distance Towing and Anchor Handling Vessels    6       4    10
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total

   54    3    11    68
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Teekay LNG Partners Fleet List

Fixed-Rate LNG Carriers

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Arctic Spirit    100%    1993    Bahamas
Polar Spirit    100%    1993    Bahamas
Excalibur    50%    2002    Belgium
Hispania Spirit    100%    2002    Spain
Catalunya Spirit    100%    2003    Spain
Galicia Spirit    100%    2004    Spain
Madrid Spirit    100%    2004    Spain
Excelsior    50%    2005    Belgium
Al Marrouna    70%    2006    Bahamas
Al Areesh    70%    2007    Bahamas
Al Daayen    70%    2007    Bahamas
Methane Spirit    52%    2008    Singapore
Marib Spirit    52%    2008    Marshall Islands
Arwa Spirit    52%    2008    Marshall Islands
Tangguh Hiri    70%    2008    Bahamas
Al Huwaila    40%    2008    Bahamas
Al Kharsaah    40%    2008    Bahamas
Al Shamal    40%    2008    Bahamas
Al Khuwair    40%    2008    Bahamas
Magellan Spirit    52%    2009    Danish Int’l Reg.
Tangguh Sago    70%    2009    Bahamas
Woodside Donaldson    52%    2009    Singapore
Meridian Spirit    52%    2010    Danish Int’l Reg.
Soyo    33%    2011    Bahamas
Malanje    33%    2011    Bahamas
Lobito    33%    2011    Bahamas
Cubal    33%    2012    Bahamas
Wilforce    100%    2013    Norwegian Int’l Reg.
Wilpride    100%    2013    Norwegian Int’l Reg.
  

 

     

Subtotal

   29      
  

 

     


Fixed-Rate LNG Carrier Newbuildings

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

MEGI LNG - Hull 2407    100%    2016   
MEGI LNG - Hull 2408    100%    2016   
MEGI LNG - Hull 2411    100%    2017   
MEGI LNG - Hull 2416    100%    2017   
MEGI LNG - Hull 2417    100%    2017   
MEGI LNG - Hull 2453    100%    2018   
MEGI LNG - Hull 2454    100%    2018   
MEGI LNG - Hull 2455    100%    2018   
MEGI LNG - Hull 2461    100%    2018   
Hudong Zhonghua LNG - Hull 1663    30%    2017   
Hudong Zhonghua LNG - Hull 1664    30%    2018   
Hudong Zhonghua LNG - Hull 1665    20%    2018   
Hudong Zhonghua LNG - Hull 1666    20%    2019   
ARC7 Icebreaker LNG - Hull 2423    50%    2018   
ARC7 Icebreaker LNG - Hull 2425    50%    2018   
ARC7 Icebreaker LNG - Hull 2430    50%    2019   
ARC7 Icebreaker LNG - Hull 2431    50%    2019   
ARC7 Icebreaker LNG - Hull 2433    50%    2020   
ARC7 Icebreaker LNG - Hull 2434    50%    2020   
MEGI LNG - Hull S856    100%    2019   
MEGI LNG - Hull S857    100%    2019   
  

 

     

Subtotal

   21      
  

 

     


LPG Carrier - Owned

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Courcheville    50%    1989    Belgium
Kemira Gas    50%    1995    Belgium
Touraine    50%    1996    Hong Kong
Brugge Venture    50%    1997    Hong Kong
Eupen    50%    2005    Belgium
Bastogne    50%    2002    Belgium
Norgas Napa    100%    2003    Singapore
Libramont    50%    2006    Belgium
Sombeke    50%    2006    Belgium
Norgas Pan    100%    2009    Singapore
Norgas Cathinka    100%    2009    Singapore
Norgas Camilla    100%    2011    Singapore
Norgas Unikum    100%    2011    Singapore
Norgas Vision    100%    2011    Singapore
Waasmuntster    50%    2014    Belgium
Warinsart    50%    2014    Belgium
Waregem    50%    2014    Belgium
Warisoulx    50%    2015    Belgium
Kaprijke    50%    2015    Belgium
  

 

     

Subtotal

   19      
  

 

     

LPG Carrier - In-chartered

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Brussels    *    1997    Belgium
Antwerpen    *    2005    Hong Kong
Odin    *    2005    Singapore
BW Tokyo    *    2009    Singapore
  

 

     

Subtotal

   4      
  

 

     

LPG Carrier - Newbuildings

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

HHIC Hull P0101    50%    2016    Belgium
HHIC Hull P0102    50%    2016    Belgium
HHIC Hull P0103    50%    2016    Belgium
HHIC Hull P0126    50%    2017    Belgium
HHIC Hull P0127    50%    2017    Belgium
HHIC Hull P0135    50%    2017    Belgium
HHIC Hull P0137    50%    2018    Belgium
  

 

     

Subtotal

   7      
  

 

     


Fixed-rate Conventional Tankers – Owned

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

African Spirit    100%    2003    Bahamas
European Spirit    100%    2003    Bahamas
Teide Spirit    *    2004    Spain
Asian Spirit    100%    2004    Bahamas
Toledo Spirit    *    2005    Spain
Bermuda Spirit    100%    2009    Bahamas
Hamilton Spirit    100%    2009    Bahamas
  

 

     

Subtotal

   7      
  

 

     

Fixed-rate Product Tankers - Owned

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Alexander Spirit    100%    2007    Bahamas
  

 

     

Subtotal

   1      
  

 

     

 

Teekay LNG Partners Fleet List

  

Number of Vessels

    

Owned

Vessels

  

Chartered-in
vessels

  

Newbuildings

on Order

  

Total

LNG Carriers

   29    —      21    50

LPG Carriers

   19    4    7    30

Suezmax Tankers

   7    —      —      7

Product Tanker

   1    —      —      1
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total

   56    4    28    88
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 


Teekay Tankers Fleet List

 

Conventional Tankers - Owned

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Product Tanker         
Mahanadi Spirit    100%    2000    Bahamas
Teesta Spirit    100%    2004    Bahamas
Hugli Spirit    100%    2005    Bahamas
Donegal Spirit    100%    2006    Bahamas
Galway Spirit    100%    2007    Bahamas
Limerick Spirit    100%    2007    Bahamas
Seletar Spirit    100%    2010    Bahamas
Sebarok Spirit    100%    2011    Bahamas
Luzon Spirit    100%    2011    Marshall Islands
Leyte Spirit    100%    2011    Bahamas
Aframax         
Kanata Spirit    100%    1999    Bahamas
Kareela Spirit    100%    1999    Bahamas
Kyeema Spirit    100%    1999    Bahamas
Americas Spirit    100%    2003    Bahamas
Australian Spirit    100%    2004    Bahamas
Everest Spirit    100%    2004    Bahamas
Axel Spirit    100%    2004    Bahamas
Esther Spirit    100%    2004    Bahamas
Matterhorn Spirit    100%    2005    Bahamas
Helga Spirit    100%    2005    Bahamas
Erik Spirit    100%    2005    Bahamas
Yamato Spirit    100%    2008    Bahamas
Suezmax         
Yamuna Spirit    100%    2002    Bahamas
Ganges Spirit    100%    2002    Bahamas
Narmada Spirit    100%    2003    Malta
Ashkini Spirit    100%    2003    Bahamas
Iskmati Spirit    100%    2003    Bahamas
Kaveri Spirit    100%    2004    Bahamas
Godavari Spirit    100%    2004    Malta
Seoul Spirit    100%    2005    Bahamas
Montreal Spirit    100%    2006    Bahamas
Tokyo Spirit    100%    2006    Bahamas
Los Angeles Spirit    100%    2007    Bahamas
Pinnacle Spirit    100%    2008    Bahamas
Summit Spirit    100%    2008    Bahamas
Zenith Spirit    100%    2009    Bahamas
Beijing Spirit    100%    2010    Bahamas
Moscow Spirit    100%    2010    Bahamas
Atlanta Spirit    100%    2011    Bahamas
London Spirit    100%    2011    Bahamas
Barcelona Spirit    100%    2011    Bahamas
Athens Spirit    100%    2012    Bahamas
Sydney Spirit    100%    2012    Bahamas
Rio Spirit    100%    2013    Bahamas
VLCC         
Hong Kong Spirit    50%    2013    Hong Kong
  

 

     

Subtotal

   45      
  

 

     


Conventional Tankers - In-chartered

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Product Tanker         
Four Wind    *    2009    Italy
Swarna Kamal    *    2010    India
FPMC P Hero    *    2011    Liberia
Aframax         
Blue River    *    2002    Liberia
Desh Bhakt    *    2003    India
Astro Saturn    *    2003    Greece
BM Breeze    *    2008    Panama
Yasa Golden Dardanelles    *    2008    Marshall Islands
Yasa Golden Marmara    *    2008    Marshall Islands
SN Claudia    *    2009    Italy
RBD Anema E Core    *    2010    Italy
Maersk Jamnagar    *    2011    Panama
  

 

     

Subtotal

   12      
  

 

     

 

Teekay Tankers Fleet List

  

Number of Vessels

 
    

Owned

Vessels

    

Chartered-in

vessels

    

Newbuildings

on Order

    

Total

 

Product Tankers

     10         3         —           13   

Aframax Tankers

     12         9         —           21   

Suezmax Tankers

     22         —           —           22   

VLCC Tankers

     1         —           —           1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     45         12         —           57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Teekay Corporation Fleet List

 

Aframax Tankers - In-chartered

  

Percent

Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Constitution Spirit    *    1999    Marshall Islands
Sentinel Spirit    *    1999    Marshall Islands
  

 

     

Subtotal

   2      
  

 

     

VLCC - Owned

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Shoshone Spirit    100%    2011    Marshall Islands
  

 

     

Subtotal

   1      
  

 

     

Fixed-Rate Floating Production Storage Offtake Vessels - Owned

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Petrojarl Foinaven    100%    1998    Bahamas
Petrojarl Banff    100%    1998    Isle of Man
Hummingbird Spirit    100%    2007    Bahamas
  

 

     

Subtotal

   3      
  

 

     

Infield Support Vessels - On Order

  

Percent
Ownership

  

Year Built

  

Flag

Hull H1097    50%    2016   
Hull H1098    50%    2016   
Hull H1099    50%    2016   
  

 

     

Subtotal

   3      
  

 

     


Teekay Corporation Fleet List

   Number of Vessels  
     Owned
Vessels
     Chartered-in
Vessels
     Newbuildings
/
Conversions
     Total  

Spot Tanker Fleet:

           

VLCC

     1         —           —           1   

Aframaxes

     —           2         —           2   

Total Spot Tankers

     1         2         —           3   

Fixed-rate Fleet

           

Floating Production Storage & Offtake (“FPSO”) Units

     3         —           —           3   

Infield Support Vessels

           3         3   

Total Fixed Rate

     3         —           3         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4         2         3         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


Annex A-1

Form of Opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP, Marshall Islands counsel for the Company

 

  (1) The Company is a corporation domesticated, validly existing and in good standing under Marshall Islands Law and has the corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business, in each case in all material respects, as described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

 

  (2) Teekay Holdings Limited, a Bermuda corporation (“ Teekay Holdings ”), owns of record 100% of the membership interests in each of Teekay GP L.L.C. (“ TGP GP ”), and Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C. (“ TOO GP ”), each a limited liability company formed under Marshall Islands Law. Such membership interests have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of TGP GP and the limited liability company agreement of TOO GP, respectively, and are fully paid (to the extent required under such limited liability company agreements) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 20, 31, 40 and 49 of the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act of 1996 and except as may be provided in the respective limited liability company agreements of TGP GP and TOO GP).

 

  (3) TGP GP directly owns of record a 2.0% general partner interest (excluding preferred units) in Teekay LNG Partners L.P., a limited partnership formed under Marshall Islands Law (“ TGP ”), and is the sole general partner of TGP. Such general partner interest has been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the partnership agreement of TGP (as amended or restated prior to the date hereof, the “ TGP LPA ”). To our knowledge, TGP GP beneficially owns such general partner interest free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests or other claims, except for the Claim Exceptions. The term “ Claim Exceptions ” with respect to any limited liability company membership interest, shareholding interest, or limited partnership interest as used herein shall mean: (i) pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests or other claims as described in, referred to (including by incorporation by reference) or disclosed in the Time of Sale Information or the Offering Memorandum, (ii) any liens pursuant to credit agreements, security agreements or financing documents described in, referred to (including by incorporation by reference) or disclosed in the Time of Sale Information or the Offering Memorandum, and (iii) restrictions on transferability contained in the relevant organizational documents or under applicable securities laws, as applicable.

 

  (4)

TOO GP directly owns of record a 2.0% general partner interest in Teekay Offshore Partners L.P., a limited partnership formed under Marshall Islands Law (“ TOO ”), and is the sole general partner of TOO. Such general partner interest has been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the partnership agreement of TOO (as amended or restated prior to the date hereof, the “ TOO

 

A-1-1


  LPA ”). To our knowledge, TOO GP beneficially owns such general partner interest free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests or other claims, except for the Claim Exceptions.

 

  (5) TGP GP directly owns of record 100% of the Incentive Distribution Rights (as defined in the TGP LPA) of TGP. The Incentive Distribution Rights of TGP have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the TGP LPA, and are fully paid (to the extent required under the TGP LPA) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 30, 41, 51 and 60 of the Marshall Islands Limited Partnership Act and except as may otherwise be provided in the TGP LPA). To our knowledge, TGP GP beneficially owns such Incentive Distribution Rights free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests or other claims, except for the Claim Exceptions.

 

  (6) TOO GP directly owns of record 100% of the Incentive Distribution Rights (as defined in the TOO LPA) of TOO. As of the date hereof, (i) [●] common units of TOO are owned of record and beneficially owned by Teekay Holdings and (ii) [●] common units ((i) and (ii) collectively, the “ TOO Sponsor Units ”) of TOO are beneficially owned by the Company. The TOO Sponsor Units and Incentive Distribution Rights of TOO have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the TOO LPA, and are fully paid (to the extent required under the TOO LPA) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 30, 41, 51 and 60 of the Marshall Islands Limited Partnership Act and except as may otherwise be provided in the TOO LPA). To our knowledge, TOO GP beneficially owns such Incentive Distribution Rights free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests or other claims, except for the Claim Exceptions.

 

  (7) Teekay Holdings directly owns of record (i) [●] shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Teekay Tankers Ltd., a corporation incorporated under Marshall Islands Law, and (ii) [●] shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Teekay Tankers Ltd. All such shares of Class B Common Stock and shares of Class A Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and nonassessable.

 

  (8) TGP directly owns of record a 100% membership interest in Teekay LNG Operating L.L.C., a limited liability company formed under Marshall Islands Law (“ TGP Operating Company ”). Such membership interest has been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of TGP Operating Company, as amended or restated prior to the date hereof, and is fully paid (to the extent required under such limited liability company agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 20, 31, 40 and 49 of the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act of 1996 and except as may be provided in the limited liability company agreement of TGP Operating Company). To our knowledge, TGP beneficially owns such membership interest free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests or other claims, except for the Claim Exceptions.

 

A-1-2


  (9) TOO directly owns of record a 100% membership interest in Teekay Offshore Operating GP L.L.C., a limited liability company formed under Marshall Islands Law (“ OLP GP ”). Such membership interest has been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of OLP GP, as amended prior to the date hereof, and is fully paid (to the extent required under such limited liability company agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 20, 31, 40 and 49 of the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act of 1996 and except as otherwise may be provided in the limited liability company agreement of OLP GP). To our knowledge, TOO beneficially owns such membership interest free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests or other claims, except for the Claim Exceptions.

 

  (10) TOO directly owns of record a 99.09% limited partnership interest in Teekay Offshore Operating L.P., a limited partnership formed under Marshall Islands Law (“ TOO Operating Company ”). OLP GP directly owns of record a 0.91% general partnership interest in TOO Operating Company. All such partnership interests have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the partnership agreement of TOO Operating Company, as amended or restated prior to the date hereof, and are fully paid (to the extent required under such partnership agreement) and, with respect to the limited partner interests, are nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 30, 41, 51 and 60 of the Marshall Islands Limited Partnership Act and except as may otherwise be provided in the partnership agreement of TOO Operating Company). To our knowledge, TOO and OLP GP beneficially owns such partnership interests free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests or other claims, except for the Claim Exceptions.

 

  (11) The entities formed or incorporated under Marshall Islands Law (the “ Marshall Islands Operating Subsidiaries ”) and identified in Schedule A hereto are owned of record as described on Schedule A hereto. To our knowledge, the equity interests in each of the Marshall Islands Operating Subsidiaries have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each such Marshall Islands Operating Subsidiary, as amended or restated prior to the date hereof, and are fully paid (to the extent required under the applicable organizational document) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by applicable Marshall Islands Law and except as may be provided in the applicable organizational documents). To our knowledge, such equity interests that are directly owned of record by Teekay Corporation, Teekay Offshore Holdings L.L.C., Hummingbird Holdings L.L.C., Teekay Nakilat Holdings Corporation, TGP Operating Company, TOO Operating Company, TOO, Tiro Sidon L.L.C., Teekay Offshore Holdings L.LC., or Teekay Tankers Ltd. are owned free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests or other claims, except for the Claim Exceptions.

 

A-1-3


  (12) Each of TGP GP, TOO GP, TGP, TOO, TGP Operating Company, OLP GP and TOO Operating Company has been duly formed or incorporated and each such entity and each of the Marshall Islands Operating Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Marshall Islands Entities ”) is validly existing and in good standing as a limited liability company, limited partnership or corporation, as applicable, under Marshall Islands Law, and each has the limited liability company, limited partnership or corporate, as applicable, power and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business, in each case in all material respects, as described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum.

 

  (13) Except as described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, there are no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, nor any restriction upon the voting or transfer of any stock in the Company pursuant to its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or its Amended and Restated Bylaws.

 

  (14) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the Exchange Notes and to perform its obligations under the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Indenture and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

  (15) The Indenture has been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Company.

 

  (16) The Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement have been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Company.

 

  (17) The Notes have been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Company.

 

  (18) The Exchange Notes have been duly authorized by the Company.

 

  (19)

The execution, delivery and performance of the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the Exchange Notes and the performance of the Indenture and the transactions contemplated thereby and the offering, issuance and sale by the Company of the Notes and the Exchange Notes as contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement do not and will not (i) conflict with or constitute a violation of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company or the organizational documents of any of the Marshall Islands Entities, (ii) conflict with or constitute a breach or violation of, or a default under (or an event which, with notice or lapse

 

A-1-4


  of time or both, would constitute such a default), any indenture, contract, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument governed by Marshall Islands Law and listed in Schedule B hereto, or (iii) violate Marshall Islands Law.

 

  (20) No permit, consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, qualification or other action by or filing with (“ Consents ”) any Marshall Islands governmental authority having jurisdiction over of the Company, any of the Marshall Islands Entities or any of their respective properties is required for the execution, delivery and performance of the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture, the Notes and the Exchange Notes by the Company or the transactions contemplated thereby, including the offering, issuance and sale by the Company of the Notes and the Exchange Notes as contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

  (21) To our knowledge, no Consents, licenses, franchises, concessions, certificates or declarations, any governmental or regulatory authorities of the Marshall Islands are required for any of the Company or the Marshall Islands Entities to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, other than such Consents, licenses, franchises, concessions, certificates or declarations with any Marshall Islands governmental authority (i) currently held or previously obtained, applied, received or filed by the Company or the Marshall Islands Entities, as the case may be or (ii) required for the ownership or operation of a vessel, rig or any other property that is flagged in the Marshall Islands.

 

  (22) The statements (i) in the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the “ Form 20-F ”) under the captions “Item 4. Information on the Company — E. Taxation of the Company — 2. Marshall Islands Taxation” and “Item 10. Additional Information — Non-United States Tax Considerations — Marshall Islands Tax Considerations” and (ii) in the Offering Memorandum under the captions “Non-United States tax considerations – Marshall Islands tax considerations” and “Service of process and enforcement of civil liabilities,” insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of Marshall Islands Law or legal conclusions based upon Marshall Islands Law, fairly describe in all material respects the portions of the statutes and regulations addressed thereby, subject to the qualifications and assumptions stated therein.

 

  (23) The choice of New York Law to govern the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture constitutes a valid choice of law under Marshall Islands Law.

 

  (24) The submission by the Company to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York court is a valid submission under Marshall Islands Law.

 

  (24) The form of Note does not violate Marshall Islands Law.

 

A-1-5


  (25) A judgment granted by a foreign court against the Company may be recognized in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, to the extent that the foreign judgment grants or denies recovery of a sum of money, other than a judgment for taxes, a fine or other penalty, or a judgment for support in matrimonial matters, and so long as the judgment is final and conclusive and enforceable where rendered even though an appeal therefrom is pending, or subject to appeal (although the court may stay in proceedings until the relevant appeal has been determined or until the expiration of a period of time sufficient to enable the defendant to prosecute the appeal). A foreign judgment is not conclusive if: (i) the judgment was rendered under a system which does not provide impartial tribunals or procedures compatible with the requirements of due process of law, (ii) the foreign court did not have personal jurisdiction over the defendant, (iii) the foreign court did not have jurisdiction over the subject matter, or (iv) the foreign court does not recognize or enforce the judgments of any other foreign nation. A foreign judgment need not be recognized if: (i) the defendant in the proceedings in the foreign court did not receive notice of the proceedings in sufficient time to enable him to defend, (ii) the judgment was obtained by fraud, (iii) the cause of action on which the judgment is based is repugnant to the public policy of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, (iv) the judgment conflicts with another final and conclusive judgment, (v) the proceeding in the foreign court was contrary to an agreement between the parties under which the dispute in question was to be settled otherwise than by proceedings in the court, or (vi) in the case of jurisdiction based only on personal service, the foreign court was a seriously inconvenient forum for the trial of the action.

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may (A) rely in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers and employees of the Company and upon information obtained from public officials, (B) assume that all documents submitted to them as originals are authentic, that all copies submitted to them conform to the originals thereof, and that the signatures on all documents examined by them are genuine and (C) state that their opinion is limited to the laws of The Republic of the Marshall Islands and United States federal law.

 

A-1-6


Annex A-2

Form of Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP, counsel for the Company.

(1) Assuming that each of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, the Indenture constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and the Indenture conforms in all material respects with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an indenture that is qualified thereunder.

(2) Assuming the Notes have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee, the Notes to be purchased by the Initial Purchasers from the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth therein, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

(3) Assuming the Exchange Notes have been duly authorized and will be duly executed, issued and delivered by the Company as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, and authenticated by the Trustee, the Exchange Notes will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

(4) Assuming the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, the Registration Rights Agreement will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(5) The statements in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum under the caption “Certain United States federal income tax considerations” and in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2014, filed with the Commission on April 29, 2015 (the “Form 20-F”) under the captions “Item 4. Information on the Company—E. Taxation of the Company—United States Taxation,” and “Item 10. Additional Information—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” with respect to legal matters or legal conclusions, in all material respects, are an accurate discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations addressed therein. (We do not opine or comment on the representations and statements of fact of the Company included in such discussion.)

(6) The statements in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum under the captions “Description of notes,” “Description of other indebtedness” and “Exchange offer; registration rights” and in the Form 20-F

 

A-2-1


under the captions “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” under the subheadings “—Relationships with our Public Entity Subsidiaries—Competition with Teekay Tankers, Teekay Offshore and Teekay LNG” and “Relationships with our Public Entity Subsidiaries—Services, Management and Pooling Arrangements”, insofar as the statements purport to describe the provisions of documents and laws referred to therein, are accurate in all material respects.

(7) The form of Global Note complies with the requirements of the Indenture.

(8) The documents filed under the Exchange Act (excluding exhibits thereto) and incorporated by reference into the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum (except for the financial statements and financial schedules, and other financial and statistical information included therein, as to which we express no opinion), when they became effective or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(9) The Company’s offering, issuance and sale of the Notes, the issuance of the Exchange Notes and the Company’s execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby do not or will not (i) breach or result in a default under (or constitute an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default) any Material Agreement, or (ii) violate U.S. federal laws or the laws of the State of New York that counsel exercising customary professional judgment would in our experience reasonably recognize as typically applicable to agreements similar to the Transaction Documents and transactions similar to the Transaction. “Material Agreement” means any indenture, contract, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act.

(10) All consents, approvals, authorizations or other orders of, or registrations or filings on the part of the Company with, any United States federal or New York governmental or regulatory authority required for the Company’s execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the Transaction, including the offering, issuance and sale of the Notes and issuance of the Exchange Notes, have been made or obtained, other than (i) under New York securities or “blue sky” laws or (ii) with respect to the Exchange Notes, under the Securities Act, the Trust Indenture Act and applicable state securities laws as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, as to which we express no opinion.

(11) Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes nor the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company as described in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum will violate

 

A-2-2


Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; provided, however, that in rendering this opinion as to such regulations we have assumed that (i) no credit is extended or maintained under the Transaction Documents by a U.S. broker-dealer or other “creditor” (as defined in Regulation T) or “foreign branch of a broker-dealer” (within the meaning of Regulation X) and (ii) no proceeds of the issuance and sale of the Notes will be used for the immediate purpose of buying or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U).

(12) The Company is not, and immediately upon receipt of payment for the Notes and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum will not be, an “investment company” required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(13) Teekay LNG Holdings LP is validly existing and in good standing as a limited partnership under the law of the State of Delaware and has the limited partnership power and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business, in each case in all material respects as described in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum.

(14) Assuming the accuracy of the representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Initial Purchasers contained in the Purchase Agreement, it is not necessary, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers and the offer, resale and delivery of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, to register the Notes under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

We have participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, representatives of the Initial Purchasers and representatives of the independent auditors of the Company at which the contents of the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum were discussed. Although we assume no responsibility for the factual accuracy, completeness or fairness of any statements (other than as set forth in paragraphs 5 and 6 above, which remain subject to the assumptions, exclusions and qualifications set forth in this opinion) made in the Time of Sale Information, the Offering Memorandum or the documents incorporated by reference therein, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that:

 

  (i) the Time of Sale Information (except for the financial statements and financial schedules and other financial information included therein, as to which we make no statement) as of the Time of Sale or as of the date hereof contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or

 

  (ii)

the Offering Memorandum (except for the financial statements and financial schedules and other financial information included therein, as to which we make no statement) as of

 

A-2-3


  its date or as of the date hereof contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

A-2-4


Annex A-3

Form of Opinion of Adrian Dirassar, Associate General Counsel for the Company

In the course of the Offering, I have participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company and the independent public accountants of the Company and your representatives, at which the contents of the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum and related matters were discussed. Although I have not independently verified, am not passing on, and am not assuming any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Time of Sale Information and the Offering Memorandum, no facts have come to my attention that cause me to believe that: (A) the Time of Sale Information, when considered together as of the Time of Sale, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (B) the Offering Memorandum, as of its issue date and the date hereof contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (except that in each case (A) - (B) above, I express no opinion or belief with respect to (i) any financial statements, including the notes and schedules thereto and the auditor’s reports, if any thereon, (ii) other financial or statistical data included in the Time of Sale Information or the Offering Memorandum.

 

A-3-1


Annex B

1. The Pricing Supplement, dated November 10, 2015, substantially in the form of Annex C.


Annex C

Pricing Supplement dated November 10, 2015

to Preliminary Offering Memorandum dated November 6, 2015

Strictly Confidential

Teekay Corporation

Pricing Supplement

Pricing Supplement dated November 10, 2015 to Preliminary Offering Memorandum dated November 6, 2015 of Teekay Corporation (or Teekay ). This Pricing Supplement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum. The information in this Pricing Supplement supplements the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and supersedes the information in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum to the extent it is inconsistent with the information in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum. Capitalized terms used in this Pricing Supplement but not defined have the meanings given them in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum.

The notes have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or the Securities Act ), or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction. The notes may not be offered or sold in the United States or to U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S) except in transactions exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Accordingly, the notes are being offered only to (1) “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act and (2) outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

Issuer:    Teekay Corporation
Title of Security:    8.500% Senior Notes due 2020
Aggregate Principal Amount:    $200,000,000
Maturity:    January 15, 2020
Issue Price:    99.01%, plus accrued interest from July 15, 2015
Coupon:    8.500%
Yield to maturity:    8.783%
Spread to Benchmark Treasury:    +708 basis points
Benchmark Treasury:    UST 1.375% due October 31, 2020
Interest Payment Dates:    January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on January 15, 2016
Record Dates:    January 1 and July 1
Optional Redemption:    Teekay may redeem all or a portion of the notes at any time before their maturity date at a redemption price equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (b) the sum of the present value of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest discounted to the redemption date at the treasury yield plus 50 basis points plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.
Change of Control Triggering Event:    101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

Gross Proceeds:

 

  

$198,020,000

 


Net Proceeds to Issuer after Initial Purchasers’ Discount and Estimated Expenses:    $193,645,000
Use of Proceeds:    Teekay intends to use approximately $96.5 million of the net proceeds from the issuance of the notes in this offering to repay a portion of its outstanding debt under its $500 million revolving credit facility. The balance of the net proceeds from this offering will be used to replenish cash reserves used to repay the outstanding principal balance of Teekay’s NOK bonds that matured in October 2015.
Trade Date:    November 10, 2015
Settlement Date:    November 16, 2015 (T+3)
Ratings:    B2/B+ 1
Joint Book-Running Managers:   

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Senior Co-Manager:    DNB Markets, Inc.
Co-Managers:   

ABN AMRO Securities (USA) LLC

 

Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc.

 

ING Financial Markets LLC

 

Natixis Securities Americas LLC

 

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

 

SG Americas Securities, LLC

Denominations:    $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000
CUSIP/ISIN Numbers:    Rule 144A   CUSIP: 87900YAB9   ISIN: US87900YAB92
   Regulation S   CUSIP: Y8564W AC7   ISIN:  USY8564WAC74
Listing:    None

Additional Information:

Teekay is a Marshall Islands corporation. The Republic of The Marshall Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent.

Most of Teekay’s directors and officers and those of Teekay’s controlled affiliates are residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of Teekay’s and its subsidiaries’ assets and a substantial portion of the assets of Teekay’s directors and officers are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for United States investors to effect service of process within the United States upon Teekay or its subsidiaries or to realize against Teekay or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Under the purchase agreement between Teekay and the Initial Purchasers, Teekay has expressly submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts sitting in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or proceeding arising under the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States in connection with the purchase agreement, and Teekay has appointed Watson Farley & Williams LLP to accept service of process on its behalf in any such action.

 

1   A securities rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time.


Watson Farley & Williams LLP, Teekay’s counsel as to Marshall Islands law, has advised Teekay that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Republic of The Marshall Islands would (1) recognize or enforce against Teekay or its directors and officers judgments of courts of the United States based on civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws or (2) impose liabilities against Teekay or its directors and officers or those of Teekay’s controlled affiliates in original actions brought in the Republic of The Marshall Islands, based on these laws.

Other information (including net proceeds of the offering and other financial information) presented in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum is deemed to have changed to the extent affected by the information contained and changes described herein.

 

 

This material is confidential and is for your information only and is not intended to be used by anyone other than you. This information does not purport to be a complete description of these notes or the offering. Please refer to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum for a complete description.

This communication is being distributed solely to (1) “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and (2) outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.

This communication does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.

Any disclaimer or other notice that may appear below is not applicable to this communication and should be disregarded. Such disclaimer or notice was automatically generated as a result of this communication being sent by Bloomberg or another email system.


Annex D

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated November [●], 2015 (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among Teekay Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“ J.P. Morgan ”), for itself and as representative of the several initial purchasers listed in Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (the “Initial Purchasers”).

The Company and the Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated November 10, 2015 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8.5% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Securities ”). As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Dates ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

Exchange Offer ” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration ” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form F-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.


Exchange Securities ” shall mean senior notes issued by the Company under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Free Writing Prospectus ” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.

Holders ” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that, for purposes of Section 4 and Section 5 hereof, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

Indemnifying Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture dated as of January 27, 2010 among the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, as supplemented by a supplemental indenture relating to the Securities, to be dated as of November 16, 2015, and as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Initial Purchasers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Inspector ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.

Issuer Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

J.P. Morgan ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided , further , that if the Company shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the

 

7


effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained.

Notice and Questionnaire ” shall mean a notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the Company upon receipt of a Shelf Request from such Holder.

Participating Broker-Dealers ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

Participating Holder ” shall mean any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Registrable Securities ” shall mean the Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding or (iii) except in the case of Securities that otherwise remain Registrable Securities and that are held by an Initial Purchaser and that are ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, when the Exchange Offer is consummated.

Registration Default ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Exchange Offer is not completed on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or Section 2(b)(ii) hereof, has not become effective on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (iii) if the Company receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii), the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby has not become effective by the later of (a) the Target Registration Date and (b) 90 days after delivery of such Shelf Request, (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and

 

8


thereafter ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 30 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period or (v) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter, on more than two occasions in any 12-month period during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement.

Registration Expenses ” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons approved by the Company in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Participating Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holders holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent registered public accountants of the Company, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

Registration Statement ” shall mean any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

9


Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Shelf Effectiveness Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Shelf Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

Staff ” shall mean the staff of the SEC.

Target Registration Date ” shall mean March 16, 2016.

Trust Indenture Act ” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

Underwriter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.

Underwritten Offering ” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

2. Registration Under the Securities Act . (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to (x) cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and (y) have such Registration Statement become and remain effective until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers. The Company shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use its reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 60 days after such effective date.

The Company shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

 

(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

 

10


(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Exchange Dates ”);

 

(iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

 

(iv) that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

 

(v) that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address specified in the notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities.

As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Company that (1) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (2) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (3) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company and (4) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

 

11


As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company shall:

 

(I) accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

 

(II) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities tendered by such Holder.

The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff.

(b) In the event that (i) the Company determines that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) hereof is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by the Target Registration Date or (iii) upon receipt of a written request (a “ Shelf Request ”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective; provided that no Holder will be entitled to have any Registrable Securities included in any Shelf Registration Statement, or entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, until such Holder shall have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the Company as is contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof.

In the event that the Company is required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer.

The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities (the “ Shelf Effectiveness Period” ). The Company further agrees to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, the related Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the

 

12


registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use its reasonable best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Company agrees to furnish to the Participating Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

(c) The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.

If a Registration Default occurs, the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period beginning on the day immediately following such Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until and including the date such Registration Default ends, up to a maximum increase of 1.00% per annum. A Registration Default ends when the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or, if earlier, (1) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer is completed, (2) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) or clause (iii) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or (3) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (iv) or clause (v) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable. If at any time more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, then, until the next date that there is no Registration Default, the increase in interest rate provided for by this paragraph shall apply as if there occurred a single Registration Default that begins on the date that the earliest such Registration Default occurred and ends on such next date that there is no Registration Default.

(e) Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company acknowledges that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

 

13


3. Registration Procedures . (a) In connection with its obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

(i) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (A) shall be selected by the Company, (B) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (C) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

(ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(a)(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;

(iii) to the extent any Free Writing Prospectus is used, file with the SEC any Free Writing Prospectus that is required to be filed by the Company with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and to retain any Free Writing Prospectus not required to be filed;

(iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for such Participating Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and, subject to Section 3(c) hereof, the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Participating Holders and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

(v) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Participating Holders in

 

14


connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Participating Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

(vi) notify counsel for the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Participating Holder and counsel for such Participating Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Participating Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, when any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, (2) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Company of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (5) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (6) of any determination by the Company that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus would be appropriate;

(vii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, including by filing an amendment to such Registration Statement on the proper form, at the earliest possible moment and provide immediate notice to each Holder or Participating Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

 

15


(viii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested); provided, however, that any such document available on the SEC’s EDGAR database shall satisfy such obligation;

(ix) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Participating Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Participating Holders may reasonably request at least two Business Days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

(x) upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Company shall notify the Participating Holders (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) and the Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealers known to the Company (in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Participating Holders, such Participating Broker-Dealers and the Initial Purchasers, as applicable, hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, until the Company has amended or supplemented the Prospectus or the Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to correct such misstatement or omission;

(xi) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Participating Holders and their counsel) and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders or their counsel) available for discussion of such document; and the Company shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a

 

16


Registration Statement or a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders and their counsel) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders or their counsel) shall object;

(xii) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement;

(xiii) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xiv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Participating Holders (an “ Inspector ”), any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorneys and accountants designated by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders and any attorneys and accountants designated by such Underwriter, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement in each case as is customary for “due diligence” examinations in the context of underwritten offerings registered under the Securities Act; provided that each such party shall be required (pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company) to maintain in confidence and not disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company as being confidential or proprietary;

(xv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities satisfy applicable listing requirements;

(xvi) if reasonably requested by any Participating Holder, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Participating Holder as such Participating Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Company has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing; and

 

17


(xvii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other commercially reasonable actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (1) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Participating Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each Participating Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (3) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent registered public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other registered public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company, or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each Participating Holder (to the extent permitted by applicable professional standards) and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, including but not limited to financial information contained in any preliminary prospectus, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus and (4) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company made pursuant to clause (1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement.

(b) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(c) Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(3) or Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, such Participating Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until

 

18


such Participating Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(x) hereof and, if so directed by the Company, such Participating Holder will deliver to the Company all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Participating Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

(d) If the Company shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company may give any such notice only twice during any 365-day period and any such suspensions shall not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there shall not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period.

(e) The Participating Holders who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “ Underwriter ”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering.

4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer . (a) The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

The Company understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

(b) In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof), in

 

19


order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The Company further agrees that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

(c) The Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof.

5. Indemnification and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” (“ Issuer Information ”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing through J.P. Morgan or any selling Holder, respectively, expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any Issuer Information.

(b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, the directors of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus.

 

20


(c) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “ Indemnified Person ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Person ”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed in writing to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan, (y) for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person

 

21


shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request; (ii) such Indemnifying Person shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into; and (iii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The Company and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages

 

22


that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.

(f) The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

6. General .

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company represents, warrants and agrees that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued by the Company under any other agreement and (ii) the Company has not entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to

 

23


the Company, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

(e) Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

24


(j) Entire Agreement; Severability. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Company and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

[Signature page follows]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

TEEKAY CORPORATION
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
For itself and on behalf of the several Initial Purchasers
By  

 

  Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


Annex E

Restrictions on Offers and Sales Outside the United States

In connection with offers and sales of Securities outside the United States:

(a) Each Initial Purchaser acknowledges that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except pursuant to an exemption from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

(b) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and agrees that:

(i) Such Initial Purchaser has offered and sold the Securities, and will offer and sell the Securities, (A) as part of their distribution at any time and (B) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Securities and the Closing Date, only in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act (“ Regulation S ”) or Rule 144A or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

(ii) None of such Initial Purchasers or any of its affiliates or any other person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and all such persons have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S.

(iii) At or prior to the confirmation of sale of any Securities sold in reliance on Regulation S, such Initial Purchaser will have sent to each distributor, dealer or other person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it during the distribution compliance period a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect:

The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Securities and the date of original issuance of the Securities, except in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144A or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Terms used above have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

(iv) Such Initial Purchaser has not and will not enter into any contractual arrangement with any distributor with respect to the distribution of the Securities, except with its affiliates or with the prior written consent of the Company.


Terms used in paragraph (a) and this paragraph (b) and not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

(c) Each Initial Purchaser acknowledges that no action has been or will be taken by the Company that would permit a public offering of the Securities, or possession or distribution of any of the Time of Sale Information, the Offering Memorandum, any Issuer Written Communication or any other offering or publicity material relating to the Securities, in any country or jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required.

EXHIBIT 4.29

Execution Version

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated November 16, 2015 (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among Teekay Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“ J.P. Morgan ”), for itself and as representative of the several initial purchasers listed in Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (the “Initial Purchasers”).

The Company and the Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated November 10, 2015 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8.5% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Securities ”). As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Dates ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

Exchange Offer ” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration ” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form F-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Exchange Securities ” shall mean senior notes issued by the Company under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities


will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Free Writing Prospectus ” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.

Holders ” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that, for purposes of Section 4 and Section 5 hereof, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

Indemnifying Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture dated as of January 27, 2010 among the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, as supplemented by a supplemental indenture relating to the Securities, to be dated as of November 16, 2015, and as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Initial Purchasers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Inspector ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.

Issuer Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

J.P. Morgan ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided , further , that if the Company shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained.

 

2


Notice and Questionnaire ” shall mean a notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the Company upon receipt of a Shelf Request from such Holder.

Participating Broker-Dealers ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

Participating Holder ” shall mean any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Registrable Securities ” shall mean the Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding or (iii) except in the case of Securities that otherwise remain Registrable Securities and that are held by an Initial Purchaser and that are ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, when the Exchange Offer is consummated.

Registration Default ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Exchange Offer is not completed on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or Section 2(b)(ii) hereof, has not become effective on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (iii) if the Company receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii), the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby has not become effective by the later of (a) the Target Registration Date and (b) 90 days after delivery of such Shelf Request, (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 30 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period or (v) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter, on more

 

3


than two occasions in any 12-month period during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement.

Registration Expenses ” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons approved by the Company in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Participating Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holders holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent registered public accountants of the Company, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

Registration Statement ” shall mean any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Shelf Effectiveness Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

4


Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Shelf Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

Staff ” shall mean the staff of the SEC.

Target Registration Date ” shall mean March 16, 2016.

Trust Indenture Act ” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

Underwriter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.

Underwritten Offering ” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

2. Registration Under the Securities Act . (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to (x) cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and (y) have such Registration Statement become and remain effective until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers. The Company shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use its reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 60 days after such effective date.

The Company shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

 

(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

 

5


(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Exchange Dates ”);

 

(iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

 

(iv) that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

 

(v) that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address specified in the notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities.

As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Company that (1) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (2) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (3) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company and (4) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company shall:

 

(I) accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

 

(II) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities tendered by such Holder.

 

6


The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff.

(b) In the event that (i) the Company determines that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) hereof is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by the Target Registration Date or (iii) upon receipt of a written request (a “ Shelf Request ”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective; provided that no Holder will be entitled to have any Registrable Securities included in any Shelf Registration Statement, or entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, until such Holder shall have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the Company as is contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof.

In the event that the Company is required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer.

The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities (the “ Shelf Effectiveness Period” ). The Company further agrees to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, the related Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use its reasonable best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Company agrees to furnish to the Participating Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

 

7


(c) The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.

If a Registration Default occurs, the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period beginning on the day immediately following such Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until and including the date such Registration Default ends, up to a maximum increase of 1.00% per annum. A Registration Default ends when the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or, if earlier, (1) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer is completed, (2) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) or clause (iii) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or (3) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (iv) or clause (v) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable. If at any time more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, then, until the next date that there is no Registration Default, the increase in interest rate provided for by this paragraph shall apply as if there occurred a single Registration Default that begins on the date that the earliest such Registration Default occurred and ends on such next date that there is no Registration Default.

(e) Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company acknowledges that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

3. Registration Procedures . (a) In connection with its obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

(i) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (A) shall be selected by the Company, (B) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (C) shall comply as to form in all material respects

 

8


with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

(ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(a)(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;

(iii) to the extent any Free Writing Prospectus is used, file with the SEC any Free Writing Prospectus that is required to be filed by the Company with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and to retain any Free Writing Prospectus not required to be filed;

(iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for such Participating Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and, subject to Section 3(c) hereof, the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Participating Holders and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

(v) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Participating Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Participating Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

 

9


(vi) notify counsel for the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Participating Holder and counsel for such Participating Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Participating Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, when any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, (2) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Company of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (5) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (6) of any determination by the Company that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus would be appropriate;

(vii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, including by filing an amendment to such Registration Statement on the proper form, at the earliest possible moment and provide immediate notice to each Holder or Participating Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

(viii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested); provided, however, that any such document available on the SEC’s EDGAR database shall satisfy such obligation;

(ix) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Participating Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names

 

10


(consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Participating Holders may reasonably request at least two Business Days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

(x) upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Company shall notify the Participating Holders (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) and the Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealers known to the Company (in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Participating Holders, such Participating Broker-Dealers and the Initial Purchasers, as applicable, hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, until the Company has amended or supplemented the Prospectus or the Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to correct such misstatement or omission;

(xi) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Participating Holders and their counsel) and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders or their counsel) available for discussion of such document; and the Company shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders and their counsel) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders or their counsel) shall object;

(xii) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement;

 

11


(xiii) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xiv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Participating Holders (an “ Inspector ”), any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorneys and accountants designated by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders and any attorneys and accountants designated by such Underwriter, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement in each case as is customary for “due diligence” examinations in the context of underwritten offerings registered under the Securities Act; provided that each such party shall be required (pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company) to maintain in confidence and not disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company as being confidential or proprietary;

(xv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities satisfy applicable listing requirements;

(xvi) if reasonably requested by any Participating Holder, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Participating Holder as such Participating Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Company has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing; and

(xvii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other commercially reasonable actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (1) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and documents

 

12


incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Participating Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each Participating Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (3) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent registered public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other registered public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company, or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each Participating Holder (to the extent permitted by applicable professional standards) and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, including but not limited to financial information contained in any preliminary prospectus, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus and (4) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company made pursuant to clause (1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement.

(b) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(c) Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(3) or Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, such Participating Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Participating Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(x) hereof and, if so directed by the Company, such Participating Holder will deliver to the Company all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Participating Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

(d) If the Company shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or any

 

13


Free Writing Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company may give any such notice only twice during any 365-day period and any such suspensions shall not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there shall not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period.

(e) The Participating Holders who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “ Underwriter ”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering.

4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer . (a) The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

The Company understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

(b) In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The Company further agrees that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

(c) The Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof.

5. Indemnification and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the

 

14


Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” (“ Issuer Information ”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing through J.P. Morgan or any selling Holder, respectively, expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any Issuer Information.

(b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, the directors of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus.

(c) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “ Indemnified Person ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Person ”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified

 

15


Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed in writing to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan, (y) for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request; (ii) such Indemnifying Person shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into; and (iii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

 

16


(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The Company and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.

(f) The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

17


6. General .

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company represents, warrants and agrees that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued by the Company under any other agreement and (ii) the Company has not entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Company, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders;

 

18


provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

(e) Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(j) Entire Agreement; Severability. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Company and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

[Signature page follows]

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

TEEKAY CORPORATION
By  

/s/ Vincent Lok

Name:   Vincent Lok
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
For itself and on behalf of the several Initial Purchasers
By  

/s/ Lawrence Landry

Name:   Lawrence Landry
Title:   Vice Chairman

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

EXHIBIT 4.30

US$894,375,000 Secured Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement

Dated 8 January 2016

 

(1)

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

(as Borrower)

 

(2)

The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part I

(as Lenders)

 

(3)

The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part III

(as Mandated Lead Arrangers)

 

(4)

The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part IV

(as Bookrunners)

 

(5)

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

(as Coordinators)

 

(6)

The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part II

(as Swap Providers)

 

(7)

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

(as Agent)

 

(8)

BNP Paribas

Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd

Commonwealth Bank of Australia

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

Swedbank AB (publ)

(as Co-Arrangers)

 

LOGO


Contents

 

          Page  

1

   Definitions and Interpretation      2   

2

   The Loans and their Purposes      22   

3

   Conditions of Utilisation      23   

4

   Advance      24   

5

   Repayment      25   

6

   Prepayment      25   

7

   Interest      28   

8

   Indemnities      31   

9

   Fees      38   

10

   Security and Application of Moneys      38   

11

   Representations and Warranties      40   

12

   Undertakings and Covenants      45   

13

   Events of Default      53   

14

   Assignment and Sub-Participation      57   

15

   The Agent and the Lenders      59   

16

   Set-Off      71   

17

   Payments      71   

18

   Notices      74   

19

   Partial Invalidity      75   

20

   Remedies and Waivers      76   

21

   Miscellaneous      76   

22

   Confidentiality      77   

23

   Law and Jurisdiction      80   

24

   Patriot Act Notice      81   

Schedule 1

        82   

Part I The Lenders and the Commitments

     82   

Part II

     89   

The Swap Providers

     89   

Part III

    

91

  


 

MLAs

  

91

 

Part IV

  

94


 

Bookrunners

  

94

Schedule 2

 

Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

  

97

 

Part I: Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice

  

97

 

Part II: Conditions precedent to First Drawdown Date

  

99

 

Part III: Conditions subsequent to First Drawdown Date

  

102

 

Part IV: Conditions precedent to a Vessel Replacement Date

  

103

 

Part V: Conditions subsequent to Vessel Replacement Date

  

106

Schedule 3

 

The Collateral Vessels

  

107

Schedule 4

 

Form of Drawdown Notice

  

109

Schedule 5

 

Form of Transfer Certificate

  

110

Schedule 6

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

  

113

Schedule 7

 

Repayment Instalments

  

114


Loan Agreement

Dated 8 January 2016

Between:

 

(1)

Teekay Tankers Ltd ., a corporation existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at The Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, The Marshall Islands, MH96960 (the “ Borrower ”); and

 

(2)

The Banks, Financial Institutions and other Institutional Lenders listed in Schedule 1, Part I, each acting through its office at the address indicated against its name in Schedule 1, Part I (together the “ Lenders ” and each a “ Lender ”); and

 

(3)

The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part III as mandated lead arrangers (in that capacity the “ MLAs ” and each an “ MLA ”); and

 

(4)

The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part IV as bookrunners (in that capacity the “ Bookrunners ” and each a “ Bookrunner ”); and

 

(5)

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch acting through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor, New York, NY 10036, United States of America and ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC acting through its office at 100 Park Avenue, 17 th Floor, New York, NY 10017, United States of America as coordinators (in that capacity the “ Coordinators ” and each a “ Coordinator ”); and

 

(6)

The Banks listed in Schedule 1, Part II, each acting through its office at the address indicated against its name in Schedule 1, Part II as swap providers (the “ Swap Providers ” and each a “ Swap Provider ”); and

 

(7)

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch acting as agent and security trustee through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor, New York, NY 10036, United States of America (in those capacities the “ Agent ”).

Whereas:

 

(A)

Each Collateral Owner is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Borrower and is the registered owner of the Collateral Vessel indicated against its name in Schedule 3, each registered under the Pre-Approved Flag indicated against its name in Schedule 3.

 

(B)

Each of the Lenders has agreed to advance to the Borrower its Commitment in each Loan (aggregating, with all the other Commitments, a term loan of up to five hundred and twenty five million two hundred and eighty thousand Dollars ($525,280,000) and a revolving credit facility of up to three hundred and sixty nine million and ninety five thousand Dollars ($369,095,000)) to assist the Borrower and the Collateral Owners (i) to refinance all of, or in the case of the 845m Loan part of, the Existing Loans and (ii) with their general corporate and working capital requirements.

It is agreed as follows:

 

Page 1


1

Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1

In this Agreement:

845m Loan ” means the aggregate amount advanced and outstanding under the 845m Loan Agreement.

Acceptable Bank ” means a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit-enhanced debt originations of A+ or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ranking Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency.

Account Holder ” means Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch acting through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor, New York, NY 10036, United States of America or any other bank or financial institution which at any time, with the prior written consent of the Lenders, holds the Earnings Account.

Account Security Deed means the account security deed referred to in Clause 10.1.5.

Accounts ” means, in relation to the Borrower, the consolidated financial accounts of the Borrower, to be provided to the Agent pursuant to Clause 12.1.1 and Clause 12.1.4.

Administration ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1.3 of the ISM Code.

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person, a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Annex VI ” means Annex VI (Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (as modified in 1978 and 1997).

Approved Broker ” means each of Fearnleys, Clarkson Platou Securities AS and Simpson Spence & Young Shipbrokers Ltd. or such other reputable and independent consultancy or ship broker firm approved by the Agent.

Approved Managers ” means (i) the Commercial Manager and (ii) the Technical Manager.

Assignments ” means all the forms of assignment (if relevant) referred to in Clause 10.1.2 and “ Assignment ” means any one of them.

Authorisation ” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Available Credit Lines ” means any undrawn committed revolving credit lines, other than committed revolving credit lines with less than six (6) months to maturity, available to be drawn by any member of the Borrower Group, as reflected in the Borrower’s most recent quarterly management accounts forming part of the Borrower’s Accounts;

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

Page 2


Bail-In Legislation ” means in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time.

Borrower Group ” means the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries.

Break Costs ” means all sums payable by the Borrower from time to time under Clause 8.3.

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open for business of a nature contemplated by this Agreement (and not authorised by law to close) in New York, London and Oslo.

Change of Control ” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to the Borrower, where any person or any two or more persons acting together (excluding any member of the Teekay Group) acquires the right or ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or the composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent thereof) of the Borrower; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any other Security Party, where there is a change in the legal or beneficial ownership of any such company from that previously advised to the Agent (other than where such company remains owned by members of the Borrower Group),

in each case unless the Borrower has requested the prior consent of the Majority Lenders to a change of control and the Majority Lenders have consented to such request within thirty (30) days of such request being made.

Charged Property ” means all of the assets of the Security Parties which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

Charter ” means any time charter or other contract of employment in respect of a Collateral Vessel, whether or not already in existence, which is for a period, in excess of, or capable of exceeding, thirty six (36) months entered into between a Collateral Owner and a Charterer.

Charter Rights ” means all rights and benefits accruing to a Collateral Owner under or pursuant to any relevant Charter and not forming part of the Earnings.

Charterer ” means any entity that is a charterer under a Charter.

Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Collateral Owner ” means each company (being a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower) shown as an owner of a Collateral Vessel in Schedule 3 and any Replacement Owner and together the “ Collateral Owners ”.

Collateral Vessel ” means each vessel specified in Schedule 3 owned by a Collateral Owner and any Replacement Vessel and together the “ Collateral Vessels ”.

 

Page 3


Commercial Manager ” means (i) the Borrower, (ii) Teekay Corporation, (iii) any other member of the Teekay Group or (iv) any other commercial manager approved by the Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

Commitment ” means, in relation to each Lender, the aggregate amount of each Loan which that Lender agrees to advance to the Borrower as its several liability as indicated against the name of that Lender in Schedule 1, Part I and/or, where the context permits, the amount of each Loan advanced by that Lender and, to the extent not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement, remaining outstanding and “ Commitments ” means more than one of them.

Commitment Commission ” means the commitment commission to be paid by the Borrower to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to Clause 9.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6.

Confidential Information ” means all information relating to any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group, the Finance Documents or the Loans of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Loans from either:

 

  (a)

any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (b)

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

  (i)

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 22; or

 

  (ii)

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (iii)

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with (a) or (b) or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with any Security Party or any other member of the Borrower Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

Confidentiality Undertaking ” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the Loan Market Association at the relevant time.

 

Page 4


Confirmation ” means a Confirmation exchanged or deemed to be exchanged between a Swap Provider and the Borrower as contemplated by a Master Agreement.

Credit Support Document ” means any document described as such in a Master Agreement and any other document referred to in any such document which has the effect of creating security in favour of any of the Swap Providers.

Credit Support Provider ” means any person (other than the Borrower) described as such in a Credit Support Document.

Currency of Account ” means, in relation to any payment to be made to a Finance Party under a Finance Document, the currency in which that payment is required to be made by the terms of that Finance Document.

Deeds of Covenants ” means the deeds of covenants referred to in Clause 10.1.1, if relevant, and “ Deed of Covenant ” means any one of them.

Default ” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 13.1 which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender:

 

  (a)

which has failed to make its participation in the Term Loan or a Drawing available (or has notified the Agent or the Borrower (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in the Term Loan or a Drawing available) by the relevant Drawdown Date in accordance with Clause 4.2; or

 

  (b)

which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c)

with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of (a):

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

 

  (a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Loans (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

Page 5


  (b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

Dollars ”, “ US$ ” and “ $ ” each means available and freely transferable and convertible funds in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Drawdown Date ” means the date on which the Term Loan or a Drawing is advanced under Clause 4.1.

Drawdown Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4.

Drawing ” means any amount advanced or to be advanced in respect of the Revolving Credit pursuant to a Drawdown Notice or, where the context permits, the amount advanced and for the time being outstanding and “ Drawings ” means more than one of them.

EEA Member Country ” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

Earnings ” means all hires, freights, pool income and other sums payable to or for the account of a Collateral Owner in respect of a Collateral Vessel including (without limitation) all remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions in general average, compensation in respect of any requisition for hire, and damages and other payments (whether awarded by any court or arbitral tribunal or by agreement or otherwise) for breach, termination or variation of any contract for the operation, employment or use of a Collateral Vessel.

Earnings Account ” means the bank account to be opened in the name of the Borrower with the Account Holder and designated “TNK – Earnings Account”.

Encumbrance ” means a mortgage, charge, assignment, pledge, lien, or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Environmental Approvals ” means any present or future permit, licence, approval, ruling, variance, exemption or other authorisation required under the applicable Environmental Laws.

Environmental Claim ” means any and all enforcement, clean-up, removal, administrative, governmental, regulatory or judicial actions, orders, demands or investigations instituted or completed pursuant to any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals.

 

Page 6


Environmental Incident ” means:

 

  (a)

any release, emission, spill or discharge from a Collateral Vessel or into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water of Environmentally Sensitive Material within or from a Collateral Vessel; or

 

  (b)

any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than a Collateral Vessel and which involves a collision between a Collateral Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Collateral Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Collateral Vessel and/or any Security Party and/or any operator or manager of a Collateral Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

  (c)

any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Collateral Vessel and in connection with which a Collateral Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Security Party and/or any operator or manager of a Collateral Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

Environmental Laws ” means any present and future laws, regulations, treaties and conventions of any applicable jurisdiction which:

 

  (a)

have as a purpose or effect the protection of, and/or prevention of harm or damage to, the environment;

 

  (b)

relate to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

 

  (c)

provide remedies or compensation for harm or damage to the environment; or

 

  (d)

relate to Environmentally Sensitive Materials or health or safety matters.

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means (i) oil and oil products and (ii) any other waste, pollutant, contaminant or other substance (including any liquid, solid, gas, ion, living organism or noise) that may be harmful to human health or other life or the environment or a nuisance to any person or that may make the enjoyment, ownership or other territorial control of any affected land, property or waters more costly for such person to a material degree.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 13.1.

 

Page 7


Execution Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is executed by each of the parties hereto.

Existing Loan Agreements ” means:

 

  (a)

the $126,637,500 secured term loan facility agreement dated 30 January 2015 made between (1) Teekay Tankers Ltd. as borrower, (2) the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, (3) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC and DNB Markets, Inc. as mandated lead arrangers, (4) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC and DNB Markets, Inc. as bookrunners and (5) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC as agent and security trustee;

 

  (b)

the $397,200,000 secured term loan facility agreement dated 28 August 2015 made between (1) Teekay Tankers Ltd. as borrower, (2) the banks, financial institutions and other institutional investors lenders listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, (3) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, DNB Markets, Inc. and Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as mandated lead arrangers, (4) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, DNB Markets, Inc. and Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as bookrunners, (5) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, DNB Markets, Inc. and Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as structuring banks and (6) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC as agent and security trustee;

 

  (c)

the $845,000,000 secured loan facility agreement dated 28 November 2007 (as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time) made between (1) the various companies listed in Schedule 2 thereto as joint and several borrowers, (2) the banks listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, (3) Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as agent, (4) Nordea Bank Norge ASA, Grand Cayman Branch, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, ING Bank N.V., London Branch, HSH Nordbank AG, Danske Bank A/S and BNP Paribas as mandated lead arrangers, (5) Nordea Bank Norge ASA, Grand Cayman Branch, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and ING Bank N.V., London Branch as bookrunners and (6) Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as security trustee (the “ 845m Loan Agreement ”);

 

  (d)

the $150,400,000 secured facility agreement dated 11 May 2004 (as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time) made between (1) Donegal Spirit L.L.C. (formerly known as H.H.I. Hull No. 1704 L.L.C.), Galway Spirit L.L.C. (formerly known as H.H.I. Hull No. 1705 L.L.C.) and Limerick Spirit L.L.C. (formerly known as H.H.I. Hull No. 1706 L.L.C.) as joint and several borrowers, (2) the banks referred to therein as lenders and (3) BNP Paribas as agent and security trustee; and

 

  (e)

the $128,000,000 secured facility agreement dated 17 December 2003 (as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time) made between (1) Erik Spirit L.L.C. (formerly known as Great West Hull No. 1520 L.L.C.) as borrower, (2) the banks referred to therein as lenders and (3) BNP Paribas as agent and security trustee.

 

Page 8


Existing Loans ” means the aggregate amount advanced and outstanding under the Existing Loan Agreements.

Facility Office ” means:

 

  (a)

in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five (5) Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (b)

in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.

Facility Period ” means the period beginning on the Execution Date and ending on the date when the whole of the Indebtedness has been repaid in full, all Commitments have been terminated and the Security Parties have ceased to be under any further actual or contingent liability to the Finance Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

Fair Market Value ” means the average of two (2) Valuations of the fair market value of a Collateral Vessel obtained from two (2) Approved Brokers. If such Valuations differ by a margin of more than ten per cent (10%) then a further Valuation shall be obtained from a third Approved Broker appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower on the same basis and the fair market value of that Collateral Vessel shall be the average of all three (3) Valuations.

FATCA ” means:

 

  (a)

sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

  (b)

any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

  (c)

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date ” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

  (b)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or

 

Page 9


  (c)

in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019,

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

FATCA FFI ” means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if any Finance Party is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction.

Fee Letter ” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrower (or the MLAs and the Borrower) setting out any fees referred to in Clause 9.

Final Availability Date ” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to the Term Loan, 15 January 2016 or such later date as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) may approve in writing; and

 

  (b)

in relation to the Revolving Credit, any date up to, but not including, the Maturity Date.

Finance Documents ” means this Agreement, the Master Agreements, the Security Documents, the Fee Letter, any Transfer Certificate and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower and “ Finance Document ” means any one of them.

Finance Parties ” means the Agent, the MLAs, the Bookrunners, the Coordinators, the Swap Providers and the Lenders and “ Finance Party ” means any one of them.

Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a)

moneys borrowed;

 

  (b)

any acceptance credit;

 

  (c)

any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument;

 

  (d)

any redeemable preference share to the extent such shares can be redeemed before the Maturity Date;

 

  (e)

any finance or capital lease;

 

  (f)

receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (g)

any derivative transaction protecting against or benefiting from fluctuations in any rate or price (and, except for non-payment of an amount, the then mark to market value of the derivative transaction will be used to calculate its amount);

 

Page 10


  (h)

any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (i)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of any guarantee, indemnity, bond, letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; or

 

  (j)

any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of any item referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above.

First Drawdown Date ” means the date on which the Term Loan and the first Drawing is advanced under Clause 4.

Free Liquidity ” means cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of maturities less than one (1) year to which members of the Borrower Group shall have free, immediate and direct access each as reflected in the Borrower’s most recent quarterly management accounts forming part of the Borrower’s Accounts.

GAAP ” means generally acceptable accounting principles in the United States of America.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee and indemnity of each Collateral Owner referred to in Clause 10.1.3.

Holding Company ” means, in relation to any entity, any other entity in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IAPPC ” means a valid international air pollution prevention certificate for a Collateral Vessel issued under Annex VI.

Impaired Agent ” means the Agent at any time when:

 

  (a)

it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

  (b)

the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

  (c)

(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or

 

  (d)

an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent;

unless, in the case of (a):

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

 

Page 11


 

payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Indebtedness ” means the aggregate from time to time of: the amount of the Loans outstanding; all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans; and all other sums of any nature (together with all accrued and unpaid interest on any of those sums) which from time to time may be payable by the Borrower to any of the Finance Parties under all or any of the Finance Documents.

Insolvency Event ” in relation to an entity means that the entity:

 

  (a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in (d) and:

 

  (i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within thirty (30) days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f)

has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

 

  (g)

has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

Page 12


  (h)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in (d));

 

  (i)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (j)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in (a) to (i); or

 

  (k)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Insurances ” means all policies and contracts of insurance (including all entries in protection and indemnity or war risks associations) which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of or in connection with a Collateral Vessel or her increased value or her Earnings and (where the context permits) all benefits under such contracts and policies, including all claims of any nature and returns of premium.

Interest Payment Date ” means each date for the payment of interest in accordance with Clause 7.7.

Interest Period ” means each period for the payment of interest selected by the Borrower or agreed by the Agent pursuant to Clause 7.

Interpolated Screen Rate ” means, in relation to LIBOR for any Loan, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the relevant Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

  (b)

the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the relevant Interest Period of that Loan,

each as of 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day.

ISM Code ” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention.

ISM Company ” means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Collateral Vessel’s compliance with the ISM Code under paragraph 1.1.2 of the ISM Code.

ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code.

 

Page 13


ISPS Company ” means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Collateral Vessel’s compliance with the ISPS Code.

ISSC ” means a valid international ship security certificate for a Collateral Vessel issued under the ISPS Code.

law ” or “ Law ” means any law, statute, treaty, convention, regulation, instrument or other subordinate legislation or other legislative or quasi-legislative rule or measure, or any order or decree of any government, judicial or public or other body or authority, or any directive, code of practice, circular, guidance note or other direction issued by any competent authority or agency (whether or not having the force of law).

LIBOR ” means, in relation to any period:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b)

(if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that period; or

 

  (c)

(if (i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of the Loans or (ii) no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that period) the Reference Bank Rate,

as of 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Dollars and for a period equal in length to the relevant Interest Period and, if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

Loans ” means the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit and “ Loan ” shall mean any one of them.

Majority Lenders ” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate equal to or greater than sixty six and two thirds per cent (66 2/3%) of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66 2/3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).

Management Agreements ” means the agreement(s) for the commercial and/or technical management of the Collateral Vessels entered into between (i) the Collateral Owners and (ii) the Approved Managers (unless the Approved Manager is the Borrower, Teekay Corporation, Teekay Marine Limited or any other member of the Teekay Group).

Managers’ Confirmations ” means the written confirmations of the Approved Managers (unless the Approved Managers are the Borrower, Teekay Corporation, Teekay Marine Limited or any other member of the Teekay Group) that throughout the Facility Period unless otherwise agreed by the Agent:

 

  (a)

they will not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, subcontract or delegate the commercial or technical management of the Collateral Vessels (as the case may be) to any third party; and

 

Page 14


  (b)

following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, all claims of the Approved Managers against the Collateral Owners (less any agreed reasonable deductible) shall be subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

Margin ” means 2 per cent (2%) per annum.

Master Agreements ” means each ISDA Master Agreement entered into between a Swap Provider and the Borrower before or during the Facility Period, including each Schedule to any Master Agreement and each Confirmation exchanged under such Master Agreement, evidencing any non-speculative interest or currency exchange transaction in relation to the Loans.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a)

the financial condition, assets, prospects or business of any Security Party or on the consolidated financial condition, assets, prospects or business of the Borrower Group;

 

  (b)

the ability of any Security Party to perform and comply with its obligations under any Security Document or to avoid any Event of Default;

 

  (c)

the validity, legality or enforceability of any Security Document; or

 

  (d)

the validity, legality or enforceability of any security expressed to be created pursuant to any Security Document or the priority and ranking of any such security,

provided that, in determining whether any of the forgoing circumstances shall constitute such a material adverse change or material adverse effect for the purposes of this definition, the Finance Parties shall consider such circumstance in the context of (x) the Borrower Group taken as a whole and (y) the ability of the Borrower and the Collateral Owners to perform each of their obligations under the Security Documents.

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date falling five (5) years after the First Drawdown Date and (ii) 15 January 2021.

Maximum Amount ” means the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount or the Maximum Term Loan Amount, as the context may require.

Maximum Revolving Credit Amount ” means an amount of up to three hundred and sixty nine million and ninety five thousand Dollars ($369,095,000) as reduced or increased from time to time in accordance with Clause 6.1, Clause 6.2, Clause 6.5, Clause 6.6, Clause 6.7 and/or Clause 7.11.

Maximum Term Loan Amount ” means an amount of initially up to five hundred and twenty five million two hundred and eighty thousand Dollars ($525,280,000), as reduced from time to time.

 

Page 15


Mortgages ” means the first priority statutory or first preferred mortgages (as the case may be) referred to in Clause 10.1.1 together with the Deeds of Covenants (if applicable) and “ Mortgage ” means any one of them.

Necessary Authorisations ” means all Authorisations of any person including any government or other regulatory authority required by applicable Law to enable it to:

 

  (a)

lawfully enter into and perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is party;

 

  (b)

ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in England and, if different, its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, of such Security Documents to which it is party; and

 

  (c)

carry on its business from time to time.

Party ” means a party to this Agreement.

Patriot Act ” means the United States Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (H.R. 3199).

Permitted Encumbrance ” means (i) any Encumbrance which has the prior written approval of the Agent acting on the instructions of all the Lenders or (ii) any liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of trading and/or operating a Collateral Vessel up to an aggregate amount at any time not exceeding five million Dollars (US$5,000,000) in respect of each Collateral Vessel and not more than thirty (30) days overdue.

Pre-Approved Classification Society ” means any of DNV GL, Lloyds Register, America Bureau of Shipping (ABS) or Bureau Veritas or such other classification society approved by the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably.

Pre-Approved Flag ” means Marshall Islands, Norwegian International Ship Registry, Liberia, Cayman Islands, Panama, Isle of Man, Bermuda, Bahamas, Malta or Singapore.

Proportionate Share ” means, at any time, the proportion which a Lender’s Commitment (whether or not advanced) then bears to the aggregate Commitments of all the Lenders (whether or not advanced) being on the Execution Date the percentage indicated against the name of that Lender in Schedule 1.

Protected Party ” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum required or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purpose of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Quotation Day ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined two (2) Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

Page 16


Reference Bank Rate ” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which each of the relevant Reference Banks could borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

Reference Banks ” means, in relation to LIBOR, the principal London offices of Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch and ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower.

Related Fund ” in relation to a fund (the “ first fund ”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Relevant Documents ” means the Finance Documents, any Charters and the Management Agreements (if any).

Relevant Interbank Market ” means the London interbank market.

Relevant Loan Amount ” in relation to each Collateral Vessel, means the amount which is obtained by multiplying the Total Maximum Amount at the time of making the calculation by the proportion which the Fair Market Value of that Collateral Vessel bears to the aggregate of the Fair Market Value of all the Collateral Vessels (such values to be based on the latest set of Valuations delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 12.1.38).

Repayment Date ” means the date for payment of any Repayment Instalment in accordance with Clause 5.1.

Repayment Instalment ” means any instalment of the Term Loan to be repaid by the Borrower under Clause 5.1.

Replacement Owner ” means the owner of a Replacement Vessel;

Replacement Vessel ” means (i) any VLCC, Suezmax, Aframax, MR, LR 1 or LR 2 tanker vessel that is no older than, and whose Fair Market Value is no less than that of, the Collateral Vessel it is replacing, classed with a Pre-Approved Classification Society and registered in the name of the relevant Replacement Owner under a Pre-Approved Flag and (ii) any other vessel acceptable to the Lenders.

Representative ” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Requisition Compensation ” means all compensation or other money which may from time to time be payable to a Collateral Owner as a result of a Collateral Vessel being requisitioned for title or in any other way compulsorily acquired (other than by way of requisition for hire).

 

Page 17


Resolution Authority ” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Restricted Party ” means a person (i) that is listed on any Sanctions List or is otherwise the target of any Sanctions, (ii) that is located or resident in, or incorporated or organised under the laws of, a Sanctioned Country, (iii) that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person referred to in (i) and/or (ii) above or (iv) with whom any Finance Party would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities as a result of Sanctions.

Revolving Credit ” means the aggregate amount of the revolving credit advanced or to be advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower under Clause 4.2 or, where the context permits, the amount of that revolving credit loan advanced and for the time being outstanding.

Sanctioned Country ” means a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions.

Sanctions ” means the economic or trade sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by (i) the Norwegian Government, (ii) the United States Government, (iii) the United Nations, (iv) the European Union, (v) the United Kingdom, (vi) the Republic of Singapore, (vii) France, (viii) Canada or (ix) Australia and with regard to (i)—(ix) above, the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury (“ OFAC ”), the United States Department of State and Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”) (together the “ Sanctions Authorities ”).

Sanctions List ” means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list, the “Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List” and the “List of Foreign Sanctions Evaders” each maintained by OFAC and the “Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets” list and the “Investment Ban List” each maintained by HMT or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities, including, but not limited to, the Norwegian Government, the European Union, the United Nations, the Government of Singapore, the Government of Canada or the Government of Australia.

Screen Rate ” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or the service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.

Security Documents ” means the Guarantees, the Mortgages, the Deeds of Covenants (if relevant), the Assignments, the Share Pledges, the Account Security Deed, the Managers’ Confirmations (if any) or (where the context permits) any one or more of them and any other agreement or document which may at any time be executed by any person as security for the payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness and “ Security Document ” means any one of them.

 

Page 18


Security Parties ” means the Borrower, each Collateral Owner and any other person who may at any time during the Facility Period be liable for, or provide security for, all or any part of the Indebtedness (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not any Approved Manager), and “ Security Party ” means any one of them.

Share Pledges ” means the pledge or pledges of the issued share capital or membership interests (as the case may be) of the Collateral Owners referred to in Clause 10.1.4 and “ Share Pledge ” means any one of them.

SMC ” means a valid safety management certificate issued for a Collateral Vessel by or on behalf of the Administration under paragraph 13.7 of the ISM Code.

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary undertaking, as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006 or any analogous definition under any other relevant system of law.

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) and “ Taxation ” shall be interpreted accordingly.

Technical Manager ” means (i) the Borrower, (ii) Teekay Corporation, (iii) Teekay Marine Limited, (iv) any other member of the Teekay Group, (v) Northern Marine Management, (vi) Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement or (vii) any other technical manager approved by the Majority Lenders.

Teekay ” means Teekay Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at The Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, The Marshall Islands MH96960.

Teekay Group ” means Teekay and each of its Subsidiaries.

Term Loan ” means the amount of the term loan advanced or to be advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower under Clause 4.2 or, where the context permits, the amount of that term loan advanced and for the time being outstanding.

Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments.

Total Debt ” means the aggregate of:

 

  (a)

the amount calculated in accordance with GAAP shown as each of “long term debt”, “short term debt” and “current portion of long term debt” on the latest consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower but excluding debt which is non-recourse to the Borrower, and

 

  (b)

the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease (excluding any amounts applicable to leases to the extent that the lease obligations are secured by a security deposit which is held on the balance sheet under “ Restricted Cash ”);

 

Page 19


Total Loss ” means:

 

  (a)

an actual, constructive, arranged, agreed or compromised total loss of a Collateral Vessel; or

 

  (b)

the requisition for title or compulsory acquisition of a Collateral Vessel by any government or other competent authority (other than by way of requisition for hire); or

 

  (c)

the capture, seizure, arrest, detention, hijacking, theft, condemnation as prize, confiscation or forfeiture of a Collateral Vessel (not falling within (b)), unless that Collateral Vessel is released and returned to the possession of the relevant Collateral Owner within 180 days after the capture, seizure, arrest, detention, hijacking, theft, condemnation as prize, confiscation or forfeiture in question.

Total Maximum Amount ” means the aggregate of the Maximum Term Loan Amount and the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount which in total shall not exceed the lesser of (i) an amount of eight hundred and ninety four million three hundred and seventy five thousand Dollars ($894,375,000) and (ii) an amount equal to sixty per cent (60%) of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels, as reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower.

Transfer Date ” means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date for the making of the transfer specified in the schedule to such Transfer Certificate.

Trust Property ” means:

 

  (a)

all benefits derived by the Agent from Clause 10; and

 

  (b)

all benefits arising under (including, without limitation, all proceeds of the enforcement of) each of the Security Documents,

with the exception of any benefits arising solely for the benefit of the Agent.

US ” means the United States of America.

Valuation ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the written valuation of that Collateral Vessel addressed to the Agent, expressed in Dollars and prepared by one of the Approved Brokers to be nominated by the Borrower. Such valuation shall be prepared at the Borrower’s expense, without a physical inspection, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing buyer and a willing seller without the benefit of any charterparty or other engagement.

VAT ” means:

 

Page 20


  (a)

any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

  (b)

any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or listed in addition to, such tax referred to in (a), or imposed elsewhere.

Vessel Replacements ” means the replacement of one or more Collateral Vessels with one or more Replacement Vessels pursuant to Clause 6.5.2 and each a “ Vessel Replacement ”.

Vessel Replacement Date ” means in respect of each Vessel Replacement, the date on which the Agent confirms that all of the conditions precedent set out in Part IV of Schedule 2 have been satisfied which confirmation the Agent shall be under no obligation to give if the VTL Coverage (as defined in Clause 10.9) following such Vessel Replacement would be less than the VTL Coverage immediately prior to such Vessel Replacement.

Write-down and Conversion Powers ” means in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

1.2

In this Agreement:

 

  1.2.1

words denoting the plural number include the singular and vice versa;

 

  1.2.2

words denoting persons include corporations, companies, partnerships, associations of persons (whether incorporated or not) or governmental or quasi-governmental bodies or authorities and vice versa;

 

  1.2.3

references to Recitals, Clauses and Schedules are references to recitals, clauses and schedules to or of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.4

references to this Agreement include the Recitals and the Schedules;

 

  1.2.5

the headings and contents page(s) are for the purpose of reference only, have no legal or other significance, and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.6

references to any document (including, without limitation, to all or any of the Relevant Documents) are, unless the context otherwise requires, references to that document as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time;

 

  1.2.7

references to statutes or provisions of statutes are references to those statutes, or those provisions, as from time to time amended, replaced or re-enacted;

 

Page 21


  1.2.8

references to any Finance Party include its successors, transferees and assignees and, in particular, any reference to Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch (either directly or indirectly in its capacity as lender, agent and/or security trustee or any other capacity) in the Finance Documents shall be automatically construed as a reference to Nordea Bank AB in the event of any corporate reconstruction, merger, amalgamation or consolidation between Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch and Nordea Bank AB where Nordea Bank AB is the surviving entity and acquires all the rights of and assumes all the obligations of Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch and nothing in the Finance Documents shall be construed so as to restrict, limit or impose any notification or other requirement or condition on either Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch or Nordea Bank AB in respect of the acquisition of rights to or assumption of obligations by Nordea Bank AB hereunder pursuant to such merger;

 

  1.2.9

a time of day (unless otherwise specified) is a reference to New York time;

 

  1.2.10

words and expressions defined in the Master Agreements, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meaning;

 

  1.2.11

a “ person ” includes any individual firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality); and

 

  1.2.12

a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation.

 

1.3

Offer letter

This Agreement supersedes the terms and conditions contained in any correspondence relating to the subject matter of this Agreement exchanged between any Finance Party and the Borrower or their respective representatives prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

2

The Loans and their Purposes

 

2.1

Amount Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make available to the Borrower a term loan in one amount not exceeding the Maximum Term Loan Amount and a revolving credit in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount at any one time, which together shall not exceed the Total Maximum Amount.

 

2.2

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

  2.2.1

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other party to the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

Page 22


  2.2.2

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from a Security Party shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

  2.2.3

A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.3

Purposes The Borrower shall apply the Loans for the purposes referred to in Recital (B).

 

2.4

Monitoring No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed under this Agreement.

 

3

Conditions of Utilisation

 

3.1

Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice Before any Lender shall have any obligation to accept any Drawdown Notice under the Loan Agreement the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Agent all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2.

 

3.2

Further conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice The Lenders will only be obliged to accept any Drawdown Notice if on the date of the Drawdown Notice:

 

  3.2.1

no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of the relevant Drawing or the Term Loan; and

 

  3.2.2

the representations made by the Borrower under Clause 11 (other than that at Clause 11.7 for Drawdown Dates other than the First Drawdown Date and those at Clauses 11.2, 11.6 and 11.19) are true in all material respects.

 

3.3

Conditions precedent to First Drawdown Date The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 4.2 in relation to the advance of a Loan if on or before the First Drawdown Date, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2.

 

3.4

Further conditions precedent to First Drawdown Date The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Loan if on the proposed Drawdown Date:

 

  3.4.1

no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of that Loan; and

 

  3.4.2

the representations made by the Borrower under Clause 11 (other than that at Clause 11.7 for Drawdown Dates other than the First Drawdown Date and those at Clauses 11.2, 11.6 and 11.19) are true in all material respects.

 

3.5

Drawing limit The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Drawing if:

 

  3.5.1

that Drawing will not result in there being more than ten (10) Drawings outstanding at any one time;

 

  3.5.2

that Drawing is not less than $1,000,000;

 

  3.5.3

that Drawing will not increase the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit to a sum in excess of the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount and the aggregate amounts outstanding under each of the Revolving Credit and the Term Loan to a sum in excess of the Total Maximum Amount; and

 

Page 23


  3.5.4

the Term Loan has already been, or will simultaneously be, fully advanced.

 

3.6

Conditions subsequent to First Drawdown Date The Borrower undertakes to deliver or to cause to be delivered to the Agent on, or as soon as practicable after, (or within any time period specified in Part III of Schedule 2 and where no time period is specified, within thirty (30) days) the relevant Drawdown Date the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part III of Schedule 2.

 

3.7

No Waiver If the Lenders in their sole discretion agree to advance any part of a Loan to the Borrower before all of the documents and evidence required by Clause 3.3 have been delivered to or to the order of the Agent, the Borrower undertakes to deliver all outstanding documents and evidence to or to the order of the Agent no later than thirty (30) days after the First Drawdown Date or such other date specified by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

The advance of all or any part of a Loan under this Clause 3.7 shall not be taken as a waiver of the Lenders’ right to require production of all the documents and evidence required by Clause 3.3.

 

3.8

Form and content All documents and evidence delivered to the Agent under this Clause 3 shall:

 

  3.8.1

be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders); and

 

  3.8.2

if reasonably required by the Agent, be certified, notarised, legalised or attested in a manner acceptable to the Agent.

 

4

Advance

 

4.1

Drawdown Request The Borrower may request a Loan to be advanced on any Business Day prior to the relevant Final Availability Date, by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Drawdown Notice not more than ten (10) Business Days and not later than 12:00 noon (New York time) three (3) Business Days before the proposed Drawdown Date.

 

4.2

Lenders’ participation

 

  4.2.1

Subject to Clause 2 and Clause 3, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the receipt of a Drawdown Notice, following which each Lender shall advance its participation in the relevant Loan to the Borrower through the Agent not later than 11:00am (New York time) on the relevant Drawdown Date.

 

  4.2.2

The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitment to the Total Commitments.

 

4.3

Cancellation of Commitments The Total Commitments in relation to each Loan shall be cancelled on the Final Availability Date for that Loan to the extent that they are unutilised at that time. Any amount of the Term Loan not drawn on the First Drawdown Date shall be immediately cancelled.

 

Page 24


5

Repayment

 

5.1

Repayment of Term Loan

 

  5.1.1

Repayment Instalments The Borrower agrees to repay the Term Loan to the Agent for the account of the Lenders by twenty (20) consecutive quarterly instalments each in the sum set out in Schedule 7, the first instalment falling due on [31 March 2016] and subsequent instalments falling due at consecutive intervals of three (3) calendar months thereafter.

 

  5.1.2

Reduction of Repayment Instalments If the aggregate amount of the Term Loan advanced to the Borrower is less than the Maximum Term Loan Amount, the amount of each Repayment Instalment shall be reduced pro rata to the amount actually advanced.

 

  5.1.3

Reborrowing The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Term Loan which is repaid or prepaid.

 

5.2

Repayment of Revolving Credit

 

  5.2.1

Repayment of each Drawing The Borrower agrees to repay each Drawing to the Agent for the account of the Lenders on the last day of the Interest Period in respect of that Drawing save where a further Interest Period is to apply in respect of such Drawing, in which case such Interest Period shall (unless otherwise notified by the Borrower to the Agent) be deemed to be based on an Interest Period of three months provided that no such Interest Period shall apply if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied and unwaived in which case the Borrower shall be obliged to repay such Drawing on the last day of its then current Interest Period. The Borrower shall on the Maturity Date repay to the Agent as agent for the Lenders the amount of any Drawings made and outstanding at that time, to the extent not reduced by repayments, prepayments, cancellations or voluntary reductions.

 

  5.2.2

Reborrowing Amounts of the Revolving Credit which are repaid or prepaid shall be available for reborrowing in accordance with Clause 3 prior to the Final Availability Date applicable to the Revolving Credit.

 

6

Prepayment

 

6.1

Illegality If it becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction for a Lender to fund or maintain its Commitment as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

  6.1.1

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of that event;

 

  6.1.2

upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, each Commitment of that Lender (to the extent not already advanced) will be immediately cancelled;

 

Page 25


  6.1.3

the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Term Loan on the last day of its current Interest Period or, if earlier, the date specified by that Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent and notified by the Agent to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law). Prior to the date on which repayment is required to be made under this Clause 6.1.3 the affected Lender shall negotiate in good faith with the Borrower to find an alternative method or lending base in order to maintain the Term Loan; and

 

  6.1.4

the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in any Drawing on the last day of its current Interest Period or, if earlier, the date specified by that Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent and notified by the Agent to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be reduced by the amount of that Lender’s Commitment in the Revolving Credit. Prior to the date on which repayment is required to be made under this Clause 6.1.4 the affected Lender shall negotiate in good faith with the Borrower to find an alternative method or lending base in order to maintain the Revolving Credit.

 

6.2

Voluntary Cancellation

 

  6.2.1

The Borrower may voluntarily cancel the whole or any part of the undrawn amount of any Loan in an amount of not less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000) (or as otherwise may be agreed by the Agent), provided that it has first given to the Agent not fewer than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice expiring on a Business Day (the “ Cancellation Date ”) of its desire to cancel the whole or any part of the relevant Loan; such notice once received by the Agent shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the Borrower to make payment of all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so cancelled up to and including the Cancellation Date. Any cancellation under this Clause 6.2.1 shall not be reversed. If, as a result of any such cancellation, the amount outstanding under the relevant Loan would exceed the relevant Maximum Amount, the Borrower shall, on the Cancellation Date, prepay such amount of the relevant Loan as will ensure that the amount outstanding under such Loan is not greater than the relevant Maximum Amount.

 

  6.2.2

Simultaneously with each reduction of a Loan in accordance with this Clause 6.2, the Commitment of each Lender will reduce so that the Commitments of the Lenders in respect of the reduced Loan remains in accordance with their respective Proportionate Shares.

 

6.3

Voluntary Prepayment of Term Loan The Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Term Loan (but, if in part, such prepayment shall be in an amount that reduces the Term Loan by a minimum amount of ten million Dollars ($10,000,000)) provided that it gives the Agent not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior notice. Any amount of the Term Loan prepaid in accordance with this Clause 6.3 may not be redrawn and shall be applied pro rata in prepayment of the remaining Repayment Instalments.

 

Page 26


6.4

Voluntary Prepayment of Drawings The Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of a Drawing (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces that Drawing by a minimum amount of five million Dollars ($5,000,000)) provided that it gives the Agent not less than three (3) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice.

 

6.5

Sale or release of Collateral Vessels

 

  6.5.1

In the event of a sale or disposal of a Collateral Vessel or the Agent having received not less than 5 Business Days’ notice from the Borrower requesting that the security relating to a Collateral Vessel be released and discharged, the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 6.5.2 and Clause 6.5.3, on the date of such sale, disposal or release be reduced in an amount equivalent to the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to that Collateral Vessel. If, as a result of any reduction in the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount pursuant to this Clause 6.5.1, the amount of the Revolving Credit outstanding would exceed the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount, the Borrower shall, on the date of the sale, disposal or release, prepay such amount of the Revolving Credit as will ensure that the amount of the Revolving Credit outstanding is not greater than the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount. Any such prepayment shall oblige the Borrower to make payment of all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so reduced up to and including the date of reduction together with any Break Costs in respect of such reduced amount if the date of such reduction is not the final day of an Interest Period. Any such reduction in the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall not be reversed save in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.5.2.

 

  6.5.2

The Borrower shall have the right to replace one or more Collateral Vessels that have been sold, disposed or released pursuant to Clause 6.5.1 with one or more Replacement Vessels within ninety (90) days of the sale, disposal or release of such Collateral Vessel or Collateral Vessels provided that (i) it fulfils the conditions precedent set out Part IV of Schedule 2 and (ii) the VTL Coverage (as defined in Clause 10.9) following such replacement would be no less than the VTL Coverage immediately prior to the sale, disposal or release of the Collateral Vessel or Collateral Vessels in question. Following such replacement, the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be increased to the amount it was immediately prior to the application of the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to each Collateral Vessel in question.

 

  6.5.3

If the Collateral Vessel or Collateral Vessels in question are not replaced with one or more Replacement Vessels in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.5.2, then, at the end of the ninety (90) day period given to the Borrower under Clause 6.5.2 to provide a Replacement Vessel, the Relevant Loan Amount shall be applied pro rata between the Revolving Credit and the Term Loan and the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be increased by an amount equivalent to that part of the Relevant Loan Amount applied against the Term Loan. Any prepayment made pursuant to this Clause 6.5.3 shall, in the case of the Term Loan, be applied pro rata against the remaining Repayment Instalments and, in the case of the Revolving Credit, the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to the relevant part of the Relevant Loan Amount.

 

Page 27


6.6

Total Loss In the event that a Collateral Vessel becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall, on the earlier to occur of (x) the date on which the proceeds of such Total Loss are realised and (y) on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the one hundred and eightieth day after the date of such Total Loss occurring, make a prepayment of the Loans in an amount equivalent to the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to that Collateral Vessel provided always that if such date is not the final day of an Interest Period, the Borrower may instead place the relevant sum in an account with the Agent, charged to the Agent in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Lenders, with an irrevocable instruction to the Agent to apply such sum in prepayment of the Loans on the final day of such Interest Period. Any such prepayment shall be applied pro rata in prepayment of the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit. In the case of Term Loan, any such prepayment shall be applied pro rata against the remaining Repayment Instalments and, in the case of the Revolving Credit, the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to the relevant part of the Relevant Loan Amount.

 

6.7

Change of Control In the event that a Change of Control occurs with respect to any Security Party, the Borrower shall within thirty (30) days of such Change of Control (i) in the case of a Change of Control with respect to the Borrower, prepay the Loans in full and the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be reduced to zero or (ii) in the case of a Change of Control with respect to a Collateral Owner, make a prepayment of the Loans in an amount equivalent to the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to the Collateral Vessel owned by that Collateral Owner with any such prepayment to be applied pro rata in prepayment of the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit. In the case of Term Loan, any such prepayment shall be applied pro rata against the remaining Repayment Instalments and, in the case of the Revolving Credit, the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to the relevant part of the Relevant Loan Amount.

 

6.8

Restrictions Any notice of prepayment or cancellation given under this Clause 6 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant prepayment or cancellation is to be made and the amount of that prepayment or cancellation.

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so reduced up to and including the date of reduction together with any Break Costs in respect of such reduced amount if the date of such reduction is not the final day of an Interest Period and subject to Clauses 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6 and 6.7, without premium or penalty.

 

6.9

If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 6 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to the Borrower or the Lenders, as appropriate.

 

7

Interest

 

7.1

Interest Periods The period during which each Loan shall be outstanding under this Agreement shall be divided into consecutive Interest Periods of three or six months’ duration, as selected by the Borrower by written notice to the Agent not later than 11:00 am on the third Business Day before the beginning of the Interest Period in question, or any other period which will coincide with the end of any other Interest Period then current, or such other duration as may be agreed by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) and provided that no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

 

Page 28


7.2

Beginning and end of Interest Periods The first Interest Period in respect of each Loan shall begin on the First Drawdown Date and shall end on the last day of the Interest Period selected in accordance with Clause 7.1. Any subsequent Interest Period selected in respect of a Loan shall commence on the day following the last day of its previous Interest Period and shall end on the last day of its current Interest Period selected in accordance with Clause 7.1.

 

7.3

Interest Periods to meet Repayment Dates If an Interest Period in respect of the Term Loan or Revolving Credit would otherwise expire after the next Repayment Date, there shall be a separate Interest Period for a part of the Term Loan or the Revolving Credit equal to the Repayment Instalment or Drawing due on that next Repayment Date and that separate Interest Period shall expire on the next Repayment Date.

 

7.4

Non-Business Days If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

7.5

Interest rate During each Interest Period interest shall accrue on each Loan at the percentage rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of (a) the Margin and (b) LIBOR.

 

7.6

Failure to select Interest Period If the Borrower at any time fails to select or agree an Interest Period in respect of the Term Loan in accordance with Clause 7.1, the interest rate applicable shall be based on an Interest Period of three months.

 

7.7

Accrual and payment of interest Interest shall accrue from day to day, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days elapsed (or, in any circumstance where market practice differs, in accordance with the prevailing market practice) and shall be paid by the Borrower to the Agent for the account of the Lenders on the last day of each Interest Period and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period.

 

7.8

Default interest If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date, subject to any applicable grace period, up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is one point five percentage points higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Term Loan for successive Interest Periods, each selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 7.8 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent. If unpaid, any such interest will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

Page 29


7.9

Absence of quotations Subject to Clause 7.10, if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11.00 am on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

7.10

Market disruption If a Market Disruption Event occurs for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the relevant Loan for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  7.10.1

the Margin; and

 

  7.10.2

the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable, and in any event by close of business on the date falling 10 Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling 10 Business Days prior to the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the relevant Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means:

 

  (a)

at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars and the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (b)

before close of business in New York on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the relevant Loan equals or exceeds 50 per cent of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from the London Interbank Market or, if cheaper, from whatever other source it may reasonably select, would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

7.11

Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  7.11.1

If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  7.11.2

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 7.11.1 shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

 

  7.11.3

If an alternative basis is not agreed pursuant to Clause 7.11.1, the Borrower will immediately prepay the relevant Commitment together with Break Costs and the remaining Repayment Instalments and the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be reduced pro rata to the amount prepaid.

 

7.12

Determinations conclusive The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Clause 7 and each such determination shall (save in the case of manifest error) be final and conclusive.

 

Page 30


8

Indemnities

 

8.1

Transaction expenses The Borrower will, within fourteen (14) days of the Agent’s written demand, pay the Agent (for the account of the Finance Parties) the amount of all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including legal fees and VAT or any similar or replacement tax if applicable) reasonably incurred by the Finance Parties or any of them in connection with:

 

  8.1.1

the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of the Finance Documents (whether or not any Finance Document is actually executed or registered and whether or not the Loans are advanced);

 

  8.1.2

any amendment, addendum or supplement to any Finance Document (whether or not completed); and

 

  8.1.3

any other document which may at any time be required by a Finance Party to give effect to any Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements) or which a Finance Party is entitled to call for or obtain under any Finance Document.

 

8.2

Funding costs The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all losses and costs incurred or sustained by that Finance Party if, for any reason due to a default or other action by the Borrower, a Loan is not advanced to the Borrower after the relevant Drawdown Notice has been given to the Agent, or is advanced on a date other than that requested in the Drawdown Notice.

 

8.3

Break Costs The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all documented costs, losses, premiums or penalties incurred by that Finance Party as a result of its receiving any prepayment of all or any part of a Loan (whether pursuant to Clause 5.1 or otherwise) on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan, or any other payment under or in relation to the Finance Documents on a day other than the due date for payment of the sum in question, including (without limitation) any losses or costs incurred in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain all or any part of a Loan, and any liabilities, expenses or losses incurred by any Swap Provider in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any non-speculative interest or currency exchange transaction or arrangement entered into by that Swap Provider with any member of the Borrower Group to hedge any exposure arising under any Master Agreement, or in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any open position arising under any Master Agreement.

 

8.4

Currency indemnity In the event of a Finance Party receiving or recovering any amount payable under a Finance Document in a currency other than the Currency of Account, and if the amount received or recovered is insufficient when converted into the Currency of Account at the date of receipt to satisfy in full the amount due, the Borrower shall promptly, on the Agent’s written demand, pay to the Agent for the account of the relevant Finance Party such further amount in the Currency of Account as is sufficient to satisfy in full the amount due and that further amount shall be due to the Agent on behalf of the relevant Finance Party as a separate debt under this Agreement.

 

Page 31


8.5

Other Indemnities

 

  8.5.1

The Borrower shall (or shall procure that a Security Party will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability reasonably incurred by it as a result of:

 

  (a)

a failure by a Security Party to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 15.22;

 

  (b)

a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

8.6

General indemnity

 

  8.6.1

The Borrower hereby agrees at all times to pay promptly or, as the case may be, indemnify and hold the Finance Parties and their respective officers, directors, representatives, agents and employees (together the “ Indemnified Parties ”) harmless on a full indemnity basis from and against each and every loss suffered or incurred by or imposed on any Indemnified Party related to or arising out of:

 

  (a)

the use of proceeds of the Loans;

 

  (b)

the execution and delivery of any commitment letter, engagement letter, fee letter, the Finance Documents or any other document connected therewith or the performance of the respective obligations thereunder, including without limitation environmental liabilities; or

 

  (c)

any claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding relating to the foregoing or the Security Parties, whether or not any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or target thereof, or the Indemnified Parties’ roles in connection therewith, and will reimburse the Indemnified Parties, on demand, for all reasonable expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred by the Indemnified Parties in connection with investigating, preparing for or defending any such claim, action, suit or proceeding (including any security holder actions or proceeding, inquiry or investigation), whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation in which the Security Parties are a party.

 

  8.6.2

The Borrower will not, however, be responsible for any claims, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses of an Indemnified Party that are finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted principally from the wilful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Party.

 

  8.6.3

The foregoing shall be in addition to any rights that the Indemnified Parties may have at common law or otherwise and shall extend upon the same terms to and inure to the benefit of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person of an Indemnified Party.

 

Page 32


8.7

Increased costs

 

  8.7.1

Subject to Clause 8.9, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement or (iii) the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III, CRR or CRD IV or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III, CRR or CRD IV (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, that Finance Party or any of that Finance Party’s Affiliates).

 

  8.7.2

In this Agreement:

 

  (a)

“Basel III” means:

 

  (i)

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

  (ii)

the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  (iii)

any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

  (b)

CRD IV ” means Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC, as amended, supplemented or restated.

 

  (c)

CRR ” means Regulation EU No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation EU No 648/2012, as amended, supplemented or restated.

 

Page 33


  (d)

Increased Costs ” means:

 

  (i)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Loans or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (ii)

an additional or increased cost; or

 

  (iii)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into any Finance Document or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

8.8

Increased cost claims

 

  8.8.1

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 8.7 shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

  8.8.2

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

8.9

Exceptions to increased costs Clause 8.7 does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  8.9.1

compensated for by a payment made under Clause 8.12; or

 

  8.9.2

compensated for by a payment made under Clause 17.3; or

 

  8.9.3

attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; or

 

  8.9.4

attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party (or an Affiliate of that Finance Party) of any law or regulation; or

 

  8.9.5

attributable to the implementation or application of, or compliance with, the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (“ Basel II ”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or of its Affiliates).

 

8.10

Events of Default The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party from time to time, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all losses and costs incurred or sustained by that Finance Party as a consequence of any Event of Default.

 

Page 34


8.11

Enforcement costs The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document including (without limitation) any losses, costs and expenses which that Finance Party may from time to time sustain, incur or become liable for by reason of that Finance Party being a lender to the Borrower. No such indemnity will be given where any such loss or cost has occurred due to gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of that Finance Party; however, this shall not affect the right of any other Finance Party to receive such indemnity.

 

8.12

Taxes

 

  8.12.1

The Borrower shall (within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  8.12.2

Clause 8.12.1 above shall not apply:

 

  (a)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (i)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (ii)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party;

 

  (b)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 17.3; or

 

  (c)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

  8.12.3

A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under Clause 8.12.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.

 

  8.12.4

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from a Security Party under this Clause 8.12, notify the Agent.

 

8.13

Stamp taxes

 

  8.13.1

The Borrower shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

Page 35


  8.13.2

Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Clause 8.13.1 shall not apply in respect of any stamp duty, registration or other similar Taxes which are payable in respect of an assignment, transfer or other alienation of any kind by a Finance Party of any of its rights and/or obligations under a Finance Document.

 

8.14

VAT

 

  8.14.1

All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party or any Security Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to Clause 8.14.2, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party or to any Security Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party or Security Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).

 

  8.14.2

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Finance Party (the “ Recipient ”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “ Relevant Party ”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

  (a)

(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this Clause 8.14.2(a) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

  (b)

(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

Page 36


  8.14.3

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

  8.14.4

Any reference in this Clause 8.14 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to any member of such group at such time.

 

  8.14.5

In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

8.15

FATCA Information

 

  8.15.1

Subject to Clause 8.15.3, each Party shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

  (a)

confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

  (i)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (ii)

not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (b)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

  (c)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably request for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.

 

  8.15.2

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to Clause 8.15.1(a) that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

  8.15.3

Clause 8.15.1 above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and Clause 8.15.1(c) shall not oblige any Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

  (a)

any law or regulation;

 

  (b)

any fiduciary duty; or

 

  (c)

any duty of confidentiality.

 

Page 37


  8.15.4

If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Clause 8.15.1 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Clause 8.15.3 applies) then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

8.16

FATCA Deduction

 

  8.16.1

Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required by FATCA to make, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

  8.16.2

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower, the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

9

Fees

 

9.1

Commitment fee The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders in proportion to their Commitments) a fee computed at the rate of:

 

  9.1.1

thirty five per cent (35%) of the Margin on the undrawn and uncancelled amount of the Term Loan from time to time for the period beginning on the Execution Date until the Final Availability Date applicable to the Term Loan; and

 

  9.1.2

thirty five per cent (35%) of the Margin on the undrawn and uncancelled amount of the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount from time to time for the period beginning on the Execution Date until the Final Availability Date applicable to the Revolving Credit.

The accrued commitment fees are payable on (i) [31 March 2016] and (ii) on the last day of each successive period of three months from [31 March 2016] until the relevant Final Availability Date.

 

9.2

Other fees The Borrower shall pay to the Agent the fees in the amounts and at the times agreed in any Fee Letter.

 

10

Security and Application of Moneys

 

10.1

Security Documents As security for the payment of the Indebtedness, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent or cause to be executed and delivered to the Agent at the relevant time, the following documents in such forms and containing such terms and conditions as the Agent shall require:

 

  10.1.1

a first priority statutory or preferred mortgage (as the case may be) over each Collateral Vessel together with a collateral deed of covenants (if applicable), and if such mortgage shows the amount secured, such amount shall be no less than 110% of the Indebtedness (if allowed by applicable law);

 

Page 38


  10.1.2

a first priority deed of assignment of the Insurances, Earnings, Charter Rights (if applicable) and Requisition Compensation of each Collateral Vessel;

 

  10.1.3

a guarantee and indemnity from each Collateral Owner;

 

  10.1.4

a first priority pledge of all the membership interests or shares (as the case may be) in each Collateral Owner;

 

  10.1.5

a first priority account security deed in respect of all amounts from time to time standing to the credit of the Earnings Account; and

 

  10.1.6

at any time when the Approved Managers of a Collateral Vessel are not the Borrower, Teekay Corporation, Teekay Marine Limited or any other member of the Teekay Group, a Managers’ Confirmation.

 

10.2

Earnings Account The Borrower shall maintain the Earnings Account with the Account Holder for the duration of the Facility Period free of Encumbrances and rights of set off other than those created by or under the Finance Documents.

 

10.3

Earnings The Borrower shall procure that all Earnings and any Requisition Compensation are credited to the Earnings Account.

 

10.4

Withdrawals from Earnings Account Subject to no Event of Default being continuing, the Borrower may freely withdraw any sum standing to the credit of the Earnings Account.

 

10.5

Relocation of Earnings Account On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Agent may without the consent of the Borrower instruct the Account Holder to relocate the Earnings Account to any other branch of the Account Holder, without prejudice to the continued application of this Clause 10 and the rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

 

10.6

Access to information The Borrower agrees that the Agent (and its nominees) may from time to time during the Facility Period upon reasonable prior request review the records held by the Account Holder (whether in written or electronic form) in relation to the Earnings Account, and irrevocably waives any right of confidentiality which may exist in relation to those records.

 

10.7

Application after acceleration From and after the giving of notice to the Borrower by the Agent under Clause 13.2, the Borrower shall procure that all sums from time to time standing to the credit of the Earnings Account are immediately transferred to the Agent for application in accordance with Clause 10.8 and the Borrower irrevocably authorises the Agent to instruct the Account Holder to make those transfers.

 

10.8

General application of moneys Whilst an Event of Default is continuing unremedied or unwaived the Borrower irrevocably authorises the Agent to apply (and the Agent agrees to apply) all sums which it may receive under or in connection with any Security Document, in or towards satisfaction, or by way of retention on account, of the Indebtedness, as follows:

 

Page 39


  10.8.1

first in payment of all outstanding amounts (including, but not limited to, outstanding fees and expenses) payable to the Agent;

 

  10.8.2

secondly in or towards payment of all outstanding interest hereunder;

 

  10.8.3

thirdly in or towards payment of all outstanding principal hereunder;

 

  10.8.4

fourthly in or towards payment of all other Indebtedness hereunder;

 

  10.8.5

fifthly the balance, if any, shall be remitted to the Borrower or whoever may be entitled thereto,

provided that any part of the Indebtedness arising out of the Master Agreements shall be satisfied only after every other part of the Indebtedness for the time being due and payable has been satisfied in full.

 

10.9

Additional security If at any time the aggregate of the Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels and the value of any additional security (such value to be the face amount of the deposit (in the case of cash), determined conclusively by appropriate advisers appointed by the Agent (in the case of other charged assets), and determined by the Agent, acting reasonably (in all other cases)) for the time being provided to the Agent under this Clause 10.9 is less than one hundred and twenty five per cent (125%) of the amount of the Loans then outstanding (the “ VTL Coverage ”) the Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days of the Agent’s request, at the Borrower’s option:

 

  10.9.1

pay to the Agent or to its nominee a cash deposit in the amount of the shortfall to be secured in favour of the Agent as additional security for the payment of the Indebtedness; or

 

  10.9.2

give to the Agent other additional security in amount and form acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders); or

 

  10.9.3

prepay the Loans in the amount of the shortfall.

Clause 6.8 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to any prepayment made under this Clause 10.9 and the value of any additional security provided shall be determined as stated above.

 

11

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Finance Parties at the Execution Date and (by reference to the facts and circumstances then pertaining) at the date of each Drawdown Notice, at each Drawdown Date and at each Interest Payment Date as follows (except that the representation and warranty contained at Clause 11.7 shall only be made on the Execution Date and the First Drawdown Date and the representations and warranties at Clause 11.2, Clause 11.6 and Clause 11.19 shall only be made on the Execution Date):

 

Page 40


11.1

Status and Due Authorisation Each of the Security Parties is a corporation or limited liability company duly incorporated or formed under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (as the case may be) with power to enter into the Finance Documents and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and all corporate and other action required to authorise its execution of the Finance Documents and its performance of its obligations thereunder has been duly taken.

 

11.2

No Deductions or Withholding Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, none of the Security Parties will be required to make any deduction or withholding from any payment it may make under any of the Finance Documents.

 

11.3

Claims Pari Passu Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, the Indebtedness will, to the extent that it exceeds the realised value of any security granted in respect of the Indebtedness, rank at least pari passu with all the Security Parties’ other unsecured indebtedness save that which is preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application.

 

11.4

No Immunity In any proceedings taken in any of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in relation to any of the Finance Documents, none of the Security Parties will be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

 

11.5

Governing Law and Judgments In any proceedings taken in any of the Security Parties’ jurisdiction of incorporation or formation in relation to any of the Finance Documents in which there is an express choice of the law of a particular country as the governing law thereof, that choice of law and any judgment or (if applicable) arbitral award obtained in that country will be recognised and enforced.

 

11.6

Validity and Admissibility in Evidence As at the date hereof, all acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order (a) to enable each of the Security Parties lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform and comply with the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents, (b) to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding and (c) to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in the jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of each of the Security Parties, have been done, fulfilled and performed.

 

11.7

No Filing or Stamp Taxes Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, it is not necessary that any of the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (other than the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales or the relevant maritime registry, to the extent applicable) or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to any of the Finance Documents.

 

11.8

Binding Obligations The obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal and valid obligations, binding on each of them in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents and no limit on any of their powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowings, granting of security or giving of guarantees contemplated by the Finance Documents or the performance by any of them of any of their obligations thereunder.

 

Page 41


11.9

No misleading information To the best of its knowledge, any factual information provided by any Security Party to any Finance Party in connection with the Loans was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any respect.

 

11.10

No Winding-up None of the Security Parties has taken any corporate or limited liability company action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) threatened against any Security Party for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.11

Solvency

 

  11.11.1

None of the Security Parties nor the Borrower Group taken as a whole is unable, or admits or has admitted its inability, to pay its debts or has suspended making payments in respect of any of its debts.

 

  11.11.2

None of the Security Parties by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, has commenced, or intends to commence, negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

  11.11.3

The value of the assets of each Security Party and the Borrower Group taken as a whole is not less than the liabilities of such entity or the Borrower Group taken as a whole (as the case may be) (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

  11.11.4

No moratorium has been, or may, in the reasonably foreseeable future be, declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Security Party.

 

11.12

No Material Defaults

 

  11.12.1

Without prejudice to Clause 11.12.2, none of the Security Parties are in breach of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party or which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  11.12.2

No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the advance of the Loans.

 

11.13

No Material Proceedings No action or administrative proceeding of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which is not covered by adequate insurance or which might have a Material Adverse Effect has been started or is reasonably likely to be started.

 

11.14

No Obligation to Create Security The execution of the Finance Documents by the Security Parties and their exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations thereunder will not result in the existence of nor oblige any Security Party to create any Encumbrance over all or any of their present or future revenues or assets, other than pursuant to the Security Documents.

 

Page 42


11.15

No Breach The execution of the Finance Documents by each of the Security Parties and their exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations under any of the Finance Documents do not constitute and will not result in any breach of any agreement or treaty to which any of them is a party.

 

11.16

Security Each of the Security Parties is the legal and beneficial owner of all assets and other property which it purports to charge, mortgage, pledge, assign or otherwise secure pursuant to each Security Document and those Security Documents to which it is a party create and give rise to valid and effective security having the ranking expressed in those Security Documents.

 

11.17

Necessary Authorisations The Necessary Authorisations required by each Security Party are in full force and effect, and each Security Party is in compliance with the material provisions of each such Necessary Authorisation relating to it and, to the best of its knowledge, none of the Necessary Authorisations relating to it are the subject of any pending or threatened proceedings or revocation.

 

11.18

Money Laundering Any amount borrowed hereunder, and the performance of the obligations of the Security Parties under the Finance Documents, will be for the account of members of the Borrower Group and will not involve any breach by any of them of any law or regulatory measure relating to “money laundering” as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (2005/60/EC) of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Communities.

 

11.19

Disclosure of material facts The Borrower is not aware of any material facts or circumstances which have not been disclosed to the Agent and which might, if disclosed, have reasonably been expected to adversely affect the decision of a person considering whether or not to make loan facilities of the nature contemplated by this Agreement available to the Borrower.

 

11.20

No breach of laws

 

  11.20.1

None of the Security Parties has breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  11.20.2

No labour disputes are current or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) threatened against any member of the Borrower Group which have or are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.21

Anti-money laundering, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws None of the Security Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries, directors or officers, or, to the best knowledge of any Security Party, any Affiliate of it, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would violate any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption or anti-money laundering laws, regulations or rules in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

11.22

Environmental laws

 

  11.22.1

Each member of the Borrower Group is in compliance with Clause 12.1.11 and (to the best of its knowledge and belief) no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Page 43


  11.22.2

No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Borrower Group where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if determined against that member of the Borrower Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.23

Use of Facility The Loans will be used for the purposes specified in Recital (B).

 

11.24

Taxation

 

  11.24.1

The Borrower is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or more, save in the case of Taxes which are being contested on bona fide grounds.

 

  11.24.2

No claims or investigations are being made or conducted against the Borrower with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, the Borrower of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or more is reasonably likely to arise.

 

11.25

Shares

The shares or membership interests (as the case may be) of the Borrower and each Collateral Owner are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The constitutional documents of each Collateral Owner do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those shares on creation or enforcement of the Security Documents. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of any member of the Borrower Group, the Borrower and the Collateral Owners (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

11.26

Sanctions

 

  11.26.1

No Security Party, nor any Affiliate of any Security Party nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees:

 

  (a)

is a Restricted Party; or

 

  (b)

has received notice of or is aware of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority.

 

  11.26.2

No Collateral Vessel is a vessel with which any Finance Party is prohibited or restricted from dealing with under any Sanctions.

 

  11.26.3

Each of the Security Parties is in compliance with all Sanctions.

 

11.27

Representations Limited The representation and warranties of the Borrower in this Clause 11 are subject to:

 

Page 44


  11.27.1

the principle that equitable remedies are remedies which may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court;

 

  11.27.2

the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting or limiting the rights of creditors;

 

  11.27.3

the time barring of claims under any applicable limitation acts;

 

  11.27.4

the possibility that a court may strike out provisions for a contract as being invalid for reasons of oppression, undue influence or similar; and

 

  11.27.5

any other reservations or qualifications of law expressed in any legal opinions obtained by the Agent in connection with the Loans.

 

11.28

Sanctions Exception The representations and warranties and covenants given in Clause 11.26 and Clause 12.1.12 respectively shall only be given, and be applicable to, Lenders insofar as the giving of and compliance with such representations and warranties do not result in a violation of or conflict with section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung) (in conjunction with section 4, paragraph 1a, no.3 foreign trade law (AWG) (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz)), any provision of Council Regulation (EC) 2271/1996 or any similar applicable anti-boycott law or regulation.

 

12

Undertakings and Covenants

The undertakings and covenants in this Clause 12 remain in force for the duration of the Facility Period.

 

12.1

General Undertakings

 

  12.1.1

Financial statements The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year.

 

  12.1.2

Cash Flow Projections The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event prior to the start of each of its financial years, its cash flow projections for the coming financial year.

 

  12.1.3

Requirements as to financial statements Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower under Clause 12.1.1:

 

  (a)

shall be certified by an authorised signatory of the Borrower as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

 

  (b)

shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

  12.1.4

Interim financial statements The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the first, second and third quarter during each of its financial years, its unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements for that quarter.

 

Page 45


  12.1.5

Compliance Certificates The Borrower shall supply to the Agent a Compliance Certificate, signed by a duly authorised representative of the Borrower, with each set of its annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1.1 (the “ Annual Statements ”) and with each set of its quarterly financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1.4 (the “ Quarterly Statements ”) which, in each case, shall contain computations as to compliance with Clause 12.2 as at the date the relevant financial statements were drawn up.

 

  12.1.6

Information: miscellaneous The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, supply to the Agent:

 

  (a)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, details of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Security Party, and which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (b)

promptly, details of any capture, seizure, arrest, confiscation or detention of any Collateral Vessel which remains in existence five (5) Business Days after the initial capture, seizure, arrest, confiscation or detention (as the case may be); and

 

  (c)

promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any Security Party as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

  12.1.7

Maintenance of Legal Validity The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, comply with the terms of and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Authorisations required in or by the laws and regulations of its jurisdiction of formation or incorporation and all other applicable jurisdictions, to enable it lawfully to enter into and perform its obligations under the Security Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Security Documents in its jurisdiction of incorporation, formation or organisation and all other applicable jurisdictions.

 

  12.1.8

Notification of Default The Borrower shall promptly, upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of the occurrence of any Event of Default and, upon receipt of a written request to that effect from the Agent, confirm to the Agent that, save as previously notified to the Agent or as notified in such confirmation, no Event of Default has occurred.

 

  12.1.9

Claims Pari Passu The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that at all times the claims of the Finance Parties against it under the Security Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, winding-up or other similar laws of general application.

 

Page 46


  12.1.10

Necessary Authorisations Without prejudice to any specific provision of the Security Documents relating to an Authorisation, the Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, (i) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Necessary Authorisations if a failure to do the same may cause a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) promptly upon request, supply certified copies to the Agent of all Necessary Authorisations.

 

  12.1.11

Compliance with Applicable Laws The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, comply with all applicable laws, including Environmental Laws, to which it may be subject (except as regards Sanctions to which Clause 12.1.12 applies, and anti-corruption, anti-money laundering and anti-bribery laws to which Clause 12.1.13 applies) if a failure to do the same may have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.12

Sanctions

 

  (a)

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that no part of the proceeds of the Loans or other transaction(s) contemplated by any Finance Document shall, directly or indirectly, be lent, contributed, used or otherwise made available:

 

  (i)

to fund any trade, business or other activity of, with or involving any Restricted Party or any country or territory that at the time of such funding, is a Sanctioned Country;

 

  (ii)

for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party;

 

  (iii)

in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in any Security Party being in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party; or

 

  (iv)

in any other manner that would result, or would reasonably be expected to result, in any party to the Finance Documents (other than the Security Parties) or any Affiliate of such party or any other person (including any person participating in the Loan hereunder, whether as lender, swap provider, facility or security agent or otherwise) being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document being in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party.

 

  (b)

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that its assets, the assets subject to Security Documents or the Collateral Vessels shall not be used directly or indirectly:

 

  (i)

by or for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or

 

Page 47


  (ii)

in any trade which is prohibited under applicable Sanctions or which could expose any Security Party, its assets, any asset subject to the Security Documents, the Collateral Vessels, any Finance Party or any other person being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document, any Approved Managers to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions.

 

  (c)

The Borrower shall promptly, upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing if it or any Security Party is in breach of any Sanctions.

 

  12.1.13

Anti-money laundering, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties shall, conduct its business in compliance with applicable anti-money laundering, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws.

 

  12.1.14

Environmental compliance

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties will:

 

  (a)

comply with all Environmental Laws;

 

  (b)

obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

 

  (c)

implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Laws;

 

  (d)

ensure that any Collateral Vessel controlled by it that is intended to be scrapped by its Collateral Owner, is recycled at a recycling yard which conducts its recycling business in a socially and environmentally responsible manner,

where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.15

Environmental claims

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties will, promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of:

 

  (a)

any Environmental Claim against any member of the Borrower Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

  (b)

any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Borrower Group,

where the claim, if determined against that member of the Borrower Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.16

Taxation

 

Page 48


The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party will, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

  (a)

such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

  (b)

adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements; and

 

  (c)

such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.17

Loans or other financial commitments The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner will make any loan or enter into any guarantee and indemnity or otherwise voluntarily assume any actual or contingent liability in respect of any obligation of any other person except for the Loans and loans made in the ordinary course of business in connection with the chartering, operation or repair of its Collateral Vessel.

 

  12.1.18

Further Assurance The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties shall, at its own expense, promptly take all such action as the Agent may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting or protecting any Finance Party’s rights with respect to the security created or evidenced (or intended to be created or evidenced) by the Security Documents.

 

  12.1.19

Other information The Borrower will, and will procure that each of the Security Parties will, promptly supply to the Agent such financial information and explanations as the Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably require in connection with the Security Parties, including the unaudited consolidated annual financial statements of such Security Parties as soon as such financial statements have been drawn up.

 

  12.1.20

Inspection of records The Borrower will, and will procure that each other Security Party will, permit the inspection of its financial records and accounts on reasonable prior written notice from time to time during business hours by the Agent or its nominee.

 

  12.1.21

Insurance The Borrower shall procure that all of the assets, operation and liability of the members of the Borrower Group are insured against such risks, liabilities and for amounts as normally adopted by the industry for similar assets and liabilities and, in the case of the Collateral Vessels, in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents.

 

  12.1.22

Merger and Demerger The Borrower shall not, and shall ensure that no other Security Party will, enter into any amalgamation, merger, demerger or corporate restructuring without the prior written consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) unless, in the case of the Borrower, the Borrower is the surviving entity of any such amalgamation, merger, demerger or corporate restructuring.

 

Page 49


  12.1.23

Transfer of Assets The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that no other Security Party will, sell or transfer any of its material assets other than:

 

  (a)

on arm’s length terms to third parties where the net proceeds of sale are used as a prepayment hereunder; or

 

  (b)

on arm’s length terms to its Affiliates, which are and remain members of the Borrower Group.

 

  12.1.24

Change of Business The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of all Lenders, make any substantial change to the general nature of its shipping business from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

  12.1.25

Acquisitions The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner will make any acquisition or investment without the prior written consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) save for the purchase of any Collateral Vessel or Replacement Vessel (provided that no Collateral Owner shall own more than one Collateral Vessel or Replacement Vessel (as the case may be) at any one time).

 

  12.1.26

“Know your customer” checks If:

 

  (a)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (b)

any change in the status of the Borrower after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (c)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender for itself (or, in the case of (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or that Lender (or, in the case of (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents including, without limitation, obtaining, verifying and recording certain information and documentation that will allow the Agent and any Lender to identify each Security Party in accordance with the requirements of the Patriot Act.

 

Page 50


  12.1.27

No borrowings The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall incur any liability or obligation except (i) liabilities and obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party, (ii) liabilities or obligations reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning and chartering, repairing and maintaining its Collateral Vessel, (iii) liabilities and obligations under the 845m Loan Agreement and (iv) Financial Indebtedness owing to Affiliates provided that such Financial Indebtedness is unsecured and subordinated and provided that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from the making of any such payment, nothing in this Clause 12.1.27 shall prevent any Security Party from repaying any such Financial Indebtedness or paying interest on any such Financial Indebtedness.

 

  12.1.28

Dividends The Borrower is free to pay any dividends or make other distributions to its shareholders or buy back its own shares provided that (i) no Event of Default is continuing at the time of such payment, distributions or buy-back, or would result from such payment, distributions or buy-back and (ii) such payment, distributions or buy-back would not result in the Borrower being in breach of Clause 10.9 or Clause 12.2.

 

  12.1.29

Listing The Borrower shall throughout the Facility Period maintain its listing as a publically traded company on the New York Stock Exchange or any other recognised stock exchange acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders).

 

  12.1.30

Negative Pledge The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall create, or permit to subsist, any Encumbrance (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) over all or any part of its assets or undertakings (other than Permitted Encumbrances) nor dispose of any of those assets or of all or part of that undertaking other than, in the case of a sale of a Collateral Vessel, where such sale complies with the requirements of Clause 6.5.

 

  12.1.31

Management of Collateral Vessels The Borrower shall ensure that (a) each Collateral Vessel is at all times technically and commercially managed by Approved Managers and (b) at any time that the Approved Managers of the Collateral Vessels are not the Borrower, Teekay, Teekay Marine Limited or any other member of the Teekay Group, such Approved Managers provide a written confirmation confirming that, among other things, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, all claims of the Approved Managers against a Collateral Owner shall be subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall promptly inform the Agent in writing of any proposed change of an Approved Manager.

 

  12.1.32

Classification The Borrower shall ensure that each Collateral Vessel maintains the highest classification required for the purpose of the relevant trade of such Collateral Vessel which shall be with a Pre-Approved Classification Society, in each case, free from any material overdue recommendations and adverse notations affecting that Collateral Vessel’s class.

 

Page 51


  12.1.33

Certificate of Financial Responsibility The Borrower shall procure that each Collateral Owner shall, if required, obtain and maintain a certificate of financial responsibility in relation to any Collateral Vessel which is to call at the United States of America.

 

  12.1.34

Registration The Borrower shall not change or permit a change to the flag of a Collateral Vessel during the Facility Period other than to a Pre-Approved Flag or such other flag as may be approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

  12.1.35

ISM and ISPS Compliance The Borrower shall ensure that each ISM Company and ISPS Company complies in all material respects with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code, respectively, or any replacements thereof and in particular (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) shall ensure that such company holds (i) a valid and current Document of Compliance issued pursuant to the ISM Code, (ii) a valid and current SMC issued in respect of the relevant Collateral Vessel pursuant to the ISM Code, and (iii) an ISSC in respect of the relevant Collateral Vessel, and the Borrower shall promptly, upon request, supply the Agent with copies of the same.

 

  12.1.36

Maintenance The Borrower shall ensure that each of the Collateral Vessels shall be maintained in good and safe condition and with all registered surveys carried out when due.

 

  12.1.37

Chartering The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall, during the Facility Period, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders), take any vessel on charter or other contract of employment (or agree to do so) from any party outside the Teekay Group.

 

  12.1.38

Valuations The Borrower will deliver to the Agent (at its own cost) Valuations (in accordance with the definition of, and sufficient to establish, Fair Market Value) of each Collateral Vessel (a) on the Execution Date, (b) on the dates falling at consecutive six (6) monthly intervals after the First Drawdown Date and (c) following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, on such other occasions as the Agent may request (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders). Such Valuations shall be dated no earlier than sixty (60) days, in the case of the Valuations to be provided on the Execution Date, and no earlier than then (10) days, in every other case prior to the date on which they are to be delivered to the Agent in accordance with this Clause.

 

  12.1.39

No dealings with Master Agreements The Borrower shall not assign, novate or encumber or in any other way transfer any of its rights or obligations under any Master Agreement.

 

  12.1.40

Charters The Borrower shall from time to time during the Facility Period (i) promptly inform the Agent if a Collateral Owner lets, or agrees to let, its Collateral Vessel on a Charter and (ii) procure that within twenty (20) days of the Collateral Vessel in question being delivered under the relevant Charter the relevant Collateral Owner provides the Agent with an assignment of the related Charter Rights together with any notice of assignment thereto required by the Agent and that the relevant Collateral Owner uses its commercial best efforts to obtain any acknowledgement of such notice of assignment required by the Agent (each such assignment and acknowledgment being substantially in such form as previously agreed between the Borrower and the Agent).

 

Page 52


12.2

Financial covenants Throughout the Facility Period the Borrower shall:

 

  12.2.1

maintain Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines of (in aggregate) not less than thirty five million Dollars ($35,000,000); and

 

  12.2.2

ensure that the aggregate of Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines will not be less than five per cent (5%) of the Total Debt;

provided that following any change in the applicable accounting policies for the Borrower from GAAP the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders and in consultation with the Borrower) may require an amendment to this Clause 12.2 as the Agent deems logical and necessary having regard to the nature of such changes in policy and the intended substance of this Clause 12.2.

 

13

Events of Default

 

13.1

Events of Default Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 13.1 is an Event of Default.

 

  13.1.1

Borrower’s Failure to Pay under this Agreement The Borrower fails to pay any amount due from it under this Agreement at the time, in the currency and otherwise in the manner specified herein provided that, if the Borrower can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent that all necessary instructions were given to effect such payment and the non-receipt thereof is attributable solely to an administrative or technical error by the Agent or an error in the banking system or a Disruption Event, such payment shall instead be deemed to be due, solely for the purposes of this paragraph, within three (3) Business Days of the date on which it actually fell due under this Agreement; or

 

  13.1.2

Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made by any Security Party in any Finance Document to which it is a party or in any notice or other document, certificate or statement delivered by it pursuant thereto or in connection therewith is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect, where the circumstances causing the same give rise to a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  13.1.3

Specific Covenants A Security Party fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by or procured by the Borrower under Clauses 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 10.9, 12.1.7, 12.1.8, 12.1.12, 12.1.21, 12.1.27, 12.1.29, 12.1.30, 12.1.34 and 12.2; or

 

  13.1.4

Other Obligations A Security Party fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any Finance Document (other than those referred to in Clause 13.1.3) and such failure is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) the Agent having given notice thereof to the Borrower, and (ii) the Borrower becoming aware of such Default; or

 

Page 53


  13.1.5

Cross Default Any Financial Indebtedness of any Security Party is not paid when due (or within any applicable grace period) or any Financial Indebtedness of any Security Party is declared, or is capable of being declared, to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity where (in either case) the aggregate of all such unpaid or accelerated indebtedness (i) of the Borrower is equal to or greater than fifty million Dollars ($50,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) of any Collateral Owner is equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or

 

  13.1.6

Insolvency and Rescheduling A Security Party is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or a composition with its creditors; or

 

  13.1.7

Winding-up A Security Party files for initiation of formal restructuring proceedings, is wound up or declared bankrupt or takes any corporate action or other steps are taken or legal proceedings are started for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation or for the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, conservator, custodian, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its revenues or assets or any moratorium is declared or sought in respect of any of its indebtedness; or

 

  13.1.8

Execution or Distress

 

  (a)

Any Security Party fails to comply with or pay any sum due from it (within 30 days of such amount falling due) under any final judgment or any final order made or given by any court or other official body of a competent jurisdiction in an aggregate (i) in respect of the Borrower equal to or greater than fifty million Dollars ($50,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) in respect of any Collateral Owner equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency, being a judgment or order against which there is no right of appeal or if a right of appeal exists, where the time limit for making such appeal has expired.

 

  (b)

Any execution or distress is levied against, or an encumbrancer takes possession of, the whole or any part of, the property, undertaking or assets of a Security Party in an aggregate amount (i) in respect of the Borrower equal to or greater than fifty million Dollars ($50,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) in respect of any Collateral Owner equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency, other than any execution or distress which is being contested in good faith and which is either discharged within 30 days or in respect of which adequate security has been provided within 30 days to the relevant court or other authority to enable the relevant execution or distress to be lifted or released; or

 

Page 54


  13.1.9

Similar Event Any event occurs which, under the laws of any jurisdiction, has a similar or analogous effect to any of those events mentioned in Clauses 13.1.6, 13.1.7 or 13.1.8; or

 

  13.1.10

Repudiation Any Security Party repudiates any Finance Document to which it is a party or does or causes to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any such Finance Document; or

 

  13.1.11

Validity and Admissibility At any time any act, condition or thing required to be done, fulfilled or performed in order:

 

  (a)

to enable any Security Party lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform the respective obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

  (b)

to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding; or

 

  (c)

to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in any applicable jurisdiction

is not done, fulfilled or performed within 30 days after notification from the Agent to the relevant Security Party requiring the same to be done, fulfilled or performed; or

 

  13.1.12

Illegality At any time it is or becomes unlawful for any Security Party to perform or comply with any or all of its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party or any of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder are not or cease to be legal, valid and binding and such illegality is not remedied or mitigated to the satisfaction of the Agent within thirty (30) days after it has given notice thereof to the relevant Security Party; or

 

  13.1.13

Material Adverse Change At any time there shall occur any event or change which has a Material Adverse Effect in respect of any Security Party and such event or change, if capable of remedy, is not so remedied within 30 days of the delivery of a notice confirming such event or change by the Agent to the relevant Security Party; or

 

  13.1.14

Conditions Precedent and Subsequent If (a) any of the conditions set out in Clauses 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 is not satisfied by the relevant time or such other time period specified by the Agent in its discretion, or (b) any of the conditions set out in Clause 3.6 is not satisfied within thirty (30) days or such other time period specified by the Agent in its discretion; or

 

Page 55


  13.1.15

Revocation or Modification of consents etc. If any Necessary Authorisation which is now or which at any time during the Facility Period becomes necessary to enable any of the Security Parties to comply with any of their obligations in or pursuant to any of the Finance Documents is revoked, withdrawn or withheld, or modified in a manner which the Agent reasonably considers is, or may be, prejudicial to the interests of a Finance Party in a material manner, or if such Necessary Authorisation ceases to remain in full force and effect; or

 

  13.1.16

Cessation of Business The Borrower ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its business; or

 

  13.1.17

Curtailment of Business If the business of the Borrower is wholly or materially curtailed by any intervention by or under authority of any government, or if all or a substantial part of the undertaking, property or assets of the Borrower is seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government or the Borrower disposes or threatens to dispose of a substantial part of its business or assets; or

 

  13.1.18

Reduction of Capital If the Borrower reduces its committed or subscribed capital; or

 

  13.1.19

Notice of Termination If any Security Party (that has given a guarantee and indemnity pursuant to this Agreement) gives notice to the Agent to determine its obligations under its Guarantee; or

 

  13.1.20

Environmental Matters

 

  (a)

Any Environmental Claim is pending or made against a Collateral Owner or in connection with a Collateral Vessel, where such Environmental Claim has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b)

Any actual Environmental Incident occurs in connection with a Vessel, where such Environmental Incident has a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  13.1.21

Loss of Property All or a substantial part of the business or assets of any Security Party is destroyed, abandoned, seized, appropriated or forfeited for any reason, and such occurrence in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

13.2

Acceleration If an Event of Default is continuing unremedied or unwaived the Agent may (with the consent of the Majority Lenders) and shall (at the request of the Majority Lenders) by notice to the Borrower cancel any part of a Maximum Amount not then advanced and:

 

  13.2.1

declare that the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents are immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  13.2.2

declare that the Loans are payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent; and/or

 

Page 56


  13.2.3

declare the Commitments terminated and the Maximum Amounts reduced to zero.

 

14

Assignment and Sub-Participation

 

14.1

Lenders’ rights A Lender may assign any of its rights under this Agreement or transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any other branch or Affiliate of that Lender or to any other Lender (or an Affiliate of another Lender) or (subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld but not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived) to any other bank, financial institution or institutional lender, or any trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in, or established for the purpose of, making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets, and may grant sub-participations in all or any part of its Commitment in the Term Loan or a Drawing provided that where any such assignment, transfer or sub-participation relates to only part of a Lender’s Commitment, (i) it shall be in an amount of no less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000) and (ii) such assignment, transfer or sub-participation of only part of a Lender’s Commitment shall not result in such Lender holding a Commitment of less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000). Where the consent of the Borrower is required, the Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent if no express refusal is given within five (5) Business Days.

 

14.2

Borrower’s co-operation The Borrower will co-operate fully with a Lender in connection with any assignment, transfer or sub-participation by that Lender; will execute and procure the execution of such documents as that Lender may require in that connection including, but not limited to, re-executing any Security Documents (if required); and irrevocably authorises any Finance Party to disclose to any proposed assignee, transferee or sub-participant (whether before or after any assignment, transfer or sub-participation and whether or not any assignment, transfer or sub-participation shall take place) all information relating to the Security Parties, the Loans and the Relevant Documents which any Finance Party may in its discretion consider necessary or desirable (subject to any duties of confidentiality applicable to the Lenders generally).

 

14.3

Rights of assignee Any assignee of a Lender shall (unless limited by the express terms of the assignment) take the full benefit of every provision of the Finance Documents benefiting that Lender provided that an assignment will only be effective on notification by the Agent to that Lender and the assignee that the Agent is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “Know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to the assignee.

 

14.4

Transfer Certificates If a Lender wishes to transfer any of its rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement, it may do so by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Transfer Certificate, in which event on the Transfer Date:

 

  14.4.1

to the extent that that Lender seeks to transfer its rights and obligations, the Borrower (on the one hand) and that Lender (on the other) shall be released from all further obligations towards the other;

 

Page 57


  14.4.2

the Borrower (on the one hand) and the transferee (on the other) shall assume obligations towards the other identical to those released pursuant to Clause 14.4.1; and

 

  14.4.3

the Agent, each of the Lenders and the transferee shall have the same rights and obligations between themselves as they would have had if the transferee had been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender

provided that the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate once:

 

  (a)

it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to the transferee; and

 

  (b)

the transferee has paid to the Agent for its own account a transfer fee of five thousand Dollars ($5,000).

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Borrower and the Lenders a copy of that Transfer Certificate.

 

14.5

Finance Documents Unless otherwise expressly provided in any Finance Document or otherwise expressly agreed between a Lender and any proposed transferee and notified by that Lender to the Agent on or before the relevant Transfer Date, there shall automatically be assigned to the transferee with any transfer of a Lender’s rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement the rights of that Lender under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (other than this Agreement) which relate to the portion of that Lender’s rights and obligations transferred by the relevant Transfer Certificate.

 

14.6

No assignment or transfer by the Security Parties No Security Party may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

14.7

Security over Lenders’ rights In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 14, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create an Encumbrance in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

  14.7.1

any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

  14.7.2

in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Encumbrance shall:

 

Page 58


  (a)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Encumbrance for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

require any payments to be made by any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

15

The Agent and the Lenders

 

15.1

Appointment

 

  15.1.1

Each Lender and each Swap Provider appoints the Agent to act as its agent and/or security trustee under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  15.1.2

Each Lender and each Swap Provider authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

  15.1.3

Except in Clause 15.28 or where the context otherwise requires or where expressly provided to the contrary, references in this Clause 15 to the “ Finance Documents ” or to any “ Finance Document ” shall not include the Master Agreements.

 

15.2

Authority Each Lender and each Swap Provider irrevocably authorises the Agent and the Agent hereby agrees (subject to Clauses 15.5.1, 15.24 and this Clause 15.2):

 

  15.2.1

to execute any Finance Document (other than this Agreement) on its behalf;

 

  15.2.2

to collect, receive, release or pay any money on its behalf;

 

  15.2.3

acting on the instructions from time to time of the Majority Lenders (save where the terms of any Finance Document expressly provide otherwise) to give or withhold any waivers, consents or approvals under or pursuant to any Finance Document;

 

  15.2.4

acting on the instructions from time to time of the Majority Lenders (save where the terms of any Finance Document expressly provide otherwise) to exercise, or refrain from exercising, any rights, powers, authorities or discretions under or pursuant to any Finance Document; and

The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities as agent or as security trustee other than those expressly conferred on it by the Finance Documents and shall not be obliged to act on any instructions from the Lenders or the Majority Lenders if to do so would, in the opinion of the Agent (in its sole discretion), be contrary to any provision of the Finance Documents or to any law, or would expose the Agent to any actual or potential liability to any third party.

 

Page 59


15.3

Trust The Agent agrees and declares, and each of the other Finance Parties acknowledges, that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Clause 15.3, the Agent holds the Trust Property on trust for the Finance Parties absolutely. Each of the other Finance Parties agrees that the obligations, rights and benefits vested in the Agent shall be performed and exercised in accordance with this Clause 15.3. The Agent shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of this Agreement benefiting it in its capacity as Agent for the Finance Parties, and all the powers and discretions conferred on trustees by the Trustee Act 1925 (to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement). In addition:

 

  15.3.1

the Agent and any attorney, agent or delegate of the Agent may indemnify itself or himself out of the Trust Property against all liabilities, costs, fees, damages, charges, losses and expenses sustained or incurred by it or him in relation to the taking or holding of any of the Trust Property or in connection with the exercise or purported exercise of the rights, trusts, powers and discretions vested in the Agent or any other such person by or pursuant to the Security Documents or in respect of anything else done or omitted to be done in any way relating to the Security Documents other than as a result of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  15.3.2

the other Finance Parties acknowledge that the Agent shall be under no obligation to insure any property nor to require any other person to insure any property and shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by any person as a result of the lack or insufficiency of any insurance; and

 

  15.3.3

the Finance Parties agree that the perpetuity period applicable to the trusts declared by this Agreement shall be the period of 125 years from the date of this Agreement.

 

15.4

Required consents

 

  15.4.1

Subject to Clause 15.5 any term of the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreements) may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

  15.4.2

The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 15.

 

  15.4.3

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 15.14.4, the Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

 

15.5

Exceptions

 

  15.5.1

An amendment, waiver or (in the case of a Security Document) a consent of, or in relation to, any term of any Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements) that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

Page 60


  (a)

the definitions of “ Majority Lenders ”, “ Maximum Term Loan Amount ”, “ Maximum Revolving Credit Amount ”, “ Fair Market Value ”, “ Total Maximum Amount ” and “ Proportionate Share ” in Clause 1.1;

 

  (b)

an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c)

a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

  (d)

a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (e)

an increase in any Commitment, an extension of any Final Availability Date or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably;

 

  (f)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

  (g)

Clause 2.2, Clause 14, this Clause 15 or Clause 23;

 

  (h)

(other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of:

 

  (i)

any Guarantee;

 

  (ii)

the Charged Property; or

 

  (iii)

the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Security Documents are distributed;

 

  (i)

the release of any Guarantee or of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document;

 

  (j)

the pro rata application of payments made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents or sharing of payments or Commitment reductions; or

 

  (k)

agreement that documents tendered under Schedule 2, Part IV, paragraph 4(d) are satisfactory;

shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

  15.5.2

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the MLAs or the Bookrunners (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or, as the case may be, the MLAs or the Bookrunners.

 

Page 61


15.6

Excluded Commitments

If:

 

  15.6.1

any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within twenty (20) Business Days of that request being made; or

 

  15.6.2

any Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender fails to respond to such a request (other than an amendment, waiver or consent referred to in Clauses 15.5.1(b), 15.5.1(c) and 15.5.1(e)) or other or such a vote within twenty (20) Business Days of that request being made,

(unless, in either case, the Borrower and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request):

 

  (a)

its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

  (b)

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

15.7

Replacement of Lender

 

  15.7.1

If:

 

  (a)

any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in Clause 15.7.4); or

 

  (b)

the Borrower or any other Security Party becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 6.1 or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 17.3, Clause 8.7 or Clause 8.12.1 to any Lender,

then the Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 14 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower, which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 14 for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

Page 62


  15.7.2

The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 15.7 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a)

the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b)

neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (c)

in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender;

 

  (d)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 15.7 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (e)

the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 15.7.1 once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

  15.7.3

A Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 15.7.2(e) as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 15.7.1 and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

  15.7.4

In the event that:

 

  (a)

the Borrower or the Agent (at the request of the Borrower) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

  (b)

the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

 

  (c)

Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than seventy five per cent (75%) of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than seventy five per cent (75%) of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”.

 

Page 63


15.8

FATCA Mitigation

Notwithstanding any other provision to this Agreement, if a FATCA Deduction is or will be required to be made by any Party under Clause 8.16 in respect of a payment to any Lender which is a FATCA FFI (a “ FATCA Non-Exempt Lender ”), the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender may either:

 

  (a)

transfer its entire interest in the Loans to a U.S. branch or affiliate; or

 

  (b)

(subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower in the case of a transferee which is not already a Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) nominate one or more transferee lenders who upon becoming a Lender would be a FATCA Exempt Party, by notice in writing to the Agent and the Borrower specifying the terms of the proposed transfer, and cause such transferee lender(s) to purchase all of the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender’s interest in the Loans.

 

15.9

Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

  15.9.1

For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Commitment in ascertaining:

 

  (a)

the Majority Lenders; or

 

  (b)

whether:

 

  (i)

any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments; or

 

  (ii)

the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitment will be reduced by the amount of its participation in the Loans it has failed to make available and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender’s Commitment being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of (i) and (ii).

 

  15.9.2

For the purposes of this Clause 15.9, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (a)

any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

  (b)

any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

Page 64


15.10

Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

  15.10.1

The Borrower may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 14 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations, or all the relevant obligations, of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 14 for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

 

  (a)

in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Borrower and which does not exceed the amount described in (a).

 

  15.10.2

Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause 15.10 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a)

the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b)

neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (c)

the transfer must take place no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the notice referred to in Clause 15.10.1;

 

  (d)

in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (e)

the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to 15.10.1 once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender.

 

  15.10.3

The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 15.10.2(e) as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 15.10.1 and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

15.11

Liability Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable to the Lenders for anything done or omitted to be done by the Agent under or in connection with any of the Relevant Documents unless as a result of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

Page 65


15.12

Acknowledgement Each Lender acknowledges that:

 

  15.12.1

it has not relied on any representation made by the Agent or any of the Agent’s directors, officers, employees or agents or by any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Agent to induce it to enter into any Finance Document;

 

  15.12.2

it has made and will continue to make without reliance on the Agent, and based on such documents and other evidence as it considers appropriate, its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Security Parties in connection with the making and continuation of the Loans;

 

  15.12.3

it has made its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Security Parties; and

 

  15.12.4

the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility at any time to provide it with any credit or other information relating to any Security Party unless that information is received by the Agent pursuant to the express terms of a Finance Document.

Each Lender agrees that it will not assert nor seek to assert against any director, officer, employee or agent of the Agent or against any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Agent any claim which it might have against them in respect of any of the matters referred to in this Clause 15.12.

 

15.13

Limitations on responsibility The Agent shall have no responsibility to any Security Party or to any Lender on account of:

 

  15.13.1

the failure of a Lender or of any Security Party to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document; nor

 

  15.13.2

the financial condition of any Security Party; nor

 

  15.13.3

the completeness or accuracy of any statements, representations or warranties made in or pursuant to any Finance Document, or in or pursuant to any document delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document; nor

 

  15.13.4

the negotiation, execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, admissibility in evidence or sufficiency of any Finance Document or of any document executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

15.14

The Agent’s rights The Agent may:

 

  15.14.1

assume that all representations or warranties made or deemed repeated by any Security Party in or pursuant to any Finance Document are true and complete, unless, in its capacity as the Agent, it has acquired actual knowledge to the contrary;

 

  15.14.2

assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as Agent) that no Default has occurred unless, in the case of Clause 13.1.1 only, it, in its capacity as the Agent, has acquired actual knowledge to the contrary;

 

Page 66


  15.14.3

rely on any document or notice believed by it to be genuine;

 

  15.14.4

rely as to legal or other professional matters on opinions and statements of any legal or other professional advisers selected or approved by it;

 

  15.14.5

rely as to any factual matters which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of any Security Party on a certificate signed by or on behalf of that Security Party; and

 

  15.14.6

refrain from exercising any right, power, discretion or remedy unless and until instructed to exercise that right, power, discretion or remedy and as to the manner of its exercise by the Lenders (or, where applicable, by the Majority Lenders) and unless and until the Agent has received from the Lenders any payment which the Agent may require on account of, or any security which the Agent may require for, any costs, claims, expenses (including legal and other professional fees) and liabilities which it considers it may incur or sustain in complying with those instructions.

 

15.15

The Agent’s duties The Agent shall inform the Lenders promptly of any Event of Default under Clause 13.1.1 of which the Agent has actual knowledge.

 

15.16

No deemed knowledge The Agent shall not be deemed to have actual knowledge of the falsehood or incompleteness of any representation or warranty made or deemed repeated by any Security Party or actual knowledge of the occurrence of any Default (other than a Default under Clause 13.1.1) unless a Lender or a Security Party shall have given written notice thereof to the Agent in its capacity as the Agent. Any information acquired by the Agent other than specifically in its capacity as the Agent shall not be deemed to be information acquired by the Agent in its capacity as the Agent.

 

15.17

Other business The Agent may, without any liability to account to the Lenders, generally engage in any kind of banking or trust business with a Security Party or with a Security Party’s subsidiaries or associated companies or with a Lender as if it were not the Agent.

 

15.18

Indemnity The Lenders shall, promptly on the Agent’s request, reimburse the Agent in their respective Proportionate Share, for, and keep the Agent fully indemnified in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs and claims sustained or incurred by the Agent in connection with the Finance Documents, or the performance of its duties and obligations, or the exercise of its rights, powers, discretions or remedies under or pursuant to any Finance Document, to the extent not paid by the Security Parties and not arising from the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

15.19

Employment of agents In performing its duties and exercising its rights, powers, discretions and remedies under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, the Agent shall be entitled to employ and pay agents to do anything which the Agent is empowered to do under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (including the receipt of money and documents and the payment of money) and to act or refrain from taking action in reliance on the opinion of, or advice or information obtained from, any lawyer, banker, broker, accountant, valuer or any other person believed by the Agent in good faith to be competent to give such opinion, advice or information.

 

Page 67


15.20

Distribution of payments The Agent shall pay promptly to the order of each Lender that Lender’s Proportionate Share of every sum of money received by the Agent pursuant to the Finance Documents (with the exception of any amounts payable pursuant to Clause 9 and/or any Fee Letter and any amounts which, by the terms of the Finance Documents, are paid to the Agent for the account of the Agent alone or specifically for the account of one or more Lenders) and until so paid such amount shall be held by the Agent on trust absolutely for that Lender.

 

15.21

Reimbursement The Agent shall have no liability to pay any sum to a Lender until it has itself received payment of that sum. If, however, the Agent does pay any sum to a Lender on account of any amount prospectively due to that Lender pursuant to Clause 15.20 before it has itself received payment of that amount, and the Agent does not in fact receive payment within five (5) Business Days after the date on which that payment was required to be made by the terms of the Finance Documents, that Lender will, on demand by the Agent, refund to the Agent an amount equal to the amount received by it, together with an amount sufficient to reimburse the Agent for any amount which the Agent may certify that it has been required to pay by way of interest on money borrowed to fund the amount in question during the period beginning on the date on which that amount was required to be paid by the terms of the Finance Documents and ending on the date on which the Agent receives reimbursement.

 

15.22

Redistribution of payments Unless otherwise agreed between the Lenders and the Agent, if at any time a Lender receives or recovers by way of set-off, the exercise of any lien or otherwise from any Security Party, an amount greater than that Lender’s Proportionate Share of any sum due from that Security Party to the Lenders under the Finance Documents (the amount of the excess being referred to in this Clause 15.22 and in Clause 15.23 as the “ Excess Amount ”) then:

 

  15.22.1

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify each other Lender);

 

  15.22.2

that Lender shall pay to the Agent an amount equal to the Excess Amount within ten (10) days of its receipt or recovery of the Excess Amount; and

 

  15.22.3

the Agent shall treat that payment as if it were a payment by the Security Party in question on account of the sum due from that Security Party to the Lenders and shall account to the Lenders in respect of the Excess Amount in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 15.22.

However, if a Lender has commenced any legal proceedings to recover sums owing to it under the Finance Documents and, as a result of, or in connection with, those proceedings has received an Excess Amount, the Agent shall not distribute any of that Excess Amount to any other Lender which had been notified of the proceedings and had the legal right to, but did not, join those proceedings or commence and diligently prosecute separate proceedings to enforce its rights in the same or another court.

 

Page 68


15.23

Rescission of Excess Amount If all or any part of any Excess Amount is rescinded or must otherwise be restored to any Security Party or to any other third party, the Lenders which have received any part of that Excess Amount by way of distribution from the Agent pursuant to Clause 15.22 shall repay to the Agent for the account of the Lender which originally received or recovered the Excess Amount, the amount which shall be necessary to ensure that the Lenders share rateably in accordance with their Proportionate Shares in the amount of the receipt or payment retained, together with interest on that amount at a rate equivalent to that (if any) paid by the Lender receiving or recovering the Excess Amount to the person to whom that Lender is liable to make payment in respect of such amount, and Clause 15.22.3 shall apply only to the retained amount.

 

15.24

Instructions Where the Agent is authorised or directed to act or refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Lenders or of the Majority Lenders each of the Lenders shall provide the Agent with instructions within five (5) Business Days of the Agent’s request (which request must be in writing). If a Lender does not provide the Agent with instructions within that period, that Lender shall be bound by the decision of the Agent. Nothing in this Clause 15.24 shall limit the right of the Agent to take, or refrain from taking, any action without obtaining the instructions of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders if the Agent in its discretion considers it necessary or appropriate to take, or refrain from taking, such action in order to preserve the rights of the Lenders under or in connection with the Finance Documents. In that event, the Agent will notify the Lenders of the action taken by it as soon as reasonably practicable, and the Lenders agree to ratify any action taken by the Agent pursuant to this Clause 15.24.

 

15.25

Payments All amounts payable to a Lender under this Clause 15 shall be paid to such account at such bank as that Lender may from time to time direct in writing to the Agent.

 

15.26

“Know your customer” checks Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

15.27

Resignation

 

  15.27.1

Subject to a successor being appointed in accordance with this Clause 15.27, the Agent may resign as agent and/or security trustee at any time without assigning any reason by giving to the Borrower and the Lenders notice of its intention to do so, in which event the following shall apply:

 

  (a)

with the consent of the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld (but such consent not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived) the Lenders may within thirty (30) days after the date of the notice from the Agent appoint a successor to act as agent and/or security trustee or, if they fail to do so with the consent of the Borrower, not to be unreasonably withheld (but such consent not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived), the Agent may appoint any other bank or financial institution as its successor provided that if no successor is appointed pursuant to this Clause 15.27.1(a) the Lenders shall act as successor to the Agent and take on the roles as agent and security trustee;

 

Page 69


  (b)

the resignation of the Agent shall take effect simultaneously with the appointment of its successor on written notice of that appointment being given to the Borrower and the Lenders;

 

  (c)

the Agent shall thereupon be discharged from all further obligations as agent but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this Clause 15; and

 

  (d)

the successor of the Agent and each of the other parties to this Agreement shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if that successor had been a party to this Agreement.

 

  15.27.2

The Agent shall resign and the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) shall appoint a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 15.27 if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

  (a)

the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 8.15 and a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

  (b)

the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 8.15 indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

  (c)

the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

15.28

Replacement of the Agent

 

  15.28.1

After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by giving thirty (30) days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent.

 

  15.28.2

The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its function as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

Page 70


  15.28.3

The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under Clause 15.28.2 but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 15 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

  15.28.4

Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

15.29

No fiduciary relationship Except as provided in Clauses 15.3 and 15.20, the Agent shall not have any fiduciary relationship with or be deemed to be a trustee of or for any other person and nothing contained in any Finance Document shall constitute a partnership between any two or more Lenders or between the Agent and any other person.

 

15.30

No other Duties Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereunder, neither the Bookrunners nor the MLAs nor the Coordinators shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under any of the Finance Documents, except in their respective capacities, as applicable, as Bookrunners, MLAs or Coordinators.

 

16

Set-Off

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under any Finance Document (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, that Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

17

Payments

 

17.1

Payments Each amount payable by the Borrower under a Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements) shall be paid to such account at such bank as the Agent may from time to time direct to the Borrower in the Currency of Account and in such funds as are customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. Payment shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the date on which the Agent receives authenticated advice of receipt, unless that advice is received by the Agent on a day other than a Business Day or at a time of day (whether on a Business Day or not) when the Agent in its reasonable discretion considers that it is impossible or impracticable for the Agent to utilise the amount received for value that same day, in which event the payment in question shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the Business Day next following the date of receipt of advice by the Agent.

 

Page 71


17.2

No deductions or withholdings Each payment (whether of principal or interest or otherwise) to be made by the Borrower under a Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements) shall, subject only to Clause 17.3, be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any Taxes or other deductions, withholdings, rights of set-off, restrictions, conditions or counterclaims of any nature, other than FATCA Deductions.

 

17.3

Grossing-up If at any time any law requires (or is interpreted to require) the Borrower or any other Security Party to make any deduction or withholding from any payment, other than a FATCA Deduction, or to change the rate or manner in which any required deduction or withholding is made under a Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreements), the Borrower shall (and shall procure that such Security Party shall) promptly notify the Agent and, simultaneously with making that payment, will pay to the Agent for and on behalf of the relevant Finance Party whatever additional amount (after taking into account any additional Taxes on, or deductions or withholdings from, or restrictions or conditions on, that additional amount) is necessary to ensure that, after making the deduction or withholding, the relevant Finance Parties receive a net sum equal to the sum which they would have received had no deduction or withholding been made.

 

17.4

Evidence of deductions If at any time the Borrower or any other Security Party is required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any payment to be made by it under a Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements), the Borrower shall (and shall procure that such Security Party shall) pay the amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant authority within the time allowed under the applicable law and will as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any case no later than thirty (30) days after making that payment, deliver to the Agent an original receipt issued by the relevant authority, or other evidence reasonably acceptable to the Agent, evidencing the payment to that authority of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld.

 

17.5

Rebate If the Borrower or any other Security Party pays any additional amount under Clause 8.12 or Clause 17.3, and a Finance Party subsequently receives a refund of or allowance in respect of any Tax which that Finance Party identifies as being referable to that increased amount so paid by the Borrower or that other Security Party, that Finance Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, pay to the Borrower or that other Security Party an amount equal to the amount of the refund or allowance received, if and to the extent that it may do so without prejudicing its right to retain that refund or allowance and without putting itself in any worse financial position than that in which it would have been had the relevant deduction or withholding not been required to have been made. Nothing in this Clause 17.5 shall be interpreted as imposing any obligation on any Finance Party to apply for any refund or allowance nor as restricting in any way the manner in which any Finance Party organises its tax affairs, nor as imposing on any Finance Party any obligation to disclose to the Borrower or any other Security Party any information regarding its tax affairs or tax computations.

 

17.6

Adjustment of due dates If any payment or transfer of funds to be made under a Finance Document, other than a payment of interest on the Loans or a payment under a Master Agreement, shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, that payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (unless the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month in which event the payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day). Any such variation of time shall be taken into account in computing any interest in respect of that payment.

 

Page 72


17.7

Control Account The Agent shall open and maintain on its books a control account in the name of the Borrower showing the advance of the Loans and the computation and payment of interest and all other sums due under this Agreement. The Borrower’s obligations to repay the Loans and to pay interest and all other sums due under this Agreement shall be evidenced by the entries from time to time made in the control account opened and maintained under this Clause 17.7 and those entries will, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding.

 

17.8

Impaired Agent

 

  17.8.1

If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, a Security Party or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 17.1 may instead either:

 

  (a)

pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or

 

  (b)

if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Security Party or the Lender making the payment (the “ Paying Party ”) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the “ Recipient Party ” or “ Recipient Parties ”).

In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

  17.8.2

All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

  17.8.3

A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 17.8 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

  17.8.4

Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 15.28, each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has given an instruction pursuant to Clause 17.8.5) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 15.20.

 

Page 73


  17.8.5

A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent:

 

  (a)

it has not given an instruction pursuant to Clause 17.8.4; and

 

  (b)

that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party,

give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.

 

18

Notices

 

18.1

Communications in writing Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter or (subject to Clause 18.6) electronic mail.

 

18.2

Addresses The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each party to this Agreement for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement are:

 

  18.2.1

in the case of the Borrower, c/o Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd Suite 2000, Bentall 5, 550 Burrard Street, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6C 2K2 (fax no: +1 604 681 3011) marked for the attention of Renee Eng, Treasury Manager;

 

  18.2.2

in the case of each Lender, those appearing opposite its name in Schedule 1;

 

  18.2.3

in the case of the Agent, 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor, New York, New York 10036, United States of America (fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420) marked for the attention of Shipping, Offshore & Oil Services; and

 

  18.2.4

in the case of a Swap Provider, at the address below its name in Schedule 1, Part II;

or any substitute address, fax number, department or officer as any party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice.

 

18.3

Delivery Any communication or document made or delivered by one party to this Agreement to another under or in connection this Agreement will only be effective:

 

  18.3.1

if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

  18.3.2

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address; or

 

  18.3.3

if by way of electronic mail, in accordance with Clause 18.6;

 

Page 74


and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 18.2, if addressed to that department or officer.

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent.

All notices from or to the Borrower (save in respect of the Master Agreements) shall be sent through the Agent.

 

18.4

Notification of address and fax number Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address, fax number or change of address, pursuant to Clause 18.2 or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other parties to this Agreement.

 

18.5

English language Any notice given under or in connection with this Agreement must be in English. All other documents provided under or in connection with this Agreement must be:

 

  18.5.1

in English; or

 

  18.5.2

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

18.6

Electronic communication

 

  (a)

Any communication to be made in connection with this Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including Debtdomain and any other similar electronic communication platform), if the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party:

 

  (i)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

  (ii)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (iii)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

  (b)

Any electronic communication made between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party will be effective only when actually received in readable form and acknowledged by the recipient (it being understood that any system generated responses do not constitute an acknowledgement) and in the case of any electronic communication made by the Borrower to a Finance Party only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Finance Party shall specify for this purpose.

 

19

Partial Invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

Page 75


20

Remedies and Waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

21

Miscellaneous

 

21.1

No oral variations No variation or amendment of a Finance Document shall be valid unless in writing and signed on behalf of all the Finance Parties.

 

21.2

Further Assurance If any provision of a Finance Document shall be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of any present or future law or any decision of any court, or if the documents at any time held by or on behalf of the Finance Parties or any of them are considered by the Lenders for any reason insufficient to carry out the terms of this Agreement, then from time to time the Borrower will promptly, on demand by the Agent, execute or procure the execution of such further documents as in the opinion of the Lenders are necessary to provide adequate security for the repayment of the Indebtedness.

 

21.3

Rescission of payments etc. Any discharge, release or reassignment by a Finance Party of any of the security constituted by, or any of the obligations of a Security Party contained in, a Finance Document shall be (and be deemed always to have been) void if any act (including, without limitation, any payment) as a result of which such discharge, release or reassignment was given or made is subsequently wholly or partially rescinded or avoided by operation of any law.

 

21.4

Certificates Any certificate or statement signed by an authorised signatory of the Agent purporting to show the amount of the Indebtedness (or any part of the Indebtedness) or any other amount referred to in any Finance Document shall, save for manifest error or on any question of law, be conclusive evidence as against the Borrower of that amount.

 

21.5

Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be original but which shall together constitute the same instrument.

 

21.6

Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 A person who is not a party to this Agreement (other than the Indemnified Parties) has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

21.7

Contractual recognition of bail-in Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

Page 76


  (a)

any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability; including (without limitation):

 

  (i)

a reduction, in full and part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

  (ii)

a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

  (iii)

a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

  (b)

a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

22

Confidentiality

 

22.1

Confidential Information Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 22.2 and Clause 22.3, and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

22.2

Disclosure of Confidential Information Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

  22.2.1

to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause 22.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

  22.2.2

to any person:

 

  (a)

to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as agent or security trustee and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives, auditors and professional advisers;

 

  (b)

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Security Parties and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives, auditors and professional advisers;

 

Page 77


  (c)

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b) applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;

 

  (d)

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b);

 

  (e)

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (f)

to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (g)

to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 14.7;

 

  (h)

who is a Party; or

 

  (i)

with the consent of the Borrower;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

  (i)

in relation to Clauses 22.2.2(a), 22.2.2(b) and 22.2.2(c), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

  (ii)

in relation to Clause 22.2.2(d), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

  (iii)

in relation to Clauses 22.2.2(e), 22.2.2(f) and 22.2.2(g), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and

 

Page 78


  22.2.3

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b) applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this Clause 22.2.3 if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking.

 

22.3

Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

  22.3.1

Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Loans and/or one or more Security Parties the following information:

 

  (a)

names of Security Parties;

 

  (b)

country of domicile of Security Parties;

 

  (c)

place of incorporation of Security Parties;

 

  (d)

date of this Agreement;

 

  (e)

Clause 23;

 

  (f)

the names of the Agent and the MLAs;

 

  (g)

date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

  (h)

amount of Total Commitments;

 

  (i)

currencies of the Loans;

 

  (j)

type of each Loan;

 

  (k)

ranking of the Loans;

 

  (l)

Final Availability Date for each Loan;

 

  (m)

changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to (a) to (l); and

 

  (n)

such other information agreed between such Finance Party and that Security Party,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

Page 79


  22.3.2

The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Loans and/or one or more Security Parties by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

  22.3.3

The Borrower represents that none of the information set out in Clauses 22.3.1(a) to 22.3.1(n) is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

  22.3.4

The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the other Finance Parties of:

 

  (a)

the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Loans and/or one or more Security Parties; and

 

  (b)

the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Loans and/or one or more Security Parties by such numbering service provider.

 

23

Law and Jurisdiction

 

23.1

Governing law This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with it shall in all respects be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law.

 

23.2

Jurisdiction For the exclusive benefit of the Finance Parties, the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a) arising from or in connection with this Agreement or (b) relating to any non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with this Agreement and that any proceedings may be brought in those courts.

 

23.3

Alternative jurisdictions Nothing contained in this Clause 23 shall limit the right of the Finance Parties to commence any proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the commencement of any proceedings against the Borrower in one or more jurisdictions preclude the commencement of any proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

23.4

Waiver of objections The Borrower irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or in the future have to the laying of the venue of any proceedings in any court referred to in this Clause 23, and any claim that those proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient or inappropriate forum, and irrevocably agrees that a judgment in any proceedings commenced in any such court shall be conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

23.5

Service of process Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrower:

 

  23.5.1

irrevocably appoints Teekay Shipping (UK) Ltd of 2 nd Floor, 86 Jermyn Street, London SW1Y 6JD, England as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Agreement; and

 

Page 80


  23.5.2

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

24

Patriot Act Notice

Each of the Finance Parties hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act and the policies and practices of the Finance Parties, the Finance Parties are required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies each Security Party, which information includes the name and address of each Security Party and such other information that will allow the Finance Parties to identify each Security Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

Page 81


Schedule 1

Part I

The Lenders and the Commitments

 

The Lenders    Commitments
(US$)
     The Proportionate
Share (%)
 

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

1211 Avenue of the Americas

23 rd Floor

New York

NY 10036

United States of America

 

Fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420

Attn: Henning Lyche Christiansen

Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com

     75,000,000         8.38574   

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

100 Park Avenue

17 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

United States of America

 

For credit matters:

Attn: Rajbir Talwar / Julie Lee

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Email: rajbir.talwar@abnamro.com

julie.lee@abnamro.com

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Lilia Engelsbel-Sporysheva

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Email: tradefinance@abnamro.com

lilia.engelsbel-sporysheva@abnamro.com

     75,000,000         8.38574   

KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH

Palmengartenstrasse 5-9

60325 Frankfurt am Main

Federal Republic of Germany

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Moritz Hennig/André Tiele

Fax no: +49 69 7431 3768

Email: moritz.hennig@kfw.de

andre.tiele@kfw.de

     75,000,000         8.38574   

 

Page 82


For administration matters:

Attention: Angela Egler-Wrede

Fax no: +49 69 7431 2944

Email: angela.egler-wrede@kfw.de

     

Scotiabank Europe Plc

201 Bishopsgate, 6 th Floor

London EC2M 3NS

United Kingdom

 

For credit matters:

Attention: David Sparkes/Matt Tuskin

Fax no: +44 207 638 8488

Email: david.sparkes@scotiabank.com

matt.tuskin@scotiabank.com

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Tony Sposato/Savi Rampat

Fax no: +44 207 826 5666

Email: GWSLONDON_GTB@scotiabank.com

     75,000,000         8.38574   

BNP Paribas

16, Boulevard des Italiens

75009 Paris

France

 

For credit matters:

16 rue de Hanovre

75002 Paris

France

Attention: Marion Fievez/Etienne Coindreau

Fax no: [            ]

Email: marion.fievez@bnpparibas.com

etienne.coindreau@bnpparibas.com

 

For administration matters:

Primary Contact

150,rue du Faubourg Poissonière

75010 Paris

France

Attention: Back Office – CIB – BOCI – CFI2

Fax no: +33 1 40 12 74 25

Email: Paris_cib_boci_cfi_2@bnpparibas.com

     49,000,000         5.47869   

 

Page 83


Secondary Contact

16, Rue de Hanovre

75002 Paris

France

Attention: Transportation Group Middle Office

Fax no: +33 1 42 98 43 55

Email: olivia.coldefy@bnpparibas.com / manon.didier@bnpparibas.com

     

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

9 quai du Président Paul Doumer

92920 Paris

France

 

For credit matters:

1301, Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

United States of America

Attention: Jerome Duval / Yannick Legourieres / Eden Rahman

Fax no: +1 917 849 6380 / +1 917 849 5583

Email: jerome.duval@ca-cib.com

             yannick.legourieres@ca-cib.com

             eden.rahman@ca-cib.com

 

For administration matters:

9 quai du Président Paul Doumer

92920 Paris

France

Attention: Dept: Agency and Middle-Office for Shipping

Fax no: +33 141 891 934

Email: bodoharimisa.rajaona@ca-cib.com

             clementine.costil.ca-cib.com

   29,687,500    3.31936

Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd.

12 Marina Boulevard

#17-03 Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 3

Singapore 018982

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Rolland Lim / Desmond Wong / Wei Kiong Toh

Fax no: +65 6444 9600

Email: rolland.lim@clifford cap.sg

             desmond.wong@cliffordcap.sg

             weikiong.toh@cliffordcap.sg

   49,000,000    5.47869

 

Page 84


For administration matters:

Attention: Cindy Oh / Peh Zhen Yu

Fax no: +65 6444 9600

Email: cindy.oh@cliffordcap.sg

zhenyu.peh@cliffordcap.sg

     

Danske Bank, Norwegian Branch

Søndre gate 15

7011 Trondheim

Norway

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Hege Meuche Granberg / Einar Stavrum

Fax no: [                    ]

Email: heggr@danskebank.com

einar.stavrum@danskebank.com

 

Attention: Loan Management Shipping (4754)

Fax no: +45 45 12 87 22

Email: loanmanshi@danskebank.com

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Loan Administration (3925)

Fax no: +45 45 14 99 78

Email: R3925syn@danskebank.dk

  

75,000,000

  

8.38574

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

60 London Wall

London EC2M 5TQ

United Kingdom

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Adam Byrne / Harry Schuil / Henry Rushton

Fax no: +44 20 7767 7324

Email: adam.byrne@uk.ing.com

harry.schuil@uk.ing.com

henry.rushton@uk.ing.com

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Mark Dasalla

Fax no: +44 207 767 7324 5666

Email: GB.LDN.DEAL.EXECUTION@uk.ing.com

  

75,000,000

  

8.38574

 

Page 85


Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

Neo Building

Rue Montoyer 51

Box no. 6

100 Brussels

Belgium

 

For credit matters:

Primary Contact

1/3/5 rue Paul Cézanne

75008 Paris

France

 

Attention: Cédric Le Duigou / Hélène Ly

Fax no: +33 1 44 90 48 01

Email: cedric_leduigou@fr.smbcgroup.com

helene_ly@fr.smbcgroup.com

 

Secondary Contact

Neo Building

Rue Montoyer 51

Box no. 6

100 Brussels

Belgium

 

Attention: Françoise Bouchat / Nadine Boudart

Fax no: +32 2 502 07 80

Email: francoise_bouchat@be.smbcgroup.com

nadine_boudart@be.smbcgroup.com

 

For administration matters:

Primary Contact

99 Queen Victoria Street

London EC4V 4EH

United Kingdom

Attention: European Loan Operations

Fax no: +44 207 786 1569

 

Secondary Contact

1/3/5 rue Paul Cézanne

75008 Paris

France

Attention: Cedric Le Duigou / Hélène Ly /

Maritime Asset Finance Department

Fax no: +33 1 44 90 48 01

Email: cedric_leduigou@fr.smbcgroup.com

helene_ly@fr.smbcgroup.com

  

49,000,000

  

5.47869

 

Page 86


Commonwealth Bank of Australia, London Branch

Level 3, Senator House

85 Queen Victoria Street

London EC4V 4HA

United Kingdom

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Simon Baker / William Barrand / Deborah Tan

Fax no: +44 207 329 6611

Email: simon.baker2@cba.com.au

william-james.barrand@cba.com.au

deborah.tan@cba.com.au

 

cc:

PostDealManagementStructuredAssetFinance@ cba.com.au

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Roy Nasse

Fax no: +44 207 710 3939

Email: nasserp@cba.com.au

  

49,000,000

  

5.47869

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

 

Attention: Shreyas Chipalkatty / Timothy Soe / Kristie Thornhill

Fax no: [                    ]

Email: shreyas.chipalkatty@citi.com

timothy.soe@citi.com

kristie.thornhill@citi.com

  

75,000,000

  

8.38574

Swedbank AB (publ)

Landsvägen 40

SE-172 63 Sundbyberg

Sweden

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Mikael Sanderson / Andreas Webster

Email: mikael.sanderson@swedbank.se

andreas.webster@swedbank.no

  

49,000,000

  

5.47869

 

Page 87


For administration matters:

Attention: Loan Agency / Credit Administration

Fax no: +46 8 700 84 09

Email: agency@swedbank.se

creditadmin@swedbank.se

     

Siemens Financial Services, Inc.

170 Wood Avenue South

Iselin

New Jersey 08830

United States of America

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Bradley Nicholson

Fax no: +1 732 590 2597

Email: bradley.nicholson@siemens.com

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Bilal Aman

Fax no: +1 732 590 2490

Email: SFSPOPSS@SIEMENS.COM

bilal.aman@siemens.com

  

19,687,500

  

2.20126

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8

SE-106 40 Stockholm

Sweden

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Per Barre / Kara Mati

Fax no: [                    ]

Email: per.barre@seb.se

kara.mati@seb.se

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Moses Omari

Fax no: +46 8 763 81 57

Email: SCOCRESF@seb.se

  

75,000,000

  

8.38574

 

Page 88


Part II

The Swap Providers

Nordea Bank Finland plc

c/o Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

1211 Avenue of the Americas

23 rd Floor

New York

NY 10036

United States of America

Fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420

Attn: Henning Lyche Christiansen

ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

c/o ABN AMRO Securities USA LLC

100 Park Avenue

17 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

United States of America

Attn: MacGregor Stockdale

Tel: +1 917 284 6738

Email: macgregor.stockdale@abnamro.com

Scotiabank Europe Plc

201 Bishopsgate, 6 th Floor

London EC2M 3NS

United Kingdom

Attention: David Sparkes / Priya Rai

Tel. no: +44 207 826 5635 / +44 207 826 5991

Fax no: +44 207 638 8488

Email: david.sparkes@scotiabank.com

priya.rai@scotiabank.com

With copy to:

Attention: David Sparkes/Matt Tuskin

Fax no: +44 207 638 8488

Email: david.sparkes@scotiabank.com

matt.tuskin@scotiabank.com

 

Page 89


Danske Bank A/S

2-12 Holmens Kanal

DK-1092 Copenhagen K

Denmark

Attn: Einar Stavrum / Patrick Johansen

Email: einar.stavrum@danskebank.com

patrick.johansen@danskebank.com

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Attn: Shreyas Chipalkatty / Timothy Soe / Kristie Thornhill

Fax No: [            ]

Email: shreyas.chipalkatty@citi.com

timothy.soe@citi.com

kristie.thornhill@citi.com

 

Page 90


Part III

MLAs

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

1211 Avenue of the Americas

23 rd Floor

New York

NY 10036

United States of America

Fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420

Attn: Henning Lyche Christiansen

Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

100 Park Avenue

17 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

United States of America

For credit matters:

Attn: Rajbir Talwar / Julie Lee

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Email: rajbir.talwar@abnamro.com

julie.lee@abnamro.com

For administration matters:

Attention: Lilia Engelsbel-Sporysheva

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Email: tradefinance@abnamro.com

lilia.engelsbel-sporysheva@abnamro.com

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Attention: Shreyas Chipalkatty / Timothy Soe / Kristie Thornhill

Fax no: [            ]

Email: shreyas.chipalkatty@citi.com

timothy.soe@citi.com

kristie.thornhill@citi.com

 

Page 91


Danske Bank A/S

2-12 Holmens Kanal

DK-1092 Copenhagen K

Denmark

For credit matters :

Attention: Hege Meuche Granberg / Einar Stavrum

Fax no: [            ]

Email: heggr@danskebank.com /

einar.stavrum@danskebank.com

Attention: Loan Management Shipping (4754)

Fax no: +45 45 12 87 22

Email: loanmanshi@danskebank.com

For administration matters :

Attention: Loan Administration (3925)

Fax no: +45 45 14 99 78

Email: R3925syn@danskebank.dk

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

60 London Wall

London EC2M 5TQ

United Kingdom

For credit matters :

Attention: Adam Byrne / Harry Schuil / Henry Rushton

Fax no: +44 20 7767 7324

Email: adam.byrne@uk.ing.com

harry.schuil@uk.ing.com

henry.rushton@uk.ing.com

For administration matters :

Attention: Mark Dasalla

Fax no: +44 207 767 7324 5666

Email: GB.LDN.DEAL.EXECUTION@uk.ing.com

KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH

Palmengartenstrasse 5-9

60325 Frankfurt am Main

Federal Republic of Germany

For credit matters :

Attention: Moritz Hennig/André Tiele

Fax no: +49 69 7431 3768

Email: moritz.hennig@kfw.de

andre.tiele@kfw.de

For administration matters :

Attention: Angela Egler-Wrede

Fax no: +49 69 7431 2944

Email: angela.egler-wrede@kfw.de

 

Page 92


Scotiabank Europe Plc

201 Bishopsgate, 6 th Floor

London EC2M 3NS

United Kingdom

For credit matters :

Attention: David Sparkes/Matt Tuskin

Fax no: +44 207 638 8488

Email: david.sparkes@scotiabank.com

matt.tuskin@scotiabank.com

For administration matters :

Attention: Tony Sposato/Savi Rampat

Fax no: +44 207 826 5666

Email: GWSLONDON_GTB@scotiabank.com

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8

SE-106 40 Stockholm

Sweden

For credit matters :

Attention: Per Barre / Kara Mati

Fax no: [            ]

Email: per.barre@seb.se

kara.mati@seb.se

For administration matters :

Attention: Moses Omari

Fax no: +46 8 763 81 57

Email: SCOCRESF@seb.se

 

Page 93


Part IV

Bookrunners

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

1211 Avenue of the Americas

23 rd Floor

New York

NY 10036

United States of America

Fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420

Attn: Henning Lyche Christiansen

Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

100 Park Avenue

17 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

United States of America

For credit matters:

Attn: Rajbir Talwar / Julie Lee

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Email: rajbir.talwar@abnamro.com

julie.lee@abnamro.com

For administration matters:

Attention: Lilia Engelsbel-Sporysheva

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Email: tradefinance@abnamro.com

lilia.engelsbel-sporysheva@abnamro.com

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Attention: Shreyas Chipalkatty / Timothy Soe / Kristie Thornhill

Fax no: [            ]

Email: shreyas.chipalkatty@citi.com

timothy.soe@citi.com

kristie.thornhill@citi.com

 

Page 94


Danske Bank A/S

2-12 Holmens Kanal

DK-1092 Copenhagen K

Denmark

For credit matters :

Attention: Hege Meuche Granberg / Einar Stavrum

Fax no: [            ]

Email: heggr@danskebank.com /

einar.stavrum@danskebank.com

Attention: Loan Management Shipping (4754)

Fax no: +45 45 12 87 22

Email: loanmanshi@danskebank.com

For administration matters :

Attention: Loan Administration (3925)

Fax no: +45 45 14 99 78

Email: R3925syn@danskebank.dk

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

60 London Wall

London EC2M 5TQ

United Kingdom

For credit matters :

Attention: Adam Byrne / Harry Schuil / Henry Rushton

Fax no: +44 20 7767 7324

Email: adam.byrne@uk.ing.com

harry.schuil@uk.ing.com

henry.rushton@uk.ing.com

For administration matters :

Attention: Mark Dasalla

Fax no: +44 207 767 7324 5666

Email: GB.LDN.DEAL.EXECUTION@uk.ing.com

 

Page 95


KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH

Palmengartenstrasse 5-9

60325 Frankfurt am Main

Federal Republic of Germany

For credit matters :

Attention: Moritz Hennig/André Tiele

Fax no: +49 69 7431 3768

Email: moritz.hennig@kfw.de

andre.tiele@kfw.de

For administration matters :

Attention: Angela Egler-Wrede

Fax no: +49 69 7431 2944

Email: angela.egler-wrede@kfw.de

Scotiabank Europe Plc

201 Bishopsgate, 6 th Floor

London EC2M 3NS

United Kingdom

For credit matters :

Attention: David Sparkes/Matt Tuskin

Fax no: +44 207 638 8488

Email: david.sparkes@scotiabank.com

matt.tuskin@scotiabank.com

For administration matters :

Attention: Tony Sposato/Savi Rampat

Fax no: +44 207 826 5666

Email: GWSLONDON_GTB@scotiabank.com

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8

SE-106 40 Stockholm

Sweden

For credit matters :

Attention: Per Barre / Kara Mati

Fax no: [            ]

Email: per.barre@seb.se

kara.mati@seb.se

For administration matters :

Attention: Moses Omari

Fax no: +46 8 763 81 57

Email: SCOCRESF@seb.se

 

Page 96


Schedule 2

Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

Part I:

Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice

 

1

Security Parties

 

  (a)

Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of the Borrower together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that the Borrower is duly incorporated in its country of incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.

 

  (b)

Certificate of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of the Borrower (if available).

 

  (c)

Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower:

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and

 

  (ii)

if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.

 

  (d)

Shareholder resolutions If required by any legal advisor to the Agent, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in the Borrower, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (e)

Officer’s certificates An original certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of the Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement, setting out the names of its directors and officers (or its sole member), setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder, and confirming that any applicable borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded.

 

  (f)

Powers of attorney The original power of attorney of the Borrower under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by the Borrower.

 

2

Finance Documents

This Agreement, the Account Security Deed and any Fee Letter, together with all other documents required by any of them including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.

 

Page 97


3

Legal opinions

The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such opinion will be given:

 

  (a)

an opinion on matters of English law from Stephenson Harwood LLP;

 

  (b)

an opinion on matters of Marshall Island law from Watson Farley & Williams LLP, New York; and

 

  (c)

an opinion on matters of New York law from Watson Farley & Williams LLP, New York.

 

4

Other documents and evidence

 

  (a)

Process agent Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 23.5 and any process agent appointed under any Finance Document executed pursuant to paragraph 2 above has accepted its appointment.

 

  (b)

Other authorisations A copy of any Necessary Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Relevant Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Relevant Documents.

 

  (c)

Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 8 and Clause 9 have been paid.

 

  (d)

“Know your customer” documents Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents (including “know your customer” documentation on each shareholder of the Borrower with a shareholding of 20% or more).

 

  (e)

Other Such other documents, authorisations, opinions and assurances as the Agent may specify.

 

  (f)

Valuations Valuations (in accordance with the definition of, and sufficient to establish, Fair Market Value) of each Collateral Vessel dated no earlier than sixty (60) days prior to the Execution Date.

 

Page 98


Part II:

Conditions precedent to First Drawdown Date

 

1

Security Parties

 

  (a)

Bringdown Certificate An original certificate from a duly authorised officer or representative of the Borrower confirming that none of the documents delivered to the Agent pursuant to Schedule 2, Part I, paragraphs 1(a), (c), (d), (e) and (f) have been amended or modified in any way since the date of their delivery to the Agent.

 

  (b)

Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of each Collateral Owner together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that each Collateral Owner is duly formed or incorporated in its country of formation or incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.

 

  (c)

Certificates of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of each Collateral Owner and the Borrower (if such a certificate can be obtained).

 

  (d)

Board resolutions A copy (or extract) of a resolution of the board of directors (or sole member) of each Collateral Owner:

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and

 

  (ii)

if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.

 

  (e)

Shareholder resolutions If required by any legal advisor to the Agent, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares or membership interests (as the case may be) in each Collateral Owner, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (f)

Officer’s certificates An original certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of each Collateral Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Drawdown Date, setting out the names of its directors and officers, setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder, and confirming that its borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded.

 

  (g)

Powers of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of each Collateral Owner under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by that Collateral Owner.

 

Page 99


2

Security and related documents

 

  (a)

Vessel documents In respect of each Collateral Vessel, photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of the Collateral Owner of that Collateral Vessel, of:

 

  (i)

the Management Agreements (if any);

 

  (ii)

any Charter;

 

  (iii)

evidence of each Collateral Vessel’s current Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 (if applicable);

 

  (iv)

each ISM Company’s current Document of Compliance;

 

  (v)

each Collateral Vessel’s current ISSC;

 

  (vi)

each Collateral Vessel’s current IAPPC;

 

  (vii)

each Collateral Vessel’s current SMC;

in each case together with all addenda, amendments or supplements.

 

  (b)

Evidence of Collateral Owners’ title Evidence that on the First Drawdown Date (i) each Collateral Vessel will be at least provisionally registered under the relevant flag in the ownership of the relevant Collateral Owner and (ii) each Mortgage will be capable of being registered against the relevant Collateral Vessel with first priority.

 

  (c)

Evidence of insurance Evidence that each Collateral Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent.

 

  (d)

Confirmations of class A Certificate of Confirmation of Class for hull and machinery in respect of each Collateral Vessel confirming that that Collateral Vessel is classed with the highest in respect of each Collateral Vessel class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society free of material overdue recommendations affecting class.

 

  (e)

Security Documents The Guarantees, the Mortgages, the Assignments and the Share Pledges, together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients, all share certificates, certified copy share registers or registers of members, transfer forms, proxy forms, letters of resignation and letters of undertakings specified in the Share Pledges.

 

  (f)

Managers’ Confirmations The Managers’ Confirmations (if any) together with notices of any assignments contained in the same and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.

 

Page 100


  (g)

Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part II of Schedule 2.

 

3

Legal opinions

Confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that legal opinions substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the First Drawdown Date will be given promptly following disbursement of the Loans, namely:

 

  (a)

an opinion on matters of English law from Stephenson Harwood LLP;

 

  (b)

an opinion on matters of Marshall Islands law from Watson Farley & Williams LLP; and

 

  (c)

an opinion on matters of Bahamas law from Lennox Patton and an opinion on matters of Maltese law from Ganado Advocates (or such other legal advisors in respect of the jurisdiction of the underlying flag of the Collateral Vessels).

 

4

Other documents and evidence

 

  (a)

Drawdown Notice A duly completed Drawdown Notice.

 

  (b)

Process agent Evidence that any process agent appointed under any of the Security Documents executed pursuant to paragraph 2(e) above has accepted its appointment.

 

  (c)

Other Authorisations A copy of any other Necessary Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Relevant Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Relevant Document.

 

  (d)

“Know your customer Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  (e)

Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 8 and Clause 9 have been paid by, or will have been paid on, the Drawdown Date.

 

  (f)

Existing Loan Agreements Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that on or by the First Drawdown Date, the Borrower has, or will have, repaid the Existing Loans in full (other than the 845m Loan Agreement which shall be repaid in part only) together with accrued interest and all other documents accrued or outstanding under the Existing Loan Agreements and that any Security Documents (as defined in the Existing Loan Agreements) and any Encumbrance securing any of the Existing Loans or the obligations under any of the Existing Loans will be released and discharged other than certain security relating to the 845 Loan Agreement.

 

Page 101


Part III:

Conditions subsequent to First Drawdown Date

 

1

Evidence of Collateral Owners’ title Certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the flag of each Collateral Vessel confirming that (a) each Collateral Vessel is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the relevant Collateral Owner, (b) each Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the relevant Collateral Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against any of the Collateral Vessels.

 

2

Letters of undertaking Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties.

 

3

Acknowledgements of notices Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to any Security Documents received by the Agent pursuant to Part II of this Schedule 2.

 

4

Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part II of this Schedule 2 as have not already been provided to the Agent.

 

Page 102


Part IV:

Conditions precedent to a Vessel Replacement Date

 

1

Replacement Owner

 

  (a)

Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of the Replacement Owner together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that the Replacement Owner is duly formed or incorporated in its country of formation or incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.

 

  (b)

Certificate of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of the Replacement Owner (if such a certificate can be obtained).

 

  (c)

Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Replacement Owner (or its sole member):

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and

 

  (ii)

if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.

 

  (d)

Officer’s certificate A certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of the Replacement Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part IV of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Vessel Replacement Date and setting out the names of its directors and officers (or its sole member), setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder (or its sole member) and confirming that its borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded.

 

  (e)

Power of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of the Replacement Owner under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by the Replacement Owner.

 

2

Security and related documents

 

  (a)

Vessel documents In respect of the Replacement Vessel photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of the relevant Replacement Owner, of:

 

  (i)

the Management Agreements (if any);

 

  (ii)

any Charter;

 

  (iii)

evidence of the Replacement Vessel’s current Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 (if applicable);

 

Page 103


  (iv)

the ISM’s Company’s current Document of Compliance;

 

  (v)

the Replacement Vessel’s current ISSC;

 

  (vi)

the Replacement Vessel’s IAPPC; and

 

  (vii)

the Replacement Vessel’s current SMC.

in each case together with all addenda, amendments or supplements.

 

  (b)

Evidence of Owner’s title Evidence that on the Vessel Replacement Date (i) the Replacement Vessel will be at least provisionally registered under a Pre-Approved Flag in the ownership of the Replacement Owner and (ii) a Mortgage will be capable of being registered against the Replacement Vessel with first priority.

 

  (c)

Evidence of insurance Evidence that the Replacement Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with (if required by the Agent) the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent.

 

  (d)

Confirmation of class A Certificate of Confirmation of Class for hull and machinery confirming that the Replacement Vessel is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society free of material overdue recommendations affecting class.

 

  (e)

Security Documents The Guarantee to be executed by the Replacement Owner, the Mortgage and the Assignment to be executed in respect of the Replacement Vessel, a Share Pledge in respect of the Replacement Owner together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.

 

  (f)

Managers’ Confirmations The Managers’ Confirmations (if any) together with notices of any assignments contained in the same and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.

 

  (g)

Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents in respect of the Replacement Vessel not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part IV of Schedule 2.

 

  (h)

Valuations Valuations (in accordance with the definition of, and sufficient to establish, Fair Market Value) of the Replacement Vessel.

 

3

Legal opinions

If a Security Party is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or if any Finance Document is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lenders in each relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the Vessel Replacement Date or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such an opinion will be given.

 

Page 104


4

Other documents and evidence

 

  (a)

Process agent Evidence that any process agent appointed under any new Finance Document has accepted its appointment.

 

  (b)

Other authorisations A copy of any other Necessary Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the relevant Replacement Owner accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Relevant Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Relevant Documents.

 

  (c)

Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 9 have been, or will be, paid on the Vessel Replacement Date.

 

  (d)

“Know your customer” Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

Page 105


Part V:

Conditions subsequent to Vessel Replacement Date

 

1

Evidence of Replacement Owner’s title Certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the flag of the Replacement Vessel confirming that (a) the Replacement Vessel is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the Replacement Owner, (b) the Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the Replacement Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against the Replacement Vessel.

 

2

Letters of undertaking Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances relating to the Replacement Vessel as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties.

 

3

Acknowledgements of notices Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to any Security Documents received by the Agent pursuant to Part IV of this Schedule 2.

 

4

Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part IV of this Schedule 2 as have not already been provided to the Agent.

 

Page 106


Schedule 3

The Collateral Vessels

 

No.

  

Vessel name

  

Collateral Owner

  

Type

   DWT      Year
built
     Flag
1    Ashkini Spirit    Ashkini Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax Tanker      165,200         2003       Bahamas
2    Axel Spirit    Axel Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      115,400         2004       Bahamas
3    Esther Spirit    Esther Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      115,400         2004       Bahamas
4    Everest Spirit    Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      115,000         2004       Bahamas
5    Godavari Spirit    Godavari Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax Tanker      159,100         2004       Malta
6    Helga Spirit    Helga Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      115,500         2005       Bahamas
7    Iskmati Spirit    Iskmati Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax Tanker      165,200         2003       Bahamas
8    Kanata Spirit    Kanata Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      113,000         1999       Bahamas
9    Kareela Spirit    Kareela Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      113,100         1999       Bahamas
10    Kaveri Spirit    Kaveri Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax Tanker      159,100         2004       Bahamas
11    Kyeema Spirit    Kyeema Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      113,400         1999       Bahamas
12    Matterhorn Spirit    Matterhorn Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax Spirit      114,800         2005       Bahamas
13    Narmada Spirit    Narmada Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax Tanker      159,200         2003       Malta
14    Donegal Spirit    Donegal Spirit L.L.C.    LR2      105,200         2006       Bahamas
15    Galway Spirit    Galway Spirit L.L.C.    LR2      105,200         2007       Bahamas
16    Limerick Spirit    Limerick Spirit L.L.C.    LR2      105,200         2007       Bahamas
17    Seletar Spirit    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1586 L.L.C.    LR2      109,000         2010       Bahamas
18    Leyte Spirit    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1587 L.L.C.    LR2      110,000         2011       Bahamas
19    Sebarok Spirit    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1592 L.L.C.    LR2      110,000         2011       Bahamas

 

Page 107


20    Luzon Spirit    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1593 L.L.C.    LR2      110,000         2011       Bahamas
21    Yamato Spirit    Teekay Tankers TS Hull No. S-1415 L.L.C.    Aframax      108,000         2008       Bahamas
22    Rio Spirit    Rio Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2013       Bahamas
23    Sydney Spirit    Sydney Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2012       Bahamas
24    Athens Spirit    Athens Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2012       Bahamas
25    Barcelona Spirit    Barcelona Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2011       Bahamas
26    Atlanta Spirit    Atlanta Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2011       Bahamas
27    London Spirit    London Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2011       Bahamas
28    Beijing Spirit    Beijing Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      156,000         2010       Bahamas
29    Moscow Spirit    Moscow Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      156,000         2010       Bahamas
30    Los Angeles Spirit    Los Angeles Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      159,000         2007       Bahamas
31    Montreal Spirit    Montreal Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      150,000         2006       Bahamas
32    Tokyo Spirit    Tokyo Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      150,000         2006       Bahamas
33    Seoul Spirit    Seoul Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2005       Bahamas
34    Erik Spirit    Erik Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax      115,526         2005       Bahamas
35    Americas Spirit    Americas Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax      111,900         2003       Bahamas
36    Australian Spirit    Australian Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax      111,900         2004       Bahamas

 

Page 108


Schedule 4

Form of Drawdown Notice

 

To:

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

 

From:

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

[Date] 2016

Dear Sirs,

Drawdown Notice

We refer to the Loan Agreement dated 2016 made between, amongst others, ourselves and yourselves (the “ Agreement ”).

Words and phrases defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Drawdown Notice.

Pursuant to Clause 4.1 of the Agreement, we irrevocably request that you advance [the Term Loan] [a Drawing] in the sum of [                    ] to us on                     2016, which is a Business Day, by paying the amount of the advance to [                    ].

We warrant that the representations and warranties contained in Clause 11 of the Agreement save those contained in Clauses 11.2, 11.6 1 and 11.19 are true and correct at the date of this Drawdown Notice and will be true and correct (although this warranty is not given with regard to Clause 11.7) 2 on                     2016 that no Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied or unwaived, and that no Default will result from the advance of the sum requested in this Drawdown Notice.

We select the period of [            ] months as the Interest Period in respect of the said [Term Loan] [Drawing].

Yours faithfully

 

 

For and on behalf of

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

 

 

1  

For all drawdowns other than the first, add reference to Clause 11.7 here.

2  

For all drawdowns other than the first, delete phrase in brackets.

 

Page 109


Schedule 5

Form of Transfer Certificate

 

To:

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

Transfer Certificate

This transfer certificate relates to a secured loan facility agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, supplemented or novated the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated [            ] 2016, on the terms and subject to the conditions of which a secured revolving credit and term loan facility was made available to Teekay Tankers Ltd., by a syndicate of banks on whose behalf you act as agent and security trustee.

 

1

Terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, have the same meaning when used in this certificate. The terms “ Transferor ” and “ Transferee ” are defined in the schedule to this certificate (the “ Schedule ”).

 

2

The Transferor:

 

  2.1

confirms that the details in the Schedule under the heading “ Transferor’s Commitment ” accurately summarise its Commitment; and

 

  2.2

requests the Transferee to accept by way of novation the transfer to the Transferee of the amount of the Transferor’s Commitment specified in the Schedule by counter-signing and delivering this certificate to the Agent at its address for communications specified in the Loan Agreement.

 

3

The Transferee requests the Agent to accept this certificate as being delivered to the Agent pursuant to and for the purposes of clause 14 of the Loan Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms of that clause on the Transfer Date specified in the Schedule.

 

4

The Agent confirms its acceptance of this certificate for the purposes of clause 14 of the Loan Agreement.

 

5

The Transferee confirms that:

 

  5.1

it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement together with all other information which it has required in connection with this transaction;

 

  5.2

it has not relied and will not in the future rely on the Transferor or any other party to the Loan Agreement to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any such information; and

 

  5.3

it has not relied and will not in the future rely on the Transferor or any other party to the Loan Agreement to keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of any Security Party.

 

6

Execution of this certificate by the Transferee constitutes its representation and warranty to the Transferor and to all other parties to the Loan Agreement that it has the power to become a party to the Loan Agreement as a Lender on the terms of the Loan Agreement and has taken all steps to authorise execution and delivery of this certificate.

 

Page 110


7

The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the other parties to the Loan Agreement that it will perform in accordance with their terms all those obligations which by the terms of the Loan Agreement will be assumed by it after delivery of this certificate to the Agent and the satisfaction of any conditions subject to which this certificate is expressed to take effect.

 

8

The Transferor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any document relating to any Finance Document, and assumes no responsibility for the financial condition of any Finance Party or for the performance and observance by any Security Party of any of its obligations under any Finance Document or any document relating to any Finance Document and any conditions and warranties implied by law are expressly excluded.

 

9

The Transferee acknowledges that nothing in this certificate or in the Loan Agreement shall oblige the Transferor to:

 

  9.1

accept a re-transfer from the Transferee of the whole or any part of the rights, benefits and/or obligations transferred pursuant to this certificate; or

 

  9.2

support any losses directly or indirectly sustained or incurred by the Transferee for any reason including, without limitation, the non-performance by any party to any Finance Document of any obligations under any Finance Document.

 

10

The address and fax number of the Transferee for the purposes of clause 18 of the Loan Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

11

This certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be original but which shall together constitute the same instrument.

 

12

This certificate shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law.

 

Page 111


The Schedule

 

1

Transferor :

 

2

Transferee :

 

3

Transfer Date (not earlier that the fifth Business Day after the date of delivery of the Transfer Certificate to the Agent):

 

4

Transferor’s Commitment :

 

5

Amount transferred :

 

6

Transferee’s address and fax number for the purposes of clause 18 of the Loan Agreement :

 

[name of Transferor]

       

[name of Transferee]

    

By:

      By:   

Date:

      Date:   

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as Agent

By:

Date:

 

Page 112


Schedule 6

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

 

From:

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

 

Date:

[•]

Dear Sirs

We refer to an agreement (the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated [• ] 2016 and made between (inter alia) (1) us as borrower, (2) the banks listed at Schedule 1 thereto as lenders and (3) yourselves as agent and security trustee (as from time to time amended, varied, novated or supplemented).

Terms defined or construed in the Loan Agreement have the same meanings and constructions in this Certificate.

We attach the relevant calculation applicable on the last day of our financial [year][quarter] ending [• ] (the “ Relevant Period ”) which confirm that:

 

1

Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines [were in aggregate at all times equal to or greater than/fell below] $35,000,000. Therefore the condition contained in clause 12.2.1 of the Loan Agreement [has/has not] been complied with in respect of the Relevant Period.

 

2

The aggregate of Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines [was at all times equal to or greater than/fell below] 5.0% of Total Debt. Therefore the condition contained in clause 12.2.2 of the Loan Agreement [has/has not] been complied with.

 

3

The aggregate of the Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels is [•] and the value of any additional security previously provided under clause 10.9 of the Loan Agreement is [•] which in aggregate is not less than 125% of the amount of the Loans outstanding in the Relevant Period. Therefore, the requirements of clause 10.9 of the Loan Agreement have been complied with in respect of the Relevant Period.

The Fair Market Value of each Collateral Vessel is as follows at [date]:

 

Name of Collateral Vessel

   Name of first
shipbroker
providing
valuation
    Name of second
shipbroker
providing
valuation
    Name of third
shipbroker
providing
valuation
    Average market
value
 

[•]

     [ •]      [ •]      [ •]      [ •] 

 

Signed:  

 

    Duly authorised representative of
    Teekay Tankers Ltd.

 

Page 113


Schedule 7

Repayment Instalments

 

No.

   Repayment Instalment (US$)    Outstanding
Amount (US$)
      525,280,000

1

   31,940,000    493,340,000

2

   31,940,000    461,400,000

3

   31,940,000    429,460,000

4

   31,940,000    397,520,000

5

   24,845,000    372,675,000

6

   24,845,000    347,830,000

7

   24,845,000    322,985,000

8

   24,845,000    298,140,000

9

   24,845,000    273,295,000

10

   24,845,000    248,450,000

11

   24,845,000    223,605,000

12

   24,845,000    198,760,000

13

   24,845,000    173,915,000

14

   24,845,000    149,070,000

15

   24,845,000    124,225,000

16

   24,845,000    99,380,000

17

   24,845,000    74,535,000

18

   24,845,000    49,690,000

19

   24,845,000    24,845,000

20

   24,845,000    0

 

Page 114


In witness of which the parties to this Agreement have executed this Agreement the day and year first before written.

 

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Patrick Smith

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Roxanne Lorraine Chambers

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as Agent)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Roxanne Lorraine Chambers

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Mark Russell

KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

 

Page 115


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Scotiabank Europe Plc

   ) Attorny-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

BNP Paribas

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )
   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd.

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Danske Bank, Norwegian Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

 

Page 116


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Simon Baker

Commonwealth Bank of Australia, London )

  

Branch

   )

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Swedbank AB (publ)

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

 

Page 117


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Edward F. Kubilis

Siemens Financial Services, Inc.

   ) Vice President

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Roxanne Lorraine Chambers

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

 

Page 118


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Danske Bank A/S

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Mark Russell

KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Scotiabank Europe Plc

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

 

Page 119


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Roxanne Lorraine Chambers

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Danske Bank A/S

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

 

Page 120


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Mark Russell

KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Scotiabank Europe Plc

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Roxanne Lorraine Chambers

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Coordinator)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Coordinator)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

 

Page 121


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Roxanne Lorraine Chambers

Nordea Bank Finland plc

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Swap Provider)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Swap Provider)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Scotiabank Europe Plc

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Swap Provider)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Danske Bank A/S

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Swap Provider)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Swap Provider)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

 

Page 122

EXHIBIT 8.1

LISTING OF SUBSIDIARIES

The following is a list of the Company’s subsidiaries as at December 31, 2015, excluding certain subsidiaries that in aggregate are not significant.

 

Name of Subsidiary   

State or

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

  

Proportion of

Ownership

Interest

 

African Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      33.1

Al Areesh Inc.

   Marshall Islands      23.1

Al Areesh L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      23.1

Al Daayen Inc.

   Marshall Islands      23.1

Al Daayen L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      23.1

Al Marrouna Inc.

   Marshall Islands      23.1

Al Marrouna L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      23.1

Alexander Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      33.1

Alliance Chartering Pty Limited

   Australia      100.0

ALP Ace B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Centre B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Defender B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Forward B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Guard B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Ippon B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Keeper B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Maritime Contractors B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Maritime Group B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Maritime Holding B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Maritime Services B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Ocean Towage Holding B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Striker B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Sweeper B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

ALP Winger B.V.

   Netherlands      37.0

Americas Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      25.9

Amundsen Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      37.0

Apollo Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      37.0

Arctic Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      33.7

Ashkini Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      25.9

Asian Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      33.1

Athens Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      25.9

Atlanta Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      25.9

Australian Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      25.9

Australian Tankships Agency Pty. Ltd.

   Australia      100.0

Axel Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      25.9

Banff L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      100.0

Barcelona Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      25.9

Beijing Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      25.9

Bermuda Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      33.1

Bossa Nova Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      37.0

C VLCC L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      100.0

Clipper L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      37.0

Conoco Shipping & Marine Development L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      100.0

Creole Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      33.1

Dampier Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      37.0

DHJS 2007-001 L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      33.7

DHJS 2007-002 L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      33.7

DMSE Option Vessel No.1 L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      33.1

DMSE Option Vessel No.2 L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      33.1

DMSE Option Vessel No.3 L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      33.1

Donegal Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      25.9

DSME Hull No. 2411 L.L.C

   Marshall Islands      33.1

DSME Hull No. 2416 L.L.C

   Marshall Islands      33.1

DSME Hull No. 2417 L.L.C

   Marshall Islands      33.1

DSME Hull No. 2461 L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      33.1

Erik Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      25.9

Esther Spirit L.L.C.

   Marshall Islands      25.9


European Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.1

Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Galway Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Ganges Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Gemini Pool L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Gina Krog L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Gina Krog Offshore Pte. Ltd.

  

Singapore

     37.0

Godavari Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Golar Nor (UK) Limited

  

United Kingdom

     100.0

H.H.I. Hull No. S856 LLC

  

Marshall Islands

     33.1

H.H.I. Hull No. S857 LLC

  

Marshall Islands

     33.1

Hamilton Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.1

Helga Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Hugli Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Hummingbird Holdings L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Hummingbird Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Iliad International AS

  

Norway

     100.0

Iliad International Inc.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Iskmati Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Kanata Spirit Holding L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Kareela Spirit Holding L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Kaveri Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Knarr L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Krepako Inc.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Krepanor AS

  

Norway

     100.0

KS Apollo Spirit

  

Norway

     32.9

Kyeema Spirit Holding L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Lambada Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Limerick Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Logitel Offshore Holding AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Logitel Offshore Holdings Pte. Ltd.

  

Singapore

     37.0

Logitel Offshore L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Logitel Offshore Norway AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Logitel Offshore Pte. Ltd.

  

Singapore

     37.0

Logitel Offshore Rig 1 Pte. Ltd.

  

Singapore

     37.0

Logitel Offshore Rig 2 Pte. Ltd.

  

Singapore

     37.0

Logitel Offshore Rig III L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

London Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Los Angeles Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Mahanadi Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Matterhorn Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Mayon Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Montreal Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Moscow Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Nakilat Holdco L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     23.1

Nansen Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Narmada Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Nassau Spirit Holding L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Naviera Teekay Gas II, S.L.

  

Spain

     33.1

Naviera Teekay Gas III, S.L.

  

Spain

     33.1

Naviera Teekay Gas IV, S.L.

  

Spain

     33.1

Naviera Teekay Gas, S.L.

  

Spain

     33.1

Navigator Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Navion Bergen AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Navion Bergen L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Navion Gothenburg AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Navion Gothenburg L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     18.5

Navion Offshore Loading AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Nordic Rio L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     18.5

Nordic Troll & Trym L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Norsk Teekay AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Norsk Teekay Holdings Ltd.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Oak Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.1

Orkney Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Partrederiet Stena Ugland Shuttle Tankers I DA

  

Norway

     18.5


Partrederiet Stena Ugland Shuttle Tankers II DA

  

Norway

     18.5

Partrederiet Stena Ugland Shuttle Tankers III DA

  

Norway

     18.5

Partrederiet Teekay Shipping Partners DA

  

Norway

     24.7

Pattani Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Peary Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Petrojarl I L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Petrojarl I Production AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Petrojarl IV DA

  

Norway

     100.0

Petrojarl Producao Petrolifera Do Brasil Ltda.

  

Brazil

     37.0

Pinnacle Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Piranema L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Piranema Production AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Polar Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.7

Polarc L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Rio Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Samar Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Samba Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Scott Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Sebarok Spirit L.L.C

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Senang Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Seoul Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Sertanejo Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Siri Holdings L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

SPT Explorer L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

SPT Marine Transfer Services Ltd.

  

Bermuda

     25.9

Station Place Inc.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Stena Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     18.5

STX Hull No. S1672 L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

STX Hull No. S1673 L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

STX Hull No. S1674 L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

STX Hull No. S1675 L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Summit Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Sydney Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Taizhou Hull No. WZL 0501 L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.7

Taizhou Hull No. WZL 0502 L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.7

Taizhou Hull No. WZL 0503 L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.7

Tangguh Hiri Finance Limited

  

United Kingdom

     23.6

Tangguh Hiri Operating Limited

  

United Kingdom

     23.6

Tangguh Sago Finance Limited

  

United Kingdom

     23.6

Tangguh Sago Operating Limited

  

United Kingdom

     23.6

Taurus Tankers L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     62.9

Taurus Tankers Ltd.

  

United Kingdom

     100.0

Teekay (Atlantic) Chartering ULC

  

Canada

     37.0

Teekay (Atlantic) Management ULC

  

Canada

     37.0

Teekay Acquisition Holdings L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Teekay Al Rayaan L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Teekay Australia Offshore Holdings Pty Ltd.

  

Australia

     37.0

Teekay BLT Corporation

  

Marshall Islands

     23.6

Teekay Bulkers Investments Ltd

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Teekay Bulkers Management Services Ltd.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Teekay Business Process Services Inc.

  

Philippines

     100.0

Teekay Chartering Limited

  

Marshall Islands

     62.9

Teekay Crewing Services Pty Ltd.

  

Australia

     100.0

Teekay Cyprus Limited

  

Cyprus

     100.0

Teekay Delaware Chartering Services L.L.C.

  

USA

     100.0

Teekay Do Brasil Servicos Maritimos Ltda.

  

Brazil

     100.0

Teekay European Holdings, S.A.R.L.

  

Luxembourg

     37.0

Teekay Finance Limited

  

Bermuda

     100.0

Teekay FSO Finance Pty Ltd

  

Australia

     37.0

Teekay GP L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Teekay Grand Banks AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Teekay Grand Banks Shipping AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Teekay Guardian L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Teekay Hiload L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Teekay Holdings Australia Pty Ltd.

  

Australia

     100.0


Teekay Holdings Limited

  

Bermuda

     100.0

Teekay Hummingbird Production Limited

  

United Kingdom

     100.0

Teekay II Iberia, S.L.

  

Spain

     33.1

Teekay International Ship Chartering Services Inc.

  

Barbados

     100.0

Teekay Knarr AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Teekay Lightering Services L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Teekay LNG Holdco L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.7

Teekay LNG Holdings L.P.

  

USA

     33.7

Teekay LNG Operating L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.1

Teekay LNG Partners L.P.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.1 % (1)  

Teekay LNG Projects Ltd.

  

Canada

     100.0

Teekay LNG US G.P. L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.1

Teekay Luxembourg S.A.R.L.

  

Luxembourg

     33.1

Teekay Marine (Glasgow) Ltd.

  

United Kingdom

     62.9

Teekay Marine (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

  

Singapore

     62.9

Teekay Marine Holdings Ltd

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Teekay Marine Ltd.

  

Marshall Islands

     62.9

Teekay Marine Pty Ltd.

  

Australia

     100.0

Teekay Marine Services (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

  

China

     100.0

Teekay Marine Solutions Inc

  

USA

     25.9

Teekay Marine Solutions Ltd.

  

United Kingdom

     25.9

Teekay Nakilat (II) Limited

  

United Kingdom

     23.1

Teekay Nakilat (III) Holdings Corporation

  

Marshall Islands

     33.1

Teekay Nakilat Corporation

  

Marshall Islands

     23.1

Teekay Nakilat Holdings Corporation

  

Marshall Islands

     33.1

Teekay Nakilat Replacement Purchaser L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     23.1

Teekay Navion Offshore Loading Pte. Ltd.

  

Singapore

     37.0

Teekay Netherlands European Holdings B.V.

  

Netherlands

     37.0

Teekay Nordic Holdings Inc.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Teekay Norway (Marine HR) AS

  

Norway

     100.0

Teekay Norway AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Teekay Norway HiLoad AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Teekay Offshore Crewing AS

  

Norway

     100.0

Teekay Offshore European Holdings Cooperatief U.A.

  

Netherlands

     37.0

Teekay Offshore Finance Corp.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Teekay Offshore Group Ltd.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Teekay Offshore Holdings L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Teekay Offshore Operating GP L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Teekay Offshore Operating L.P.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Teekay Offshore Operating Pte. Ltd.

  

Singapore

     37.0

Teekay Offshore Partners L.P.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0 % (1)  

Teekay Offshore Shuttle Tanker Finance L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Teekay Petrojarl Floating Production UK Ltd.

  

United Kingdom

     100.0

Teekay Petrojarl I Servicos de Petroleo Ltda.

  

Brazil

     37.0

Teekay Petrojarl Offshore Crew AS

  

Norway

     100.0

Teekay Petrojarl Offshore L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Teekay Petrojarl Offshore Siri AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Teekay Petrojarl Offshore Siri L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Teekay Petrojarl Production AS

  

Norway

     100.0

Teekay Petrojarl UK Limited

  

United Kingdom

     100.0

Teekay Piranema Servicos Petroleio Ltda.

  

Brazil

     37.0

Teekay Service Holdings Cooperatief UA

  

Netherlands

     100.0

Teekay Servicios Maritimos, S.L.

  

Spain

     33.1

Teekay Shipbuilding Supervision Services L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Teekay Shipping (Australia) Pty Ltd.

  

Australia

     100.0

Teekay Shipping (Barbados) Ltd.

  

Barbados

     100.0

Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd.

  

Canada

     100.0

Teekay Shipping (Glasgow) Ltd.

  

United Kingdom

     100.0

Teekay Shipping (India) Pvt. Ltd.

  

India

     100.0

Teekay Shipping (Singapore) Pte Ltd.

  

Singapore

     100.0

Teekay Shipping (UK) Limited

  

United Kingdom

     100.0

Teekay Shipping (USA), Inc

  

USA

     100.0

Teekay Shipping Limited

  

Bermuda

     100.0

Teekay Shipping Norway AS

  

Norway

     100.0


Teekay Shipping Partners Holding AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Teekay Shipping Philippines Inc.

  

Philippines

     100.0

Teekay Shipping Spain, S.L.

  

Spain

     33.1

Teekay Spain, S.L.

  

Spain

     33.1

Teekay Tangguh Borrower L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.7

Teekay Tangguh Holdings Corporation

  

Marshall Islands

     33.7

Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd.

  

Marshall Islands

     62.9

Teekay Tankers Holdings Ltd.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H 1586 L.L.C

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H 1587 L.L.C

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H 1592 L.L.C

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H 1593 L.L.C

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. S-1415 L.L.C

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9 % (2)  

Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Teekay Voyageur Production Ltd

  

United Kingdom

     37.0

Teekay Workboats L.L.C.

  

USA

     25.9

Teesta Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Tiro Sidon Holdings L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Tiro Sidon L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Tiro Sidon UK L.L.P.

  

United Kingdom

     37.0

Tokyo Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

TPO Investments AS

  

Norway

     100.0

TPO Investments Inc.

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Ugland Nordic Shipping AS

  

Norway

     37.0

Ugland Stena Storage AS

  

Norway

     100.0

Varg L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

Varg Production AS

  

Norway

     37.0

VLCC A Investment L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

VLCC B Investment L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

VLCC C Investment LLC

  

Marshall Islands

     100.0

Voyageur L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     37.0

VSSI Guaranty L.L.C.

  

USA

     100.0

Wilforce L.L.C

  

Marshall Islands

     33.7

Wilpride L.L.C

  

Marshall Islands

     33.7

Yamuna Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Zenith Spirit L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     25.9

Zhonghua Hull No. 451 L.L.C.

  

Marshall Islands

     33.7

 

(1)

The partnership is controlled by its general partner. Teekay Corporation has a 100% beneficial ownership in the general partner. In limited cases, approval of a majority or supermajority of the common unitholders (in some cases excluding units held by the general partner and its affiliates) is required to approve certain actions.

(2)

Proportion of voting power held is 53.6%.

EXHIBIT 12.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Peter Evensen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the company, certify that:

 

  1.

I have reviewed this report on Form 20-F of Teekay Corporation (the “company”);

 

  2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4.

The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the Annual Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

  5.

The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: April 26, 2016

   

By:

 

/s/ Peter Evensen

     

Peter Evensen

     

President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 12.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Vincent Lok, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the company, certify that:

 

  1.

I have reviewed this report on Form 20-F of Teekay Corporation (the “company”);

 

  2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4.

The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the Annual Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

  5.

The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: April 26, 2016

   

By:

 

/s/ Vincent Lok

     

Vincent Lok

     

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 13.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Teekay Corporation (the “ Company ”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “ Form 20-F ”), I Peter Evensen, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Form 20-F fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) The information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: April 26, 2016

By:

 

/s/ Peter Evensen

 

Peter Evensen

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 13.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Teekay Corporation (the “ Company ) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “ Form 20-F ”), I Vincent Lok, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Form 20-F fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) The information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: April 26, 2016

By:

 

/s/ Vincent Lok

 

Vincent Lok

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Teekay Corporation:

 

(1)

No. 333-42434 on Form S-8 pertaining to the Amended 1995 Stock Option Plan,

 

(2)

No. 333-119564 on Form S-8 pertaining to the Amended 1995 Stock Option Plan and the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan,

 

(3)

No. 33-97746 on Form F-3 and related Prospectus for the registration of 2,000,000 shares of common stock under its Dividend Reinvestment Plan,

 

(4)

No. 333-147683 on Form S-8 pertaining to the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan of Teekay,

 

(5)

No. 333-166523 on Form S-8 pertaining to the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan of Teekay,

 

(6)

No. 333-187142 on Form S-8 pertaining to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan of Teekay, and

 

(7)

No. 333-192753 on Form F-3ASR and related Prospectus for the registration of 5,700,000 shares of common stock,

of:

 

(a)

our reports dated April 26, 2016, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Teekay Corporation as at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to the retrospective change in the method of accounting for debt issuance costs effective December 31, 2015 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs;

 

(b)

our report dated March 15, 2016, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V. as at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. Our report refers to the retrospective change in the method of accounting for debt issuance costs effective December 31, 2015 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs; and

 

(c)

our report dated April 21, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Exmar LPG BVBA as at December 31, 2014 and for the year then ended;

which reports appear in the December 31, 2015 Annual Report on Form 20-F of Teekay Corporation

Chartered Professional Accountants

Vancouver, Canada

April 26, 2016

EXHIBIT 23.2

Consolidated Financial Statements

Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V.

December 31, 2015


Independent Auditors’ Report

The Board of Directors of

Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V. (and its subsidiaries), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V. (and its subsidiaries) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015 in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Emphasis of Matter

As discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, during 2013, the assets and liabilities of the consolidated group were sold from MALT LNG Holdings ApS to a new inactive entity, Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V. These consolidated financial statements reflect the results of the consolidated group on a continuity of interest basis. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this.

As discussed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V. (and its subsidiaries) has retrospectively changed its method of accounting for debt issuance costs effective December 31, 2015 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.

Chartered Professional Accountants

March 15, 2016

Vancouver, Canada

 

2


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V. (Note 1)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,

2015

   

Year Ended
December 31,

2014

   

Year Ended
December 31,

2013

 
     $     $     $  

Voyage revenues (note 10)

     137,946       197,969       205,569  

Voyage expenses

     (6,481     (867     (1,995

Vessel operating expenses (note 12b)

     (34,033     (34,481     (34,025

Depreciation and amortization (notes 6 and 7)

     (47,080     (48,434     (46,164

Ship management fees (note 12b)

     (3,460     (3,483     (3,386

General and administrative expenses (note 12b)

     (2,977     (2,773     (4,123
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from vessel operations

     43,915       107,931       115,876  

Interest income

     216       268       211  

Interest expense (notes 12e and 13)

     (34,539     (38,071     (32,037

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

     524       249        (161

Other loss

     —         (25     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before income tax (expense) recovery

     10,116       70,352       83,872  

Income tax (expense) recovery

     (201     131       (200
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     9,915       70,483       83,672  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

      

Unrealized net (loss) gain on qualifying cash flow hedging instruments before reclassifications, net of tax (note 13)

     (899     (5,932     251  

Realized loss on qualifying cash flow hedging instruments reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income to interest expense, net of tax (note 13)

     641       2,983       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (258     (2,949     251  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     9,657       67,534       83,923  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Refer to note 12 for related party transactions.

Refer to note 16 for subsequent events.

 

3


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V. (Note 1)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

     As at
December 31,
2015
$
    As at
December 31,
2014
$
 
ASSETS     

Current assets

    

Cash

     49,110       72,142  

Accounts receivable and accrued revenue

     1,695       325  

Due from related parties (note 12d)

     3,839       —    

Restricted cash (note 5)

     140       4,153  

Prepaid expenses

     905       929  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     55,689       77,549  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term assets

    

Vessels and equipment (note 6)

     1,311,912       1,357,804  

Restricted cash (note 5)

     11,784       11,877  

Other assets

     8,509       5,210  

Intangible asset (note 7)

     —         841  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,387,894       1,453,281  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

     1,792       215  

Accrued liabilities (notes 8 and 13)

     8,996       5,480  

Due to related parties (note 12d)

     —         10,980  

Deferred revenues

     1,703       4,049  

Current portion of long-term debt (note 9)

     54,194       76,034  

Current portion of derivative liability (note 13 )

     1,665       2,148  

Current portion of in-process revenue contracts (note 10)

     6,668       6,668  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     75,018       105,574  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities

    

Long-term deferred revenues

     2,648       2,863  

Long-term debt (note 9)

     680,596       756,791  

Derivative liability (note 13)

     2,182       1,552  

In-process revenue contracts and other liabilities (note 10)

     77,853       84,061  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     838,297       950,841  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

    

Share capital (note 11)

     1       1  

Additional paid-in capital (note 11)

     314,413       276,913  

Retained earnings

     238,139       228,224  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (note 13)

     (2,956     (2,698
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     549,597       502,440  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

     1,387,894       1,453,281  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

4


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V. (Note 1)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2015
$
    Year Ended
December 31,

2014
$
    Year Ended
December 31,

2013
$
 

Cash provided by (used for)

      

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income

     9,915       70,483       83,672  

Non-cash items:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     47,080       48,434       46,164  

Amortization of in-process revenue contracts included in voyage revenues

     (6,668     (6,670     (17,965

Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs included in interest expense

     3,413       3,821       3,999  

Ineffective portion of hedge accounted interest rate swap included in interest expense

     (111     14       989  

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

     3,974       (5,257     (6,307

Change in operating assets and liabilities (note 14)

     (16,472     4,979       (3,777

Dry docking cost recoveries (expenditures)

     364       (12,501     (9,545
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating cash flow

     41,495       103,303       97,230  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

     132       236       (4,701

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     —         —         963,000  

Scheduled repayments of long-term debt

     (71,448     (82,090     (1,036,239

Prepayments of long-term debt

     (30,000     —         —    

Equity contribution from shareholders ( note 11 )

     37,500       —         1  

Debt issuance costs

     —         —         (15,472
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net financing cash flow

     (63,816     (81,854     (93,411
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Expenditures for vessels and equipment

     (711     (922     (91
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investing cash flow

     (711     (922     (91
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash

     (23,032     20,527       3,728  

Cash, beginning of the year

     72,142       51,615       47,887  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of the year

     49,110       72,142       51,615  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Supplemental cash flow information (note 14).

 

5


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V. (Note 1)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(in thousands of U.S. Dollars except for number of shares)

 

           Shareholders’ Equity        
     Acquired
Predecessor
Equity

$
    Number of
Common
Shares
     Common
Shares
$
     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
$
     Retained
Earnings
$
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
$
    Total
Equity

$
 

Balance as at December 31, 2012

     350,982       —          —          —          —          —         350,982  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares (note 11)

     —         100        1        —          —          —         1  

Net income

     50,425       —          —          —          33,247        —         83,672  

Other comprehensive income

     (1,385     —          —          —          —          1,636       251  

Acquisition of MALT LNG Holdings ApS

     (400,022     —          —          276,913        124,494        (1,385     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2013

     —         100        1        276,913        157,741        251       434,906  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     —         —          —          —          70,483        —         70,483  

Other comprehensive loss

     —         —          —          —          —          (2,949     (2,949
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2014

     —         100        1        276,913        228,224        (2,698     502,440  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity contribution by shareholders

(note 11)

     —         —          —          37,500        —          —         37,500  

Net income

     —         —          —          —          9,915        —         9,915  

Other comprehensive loss

     —         —          —          —          —          (258     (258
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2015

     —         100        1        314,413        238,139        (2,956     549,597  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

6


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless indicated otherwise)

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (or US GAAP ). These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V., which is incorporated under the laws of Netherlands, its wholly owned subsidiaries and the Acquired Predecessor, as described below (collectively, the Company ). The following is a list of Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V. subsidiaries:

 

    

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

   Proportion of
Ownership
Interest
       

Name of Significant Subsidiaries

     

MALT LNG Holdings ApS

   Denmark    100%

MALT LNG Transport ApS

   Denmark    100%

Meridian Spirit ApS

   Denmark    100%

Magellan Spirit ApS

   Denmark    100%

Methane Spirit LLC

   Republic of The Marshall Islands    100%

Membrane Shipping Ltd.

   Republic of The Marshall Islands    100%

Malt Singapore Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore    100%

Significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. In addition, certain of the comparative figures as at December 31, 2014 have been reclassified to conform to the presentation adopted in the current period relating to debt issuance costs. As part of the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (or ASU 2015-03 ) (see note 2), the Company has presented debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2015-03, all debt issuance costs were presented as prepaid expenses and deferred debt issuance costs in current assets and as deferred debt issuance costs in long-term assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V. has accounted for the acquisition of its interest in MALT LNG Holdings ApS on August 6, 2013 from its shareholders Teekay Luxembourg S.a.r.l. and Scarlet LNG Transport Co., Ltd. (collectively the Joint Venture Partners ) as a transfer of a business between entities under common control. The method of accounting for such transfers is similar to the pooling of interests method of accounting. Under this method, the carrying amount of net assets recognized in the balance sheets of each combining entity are carried forward to the balance sheet of the combined entity, and no other assets or liabilities are recognized as a result of the combination. As a result, the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflect the results of operations of MALT LNG Holdings ApS, referred to herein as the Acquired Predecessor, as if Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V. had acquired it when the Acquired Predecessor began operations under the ownership of the Joint Venture Partners. The consolidated statement of equity has been presented to reflect the capital structure of the new entity and retained earnings on a continuity of interest basis. Any difference between the face value of the shares and the value of the previous equity has been presented as additional paid-in capital.

The Company evaluated events and transactions occurring after the balance sheet date and through to the day the financial statements were available to be issued which was March 15, 2016.

Foreign currency

The consolidated financial statements are stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars and the functional currency of the Company is U.S. Dollars. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar are translated to reflect the year end exchange rates. Resulting gains and losses are reflected separately in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

Operating revenues and expenses

The principal activity of Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V. and its subsidiaries is the transportation of liquefied natural gas (or LNG ) through the operation of the Company’s six LNG carriers.

The lease element of time-charters accounted for as operating leases is recognized by the Company daily over the term of the charter as the applicable vessel operates under the charter. The Company recognizes revenues from the non-lease element of time-charter contracts daily as services are performed. The Company does not recognize revenues during days that the vessel is off-hire.

Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions. Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. Voyage expenses and vessel operating expenses are recognized when incurred.

 

7


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless indicated otherwise)

 

Business combinations

Except as described above in relation to the transfer of business between entities under common control, the Company uses the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations and recognizes assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair values on the date acquired. The fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired are determined based on the Company’s valuation. The valuation involves making significant estimates and assumptions which are based on detailed financial models including the projection of future cash flows, the weighted average cost of capital and any cost saving that are expected to be derived in the future.

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience and customer economic data. The Company reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts regularly and past due balances are reviewed for collectability. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company believes that the receivable will not be recovered.

Vessels and equipment

The acquisition cost and all costs incurred to restore used vessels purchased by the Company to the standards required to properly service the Company’s customers are capitalized.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over a vessel’s estimated useful life, less an estimated residual value. Depreciation is calculated using an estimated useful life of 35 years for LNG carriers, from the date the vessel is delivered from the shipyard or a shorter period if regulations prevent the Company from operating the vessel for 35 years.

Vessel capital modifications include the addition of new equipment or can encompass various modifications to the vessel, which are aimed at improving or increasing the operational efficiency and functionality of the asset. This type of expenditure is amortized over the estimated useful life of the modification. Expenditures covering recurring routine repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Generally, the Company dry docks each of its vessels every five years. In addition, a shipping society classification intermediate survey is performed on the Company’s LNG carriers between the second and third year of the five-year dry-docking period. The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred during dry docking and for the survey and amortizes those costs on a straight-line basis from the completion of a dry docking or intermediate survey over the estimated useful life of the dry dock. The Company includes in capitalized dry docking those costs incurred as part of the dry docking to meet regulatory requirements, or expenditures that either add economic life to the vessel, increase the vessel’s earning capacity or improve the vessel’s operating efficiency. The Company expenses costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during dry docking that do not improve operating efficiency or extend the useful lives of the assets.

Vessels and equipment that are “held and used” are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If the asset’s net carrying value exceeds the net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated over its remaining useful life, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is determined using discounted cash flows or appraised values. In cases where an active second hand sale and purchase market does not exist, the Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of an impaired vessel. In cases where an active second hand sale and purchase market exists, an appraised value is generally the amount the Company would expect to receive if it were to sell the vessel. Such appraisal is normally completed by the Company.

Debt issuance costs

Debt issuance costs, including fees, commissions and legal expenses, relating to bank loan facilities are presented as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability and are amortized using the effective interest rate method over the term of the relevant loan. Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs is included in interest expense.

Derivative instruments

All derivative instruments are initially recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and subsequently remeasured to fair value, regardless of the purpose or intent for holding the derivative. The method of recognizing the resulting gain or loss is dependent on whether the derivative contract is designed to hedge a specific risk and also qualifies for hedge accounting. The Company applies hedge accounting to its derivative instrument (see note 13).

When a derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the Company formally documents the relationship between the derivative and the hedged item. This documentation includes the strategy and risk management objective for undertaking the hedge and the method that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedge. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recognized immediately in earnings, as are any gains and losses on the derivative that are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The Company does not apply hedge accounting if it is determined that the hedge was not effective or will no longer be effective, the derivative was sold or exercised, or the hedged item was sold, repaid or no longer possible of occurring.

 

8


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless indicated otherwise)

 

For derivative financial instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges, changes in the fair value of the effective portion of the derivative financial instruments are initially recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in equity. In the periods when the hedged items affect earnings, the associated fair value changes on the hedging derivatives are transferred from equity to the corresponding earnings line item in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative financial instruments is immediately recognized in the consolidated statement of income as interest expense. If a cash flow hedge is terminated and the originally hedged items is still considered possible of occurring, the gains and losses initially recognized in equity remain there until the hedged item impacts earnings, at which point they are transferred to the corresponding earnings line item in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. If the hedged items are no longer possible of occurring, amounts recognized in equity are immediately transferred to the earnings line item in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

Intangible assets

The Company’s finite life intangible assets consist of acquired time-charter contracts and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the time-charters. Finite life intangible assets are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Income taxes

The legal jurisdictions in which the Company’s Marshall Island and Singapore subsidiaries are incorporated do not impose income taxes upon shipping-related activities. The Company’s Danish subsidiaries are subject to the Danish Tonnage Tax Regime. Under this regime, the applicable tax is based on the weight (measured as net tonnage) of the vessel and the number of days in the taxable period that the vessel is at the Company’s disposal, excluding time required for repairs.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method which requires companies to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements based on guidance in the interpretation. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not have any material accrued interest and penalties relating to income taxes.

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

The following table contains the changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income for the periods presented:

 

     Qualifying Cash
Flow Hedging
Instruments

$
 

Balance as at December 31, 2013

     251  

Other comprehensive loss

     (2,949
  

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2014

     (2,698
  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

     (258
  

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2015

     (2,956
  

 

 

 

2. Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity (or ASU 2014-08 ) which raises the threshold for disposals to qualify as discontinued operations. A discontinued operation is now defined as: (i) a component of an entity or group of components that has been disposed of or classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results; or (ii) an acquired business that is classified as held for sale on the acquisition date. ASU 2014-08 also requires additional disclosures regarding discontinued operations, as well as material disposals that do not meet the definition of discontinued operations. ASU 2014-08 was adopted on January 1, 2015. The impact, if any, of adopting ASU 2014-08 on the Company’s financial statements will depend on the occurrence and nature of disposals that occur in future periods.

 

9


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless indicated otherwise)

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , (or ASU 2014-09 ). ASU 2014-09 will require an entity to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This update creates a five-step model that requires entities to exercise judgment when considering the terms of the contract(s) which include (i) identifying the contract(s) with the customer, (ii) identifying the separate performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determining the transaction price, (iv) allocating the transaction price to the separate performance obligations, and (v) recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied. ASU 2014-09 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and shall be applied, at the Company’s option, retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance.

In February 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-02, Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (or ASU 2015-02 ) which eliminates the deferral of certain consolidation standards for entities considered to be investment companies, modifies the consolidation analysis performed on limited partnerships and modifies the impact of fee arrangements and related parties on the determination of the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. ASU 2015-02 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. ASU 2015-02 may be applied using a modified retrospective approach by recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. A reporting entity also may apply ASU 2015-02 retrospectively. The adoption of ASU 2015-02 will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03. The Company adopted ASU 2015-03 effective December 31, 2015. Prior period information has been retrospectively adjusted. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2015-03, all debt issuance costs were presented as prepaid expenses and deferred debt issuance costs in current assets and as deferred debt issuance costs in long-term assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. With the adoption of ASU 2015-03 the Company presents those debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As a result of adopting ASU 2015-03, current assets, long-term assets and total assets have decreased by $3.0 million, $3.5 million and $6.5 million, respectively, (December 31, 2015) and $3.4 million, $6.5 million and $9.9 million, respectively, (December 31, 2014), current portion of long-term debt has decreased by $3.0 million (December 31, 2015) and $3.4 million (December 31, 2014), long-term debt has decreased by $3.5 million (December 31, 2015) and $6.5 million (December 31, 2014) and total liabilities have decreased by $6.5 million (December 31, 2015) and $9.9 million (December 31, 2014). Such changes have also impacted the Company’s reconciliation of the carrying value of long-term debt (see notes 4 and 9).

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (or ASU 2016-02 ). ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record a right of use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance.

3. Operating Leases

As at December 31, 2015, the minimum scheduled future revenues in the next five years to be received by the Company for the lease and non-lease elements under charters are approximately $83.8 million (2016), $149.4 million (2017), $114.0 million (2018), $112.4 million (2019) and $114.3 million (2020).

Minimum scheduled future revenues do not include amortization of in-process revenue contracts, revenue generated from new contracts entered into after December 31, 2015, revenue from unexercised option periods on contracts that existed on December 31, 2015 or variable or contingent revenues. Therefore, the minimum scheduled future revenues should not be construed to reflect total charter hire revenues for any of the years.

4. Fair Value Measurements

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument:

Cash and restricted cash – The fair value of the Company’s cash and restricted cash approximates its carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets.

Derivative instruments – The fair value of the Company’s derivative instrument is the estimated amount that the Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreement at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates and the current credit worthiness of both the Company and the derivative counterparty. The estimated amount is the present value of future cash flows. The Company transacts its derivative instrument through investment-grade rated financial institutions at the time of the transaction and requires no collateral from these institutions. Given the current volatility in the credit markets, it is reasonably possible that the derivative fair value recorded could vary by a material amount in the near term.

Long-term debt – The fair values of the Company’s fixed-rate and variable-rate long-term debt is either based on quoted market prices or estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.

 

10


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless indicated otherwise)

 

The Company categorizes the fair value estimates by a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value as follows:

 

Level 1.

  

Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2.

  

Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3.

  

Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

The following table includes the estimated fair value and carrying value of those assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, as well as the estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments that are not accounted for at a fair value on a recurring basis.

 

            December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
     Fair
Value
Hierarchy
Level
     Carrying
Amount
Asset
(Liability)
$
    Fair Value
Asset
(Liability)
$
    Carrying
Amount Asset
(Liability)
$
    Fair Value
Asset
(Liability)
$
 

Cash and restricted cash

     Level 1         61,034       61,034       88,172       88,172  

Long-term debt (note 9)

     Level 2         (734,790     (727,844     (832,825     (827,421

Derivative instrument (note 13)

     Level 2         (4,403     (4,403     (4,273     (4,273

5. Restricted Cash

The Company maintains restricted cash deposits relating to certain term loans and secured notes to be used only for operating, dry-docking and debt-service related expenditures. As at December 31, 2015 and 2014 the short-term amount of restricted cash on deposit was $0.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively, and long-term amount of restricted cash on deposit was $11.8 million and $11.9 million, respectively.

6. Vessels and Equipment

 

     Cost
$
     Accumulated
depreciation

$
     Net book value
$
 

Balance, December 31, 2013

     1,467,711        (78,313      1,389,398  

Net additions

     13,424        —          13,424  

Depreciation and amortization

     —          (45,018      (45,018
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

     1,481,135        (123,331      1,357,804  

Net additions

     347        —          347  

Depreciation and amortization

     —          (46,239      (46,239
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December, 31 2015

     1,481,482        (169,570      1,311,912  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Intangible Asset

As at December 31, 2015 and 2014 intangible asset consisted of a time-charter contract. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is as follows:

 

     December 31,
2015

$
     December 31,
2014

$
 

Gross carrying amount

     10,350        10,350  

Accumulated amortization

     (10,350      (9,509
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

     —          841  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense of the intangible asset was $0.8 million, $3.4 million, and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The intangible asset was fully amortized in 2015.

 

11


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless indicated otherwise)

 

8. Accrued Liabilities

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 
     $      $  

Voyage and vessel expenses

     7,080        3,511  

Interest expense

     1,419        1,445  

Other general expenses

     497        261  

Income taxes payable and other

     —          263  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,996        5,480  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Long-Term Debt

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 
     $      $  

U.S. Dollar denominated debt due through 2017

     433,000        512,000  

U.S. Dollar denominated debt due through 2021

     133,984        145,547  

U.S. Dollar denominated debt due through 2030

     174,334        185,219  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total principal

     741,318        842,766  

Less unamortized discount and debt issuance costs

     6,528        9,941  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     734,790        832,825  

Less current portion

     54,194        76,034  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     680,596        756,791  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2015, the Company had a U.S. Dollar-denominated term loan outstanding, which is separated into two tranches in the amount of $225.2 million and $207.8 million. These tranches have quarterly interest payments based on LIBOR plus 3.15% and 0.50%, respectively, and bullet repayments of $206.1 million and $190.2 million, respectively, at maturity on March 31, 2017. The term loan is collateralized by first-priority statutory mortgages over the Marib Spirit , Arwa Spirit , Methane Spirit and Magellan Spirit , first priority pledges or charges of all the issued shares of the respective vessel owning subsidiaries, and a guarantee from Teekay LNG Partners L.P. and Marubeni Corporation (or Guarantors ). This term loan contains mandatory prepayment provisions upon early termination of a charter and requires the borrower to maintain a specific debt service coverage ratio. This provision applied to the Magellan Spirit due to the grounding incident in January 2015 and subsequent charter termination which the Company is disputing. In June 2015, the lenders waived the mandatory prepayment provision in relation to the Magellan Spirit and the debt service coverage ratio covenant for the term loan. Both waivers are for the remaining term of the facility. In return, the Company funded an earnings account, which is collateral for the term loan, with $7.5 million and prepaid $30.0 million of the term loan. These amounts were funded by the Joint Venture Partners based on their respective ownership percentages.

As at December 31, 2015, the Company had a U.S. Dollar-denominated term loan outstanding in the amount of $134.0 million. This loan has equal quarterly principal repayments of $2.9 million, quarterly interest payments based on LIBOR plus 2.70% and a bullet repayment of $67.5 million at maturity on July 18, 2021. The term loan is collateralized by a first-priority mortgage on the Woodside Donaldson .

As at December 31, 2015, the Company had U.S. Dollar-denominated senior secured notes in the amount of $174.3 million. These notes have quarterly principal repayments and quarterly interest payments based on a fixed rate of 4.11%. The notes have a maturity date of August 1, 2030 and are collateralized by a first-priority mortgage on the Meridian Spirit .

The weighted-average effective interest rate for the Company’s long-term debt outstanding as at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was 2.96% and 2.69%, respectively. The aggregate annual long-term debt principle repayments required subsequent to December 31, 2015 are $57.2 million (2016), $417.1 million (2017), $19.7 million (2018), $19.9 million (2019), $25.4 million (2020) and $202.0 million (thereafter).

Certain loan agreements require that (a) Guarantors maintain minimum levels of tangible net worth and aggregate liquidity, (b) Guarantors not exceed a maximum amount of leverage, (c) the Company maintains certain ratios of vessel values as it relates to the relevant outstanding loan principal balance, (d) the Company to maintain certain level of debt service coverage ratio and (e) two of the ship-owning subsidiaries to maintain restricted cash reserve deposits. The Company has one facility that requires it to maintain a vessel-value-to-outstanding-loan-principal-balance ratio of 125%, which as at December 31, 2015, was 146%. The vessel value was determined using reference to second-hand market comparables or using a depreciated replacement cost approach. Since vessel values can be volatile, the Company’s estimates of market value may not be indicative of either the current or future prices that could be obtained if the Company sold any of the vessels.

 

12


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless indicated otherwise)

 

The Company’s ship-owning subsidiaries may not, among other things, pay dividends or distributions if the Company is in default under its loans. As at December 31, 2015, the Company and Guarantors were in compliance with all covenants relating to the Company’s loans.

10. In-process Revenue Contracts

As part of the Company’s acquisition of MALT LNG Transport ApS the Company assumed certain LNG charter contracts with terms that were less favorable than the then prevailing market terms. The Company has recognized a liability based on the estimated fair value of these contracts. The Company is amortizing this liability over the estimated remaining terms of the contracts based on the projected revenue to be earned under the contracts and are recorded as part of voyage revenues in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

As at December 31, 2015 and 2014 in-process revenue contracts consisted of four time-charter contracts with a weighted-average amortization period of 16.7 years (2014 – 16.7 years). The carrying amount of in-process revenue contracts for the Company is as follows:

 

     December 31,
2015

$
     December 31,
2014

$
 
       

Gross carrying amount

     135,880        135,880  

Accumulated amortization

     (51,819      (45,151
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

     84,061        90,729  

Less current portion

     (6,668      (6,668
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     77,393        84,061  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization of in-process revenue contracts in each of the five years following 2015 is approximately $6.7 million per year (2016 – 2020) and $50.6 million (thereafter).

11. Share Capital and Additional Paid-in Capital

On July 12, 2013, Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V. issued 100 shares of common stock for 100 Euro (approximately $121) to the Joint Venture Partners. The Company has unlimited authorized capital.

On August 6, 2013 the Joint Venture Partners contributed its shares in MALT LNG Holdings ApS to Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V. in exchange for additional paid-in capital of Malt LNG Netherlands Holdings B.V.

On September 30, 2015, the Joint Venture Partners made a non-stipulated share premium contribution on the shares they hold in the capital of the Company, without any obligation for the Company to issue any shares in its capital in return, in the amount of $37.5 million based on their ownership percentages.

 

     December 31,
2015

$
     December 31,
2014

$
 
       

Issued and outstanding

     

100 Common shares

     1         1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. Related Party Transactions

 

a.

Teekay Luxembourg S.a.r.l. and Scarlet LNG Transport Co., Ltd. are joint venture partners holding ownership interest in the Company of 52% and 48%, respectively. Marubeni Corporation is the ultimate parent company of Scarlet LNG Transport Co., Ltd. and Teekay Corporation is the ultimate parent company of Teekay Luxembourg S.a.r.l.

 

b.

The Company and certain of its operating subsidiaries have entered into service agreements with Teekay Shipping Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Teekay Corporation to which Teekay Shipping Ltd. provides the Company and its subsidiaries with corporate and technical ship management services. In addition, crew training services were provided to the Company by Teekay Shipping Ltd. These services are measured at the exchange amount between the parties. For the periods indicated, these related party transactions were as follows:

 

13


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless indicated otherwise)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2015

$
     Year Ended
December 31,
2014

$
     Year Ended
December 31,
2013

$
 

Crew training expenses included in vessel operating expenses

     1,531        1,235        1,016  

Ship management services

     2,975        2,958        2,901  

Corporate services included in general and administrative expenses

     1,896        1,886        1,849  

 

c.

From time to time, other payments are made by affiliates on behalf of the Company that are not specific to any agreements described above. During the year ended December 31, 2015, nil (2014 – nil and 2013 – $0.2 million) payments of this nature were made.

 

d.

The amounts due to related parties are non-interest bearing, unsecured and have no fixed repayment terms. The Company did not incur interest income or expense from related party balances during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Balances with related parties are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2015

$
     December 31,
2014

$
 
       

Teekay Shipping Limited

     3,839        (10,850

Other related parties

     —          (130
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,839        (10,980
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

e.

As a result of a refinancing completed during 2013, the tranches of the facility were guaranteed by the Joint Venture Partners relative to their proportionate interest. As a result of difference in the credit ratings of the guarantors, the tranche guaranteed by Marubeni Corporation received a lower interest rate than the portion guaranteed by Teekay LNG Partners L.P. by 2.567%. As a result, the Company has agreed to pay the interest rate differential to Marubeni Corporation until the facility matures in 2017 as a payment for their guarantee. The payment, which totaled $6.0 million, $6.9 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, is included in interest expense.

13. Derivative Instruments

The Company uses derivative instruments to manage certain risks in accordance with its overall risk management policies.

Interest Rate Risk:

The Company entered into an interest rate swap, which exchanges a receipt of floating interest for a payment of fixed interest to reduce the Company’s exposure to interest rate variability on its outstanding floating-rate debt. The Company has designated, for accounting purposes, its interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge.

As at December 31, 2015, the Company was committed to the following interest rate swap agreement:

 

     Interest
Rate Index
     Notional
Amount
$
     Fair Value /
Carrying
Amount of
Liability
$
     Average
Remaining
Term
(years)
     Fixed
Interest
Rate (1)
(%)
 

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swap (2)

     LIBOR         133,984         4,403         5.6         2.36   

 

(1)  

Excludes the margin the Company pays on its variable-rate debt, which as at December 31, 2015 was 2.70%.

(2)  

Notional amount reduces quarterly.

The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparty to the interest rate swap agreement. In order to minimize counterparty risk, the Company only enters into derivative transactions with counterparties that are rated A- or better by Standard & Poor’s or A3 or better by Moody’s at the time of the transactions.

The following table presents the location, type of contract and fair value amount of the derivative instrument on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

 

14


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless indicated otherwise)

 

     Accrued
Liabilities
$
     Current Portion
of Derivative
Liability
$
     Derivative
Liability
$
 

As at December 31, 2015

        

Interest rate swap agreement

     (556      (1,665      (2,182

As at December 31, 2014

        

Interest rate swap agreement

     (573      (2,148      (1,552

For the periods indicated, the following table presents the effective portion of (losses) gains on interest rate contracts designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges that were (1) recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income, (2) recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss (or AOCI ) during the term of the hedging relationship and reclassified to earnings, and (3) recognized in the ineffective portion of gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges.

 

As at December 31,
2015
     Year Ended December 31, 2015

Balance Sheet
(AOCI)

     Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income

Effective Portion
$

     Effective Portion
$
     Ineffective Portion
$
      
  —              —          111      Interest expense
  (2,956)             (258      —        Other comprehensive loss

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
  (2,956)             (258      111     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

As at December 31,
2014
     Year Ended December 31, 2014

Balance Sheet
(AOCI)

     Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income

Effective Portion
$

     Effective Portion
$
     Ineffective Portion
$
      
  —              —           (14    Interest expense
  (2,698)             (2,949 )      —         Other comprehensive loss

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
  (2,698)             (2,949      (14   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

As at December 31,
2013
     Year Ended December 31, 2013

Balance Sheet
(AOCI)

     Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income

Effective Portion
$

     Effective Portion
$
     Ineffective Portion
$
      
  —              —          (989    Interest expense
  251             251         —        Other comprehensive income

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
  251             251         (989   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

As at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income included ($0.3) million, ($2.9) million and $0.3 million net of unrealized (losses) gains on its interest rate swap contract designated as a cash flow hedge. As at December 31, 2015, the Company estimated based on then current interest rates, that it would reclassify approximately $1.7 million of losses on its interest rate swap contract from accumulated other comprehensive loss to earnings during the next 12 months.

 

15


MALT LNG NETHERLANDS HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless indicated otherwise)

 

14. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

a.

The changes in operating assets and liabilities for year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2015

$
     Year Ended
December 31,
2014

$
     Year Ended
December 31,
2013

$
 

Accounts receivable and accrued revenue

     (1,370      8,836        (2,276

Due from/to related parties

     (14,819      583        5,275  

Prepaid expenses

     24        47        (397

Accrued revenue – long-term

     (3,299      (5,210      —    

Accounts payable

     1,577        (604      19  

Accrued liabilities

     3,516        382        8  

Deferred revenues

     (2,561      945        (6,406

Other liabilities – long-term

     460        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (16,472      4,979        (3,777
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

b.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 cash paid for interest on long-term debt was $31.0 million, $34.0 million and $26.4 million, respectively.

15. Contingent Asset

In January 2015 the Magellan Spirit had a grounding incident. The vessel was subsequently refloated and returned to service. The charterer during that time claimed that the vessel was off-hire for more than 30 consecutive days during the first quarter of 2015, which in the view of the charterer, permitted the charterer to terminate the charter contract. The charterer terminated the contract in late-March 2015. The Company has disputed both the charterer’s aggregate off-hire claims as well as the charterer’s ability to terminate the charter contract, which originally would have expired in September 2016. The Company has made a claim of $51.8 million against the charterer. No amounts have been accrued for this claim in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

16. Subsequent Events

Two of the Company’s vessels, the Marib Spirit and Arwa Spirit , are currently under long-term contracts expiring in 2029 with Yemen LNG Ltd. (or YLNG ), a consortium led by Total SA. Due to the political situation in Yemen, YLNG decided to temporarily close down operations of its LNG plant in Yemen in 2015. As a result, in December 2015, the Company agreed to a temporary deferral of a portion of the charter payments for the two LNG carriers for the period from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016. Upon future resumption of the LNG plant in Yemen, it is expected that YLNG will repay the deferred amounts in full plus interest thereon over a period of time to be agreed upon.

 

16

EXHIBIT 23.3

 

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

EXMAR LPG BVBA

December 31, 2015


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Board of Directors of Exmar LPG BVBA

Report on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Exmar LPG BVBA, which comprise the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the period from February 12, 2013 to December 31, 2013, and notes, comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Exmar LPG BVBA as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the period from February 12, 2013 to December 31, 2013 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chartered Accountants

April 21, 2015

Vancouver, Canada

 

2


EXMAR LPG BVBA

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

(in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

     (Unaudited)
As of December 31,
2015
    As of December 31,
2014
 
Assets     

Current:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     74,014        55,392   

Accounts receivable, including non-trade of $11,083 (2014 - $10,304) (note 10(c))

     12,954        15,155   

Other current assets (notes 5 and 10(d))

     3,021        66,663   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     89,989        137,210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

    

Vessels, net of accumulated depreciation (note 4)

     488,125        425,834   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     578,114        563,044   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities and Equity     

Current:

    

Current portion of long-term debt (note 6(a))

     35,867        36,109   

Current portion of finance lease obligations (note 6(b))

     2,333        21,547   

Shareholders’ loans (note 7)

     116,385        165,350   

Accounts payable (note 10(b))

     6,570        6,889   

Other current liabilities (note 8)

     2,031        2,140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     163,186        232,035   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities:

    

Long-term debt (note 6(a))

     286,721        168,813   

Finance lease obligations (note 6(b))

     11,278        —     

Derivative financial instruments (note 14)

     2,764        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     463,949        400,848   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity:

    

Common stock (note 9)

     132,832        132,832   

Reserve for equity adjustment on acquisition

     (106,349     (106,349

Retained earnings

     88,873        135,713   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (note 14)

     (1,191     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     114,165        162,196   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

     578,114        563,044   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments (Note 12 and Note 13)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

3


EXMAR LPG BVBA

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

(in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

     (Unaudited)
Year Ended December 31,
2015
    Year
Ended December 31,
2014
    Period from February 12,
2013 to December 31,
2013
 

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS

      

Operations

      

Revenues

     203,765        198,843        170,525   

Gain on sales of vessels (note 4)

     406        65,563        1,824   

Other operating income

     —          650        31   

Vessel operating expenses (note 10(a))

     (94,014     (115,121     (106,426

Administrative expenses

     (1,964     (1,442     (1,682

Depreciation (note 4)

     (30,716     (28,244     (29,425

Other operating expenses

     (856     (268     (305
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from vessel operations

     76,621        119,981        34,542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs

     (11,983     (9,777     (8,805

Finance income

     —          —          29   

Other financial items, net

     (1,347     (905     (501
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before taxes

     63,291        109,299        25,265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes (note 3)

     (131     (81     (97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income for the period

     63,160        109,218        25,168   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

      

Net income for the period

     63,160        109,218        25,168   

Other comprehensive loss:

Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss

      

Net change in fair value of qualifying cash flow hedging instruments

     (1,191     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss for the period

     (1,191     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

     61,969        109,218        25,168   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

4


EXMAR LPG BVBA

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

     (Unaudited)
Year Ended
December 31,
2015
    Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Period from
February 12,
2013 to
December 31,
2013
 

Cash provided by (used for)

      

Operating Activities

      

Net income

     63,160        109,218        25,168   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     30,716        28,244        29,425   

Gain on sale of vessels

     (406     (65,563     (1,824

Finance costs

     11,983        9,777        8,805   

Finance income

     —          —          (29

Other financial expenses

     1,001        —          —     

Income taxes

     131        81        97   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable

     2,201        1,339        (8,928

Decrease in other current assets

     3,642        2,892        3,732   

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable

     (319     122        129   

Decrease in other current liabilities

     (109     (1,270     (2,218

Taxes paid

     —          (85     (105

Finance costs paid

     (9,524     (9,926     (9,654

Finance income received

     —          —          29   

Dry dock expenditures

     (12,626     (11,397     (6,199

Other

     18        78        490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

     89,868        63,510        38,918   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities

      

Capital expenditures

     (79,694     (129,113     (61,091

Proceeds from sales of vessels

     13,720        149,986        5,490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (65,974     20,873        (55,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities

      

Proceeds from long-term debt

     378,216        105,000        215,000   

Repayments of long-term debt

     (261,552     (80,884     (190,560

Repayments of finance lease obligations

     (21,936     (25,555     (5,115

Proceeds from shareholders’ loans

     —          —          27,570   

Repayment of shareholders’ loans

     (50,000     —          —     

Dividends paid

     (110,000     —          —     

Advance to affiliated company (note 10(c))

     60,000        (60,000     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (5,272     (61,439     46,895   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     18,622        22,944        30,212   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     55,392        32,448        2,236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

     74,014        55,392        32,448   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

5


EXMAR LPG BVBA

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

(in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

     Common Stock      Reserve for
Equity
Adjustment
on
Acquisition
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total Equity  

Balance, February 12, 2013

     132,832         (106,349     1,327        —          27,810   

Net income and comprehensive income

     —           —          25,168        —          25,168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

     132,832         (106,349     26,495        —          52,978   

Net income and comprehensive income

     —           —          109,218        —          109,218   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

     132,832         (106,349     135,713        —          162,196   

(unaudited)

           

Net income

     —           —          63,160        —          63,160   

Other comprehensive loss

     —           —          —          (1,191     (1,191

Dividends paid

     —           —          (110,000     —          (110,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

     132,832         (106,349     88,873        (1,191     114,165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

6


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a)

Basis of preparation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (or IFRS ). These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Exmar LPG BVBA, which is incorporated under the laws of Belgium and its wholly owned subsidiaries, as described below (collectively, the Company ). The Company is owned jointly by Exmar NV and Teekay Luxembourg S.a.r.l. The comparative figures on the consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income are for the year ended December 31, 2014 and from February 12, 2013 to December 31, 2013. February 12, 2013 is the day Teekay Luxembourg S.a.r.l. acquired Exmar’s 50% interest in the Company. The address of the Company’s registered office is at De Gerlachekaai 20, B-2000 Antwerp, Belgium. The following is a list of Exmar LPG BVBA’s subsidiaries:

 

Name of Significant Subsidiaries

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

  

Proportion of

Ownership

Interest

Exmar Shipping BVBA

   Belgium    100%

Exmar Gas Shipping Ltd

   Hong Kong    100%

Good Investment Ltd

   Hong Kong    100%

All intercompany balances and transactions between Exmar LPG BVBA and its subsidiaries have been eliminated within these consolidated financial statements. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Exmar LPG BVBA was incorporated on July 10, 2012.

The Company evaluated events and transactions occurring after the consolidated statements of financial position date and based on information available to April 26, 2016.

 

  (b)

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities (including structured entities) controlled by the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company:

 

   

has power over the investee;

 

   

is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

 

   

has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The Company reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above.


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

  (c)

Reporting Currency

The consolidated financial statements are stated in U.S. Dollars. The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar because the Company operates in the international shipping market, which typically utilizes the U.S. Dollar as the functional currency. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar are translated to reflect the year-end exchange rates.

 

  (d)

Use of Judgments and Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected.

Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives of vessels; the residual value of the vessels; the classification of new lease commitments and the review of the carrying amount of the fleet for potential impairment.

Information about judgments made in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effects on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements is included in the following: the classification of a lease as part of a time charter arrangement and the arm’s length nature of related party transactions.

 

  (e)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents unless there is a restriction imposed by a third party on the availability of the funds.

 

  (f)

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, do not bear interest and are based on the provisions of the respective time charter. Management reviews the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts on a monthly basis. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the Company believes that the receivable will not be recovered.

As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the collection of no accounts receivable was considered doubtful and, accordingly, there was no provision for doubtful accounts recorded.

 

  (g)

Operating Revenues and Expenses

The principal activities of the Company are the owning and chartering of vessels.

The lease element of time-charters and bareboat charters accounted for as operating leases are recognized by the Company daily over the term of the charter as the applicable vessel operates under the charter. The Company recognizes revenues from the non-lease element of time-charter contracts daily as services are performed. The Company does not recognize revenues during days that the vessel is off-hire.

All revenues from voyage charters are recognized on a percentage of completion method.


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. Vessel operating expenses are paid by the Company for vessels on time-charters, and during off hire and are recognized when incurred.

As further discussed in Note 10 — Related Party Transactions, related parties have provided the management services for the vessels and employ the crews that work on the vessels.

 

  (h)

Vessels and vessels under finance lease

All pre-delivery costs incurred during the construction of new-buildings, including interest, supervision and technical costs, are capitalized. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over each vessel’s estimated useful life, less an estimated residual value. The vessel’s estimated useful lives are estimated at being 30 years.

Vessel capital modifications include the addition of new equipment or can encompass various modifications to the vessel that are aimed at improving or increasing the operational efficiency and functionality of the asset. This type of expenditure is amortized over the estimated useful life of the modification. Expenditures covering recurring routine repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

The Company dry docks its vessels and vessels under finance lease on a regular basis (on average every three to five years). The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred during dry docking and amortizes those costs on a straight-line basis from the completion of a dry docking over the estimated useful life of the dry dock. The Company includes in capitalized dry docking those costs incurred as part of the dry docking to meet regulatory requirements, or expenditures that either add economic life to the vessel, increase the vessel’s earning capacity or improve the vessel’s operating efficiency. The Company expenses costs related to routine repair and maintenance incurred during dry dock that does not improve or extend the useful life of the vessels.

Vessels and equipment that are “held and used” are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The recoverable amount is the highest of the fair value less cost to sell and the value in use. The fair value less cost to sell is determined based upon independent broker reports. The value in use is based upon future cash flows discounted to their present value. In developing estimates of future cash flows, we must make assumptions about future charter rates, ship operating expenses, the estimated remaining useful lives of the fleet and the WACC. These assumptions are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. If the asset‘s net carrying value exceeds the net discounted cash flows expected to be generated over its remaining useful life, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value.

 

  (i)

Financial instruments

Non-derivative financial assets mainly relate to loans and receivables. The Company initially recognizes loans and receivables on the date when they are originated. All other financial assets and financial liabilities are initially recognized on the trade date.

The Company de-recognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred, or it neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and does not retain control over the transferred asset. Any interest in such de-recognized financial assets that is created or retained by the Company is recognized as a separate asset or liability. The Company de-recognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire.


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Company has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit or loss if it is classified as held for trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Directly attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Loans and receivables are initially recognized at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Derivative financial instruments

All derivative financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position and subsequently re-measured to fair value, regardless of the purpose or intent for holding the derivative. The method of recognizing the resulting gain or loss is dependent on whether the derivative contract is designed to hedge a specific risk and also qualifies for hedge accounting. The Company applies hedge accounting to its derivative financial instruments (note 11).

When a derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the Company formally documents the relationship between the derivative and the hedged item. This documentation includes the strategy and risk management objective for undertaking the hedge and the method that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedge. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recognized immediately in earnings.

The Company does not apply hedge accounting if it is determined that the hedge was not effective or will no longer be effective, the derivative was sold or exercised, or the hedged item was sold, repaid or no longer possible of occurring.

For derivative financial instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges, changes in the fair value of the effective portion of the derivative financial instruments are initially recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in equity. In the periods when the hedged items affect earnings, the associated fair value changes on the hedging derivatives are transferred from equity to the corresponding earnings line item in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive loss. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative financial instruments is immediately recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive loss. If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the amount accumulated in equity is reclassified to profit or loss.

Non-derivative financial instruments

Non-derivative financial instruments not classified as at fair value through profit or loss are assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence of impairment.

Objective evidence that non-derivative financial instruments are impaired includes:

 

   

default or delinquency by a debtor;

 

   

restructuring of an amount due to the Company on terms that the Company would not consider otherwise;


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

   

indications that a debtor or issuer will enter bankruptcy;

 

   

adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers or issuers;

 

   

the disappearance of an active market for a security; and

 

   

observable data indicating that there is measurable decrease in expected cash flows from a group of financial assets.

 

  (j)

Other Current Assets

Other current assets consist of prepaid expenses, accrued revenue and advances to an affiliated company.

 

  (k)

Debt issuance costs

Debt issuance costs, including fees, commissions and legal expenses, relating to bank loan facilities are deferred and amortized using the effective interest rate method over the term of the relevant loan. Amortization of deferred debt issuance is included in finance costs. Debt issuance costs are presented net of long-term debt.

 

  (l)

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Each time charter includes a requirement for the Company to guarantee certain performance criteria of the vessel primarily speed, upload/discharge speed and fuel consumption over the term of the charter. Costs associated with these performance claims are recognized when it is probable that the Company has incurred a liability. Management’s best estimate with regards to the probable payment in respect of performance claims issued by the charter party is recognized as a liability. Receivables under insurance policies are recorded when it is probable that the insurer will pay the amount.

 

  (m)

Income taxes

The income tax expense is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case is the related income taxes are recognised in equity.

Any deferred tax will be recognised using the balance sheet method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred taxes are measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to the temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which temporary difference can be utilised. Any deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. No deferred tax asset has been recognized for the current year.

 

  (n)

Leases

Payments made under operating leases are recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. One of the Company’s leases has a provision whereby the amount of the lease payment fluctuates based on a percentage of the amount earned by a group of the Company’s vessels, including the leased vessel.


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

These lease payments are considered contingent rent and are recorded in profit or loss in the period in which the revenue is earned.

Minimum lease payments under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

 

  (o)

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments published in July 2014 replaces the existing guidance in IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. IFRS 9 includes revised guidance on the classification and measurement of financial instruments, including a new expected credit loss model for calculating impairment on financial assets, and the new general hedge accounting requirements, which align hedge accounting more closely with risk management. It also carries forward the guidance on recognition and derecognition of financial instruments from IAS 39. IFRS 9 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not plan to adopt this standard early and the extent of the impact has not yet been determined.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers establishes a comprehensive framework for determining whether, how much and when revenue is recognized. It replaces existing revenue recognition guidance, including IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programs. IFRS 15 is effective for the annual reports beginning on or after 1 January 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is assessing the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements resulting from the application of IFRS 15.

IFRS 16 Leases sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract and replaces the previous leases standard, IAS 17 - Leases. IFRS 16, which is not applicable to service contracts, but only applicable to leases or lease components of a contract, defines a lease as a contract that conveys to the customer (lessee) the right to use an asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. IFRS 16 eliminates the classification of leases for the lessee as either operating leases or finance leases as required by IAS 17 and instead, introduces a single lessee accounting model whereby a lessee is required to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term that is greater than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value, and to recognize depreciation of leases assets separately from interest on lease liabilities in the income statement. As IFRS 16 substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements in IAS 17, a lessor will continue to classify its leases as operating leases or finance leases and to account for those two types of leases differently. IFRS 16 is effective from January 1, 2019, with early adoption allowed only if IFRS 15 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers is also adopted. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance.

 

(2)

Segment Information

The Company has not presented segment information as it considers it operates in one reportable segment, the floating liquefied petroleum gas carrier market. Furthermore, the Company’s vessels operate under time-charters or voyage charters. The charterer controls the choice of which routes the vessel will serve. Accordingly, the Company’s management does not evaluate the Company’s performance according to geographic region.


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

(3)

Taxation

Exmar LPG BVBA

Exmar LPG BVBA is subject to Belgian corporate income taxes. Exmar LPG BVBA has estimated tax assets of $5.9 million available for carry forward against future taxable profits. These tax assets consist of $4.3 million accumulated losses and $1.6 million other tax credits. Given management’s assessment that it is not more likely than not that Exmar LPG BVBA will be able to generate sufficient taxable income in the future, the deferred tax assets has not been recognized.

Exmar Shipping BVBA

Exmar Shipping BVBA is subject to the Belgian Tonnage Tax Regime. Under this regime, the applicable tax is based on the weight (measured as net tonnage) of the vessels. The tonnage tax related to the vessels amounted to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, for the year ended December 31, 2014, and for the period from February 12, 2013 to December 31, 2013.

Exmar Gas Shipping Ltd

No provision for Hong Kong Profits Tax has been made in the financial statements as Exmar Gas Shipping Ltd did not earn any income subject to Hong Kong Profit Tax for the year.

Good Investment Ltd

No provision for Hong Kong Profits Tax has been made in the financial statements as Good Investment Ltd did not earn any income subject to Hong Kong Profit Tax for the year.

 

(4)

Vessels

 

     Vessels     Vessels under
finance lease
    Dry dock
components
    Vessels under
Construction
    Total  

Cost at December 31, 2013

     386,339        94,400        28,948        72,242        581,929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

     —          —          11,397        130,480        141,877   

Vessel acquisitions

     49,600        (49,600     —          —          —     

Vessel sales

     (140,340     —          (8,742     —          (149,082

Vessel deliveries

     146,174        —          —          (146,174     —     

Component disposal

     —          —          (5,346     —          (5,346
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost at December 31, 2014

     441,773        44,800        26,257        56,548        569,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

     —          —          12,626        79,694        92,320   

Vessel acquisitions

     44,800        (30,800     —          —          14,000   

Vessel sales

     (39,460     —          —          —          (39,460

Vessel deliveries

     94,148        —          —          (94,148     —     

Component disposal

     —          —          (12,716     —          (12,716
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost at December 31, 2015

     541,261        14,000        26,167        42,094        623,522   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation at December 31, 2013

     131,398        38,162        15,664        —          185,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation

     17,639        3,007        7,598        —          28,244   

Vessel acquisitions

     21,891        (21,891     —          —          —     

Vessel sales

     (59,219     —          (5,359     —          (64,578

Component disposal

     —          —          (5,346     —          (5,346
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation at December 31, 2014

     111,709        19,278        12,557        —          143,544   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation

     21,431        219        9,066        —          30,716   

Vessel acquisitions

     19,278        (19,278     —          —          —     

Vessel sales

     (26,147     —          —          —          (26,147

Component disposal

     —          —          (12,716     —          (12,716
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation at December 31, 2015

     126,271        219        8,907        —          135,397   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Book Value at December 31, 2014

     330,064        25,522        13,700        56,548        425,834   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Book Value at December 31, 2015

     414,990        13,781        17,260        42,094        488,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company entered into a sale and lease back transaction for the vessel Kemira Gas that was renamed to Temse . This transaction resulted in a gain of $0.4 million. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the company sold four vessels, the Eeklo , Flanders Harmony , Temse and Flanders Tenacity (which was a vessel under finance lease and purchased by the Company in 2014 immediately prior to the sale), resulting in a gain of $65.6 million. During the period from February 12, 2013 to December 31, 2013, the Company sold one vessel, the Donau , resulting in a gain of $1.8 million.

Interest costs capitalized to vessels for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2014 aggregated $0.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

 

(5)

Other Current Assets

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  

Accrued revenues

     80         2,834   

Prepaid expenses

     2,941         3,829   

Advances to affiliated company (note 10(d))

     —           60,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,021         66,663   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(6)

Long-term Debt and Finance Lease Obligations

 

  (a)

Long-term debt

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  

U.S. Dollar denominated debt due through 2021

     329,549         208,600   

Less debt issuance costs

     (6,961      (3,678
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     322,588         204,922   

Less current portion

     (35,867      (36,109
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     286,721         168,813   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

The annual maturities of the long-term debt as of December 31, 2015 during the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

     Long-term debt  

2016

     37,006   

2017

     37,006   

2018

     37,006   

2019

     37,006   

2020

     37,006   

Thereafter

     144,519   
  

 

 

 

Total

     329,549   
  

 

 

 

The long-term debt of the Company relates to the 6-year senior secured loan facility (the “LPG Facility” amending and restating agreement of June 16, 2015) of up to $460.0 million, consisting of: a revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) of $310.0 million and a newbuilding facility (the “Newbuilding Facility”) of up to $150.0 million. As per December 31, 2015 the available balance on the Newbuilding Facility amounts to $112.5 million which will be drawn upon delivery of the newbuild vessels Knokke, Kontich and Kortrijk.

The LPG Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.90%, the maturity date of the LPG Facility is June 16, 2021. The weighted-average effective interest rate for the Company’s long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was 2.38% and 3.45%, respectively.

The commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility are reduced by 24 consecutive quarterly reductions commencing on September 2015, the first 23 in an amount of $8.7 million and the last reduction in an amount of $109.9 million. The Newbuilding Facility is repayable in consecutive quarterly installments, each in an amount equal to one sixty-eighth of the amount of that newbuilding advance. The first installment of each Newbuilding Advance shall be repaid on the date falling 3 months after the Drawdown Date of that Newbuilding Advance and the last installment shall be repaid on the Maturity Date together with a balloon payment equal to the amount outstanding under that Newbuilding Advance.

All amounts due under the LPG Facility are secured by shareholder guarantees, a first priority mortgage, a first priority share pledge, the assignment of all earnings, insurances and existing or future time-charter contracts, and a first priority pledge of the earnings account.

The LPG Facility contains covenants that require, among other things, compliance with the following:

 

   

minimum aggregate cash and cash equivalents of the higher of (i) $20.0 million and (ii) 5% of financial indebtedness;

 

   

minimum consolidated working capital of $0;

 

   

ratio of net financial indebtedness to consolidated total capitalization of less than 0.70;

 

   

minimum ratio of EBITDA to interest expense 2.0 to 1.00;

 

   

minimum security coverage ratio of 125%.

Consolidated working capital excludes shareholders’ loans. Dividends may be declared and paid providing that Exmar LPG BVBA and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the financial and other covenants; there is no event of default; and the minimum liquidity is respected.


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

  (b)

Finance lease obligations

The outstanding finance lease obligations as at December 31, 2015 relate to the lease arrangement for the LPG carrier Temse and as at December 31, 2014, the LPG carrier Brussels. During 2015, the lease relating to the Brussels ended and in addition, the Company entered into a sale and lease back arrangement for the LPG carrier Temse (formerly known as Kemira Gas ). The lease period commenced November 2015 for a period of six years. Lease rentals are payable on a monthly basis.

At December 31, 2015, the weighted-average interest rate implicit in the lease relating to the Temse was 5.84%. At December 31, 2014, the weighted-average interest rate implicit in the lease relating to the Brussels was 5.75%.

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  

Brussels

     —           21,547   

Temse

     13,611         —     

Less current portion

     (2,333      (21,547
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term finance lease obligations

     11,278         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2015, the commitments under finance lease obligations approximated $15.3 million, including imputed interest of $1.7 million, repayable from 2016 through 2021, as indicated below:

 

     Commitment  

2016

     2,830   

2017

     2,745   

2018

     2,652   

2019

     2,565   

2020

     2,476   

Thereafter

     2,003   
  

 

 

 

Total

     15,271   
  

 

 

 

 

(7)

Shareholders’ Loans

As of December 31, 2015, the Company has loans outstanding to its shareholders of $116.4 million (December 31, 2014 - $165.4 million). These loans bear interest at LIBOR plus margin of 0.50% (2014 - LIBOR plus margin of 0.50%) and have no fixed repayment terms. As at December 31, 2015, the interest accrued on these advances was $3.4 million (December 31, 2014 - $2.3 million). Both the principal and the accrued interest on these loans are included as shareholders’ loans in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial position. The weighted-average effective interest rate for the Company’s shareholders’ loans outstanding at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was 0.77% and 0.73%, respectively.


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

(8)

Other Current Liabilities

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  

Deferred revenues

     1,455         1,898   

Accrued interest expense

     576         242   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,031         2,140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(9)

Common Stock

Exmar LPG BVBA has authorized share capital of $132,832,000 divided into 1,328,320 registered shares of no par value, all of which shares have been fully paid, and the legal title and beneficial ownership of 50% of those shares is held by each of Exmar NV and Teekay Luxembourg S.a.r.l..

In 2012, prior to the investment by Teekay Luxembourg S.a.r.l., Exmar NV transferred certain wholly owned subsidiaries to the newly-formed entity, Exmar LPG BVBA in exchange for the registered shares. As this transaction occurred between entities under common control at the time of the transfer, the assets of the underlying entities were recorded at the book value of Exmar NV at the date of the transfer. The difference between the value of the share capital issued and the book value of the assets is recorded as a reserve and adjusted through equity.

 

(10)

Related Party Transactions

 

  (a)

Exmar NV provides general and corporate management services for the Company. Exmar Shipmanagement NV, a subsidiary of Exmar NV provides all services in relation to crew and technical management of the vessels. Exmar Marine NV, a subsidiary of Exmar NV, provides commercial management services. All amounts charged by Exmar NV, Exmar Shipmanagement NV and Exmar Marine NV to the Company are reflected in vessel operating expenses except for the management fee charged if and when a vessel is sold, these are netted in the gain on sale. Detail as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2015
     Year ended
December 31,
2014
     Period from
February 12,
2013 to
December 31,
2013
 

Exmar NV

     632         588         520   

Exmar Hong Kong

     109         115         97   

Exmar Shipmanagement NV

     2,758         2,903         2,521   

Exmar Marine NV

     3,046         4,447         2,199   


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

  (b)

Included in accounts payable is due to affiliated companies of $0.1 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

  (c)

Included in accounts receivable is due from affiliated companies of $8.4 million and nil as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

  (d)

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company loaned $60.0 million to Solaia Shipping LLC, a company under common control. This amount is included as part of other current assets in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial position. In February 2015, the amount advanced to Solaia Shipping LLC was repaid.

 

(11)

Fair Value Measurements

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument:

Cash and cash equivalents – The fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents approximates its carrying amounts reported in the consolidated statements of financial position.

Accounts receivable / Accounts payable – The fair value of the Company’s accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates the carrying amount given the short term nature of these instruments.

Advances to affiliated company included in other current assets – The fair value of the Company’s advances to an affiliated company as described in Note 10(d) – Related Party Transactions, approximates its carrying amount reported in the consolidated statements of financial position due to the short term nature.

Shareholders’ loans – The fair values of the Company’s shareholders’ loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.

Long-term debt – The fair values of the Company’s fixed-rate and variable-rate long-term debt is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities. The Company does not include credit enhancement in its fair valuation of long-term debt.

Derivative financial instruments – The fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments is the estimated amount that the Company would receive or pay to terminate each agreement at the reporting date, taking into account the interest rates reflected in the swap curve at the reporting date and the current credit worthiness of both the Company and the derivative counterparty. The estimated amount is the present value of future cash flows. The Company transacts its derivative financial instrument through investment-grade rated financial institutions at the time of the transaction and requires no collateral from these institutions. There are no margin calls or cash collateral required from the counterparty. Given the current volatility in the credit markets, it is reasonably possible that the derivative fair value recorded could vary by a material amount in the near term.


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

The Company categorizes the fair value estimates by a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value as follows:

 

Level 1.

  

Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2.

  

Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3.

  

Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

The following table includes the estimated fair value and carrying value of those assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, as well as the estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments that are not accounted for at a fair value on a recurring basis.

 

          December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
     Fair Value
Hierarchy
Level
   Carrying
Amount Asset
(Liability)
    Fair Value
Asset (Liability)
    Carrying
Amount Asset
(Liability)
    Fair Value
Asset
(Liability)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   Level 1      74,014        74,014        55,392        55,392   

Advances to affiliated company included in other current assets

   Level 3      —          —          60,000        60,000   

Shareholders’ loans

   Level 2      (116,385     (111,203     (165,350     (159,852

Long-term debt

   Level 2      (322,588     (328,313     (208,600     (211,061

Derivative financial instruments

   Level 2      (2,956     (2,956     —          —     

 

(12)

Operating leases

 

  (a)

Company as a lessor

The Company’s future minimum receipts under short- to long-term time charters at December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

Less than one year

     137,655   

Between one and five years

     252,476   

More than five years

     156,732   
  

 

 

 
     546,863   
  

 

 

 

Minimum scheduled future revenues assume 100% utilization and do not include revenue generated from new contracts entered into after December 31, 2015, revenue from undelivered vessels, revenue from unexercised option periods of its time-charter contract that existed on December 31, 2015, or variable or contingent revenues. Therefore, the minimum scheduled future revenues should not be construed to reflect total charter hire revenues for any of the years.


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

  (b)

Company as a lessee

The Company leases a number of its vessels under operating lease agreements. The expense for 2015 relating to the operating leases amounts to $25.5 million ($23.5 million for 2014 and $20.4 million for 2013 for the period from February 12, 2013 to December 31, 2013) and no payments for non-cancellable subleases were received. The future minimum payments under non-cancellable operating leases at December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

Less than one year

     17,718   

Between one and five years

     56,497   

More than five years

     36,060   
  

 

 

 
     110,275   
  

 

 

 

 

(13)

Commitments

As of December 31, 2015, the Company has newbuilding contracts with HHIC – Phil Inc for the construction of seven LPG carriers at a total cost of $266.0 million. As at December 31, 2015, the estimated remaining costs to be incurred are $117.7 million (2016), $113.4 million (2017) and $34.9 million (2018). The majority of the cost to be incurred in 2016 will be financed by the existing newbuilding facility, see also note 6. The Company intends to finance the newbuilding payments through its existing liquidity and expects to secure long-term debt financing for the units prior to their scheduled deliveries.

 

(14)

Financial Risk Management

The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

Credit risk

The Company trades only with recognized, creditworthy third parties. It is the Company’s policy that all customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures. In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that the Company’s exposure to bad debts is not significant. The maximum exposure is the carrying amount as disclosed on the statements of financial position.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities. The Company maintains liquidity and makes adjustments to it in light of changes to economic conditions, underlying risks inherent in its operations and capital requirements to maintain its operations. At December 31, 2015, the Company had $74.0 million of cash and cash equivalents ($55.4 million at December 31, 2014).


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments, as at December 31, 2015:

 

     Contractual cash flows  
     Carrying
amount
     Total     1 year or
less
    1-3
years
    3-5 years     More than
5 years
 

Accounts payable

     6,570         6,570        6,570        —          —          —     

Accrued interest expense

     576         576        576        —          —          —     

Shareholders’ loans (1)

     116,385         116,385        116,385        —          —          —     

Long-term debt (2)(3)

     329,549         366,465        45,616        89,309        84,971        146,569   

Finance lease obligations

     13,611         15,271        2,600        5,413        5,055        2,203   

Derivative financial instruments (4)

             

Inflow

     —           (22,201     (2,874     (9,149     (8,474     (1,704

Outflow

     2,764         25,157        6,326        10,443        7,084        1,304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     469,455         508,223        175,199        96,016        88,636        148,372   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The shareholders’ loans are due on demand; however, the Company does not expect the shareholders to demand repayment in the next year.

(2)

Amount does not include debt issuance costs being netted against long-term debt of $7.0 million.

(3)

Contractual cash flows for long-term debt include estimated future variable interest payments of $36.9 million based on current interest rates.

(4)

Contractual cash flows for derivative liability include accrued interest payments included in accrued liabilities of $0.2 million.

Market risk

Interest Rate Risk

The company has borrowings that require the Company to make interest payments based on LIBOR. In order to cover this exposure the Company entered into interest rates swap agreements in which the variable LIBOR rate is changed into a fixed rate for the duration of the loan.

During 2015, the Company entered into several interest rate swap agreements, which exchanges a receipt of floating interest for a payment of fixed interest to reduce the Company’s exposure to interest rate variability on its outstanding floating-rate debt. The Company has designated, for accounting purposes, its interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges.

As at December 31, 2015, the Company was committed to the following interest rate swap agreements (or IRS ):

 

     Interest
Rate
Index
   Notional
Amount
   Fair Value /
Carrying
Amount of

Liability
  Remaining
Term

(years)
   Fixed
Interest
Rate (1)

%

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swap (2)

   LIBOR    292,600    (2,779)   5.5    1.84

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swap (2)

   LIBOR    36,949    (25)   5.5    1.69

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swap (2)

   LIBOR    37,500    (152)   5.3    1.81


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

(1)

Excludes the margin the Company pays on its variable-rate debt, which as at 31 December 2015 was 1.90%.

(2)

Notional amount reduces quarterly.

The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparty to the interest rate swap agreement. In order to minimize counterparty risk, the Company only enters into derivative transactions with counterparties that are rated A- or better by Standard & Poor’s or A3 or better by Moody’s at the time of the transactions.

The following table presents the location, type of contract and fair value amount of the derivative financial instrument on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial position.

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  

IRS – Other current liabilities

     (192      —     

IRS – Derivative Financial Instruments

     (2,764      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (2,956      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated comprehensive loss

The following table contains the changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the periods presented:

 

     Qualifying Cash Flow
Hedging Instruments
 
     $   
  

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2013

     —    

Other comprehensive loss

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2014

     —     
  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

     (1,191
  

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2015

     (1,191
  

 

 

 

Foreign Currency Risk

The Company’s functional currency is U.S. Dollars. The results of operations are affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. The volatility in the financial results due to currency exchange rate fluctuations is attributed primarily to foreign currency expenses. A portion of the vessel operating expenses are denominated in Euro, which is primarily a function of the nationality of the crew. As a result, fluctuations in the Euro relative to the U.S. Dollar have caused, and are likely to continue to cause, fluctuations in our reported vessel operating expenses. A 10 basis point change in foreign currency exchange rates would impact the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income by approximately $1.4 million (2014 - $1.0 mllion).


Exmar LPG BVBA

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2015 (unaudited with the exception of comparative figures)

 

(15)

Employee expenses and director remuneration

Directors are appointed by the two joint venture partners. Director compensation is nil for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013.

There are no key management personnel employed by the Company. Management of the Company is performed through corporate and ship management service agreements with Exmar Marine NV and Exmar Shipmanagement NV as described in Note 10 — Related Party Transactions. As a result, compensation for key management personnel amounts to nil for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013.

The following employee expenses related to seafarers have been included in vessel and other operating expenses:

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2015
     Year ended
December 31, 2014
     For the period from
February 12, 2013 to
December 31, 2013
 

Salaries, bonuses and other personnel expenses

     16,547         15,884         14,331   

 

(16)

Capital Management

The Board defines “capital” to include funds raised through the issuance of ordinary share capital, accumulated profits and proceeds raised from debt facilities, including shareholder loans. The Board’s policy is to obtain additional capital for the construction or acquisition of new vessels through shareholder loan injections by the Company’s Joint Venture Partners and external debt facilities and to dividend out any available excess cash the Company generates. The Board regularly reviews and manages its capital structure to maintain a balance between the higher returns that might be possible with higher levels of borrowings and the advantages and security afforded by a sound capital position, and makes adjustments to the capital structure in light of changes in economic conditions.

 

(17)

Subsequent events

 

  (a)

In February 2016, one of the Company’s seven LPG newbuilding carriers, the Knokke , was delivered.